× Jan-03-2024
Apple Inc is looking for a 4G/5G system engineer on mobility control. Based in California, USA (Bay Area or San Diego). .
6.2 RRC messages
6.2.1 General message structure
– EUTRA-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the EUTRA RRC PDU definitions. 

 -- ASN1START
EUTRA-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::= 
BEGIN 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-BCH-Message
The BCCH-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    BCCH-BCH-MessageType 
} 
BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::=                        MasterInformationBlock 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS
The BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel in an MBMS-dedicated cell. 

 -- ASN1START
BCCH-BCH-Message-MBMS::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    BCCH-BCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 
} 
BCCH-BCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 ::=                    MasterInformationBlock-MBMS-r14 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE via DLSCH on the BCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType 
} 
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        systemInformation                        SystemInformation, 
        systemInformationBlockType1                SystemInformationBlockType1 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE via DL-SCH on the BR-BCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-BR ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-BR-r13 
} 
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-BR-r13 ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        systemInformation-BR-r13                SystemInformation-BR-r13, 
        systemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13        SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE via DLSCH on the BCCH logical channel in an MBMS-dedicated cell. 

 -- ASN1START
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message-MBMS ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                        BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 
} 
BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType-MBMS-r14 ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                                    CHOICE { 
        systemInformation-MBMS-r14                    SystemInformation-MBMS-r14, 
        systemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14        SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MCCH-Message
The MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE on the MCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
MCCH-Message ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    message                    MCCH-MessageType 
} 
MCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                            CHOICE { 
        mbsfnAreaConfiguration-r9        MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9 
    }, 
    later                        CHOICE { 
        c2                                CHOICE{ 
            mbmsCountingRequest-r10            MBMSCountingRequest-r10 
        }, 
        messageClassExtension    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PCCH-Message
The PCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE on the PCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
PCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    PCCH-MessageType 
} 
PCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        paging                                    Paging 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DL-CCCH-Message
The DL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE on the downlink CCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
DL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    DL-CCCH-MessageType 
} 
DL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionReestablishment            RRCConnectionReestablishment, 
        rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject        RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject, 
        rrcConnectionReject                        RRCConnectionReject, 
        rrcConnectionSetup                        RRCConnectionSetup 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    CHOICE { 
        c2                        CHOICE { 
            rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15            RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15, 
            spare3    NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        messageClassExtensionFuture-r15            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DL-DCCH-Message
The DL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE or from the E-UTRAN to the RN on the downlink DCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    DL-DCCH-MessageType 
} 
DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000            CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000, 
        dlInformationTransfer                    DLInformationTransfer, 
        handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest        HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest, 
        mobilityFromEUTRACommand                MobilityFromEUTRACommand, 
        rrcConnectionReconfiguration            RRCConnectionReconfiguration, 
        rrcConnectionRelease                    RRCConnectionRelease, 
        securityModeCommand                        SecurityModeCommand, 
        ueCapabilityEnquiry                        UECapabilityEnquiry, 
        counterCheck                            CounterCheck, 
        ueInformationRequest-r9                    UEInformationRequest-r9, 
        loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10        LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10, 
        rnReconfiguration-r10                    RNReconfiguration-r10, 
        rrcConnectionResume-r13                    RRCConnectionResume-r13, 
        dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16            DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, 
        spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    SEQUENCE {} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UL-CCCH-Message
The UL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the EUTRAN on the uplink CCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
UL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    UL-CCCH-MessageType 
} 
UL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest        RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest, 
        rrcConnectionRequest                    RRCConnectionRequest 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    CHOICE { 
        c2                        CHOICE { 
            rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13        RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13 
        }, 
        messageClassExtensionFuture-r13    CHOICE { 
            c3                        CHOICE { 
                rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15            RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15, 
                spare3    NULL,spare2    NULL,spare1    NULL 
            }, 
            messageClassExtensionFuture-r15        SEQUENCE {} 
        } 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UL-DCCH-Message
The UL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the EUTRAN or from the RN to the E-UTRAN on the uplink DCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message            UL-DCCH-MessageType 
} 
UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000                CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000, 
        measurementReport                            MeasurementReport, 
        rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete        RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete, 
        rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete        RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete, 
        rrcConnectionSetupComplete                    RRCConnectionSetupComplete, 
        securityModeComplete                        SecurityModeComplete, 
        securityModeFailure                            SecurityModeFailure, 
        ueCapabilityInformation                        UECapabilityInformation, 
        ulHandoverPreparationTransfer                ULHandoverPreparationTransfer, 
        ulInformationTransfer                        ULInformationTransfer, 
        counterCheckResponse                        CounterCheckResponse, 
        ueInformationResponse-r9                    UEInformationResponse-r9, 
        proximityIndication-r9                        ProximityIndication-r9, 
        rnReconfigurationComplete-r10                RNReconfigurationComplete-r10, 
        mbmsCountingResponse-r10                    MBMSCountingResponse-r10, 
        interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10        InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    CHOICE { 
        c2                            CHOICE { 
            ueAssistanceInformation-r11            UEAssistanceInformation-r11, 
            inDeviceCoexIndication-r11            InDeviceCoexIndication-r11, 
            mbmsInterestIndication-r11            MBMSInterestIndication-r11, 
            scgFailureInformation-r12            SCGFailureInformation-r12, 
            sidelinkUEInformation-r12            SidelinkUEInformation-r12, 
            wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13        WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13, 
            rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13        RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13, 
            ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15        ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15, 
            scgFailureInformationNR-r15            SCGFailureInformationNR-r15, 
            measReportAppLayer-r15                MeasReportAppLayer-r15, 
            failureInformation-r15                FailureInformation-r15, 
            ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16        ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, 
            purConfigurationRequest-r16            PURConfigurationRequest-r16, 
            failureInformation-r16                FailureInformation-r16, 
            mcgFailureInformation-r16            MCGFailureInformation-r16, 
            ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16        ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16 
        }, 
        messageClassExtensionFuture-r11 
    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SC-MCCH-Message
The SC-MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the EUTRAN to the UE on the SC-MCCH logical channel. 

 -- ASN1START
SC-MCCH-Message-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    message                    SC-MCCH-MessageType-r13 
} 
SC-MCCH-MessageType-r13 ::= CHOICE { 
    c1                        CHOICE { 
        scptmConfiguration-r13                        SCPTMConfiguration-r13 
    }, 
    messageClassExtension    CHOICE { 
        c2                            CHOICE { 
            scptmConfiguration-BR-r14                SCPTMConfiguration-BR-r14, 
            spare                                    NULL 
        }, 
        messageClassExtensionFuture-r14    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.2.2 Message definitions
– CounterCheck
The CounterCheck message is used by the E-UTRAN to indicate the current COUNT MSB values associated to each DRB and to request the UE to compare these to its COUNT MSB values and to report the comparison results to E-UTRAN. 

 -- ASN1START
CounterCheck ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            counterCheck-r8                        CounterCheck-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CounterCheck-r8-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    drb-CountMSB-InfoList                DRB-CountMSB-InfoList, 
    nonCriticalExtension                CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
CounterCheck-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                CounterCheck-v1530-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
CounterCheck-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    drb-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15        DRB-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info 
DRB-CountMSB-InfoListExt-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRBExt-r15)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info 
DRB-CountMSB-Info ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    drb-Identity                    DRB-Identity, 
    countMSB-Uplink                    INTEGER(0..33554431),
    countMSB-Downlink                INTEGER(0..33554431)
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CounterCheckResponse
The CounterCheckResponse message is used by the UE to respond to a CounterCheck message. 

 -- ASN1START
CounterCheckResponse ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        counterCheckResponse-r8                CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CounterCheckResponse-r8-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    drb-CountInfoList                    DRB-CountInfoList, 
    nonCriticalExtension                CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
CounterCheckResponse-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                CounterCheckResponse-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
CounterCheckResponse-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    drb-CountInfoListExt-r15            DRB-CountInfoListExt-r15            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
DRB-CountInfoList ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo 
DRB-CountInfoListExt-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRBExt-r15)) OF DRB-CountInfo 
DRB-CountInfo ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    drb-Identity                    DRB-Identity, 
    count-Uplink                    INTEGER(0..4294967295),
    count-Downlink                    INTEGER(0..4294967295)
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 message is used by the UE to obtain the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters from the network. The UE needs these parameters to generate the CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration message used to register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network which is required to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT. 

 -- ASN1START
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        csfbParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8    CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    nonCriticalExtension                CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
CSFBParametersRequestCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000
The CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 message is used to provide the CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameters to the UE so the UE can register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT Network to support CSFB to CDMA2000 1xRTT. 

 -- ASN1START
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                        CHOICE { 
        csfbParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8        CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rand                                RAND-CDMA2000, 
    mobilityParameters                    MobilityParametersCDMA2000, 
    nonCriticalExtension                CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
CSFBParametersResponseCDMA2000-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DLDedicatedMessageSegment
The DLDedicatedMessageSegment message is used to transfer one segment of the RRCConnectionResume or RRCConnectionReconfiguration messages. 

 -- ASN1START
DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                        CHOICE { 
        dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16            DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    segmentNumber-r16                        INTEGER (0..4), 
    rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16            OCTET STRING,
    rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16                ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DLInformationTransfer
The DLInformationTransfer message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS,non-3GPP dedicated information, IAB-DU specific F1-C related information, or time reference information. 

 -- ASN1START
DLInformationTransfer ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            dlInformationTransfer-r8            DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs, 
            dlInformationTransfer-r15            DLInformationTransfer-r15-IEs, 
            spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
DLInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedInfoType                    CHOICE { 
        dedicatedInfoNAS                    DedicatedInfoNAS, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT            DedicatedInfoCDMA2000, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD            DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 
    }, 
    nonCriticalExtension                DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
DLInformationTransfer-r15-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedInfoType-r15                CHOICE { 
        dedicatedInfoNAS                    DedicatedInfoNAS, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT            DedicatedInfoCDMA2000, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD            DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    timeReferenceInfo-r15                TimeReferenceInfo-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                DLInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedInfoF1c-r16                DedicatedInfoF1c-r16                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– FailureInformation
The FailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding failures detected by the UE,e.g. radio link failure for one of the RLC entities configured with PDCP duplication or failure of a DAPS HO. 

 -- ASN1START
FailureInformation-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    failedLogicalChannelInfo-r15    FailedLogicalChannelInfo-r15        OPTIONAL 
     -- nonCriticalExtension is removed in this version as OPTIONAL was missing
} 
FailureInformation-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        failureInformation-r16                FailureInformation-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
FailedLogicalChannelInfo-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    failedLogicalChannelIdentity-r15        SEQUENCE { 
        cellGroupIndication-r15                ENUMERATED {mn, sn}, 
        logicalChannelIdentity-r15            INTEGER (1..10)                OPTIONAL,
        logicalChannelIdentityExt-r15        INTEGER (32..38)            OPTIONAL 
    }, 
    failureType    ENUMERATED {duplication, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
} 
FailureInformation-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    failedLogicalChannelIdentity-r16    FailedLogicalChannelIdentity-r16    OPTIONAL,
    failureType-r16                        ENUMERATED {duplication, dapsHO-failure, 
                                            spare2, spare1}                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
FailedLogicalChannelIdentity-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cellGroupIndication-r16                ENUMERATED {mn, sn}, 
    logicalChannelIdentity-r16            INTEGER (1..10)                OPTIONAL,
    logicalChannelIdentityExt-r16        INTEGER (32..38)            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CounterCheck field descriptions


count-MSB-Downlink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from downlink COUNT associated to this DRB.If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
count-MSB-Uplink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from uplink COUNT associated to this DRB. If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.






CounterCheckResponse field descriptions


count-Downlink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of downlink COUNT associated to this DRB.If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
If configured with E-UTRA PDCP, it indicates the value of uplink COUNT associated to this DRB.If configured with NR PDCP, it indicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [83]) associated to this DRB.
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.






DLDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions


segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded DL DCCH message.The network transmits the segments with continuously increasing segmentNumber order so that the UE's RRC layer may expect to obtain them from lower layers in the correct order. Hence, the UE is not required to perform segment re-ordering on RRC level.
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded DL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough so the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included DL DCCH message segment is the last segment of the message or not.
– HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest (CDMA2000)
The HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest message is used to trigger the handover preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 RAT. This message is also used to trigger a tunneled preparation procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT RAT to obtain traffic channel resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT, which may also involve a concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD. Also, this message is used to trigger the dual Rx/Tx redirection procedure with a CDMA2000 1xRTT RAT. 

 -- ASN1START
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier        RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            handoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8        HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    cdma2000-Type                    CDMA2000-Type, 
    rand                            RAND-CDMA2000                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond cdma2000-Type
    mobilityParameters                MobilityParametersCDMA2000    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond cdma2000-Type
    nonCriticalExtension            HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v920-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD-r9Value TRUE indicates that upper layers should initiate concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD in addition to preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
        BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond cdma2000-Type
    nonCriticalExtension            HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v1020-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
dualRxTxRedirectIndicator-r10Value TRUE indicates that the second radio of the dual Rx/Tx UE is being redirected to CDMA2000 1xRTT, as specified in TS 23.272 [51].
        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond cdma2000-1XRTT
    
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT-r10Used to indicate the CDMA2000 1xRTT carrier frequency where the UE is being redirected to.
    CarrierFreqCDMA2000        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond dualRxTxRedirect
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




FailureInformation field descriptions


cellGroupIndication
This field indicates the cell group (MCG, SCG) of the RLC entity for which the PDCP duplication failure occurred.
failureType
This field indicates the type of failure reported. Value duplication indicates that a radio link failure for one of the RLC entities configured with PDCP duplication has been detected. Value dapsHO-failure indicates that timer T304 expired during a DAPS HO.
logicalChannelIdentity, logicalChannelIdentityExt
This field indicates the logical channel identity of the RLC entity for which the PDCP duplication failure occurred.






HandoverFromEUTRAPreparationRequest field descriptions


concurrPrepCDMA2000-HRPD
Value TRUE indicates that upper layers should initiate concurrent preparation for handover to CDMA2000 HRPD in addition to preparation for enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
dualRxTxRedirectIndicator
Value TRUE indicates that the second radio of the dual Rx/Tx UE is being redirected to CDMA2000 1xRTT, as specified in TS 23.272 [51].
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-1XRTT
Used to indicate the CDMA2000 1xRTT carrier frequency where the UE is being redirected to.






Conditional presenceExplanation


cdma2000-1XRTT
The field is optionally present, need ON, if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it is not present.
cdma2000-Type
The field is mandatory present if the cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT; otherwise it is not present.
dualRxTxRedirect
The field is optionally present, need ON, if dualRxTxRedirectIndicator is present; otherwise it is not present.
– InDeviceCoexIndication
The InDeviceCoexIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN about IDC problems which can not be solved by the UE itself, as well as to provide information that may assist E-UTRAN when resolving these problems. 

 -- ASN1START
InDeviceCoexIndication-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            inDeviceCoexIndication-r11                InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
InDeviceCoexIndication-r11-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    affectedCarrierFreqList-r11            AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11                    OPTIONAL,
    tdm-AssistanceInfo-r11                TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11                        OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                InDeviceCoexIndication-v11d0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
InDeviceCoexIndication-v11d0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ul-CA-AssistanceInfo-r11            SEQUENCE { 
        affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11        AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11        OPTIONAL,
        victimSystemType-r11                VictimSystemType-r11 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                InDeviceCoexIndication-v1310-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
InDeviceCoexIndication-v1310-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    affectedCarrierFreqList-v1310            AffectedCarrierFreqList-v1310        OPTIONAL,
    affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13            AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    InDeviceCoexIndication-v1360-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
InDeviceCoexIndication-v1360-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    hardwareSharingProblem-r13                ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    InDeviceCoexIndication-v1530-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
InDeviceCoexIndication-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mrdc-AssistanceInfo-r15                    MRDC-AssistanceInfo-r15                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    InDeviceCoexIndication-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
InDeviceCoexIndication-v1610-IEs::=    SEQUENCE { 
    victimSystemType-v1610                    VictimSystemType-v1610            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
AffectedCarrierFreqList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-r11 
AffectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-v1310 
AffectedCarrierFreq-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r11                MeasObjectId, 
    interferenceDirection-r11    ENUMERATED {eutra, other, both, spare} 
} 
AffectedCarrierFreq-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-v1310                MeasObjectId-v1310                                OPTIONAL 
} 
AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r11 
AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r13 
AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasObjectId 
AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasObjectId-r13 
TDM-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::=    CHOICE { 
    drx-AssistanceInfo-r11                SEQUENCE { 
        drx-CycleLength-r11                    ENUMERATED {sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, 
                                                sf256, spare2, spare1}, 
        drx-Offset-r11                        INTEGER (0..255)    OPTIONAL,
        drx-ActiveTime-r11                    ENUMERATED {sf20, sf30, sf40, sf60, sf80, 
                                                sf100, spare2, spare1} 
    }, 
    idc-SubframePatternList-r11            IDC-SubframePatternList-r11, 
    ... 
} 
IDC-SubframePatternList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSubframePatternIDC-r11)) OF IDC-SubframePattern-r11 
IDC-SubframePattern-r11 ::= CHOICE { 
    subframePatternFDD-r11                BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
    subframePatternTDD-r11                CHOICE { 
        subframeConfig0-r11                    BIT STRING (SIZE (70)), 
        subframeConfig1-5-r11                BIT STRING (SIZE (10)), 
        subframeConfig6-r11                    BIT STRING (SIZE (60)) 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
VictimSystemType-r11 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gps-r11                            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    glonass-r11                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    bds-r11                            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    galileo-r11                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    wlan-r11                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    bluetooth-r11                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL 
} 
VictimSystemType-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    navic-r16                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MRDC-AssistanceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    affectedCarrierFreqCombInfoListMRDC-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqCombInfoMRDC-r15, 
    ..., 
    [[    affectedCarrierFreqCombInfoListMRDC-v1610        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r11)) OF VictimSystemType-v1610            OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
AffectedCarrierFreqCombInfoMRDC-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    victimSystemType-r15                    VictimSystemType-r11, 
    interferenceDirectionMRDC-r15            ENUMERATED {eutra-nr, nr, other, eutra-nr-other, 
                                            nr-other, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    affectedCarrierFreqCombMRDC-r15        SEQUENCE { 
        affectedCarrierFreqCombEUTRA-r15        AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r15        OPTIONAL,
        affectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15            AffectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15 
    }                OPTIONAL 
} 
AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasObjectId-r13 
AffectedCarrierFreqCombNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCellNR-r15)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 
 -- ASN1STOP
– InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication
The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is going to either start or stop OTDOA inter-frequency RSTD measurement which requires measurement gaps as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause .6. The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is also used to indicate to the network that the UE is going to start/stop OTDOA intra-frequency RSTD measurements which require measurement gaps. The InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication message is also used to indicate to the network the measurement gap that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. 

 -- ASN1START
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            interFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10    InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication-r10-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
rstd-InterFreqIndication-r10Indicates the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement action, i.e. the UE is going to start or stop inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement.
        CHOICE { 
        start                                SEQUENCE { 
            rstd-InterFreqInfoList-r10                RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10 
        }, 
        stop                                NULL 
    }, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
RSTD-InterFreqInfoList-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRSTD-Freq-r10)) OF RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10 
RSTD-InterFreqInfo-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreq-r10The EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency RSTD measurements. If the UE includes carrierFreq-v1090, it shall set carrierFreq-r10 to maxEARFCN. In case the UE starts intra-frequency RSTD measurements the carrierFreq indicates the carrier frequency of the serving cell.
                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    
measPRS-Offset-r10Indicates the requested gap offset for performing inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements.The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset-r10 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, the field further indicates the requested gap pattern that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3, where value rstd0 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd0, value rstd1 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd1 and so on. The value of measPRS-Offset-r15 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod MGRP corresponding to the requested Gap pattern Id. If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, measPRS-Offset-r10 is ignored.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
                INTEGER (0..39), 
    ..., 
    [[    carrierFreq-v1090            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0                OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    
measPRS-Offset-r15Indicates the requested gap offset for performing inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements.The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset-r10 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, the field further indicates the requested gap pattern that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3, where value rstd0 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd0, value rstd1 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd1 and so on. The value of measPRS-Offset-r15 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod MGRP corresponding to the requested Gap pattern Id. If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, measPRS-Offset-r10 is ignored.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
        CHOICE { 
            rstd0-r15                INTEGER (0..79), 
            rstd1-r15                INTEGER (0..159), 
            rstd2-r15                INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd3-r15                INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd4-r15                INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd5-r15                INTEGER (0..159), 
            rstd6-r15                INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd7-r15                INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd8-r15                INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd9-r15                INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd10-r15                INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd11-r15                INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd12-r15                INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd13-r15                INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd14-r15                INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd15-r15                INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd16-r15                INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd17-r15                INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd18-r15                INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd19-r15                INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd20-r15                INTEGER (0..1279) 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




InDeviceCoexIndication field descriptions


AffectedCarrierFreq
If carrierFreq-v1310 is included, carrierFreq-r11 is ignored by eNB.
affectedCarrierFreqCombList
Indicates a list of E-UTRA carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from E-UTRA when configured with UL CA. affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 is used when more than 5 serving cells are configured or affected combinations contain MeasObjectId larger than 32. If affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r13 is included, affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r11 shall not be included.
affectedCarrierFreqCombMRDC
Indicates a set of at least one NR carrier frequency and optionally one or more E-UTRA carrier frequency that is affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics when configured with MR-DC.
affectedCarrierFreqList
List of E-UTRA carrier frequencies affected by IDC problems.If E-UTRAN includes affectedCarrierFreqList-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in affectedCarrierFreqList-r11.
drx-ActiveTime
Indicates the desired active time that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf30 corresponds to 30 subframes and so on.
drx-CycleLength
Indicates the desired DRX cycle length that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf64 corresponds to 64 subframes and so on.
drx-Offset
Indicates the desired DRX starting offset that the E-UTRAN is recommended to configure. The UE shall set the value of drx-Offset smaller than the value of drx-CycleLength. The starting frame and subframe satisfy the relation: [(SFN * 10) + subframe number] modulo (drx-CycleLength) = drx-Offset.
hardwareSharingProblem
Indicates whether the UE has hardwaresharing problems that the UE cannot solve by itself. The field is present (i.e. valuetrue), if the UE has such hardware sharing problems. Otherwise the field is absent.
idc-SubframePatternList
A list of one or more subframe patterns indicating which HARQ process E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using. Value 0 indicates that E-UTRAN is requested to abstain from using the subframe. For FDD, the radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first/leftmost bit of the subframePatternFDD corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 2 = 0. For TDD, the first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. The UE shall indicate a subframe pattern that follows HARQ time line, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], i.e, if a subframe is set to 1 in the subframe pattern, also the corresponding subframes carrying the potential UL grant, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, the UL HARQ retransmission, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, and the DL/UL HARQ feedback, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3, 8.3 and 9.1.2, shall be set to 1.
interferenceDirection
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value eutra indicates that only E-UTRA is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both E-UTRA and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [63]).
interferenceDirectionMRDC
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value eutra-nr indicates E-UTRA and NR is victim, value nr indicates NR, value other indicates other radio system and so on. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [63]).
victimSystemType
Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from E-UTRA when configured with UL CA or from E-UTRA and NR when configured with MR-DC. gps, glonass, bds,galileo, and navic indicate the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.






InterFreqRSTDMeasurementIndication field descriptions


carrierFreq
The EARFCN value of the carrier received from upper layers for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency RSTD measurements. If the UE includes carrierFreq-v1090, it shall set carrierFreq-r10 to maxEARFCN. In case the UE starts intra-frequency RSTD measurements the carrierFreq indicates the carrier frequency of the serving cell.
measPRS-Offset
Indicates the requested gap offset for performing inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements. It is the smallest subframe offset from the beginning of subframe 0 of SFN=0 of the serving cell of the requested gap for measuring PRS positioning occasions in the carrier frequency carrierFreq for which the UE needs to perform the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurements.The PRS positioning occasion information is received from upper layers. The value of measPRS-Offset-r10 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod 40.
If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, the field further indicates the requested gap pattern that the category M1 or M2 UE prefers to perform RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3, where value rstd0 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd0, value rstd1 corresponds to Gap Pattern Id rstd1 and so on. The value of measPRS-Offset-r15 is obtained by mapping the starting subframe of the PRS positioning occasion in the measured cell onto the corresponding subframe in the serving cell and is calculated as the serving cell's number of subframes from SFN=0 mod MGRP corresponding to the requested Gap pattern Id. If measPRS-Offset-r15 is included, measPRS-Offset-r10 is ignored.
The UE shall take into account any additional time required by the UE to start PRS measurements on the other carrier when it does this mapping for determining the measPRS-Offset.
NOTE: Figure 6.2.2-1 illustrates the measPRS-Offset field.
rstd-InterFreqIndication
Indicates the inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement action, i.e. the UE is going to start or stop inter-frequency or intra-frequency RSTD measurement.
– LoggedMeasurementConfiguration
The LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message is used by E-UTRAN to configure the UE to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE or to perform logging of measurement results for MBSFN while in both RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED. It is used to transfer the logged measurement configuration for network performance optimisation, see TS 37.320 [60]. 

 -- ASN1START
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10        LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r10-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {         
    traceReference-r10                TraceReference-r10, 
    
traceRecordingSessionRef-r10Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58]
    OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), 
    
tce-Id-r10Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)), 
    
absoluteTimeInfo-r10Indicates the absolute time in the current cell. 
            AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10, 
    
areaConfiguration-r10Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ identities.
            AreaConfiguration-r10        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    loggingDuration-r10                LoggingDuration-r10, 
    loggingInterval-r10                LoggingInterval-r10, 
    nonCriticalExtension            LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1080-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension-r10    OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1130-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityList-r11Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
            PLMN-IdentityList3-r11        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    areaConfiguration-v1130            AreaConfiguration-v1130        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1250-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
targetMBSFN-AreaList-r12Used to indicate logging of MBSFN measurements and further restrict the area and frequencies for which the UE performs measurement logging for MBSFN. If both MBSFN area id and carrier frequency are present, a specific MBSFN area is indicated. If only carrier frequency is present, all MBSFN areas on that carrier frequency are indicated. If there is no entry in the list, any MBSFN area is indicated. 
    TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension            LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1530-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bt-NameList-r15                    BT-NameList-r15                    OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    wlan-NameList-r15                WLAN-NameList-r15                OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1700-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    loggedEventTriggerConfig-r17    LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r17    OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    
measUncomBarPre-r17If configured, the UE attempts to perform the uncompensated Barometeric pressure measurement in RRC_IDLE as defined in TS 37.355 [109].
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
TargetMBSFN-AreaList-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF TargetMBSFN-Area-r12 
TargetMBSFN-Area-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    mbsfn-AreaId-r12                    MBSFN-AreaId-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    carrierFreq-r12                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    ... 
} 
LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
eventType-r17The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
                    EventType-r17 
} 
EventType-r17 ::= CHOICE { 
    outOfCoverage        NULL,
    eventL1                SEQUENCE { 
        l1-Threshold-r17        ThresholdEUTRA, 
        hysteresis-r17            Hysteresis, 
        timeToTrigger-r17        TimeToTrigger 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




LoggedMeasurementConfiguration field descriptions


absoluteTimeInfo
Indicates the absolute time in the current cell. 
areaConfiguration
Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ identities.
eventType
The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
measUncomBarPre
If configured, the UE attempts to perform the uncompensated Barometeric pressure measurement in RRC_IDLE as defined in TS 37.355 [109].
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
targetMBSFN-AreaList
Used to indicate logging of MBSFN measurements and further restrict the area and frequencies for which the UE performs measurement logging for MBSFN. If both MBSFN area id and carrier frequency are present, a specific MBSFN area is indicated. If only carrier frequency is present, all MBSFN areas on that carrier frequency are indicated. If there is no entry in the list, any MBSFN area is indicated. 
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58]
– MasterInformationBlock
The MasterInformationBlock includes the system information transmitted on BCH. 

 -- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    dl-Bandwidth                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}, 
    phich-Config                        PHICH-Config, 
    systemFrameNumber                    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
    schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-r13            INTEGER (0..31), 
    systemInfoUnchanged-BR-r15            BOOLEAN,
    partEARFCN-17                    CHOICE { 
        spare                            BIT STRING (SIZE (2)), 
        earfcn-LSB                        BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) 
    }, 
    spare                                BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MasterInformationBlock-MBMS
The MasterInformationBlock-MBMS includes the system information transmitted on BCH. 

 -- ASN1START
MasterInformationBlock-MBMS-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    dl-Bandwidth-MBMS-r14                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}, 
    systemFrameNumber-r14                        BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
    additionalNonMBSFNSubframes-r14                INTEGER (0..3), 
    semiStaticCFI-MBMS-r16                        INTEGER (0..3), 
    spare                                        BIT STRING (SIZE (11)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MBMSCountingRequest
The MBMSCountingRequest message is used by E-UTRAN to count the UEs that are receiving or interested to receive specific MBMS services. 

 -- ASN1START
MBMSCountingRequest-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    countingRequestList-r10            CountingRequestList-r10, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
CountingRequestList-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingRequestInfo-r10 
CountingRequestInfo-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    tmgi-r10                            TMGI-r9, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MasterInformationBlock field descriptions


dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1 and TS 36.102 [113], table 5.3A-1. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
earfcn-LSB
Indicates the 2 least significant bits of the EARFCN for NTN bands where 100 kHz raster is used, see TS 36.102 [113].
phich-Config
Specifies the PHICH configuration. If the UE is a BL UE or UE in CE, it shall ignore this field.
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR
Indicates theindex to thetables that define SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information. The tablesare specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.6-1 and Table 7.1.7.2.7-1. Value 0 means that SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not scheduled.
systemFrameNumber
Defines the 8 most significant bits of the SFN. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], 6.6.1, the 2 least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly in the P-BCH decoding, i.e. timing of 40ms P-BCH TTI indicates 2 least significant bits (within 40ms P-BCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the second radio frame: 01, the third radio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11). One value applies for all serving cells of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). The associated functionality is common (i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
systemInfoUnchanged-BR
Value TRUE indicates that no change has occurred in the SIB1-BR and SI messages at least over the SI validity time.
NOTE:Value of systemInfoUnchanged-BR is also carried in RSS (if transmitted), see TS 36.211 [21].






MasterInformationBlock-MBMSfield descriptions


additionalNonMBSFNSubframes
Configures additional non-MBSFN subframes whereSystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS and SystemInformation-MBMS may be transmitted. Value 0, 1, 2, 3 mean zero, one, two, three additional non-MBSFN subframes are configured after each subframe which has PBCH.
dl-Bandwidth-MBMS
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
semiStaticCFI-MBMS
Indicates semi-static value of CFI as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.3. If value 0 is indicated, CFI is obtained from PCFICH, otherwise the UE may assume the CFI in CAS is given by this field.
systemFrameNumber
Defines the 6 most significant bits of the SFN of the MBMS-dedicated cell. As indicated in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.6.1, the 4 least significant bits of the SFN are acquired implicitly in the P-BCH decoding, i.e. timing of 160ms P-BCH TTI indicates 4 least significant bits (within 40ms P-BCH TTI, the first radio frame: 00, the fourth radio frame: 01, the eighthradio frame: 10, the last radio frame: 11).
– MBMSCountingResponse
The MBMSCountingResponse message is used by the UE to respond to an MBMSCountingRequest message. 

 -- ASN1START
MBMSCountingResponse-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            countingResponse-r10                MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MBMSCountingResponse-r10-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbsfn-AreaIndex-r10                INTEGER (0..maxMBSFN-Area-1)                        OPTIONAL,
    countingResponseList-r10        CountingResponseList-r10            OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
CountingResponseList-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServiceCount)) OF CountingResponseInfo-r10 
CountingResponseInfo-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    countingResponseService-r10    INTEGER (0..maxServiceCount-1), 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MBMSInterestIndication
The MBMSInterestIndication message is used to inform E-UTRAN that the UE is receiving/ interested to receive or no longer receiving/ interested to receive MBMS via an MRB or SC-MRB including MBMS service(s) in receive only mode. 

 -- ASN1START
MBMSInterestIndication-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            interestIndication-r11                MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MBMSInterestIndication-r11-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-FreqList-r11                    CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11                OPTIONAL,
    mbms-Priority-r11                    ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MBMSInterestIndication-v1310-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMSInterestIndication-v1310-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-Services-r13                    MBMS-ServiceList-r13                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MBMSInterestIndication-v1540-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMSInterestIndication-v1540-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-ROM-InfoList-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13)) OF MBMS-ROM-Info-r15                                                                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MBMSInterestIndication-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMSInterestIndication-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-ROM-InfoList-r16                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13)) OF MBMS-ROM-Info-r16        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-ROM-Info-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-ROM-Freq-r15                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    mbms-ROM-SubcarrierSpacing-r15        ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz7dot5, kHz1dot25}, 
    mbms-Bandwidth-r15                    ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100} 
} 
MBMS-ROM-Info-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-ROM-Freq-r16                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    mbms-ROM-SubcarrierSpacing-r16        ENUMERATED {kHz2dot5, kHz0dot37}, 
    mbms-Bandwidth-r16                    ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MBMSCountingResponse field descriptions


countingResponseList
List of MBMS services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive. Value 0 for field countingResponseService corresponds to the first entry in countingRequestList within MBMSCountingRequest, value 1 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on.
mbsfn-AreaIndex
Index of the entry in field mbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13. Value 0 corresponds to the first entry in 1stmbsfn-AreaInfoList within SystemInformationBlockType13, value 1 corresponds to the second entry in the same list, or when no more entry are present within the same mbsfn-AreaInfoList, then the first entry in the subsequent mbsfn-AreaInfoList within the same SystemInformationBlockType13 and so on.
– MBSFNAreaConfiguration
The MBSFNAreaConfiguration message contains the MBMS control information applicable for an MBSFN area. For each MBSFN area included in SystemInformationBlockType13 E-UTRAN configures an MCCH (i.e. the MCCH identifies the MBSFN area) and signals the MBSFNAreaConfiguration message. 

 -- ASN1START
MBSFNAreaConfiguration-r9 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    commonSF-Alloc-r9                    CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9, 
    commonSF-AllocPeriod-r9                ENUMERATED { 
                                                rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256}, 
    pmch-InfoList-r9                    PMCH-InfoList-r9, 
    nonCriticalExtension                MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1250-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    pmch-InfoListExt-r12                PMCH-InfoListExt-r12                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1430-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    commonSF-Alloc-v1430                    CommonSF-AllocPatternList-v1430, 
    nonCriticalExtension                MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1610-IEs                            OPTIONAL 
} 
MBSFNAreaConfiguration-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    commonSF-Alloc-v1610                    CommonSF-AllocPatternList-v1610        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
CommonSF-AllocPatternList-r9 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig 
CommonSF-AllocPatternList-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1430 
CommonSF-AllocPatternList-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1610 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MCGFailureInformation
The MCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding E-UTRA MCG failures detected by the UE. 

 -- ASN1START
MCGFailureInformation-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                        CHOICE { 
        mcgFailureInformation                    MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    failureReportMCG-r16                        FailureReportMCG-r16                    OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureReportMCG-r16 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    failureType-r16                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, 
                                                rlc-MaxNumRetx, t312-Expiry, spare4, 
                                                spare3, spare2, spare1}            OPTIONAL,
    measResultFreqListEUTRA-r16                    MeasResultList3EUTRA-r15            OPTIONAL,
    measResultFreqListNR-r16                    MeasResultFreqListFailNR-r15        OPTIONAL,
    measResultFreqListGERAN-r16                    MeasResultList2GERAN-r10            OPTIONAL,
    measResultFreqListUTRA-r16                    MeasResultList2UTRA-r9                OPTIONAL,
    measResultSCG-r16                            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasReportAppLayer
The MeasReportAppLayer message is used for sending application layer measurement report. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasReportAppLayer-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        measReportAppLayer-r15                MeasReportAppLayer-r15-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MeasReportAppLayer-r15-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    measReportAppLayerContainer-r15        OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..8000))            OPTIONAL,
    serviceType-r15                        ENUMERATED {qoe, qoemtsi, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MeasReportAppLayer-v1590-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasReportAppLayer-v1590-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasurementReport
The MeasurementReport message is used for the indication of measurement results. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasurementReport ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE{ 
            measurementReport-r8                MeasurementReport-r8-IEs, 
            spare7 NULL,
            spare6 NULL,spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MeasurementReport-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    measResults                            MeasResults, 
    nonCriticalExtension                MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasurementReport-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MobilityFromEUTRACommand
The MobilityFromEUTRACommand message is used to command handover or a cell change from EUTRA to another RAT (3GPP or non-3GPP), or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT. 

 -- ASN1START
MobilityFromEUTRACommand ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE{ 
            mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8            MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs, 
            mobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9            MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs, 
            spare2 NULL,spare1                    NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r8-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cs-FallbackIndicatorValue true indicates that the CS fallback procedure to UTRAN or GERAN is triggered.
                BOOLEAN,
    
purposeIndicates which type of mobility procedure the UE is requested to perform. EUTRAN always applies value e-CSFB in case of enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 (e.g. also when that procedure results in handover to CDMA2000 1XRTT only, in handover to CDMA2000 HRPD only or in redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD only),
                                CHOICE{ 
        handover                            Handover, 
        cellChangeOrder                        CellChangeOrder 
    }, 
    nonCriticalExtension                MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v8d0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
bandIndicatorIndicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
                        BandIndicatorGERAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond GERAN
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-r9-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cs-FallbackIndicatorValue true indicates that the CS fallback procedure to UTRAN or GERAN is triggered.
                BOOLEAN,
    
purposeIndicates which type of mobility procedure the UE is requested to perform. EUTRAN always applies value e-CSFB in case of enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 (e.g. also when that procedure results in handover to CDMA2000 1XRTT only, in handover to CDMA2000 HRPD only or in redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD only),
                                CHOICE{ 
        handover                            Handover, 
        cellChangeOrder                        CellChangeOrder, 
        e-CSFB-r9                            E-CSFB-r9, 
        ... 
    }, 
    nonCriticalExtension                MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v960-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v960-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
bandIndicatorIndicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
                    BandIndicatorGERAN                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond GERAN
    nonCriticalExtension            MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v1530-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityFromEUTRACommand-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
smtc-r15The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for inter-RAT handover to NR. It is based on timing reference of EUTRA PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
                            MTC-SSB-NR-r15                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
Handover ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
targetRAT-TypeIndicates the target RAT type.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            utra, geran, cdma2000-1XRTT, cdma2000-HRPD, 
                                            nr, eutra, spare2, spare1, ...}, 
    
targetRAT-MessageContainerThe field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. NOTE 1.

A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard.
            OCTET STRING,
    
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRAIf the targetRAT-Type is set to "eutra" and the source CN is 5GC, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and key freshness for the Key freshness for the 5GS to EPS handovers as specified in TS 33.501 [86] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. Otherwise, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the E-UTRAN to UTRAN handovers as specified in TS 33.401 [32] andthe content of the parameter is defined in TS24.301 [35].
            OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UTRAGERANEPC
    systemInformation                    SI-OrPSI-GERAN                OPTIONAL     -- Cond PSHO
} 
CellChangeOrder ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
t304Timer T304 as described in clause 7.3. Value ms100 corresponds with 100 ms, ms200 corresponds with 200 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, 
                                            ms2000, ms4000, ms8000, ms10000-v1310}, 
    
targetRAT-TypeIndicates the target RAT type.
                        CHOICE { 
            geran                            SEQUENCE { 
                physCellId                        PhysCellIdGERAN, 
                
carrierFreqcontains the carrier frequency of the target GERAN cell.
                        CarrierFreqGERAN, 
                
networkControlOrderParameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER in TS 44.060 [36].
                BIT STRING (SIZE (2))        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
                systemInformation                SI-OrPSI-GERAN                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
            }, 
            ... 
    } 
} 
SI-OrPSI-GERAN ::=                    CHOICE { 
    si                                    SystemInfoListGERAN, 
    psi                                    SystemInfoListGERAN 
} 
E-CSFB-r9 ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT-r9This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 1xRTT standard that either tells the UE to move to specific 1xRTT target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
        OCTET STRING        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD-r9This field indicates whether or not mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD is to be performed by the UE and it also indicates the type of mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD that is to be performed; If this field is not present the UE shall perform only the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
            ENUMERATED { 
                                            handover, redirection 
                                        }                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
messageContCDMA2000-HRPD-r9This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 HRPD standard that either tells the UE to move to specific HRPD target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the handover to CDMA2000 HRPD.
        OCTET STRING            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond concHO
    
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD-r9The redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD indicates a CDMA2000 carrier frequency and is used to redirect the UE to a HRPD carrier frequency.
    CarrierFreqCDMA2000        OPTIONAL     -- Cond concRedir
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MBMSInterestIndication field descriptions


mbms-Bandwidth
Indicates the UE received MBMS service frequency bandwidth configuration, NRB in downlink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on.
mbms-FreqList
List of MBMS frequencies on which the UE is receiving or interested to receive MBMS via an MRB or SC-MRB.
mbms-Priority
Indicates whether the UE prioritises MBMS reception above unicast reception. The field is present (i.e. value true), if the UE prioritises reception of all listed MBMS frequencies above reception of any of the unicast bearers. Otherwise the field is absent.
mbms-ROM-Freq
The value indicates the carrier frequency used by the UE to receive MBMS service(s) in receive only mode.
mbms-ROM-InfoList
List of receive only mode MBMS service(s) related parameters which the UE is receiving or interested to receive.
mbms-ROM-SubcarrierSpacing
The value indicates subcarrier spacing for MBSFN subframes received by UE in receive only mode and kHz15 refers to 15kHz, kHz7dot5 refers to 7.5kHz subcarrier spacing and so on as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.12.






MBSFNAreaConfiguration field descriptions


commonSF-Alloc
Indicates the subframes allocated to the MBSFN area. E-UTRAN always sets this field to cover at least the subframes configured by SystemInformationBlockType13 for this MCCH, regardless of whether any MBMS sessions are ongoing. E-UTRAN includes commonSF-Alloc-v1610 only when the cell is a MBMS-dedicated cell. If E-UTRAN includes commonSF-Alloc-v1430 and/or commonSF-Alloc-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as incommonSF-Alloc-r9.
commonSF-AllocPeriod
Indicates the period during which resources corresponding with field commonSF-Alloc are divided between the (P)MCH that are configured for this MBSFN area. The subframe allocation patterns, as defined by commonSF-Alloc, repeat continously during this period. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. The commonSF-AllocPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod commonSF-AllocPeriod = 0.
pmch-InfoList
EUTRAN may include pmch-InfoListExt even if pmch-InfoList does not include maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries. EUTRAN configures at most maxPMCH-PerMBSFN entries i.e. across pmch-InfoList and pmch-InfoListExt.






MCGFailureInformation field descriptions


measResultFreqListEUTRA
The field contains available results of measurements on EUTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultFreqListGERAN
The field contains available results of measurements on GERAN frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultFreqListNR
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultFreqListUTRA
The field contains available results of measurements on UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG
Includes the NR MeasResultSCG-Failure IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR RRCConfiguration message.






MeasReportAppLayerfield descriptions


measReportAppLayerContainer
The field contains container of application layer measurements, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [90] and clause 16.5 in TS 26.114 [99].
serviceType
Indicates the type of application layer measurement. Value qoe indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for streaming services, value qoemtsi indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for MTSI.






MobilityFromEUTRACommand field descriptions


bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
carrierFreq
contains the carrier frequency of the target GERAN cell.
cs-FallbackIndicator
Value true indicates that the CS fallback procedure to UTRAN or GERAN is triggered.
messageContCDMA2000-1XRTT
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 1xRTT standard that either tells the UE to move to specific 1xRTT target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
messageContCDMA2000-HRPD
This field contains a message specified in CDMA2000 HRPD standard that either tells the UE to move to specific HRPD target cell(s) or indicates a failure to allocate resources for the handover to CDMA2000 HRPD.
mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD
This field indicates whether or not mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD is to be performed by the UE and it also indicates the type of mobility to CDMA2000 HRPD that is to be performed; If this field is not present the UE shall perform only the enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
nas-SecurityParamFromEUTRA
If the targetRAT-Type is set to "eutra" and the source CN is 5GC, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and key freshness for the Key freshness for the 5GS to EPS handovers as specified in TS 33.501 [86] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. Otherwise, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the E-UTRAN to UTRAN handovers as specified in TS 33.401 [32] andthe content of the parameter is defined in TS24.301 [35].
networkControlOrder
Parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER in TS 44.060 [36].
purpose
Indicates which type of mobility procedure the UE is requested to perform. EUTRAN always applies value e-CSFB in case of enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 (e.g. also when that procedure results in handover to CDMA2000 1XRTT only, in handover to CDMA2000 HRPD only or in redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD only),
redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD
The redirectCarrierCDMA2000-HRPD indicates a CDMA2000 carrier frequency and is used to redirect the UE to a HRPD carrier frequency.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for inter-RAT handover to NR. It is based on timing reference of EUTRA PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SystemInfoListGERAN
If purpose = CellChangeOrder and if the field is not present, the UE has to acquire SI/PSI from the GERAN cell.
t304
Timer T304 as described in clause 7.3. Value ms100 corresponds with 100 ms, ms200 corresponds with 200 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. NOTE 1.

A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard.






Conditional presenceExplanation


concHO
The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to "handover"; otherwise the field is optional present, need ON.
concRedir
The field is mandatory present if the mobilityCDMA2000-HRPD is set to "redirection"; otherwise the field is not present.
GERAN
The field should be present if the purpose is set to "handover" and the targetRAT-Type is set to "geran"; otherwise the field is not present
PSHO
The field is mandatory present in case of PS handover toward GERAN; otherwise the field is optionally present, but not used by the UE
UTRAGERANEPC
The field is mandatory present if the targetRAT-Type is set to "utra" or "geran" or if the targetRAT-Type is set to "eutra" and the source CN is 5GC; otherwise the field is not present






targetRAT-TypeStandard to applytargetRAT-MessageContainer


cdma2000-1XRTT
C.S0001 or later, C.S0007 or later, C.S0008 or later

cdma2000-HRPD
C.S0024 or later

eutra
TS 36.331 (clause 5.4.2)
RRCConnectionReconfiguration
geran
GSM TS 04.18, version 8.5.0 or later, or TS 44.018 (clause 9.1.15)

TS 44.060, version 6.13.0 or later (clause 11.2.43)

TS 44.060, version 7.6.0 or later (clause 11.2.46)		HANDOVER COMMAND


PS HANDOVER COMMAND


DTM HANDOVER COMMAND
nr
TS 38.331 (clause 6.2.2)
RRCReconfiguration
utra
TS 25.331 (clause 10.2.16a)
Handover TO UTRAN command
– Paging
The Paging message is used for the notification of one or more UEs. 

 -- ASN1START
Paging ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
pagingRecordListIf E-UTRAN includes pagingRecordList-v1610and/or pagingRecordList-v1700,it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in pagingRecordList (i.e. without suffix).
                PagingRecordList                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
systemInfoModificationIf present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12, SIB14 and SIB31. This indication does not apply to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
etws-IndicationIf present: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification.
                    ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            Paging-v890-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
Paging-v890-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            Paging-v920-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
Paging-v920-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
cmas-Indication-r9If present: indication of a CMAS notification.
                ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            Paging-v1130-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
Paging-v1130-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
eab-ParamModification-r11If present: indication of an EAB parameters (SIB14) modification.
        ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            Paging-v1310-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
Paging-v1310-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
redistributionIndication-r13If present: indication to trigger E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.10.
    ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
systemInfoModification-eDRX-r13If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12, SIB14 and SIB31. This indication applies only to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
    ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            Paging-v1530-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
Paging-v1530-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
accessTypeIt indicates whether Paging is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access when E-UTRA is connected to 5GC.E-UTRAN does not include both accessType (i.e., without suffix) and accessType-r16 in a single paging message.
                        ENUMERATED {non3GPP}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            Paging-v1610-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
Paging-v1610-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    pagingRecordList-v1610            PagingRecordList-v1610                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
uac-ParamModification-r16If present: indication of UAC parameters (SIB25) modification.
        ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            Paging-v1700-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
Paging-v1700-IEs ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    pagingRecordList-v1700            PagingRecordList-v1700            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
PagingRecordList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord 
PagingRecordList-v1610 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord-v1610 
PagingRecordList-v1700 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPageRec)) OF PagingRecord-v1700 
PagingRecord ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-IdentityProvides the NAS identity of the UE that is being paged. The IMSI is not applicable for E-UTRA/5GC.
                            PagingUE-Identity, 
    
cn-DomainIndicates the origin of paging.
                            ENUMERATED    {ps, cs}, 
    ... 
} 
PagingRecord-v1610 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
accessType-r16It indicates whether Paging is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access when E-UTRA is connected to 5GC.E-UTRAN does not include both accessType (i.e., without suffix) and accessType-r16 in a single paging message.
                        ENUMERATED {non3GPP}            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
mt-EDT-r16Indication of mobile terminating EDT.
                            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
} 
PagingRecord-v1700 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
pagingCause-r17Indicates whether the Paging message is originated due to IMS voice. If the field is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for IMS voice. If upper layers indicate the support of paging cause and if this field is not present but pagingRecordList-v1700 is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for a service other than IMS voice. Otherwise, paging cause is undetermined.
                        ENUMERATED {voice}            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
} 
PagingUE-Identity ::=                CHOICE { 
    s-TMSI                                S-TMSI, 
    
imsiThe International Mobile Subscriber Identity, a globally unique permanent subscriber identity, see TS 23.003 [27]. The first element contains the first IMSI digit, the second element contains the second IMSI digit and so on.
                                IMSI,
    ..., 
    ng-5G-S-TMSI-r15                    NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15, 
    fullI-RNTI-r15                        I-RNTI-r15 
} 
IMSI ::=                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (6..21)) OF IMSI-Digit 
IMSI-Digit ::=                        INTEGER (0..9) 
 -- ASN1STOP




Paging field descriptions


accessType
It indicates whether Paging is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access when E-UTRA is connected to 5GC.E-UTRAN does not include both accessType (i.e., without suffix) and accessType-r16 in a single paging message.
cmas-Indication
If present: indication of a CMAS notification.
cn-Domain
Indicates the origin of paging.
eab-ParamModification
If present: indication of an EAB parameters (SIB14) modification.
etws-Indication
If present: indication of an ETWS primary notification and/ or ETWS secondary notification.
imsi
The International Mobile Subscriber Identity, a globally unique permanent subscriber identity, see TS 23.003 [27]. The first element contains the first IMSI digit, the second element contains the second IMSI digit and so on.
mt-EDT
Indication of mobile terminating EDT.
pagingCause
Indicates whether the Paging message is originated due to IMS voice. If the field is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for IMS voice. If upper layers indicate the support of paging cause and if this field is not present but pagingRecordList-v1700 is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for a service other than IMS voice. Otherwise, paging cause is undetermined.
pagingRecordList
If E-UTRAN includes pagingRecordList-v1610and/or pagingRecordList-v1700,it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in pagingRecordList (i.e. without suffix).
redistributionIndication
If present: indication to trigger E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.10.
systemInfoModification
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12, SIB14 and SIB31. This indication does not apply to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
systemInfoModification-eDRX
If present: indication of a BCCH modification other than SIB10, SIB11, SIB12, SIB14 and SIB31. This indication applies only to UEs using eDRX cycle longer than the BCCH modification period.
uac-ParamModification
If present: indication of UAC parameters (SIB25) modification.
ue-Identity
Provides the NAS identity of the UE that is being paged. The IMSI is not applicable for E-UTRA/5GC.
– ProximityIndication
The ProximityIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of one or more CSG member cell(s). 

 -- ASN1START
ProximityIndication-r9 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            proximityIndication-r9                ProximityIndication-r9-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
            }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ProximityIndication-r9-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
type-r9Used to indicate whether the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s).
                                ENUMERATED {entering, leaving}, 
    
carrierFreq-r9Indicates the RAT and frequency of the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE shall set the ARFCN according to a band it previously considered suitable for accessing (one of) the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent.
                        CHOICE { 
        eutra-r9                            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
        utra-r9                                ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
        ..., 
        eutra2-v9e0                            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 
    }, 
    nonCriticalExtension                ProximityIndication-v930-IEs                            OPTIONAL 
} 
ProximityIndication-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




ProximityIndication field descriptions


carrierFreq
Indicates the RAT and frequency of the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE shall set the ARFCN according to a band it previously considered suitable for accessing (one of) the CSG member cell(s), for which the proximity indication is sent.
type
Used to indicate whether the UE is entering or leaving the proximity of CSG member cell(s).
– PURConfigurationRequest
The PURConfigurationRequest message is used by BL UE or UE in CE to indicate to the E-UTRAN that the UE is interested to be configured with PUR and provide PUR related information to E-UTRAN. 

 -- ASN1START
PURConfigurationRequest-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        purConfigurationRequest                PURConfigurationRequest-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
PURConfigurationRequest-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pur-ConfigRequest-r16                CHOICE { 
        pur-ReleaseRequest                    NULL,
        pur-SetupRequest                    SEQUENCE { 
            
requestedNumOccasions-r16Indicates the requested number of PUR grant occasions. Value one corresponds to one occasion and value infinite corresponds to infinite occasions.
            ENUMERATED {one, infinite}, 
            
requestedPeriodicityAndOffset-r16Indicates the requested periodicity for the PUR occasions and time offset until the first PUR occasion.
    PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16    OPTIONAL,
            
requestedTBS-r16Indicates the requested TBS for the PUR. b328 corresponds to 328 bits, b344 corresponds to 344 bits and so on. The maximum requested TBS is limited to the UL TBS size supported by the UE.
                    ENUMERATED {b328, b344, b376, b392, b408, 
                                                    b424, b440, b456, b472, b488, b504, b536, 
                                                    b568, b584, b616, b648, b680, b712, b744, 
                                                    b776, b808, b840, b872, b904, b936, b968, 
                                                    b1000, b1032, b1064, b1096, b1128, b1160, 
                                                    b1192, b1224, b1256, b1288, b1320, b1352, 
                                                    b1384, b1416, b1480, b1544, b1608, b1672, 
                                                    b1736, b1800, b1864, b1928, b1992, b2024, 
                                                    b2088, b2152, b2216, b2280, b2344, b2408, 
                                                    b2472, b2536, b2600, b2664, b2728, b2792, 
                                                    b2856, b2984}, 
            
rrc-ACK-r16Indicates RRC response message is preferred by the UE for acknowledging the reception of a transmission using PUR.
                            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PURConfigurationRequest field descriptions


requestedNumOccasions
Indicates the requested number of PUR grant occasions. Value one corresponds to one occasion and value infinite corresponds to infinite occasions.
requestedPeriodicityAndOffset
Indicates the requested periodicity for the PUR occasions and time offset until the first PUR occasion.
requestedTBS
Indicates the requested TBS for the PUR. b328 corresponds to 328 bits, b344 corresponds to 344 bits and so on. The maximum requested TBS is limited to the UL TBS size supported by the UE.
rrc-ACK
Indicates RRC response message is preferred by the UE for acknowledging the reception of a transmission using PUR.
– RNReconfiguration
The RNReconfiguration is a command to modify the RN subframe configuration and/or to convey changed system information. 

 -- ASN1START
RNReconfiguration-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier        RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                CHOICE { 
        c1                                CHOICE { 
            rnReconfiguration-r10        RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RNReconfiguration-r10-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rn-SystemInfo-r10                    RN-SystemInfo-r10                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    rn-SubframeConfig-r10                RN-SubframeConfig-r10            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RN-SystemInfo-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    systemInformationBlockType1-r10        OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1)    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    systemInformationBlockType2-r10        SystemInformationBlockType2        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RNReconfigurationComplete
The RNReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RN reconfiguration. 

 -- ASN1START
RNReconfigurationComplete-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier                RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                        CHOICE { 
        c1                                        CHOICE{ 
            rnReconfigurationComplete-r10            RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RNReconfigurationComplete-r10-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReconfiguration
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey information for measurement configuration, mobility control, conditional reconfigurations (conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or inter-SN conditional PSCell change), radio resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main configuration and physical channel configuration) including any associated dedicated NAS information and security configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReconfiguration ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE{ 
            rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8        RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs, 
            spare7 NULL,
            spare6 NULL,spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
measConfigMeasurements that E-UTRAN may configure when the UE is not configured with NE-DC.
                            MeasConfig                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    mobilityControlInfo                    MobilityControlInfo                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO
    
dedicatedInfoNASListThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. If dedicatedInfoNASList-r15 is present, UE shall ignore the dedicatedInfoNASList (without suffix).
                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF 
                                            DedicatedInfoNAS            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond nonHO
    radioResourceConfigDedicated        RadioResourceConfigDedicated    OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
    
securityConfigHOThis field contains the parameters required to update the security keys at handover. If E-UTRAN includes the securityConfigHO (i.e., without suffix), the choice intraLTE is used for handover within E-UTRA/EPC while the choice interRAT is used for handover from GERAN or UTRAN to E-UTRA/EPC. If E-UTRAN includes the securityConfigHO-v1530 (i.e., with suffix), the choice intra5GC is used for handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/5GC while the choice fivegc-ToEPC is used for inter-system handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/EPC and the choice epc-To5GC is used for inter-system handover from E-UTRA/EPC to E-UTRA/5GC.
                    SecurityConfigHO                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO-toEPC
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v890-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v8m0-IEs)    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v920-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Late non-critical extensions:
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v8m0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
     -- Following field is only for pre REL-10 late non-critical extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10i0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10i0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-v10i0    AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10l0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    mobilityControlInfo-v10l0            MobilityControlInfo-v10l0            OPTIONAL,
    sCellToAddModList-v10l0            SCellToAddModList-v10l0            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
     -- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-10 to REL-11
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v12f0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v12f0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    scg-Configuration-v12f0            SCG-Configuration-v12f0        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond nonFullConfig
     -- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-12
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1370-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1370-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370    RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListExt-v1370            SCellToAddModListExt-v1370    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v13c0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v13c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0    RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModList-v13c0                SCellToAddModList-v13c0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListExt-v13c0            SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    scg-Configuration-v13c0                SCG-Configuration-v13c0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
     -- Following field is only for late non-critical extensions from REL-13 onwards
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Regular non-critical extensions:
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    otherConfig-r9                        OtherConfig-r9                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
fullConfig-r9Indicates the full configuration option is applicable for the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT handover. For inter-RAT handover from NR to E-UTRA, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent when the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is generated by the E-UTRA SCG.
                        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO-Reestab
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1020-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    sCellToReleaseList-r10            SCellToReleaseList-r10            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModList-r10                SCellToAddModList-r10                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1130-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated-r11This field is used to transferSystemInformationBlockType1 or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR to the UE.
    OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1)                                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1250-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    wlan-OffloadInfo-r12                CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
            wlan-OffloadConfigDedicated-r12        WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12, 
            
t350-r12Timer T350 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
                                ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, 
                                                min120, min180, spare1}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        } 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
scg-Configuration-r12Covers the SCG configuration as used in case of DC and NE-DC. When the UE is configured with NE-DC, E-UTRAN neither applies value release nor configures scg-ConfigPartMCG.When resuming a connection with NE-DC, this field is included, containing at least the mobilityControlInfoSCG.
                SCG-Configuration-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond nonFullConfig
    sl-SyncTxControl-r12                SL-SyncTxControl-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sl-DiscConfig-r12                    SL-DiscConfig-r12                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sl-CommConfig-r12                    SL-CommConfig-r12                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1310-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    sCellToReleaseListExt-r13            SCellToReleaseListExt-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListExt-r13            SCellToAddModListExt-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
lwa-Configuration-r13This field is used to provide parameters for LWA configuration. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWA with DC, LWIP or RCLWI for a UE.
                LWA-Configuration-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
lwip-Configuration-r13This field is used to provide parameters for LWIP configuration.E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWIPwith DC,LWA or RCLWI for a UE.
                LWIP-Configuration-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
rclwi-Configuration-r13WLAN traffic steering command as specified in 5.6.16.2. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure RCLWIwith DC, LWA or LWIP for a UE.
                RCLWI-Configuration-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1430-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14Indicates sidelink configuration for non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication as well as P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
        SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListExt-v1430        SCellToAddModListExt-v1430        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
perCC-GapIndicationRequest-r14Indicates that UE shall include perCC-GapIndicationListand numFreqEffective in the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message. numFreqEffectiveReduced may also be included if frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance.
    ENUMERATED{true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated-r14This field is used to transfer BR version of SystemInformationBlockType2 to BL UEs or UEs in CE or SystemInformationBlockType2 to non-BL UEs.
    OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2)                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond nonHO
    nonCriticalExtension            RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1510-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
nr-Config-r15Includes the NR related configurations. This field is used to configure (NG)EN-DC configuration, possibly in conjunction with fields sk-Counter and nr-RadioBearerConfig1/ 2. NOTE 1.
                    CHOICE { 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            
endc-ReleaseAndAdd-r15A one-shot field indicatingwhetherthe UE simultaneously releases and adds all the NR SCG related configuration within nr-Config,i.e. the configuration set by the NR RRCReconfiguration message (e.g. secondaryCellGroup, SRB3 and measConfig).
    BOOLEAN,
            
nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r15Includes the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the NR RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup, conditionalReconfiguration, otherConfig, bap-Config, iab-IP-AddressConfigurationList and/ or measConfig. If nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is configured, the network always includes this field upon MN handover to initiate an NR SCG reconfiguration with sync and key change.
    OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
            
p-MaxEUTRA-r15Indicates the maximum power available for LTE.
                    P-Max                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        } 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
sk-Counter-r15A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN always provides this field either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG, or upon configuration ofthe first (SN terminated) RB using S-KgNB, whichever happens first.
                    INTEGER (0.. 65535)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nr-RadioBearerConfig1-r15        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nr-RadioBearerConfig2-r15        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
tdm-PatternConfig-r15This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
            TDM-PatternConfig-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond FDD-PCell
    nonCriticalExtension            RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    securityConfigHO-v1530                SecurityConfigHO-v1530            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO-5GC
    
sCellGroupToReleaseList-r15Indicates the SCell group to be released.
        SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellGroupToAddModList-r15        SCellGroupToAddModList-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
dedicatedInfoNASList-r15This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. If dedicatedInfoNASList-r15 is present, UE shall ignore the dedicatedInfoNASList (without suffix).
        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB-r15)) OF 
                                            DedicatedInfoNAS            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond nonHO
    
p-MaxUE-FR1-r15The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE across all serving cells in frequency range 1 (FR1) across all cell groups. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use may be additionally limited on cell- or cell-group level. The field is optionally present, if (NG)EN-DC (nr-Config-r15) has been configured. It is absent otherwise.
                    P-Max                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
smtc-r15The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. It is based on timing reference of EUTRA PCell. NOTE 2.
If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
                        MTC-SSB-NR-r15                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension            RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1610-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
conditionalReconfiguration-r16This field is used to configure the UE with a conditional reconfiguration. The reconfiguration is applied when the execution condition(s) is fulfilled. The field is absent if daps-HO is configured for any DRB or if MobilityControlInfo is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. The conditionalReconfiguration is not configured in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included in a conditionalReconfiguration.
            ConditionalReconfiguration-r16    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
daps-SourceRelease-r16A one-shot field that indicates that the UE shall release the resources associated with source PCell at a DAPS HO, including reconfiguration of the PDCP entity to release DAPS.
                    ENUMERATED{true}                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
tdm-PatternConfig2-r16This field is used for dual UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD PCell and for single UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD/TDD PCell, as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
The network sets at most one of tdm-PatternConfig and tdm-PatternConfig2 to setup.
When this field is configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, it is not applicable if TDD configuration is sa0 or sa6 in SIB1.
                        TDM-PatternConfig-r15            OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
sl-ConfigDedicatedForNR-r16Container for providing the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication, the octet string contains the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82].In this version of the specification, the NR RRC message only includes fields related to NR sidelink communication, i.e. sl-ConfigDedicatedNR, measConfig and/or otherConfig.If the UE is configured by the current Pcell with sl-ScheduledConfigset to setup (i.e., NR sidelink communication mode 1), the network only includessl-PrioritizationThres and sl-ConfiguredGrantConfigthat only includesthe configurations of configured sidelink grant Type 1 in the field sl-ScheduledConfig.
This field is not applicable to 5GS Proximity based Services (ProSe) as defined in TS 23.304 [112] in this release.
                    OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    
sl-SSB-PriorityEUTRA-r16Indicates the priority of LTE PSSS/SSSS/PSBCH transmission and reception.NOTE 3.
                    INTEGER (1..8)                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1700-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
systemInformationBlockType31Dedicated-r17This field is used to transfer SystemInformationBlockType31 to BL UEs or UEs in CE in a NTN cell.
    OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType31-r17)                                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond NTN
    
scg-State-r17Indicates that the NR SCG is deactivated. The field is absent if CPA or CPC is configured for the UE, or if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is contained in condReconfigurationToApply.
                        ENUMERATED{deactivated}            OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-SyncTxControl-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
networkControlledSyncTx-r12This field indicates whether the UE shall transmit synchronisation information (i.e. become synchronisation source). Value On indicates the UE to transmit synchronisation information while value Off indicates the UE to not transmit such information.
                ENUMERATED {on, off}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
PSCellToAddMod-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
sCellIndex-r12The sCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE. In case of DC, an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
                        SCellIndex-r10, 
    cellIdentification-r12                SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r12                        PhysCellId, 
        dl-CarrierFreq-r12                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12        RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd2
    ..., 
    [[    antennaInfoDedicatedPSCell-v1280        AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
sCellIndex-r13The sCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE. In case of DC, an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
                    SCellIndex-r13    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    radioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
PSCellToAddMod-v12f0 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12        RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v12f0    OPTIONAL 
} 
PSCellToAddMod-v1440 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r14        RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v1440    OPTIONAL 
} 
PowerCoordinationInfo-r12 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
p-MeNB-r12Indicates the guaranteed power for the MeNB, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
                            INTEGER (1..16), 
    
p-SeNB-r12Indicates the guaranteed power for the SeNBas specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.1.4.2-1. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
                            INTEGER (1..16), 
    
powerControlMode-r12Indicates the power control mode used in DC. Value 1 corresponds to DC power control mode 1 and value 2 indicates DC power control mode 2, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
                INTEGER (1..2) 
} 
SCellToAddModList-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-r10 
SCellToAddModList-v10l0 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-v10l0 
SCellToAddModList-v13c0 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellToAddMod-v13c0 
SCellToAddModList-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddMod-r16 
SCellToAddModListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-r13 
SCellToAddModListExt-v1370 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-v1370 
SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddMod-v13c0 
SCellToAddModListExt-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellToAddModExt-v1430 
SCellGroupToAddModList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)) OF SCellGroupToAddMod-r15 
SCellToAddMod-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
sCellIndex-r10The sCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE. In case of DC, an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
                        SCellIndex-r10, 
    cellIdentification-r10                SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r10                        PhysCellId, 
        dl-CarrierFreq-r10                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10        RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd2
    ..., 
    [[    dl-CarrierFreq-v1090                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0    OPTIONAL     -- Cond EARFCN-max
    ]], 
    [[    antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-v10i0        AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex-r14Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell. During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving cell with PUSCH in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. The PUSCH-less cell is always a TDD cell but the serving cell with PUSCH may be either a FDD or TDD cell.
        INTEGER (0.. 31) OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
sCellState-r15A one-shot field that indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated or dormant state upon SCell configuration.
                        ENUMERATED {activated, dormant}    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
SCellToAddMod-v10l0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0        RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0    OPTIONAL 
} 
SCellToAddMod-v13c0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0    OPTIONAL 
} 
SCellToAddMod-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
sCellIndex-r16The sCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE. In case of DC, an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
                        SCellIndex-r13, 
    cellIdentification-r16                SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r16                        PhysCellId, 
        dl-CarrierFreq-r16                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r16        RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r16    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd2
    antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-r16        AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex-r16Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell. During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving cell with PUSCH in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. The PUSCH-less cell is always a TDD cell but the serving cell with PUSCH may be either a FDD or TDD cell.
            INTEGER (0.. 31) OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
sCellState-r16A one-shot field that indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated or dormant state upon SCell configuration.
                            ENUMERATED {activated, dormant}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
SCellToAddModExt-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
sCellIndex-r13The sCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE. In case of DC, an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
                        SCellIndex-r13, 
    cellIdentification-r13                SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r13                        PhysCellId, 
        dl-CarrierFreq-r13                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r13        RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
    radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r13    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd2
    antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-r13            AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SCellToAddModExt-v1370 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1370        RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0    OPTIONAL 
} 
SCellToAddModExt-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex-r14Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell. During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving cell with PUSCH in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. The PUSCH-less cell is always a TDD cell but the serving cell with PUSCH may be either a FDD or TDD cell.
            INTEGER (0.. 31)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    
sCellState-r15A one-shot field that indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated or dormant state upon SCell configuration.
                    ENUMERATED {activated, dormant}        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
SCellGroupToAddMod-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
sCellGroupIndex-r15Indicates the identity of SCell groups for which a common configuration is provided.
                    SCellGroupIndex-r15, 
    
sCellConfigCommon-r15Indicates the common configuration for the SCell group.
                SCellConfigCommon-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToReleaseList-r15                SCellToReleaseListExt-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModList-r15                SCellToAddModListExt-r13        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SCellToReleaseList-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r10)) OF SCellIndex-r10 
SCellToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCell-r13)) OF SCellIndex-r13 
SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCellGroups-r15)) OF SCellGroupIndex-r15 
SCellGroupIndex-r15 ::=            INTEGER (1..maxSCellGroups-r15) 
SCellConfigCommon-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r15        RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r15    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
    antennaInfoDedicatedSCell-r15            AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SCG-Configuration-r12 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        scg-ConfigPartMCG-r12                SEQUENCE { 
            
scg-Counter-r12A counter used upon initial configuration of SCG security as well as upon refresh of S-KeNB. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
                        INTEGER (0.. 65535)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
            powerCoordinationInfo-r12            PowerCoordinationInfo-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
            ... 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        scg-ConfigPartSCG-r12                SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SCG-Configuration-v12f0 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        scg-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0                SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SCG-Configuration-v13c0 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        scg-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0                SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SCG-ConfigPartSCG-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12    RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12            SCellToReleaseList-r10        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    pSCellToAddMod-r12                    PSCellToAddMod-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListSCG-r12            SCellToAddModList-r10        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    mobilityControlInfoSCG-r12            MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[ 
    sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext-r13            SCellToReleaseListExt-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13            SCellToAddModListExt-r13        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
    sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v1370        SCellToAddModListExt-v1370    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
    pSCellToAddMod-v1440                PSCellToAddMod-v1440        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    sCellGroupToReleaseListSCG-r15    SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        sCellGroupToAddModListSCG-r15    SCellGroupToAddModList-r15    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[     -- NE-DC addition for setup/ modification and release SN configured measurements
        
measConfigSN-r15Measurements that E-UTRAN may configure when the UE is configured with NE-DC and for which reports are carried within an NR RRC message.
                MeasConfig                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
         -- NE-DC additions concerning DRBs/ SRBs are within RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG
        
tdm-PatternConfigNE-DC-r15This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission in NE-DC as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
        TDM-PatternConfig-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Cond FDD-PSCell
    ]], 
    [[    
p-MaxEUTRA-r15Indicates the maximum power available for LTE.
                    P-Max                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v12f0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    pSCellToAddMod-v12f0                PSCellToAddMod-v12f0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListSCG-v12f0            SCellToAddModList-v10l0        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SCG-ConfigPartSCG-v13c0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    sCellToAddModListSCG-v13c0            SCellToAddModList-v13c0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v13c0        SCellToAddModListExt-v13c0    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SecurityConfigHO ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    handoverType                        CHOICE { 
        intraLTE                            SEQUENCE { 
            securityAlgorithmConfig                SecurityAlgorithmConfig        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond fullConfig
            
keyChangeIndicatorIf UE is connected to EPC, true is used only in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KASME key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.401 [32] for KeNB re-keying. false is used in an intra-LTE handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.401 [32].
If UE is connected to 5GC, with keyChangeIndicator-r15, true is used in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.501 [86] for KeNB re-keying.
False is used for intra-system handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [86]. True is also used in NG based handover procedure with KAMF change, when a KeNB key is derived from the new KAMF key as described in TS 33.501 [86].
                    BOOLEAN,
            
nextHopChainingCountParameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32] if UE is connected to EPC, else see 33.501 [86] if UE is connected to 5GC.
                NextHopChainingCount 
        }, 
        interRAT                            SEQUENCE { 
            securityAlgorithmConfig                SecurityAlgorithmConfig, 
            nas-SecurityParamToEUTRA            OCTET STRING (SIZE(6)) 
        } 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
SecurityConfigHO-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    handoverType-v1530                CHOICE { 
        intra5GC                            SEQUENCE { 
            securityAlgorithmConfig-r15            SecurityAlgorithmConfig        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
            
keyChangeIndicator-r15If UE is connected to EPC, true is used only in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KASME key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.401 [32] for KeNB re-keying. false is used in an intra-LTE handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.401 [32].
If UE is connected to 5GC, with keyChangeIndicator-r15, true is used in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.501 [86] for KeNB re-keying.
False is used for intra-system handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [86]. True is also used in NG based handover procedure with KAMF change, when a KeNB key is derived from the new KAMF key as described in TS 33.501 [86].
                BOOLEAN,
            
nextHopChainingCount-r15Parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32] if UE is connected to EPC, else see 33.501 [86] if UE is connected to 5GC.
            NextHopChainingCount, 
            
nas-Container-r15This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after handover within E-UTRA/5GC. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. In case of NG based handover, the content of nas-Container is. the Intra N1 mode NAS transparent container IE. In case of inter-system handover to from 5GS to EPS, the content of NAS-Container is. the S1 mode to N1 mode NAS transparent container IE.
                    OCTET STRING    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        }, 
        fivegc-ToEPC                        SEQUENCE { 
            securityAlgorithmConfig-r15            SecurityAlgorithmConfig, 
            
nextHopChainingCount-r15Parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32] if UE is connected to EPC, else see 33.501 [86] if UE is connected to 5GC.
            NextHopChainingCount 
        }, 
        epc-To5GC                        SEQUENCE { 
            securityAlgorithmConfig-r15        SecurityAlgorithmConfig, 
            
nas-Container-r15This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after handover within E-UTRA/5GC. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. In case of NG based handover, the content of nas-Container is. the Intra N1 mode NAS transparent container IE. In case of inter-system handover to from 5GS to EPS, the content of NAS-Container is. the S1 mode to N1 mode NAS transparent container IE.
                OCTET STRING 
        } 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionReconfiguration field descriptions


conditionalReconfiguration
This field is used to configure the UE with a conditional reconfiguration. The reconfiguration is applied when the execution condition(s) is fulfilled. The field is absent if daps-HO is configured for any DRB or if MobilityControlInfo is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. The conditionalReconfiguration is not configured in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message included in a conditionalReconfiguration.
daps-SourceRelease
A one-shot field that indicates that the UE shall release the resources associated with source PCell at a DAPS HO, including reconfiguration of the PDCP entity to release DAPS.
dedicatedInfoNASList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list. If dedicatedInfoNASList-r15 is present, UE shall ignore the dedicatedInfoNASList (without suffix).
endc-ReleaseAndAdd
A one-shot field indicatingwhetherthe UE simultaneously releases and adds all the NR SCG related configuration within nr-Config,i.e. the configuration set by the NR RRCReconfiguration message (e.g. secondaryCellGroup, SRB3 and measConfig).
fullConfig
Indicates the full configuration option is applicable for the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT handover. For inter-RAT handover from NR to E-UTRA, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent when the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is generated by the E-UTRA SCG.
keyChangeIndicator
If UE is connected to EPC, true is used only in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KASME key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.401 [32] for KeNB re-keying. false is used in an intra-LTE handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.401 [32].
If UE is connected to 5GC, with keyChangeIndicator-r15, true is used in an intra-cell handover when a KeNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, as described in TS 33.501 [86] for KeNB re-keying.
False is used for intra-system handover when the new KeNB key is obtained from the current KeNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [86]. True is also used in NG based handover procedure with KAMF change, when a KeNB key is derived from the new KAMF key as described in TS 33.501 [86].
lwa-Configuration
This field is used to provide parameters for LWA configuration. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWA with DC, LWIP or RCLWI for a UE.
lwip-Configuration
This field is used to provide parameters for LWIP configuration.E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure LWIPwith DC,LWA or RCLWI for a UE.
measConfig
Measurements that E-UTRAN may configure when the UE is not configured with NE-DC.
measConfigSN
Measurements that E-UTRAN may configure when the UE is configured with NE-DC and for which reports are carried within an NR RRC message.
nas-Container
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after handover within E-UTRA/5GC. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [95]. In case of NG based handover, the content of nas-Container is. the Intra N1 mode NAS transparent container IE. In case of inter-system handover to from 5GS to EPS, the content of NAS-Container is. the S1 mode to N1 mode NAS transparent container IE.
nas-securityParamToEUTRA
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although, if included, it affects activation of AS- security after inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA/EPC or inter-system handover to E-UTRA/EPC. The content is defined in TS 24.301 [35]. This field is not used for handover from 5GC.
networkControlledSyncTx
This field indicates whether the UE shall transmit synchronisation information (i.e. become synchronisation source). Value On indicates the UE to transmit synchronisation information while value Off indicates the UE to not transmit such information.
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32] if UE is connected to EPC, else see 33.501 [86] if UE is connected to 5GC.
nr-Config
Includes the NR related configurations. This field is used to configure (NG)EN-DC configuration, possibly in conjunction with fields sk-Counter and nr-RadioBearerConfig1/ 2. NOTE 1.
nr-RadioBearerConfig1, nr-RadioBearerConfig2
Includes the NR RadioBearerConfig IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the configuration of RBs configured with NR PDCP.
nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig
Includes the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the NR RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup, conditionalReconfiguration, otherConfig, bap-Config, iab-IP-AddressConfigurationList and/ or measConfig. If nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is configured, the network always includes this field upon MN handover to initiate an NR SCG reconfiguration with sync and key change.
perCC-GapIndicationRequest
Indicates that UE shall include perCC-GapIndicationListand numFreqEffective in the RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message. numFreqEffectiveReduced may also be included if frequencies are configured for reduced measurement performance.
p-MaxEUTRA
Indicates the maximum power available for LTE.
p-MaxUE-FR1
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE across all serving cells in frequency range 1 (FR1) across all cell groups. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use may be additionally limited on cell- or cell-group level. The field is optionally present, if (NG)EN-DC (nr-Config-r15) has been configured. It is absent otherwise.
p-MeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the MeNB, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
powerControlMode
Indicates the power control mode used in DC. Value 1 corresponds to DC power control mode 1 and value 2 indicates DC power control mode 2, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
p-SeNB
Indicates the guaranteed power for the SeNBas specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.1.4.2-1. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
rclwi-Configuration
WLAN traffic steering command as specified in 5.6.16.2. E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure RCLWIwith DC, LWA or LWIP for a UE.
sCellConfigCommon
Indicates the common configuration for the SCell group.
sCellGroupIndex
Indicates the identity of SCell groups for which a common configuration is provided.
sCellIndex
The sCellIndex is unique within the scope of the UE. In case of DC, an SCG cell can not use the same value as used for an MCG cell. For pSCellToAddMod, if sCellIndex-r13 is present the UE shall ignore sCellIndex-r12.
sCellGroupToAddModList, sCellGroupToAddModListSCG
Indicates the SCell group to be added or modified. E-UTRAN only configures at most 4 SCell groups per UE over all cell groups. SCell groups can only be configured for LTE SCells, and all SCells in an SCell group must belong to the same cell group.
sCellGroupToReleaseList
Indicates the SCell group to be released.
sCellState
A one-shot field that indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated or dormant state upon SCell configuration.
sCellToAddModList, sCellToAddModListExt
Indicates the SCell to be added or modified. E-UTRAN uses field sCellToAddModList-r10to add or modify SCells (with sCellIndex-r10)for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListExt-v1430 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListExt-r13. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModList-r10. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListExt-v1370 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListExt-r13. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListExt-v13c0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListExt-r13.
sCellToAddModListSCG, sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext
Indicates the SCG cell to be added or modified. The field is used for SCG cells other than the PSCell (which is added/ modified by field pSCellToAddMod). E-UTRAN uses field sCellToAddModListSCG-r12to add or modify SCells (with sCellIndex-r10)for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListSCG-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListSCG-r12. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v1370 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13. If E-UTRAN includes sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-v13c0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in sCellToAddModListSCG-Ext-r13.
sCellToReleaseList, sCellToReleaseListExt
Indicates the SCell to be released. E-UTRAN uses field sCellToReleaseList-r10 to release SCells for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers.
sCellToReleaseListSCG, sCellToReleaseListSCG-Ext
Indicates the SCG cell to be released. The field is also used to release the PSCell e.g. upon change of PSCell, upon system information change for the PSCell. E-UTRAN uses field sCellToReleaseListSCG-r12 to release SCells for a UE that does not support carrier aggregation with more than 5 component carriers.
scg-Configuration
Covers the SCG configuration as used in case of DC and NE-DC. When the UE is configured with NE-DC, E-UTRAN neither applies value release nor configures scg-ConfigPartMCG.When resuming a connection with NE-DC, this field is included, containing at least the mobilityControlInfoSCG.
scg-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of SCG security as well as upon refresh of S-KeNB. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
scg-State
Indicates that the NR SCG is deactivated. The field is absent if CPA or CPC is configured for the UE, or if the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is contained in condReconfigurationToApply.
securityConfigHO
This field contains the parameters required to update the security keys at handover. If E-UTRAN includes the securityConfigHO (i.e., without suffix), the choice intraLTE is used for handover within E-UTRA/EPC while the choice interRAT is used for handover from GERAN or UTRAN to E-UTRA/EPC. If E-UTRAN includes the securityConfigHO-v1530 (i.e., with suffix), the choice intra5GC is used for handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/5GC while the choice fivegc-ToEPC is used for inter-system handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/EPC and the choice epc-To5GC is used for inter-system handover from E-UTRA/EPC to E-UTRA/5GC.
sk-Counter
A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN always provides this field either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG, or upon configuration ofthe first (SN terminated) RB using S-KgNB, whichever happens first.
sl-ConfigDedicatedForNR
Container for providing the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication, the octet string contains the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82].In this version of the specification, the NR RRC message only includes fields related to NR sidelink communication, i.e. sl-ConfigDedicatedNR, measConfig and/or otherConfig.If the UE is configured by the current Pcell with sl-ScheduledConfigset to setup (i.e., NR sidelink communication mode 1), the network only includessl-PrioritizationThres and sl-ConfiguredGrantConfigthat only includesthe configurations of configured sidelink grant Type 1 in the field sl-ScheduledConfig.
This field is not applicable to 5GS Proximity based Services (ProSe) as defined in TS 23.304 [112] in this release.
sl-SSB-PriorityEUTRA
Indicates the priority of LTE PSSS/SSSS/PSBCH transmission and reception.NOTE 3.
sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated
Indicates sidelink configuration for non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication as well as P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. It is based on timing reference of EUTRA PCell. NOTE 2.
If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex
Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell. During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving cell with PUSCH in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. The PUSCH-less cell is always a TDD cell but the serving cell with PUSCH may be either a FDD or TDD cell.
systemInformationBlockType1Dedicated
This field is used to transferSystemInformationBlockType1 or SystemInformationBlockType1-BR to the UE.
systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated
This field is used to transfer BR version of SystemInformationBlockType2 to BL UEs or UEs in CE or SystemInformationBlockType2 to non-BL UEs.
systemInformationBlockType31Dedicated
This field is used to transfer SystemInformationBlockType31 to BL UEs or UEs in CE in a NTN cell.
t350
Timer T350 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
tdm-PatternConfig
This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
tdm-PatternConfig2
This field is used for dual UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD PCell and for single UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD/TDD PCell, as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
The network sets at most one of tdm-PatternConfig and tdm-PatternConfig2 to setup.
When this field is configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, it is not applicable if TDD configuration is sa0 or sa6 in SIB1.
tdm-PatternConfigNE-DC
This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission in NE-DC as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].






Conditional presenceExplanation


EARFCN-max
The field is mandatory present if dl-CarrierFreq-r10 is included and set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
FDD-PCell
This field is optionally present, need ON, for a FDD PCell if there is no SCell with configured uplink. Otherwise, the field is not present.
FDD-PSCell
This field is optionally present, need ON, for a FDD PSCell if there is no SCell with configured uplink. Otherwise, the field is not present.
fullConfig
This field is mandatory present for handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is included; otherwise it is optionally present, Need OP. 
HO
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA and in a message contained in a NR DLInformationTransferMRDC message; otherwise the field is not present. The field is not present if source PCell resources after a DAPS handover have not been released.
HO-Reestab
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-system handover within E-UTRA or handover from NR to E-UTRA/EPC; it is optionally present, need ON, in case of intra-system handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment; or for intra-system handover from NR to E-UTRA, otherwise the field is not present.
HO-5GC
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA/5GC, handover to E-UTRA/5GC, handover from NR to E-UTRA/EPC, or handover from E-UTRA/5GC to E-UTRA/EPC, otherwise the field is not present.
HO-toEPC
The field is mandatory present in case of handover within E-UTRA/EPC or to E-UTRA/EPC, except handover from NR or E-UTRA/5GC, otherwise the field is not present. 
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or for reconfigurations when fullConfig is included; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
nonFullConfig
The field is not present when the fullConfig is included or in case of handover to E-UTRA; otherwise it is optional present, need ON.
nonHO
The field is not present in case of handover within E-UTRA or to E-UTRA; otherwise it is optional present, need ON.
NTN
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to a NTN cell. Otherwise the field is optionally present, Need ON, in a NTN cell.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd2
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present, need ON.
– RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete
The RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection reconfiguration. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8 
                                            RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rlf-InfoAvailable-r10                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailable-r10                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1130-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1250-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1430-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    perCC-GapIndicationList-r14            PerCC-GapIndicationList-r14        OPTIONAL,
    numFreqEffective-r14                INTEGER (1..12)                    OPTIONAL,
    numFreqEffectiveReduced-r14            INTEGER (1..12)                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1510-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    scg-ConfigResponseNR-r15            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasAvailableBT-r15                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    flightPathInfoAvailable-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1700-IEs 
                                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    selectedCondReconfigurationToApply-r17                CondReconfigurationId-r16    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1710-IEs 
                                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gnss-ValidityDuration-r17            GNSS-ValidityDuration-r17        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReestablishment
The RRCConnectionReestablishment message is used to re-establish SRB1. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishment ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE{ 
            rrcConnectionReestablishment-r8        RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs, 
            spare7 NULL,
            spare6 NULL,spare5 NULL,spare4    NULL,
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1    NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishment-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigDedicated        RadioResourceConfigDedicated, 
    nextHopChainingCount                NextHopChainingCount, 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishment-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection re-establishment. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8 
                                            RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v920-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rlf-InfoAvailable-r9                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1020-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasAvailable-r10                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1130-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1250-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1530-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasAvailableBT-r15                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    flightPathInfoAvailable-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1710-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gnss-ValidityDuration-r17            GNSS-ValidityDuration-r17        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject message is used to indicate the rejection of an RRC connection re-establishment request. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject ::= SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8 
                                            RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest
The RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8 
                                            RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-IdentityUE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
                            ReestabUE-Identity, 
    
reestablishmentCauseIndicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                ReestablishmentCause, 
    spare                                BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) 
} 
ReestabUE-Identity ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    c-RNTI                                C-RNTI, 
    
physCellIdThe Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
                            PhysCellId, 
    shortMAC-I                            ShortMAC-I 
} 
ReestablishmentCause ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                        reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure, 
                                        otherFailure, spare1 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete field descriptions


numFreqEffective
This field is used to indicate the number of effective frequencies that a UE measures in series according to TS 36.133 [16]. Simultaneous measurement in parallel on multiple frequencies can be equivalent to a single effective frequency.The frequencies configured for reduced measurement performance should not be included.
numFreqEffectiveReduced
This field is used to indicate the number of effective frequencies that a UE measures in series according to TS 36.133 [16] for frequencies configured for reduced measurement performance. Simultaneous measurement in parallel on multiple frequencies can be equivalent to a single effective frequency. 
perCC-GapIndicationList
This field is used to indicate per CC measurement gap preference by the UE.
scg-ConfigResponseNR
Includes the NR RRCReconfigurationComplete message as defined in TS 38.331 [82].
selectedCondReconfigurationToApply
This field indicates the selected conditional RRC connection reconfiguration the UE applied upon the execution of CPA or inter-SN CPC.






RRCConnectionReestablishmentComplete field descriptions


rlf-InfoAvailable
This field is used to indicate the availability of radio link failure or handover failure related measurements






RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest field descriptions


physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
– RRCConnectionReject
The RRCConnectionReject message is used to reject the RRC connection establishment or to reject the EDT procedure. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionReject ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            rrcConnectionReject-r8                RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionReject-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
waitTimeWait time value in seconds.
                            INTEGER (1..16), 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReject-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReject-v1020-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
extendedWaitTime-r10Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
                INTEGER (1..1800)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReject-v1130-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReject-v1130-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
deprioritisationReq-r11Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised. The UE shall be able to store a depriotisation request for up to 8 frequencies (applicable when receiving another frequency specific deprioritisation request before T325 expiry).
                SEQUENCE { 
        deprioritisationType-r11            ENUMERATED {frequency, e-utra}, 
        
deprioritisationTimer-r11Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or E-UTRA is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
            ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30} 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionReject-v1320-IEs                            OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionReject-v1320-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
rrc-SuspendIndication-r13If present, this field indicates that the UE should remain suspended and not release its stored context.
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    --    Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionReject field descriptions


deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised. The UE shall be able to store a depriotisation request for up to 8 frequencies (applicable when receiving another frequency specific deprioritisation request before T325 expiry).
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or E-UTRA is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
rrc-SuspendIndication
If present, this field indicates that the UE should remain suspended and not release its stored context.
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds.
– RRCConnectionRelease
The RRCConnectionRelease message is used to command the release of an RRC connection, or to complete an UP-EDT procedure. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionRelease ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            rrcConnectionRelease-r8                RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
releaseCauseThe releaseCause is used to indicate the reason for releasing the RRC Connection. The cause value cs-FallbackHighPriority is only applicable when redirectedCarrierInfo is present with the value set to utra-FDD,utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10.E-UTRAN should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired or to cs-FallbackHighPriority if the extendedWaitTime is present.The network should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired if the UE is connected to 5GC. The network does not set the releaseCause to rrc-Suspend if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer, i.e. if source PCell resources after a DAPS handover have not been released.
                        ReleaseCause, 
    
redirectedCarrierInfoThe redirectedCarrierInfo indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an EUTRA or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of the cell selection upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. The value geran can only be included after successful security activation when UE is connected to 5GC.
                RedirectedCarrierInfo                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
idleModeMobilityControlInfoProvides dedicated cell reselection priorities. Used for cell reselection as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, a UE that supports multi-band cells for the concerned RAT considers the dedicated priorities to be common for all overlapping bands (i.e. regardless of the ARFCN that is used).
            IdleModeMobilityControlInfo            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v890-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs)    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionRelease-v920-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Late non critical extensions
RRCConnectionRelease-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    redirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0            RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond NoRedirect-r8
    idleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0    IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond IdleInfoEUTRA
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Regular non critical extensions
RRCConnectionRelease-v920-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellInfoList-r9Used to provide system information of one or more cells on the redirected inter-RAT carrier frequency. The system information can be used if, upon redirection, the UE selects an inter-RAT cell indicated by the physCellId and carrierFreq (GERAN and UTRA TDD) or by the physCellId (other RATs). The choice shall match the redirectedCarrierInfo. In particular, E-UTRAN only applies value utra-TDD-r10 in case redirectedCarrierInfo is set to utra-TDD-r10.
                    CHOICE { 
        geran-r9                        CellInfoListGERAN-r9, 
        utra-FDD-r9                        CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9, 
        utra-TDD-r9                        CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9, 
        ..., 
        utra-TDD-r10                    CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Redirection
    nonCriticalExtension            RRCConnectionRelease-v1020-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v1020-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
extendedWaitTime-r10Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
                INTEGER (1..1800)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension            RRCConnectionRelease-v1320-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v1320-IEs::=    SEQUENCE { 
    resumeIdentity-r13                    ResumeIdentity-r13                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR    
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionRelease-v1530-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-ContinueROHC-r15This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues when UE initiates UP-EDT in the same cell, while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UP-EDTorPUR
    nextHopChainingCount-r15            NextHopChainingCount        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond EarlySec
    
measIdleConfig-r15Indicates a one-shot measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
                    MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
rrc-InactiveConfig-r15Indicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure this field when the UE is redirected to an inter-RAT carrier frequency or if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
                RRC-InactiveConfig-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
cn-Type-r15Thecn-Type is used to indicate that the UE is redirected from 5GC to EPC or 5GC whenredirectedCarrierInfo indicates E-UTRA frequency.
                            ENUMERATED {epc,fivegc}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionRelease-v1540-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v1540-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
waitTimeWait time value in seconds.
                            INTEGER (1..16)        OPTIONAL, -- Cond 5GC
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionRelease-v15b0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v15b0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
noLastCellUpdate-r15Presence of the field indicates that the last used cell for (G)WUS shall not be updated.
                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionRelease-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    fullI-RNTI-r16                        I-RNTI-r15                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    shortI-RNTI-r16                    ShortI-RNTI-r15                OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    pur-Config-r16                        SetupRelease {PUR-Config-r16}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    rrc-InactiveConfig-v1610            RRC-InactiveConfig-v1610    OPTIONAL,  -- Cond BLCE-IDLEeDRX
    
releaseIdleMeasConfig-r16Indicates that the UE shall release the idle/inactive measurement configurations, if configured.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
altFreqPriorities-r16Indicates that the UE shall apply the alternative cell reselectionpriorities, when available. This field is not configured together with idleModeMobilityControlInfo.
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
t323-r16Timer T323 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
                            ENUMERATED { 
                                        min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180, 
                                        min720}                        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionRelease-v1650-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionRelease-v1650-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
mpsPriorityIndication-r16Indicates the UE can set the establishment cause to highPriorityAccess for a new connection following a redirect to E-UTRA or set the resume cause to highPriorityAccess for a resume following a redirect to E-UTRA. If the target RAT is NR, see TS 38.331 [82]. The eNB/ng-eNB sets the indication only for UEs authorized to receive MPS treatment as indicated by ARP and/or QoS characteristics at the eNB/ng-eNB, and it is applicable only for this instance of release with redirection to carrier/RAT included in the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
                ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL, -- Cond Redirection2
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}        OPTIONAL 
} 
ReleaseCause ::=                ENUMERATED {loadBalancingTAUrequired, 
                                            other, cs-FallbackHighPriority-v1020, rrc-Suspend-v1320} 
RedirectedCarrierInfo ::=            CHOICE { 
    eutra                                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    geran                                CarrierFreqsGERAN, 
    utra-FDD                            ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    utra-TDD                            ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cdma2000-HRPD                        CarrierFreqCDMA2000, 
    cdma2000-1xRTT                        CarrierFreqCDMA2000, 
    ..., 
    utra-TDD-r10                        CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10, 
    nr-r15                                CarrierInfoNR-r15, 
    nr-r17                                CarrierInfoNR-r17 
} 
RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    eutra-v9e0                                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 
} 
RRC-InactiveConfig-r15::=        SEQUENCE { 
    fullI-RNTI-r15                    I-RNTI-r15, 
    shortI-RNTI-r15                    ShortI-RNTI-r15, 
    ran-PagingCycle-r15                ENUMERATED {    rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256}    OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    
ran-NotificationAreaInfo-r15Network ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
    RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15        OPTIONAL,    --Need ON
    
periodic-RNAU-timer-r15Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
            ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, 
                                            min120, min360, min720}        OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    nextHopChainingCount-r15        NextHopChainingCount        OPTIONAL,    --Cond INACTIVE
    
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
                            SEQUENCE{}        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRC-InactiveConfig-v1610::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ran-PagingCycle-v1610                ENUMERATED {rf512, rf1024} 
} 
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo-r15    ::= CHOICE { 
    
cellListIndicates a list of cells configured as RAN area. For each element, in the absence of plmn-Identity the UE considers the registered PLMN. Total number of cells across all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
                    PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList-r15, 
    ran-AreaConfigList            PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList-r15 
} 
PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList-r15    ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r15)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaCell-r15 
PLMN-RAN-AreaCell-r15    ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-r15                PLMN-Identity    OPTIONAL,
    ran-AreaCells-r15                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellIdentity 
} 
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList-r15    ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r15)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig-r15 
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig-r15    ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-r15            PLMN-Identity    OPTIONAL,
    
ran-Area-r15Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. Total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16. Total number of RAN-AreaCode across all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF    RAN-AreaConfig-r15 
} 
RAN-AreaConfig-r15    ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    trackingAreaCode-5GC-r15    TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15, 
    ran-AreaCodeList-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF RAN-AreaCode-r15    OPTIONAL     --Need OR
} 
CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10)) OF ARFCN-ValueUTRA 
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    freqPriorityListEUTRA                FreqPriorityListEUTRA            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    freqPriorityListGERAN                FreqsPriorityListGERAN            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    freqPriorityListUTRA-FDD            FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    freqPriorityListUTRA-TDD            FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    bandClassPriorityListHRPD            BandClassPriorityListHRPD        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    bandClassPriorityList1XRTT            BandClassPriorityList1XRTT        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
t320Timer T320 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180, 
                                            spare1}                        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12        FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    freqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310            FreqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310        FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    freqPriorityListNR-r15                FreqPriorityListNR-r15        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0 
} 
FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA 
FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12 
FreqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310 
FreqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310 
FreqPriorityEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq                            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority 
} 
FreqPriorityEUTRA-v9e0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-v9e0                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0        OPTIONAL     -- Cond EARFCN-max
} 
FreqPriorityEUTRA-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r12                            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    cellReselectionPriority-r12                CellReselectionPriority 
} 
FreqPriorityEUTRA-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    cellReselectionSubPriority-r13                CellReselectionSubPriority-r13        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
} 
FreqPriorityListNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityNR-r15 
FreqPriorityNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r15                        ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    cellReselectionPriority-r15            CellReselectionPriority, 
    cellReselectionSubPriority-r15        CellReselectionSubPriority-r13        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
FreqsPriorityListGERAN ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF FreqsPriorityGERAN 
FreqsPriorityGERAN ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqsThe list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
                        CarrierFreqsGERAN, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority 
} 
FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD 
FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq                            ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority 
} 
FreqPriorityListUTRA-TDD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD 
FreqPriorityUTRA-TDD ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq                            ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority 
} 
BandClassPriorityListHRPD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriorityHRPD 
BandClassPriorityHRPD ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    bandClass                            BandclassCDMA2000, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority 
} 
BandClassPriorityList1XRTT ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassPriority1XRTT 
BandClassPriority1XRTT ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    bandClass                            BandclassCDMA2000, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority 
} 
CellInfoListGERAN-r9 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoGERAN-r9)) OF CellInfoGERAN-r9 
CellInfoGERAN-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r9                        PhysCellIdGERAN, 
    carrierFreq-r9                        CarrierFreqGERAN, 
    
systemInformation-r9Container for system information of the GERAN cell i.e. one or more System Information (SI) messages as defined in TS 44.018 [45], table 9.1.1. 
                SystemInfoListGERAN 
} 
CarrierInfoNR-r15    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r15                    ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    
subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15Indicate subcarrier spacing of SSB of redirected target NR frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2-1), 120kHz or 480kHz (FR2-2) are applicable.
            ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240}, 
    
smtc-r15The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of the redirected target NR frequency. It is based on the timing reference of EUTRAN PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing
                            MTC-SSB-NR-r15                OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
} 
CarrierInfoNR-r17    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r17                    ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    
subcarrierSpacingSSB-r17Indicate subcarrier spacing of SSB of redirected target NR frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2-1), 120kHz or 480kHz (FR2-2) are applicable.
            ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240, kHz480, spare1}, 
    
smtc-r17The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of the redirected target NR frequency. It is based on the timing reference of EUTRAN PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing
                            MTC-SSB-NR-r15                OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
} 
CellInfoListUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9 
CellInfoUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r9                        PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD, 
    
utra-BCCH-Container-r9Contains System Information Container message as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
                OCTET STRING 
} 
CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9 
CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r9                        PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD, 
    
utra-BCCH-Container-r9Contains System Information Container message as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
                OCTET STRING 
} 
CellInfoListUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInfoUTRA-r9)) OF CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10 
CellInfoUTRA-TDD-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r10                        PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD, 
    carrierFreq-r10                        ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    
utra-BCCH-Container-r10Contains System Information Container message as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
                OCTET STRING 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionRelease field descriptions


altFreqPriorities
Indicates that the UE shall apply the alternative cell reselectionpriorities, when available. This field is not configured together with idleModeMobilityControlInfo.
carrierFreq or bandClass
The carrier frequency (UTRA, E-UTRA, and NR) and band class (HRPD and 1xRTT) for which the associated cellReselectionPriority is applied.For NR, the ARFCN-ValueNR corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101 [85].
carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
cellInfoList
Used to provide system information of one or more cells on the redirected inter-RAT carrier frequency. The system information can be used if, upon redirection, the UE selects an inter-RAT cell indicated by the physCellId and carrierFreq (GERAN and UTRA TDD) or by the physCellId (other RATs). The choice shall match the redirectedCarrierInfo. In particular, E-UTRAN only applies value utra-TDD-r10 in case redirectedCarrierInfo is set to utra-TDD-r10.
cellList
Indicates a list of cells configured as RAN area. For each element, in the absence of plmn-Identity the UE considers the registered PLMN. Total number of cells across all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
cn-Type
Thecn-Type is used to indicate that the UE is redirected from 5GC to EPC or 5GC whenredirectedCarrierInfo indicates E-UTRA frequency.
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues when UE initiates UP-EDT in the same cell, while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
freqPriorityListX
Provides a cell reselection priority for each frequency, by means of separate lists for each RAT (including E-UTRA). The UE shall be able to store at least 3 occurrences of FreqsPriorityGERAN. If E-UTRAN includes freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0 and/or freqPriorityListEUTRA-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix). Field freqPriorityListExt includes additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. EUTRAN only includes freqPriorityListExtEUTRA if freqPriorityListEUTRA (i.e without suffix) includes maxFreq entries. If E-UTRAN includes freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqPriorityListExtEUTRA-r12.
idleModeMobilityControlInfo
Provides dedicated cell reselection priorities. Used for cell reselection as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, a UE that supports multi-band cells for the concerned RAT considers the dedicated priorities to be common for all overlapping bands (i.e. regardless of the ARFCN that is used).
measIdleConfig
Indicates a one-shot measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
mpsPriorityIndication
Indicates the UE can set the establishment cause to highPriorityAccess for a new connection following a redirect to E-UTRA or set the resume cause to highPriorityAccess for a resume following a redirect to E-UTRA. If the target RAT is NR, see TS 38.331 [82]. The eNB/ng-eNB sets the indication only for UEs authorized to receive MPS treatment as indicated by ARP and/or QoS characteristics at the eNB/ng-eNB, and it is applicable only for this instance of release with redirection to carrier/RAT included in the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
noLastCellUpdate
Presence of the field indicates that the last used cell for (G)WUS shall not be updated.
periodic-RNAU-timer
Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
ran-Area
Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. Total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16. Total number of RAN-AreaCode across all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
ran-NotificationAreaInfo
Network ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
ranAreaConfigList
Indicates a list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area. For each element, in the absence of plmn-Identity the UE considers the registered PLMN.
ran-pagingCycle
Refers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
redirectedCarrierInfo
The redirectedCarrierInfo indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an EUTRA or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of the cell selection upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. The value geran can only be included after successful security activation when UE is connected to 5GC.
releaseCause
The releaseCause is used to indicate the reason for releasing the RRC Connection. The cause value cs-FallbackHighPriority is only applicable when redirectedCarrierInfo is present with the value set to utra-FDD,utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10.E-UTRAN should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired or to cs-FallbackHighPriority if the extendedWaitTime is present.The network should not set the releaseCause to loadBalancingTAURequired if the UE is connected to 5GC. The network does not set the releaseCause to rrc-Suspend if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer, i.e. if source PCell resources after a DAPS handover have not been released.
releaseIdleMeasConfig
Indicates that the UE shall release the idle/inactive measurement configurations, if configured.
rrc-InactiveConfig
Indicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure this field when the UE is redirected to an inter-RAT carrier frequency or if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of the redirected target NR frequency. It is based on the timing reference of EUTRAN PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing
subcarrierSpacingSSB
Indicate subcarrier spacing of SSB of redirected target NR frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2-1), 120kHz or 480kHz (FR2-2) are applicable.
systemInformation
Container for system information of the GERAN cell i.e. one or more System Information (SI) messages as defined in TS 44.018 [45], table 9.1.1. 
t320
Timer T320 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
t323
Timer T323 as described in clause 7.3. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
utra-BCCH-Container
Contains System Information Container message as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds.






Conditional presenceExplanation


5GC
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE is connected to 5GC; otherwise the field is not present.
BLCE-IDLEeDRX
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if the UE is a BL UE or UE in CE and the UE is connected to 5GC and IDLE mode eDRX is configured and ran-PagingCycle-r15 is absent; otherwise the field is not present.
EARFCN-max
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding carrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
EarlySec
When the UE is connected to 5GC, the field is mandatory present. When the UE is connected to EPC, the field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE supports UP-EDT or UP transmission using PUR or early security reactivation and releaseCause is set to rrc-Suspend; otherwise the field is not present.
IdleInfoEUTRA
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo (i.e. without suffix) is included and includes freqPriorityListEUTRA; otherwise the field is not present.
INACTIVE
The field is mandatory present in this release.
NoRedirect-r8
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the redirectedCarrierInfo (i.e. without suffix) is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the redirectedCarrierInfo is included and set to geran, utra-FDD, utra-TDD or utra-TDD-r10; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection2
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included; otherwise the field is not present.
UP-EDTorPUR
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE supports UP-EDT or UP transmission using PUR and releaseCause is set to rrc-Suspend; otherwise the field is not present.
– RRCConnectionRequest
The RRCConnectionRequest message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionRequest ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionRequest-r8                RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs, 
        rrcConnectionRequest-r15            RRCConnectionRequest-5GC-r15-IEs 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionRequest-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-IdentityUE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
                            InitialUE-Identity, 
    
establishmentCauseProvides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: highPriorityAccess concerns AC11..AC15, 'mt' stands for 'Mobile Terminating' and 'mo' for 'Mobile Originating. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE. The cause value of delayTolerantAccess is not used for E-UTRA/5GC in this release.
                    EstablishmentCause, 
    spare                                BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
RRCConnectionRequest-5GC-r15-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-Identity-r15UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
                            InitialUE-Identity-5GC-r15, 
    
establishmentCause-r15Provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: highPriorityAccess concerns AC11..AC15, 'mt' stands for 'Mobile Terminating' and 'mo' for 'Mobile Originating. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE. The cause value of delayTolerantAccess is not used for E-UTRA/5GC in this release.
                    EstablishmentCause-5GC-r15, 
    spare                                    BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
InitialUE-Identity ::=                CHOICE { 
    s-TMSI                                S-TMSI, 
    
randomValueInteger value in the range 0 to 240 1.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (40)) 
} 
InitialUE-Identity-5GC-r15 ::=        CHOICE { 
    
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1The rightmost 40 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (40)), 
    
randomValueInteger value in the range 0 to 240 1.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (40)) 
} 
EstablishmentCause ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                        emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, 
                                        mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess-v1020, mo-VoiceCall-v1280, spare1} 
EstablishmentCause-5GC-r15 ::=        ENUMERATED { 
                                        emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, 
                                        mo-Data, mo-VoiceCall, spare2, spare1} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionRequest field descriptions


establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC connection request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: highPriorityAccess concerns AC11..AC15, 'mt' stands for 'Mobile Terminating' and 'mo' for 'Mobile Originating. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE. The cause value of delayTolerantAccess is not used for E-UTRA/5GC in this release.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 240 1.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1
The rightmost 40 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
– RRCConnectionResume
The RRCConnectionResume message is used to resume the suspended RRC connection. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResume-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier        RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                CHOICE { 
        c1                                CHOICE { 
            rrcConnectionResume-r13            RRCConnectionResume-r13-IEs, 
            spare3                            NULL,
            spare2                            NULL,
            spare1                            NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionResume-r13-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigDedicated-r13        RadioResourceConfigDedicated    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nextHopChainingCount-r13                NextHopChainingCount, 
    measConfig-r13                            MeasConfig                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    antennaInfoDedicatedPCell-r13            AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
drb-ContinueROHC-r13This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with EUTRA PDCP and the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 
                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    rrcConnectionResume-v1430-IEs            RRCConnectionResume-v1430-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResume-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    otherConfig-r14                        OtherConfig-r9                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    rrcConnectionResume-v1510-IEs        RRCConnectionResume-v1510-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResume-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
sk-Counter-r15A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN provides this field when the UE is configured with an(SN-terminated)RB using S-KgNBor NR SCG is configured.
                        INTEGER (0.. 65535)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nr-RadioBearerConfig1-r15            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nr-RadioBearerConfig2-r15            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionResume-v1530-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResume-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
fullConfig-r15Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCConnectionResume message.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionResume-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResume-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
idleModeMeasurementReq-r16This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements to the network in the RRCConnectionResumeComplete message
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    restoreMCG-SCells-r16                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
restoreSCG-r16If included, the UE shall restore the SCG configurations from the UE AS Context or UE Inactive AS Context.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond EarlySec
    
sCellToAddModList-r16List of SCells to be added or modified.
                SCellToAddModList-r16            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond EarlySec
    
sCellToReleaseList-r16List of SCells to be released.
                SCellToReleaseListExt-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
sCellGroupToReleaseList-r16Indicates the SCell group to be released.
            SCellGroupToReleaseList-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
sCellGroupToAddModList-r16Indicates the SCell group to be added or modified.
            SCellGroupToAddModList-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond EarlySec
    
nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig-r16Includes the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the NR RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup, with at least reconfigurationWithSync, otherConfig and/ or measConfig.
        OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RestoreSCG
    
p-MaxEUTRA-r16Indicates the maximum power available for E-UTRA.
                        P-Max                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCG
    
p-MaxUE-FR1-r16The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE across all serving cells in frequency range 1 (FR1) across all cell groups. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use may be additionally limited on cell- or cell-group level.
                        P-Max                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCG
    
tdm-PatternConfig-r16This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
                TDM-PatternConfig-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond FDD-PCell
    
tdm-PatternConfig2-r16This field is used for dual UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD PCell and for single UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD/TDD PCell, as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
The network sets at most one of tdm-PatternConfig and tdm-PatternConfig2 to setup.
When this field is configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, it is not applicable if TDD configuration is sa0 or sa6 in SIB1.
                TDM-PatternConfig-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionResume-v1700-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResume-v1700-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
scg-State-r17Indicates that the SCG is deactivated.
                        ENUMERATED {deactivated}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionResume field descriptions


drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset the header compression protocol context for the DRBs configured with EUTRA PDCP and the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. 
fullConfig
Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCConnectionResume message.
idleModeMeasurementReq
This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements to the network in the RRCConnectionResumeComplete message
p-MaxEUTRA
Indicates the maximum power available for E-UTRA.
p-MaxUE-FR1
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE across all serving cells in frequency range 1 (FR1) across all cell groups. The maximum transmit power that the UE may use may be additionally limited on cell- or cell-group level.
nr-RadioBearerConfig1, nr-RadioBearerConfig2
Includes the NR RadioBearerConfig IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the configuration of RBs configured with NR PDCP.
nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig
Includes the NR RRCReconfiguration message as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the NR RRC message only includes fields secondaryCellGroup, with at least reconfigurationWithSync, otherConfig and/ or measConfig.
restoreMCG-Scells
Indicates that the UE shall restore the MCG Scell configurations from the UE AS Context or UE Inactive AS Context, if configured.
restoreSCG
If included, the UE shall restore the SCG configurations from the UE AS Context or UE Inactive AS Context.
sCellGroupToAddModList
Indicates the SCell group to be added or modified.
sCellGroupToReleaseList
Indicates the SCell group to be released.
sCellToAddModList
List of SCells to be added or modified.
sCellToReleaseList
List of SCells to be released.
scg-State
Indicates that the SCG is deactivated.
sk-Counter
A one-shot counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB. E-UTRAN provides this field when the UE is configured with an(SN-terminated)RB using S-KgNBor NR SCG is configured.
tdm-PatternConfig
This field is used when power control or IMD issues require single UL transmission in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
tdm-PatternConfig2
This field is used for dual UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD PCell and for single UL transmission in EN-DC with LTE FDD/TDD PCell, as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88].
The network sets at most one of tdm-PatternConfig and tdm-PatternConfig2 to setup.
When this field is configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, it is not applicable if TDD configuration is sa0 or sa6 in SIB1.






Conditional presenceExplanation


EarlySec
For EPC, the field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE supports early security reactivation; otherwise the field is not present.
For 5GC, the field is optionally present, Need ON.
RestoreSCG
The field is mandatory present if restoreSCG is configured. It is optionally present, Need ON, otherwise.
For EPC, this field can be present only if the UE supports early security reactivation.
FDD-PCell
This field is optionally present, need ON, for an FDD PCell if there is no SCell with configured uplink. Otherwise, the field is not present, need OR.
SCG
This field is optionally present, need OR, if nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig is present, otherwise it is absent, need OR.
– RRCConnectionResumeComplete
The RRCConnectionResumeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection resumption. 

 -- ASN1START
     
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier                RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                            CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionResumeComplete-r13                RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                    SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-r13-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    selectedPLMN-Identity-r13                INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11)                    OPTIONAL,
    dedicatedInfoNAS-r13                    DedicatedInfoNAS                            OPTIONAL,
    rlf-InfoAvailable-r13                    ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailable-r13                    ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    connEstFailInfoAvailable-r13            ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    mobilityState-r13                        ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare}    OPTIONAL,
    mobilityHistoryAvail-r13                ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r13                ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasAvailableBT-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    idleMeasAvailable-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    flightPathInfoAvailable-r15        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measResultListIdle-r16                MeasResultListIdle-r15            OPTIONAL,
    measResultListExtIdle-r16                MeasResultListExtIdle-r16            OPTIONAL,
    measResultListIdleNR-r16            MeasResultListIdleNR-r16        OPTIONAL,
    scg-ConfigResponseNR-r16            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1710-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionResumeComplete-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gnss-ValidityDuration-r17            GNSS-ValidityDuration-r17        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE{}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionResumeRequest
The RRCConnectionResumeRequest message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or to perform UP-EDT. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                        CHOICE { 
        rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r13            RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13-IEs,     
        rrcConnectionResumeRequest-r15            RRCConnectionResumeRequest-5GC-r15-IEs 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-r13-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
resumeIdentity-r13UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at eNB
                                CHOICE { 
        resumeID-r13                                    ResumeIdentity-r13, 
        truncatedResumeID-r13                            BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) 
    }, 
    
shortResumeMAC-I-r13Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at eNB
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
resumeCause-r13Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers. The network is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                                    ResumeCause, 
    spare                                            BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
RRCConnectionResumeRequest-5GC-r15-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
resumeIdentity-r15UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at eNB
                                CHOICE { 
        fullI-RNTI-r15                                    I-RNTI-r15, 
        shortI-RNTI-r15                                    ShortI-RNTI-r15 
    }, 
    
shortResumeMAC-I-r15Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at eNB
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
resumeCause-r15Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers. The network is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
                                    ResumeCause-r15, 
    spare                                            BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) 
} 
ResumeCause ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, 
                                mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess-v1020, mo-VoiceCall-v1280, 
                                mt-EDT-v1610 
} 
ResumeCause-r15 ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, 
                                mo-Data, rna-Update, mo-VoiceCall, spare1 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionResumeComplete field descriptions


idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityListfields included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. The selectedPLMN-Identity is referred to the PLMN list for 5GC if the UE is in RRC_INACTIVE state.






RRCConnectionResumeRequest field descriptions


resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers. The network is not expected to reject a RRCConnectionResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at eNB
shortResumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at eNB
– RRCConnectionSetup
The RRCConnectionSetup message is used to establish SRB1. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionSetup ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            rrcConnectionSetup-r8                RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs, 
            spare7 NULL,
            spare6 NULL,spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionSetup-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    radioResourceConfigDedicated        RadioResourceConfigDedicated, 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetup-v8a0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetup-v1610-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetup-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedInfoNAS-r16                DedicatedInfoNAS                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRCConnectionSetupComplete
The RRCConnectionSetupComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection establishment. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCConnectionSetupComplete ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE{ 
            rrcConnectionSetupComplete-r8        RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from thesame plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.
                INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11), 
    
registeredMMEThis field is used to transfer the GUMMEI of the MME where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers.
                        RegisteredMME                        OPTIONAL,
    
dedicatedInfoNASDownlink NAS PDU in case of mobile terminated CP-EDT. E-UTRAN may include this field only if the RRCConnectionSetup is in response to RRCEarlyDataRequestwith establishment cause mt-Access.
                    DedicatedInfoNAS, 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
gummei-Type-r10This field is used to indicate whether the GUMMEI included is native (assigned by EPC) or mapped. The value native indicates the GUMMEI is native, mapped indicates the GUMMEI is mapped from 2G/3G identifiers, and mappedFrom5G indicates the GUMMEI is mapped from 5G identifiers. A UE that sets gummei-Type-v1540 to mappedFrom5G shall also include gummei-Type-r10 and set it to native.
                        ENUMERATED {native, mapped}                OPTIONAL,
    rlf-InfoAvailable-r10                ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailable-r10                ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    
rn-SubframeConfigReq-r10If present, this field indicates that the connection establishment is for an RN and whether a subframe configuration is requested or not.
            ENUMERATED {required, notRequired}        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1130-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    connEstFailInfoAvailable-r11        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1250-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
mobilityState-r12This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
                    ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare}    OPTIONAL,
    mobilityHistoryAvail-r12            ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableMBSFN-r12            ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1320-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1320-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-ModeB-r13Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode B, as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                        OPTIONAL,
    s-TMSI-r13                            S-TMSI                                        OPTIONAL,
    
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13This field is used to indicate that the UE performs an Attach without PDN connectivity procedure, as indicated by the upper layers and specified in TS 24.301 [35].
    ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13This field is included when the UE supports the User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.301 [35].
        ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13This field is included when the UE supports the Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.301 [35].
        ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1330-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1330-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-CE-NeedULGaps-r13Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.306 [5].
                ENUMERATED {true}                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1430-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
dcn-ID-r14The Dedicated Core Network Identity, see TS 23.401 [41].
                            INTEGER (0..65535)                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasAvailableBT-r15                ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    
idleMeasAvailable-r15Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
                ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    flightPathInfoAvailable-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    
connectTo5GC-r15This field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
                    ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    
registeredAMF-r15This field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
                    RegisteredAMF-r15                        OPTIONAL,
    s-NSSAI-list-r15                    SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofS-NSSAI-r15)) OF S-NSSAI-r15 OPTIONAL,
    ng-5G-S-TMSI-Bits-r15                CHOICE { 
        ng-5G-S-TMSI-r15                    NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15, 
        ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2-r15                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1540-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gummei-Type-v1540                    ENUMERATED {mappedFrom5G-v1540}        OPTIONAL,
    
guami-Type-r15This field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [95].
                        ENUMERATED {native, mapped}            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
rlos-Request-r16Indicates whether the UE is initiating RLOS as specified in TS 23.401 [41].
                    ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    
cp-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation-r16This field is included when the UE supports the Control plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.501 [95].
        ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    
up-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation-r16This field is included when the UE supports the User plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.501 [95].
        ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    pur-ConfigID-r16                    PUR-ConfigID-r16                    OPTIONAL,
    
lte-M-r16Indicates the UE is category M.
                            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    
iab-NodeIndication-r16This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [106].
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1690-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1690-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ul-RRC-Segmentation-r16This field indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentation of UECapabilityInformation.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1710-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCConnectionSetupComplete-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gnss-ValidityDuration-r17            GNSS-ValidityDuration-r17            OPTIONAL,   nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
RegisteredMME ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity                        PLMN-Identity                        OPTIONAL,
    
mmegiProvides the Group Identity of the registered MME within the PLMN, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
                                BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    mmec                                MMEC 
} 
RegisteredAMF-r15    ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-r15                    PLMN-Identity                        OPTIONAL,
    amf-Identifier-r15                    AMF-Identifier-r15 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCConnectionSetup field descriptions


dedicatedInfoNAS
Downlink NAS PDU in case of mobile terminated CP-EDT. E-UTRAN may include this field only if the RRCConnectionSetup is in response to RRCEarlyDataRequestwith establishment cause mt-Access.






RRCConnectionSetupComplete field descriptions


attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity
This field is used to indicate that the UE performs an Attach without PDN connectivity procedure, as indicated by the upper layers and specified in TS 24.301 [35].
cp-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the Control plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.501 [95].
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.301 [35].
ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode B, as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
connectTo5GC
This field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
dcn-ID
The Dedicated Core Network Identity, see TS 23.401 [41].
guami-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [95].
gummei-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUMMEI included is native (assigned by EPC) or mapped. The value native indicates the GUMMEI is native, mapped indicates the GUMMEI is mapped from 2G/3G identifiers, and mappedFrom5G indicates the GUMMEI is mapped from 5G identifiers. A UE that sets gummei-Type-v1540 to mappedFrom5G shall also include gummei-Type-r10 and set it to native.
iab-NodeIndication
This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [106].
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
lte-M
Indicates the UE is category M.
mmegi
Provides the Group Identity of the registered MME within the PLMN, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
mobilityState
This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 36.304 [4], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2The leftmost 8 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
registeredAMF
This field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [27].
registeredMME
This field is used to transfer the GUMMEI of the MME where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers.
rlos-Request
Indicates whether the UE is initiating RLOS as specified in TS 23.401 [41].
rn-SubframeConfigReq
If present, this field indicates that the connection establishment is for an RN and whether a subframe configuration is requested or not.
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. 1 if the 1st PLMN is selected from the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, 2 if the 2nd PLMN is selected from thesame plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.
s-NSSAI-List
This field is a list of S-NSSAI as indicated by the upper layers. The UE can report up to eight S-NSSAI per NSSAI, see TS 23.003 [27].
ue-CE-NeedULGaps
Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.306 [5].
ul-RRC-Segmentation
This field indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentation of UECapabilityInformation.
up-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the User plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.501 [95].
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field is included when the UE supports the User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, as indicated by the upper layers,see TS 24.301 [35].
– RRCEarlyDataComplete
The RRCEarlyDataComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of the CP-EDT procedure. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        rrcEarlyDataComplete-r15            RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
RRCEarlyDataComplete-r15-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedInfoNAS-r15                DedicatedInfoNAS                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
extendedWaitTime-r15Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
                INTEGER (1..1800)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    idleModeMobilityControlInfo-r15        IdleModeMobilityControlInfo            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    idleModeMobilityControlInfoExt-r15    IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond IdleInfoEUTRA
    redirectedCarrierInfo-r15            RedirectedCarrierInfo-r15-IEs        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCEarlyDataComplete-v1590-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCEarlyDataComplete-v1590-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RedirectedCarrierInfo-r15-IEs ::=    CHOICE { 
    eutra                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    geran                        CarrierFreqsGERAN, 
    utra-FDD                    ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cdma2000-HRPD                CarrierFreqCDMA2000, 
    cdma2000-1xRTT                CarrierFreqCDMA2000, 
    utra-TDD                    CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-r10 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RRCEarlyDataComplete field descriptions


extendedWaitTime
Value in seconds for the wait time for Delay Tolerant access requests.
– RRCEarlyDataRequest
The RRCEarlyDataRequest message is used to initiate CP-EDT. 

 -- ASN1START
RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                CHOICE { 
        rrcEarlyDataRequest-r15            RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture        CHOICE { 
            rrcEarlyDataRequest-5GC-r16        RRCEarlyDataRequest-5GC-r16-IEs, 
            criticalExtensionsFuture-r16    SEQUENCE {} 
        } 
    } 
} 
RRCEarlyDataRequest-r15-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    s-TMSI-r15                        S-TMSI, 
    
establishmentCause-r15Provides the establishment cause for the RRC Early Data Request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: 'mo' stands for 'Mobile Originating'. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCEarlyDataRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE. If establishmentCause-v1610 is included, E-UTRAN ignores establishmentCause-r15.
            ENUMERATED {mo-Data, delayTolerantAccess}, 
    dedicatedInfoNAS-r15                DedicatedInfoNAS, 
    nonCriticalExtension                RRCEarlyDataRequest-v1590-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCEarlyDataRequest-v1590-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    RRCEarlyDataRequest-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCEarlyDataRequest-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    establishmentCause-v1610            ENUMERATED {mt-Access, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RRCEarlyDataRequest-5GC-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ng-5G-S-TMSI-r16                    NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15, 
    
establishmentCause-r16Provides the establishment cause for the RRC Early Data Request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: 'mo' stands for 'Mobile Originating'. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCEarlyDataRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE. If establishmentCause-v1610 is included, E-UTRAN ignores establishmentCause-r15.
                ENUMERATED {mo-Data, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    dedicatedInfoNAS-r16                DedicatedInfoNAS, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


IdleInfoEUTRA
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-r15 is included and includes freqPriorityListEUTRA; otherwise the field is not present.






RRCEarlyDataRequest field descriptions


establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRC Early Data Request as provided by the upper layers. W.r.t. the cause value names: 'mo' stands for 'Mobile Originating'. eNB is not expected to reject a RRCEarlyDataRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE. If establishmentCause-v1610 is included, E-UTRAN ignores establishmentCause-r15.
– SCGFailureInformation
The SCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding E-UTRA SCG failures detected by the UE. 

 -- ASN1START
SCGFailureInformation-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            scgFailureInformation-r12            SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SCGFailureInformation-r12-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    failureReportSCG-r12                FailureReportSCG-r12            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SCGFailureInformation-v12d0a-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SCGFailureInformation-v12d0a-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SCGFailureInformation-v12d0b-IEs)                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Late non-critical extensions:
SCGFailureInformation-v12d0b-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    failureReportSCG-v12d0                FailureReportSCG-v12d0                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Regular non-critical extensions:
FailureReportSCG-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    failureType-r12                        ENUMERATED {t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, 
                                                rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure }, 
    measResultServFreqList-r12            MeasResultServFreqList-r10            OPTIONAL,
    measResultNeighCells-r12            MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9                OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    failureType-v1290                ENUMERATED {maxUL-TimingDiff-v1290}    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultServFreqListExt-r13    MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
FailureReportSCG-v12d0 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measResultNeighCells-v12d0            MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SCGFailureInformationNR
The SCGFailureInformationNR message is used to provide information regarding NR SCG failures detected by the UE. 

 -- ASN1START
SCGFailureInformationNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            scgFailureInformationNR-r15            SCGFailureInformationNR-r15-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SCGFailureInformationNR-r15-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    failureReportSCG-NR-r15                FailureReportSCG-NR-r15                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SCGFailureInformationNR-v1590-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SCGFailureInformationNR-v1590-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                    OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
FailureReportSCG-NR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
failureType-r15Indicates the cause of the SCG failure. When the field failureType-v1610 is included, the network ignores the field failureType-r15.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, 
                                            rlc-MaxNumRetx, 
                                            synchReconfigFailureSCG, scg-reconfigFailure, 
                                            srb3-IntegrityFailure, dummy}, 
    
measResultFreqListNR-r15The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
                MeasResultFreqListFailNR-r15        OPTIONAL,
    
measResultSCG-r15Includes the NR MeasResultSCG-Failure IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR RRCConfiguration message.
                        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    locationInfo-r16                LocationInfo-r10                        OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListBT-r16            LogMeasResultListBT-r15                    OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListWLAN-r16        LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15                OPTIONAL,
        failureType-v1610                ENUMERATED {t312-Expiry, scg-lbtFailure, 
                                            beamFailureRecoveryFailure, bh-RLF-r16, 
                                            beamFailure-r17, 
                                                    spare3, spare2, spare1}    OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultFreqListFailNR-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqNR-r15)) OF MeasResultFreqFailNR-r15 
MeasResultFreqFailNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r15                        ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    measResultCellList-r15                MeasResultCellListNR-r15            OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SCGFailureInformationNR field descriptions


failureType
Indicates the cause of the SCG failure. When the field failureType-v1610 is included, the network ignores the field failureType-r15.
measResultFreqListNR
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG
Includes the NR MeasResultSCG-Failure IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR RRCConfiguration message.
– SCPTMConfiguration
The SCPTMConfiguration message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via SC-MRB. 

 -- ASN1START
SCPTMConfiguration-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
sc-mtch-InfoList-r13Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell.
            SC-MTCH-InfoList-r13, 
    
scptm-NeighbourCellList-r13List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the UE shall assume that MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
        SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SCPTMConfiguration-v1340            OPTIONAL 
} 
SCPTMConfiguration-v1340 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
p-b-r13Parameter:  for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
                                INTEGER (0..3)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SCPTMConfiguration field descriptions


sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH in the current cell.
scptm-NeighbourCellList
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the UE shall assume that MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
p-b
Parameter:  for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
– SCPTMConfiguration-BR
The SCPTMConfiguration-BR message contains the control information applicable for MBMS services transmitted via SC-MRB for BL UEs or UEs in CE. 

 -- ASN1START
SCPTMConfiguration-BR-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
sc-mtch-InfoList-r14Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH not using multi-TB scheduling in the current cell for BL UEs or UEs in CE.
            SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR-r14, 
    
scptm-NeighbourCellList-r14List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the BL UE or UE in CE shall assume that MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration-BR message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
        SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
p-b-r14Parameter: for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
                            INTEGER (0..3)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SCPTMConfiguration-BR-v1610            OPTIONAL 
} 
SCPTMConfiguration-BR-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
sc-MTCH-InfoList-MultiTB-r16Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH using multi-TB scheduling in the current cell for BL UEs or UEs in CE. When this field is included, the total number of SC-MTCH configurations in sc-mtch-InfoList and sc-MTCH-InfoList-MultiTB cannot be more than maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14.
    SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR-r14, 
    
multiTB-Gap-r16Indicates scheduling gaps in sub-frames for SC-MTCH using multi-TB scheduling. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 sub-frames, value sf4 corresponds to 4 sub-frames and so on.If the field is absent, there is no scheduling gap.
                    ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128, spare} 
                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SCPTMConfiguration-BR field descriptions


p-b
Parameter: for the PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
multiTB-Gap
Indicates scheduling gaps in sub-frames for SC-MTCH using multi-TB scheduling. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 sub-frames, value sf4 corresponds to 4 sub-frames and so on.If the field is absent, there is no scheduling gap.
sc-mtch-InfoList
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH not using multi-TB scheduling in the current cell for BL UEs or UEs in CE.
sc-MTCH-InfoList-MultiTB
Provides the configuration of each SC-MTCH using multi-TB scheduling in the current cell for BL UEs or UEs in CE. When this field is included, the total number of SC-MTCH configurations in sc-mtch-InfoList and sc-MTCH-InfoList-MultiTB cannot be more than maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14.
scptm-NeighbourCellList
List of neighbour cells providing MBMS services via SC-MRB. When absent, the BL UE or UE in CE shall assume that MBMS services listed in the SCPTMConfiguration-BR message are not provided via SC-MRB in any neighbour cell.
– SecurityModeCommand
The SecurityModeCommand message is used to command the activation of AS security. 

 -- ASN1START
SecurityModeCommand ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE{ 
            securityModeCommand-r8                SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeCommand-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    securityConfigSMC                    SecurityConfigSMC, 
    nonCriticalExtension                SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SecurityModeCommand-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
SecurityConfigSMC ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    securityAlgorithmConfig                    SecurityAlgorithmConfig, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SecurityModeComplete
The SecurityModeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of a security mode command. 

 -- ASN1START
SecurityModeComplete ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        securityModeComplete-r8                SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeComplete-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    nonCriticalExtension                SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SecurityModeComplete-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SecurityModeFailure
The SecurityModeFailure message is used to indicate an unsuccessful completion of a security mode command. 

 -- ASN1START
SecurityModeFailure ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        securityModeFailure-r8                SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SecurityModeFailure-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    nonCriticalExtension                SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SecurityModeFailure-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SidelinkUEInformation
The SidelinkUEInformation message is used for the indication of sidelink information to the eNB. 

 -- ASN1START
SidelinkUEInformation-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                CHOICE { 
        c1                                CHOICE { 
            sidelinkUEInformation-r12        SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
SidelinkUEInformation-r12-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    commRxInterestedFreq-r12            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9                OPTIONAL,
    commTxResourceReq-r12                SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12        OPTIONAL,
    discRxInterest-r12                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    discTxResourceReq-r12                INTEGER (1..63)                    OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SidelinkUEInformation-v1310-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SidelinkUEInformation-v1310-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    commTxResourceReqUC-r13                SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12                OPTIONAL,
    commTxResourceInfoReqRelay-r13        SEQUENCE { 
        commTxResourceReqRelay-r13            SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12            OPTIONAL,
        commTxResourceReqRelayUC-r13        SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12            OPTIONAL,
        ue-Type-r13                            ENUMERATED {relayUE, remoteUE} 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    discTxResourceReq-v1310            SEQUENCE { 
        carrierFreqDiscTx-r13            INTEGER (1..maxFreq)                    OPTIONAL,
        discTxResourceReqAddFreq-r13    SL-DiscTxResourceReqPerFreqList-r13        OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    discTxResourceReqPS-r13            SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13                    OPTIONAL,
    discRxGapReq-r13                SL-GapRequest-r13                            OPTIONAL,
    discTxGapReq-r13                SL-GapRequest-r13                            OPTIONAL,
    discSysInfoReportFreqList-r13    SL-DiscSysInfoReportFreqList-r13            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SidelinkUEInformation-v1430-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
SidelinkUEInformation-v1430-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList-r14    SL-V2X-CommFreqList-r14                    OPTIONAL,
    p2x-CommTxType-r14                    ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    v2x-CommTxResourceReq-r14            SL-V2X-CommTxFreqList-r14                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SidelinkUEInformation-v1530-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
SidelinkUEInformation-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    reliabilityInfoListSL-r15            SL-ReliabilityList-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                                OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-CommTxResourceReq-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r12                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9                        OPTIONAL,
    destinationInfoList-r12                SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 
} 
SL-DiscTxResourceReqPerFreqList-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13 
SL-DiscTxResourceReq-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreqDiscTx-r13                INTEGER (1..maxFreq)                    OPTIONAL,
    discTxResourceReq-r13                INTEGER (1..63) 
} 
SL-DestinationInfoList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Dest-r12)) OF SL-DestinationIdentity-r12 
SL-DestinationIdentity-r12 ::=    BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) 
SL-DiscSysInfoReportFreqList-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-DiscSysInfoReportFreq-r13)) OF SL-DiscSysInfoReport-r13 
SL-V2X-CommFreqList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF INTEGER (0..maxFreqV2X-1-r14) 
SL-V2X-CommTxFreqList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14 
SL-V2X-CommTxResourceReq-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreqCommTx-r14                INTEGER (0.. maxFreqV2X-1-r14)            OPTIONAL,
    v2x-TypeTxSync-r14                    SL-TypeTxSync-r14                        OPTIONAL,
    v2x-DestinationInfoList-r14            SL-DestinationInfoList-r12                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformation
The SystemInformation message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks or Positioning System Information Blocks. All the SIBs or posSIBs included are transmitted with the same periodicity. SystemInformation-BR and SystemInformation-MBMS use the same structure as SystemInformation. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformation-BR-r13 ::=    SystemInformation 
SystemInformation-MBMS-r14 ::=    SystemInformation 
SystemInformation ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        systemInformation-r8                SystemInformation-r8-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture-r15        CHOICE { 
            posSystemInformation-r15            PosSystemInformation-r15-IEs, 
            criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
        } 
    } 
} 
SystemInformation-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    sib-TypeAndInfo                        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { 
        sib2                                SystemInformationBlockType2, 
        sib3                                SystemInformationBlockType3, 
        sib4                                SystemInformationBlockType4, 
        sib5                                SystemInformationBlockType5, 
        sib6                                SystemInformationBlockType6, 
        sib7                                SystemInformationBlockType7, 
        sib8                                SystemInformationBlockType8, 
        sib9                                SystemInformationBlockType9, 
        sib10                                SystemInformationBlockType10, 
        sib11                                SystemInformationBlockType11, 
        ..., 
        sib12-v920                            SystemInformationBlockType12-r9, 
        sib13-v920                            SystemInformationBlockType13-r9, 
        sib14-v1130                            SystemInformationBlockType14-r11, 
        sib15-v1130                            SystemInformationBlockType15-r11, 
        sib16-v1130                            SystemInformationBlockType16-r11, 
        sib17-v1250                            SystemInformationBlockType17-r12, 
        sib18-v1250                            SystemInformationBlockType18-r12, 
        sib19-v1250                            SystemInformationBlockType19-r12, 
        sib20-v1310                            SystemInformationBlockType20-r13, 
        sib21-v1430                            SystemInformationBlockType21-r14, 
        sib24-v1530                            SystemInformationBlockType24-r15, 
        sib25-v1530                            SystemInformationBlockType25-r15, 
        sib26-v1530                            SystemInformationBlockType26-r15, 
        sib26a-v1610                            SystemInformationBlockType26a-r16, 
        sib27-v1610                            SystemInformationBlockType27-r16, 
        sib28-v1610                            SystemInformationBlockType28-r16, 
        sib29-v1610                            SystemInformationBlockType29-r16, 
        sib30-v1700                            SystemInformationBlockType30-r17, 
        sib31-v1700                            SystemInformationBlockType31-r17, 
        sib32-v1700                            SystemInformationBlockType32-r17 
    }, 
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
PosSystemInformation-r15-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    posSIB-TypeAndInfo-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { 
        posSib1-1-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib1-2-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib1-3-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib1-4-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib1-5-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib1-6-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib1-7-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-1-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-2-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-3-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-4-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-5-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-6-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-7-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-8-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-9-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-10-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-11-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-12-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-13-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-14-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-15-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-16-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-17-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-18-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-19-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib3-1-r15                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        ..., 
        [[ 
        posSib1-8-v1610                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-20-v1610                SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-21-v1610                SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-22-v1610                SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-23-v1610                SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-24-v1610                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib2-25-v1610                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib4-1-v1610                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib5-1-v1610                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15 
        ]], 
        [[ 
        posSib1-9-v1700                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15, 
        posSib1-10-v1700                    SystemInformationBlockPos-r15 
        ]] 
    }, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType1
SystemInformationBlockType1 contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell and defines the scheduling of other system information. SystemInformationBlockType1-BR uses the same structure as SystemInformationBlockType1. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 ::=    SystemInformationBlockType1 
SystemInformationBlockType1 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    cellAccessRelatedInfo                SEQUENCE { 
        
plmn-IdentityListList of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.If plmn-IdentityList-v1530 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). If plmn-IdentityList-v1610 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList-r15. If plmn-IdentityList-v1700 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). NOTE 2.
                    PLMN-IdentityList, 
        trackingAreaCode                    TrackingAreaCode, 
        
cellIdentityIndicates the cell identity. NOTE 2.
                        CellIdentity, 
        cellBarred                            ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred}, 
        
intraFreqReselectionUsed to control cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].NOTE 2.
                ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed}, 
        
csg-IndicationIf set to TRUE the UE is only allowed to access the cell if it is a CSG member cell, if selected during manual CSG selection or to obtain limited service, see TS 36.304 [4].
                        BOOLEAN,
        
csg-IdentityIdentity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to.
                        CSG-Identity            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }, 
    cellSelectionInfo                    SEQUENCE { 
        q-RxLevMin                            Q-RxLevMin, 
        
q-RxLevMinOffsetParameter Qrxlevminoffset in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
                    INTEGER (1..8)            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    }, 
    
p-MaxValue applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified inTS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.NOTE 2. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107].
                                P-Max                        OPTIONAL,            -- Need OP
    freqBandIndicator                    FreqBandIndicator, 
    
schedulingInfoListIndicates scheduling information of SI messages. The schedulingInfoList-v12j0 (if present) provides additional SIBs mapped into the SI message scheduled via schedulingInfoList (without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes schedulingInfoList-v12j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
                    SchedulingInfoList, 
    
tdd-ConfigSpecifies the TDD specific physical channel configurations. NOTE 2.
                            TDD-Config                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD
    si-WindowLength                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, 
                                            ms40}, 
    
systemInfoValueTagCommon for all SIBs other than MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1, SIB1-MBMS, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12, SIB14 and SIB31. Change of MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1 and SIB1-MBMS is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
                    INTEGER (0..31), 
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v890-IEs::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-IEs)            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v920-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Late non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType1-v8h0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
multiBandInfoListA list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1 and TS 36.102 [113], table 5.2-1,for NTN capable UEthat the cell belongs to. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions. The UE shall ignore the rule defined in this field description if freqBandIndicatorPriorityis present and supported by the UE.
                    MultiBandInfoList        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    freqBandIndicator-v9e0                FreqBandIndicator-v9e0        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond FBI-max
    multiBandInfoList-v9e0                MultiBandInfoList-v9e0        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond mFBI-max
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v10j0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
freqBandInfo-r10A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE,for the frequency bandin freqBandIndicator. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
                    NS-PmaxList-r10                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
multiBandInfoList-v10j0A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, for the frequency bandsin multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
                MultiBandInfoList-v10j0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v10l0-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    freqBandInfo-v10l0                    NS-PmaxList-v10l0            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    multiBandInfoList-v10l0                MultiBandInfoList-v10l0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v10x0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v10x0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- This field is only for late non-critical extensions from Rel-10 or Rel-11 onwards
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v12j0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v12j0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    schedulingInfoList-v12j0            SchedulingInfoList-v12j0    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
schedulingInfoListExt-r12Indicates scheduling information of additional SI messages. The UE concatenates the entries of schedulingInfoListExt to the entries in schedulingInfoList, according to the general concatenation principles for list extension as defined in 5.1.2. If the schedulingInfoListExt is present, E-UTRAN ensures that the total number of entries of this field plus schedulingInfoList (without suffix) shall not exceed the value of maxSI-Message.
            SchedulingInfoListExt-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v15g0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v15g0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandwidthReducedAccessRelatedInfo-v15g0    SEQUENCE { 
        
posSchedulingInfoList-BR-r15Indicates additional scheduling information of positioning SI messages for BL UEs and UEs in CE. E-UTRAN always includes this field if posSchedulingInfoList-r15 is included in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, and includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in posSchedulingInfoList-r15.
    SchedulingInfoList-BR-r13 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Regular non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType1-v920-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ims-EmergencySupport-r9Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services via EPC for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.NOTE 2.
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cellSelectionInfo-v920                CellSelectionInfo-v920        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RSRQ
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v1130-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1130-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    tdd-Config-v1130                TDD-Config-v1130            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD-OR
    cellSelectionInfo-v1130            CellSelectionInfo-v1130        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond WB-RSRQ
    nonCriticalExtension            SystemInformationBlockType1-v1250-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1250-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cellAccessRelatedInfo-v1250                    SEQUENCE { 
        
category0Allowed-r12The presence of this field indicates category 0 UEs are allowed to access the cell.
                        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    }, 
    cellSelectionInfo-v1250                    CellSelectionInfo-v1250        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RSRQ2
    
freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12If the field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall prioritize the frequency bands in the multiBandInfoList field in decreasing priority order. Only if the UE does not support any of the frequency band in multiBandInfoList, the UE shall use the value in freqBandIndicator field. Otherwise, the UE applies frequency band according to the rules defined in multiBandInfoList. NOTE 2.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond mFBI
    nonCriticalExtension            SystemInformationBlockType1-v1310-IEs    OPTIONAL                 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1310-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
hyperSFN-r13Indicates hyper SFN which increments by one when the SFN wraps around.
                                BIT STRING (SIZE (10))        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
eDRX-Allowed-r13The presence of this field indicates if idle mode extended DRX is allowed in the cell for the UE connected to EPC. The UE shall stop using extended DRX in idle mode if eDRX-Allowed is not present when connected to EPC.
                            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
cellSelectionInfoCE-r13Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable. NOTE 3.
                    CellSelectionInfoCE-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    bandwidthReducedAccessRelatedInfo-r13    SEQUENCE { 
        si-WindowLength-BR-r13                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                    ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms120, 
                                                    ms160, ms200, spare}, 
        
si-RepetitionPattern-r13Indicates the radio frames within the SI window used for SI message transmission. Value everyRF corresponds to every radio frame, value every2ndRF corresponds to every 2 radio frames, and so on. The first transmission of the SI message is transmitted from the first radio frame of the SI window.
                ENUMERATED {everyRF, every2ndRF, every4thRF, 
                                                            every8thRF}, 
        
schedulingInfoList-BR-r13Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
                SchedulingInfoList-BR-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SI-BR
        
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR-r13The set of valid subframes for FDD downlink or TDD transmissions, see TS 36.213 [23].
If this field is present, SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 is transmitted in RRCConnectionReconfiguration, and if RRCConnectionReconfiguration does not include systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated, UE may assume the valid subframes in fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR are not indicated as MBSFN subframes. If this field is not present, the set of valid subframes is the set of non-MBSFN subframes as indicated by mbsfn-SubframeConfigList. If neither this field nor mbsfn-SubframeConfigList is present, all subframes are considered as valid subframes for FDD downlink transmission, all DL subframes according to the uplink-downlink configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are considered as valid subframes for TDD DL transmission, and all UL subframes according to the uplink-downlink configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are considered as valid subframes for TDD UL transmission.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.
    CHOICE { 
            subframePattern10-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (10)), 
            subframePattern40-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (40)) 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapBR-r13The set of valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions for BL UEs, see TS 36.213 [23].
If the field is not present, then UE considers all uplink subframes as valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.
            BIT STRING (SIZE (10))        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
startSymbolBR-r13For BL UEs and UEs in CE, indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any MPDCCH, PDSCH scheduled on the same cell except the PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, see TS 36.213 [23]. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise.
                        INTEGER (1..4), 
        
si-HoppingConfigCommon-r13Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for BR versions of SI messages and MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging.
                ENUMERATED {on,off}, 
        
si-ValidityTime-r13Indicates system information validity timer. If set to TRUE, the timer is set to 3h, otherwise the timer is set to 24h.
                        ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,            -- Need OP
        
systemInfoValueTagList-r13Indicates SI message specific value tags for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
                SystemInfoValueTagList-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond BW-reduced
    nonCriticalExtension                        SystemInformationBlockType1-v1320-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1320-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
freqHoppingParametersDL-r13Downlink frequency hopping parameters for BR versions of SI messages, MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging, MPDCCH/PDSCH ofRAR/Msg4 and unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH. If not present, the UE is not configured downlink frequency hopping.
                SEQUENCE { 
        mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB-r13                ENUMERATED {nb2, nb4}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeA-r13    CHOICE { 
            interval-FDD-r13                    ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8}, 
            interval-TDD-r13                    ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20} 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeB-r13    CHOICE { 
            interval-FDD-r13                    ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16}, 
            interval-TDD-r13                    ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40} 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset-r13            INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Hopping
    nonCriticalExtension                        SystemInformationBlockType1-v1350-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1350-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if cellSelectionInfoCE is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR. NOTE 3.
                CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension                    SystemInformationBlockType1-v1360-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1360-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360                CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond QrxlevminCE1
    nonCriticalExtension                        SystemInformationBlockType1-v1430-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1430-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
eCallOverIMS-Support-r14Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via EPC for UEs as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent, eCall over IMS via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell.NOTE 2.
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    tdd-Config-v1430                        TDD-Config-v1430            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD-OR
    
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-r14This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE 4.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-1-r14)) OF 
                                            CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                    SystemInformationBlockType1-v1450-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1450-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    tdd-Config-v1450                        TDD-Config-v1450        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD-OR
    nonCriticalExtension                    SystemInformationBlockType1-v1530-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
hsdn-Cell-r15This field indicates this is a HSDN cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530            CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
crs-IntfMitigConfig-r15crs-IntfMitigEnabled indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBsindicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates number of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this field is configured and the field cellBarredin SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred.
                CHOICE { 
        crs-IntfMitigEnabled                    NULL,
        crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs            ENUMERATED {n6, n24} 
    }    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cellBarred-CRS-r15                    ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred}, 
    plmn-IdentityList-v1530                PLMN-IdentityList-v1530        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    posSchedulingInfoList-r15            PosSchedulingInfoList-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15        SEQUENCE { 
        cellBarred-5GC-r15                    ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred}, 
        cellBarred-5GC-CRS-r15                ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred}, 
        
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC-r15This field contains a PLMN list and a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN for PLMNs that provides connectivity to 5GC. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE4
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF 
                                            CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15 
    }                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
ims-EmergencySupport5GC-r15Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode via 5GC. If absent, IMS emergency call via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode. NOTE 2.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
eCallOverIMS-Support5GC-r15Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via 5GC as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent, eCall over IMS via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell.NOTE 2.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v1540-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1540-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
si-posOffset-r15This field, if present and set to true indicates that the SI messages in PosSchedulingInfoList are scheduled with an offset of 8 radio frames compared to SI messages in SchedulingInfoList. si-posOffset may be present only if the shortest configured SI message periodicity for SI messages in SchedulingInfoList is 80ms.
                                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                            SystemInformationBlockType1-v1610-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
eDRX-Allowed-5GC-r16The presence of this field indicates if idle mode extended DRX is allowed in the cell for the UE connected to 5GC. The UE shall stop using extended DRX in idle mode if eDRX-Allowed-5GC is not present when connected to 5GC.
                    ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
transmissionInControlChRegion-r16Indicates, for BL UEs and UEs in CE, LTE control channel region may be used for DL broadcast transmission. NOTE 3.
    ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond BW-reduced
    
campingAllowedInCE-r16Indicates whether non-BL UE is allowed to camp in the non-standalone BL cell in enhanced coverage mode when S-criterion for normal coverage is fulfilled. The field is not applicable for standalone BL cell.
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    plmn-IdentityList-v1610                PLMN-IdentityList-v1610        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType1-v1700-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType1-v1700-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cellAccessRelatedInfo-NTN-r17                SEQUENCE { 
        
cellBarred-NTN-r17barred means the cell is barred for connectivity to NTN, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
E-UTRAN always includes cellBarred-NTN and sets cellBarred to 'barred' in an NTN cell.
                        ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred}, 
        plmn-IdentityList-v1700                    PLMN-IdentityList-v1700        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    } OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList ::=                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo 
PLMN-IdentityInfo ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity                            PLMN-Identity, 
    cellReservedForOperatorUse                ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved} 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList-v1530 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1530 
PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1530 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS-r15        ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved} 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList-r15::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-r15 
PLMN-IdentityList-v1610::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1610 
PLMN-IdentityList-v1700::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1700 
PLMN-IdentityInfo-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-5GC-r15                CHOICE{ 
        plmn-Identity-r15                    PLMN-Identity, 
        
plmn-Index-r15Index of the PLMN in the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1for EPC, indicating the same PLMN ID is connected to 5GC. Value 1 indicates the 1st PLMN in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, value 2 indicates the 2nd PLMN in thesame plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMNs are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 6.
                        INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11) 
    }, 
    cellReservedForOperatorUse-r15            ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved}, 
    cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS-r15        ENUMERATED {reserved, notReserved} 
} 
PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cp-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation-r16Indicates whether the UE is allowed to establish the connection with Control plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, see TS 24.501 [95].
    ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
up-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation-r16Indicates whether the UE is allowed to resume the connection with User plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, see TS 24.501 [95].
    ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
iab-Support-r16This field combines both the support of IAB-node and the cell status for IAB-node. If the field is present, the cell supports IAB-nodes and the cell is also considered as a candidate for cell (re)selection forIAB-nodes; if the field is absent, the cell does not support IAB and/or the cell is barred for IAB-node.
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PLMN-IdentityInfo-v1700 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
trackingAreaList-r17A list of tracking area codes for the PLMN listed.
For the first entry in plmn-IdentityList-v1700: If this field is present,thelist oftracking area codes include the tracking area code in trackingAreaCode(without suffix) andthe tracking area codesin trackingAreaList. If this field is absent, trackingAreaCode (without suffix) applies.
For other entries in plmn-IdentityList-v1700: If this field is present,thelist oftracking area codes include the tracking area codesin trackingAreaList. If this field is absent, the list of tracking area codes of the preceding entry in plmn-IdentityList-v1700applies.
The total number of signalled tracking area codes across all PLMNs cannot be more than maxTAC-r17.
            TrackingAreaList-r17            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
SchedulingInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo 
SchedulingInfoList-v12j0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo-v12j0 
SchedulingInfoListExt-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfoExt-r12 
SchedulingInfo ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    si-Periodicity                SI-Periodicity-r12, 
    
sib-MappingInfoList of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.There is no mapping information of SIB2; it is always present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList(without suffix) list. If present, sib-MappingInfo-v12j0 indicates one or more additional SIBs mapped to the concerned SI message listed in the schedulingInfoList (without suffix) list. If schedulingInfoList-v12j0 or schedulingInfoListExt-r12 is present, E-UTRAN does not include any value indicating SIB of type 19 or higher in sib-MappingInfo (without suffix). If schedulingInfoList-v12j0 is present, E-UTRAN ensures that the total number of entries of this field plus sib-MappingInfo (without suffix) shall not exceed the value of maxSIB-1.
                SIB-MappingInfo 
} 
SchedulingInfo-v12j0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    sib-MappingInfo-v12j0        SIB-MappingInfo-v12j0                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
SchedulingInfoExt-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    si-Periodicity-r12            SI-Periodicity-r12, 
    
sib-MappingInfo-r12List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.There is no mapping information of SIB2; it is always present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList(without suffix) list. If present, sib-MappingInfo-v12j0 indicates one or more additional SIBs mapped to the concerned SI message listed in the schedulingInfoList (without suffix) list. If schedulingInfoList-v12j0 or schedulingInfoListExt-r12 is present, E-UTRAN does not include any value indicating SIB of type 19 or higher in sib-MappingInfo (without suffix). If schedulingInfoList-v12j0 is present, E-UTRAN ensures that the total number of entries of this field plus sib-MappingInfo (without suffix) shall not exceed the value of maxSIB-1.
            SIB-MappingInfo-v12j0 
} 
SchedulingInfoList-BR-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo-BR-r13 
SchedulingInfo-BR-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
si-Narrowband-r13This field indicates the index of a narrowband used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in CE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
        INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13), 
    
si-TBS-r13This field indicates the transport block size information used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in CE, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1, for a 6 PRB bandwidth and a QPSK modulation.
                ENUMERATED {b152, b208, b256, b328, b408, b504, b600, b712, b808, b936} 
} 
SIB-MappingInfo ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type 
SIB-MappingInfo-v12j0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type-v12j0 
 -- Note: The IE SIB-Type (without suffix) will not be extended any further in this release of the specification. If needed, the IE SIB-Type-v12j0 will be used for new SIB(s).
SIB-Type ::=                        ENUMERATED { 
                                        sibType3, sibType4, sibType5, sibType6, 
                                        sibType7, sibType8, sibType9, sibType10, 
                                        sibType11, sibType12-v920, sibType13-v920, 
                                        sibType14-v1130, sibType15-v1130, 
                                        sibType16-v1130, sibType17-v1250, sibType18-v1250, 
                                        ..., sibType19-v1250, sibType20-v1310, sibType21-v1430, 
                                        sibType24-v1530, sibType25-v1530, sibType26-v1530, 
                                        sibType26a-v1610, sibType27-v1610, sibType28-v1610, 
                                        sibType29-v1610 
} 
SIB-Type-v12j0 ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                sibType19-v1250, sibType20-v1310, sibType21-v1430, 
                                sibType24-v1530, sibType25-v1530, sibType26-v1530, 
                                sibType26a-v1610, sibType27-v1610, sibType28-v1610, 
                                sibType29-v1610, sibType30-v1700, sibType31-v1700, sibType32-v1700, 
                                spare3, spare2, spare1, ...} 
SI-Periodicity-r12 ::=        ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512} 
SystemInfoValueTagList-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13 
SystemInfoValueTagSI-r13 ::=        INTEGER (0..3) 
CellSelectionInfo-v920 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
q-QualMin-r9Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
                        Q-QualMin-r9, 
    
q-QualMinOffset-r9Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present or the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
                    INTEGER (1..8)                        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
CellSelectionInfo-v1130 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
q-QualMinWB-r11If this field is presentand supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
                        Q-QualMin-r9 
} 
CellSelectionInfo-v1250 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
        Q-QualMin-r9 
} 
CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityList-r14List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.If plmn-IdentityList-v1530 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). If plmn-IdentityList-v1610 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList-r15. If plmn-IdentityList-v1700 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). NOTE 2.
                PLMN-IdentityList, 
    trackingAreaCode-r14                TrackingAreaCode, 
    
cellIdentity-r14Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 2.
                    CellIdentity 
} 
CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityList-r15List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.If plmn-IdentityList-v1530 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). If plmn-IdentityList-v1610 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList-r15. If plmn-IdentityList-v1700 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). NOTE 2.
            PLMN-IdentityList-r15, 
    ran-AreaCode-r15                    RAN-AreaCode-r15 OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    trackingAreaCode-5GC-r15            TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15, 
    cellIdentity-5GC-r15                CellIdentity-5GC-r15 
} 
CellIdentity-5GC-r15 ::= CHOICE{ 
    
cellIdentity-r15Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 2.
    CellIdentity, 
    
cellId-Index-r15The index of the cell ID in the PLMN lists for EPC, indicates UE the corresponding cell ID is used for 5GC. Value 1 indicates the cell ID of the 1st PLMN list for EPC in the SIB1. Value 2 indicates thecell ID of the 2nd PLMN list for EPC, and so on.
    INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11) 
} 
TrackingAreaList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxTAC-r17)) OF TrackingAreaCode 
PosSchedulingInfoList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF PosSchedulingInfo-r15 
PosSchedulingInfo-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    posSI-Periodicity-r15        ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512}, 
    
posSIB-MappingInfo-r15List of the posSIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
        PosSIB-MappingInfo-r15 
} 
PosSIB-MappingInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF PosSIB-Type-r15 
PosSIB-Type-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
encrypted-r15The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is encrypted as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
        ENUMERATED { true }                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    gnss-id-r15            GNSS-ID-r15                        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    sbas-id-r15            SBAS-ID-r15                        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
posSibType-r15The positioning SIB type is defined in TS 36.355 [54].
        ENUMERATED {    posSibType1-1, 
                                        posSibType1-2, 
                                        posSibType1-3, 
                                        posSibType1-4, 
                                        posSibType1-5, 
                                        posSibType1-6, 
                                        posSibType1-7, 
                                        posSibType2-1, 
                                        posSibType2-2, 
                                        posSibType2-3, 
                                        posSibType2-4, 
                                        posSibType2-5, 
                                        posSibType2-6, 
                                        posSibType2-7, 
                                        posSibType2-8, 
                                        posSibType2-9, 
                                        posSibType2-10, 
                                        posSibType2-11, 
                                        posSibType2-12, 
                                        posSibType2-13, 
                                        posSibType2-14, 
                                        posSibType2-15, 
                                        posSibType2-16, 
                                        posSibType2-17, 
                                        posSibType2-18, 
                                        posSibType2-19, 
                                        posSibType3-1, 
                                        ..., 
                                        posSibType1-8-v1610, 
                                        posSibType2-20-v1610, 
                                        posSibType2-21-v1610, 
                                        posSibType2-22-v1610, 
                                        posSibType2-23-v1610, 
                                        posSibType2-24-v1610, 
                                        posSibType2-25-v1610, 
                                        posSibType4-1-v1610, 
                                        posSibType5-1-v1610, 
                                        posSibType1-9-v1700, 
                                        posSibType1-10-v1700 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SidelinkUEInformation field descriptions


carrierFreqCommTx
Indicates the index of the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit V2X sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21 and so on. If SIB26 is broadcast and the number of entries included in v2x-InterFreqInfoListof SIB21 is N, the value N+1 corresponds to the frequency of the first entry which is included inv2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, the value N+2 corresponds to the frequency of the second entry which is included inv2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, and so on.The value 0 corresponds the PCell's frequency.
carrierFreqDiscTx
Indicates the frequency by the index of the entry in field discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19. Value 1 corresponds to the first entry in discInterFreqList within SystemInformationBlockType19, value 2 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on.
commRxInterestedFreq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to receive sidelink communication.
commTxResourceReq
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit non-relay related sidelink communication as well as the one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources. NOTE 1.
commTxResourceReqRelay
Indicates the relay related one-to-many sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the sidelink relay UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources.
commTxResourceReqRelayUC
Indicates the relay related one-to-one sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the sidelink relay UE or sidelink remote UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources i.e. either contains the unicast destination identity of the sidelink relay UE or of the sidelink remote UE.
commTxResourceReqUC
Indicates the frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication as well as the sidelink communication transmission destination(s) for which the UE requests E-UTRAN to assign dedicated resources. NOTE 1.
destinationInfoList
Indicates the destination(s) for relay or non-relay related one-to-one or one-to-many sidelink communication. For one-to-one sidelink communication the destination is identified by the ProSe UE ID for unicast communication, while for one-to-many the destination it is identified by the ProSe Layer-2 Group ID as specified in TS 23.303 [68].
discRxInterest
Indicates that the UE is interested to monitor sidelink discovery announcements.
discSysInfoReportFreqList
Indicates, for one or more frequencies, a list of sidelink discovery related parameters acquired from system Information of cells on configured inter-frequency carriers.
discTxResourceReq
Indicates the number of separate discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting sidelink discovery announcement(s).
discTxResourceReqAddFreq
Indicates, for any frequencies in addition to the one covered by discTxResourceReq, the number of separate discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting sidelink discovery announcement(s).
discTxResourceReqPS
Indicates the number of separate PS related discovery message(s) the UE wants to transmit every discovery period. This field concerns the resources the UE requires every discovery period for transmitting PS related sidelink discovery announcement(s).
p2x-CommTxType
Indicates that the requested transmission resource pool is for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
reliabilityInfoListSL
Indicates the reliability(ies) (i.e., PPPRs as specified in TS 36.300 [9]), associated with the reported traffic to be transmitted for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-CommRxInterestedFreqList
Indicates the index(es) of the frequency(ies) on which the UE is interested to receive V2X sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in v2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB21 and so on. If SIB26 is broadcast and the number of entries included in v2x-InterFreqInfoListof SIB21 is N, the value N+1 corresponds to the frequency of the first entry which is included inv2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, the value N+2 corresponds to the frequency of the second entry which is included inv2x-InterFreqInfoList broadcast in SIB26 and has a frequency not included in SIB21, and so on.The value 0 corresponds the PCell's frequency.
v2x-DestinationInfoList
Indicates the destination(s) for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-TypeTxSync
Indicates the synchronization reference used by the UE.






SystemInformationBlockType1 field descriptions


bandwithReducedAccessRelatedInfo
Access related information for BL UEs and UEs in CE. NOTE 3.
campingAllowedInCE
Indicates whether non-BL UE is allowed to camp in the non-standalone BL cell in enhanced coverage mode when S-criterion for normal coverage is fulfilled. The field is not applicable for standalone BL cell.
category0Allowed
The presence of this field indicates category 0 UEs are allowed to access the cell.
cellAccessRelatedInfoList
This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE 4.
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC
This field contains a PLMN list and a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN for PLMNs that provides connectivity to 5GC. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE4
cellBarred, cellBarred-CRS
barred means the cell is barred, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellBarred-5GC, cellBarred-5GC-CRS
barred means the cell is barred for connectivity to 5GC, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellBarred-NTN
barred means the cell is barred for connectivity to NTN, as defined in TS 36.304 [4].
E-UTRAN always includes cellBarred-NTN and sets cellBarred to 'barred' in an NTN cell.
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 2.
cellId-Index
The index of the cell ID in the PLMN lists for EPC, indicates UE the corresponding cell ID is used for 5GC. Value 1 indicates the cell ID of the 1st PLMN list for EPC in the SIB1. Value 2 indicates thecell ID of the 2nd PLMN list for EPC, and so on.
cellReservedForOperatorUse, cellReservedForOperatorUse-CRS
As defined in TS 36.304 [4].
cellSelectionInfoCE
Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable. NOTE 3.
cellSelectionInfoCE1
Cell selection information for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if cellSelectionInfoCE is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR. NOTE 3.
cp-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to establish the connection with Control plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, see TS 24.501 [95].
crs-IntfMitigConfig
crs-IntfMitigEnabled indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBsindicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value of crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicates number of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this field is configured and the field cellBarredin SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred.
csg-Identity
Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to.
csg-Indication
If set to TRUE the UE is only allowed to access the cell if it is a CSG member cell, if selected during manual CSG selection or to obtain limited service, see TS 36.304 [4].
eCallOverIMS-Support
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via EPC for UEs as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent, eCall over IMS via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell.NOTE 2.
eCallOverIMS-Support5GC
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services via 5GC as defined in TS 23.401 [41]. If absent, eCall over IMS via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell.NOTE 2.
eDRX-Allowed
The presence of this field indicates if idle mode extended DRX is allowed in the cell for the UE connected to EPC. The UE shall stop using extended DRX in idle mode if eDRX-Allowed is not present when connected to EPC.
eDRX-Allowed-5GC
The presence of this field indicates if idle mode extended DRX is allowed in the cell for the UE connected to 5GC. The UE shall stop using extended DRX in idle mode if eDRX-Allowed-5GC is not present when connected to 5GC.
encrypted
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibType is encrypted as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR
The set of valid subframes for FDD downlink or TDD transmissions, see TS 36.213 [23].
If this field is present, SystemInformationBlockType1-BR-r13 is transmitted in RRCConnectionReconfiguration, and if RRCConnectionReconfiguration does not include systemInformationBlockType2Dedicated, UE may assume the valid subframes in fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR are not indicated as MBSFN subframes. If this field is not present, the set of valid subframes is the set of non-MBSFN subframes as indicated by mbsfn-SubframeConfigList. If neither this field nor mbsfn-SubframeConfigList is present, all subframes are considered as valid subframes for FDD downlink transmission, all DL subframes according to the uplink-downlink configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are considered as valid subframes for TDD DL transmission, and all UL subframes according to the uplink-downlink configuration (see TS 36.211 [21]) are considered as valid subframes for TDD UL transmission.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.
fdd-UplinkSubframeBitmapBR
The set of valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions for BL UEs, see TS 36.213 [23].
If the field is not present, then UE considers all uplink subframes as valid subframes for FDD uplink transmissions.
The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is invalid for transmission. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is valid for transmission.
freqBandIndicatorPriority
If the field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall prioritize the frequency bands in the multiBandInfoList field in decreasing priority order. Only if the UE does not support any of the frequency band in multiBandInfoList, the UE shall use the value in freqBandIndicator field. Otherwise, the UE applies frequency band according to the rules defined in multiBandInfoList. NOTE 2.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE,for the frequency bandin freqBandIndicator. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
freqHoppingParametersDL
Downlink frequency hopping parameters for BR versions of SI messages, MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging, MPDCCH/PDSCH ofRAR/Msg4 and unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH. If not present, the UE is not configured downlink frequency hopping.
gnss-ID
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibTypeis for a specific GNSS.
hsdn-Cell
This field indicates this is a HSDN cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
hyperSFN
Indicates hyper SFN which increments by one when the SFN wraps around.
iab-Support
This field combines both the support of IAB-node and the cell status for IAB-node. If the field is present, the cell supports IAB-nodes and the cell is also considered as a candidate for cell (re)selection forIAB-nodes; if the field is absent, the cell does not support IAB and/or the cell is barred for IAB-node.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services via EPC for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call via EPC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.NOTE 2.
ims-EmergencySupport5GC
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode via 5GC. If absent, IMS emergency call via 5GC is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode. NOTE 2.
intraFreqReselection
Used to control cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].NOTE 2.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1 and TS 36.102 [113], table 5.2-1,for NTN capable UEthat the cell belongs to. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions. The UE shall ignore the rule defined in this field description if freqBandIndicatorPriorityis present and supported by the UE.
multiBandInfoList-v10j0
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, for the frequency bandsin multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.If plmn-IdentityList-v1530 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). If plmn-IdentityList-v1610 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList-r15. If plmn-IdentityList-v1700 is included, E-UTRAN includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in plmn-IdentityList (without suffix). NOTE 2.
plmn-Index
Index of the PLMN in the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1for EPC, indicating the same PLMN ID is connected to 5GC. Value 1 indicates the 1st PLMN in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, value 2 indicates the 2nd PLMN in thesame plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMNs are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. NOTE 6.
p-Max
Value applicable for the cell. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified inTS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.NOTE 2. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107].
posSchedulingInfoList-BR
Indicates additional scheduling information of positioning SI messages for BL UEs and UEs in CE. E-UTRAN always includes this field if posSchedulingInfoList-r15 is included in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, and includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in posSchedulingInfoList-r15.
posSIB-MappingInfo
List of the posSIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
posSibType
The positioning SIB type is defined in TS 36.355 [54].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If cellSelectionInfo-v920 is not present or the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is presentand supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter Qrxlevminoffset in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
sbas-ID
The presence of this field indicates that the posSibTypeis for a specific SBAS.
schedulingInfoList
Indicates scheduling information of SI messages. The schedulingInfoList-v12j0 (if present) provides additional SIBs mapped into the SI message scheduled via schedulingInfoList (without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes schedulingInfoList-v12j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
schedulingInfoListExt
Indicates scheduling information of additional SI messages. The UE concatenates the entries of schedulingInfoListExt to the entries in schedulingInfoList, according to the general concatenation principles for list extension as defined in 5.1.2. If the schedulingInfoListExt is present, E-UTRAN ensures that the total number of entries of this field plus schedulingInfoList (without suffix) shall not exceed the value of maxSI-Message.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.There is no mapping information of SIB2; it is always present in the first SystemInformation message listed in the schedulingInfoList(without suffix) list. If present, sib-MappingInfo-v12j0 indicates one or more additional SIBs mapped to the concerned SI message listed in the schedulingInfoList (without suffix) list. If schedulingInfoList-v12j0 or schedulingInfoListExt-r12 is present, E-UTRAN does not include any value indicating SIB of type 19 or higher in sib-MappingInfo (without suffix). If schedulingInfoList-v12j0 is present, E-UTRAN ensures that the total number of entries of this field plus sib-MappingInfo (without suffix) shall not exceed the value of maxSIB-1.
si-HoppingConfigCommon
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for BR versions of SI messages and MPDCCH/PDSCH of paging.
si-Narrowband
This field indicates the index of a narrowband used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in CE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
si-RepetitionPattern
Indicates the radio frames within the SI window used for SI message transmission. Value everyRF corresponds to every radio frame, value every2ndRF corresponds to every 2 radio frames, and so on. The first transmission of the SI message is transmitted from the first radio frame of the SI window.
si-Periodicity, posSI-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf8 denotes 8 radio frames, rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, and so on. If the si-posOffset is configured, the posSI-Periodicity of rf8 cannot be used.
si-posOffset
This field, if present and set to true indicates that the SI messages in PosSchedulingInfoList are scheduled with an offset of 8 radio frames compared to SI messages in SchedulingInfoList. si-posOffset may be present only if the shortest configured SI message periodicity for SI messages in SchedulingInfoList is 80ms.
si-TBS
This field indicates the transport block size information used to broadcast the SI message towards BL UEs and UEs in CE, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1, for a 6 PRB bandwidth and a QPSK modulation.
schedulingInfoList-BR
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
si-ValidityTime
Indicates system information validity timer. If set to TRUE, the timer is set to 3h, otherwise the timer is set to 24h.
si-WindowLength, si-WindowLength-BR
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2 milliseconds and so on. In case si-WindowLength-BR-r13 is present and the UE is a BL UE or a UE in CE, the UE shall use si-WindowLength-BR-r13 and ignore the original field si-WindowLength (without suffix). UEs other than BL UEs or UEs in CE shall ignore the extension field si-WindowLength-BR-r13.
startSymbolBR
For BL UEs and UEs in CE, indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any MPDCCH, PDSCH scheduled on the same cell except the PDSCH carrying SystemInformationBlockType1-BR, see TS 36.213 [23]. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise.
systemInfoValueTagList
Indicates SI message specific value tags for BL UEs and UEs in CE. It includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in schedulingInfoList (without suffix).
systemInfoValueTagSI
SI message specific value tag as specified in clause 5.2.1.3. Common for all SIBs within the SI message other than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12, SIB14 and SIB31.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1, SIB1-MBMS, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12, SIB14 and SIB31. Change of MIB, MIB-MBMS, SIB1 and SIB1-MBMS is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
tdd-Config
Specifies the TDD specific physical channel configurations. NOTE 2.
trackingAreaCode/trackingAreaCode-5GC
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. NOTE2. NOTE 5.
trackingAreaList
A list of tracking area codes for the PLMN listed.
For the first entry in plmn-IdentityList-v1700: If this field is present,thelist oftracking area codes include the tracking area code in trackingAreaCode(without suffix) andthe tracking area codesin trackingAreaList. If this field is absent, trackingAreaCode (without suffix) applies.
For other entries in plmn-IdentityList-v1700: If this field is present,thelist oftracking area codes include the tracking area codesin trackingAreaList. If this field is absent, the list of tracking area codes of the preceding entry in plmn-IdentityList-v1700applies.
The total number of signalled tracking area codes across all PLMNs cannot be more than maxTAC-r17.
transmissionInControlChRegion
Indicates, for BL UEs and UEs in CE, LTE control channel region may be used for DL broadcast transmission. NOTE 3.
up-CIoT-5GS-Optimisation
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to resume the connection with User plane CIoT 5GS optimisation, see TS 24.501 [95].






q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsq-QualMinWBValue of parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]


Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols – (q-QualMin – q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin
– SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS contains information relevant for receiving service from MBMS-dedicated cell and defines the scheduling of other system information. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cellAccessRelatedInfo-r14                SEQUENCE { 
        
plmn-IdentityList-r14List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.NOTE 1.
                    PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-r14, 
        
trackingAreaCode-r14A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. NOTE1.
                        TrackingAreaCode, 
        
cellIdentity-r14Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 1.
                            CellIdentity 
    }, 
    
freqBandIndicator-r14A list of as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bandin freqBandIndicator.
                    FreqBandIndicator-r11, 
    
multiBandInfoList-r14A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1, that the cell belongs to. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field.
                    MultiBandInfoList-r11                OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    
schedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages on MBMS-dedicated cell.
            SchedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14, 
    
si-WindowLength-r14Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2 milliseconds and so on. 
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20,ms40, ms80}, 
    
systemInfoValueTag-r14Common for all SIBs other than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. Change of MIB and SIB1 is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
                    INTEGER (0..31), 
    
nonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14Defines the non-MBSFN subframes within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.
                NonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14        OPTIONAL, --Need OR
    pdsch-ConfigCommon-r14                    PDSCH-ConfigCommon, 
    
systemInformationBlockType13-r14E-UTRAN does not configure this field if schedulingInfoList–MBMS indicates that SystemInformationBlockType13 is present.
        SystemInformationBlockType13-r9    OPTIONAL, --Need OR
    
cellAccessRelatedInfoList-r14This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE 2.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-1-r14)) OF 
                                            CellAccessRelatedInfo-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList-MBMS-r14 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Identity 
SchedulingInfoList-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF SchedulingInfo-MBMS-r14 
SchedulingInfo-MBMS-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
si-Periodicity-r14Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, rf32 denotes 32 radio frames, and so on.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512}, 
    
sib-MappingInfo-r14List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
                        SIB-MappingInfo-MBMS-r14 
} 
SIB-MappingInfo-MBMS-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSIB-1)) OF SIB-Type-MBMS-r14 
SIB-Type-MBMS-r14 ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            sibType10, sibType11, sibType12-v920, sibType13-v920, 
                                            sibType15-v1130, sibType16-v1130, ...} 
NonMBSFN-SubframeConfig-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    radioFrameAllocationPeriod-r14        ENUMERATED {rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf512}, 
    radioFrameAllocationOffset-r14        INTEGER (0..7), 
    
subframeAllocation-r14Defines the subframes that are allocated for non-MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset. "0"denotes that the corresponding subframe is a MBSFN subframe."1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is a non-MBSFN subframe. If E-UTRAN configures a value other than "0" for additionalNonMBSFNSubframes within MasterInformationBlock-MBMS,subframeAllocationconfiguration should also indicate subframes pointed out by additionalNonMBSFNSubframesas non-MBSFN subframes.
                BIT STRING (SIZE(9)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


BW-reduced
The field is optional present, Need OR, if schedulingInfoSIB1-BR in MIB is set to a value greater than 0. Otherwise the field is not present.
FBI-max
The field is mandatory present if freqBandIndicator (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxFBI. Otherwise the field is not present.
mFBI
The field is optional present, Need OR, if multiBandInfoList is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
mFBI-max
The field is mandatory present if one or more entries in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix, introduced in -v8h0) is set to maxFBI. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if SIB3 is being broadcast and threshServingLowQ is present in SIB3; otherwise optionally present, Need OP.
RSRQ2
The field is mandatory presentif q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
Hopping
The field is mandatory present if si-HoppingConfigCommon field is broadcasted and set to on. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need OP.
QrxlevminCE1
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 is set below -140 dBm. Otherwise the field is not present.
TDD
This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR
The field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth in systemInformationBlockType3 is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.
SI-BR
The field is mandatory present if schedulingInfoSIB1-BR is included in MIB with a value greater than 0. Otherwise the field is not present.






SystemInformationBlockType1-MBMS field descriptions


cellAccessRelatedInfoList
This field contains a list allowing signalling of access related information per PLMN. One PLMN can be included in only one entry of this list. NOTE 2.
cellIdentity
Indicates the cell identity. NOTE 1.
freqBandIndicator
A list of as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bandin freqBandIndicator.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency band indicators, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1, that the cell belongs to. If the UE supports the frequency band in the freqBandIndicator field it shall apply that frequency band. Otherwise, the UE shall apply the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field.
nonMBSFN-SubframeConfig
Defines the non-MBSFN subframes within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities. The first listed PLMN-Identity is the primary PLMN.NOTE 1.
radioFrameAllocationPeriod, radioFrameAllocationOffset
Radio-frames that contain non-MBSFN subframes occur when equation SFN mod radioFrameAllocationPeriod = radioFrameAllocationOffsetis satisfied. Value rf4 for radioframeAllocationPeriod denotes 4 radio frames, rf8 detones 8 radion frames, and so on. 
schedulingInfoList-MBMS
Indicates additional scheduling information of SI messages on MBMS-dedicated cell.
sib-MappingInfo
List of the SIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
si-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, rf32 denotes 32 radio frames, and so on.
si-WindowLength
Common SI scheduling window for all SIs. Unit in milliseconds, where ms1 denotes 1 millisecond, ms2 denotes 2 milliseconds and so on. 
subframeAllocation
Defines the subframes that are allocated for non-MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset. "0"denotes that the corresponding subframe is a MBSFN subframe."1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is a non-MBSFN subframe. If E-UTRAN configures a value other than "0" for additionalNonMBSFNSubframes within MasterInformationBlock-MBMS,subframeAllocationconfiguration should also indicate subframes pointed out by additionalNonMBSFNSubframesas non-MBSFN subframes.
systemInformationBlockType13
E-UTRAN does not configure this field if schedulingInfoList–MBMS indicates that SystemInformationBlockType13 is present.
systemInfoValueTag
Common for all SIBs other than MIB, SIB1, SIB10, SIB11, SIB12 and SIB14. Change of MIB and SIB1 is detected by acquisition of the corresponding message.
trackingAreaCode
A trackingAreaCode that is common for all the PLMNs listed. NOTE1.
– UEAssistanceInformation
The UEAssistanceInformation message is used for the indication of UE assistance information to the eNB. 

 -- ASN1START
UEAssistanceInformation-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            ueAssistanceInformation-r11            UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-r11-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
powerPrefIndication-r11Value lowPowerConsumption indicates the UE prefers a configuration that is primarily optimised for power saving. Otherwise the value is set to normal.
                ENUMERATED    {normal, lowPowerConsumption}    OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEAssistanceInformation-v1430-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1430-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    bw-Preference-r14                        BW-Preference-r14                        OPTIONAL,
    
sps-AssistanceInformation-r14Indicates the UE assistance information to assist E-UTRAN to configure SPS.
            SEQUENCE { 
        
trafficPatternInfoListSL-r14This field provides the traffic characteristics of sidelink logical channel(s) that are setup for V2X sidelink communication. If trafficPatternInfoListSL-v1530 is included, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as intrafficPatternInfoListSL-r14.
            TrafficPatternInfoList-r14            OPTIONAL,
        
trafficPatternInfoListUL-r14This field provides the traffic characteristics of uplink logical channel(s).
            TrafficPatternInfoList-r14            OPTIONAL 
    }            OPTIONAL,
    
rlm-Report-r14This field provides the RLM report for BL UEs and UEs in CE.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        
rlm-Event-r14This field provides the RLM event ("early-out-of-sync" or "early-in-sync").
                            ENUMERATED {earlyOutOfSync, earlyInSync}, 
        
excessRep-MPDCCH-r14Indicates the excess number of repetitions on MPDCCH. Value excessRep1 and excessRep2 indicate the excess number of repetitions defined in TS 36.133 [16].
                    ENUMERATED {excessRep1, excessRep2}    OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                                OPTIONAL,
    
delayBudgetReport-r14Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX or coverage enhancement configuration.
                    DelayBudgetReport-r14                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UEAssistanceInformation-v1450-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1450-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    overheatingAssistance-r14                OverheatingAssistance-r14                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UEAssistanceInformation-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    sps-AssistanceInformation-v1530            SEQUENCE { 
        trafficPatternInfoListSL-v1530            TrafficPatternInfoList-v1530 
    }            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    overheatingAssistance-v1610                OverheatingAssistance-v1610            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UEAssistanceInformation-v1700-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1700-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    uplinkData-r17                                ENUMERATED { true }                    OPTIONAL,
    scg-DeactivationPreference-r17            ENUMERATED { scgDeactivationPreferred, 
                                                        noPreference }                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        UEAssistanceInformation-v1710-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UEAssistanceInformation-v1710-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    overheatingAssistance-v1710                OverheatingAssistance-v1710            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
BW-Preference-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-Preference-r14Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PDSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth, and mhz20 corresponds to CE mode usage in 20MHz bandwidth or normal coverage.
        ENUMERATED    {mhz1dot4, mhz5, mhz20 }                OPTIONAL,
    
ul-Preference-r14Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PUSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, and mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth.
        ENUMERATED    {mhz1dot4, mhz5}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
TrafficPatternInfoList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxTrafficPattern-r14)) OF TrafficPatternInfo-r14 
TrafficPatternInfo-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
trafficPeriodicity-r14This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a SL/UL logical channel. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 ms, sf50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.
            ENUMERATED { 
                                        sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, sf500, 
                                        sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000}, 
    
timingOffset-r14This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a SL/UL logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
                INTEGER (0..10239), 
    
priorityInfoSL-r14Indicates the traffic priority (i.e., PPPP) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
                SL-Priority-r13                                OPTIONAL,
    
logicalChannelIdentityUL-r14Indicates the logical channel identity associated with the reported traffic pattern in the uplink logical channel.
    INTEGER (3..10)                                OPTIONAL,
    
messageSize-r14Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 36.321 [6], table 6.1.3.1-1.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) 
} 
TrafficPatternInfoList-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxTrafficPattern-r14)) OF TrafficPatternInfo-v1530 
TrafficPatternInfo-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
trafficDestination-r15Indicates the destination associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
            SL-DestinationIdentity-r12                    OPTIONAL,
    
reliabilityInfoSL-r15Indicates the traffic reliability (i.e., PPPR) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
            SL-Reliability-r15                            OPTIONAL 
} 
DelayBudgetReport-r14::=    CHOICE { 
    
type1Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the connected mode DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
                            ENUMERATED { 
                                        msMinus1280, msMinus640, msMinus320, msMinus160, 
                                        msMinus80, msMinus60, msMinus40, msMinus20, ms0, ms20, 
                                                ms40, ms60, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280}, 
    
type2Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the coverage enhancement configuration with respect to the current configuration so that the Uu air interface delay changes by the indicated amount. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms24 corresponds to 24 milliseconds, msMinus24 corresponds to -24 milliseconds and so on.
                            ENUMERATED { 
                                        msMinus192, msMinus168,msMinus144, msMinus120, 
                                        msMinus96, msMinus72, msMinus48, msMinus24, ms0, ms24, 
                                                ms48, ms72, ms96, ms120, ms144, ms168, ms192} 
} 
OverheatingAssistance-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
        reducedUE-Category            SEQUENCE { 
            reducedUE-CategoryDL        INTEGER (0..19), 
            reducedUE-CategoryUL        INTEGER (0..21) 
        }        OPTIONAL,
        reducedMaxCCs                SEQUENCE { 
            
reducedCCsDLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and PSCell/SCells of NR in (NG)EN-DC.
                INTEGER (0..31), 
            
reducedCCsULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and PSCell/SCells of NR in (NG)EN-DC.
                INTEGER (0..31) 
        }        OPTIONAL 
} 
OverheatingAssistance-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
overheatingAssistanceForSCG-r16Includes the NR OverheatingAssistance IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field indicates UE's preference on reduced configuration for NR SCG to address overheating in FR1 and/or FR2-1.
            OCTET STRING 
} 
OverheatingAssistance-v1710 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
overheatingAssistanceForSCG-FR2-2-r17Includes the NR OverheatingAssistance-r17 IE for FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field indicates UE's preference on reduced configuration for NR SCG to address overheating in FR2-2.
        OCTET STRING 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions


delayBudgetReport
Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX or coverage enhancement configuration.
dl-Preference
Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PDSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth, and mhz20 corresponds to CE mode usage in 20MHz bandwidth or normal coverage.
excessRep-MPDCCH
Indicates the excess number of repetitions on MPDCCH. Value excessRep1 and excessRep2 indicate the excess number of repetitions defined in TS 36.133 [16].
logicalChannelIdentityUL
Indicates the logical channel identity associated with the reported traffic pattern in the uplink logical channel.
messageSize
Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 36.321 [6], table 6.1.3.1-1.
overheatingAssistanceForSCG
Includes the NR OverheatingAssistance IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field indicates UE's preference on reduced configuration for NR SCG to address overheating in FR1 and/or FR2-1.
overheatingAssistanceForSCG-FR2-2
Includes the NR OverheatingAssistance-r17 IE for FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field indicates UE's preference on reduced configuration for NR SCG to address overheating in FR2-2.
powerPrefIndication
Value lowPowerConsumption indicates the UE prefers a configuration that is primarily optimised for power saving. Otherwise the value is set to normal.
priorityInfoSL
Indicates the traffic priority (i.e., PPPP) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
reducedCCsDL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and PSCell/SCells of NR in (NG)EN-DC.
reducedCCsUL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating. This maximum number includes both SCells of E-UTRA and PSCell/SCells of NR in (NG)EN-DC.
reducedUE-CategoryDL, reducedUE-CategoryUL
Indicates that UE prefers a configuration corresponding to the reduced UE category, to address overheating. The reduced UE DL category and reduced UE UL category should be indicated according to supported combinations for UE UL and DL Categories, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-6.
reliabilityInfoSL
Indicates the traffic reliability (i.e., PPPR) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
rlm-Event
This field provides the RLM event ("early-out-of-sync" or "early-in-sync").
rlm-Report
This field provides the RLM report for BL UEs and UEs in CE.
sps-AssistanceInformation
Indicates the UE assistance information to assist E-UTRAN to configure SPS.
timingOffset
This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a SL/UL logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
trafficDestination
Indicates the destination associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication.
trafficPatternInfoListSL
This field provides the traffic characteristics of sidelink logical channel(s) that are setup for V2X sidelink communication. If trafficPatternInfoListSL-v1530 is included, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as intrafficPatternInfoListSL-r14.
trafficPatternInfoListUL
This field provides the traffic characteristics of uplink logical channel(s).
trafficPeriodicity
This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a SL/UL logical channel. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 ms, sf50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.
type1
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the connected mode DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
type2
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the coverage enhancement configuration with respect to the current configuration so that the Uu air interface delay changes by the indicated amount. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms24 corresponds to 24 milliseconds, msMinus24 corresponds to -24 milliseconds and so on.
ul-Preference
Indicates UE's preference on configuration of maximum PUSCH bandwidth. The value mhz1dot4 corresponds to CE mode usage in 1.4MHz bandwidth, and mhz5 corresponds to CE mode usage in 5MHz bandwidth.
– UECapabilityEnquiry
The UECapabilityEnquiry message is used to request the transfer of UE radio access capabilities for EUTRA as well as for other RATs. 

 -- ASN1START
UECapabilityEnquiry ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            ueCapabilityEnquiry-r8                UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-r8-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-CapabilityRequestList of the RATs for which the UE is requested to transfer the UE radio access capabilities i.e. E-UTRA, UTRA, GERAN-CS, GERAN-PS,CDMA2000. A separate RAT-Type value applies for some EUTRA-NR capabilities that are transferred by a separate UE capability container, used in case of MRDC.
                UE-CapabilityRequest, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v8a0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1180-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requestedFrequencyBands-r11List of frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and non CA bands.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1310-IEs                        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1310-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requestReducedFormat-r13Indicates that the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations in the supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of the supportedBandCombination-r10. The E-UTRAN includes this field if requestSkipFallbackComb or requestDiffFallbackCombList is included in the message.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
requestSkipFallbackComb-r13Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude fallback CA band combinations in capability signalling. 
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    requestedMaxCCsDL-r13                INTEGER (2..32)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    requestedMaxCCsUL-r13                INTEGER (2..32)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.5.21. 
    ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1430-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1430-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requestDiffFallbackCombList-r14List of CA band combinations for which the UE is requested to provide different capabilities for their fallback band combinations in conjunction with the capabilities supported for the CA band combinations in this list. The UE shall exclude fallback band combinations for which their supported UE capabilities are the same as the CA band combination indicated in this list.
        BandCombinationList-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1510-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1510-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15Interpreted as FreqBandList IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. It concerns a list of NR and/ or E-UTRA frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide its supported NR CA and/or MR-DC band combinations (i.e. within the UE capability containers for NR and MR-DC, as requested by E-UTRAN) and feature sets corresponding to the MR-DC band combinations (i.e. within the UE capability containers for LTE and NR, as requested by E-UTRAN).
        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1530-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requestSTTI-SPT-Capability-r15Indicates that the UE is requested to provide its supported short TTI and SPT capabilities in capability signalling. 
        ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-nr-only-r15Indicates that the UE is requested to provide UE capabilities related to (NG)EN-DC only as specified in TS38.331 [82].
                    ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1550-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1550-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requestedCapabilityNR-r15Interpreted as UE-CapabilityRequestFilterNR IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82], in which the field frequencyBandListFilteris omitted.
            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
requestedCapabilityCommon-r15Contains the filter common for all requested MR-DC related capability containers as defined by UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon IE in TS 38.331 [82].
        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
rrc-SegAllowed-r16A one-shot field that indicates that the UE is enabled to segment the response message into a series of ULDedicatedMessageSegment messages.
                    ENUMERATED {enabled}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityEnquiry-v1710-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityEnquiry-v1710-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    sidelinkRequest-r17                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-CapabilityRequest ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF RAT-Type 
 -- ASN1STOP




UECapabilityEnquiry field descriptions


eutra-nr-only
Indicates that the UE is requested to provide UE capabilities related to (NG)EN-DC only as specified in TS38.331 [82].
requestDiffFallbackCombList
List of CA band combinations for which the UE is requested to provide different capabilities for their fallback band combinations in conjunction with the capabilities supported for the CA band combinations in this list. The UE shall exclude fallback band combinations for which their supported UE capabilities are the same as the CA band combination indicated in this list.
requestReducedFormat
Indicates that the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations in the supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of the supportedBandCombination-r10. The E-UTRAN includes this field if requestSkipFallbackComb or requestDiffFallbackCombList is included in the message.
requestSkipFallbackComb
Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude fallback CA band combinations in capability signalling. 
ue-CapabilityRequest
List of the RATs for which the UE is requested to transfer the UE radio access capabilities i.e. E-UTRA, UTRA, GERAN-CS, GERAN-PS,CDMA2000. A separate RAT-Type value applies for some EUTRA-NR capabilities that are transferred by a separate UE capability container, used in case of MRDC.
requestedFrequencyBands
List of frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and non CA bands.
requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC
Interpreted as FreqBandList IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. It concerns a list of NR and/ or E-UTRA frequency bands for which the UE is requested to provide its supported NR CA and/or MR-DC band combinations (i.e. within the UE capability containers for NR and MR-DC, as requested by E-UTRAN) and feature sets corresponding to the MR-DC band combinations (i.e. within the UE capability containers for LTE and NR, as requested by E-UTRAN).
requestedCapabilityCommon
Contains the filter common for all requested MR-DC related capability containers as defined by UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon IE in TS 38.331 [82].
requestedCapabilityNR
Interpreted as UE-CapabilityRequestFilterNR IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82], in which the field frequencyBandListFilteris omitted.
requestedMaxCCsDL, requestedMaxCCsUL
Indicates the maximum number of CCs for which the UE is requested to provide supported CA band combinations and non-CA bands.
requestReducedIntNonContComb
Indicates that the UE shall explicitly exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.5.21. 
requestSTTI-SPT-Capability
Indicates that the UE is requested to provide its supported short TTI and SPT capabilities in capability signalling. 
rrc-SegAllowed
A one-shot field that indicates that the UE is enabled to segment the response message into a series of ULDedicatedMessageSegment messages.
– UECapabilityInformation
The UECapabilityInformation message is used to transfer of UE radio access capabilities requested by the EUTRAN. 

 -- ASN1START
UECapabilityInformation ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE{ 
            ueCapabilityInformation-r8            UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs, 
            spare7 NULL,
            spare6 NULL,spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UECapabilityInformation-r8-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList        UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityInformation-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UECapabilityInformation-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ue-RadioPagingInfo-r12                UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ULDedicatedMessageSegment
The ULDedicatedMessageSegment message is used to transfer segments of the UECapabilityInformation message. 

 -- ASN1START
ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16        ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    segmentNumber-r16                        INTEGER (0..15), 
    rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16            OCTET STRING,
    rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16                ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UEInformationRequest
The UEInformationRequest is the command used by E-UTRAN to retrieve information from the UE. 

 -- ASN1START
UEInformationRequest-r9        ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier        RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                CHOICE { 
        c1                                CHOICE { 
            ueInformationRequest-r9                UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UEInformationRequest-r9-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rach-ReportReq-r9                    BOOLEAN,
    rlf-ReportReq-r9                    BOOLEAN,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationRequest-v930-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationRequest-v1020-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationRequest-v1020-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasReportReq-r10                ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationRequest-v1130-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationRequest-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    connEstFailReportReq-r11            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationRequest-v1250-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationRequest-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    mobilityHistoryReportReq-r12        ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationRequest-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationRequest-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    idleModeMeasurementReq-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    flightPathInfoReq-r15                FlightPathInfoReportConfig-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationRequest-v1710-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationRequest-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    coarseLocationReq-r17                ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UEInformationResponse
The UEInformationResponse message is used by the UE to transfer the information requested by the E-UTRAN. 

 -- ASN1START
UEInformationResponse-r9    ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rrc-TransactionIdentifier            RRC-TransactionIdentifier, 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            ueInformationResponse-r9            UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
UEInformationResponse-r9-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rach-Report-r9                            RACH-Report-r16        OPTIONAL,
    rlf-Report-r9                            RLF-Report-r9            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Late non critical extensions
UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rlf-Report-v9e0                        RLF-Report-v9e0                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Regular non critical extensions
UEInformationResponse-v930-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UEInformationResponse-v9e0-IEs)    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationResponse-v1020-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationResponse-v1020-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    logMeasReport-r10                    LogMeasReport-r10                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationResponse-v1130-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationResponse-v1130-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    connEstFailReport-r11                ConnEstFailReport-r11                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationResponse-v1250-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationResponse-v1250-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    mobilityHistoryReport-r12            MobilityHistoryReport-r12            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationResponse-v1530-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationResponse-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measResultListIdle-r15                MeasResultListIdle-r15            OPTIONAL,
    flightPathInfoReport-r15            FlightPathInfoReport-r15        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationResponse-v1610-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationResponse-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rach-Report-v1610                    RACH-Report-v1610                OPTIONAL,
    measResultListExtIdle-r16            MeasResultListExtIdle-r16        OPTIONAL,
    measResultListIdleNR-r16            MeasResultListIdleNR-r16        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UEInformationResponse-v1710-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UEInformationResponse-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    coarseLocationInfo-r17                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,   nonCriticalExtension                    SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RACH-Report-r16 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    numberOfPreamblesSent-r16            NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11, 
    contentionDetected-r16                BOOLEAN 
} 
RACH-Report-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    initialCEL-r16                        INTEGER (0..3), 
    edt-Fallback-r16                    BOOLEAN 
} 
RLF-Report-r9 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    measResultLastServCell-r9            SEQUENCE { 
        rsrpResult-r9                        RSRP-Range, 
        rsrqResult-r9                        RSRQ-Range                        OPTIONAL 
    }, 
    measResultNeighCells-r9                SEQUENCE { 
        measResultListEUTRA-r9                MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9            OPTIONAL,
        measResultListUTRA-r9                MeasResultList2UTRA-r9            OPTIONAL,
        measResultListGERAN-r9                MeasResultListGERAN                OPTIONAL,
        measResultsCDMA2000-r9                MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9        OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    locationInfo-r10                LocationInfo-r10                    OPTIONAL,
        failedPCellId-r10                    CHOICE { 
            cellGlobalId-r10                    CellGlobalIdEUTRA, 
            pci-arfcn-r10                        SEQUENCE { 
                physCellId-r10                        PhysCellId, 
                carrierFreq-r10                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA 
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        reestablishmentCellId-r10        CellGlobalIdEUTRA                    OPTIONAL,
        timeConnFailure-r10                INTEGER (0..1023)                    OPTIONAL,
        connectionFailureType-r10        ENUMERATED {rlf, hof}                OPTIONAL,
        previousPCellId-r10                CellGlobalIdEUTRA                    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    failedPCellId-v1090                SEQUENCE { 
            carrierFreq-v1090                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    basicFields-r11                    SEQUENCE { 
            c-RNTI-r11                        C-RNTI, 
            rlf-Cause-r11                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, 
                                                rlc-MaxNumRetx, t312-Expiry-r12}, 
            timeSinceFailure-r11            TimeSinceFailure-r11 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        previousUTRA-CellId-r11            SEQUENCE { 
            carrierFreq-r11                    ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
            physCellId-r11                    CHOICE { 
                fdd-r11                            PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD, 
                tdd-r11                            PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD 
            }, 
            cellGlobalId-r11                CellGlobalIdUTRA                OPTIONAL 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        selectedUTRA-CellId-r11            SEQUENCE { 
            carrierFreq-r11                    ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
            physCellId-r11                    CHOICE { 
                fdd-r11                            PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD, 
                tdd-r11                            PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD 
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    failedPCellId-v1250                SEQUENCE { 
            tac-FailedPCell-r12                TrackingAreaCode 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        measResultLastServCell-v1250    RSRQ-Range-v1250                    OPTIONAL,
        lastServCellRSRQ-Type-r12        RSRQ-Type-r12                        OPTIONAL,
        measResultListEUTRA-v1250        MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1-r13    ENUMERATED {qci1}                    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultLastServCell-v1360    RSRP-Range-v1360                    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    logMeasResultListBT-r15            LogMeasResultListBT-r15                OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListWLAN-r15        LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListNR-r16            MeasResultCellListNR-r15            OPTIONAL,
        previousNR-PCellId-r16            CellGlobalIdNR-r16                    OPTIONAL,
        failedNR-PCellId-r16            CHOICE { 
            cellGlobalId                    CellGlobalIdNR-r16, 
            pci-arfcn                        SEQUENCE { 
                physCellId-r16                    PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
                carrierFreq-r16                ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        reconnectCellId-r16                CHOICE { 
            nrReconnectCellId                CellGlobalIdNR-r16, 
            eutraReconnectCellId            SEQUENCE { 
                cellGlobalId-r16                CellGlobalIdEUTRA, 
                trackingAreaCode-EPC-r16        TrackingAreaCode            OPTIONAL,
                trackingAreaCode-5GC-r16        TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15    OPTIONAL 
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        timeUntilReconnection-r16        TimeUntilReconnection-r16            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListNR-v1640            SEQUENCE { 
            carrierFreqNR-r16                ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        measResultListExtNR-r16            MeasResultFreqListNR-r16        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
RLF-Report-v9e0 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    measResultListEUTRA-v9e0            MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 
} 
MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r9 
MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0 
MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250 
MeasResult2EUTRA-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r9                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    measResultList-r9                    MeasResultListEUTRA 
} 
MeasResult2EUTRA-v9e0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-v9e0                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasResult2EUTRA-v1250 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    rsrq-Type-r12                        RSRQ-Type-r12        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasResultList2UTRA-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2UTRA-r9 
MeasResult2UTRA-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r9                        ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    measResultList-r9                    MeasResultListUTRA 
} 
MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9 
MeasResult2CDMA2000-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r9                        CarrierFreqCDMA2000, 
    measResultList-r9                    MeasResultsCDMA2000 
} 
LogMeasReport-r10 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    absoluteTimeStamp-r10                AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10, 
    traceReference-r10                    TraceReference-r10, 
    traceRecordingSessionRef-r10        OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), 
    tce-Id-r10                            OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)), 
    logMeasInfoList-r10                    LogMeasInfoList-r10, 
    logMeasAvailable-r10                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    logMeasAvailableBT-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
        logMeasAvailableWLAN-r15        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
LogMeasInfoList-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeasReport-r10)) OF LogMeasInfo-r10 
LogMeasInfo-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    locationInfo-r10                    LocationInfo-r10                OPTIONAL,
    relativeTimeStamp-r10                INTEGER (0..7200), 
    servCellIdentity-r10                CellGlobalIdEUTRA, 
    measResultServCell-r10                SEQUENCE { 
        rsrpResult-r10                        RSRP-Range, 
        rsrqResult-r10                        RSRQ-Range 
    }, 
    measResultNeighCells-r10            SEQUENCE { 
        measResultListEUTRA-r10                MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9        OPTIONAL,
        measResultListUTRA-r10                MeasResultList2UTRA-r9        OPTIONAL,
        measResultListGERAN-r10                MeasResultList2GERAN-r10    OPTIONAL,
        measResultListCDMA2000-r10            MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9    OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    measResultListEUTRA-v1090            MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListMBSFN-r12                MeasResultListMBSFN-r12        OPTIONAL,
        measResultServCell-v1250            RSRQ-Range-v1250            OPTIONAL,
        servCellRSRQ-Type-r12                RSRQ-Type-r12                OPTIONAL,
        measResultListEUTRA-v1250            MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    inDeviceCoexDetected-r13            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultServCell-v1360            RSRP-Range-v1360            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    logMeasResultListBT-r15                LogMeasResultListBT-r15        OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListWLAN-r15            LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    anyCellSelectionDetected-r15        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListNR-r16                MeasResultCellListNR-r15    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListNR-v1640            SEQUENCE { 
            carrierFreqNR-r16                ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        measResultListExtNR-r16            MeasResultFreqListNR-r16        OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    uncomBarPreMeasResult-r17                OCTET STRING        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultListMBSFN-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MeasResultMBSFN-r12 
MeasResultMBSFN-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    mbsfn-Area-r12                    SEQUENCE { 
        mbsfn-AreaId-r12                MBSFN-AreaId-r12, 
        carrierFreq-r12                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
    }, 
    rsrpResultMBSFN-r12                RSRP-Range, 
    rsrqResultMBSFN-r12                MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12, 
    signallingBLER-Result-r12        BLER-Result-r12                    OPTIONAL,
    dataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12        DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12        OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
DataBLER-MCH-ResultList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF DataBLER-MCH-Result-r12 
DataBLER-MCH-Result-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    mch-Index-r12                        INTEGER (1..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN), 
    dataBLER-Result-r12                    BLER-Result-r12 
} 
BLER-Result-r12 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    bler-r12                            BLER-Range-r12, 
    blocksReceived-r12                    SEQUENCE { 
        n-r12                                BIT STRING (SIZE (3)), 
        m-r12                                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
    } 
} 
BLER-Range-r12 ::=                        INTEGER(0..31)
MeasResultList2GERAN-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellListGERAN)) OF MeasResultListGERAN 
MeasResultFreqListNR-r16::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq-1-r16)) OF MeasResultFreqFailNR-r15 
ConnEstFailReport-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    failedCellId-r11                    CellGlobalIdEUTRA, 
    locationInfo-r11                    LocationInfo-r10                    OPTIONAL,
    measResultFailedCell-r11            SEQUENCE { 
        rsrpResult-r11                        RSRP-Range, 
        rsrqResult-r11                        RSRQ-Range                        OPTIONAL 
    }, 
    measResultNeighCells-r11            SEQUENCE { 
        measResultListEUTRA-r11                MeasResultList2EUTRA-r9            OPTIONAL,
        measResultListUTRA-r11                MeasResultList2UTRA-r9            OPTIONAL,
        measResultListGERAN-r11                MeasResultListGERAN                OPTIONAL,
        measResultsCDMA2000-r11                MeasResultList2CDMA2000-r9        OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL,
    numberOfPreamblesSent-r11            NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11, 
    contentionDetected-r11                BOOLEAN,
    maxTxPowerReached-r11                BOOLEAN,
    timeSinceFailure-r11                TimeSinceFailure-r11, 
    measResultListEUTRA-v1130            MeasResultList2EUTRA-v9e0            OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    measResultFailedCell-v1250        RSRQ-Range-v1250                    OPTIONAL,
        failedCellRSRQ-Type-r12            RSRQ-Type-r12                        OPTIONAL,
        measResultListEUTRA-v1250        MeasResultList2EUTRA-v1250            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultFailedCell-v1360        RSRP-Range-v1360                    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    logMeasResultListBT-r15            LogMeasResultListBT-r15                OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListWLAN-r15        LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListNR-r16            MeasResultCellListNR-r15            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListNR-v1640            SEQUENCE { 
            carrierFreqNR-r16                ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        measResultListExtNR-r16            MeasResultFreqListNR-r16        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
NumberOfPreamblesSent-r11::=            INTEGER (1..200) 
TimeSinceFailure-r11 ::=                INTEGER (0..172800) 
TimeUntilReconnection-r16 ::=            INTEGER (0..172800) 
MobilityHistoryReport-r12 ::=    VisitedCellInfoList-r12 
FlightPathInfoReport-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    flightPath-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWayPoint-r15)) OF WayPointLocation-r15    OPTIONAL,
    dummy                            SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
WayPointLocation-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    wayPointLocation-r15                        LocationInfo-r10, 
    timeStamp-r15                            AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ULHandoverPreparationTransfer (CDMA2000)
The ULHandoverPreparationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of handover related CDMA2000 information when requested by the higher layers. 

 -- ASN1START
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            ulHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8        ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture                SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    cdma2000-Type                        CDMA2000-Type, 
    
meidThe 56 bit mobile identification number provided by the CDMA2000 Upper layers.
                                BIT STRING (SIZE (56))                    OPTIONAL,
    dedicatedInfo                        DedicatedInfoCDMA2000, 
    nonCriticalExtension                ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
ULHandoverPreparationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




UECapabilityInformation field descriptions


ue-RadioPagingInfo
This field contains UE capability information used for paging.






ULDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions


segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded UL DCCH message.
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded UL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included UL DCCH message segment is the last segment or not.






UEInformationRequest field descriptions


coarseLocationReq
This field is used to request UE to report coarse location information.
rach-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.






UEInformationResponse field descriptions


absoluteTimeStamp
Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by E-UTRAN within absoluteTimeInfo.
anyCellSelectionDetected
This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
bler
Indicates the measured BLER value.The coding of BLER value is defined in TS 36.133 [16].
blocksReceived
Indicates total number of MCH blocks, which were received by the UE and used for the corresponding BLER calculation, within the measurement period as defined in TS 36.133 [16].
carrierFreq
In case the UE includes carrierFreq-v9e0 and/ or carrierFreq-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of carrierFreq-r9 and/ or carrierFreq-r10 respectively to maxEARFCN. For E-UTRA and UTRA frequencies, the UE sets the ARFCN according to the band used when obtaining the concerned measurement results.
carrierFreqNR
In case the UE includes measResultListNR, the UE uses this field to indicate the ARFCN value according to the band used when obtaining the concrned measurement results
connectionFailureType
This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
contentionDetected
This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for at least one of the transmitted preambles, see TS 36.321 [6].
coarseLocationInfo
This field indicates the coarse location information reported by the UE. This field is coded as the Ellipsoid-Point IE defined in TS 37.355 [109]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit. The least significant bits of degreesLatitude and degreesLongitude are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement which corresponds to a granularity of approximately 2 km.
It is up to UE implementation as to how many LSBs are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement.
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
dataBLER-MCH-ResultList
Includes a BLER result per MCH on subframes using dataMCS, with the applicable MCH(s) listed in the same order as in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
drb-EstablishedWithQCI-1
This field is used to indicate the radio link failure occurred while a bearer with QCI value equal to 1 was configured, see TS 24.301 [35].
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
edt-Fallback
Value TRUE indicates the last successfully completed random access procedure was initiated with EDT PRACH resource and succeeded after receiving EDT fallback indication from lower layers.
failedCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which connection establishment failed.
failedPCellId
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover.The UE sets the EARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
inDeviceCoexDetected
Indicates that measurement logging is suspended due to IDC problem detection.
initialCEL
Indicates the initial CE level used for the last successfully completed random access procedure for BL UEs and UEs in CE.
logMeasResultListBT
This field refers to the Bluetooth measurement results.
logMeasResultListWLAN
This field refers to the WLAN measurement results.
maxTxPowerReached
This field is used to indicate whether or not the maximum power level was used for the last transmitted preamble, see TS 36.321 [6].
mch-Index
Indicates the MCH by referring to the entry as listed in pmch-InfoList within MBSFNAreaConfiguration.
measResultFailedCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure happened.For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultFailedCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultLastServCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the PCell, where radio link failure or handover failure happened. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, when operating in CE Mode B, measResultLastServCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultListEUTRA
If measResultListEUTRA-v9e0, measResultListEUTRA-v1090 or measResultListEUTRA-v1130 is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r9, measResultListEUTRA-r10 and/ or measResultListEUTRA-r11 respectively.
measResultListEUTRA-v1250
If included in RLF-Report-r9the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r9.
If included in LogMeasInfo-r10 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r10.
If included in ConnEstFailReport-r11 the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measResultListEUTRA-r11.
measResultListIdle
This field indicates the E-UTRA measurement results done during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE at network request.
measResultListIdleNR
This field indicates the NR measurement results done during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE at network request.
measResultListNR, measResultListExtNR
Includes NR measurement results, with measResultListNR including results of a first NR frequency and measResultListExtNR including results of additinal NR frequencies, if available.
measResultServCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultServCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
mobilityHistoryReport
This field is used to indicate the time of stay in 16 most recently visited E-UTRA cells or of stay out of E-UTRA.
numberOfPreamblesSent
This field is used to indicate the number of RACH preambles that were transmitted. Corresponds to parameter PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER in TS 36.321 [6].
previousPCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last RRCConnectionReconfiguration message including mobilityControlInfowas received).
previousUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the source UTRA cell of the last successful handover to E-UTRAN, when RLF occurred at the target PCell. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the band used for transmission/ reception on the concerned cell.
reconnectCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the UE comes back to connected after connection failure and after failing to perform reestablishment. If the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an NR cell then nrReconnectCellID is included and if the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an LTE cell then eutraReconnectCellID is included.
reestablishmentCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
relativeTimeStamp
Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
rlf-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value.
selectedUTRA-CellId
This field is used to indicate the UTRA cell that the UE selects after RLF is detected, while T311 is running. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the band selected for transmission/ reception on the concerned cell.
signallingBLER-Result
Includes a BLER result of MBSFN subframes using signallingMCS. 
tac-FailedPCell
This field is used to indicate the Tracking Area Code of the PCell in which RLF is detected.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [58].
timeConnFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO initialization until connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (establishment) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
timeStamp
Includes time stamps for the waypoints that describe planned locations for the UE.
timeUntilReconnection
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the connection (radio link or handover) failure and the next time the UE comes to RRC CONNECTED in an NR or EUTRA cell, after failing to perform reestablishment. Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [58].
uncomBarPreMeasResult
This field provides barometric pressure measurements as Sensor-MeasurementInformationdefined in TS 37.355 [109]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
wayPointLocation
Includes location coordinates for a UE for Aerial UE operation. The waypoints describe planned locations for the UE.






ULHandoverPreparationTransfer field descriptions


meid
The 56 bit mobile identification number provided by the CDMA2000 Upper layers.
– ULInformationTransfer
The ULInformationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS,non-3GPP dedicated information, or IAB-DU specific F1-C related information. 

 -- ASN1START
ULInformationTransfer ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            ulInformationTransfer-r8            ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs, 
            ulInformationTransfer-r16            ULInformationTransfer-r16-IEs, 
            spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransfer-r8-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedInfoType                    CHOICE { 
        dedicatedInfoNAS                    DedicatedInfoNAS, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT            DedicatedInfoCDMA2000, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD            DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 
    }, 
    nonCriticalExtension                ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
ULInformationTransfer-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dedicatedInfoType-r16                CHOICE { 
        dedicatedInfoNAS-r16                DedicatedInfoNAS, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-1XRTT-r16        DedicatedInfoCDMA2000, 
        dedicatedInfoCDMA2000-HRPD-r16        DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,
    dedicatedInfoF1c-r16                DedicatedInfoF1c-r16                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                ULInformationTransfer-v8a0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ULInformationTransferIRAT
The ULInformationTransferIRAT message is used for the uplink transfer of information terminated by E-UTRAN but specified by another RAT. In this release of the specification, the message is used for sidelink information specified by TS 38.331. 

 -- ASN1START
ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16            ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r16            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ULInformationTransferMRDC
The ULInformationTransferMRDC message is used for the uplink transfer of MR DC information (i.e. for the case the SCG employs another RAT e.g. for transferring the NR RRC Measurement Report message). 

 -- ASN1START
ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            ulInformationTransferMRDC-r15            ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
ULInformationTransferMRDC-r15-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ul-DCCH-MessageNR-r15            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– WLANConnectionStatusReport
The WLANConnectionStatusReport message is used to inform the successful connection to WLAN or failure of the WLAN connection or connection attempt(s). 

 -- ASN1START
WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    criticalExtensions                    CHOICE { 
        c1                                    CHOICE { 
            wlanConnectionStatusReport-r13        WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13-IEs, 
            spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
        }, 
        criticalExtensionsFuture            SEQUENCE {} 
    } 
} 
WLANConnectionStatusReport-r13-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
wlan-Status-r13Indicates the connection status to WLAN and the cause of failures. If the wlan-Status-v1430 is included, E-UTRAN ignores the wlan-Status-r13.
                    WLAN-Status-r13, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension            WLANConnectionStatusReport-v1430-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
WLANConnectionStatusReport-v1430-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    wlan-Status-v1430                WLAN-Status-v1430, 
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




ULInformationTransferIRAT field descriptions


ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message as defined in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, NR RRC SidelinkUEInformationNR and the NR RRC UEAssistanceInformation messages.
This field is not applicable to 5GS Proximity based Services (ProSe) as defined in TS 23.304 [112] in this release.






ULInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions


ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message as defined in TS 38.331 [82]. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, NR RRC UEAssistanceInformation, NR RRC IABOtherInformation,NR RRC FailureInformation, and the NR RRC RRCReconfigurationCompletemessages.






WLANConnectionStatusReport field descriptions


wlan-Status
Indicates the connection status to WLAN and the cause of failures. If the wlan-Status-v1430 is included, E-UTRAN ignores the wlan-Status-r13.
6.3 RRC information elements
6.3.0 Parameterized types
– SetupRelease
SetupRelease allows the ElementTypeParam to be used as the referenced data type for the setup and release entries. See A.3.8 for guidelines. 

 -- ASN1START
SetupRelease { ElementTypeParam } ::= CHOICE { 
    release            NULL,
    setup            ElementTypeParam 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.1 System information blocks
– SystemInformationBlockPos
The IE SystemInformationBlockPos contains positioning assistance data as defined in TS 36.355 [54]. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockPos-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
assistanceDataSIB-Element-r15Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
        OCTET STRING,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockPos field descriptions


assistanceDataSIB-Element
Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
– SystemInformationBlockType2
The IE SystemInformationBlockType2 contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType2 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ac-BarringInfo                        SEQUENCE { 
        
ac-BarringForEmergencyAccess class barring for AC 10.
                BOOLEAN,
        
ac-BarringForMO-SignallingAccess class barring formobile originating signalling.
            AC-BarringConfig                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
ac-BarringForMO-DataAccess class barring for mobile originating calls.
                AC-BarringConfig                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    radioResourceConfigCommon            RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB, 
    ue-TimersAndConstants                UE-TimersAndConstants, 
    freqInfo                            SEQUENCE { 
        
ul-CarrierFreqFor FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1and 36.108 [114], table 5.4A.2-1, applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency. NOTE 1.
                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
ul-BandwidthParameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1 and TS 36.108 [114], table5.3A-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.NOTE 1.
                        ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100} 
                                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
additionalSpectrumEmissionThe UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs. NOTE 1.
            AdditionalSpectrumEmission 
    }, 
    
mbsfn-SubframeConfigListDefines the subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
NOTE 1.If the cell is a FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell, EUTRAN includesmbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430.If a FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell does not use sub-frames #4 or #9 as MBSFN sub-frames, mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 is still included and indicates all sub-frames as non-MBSFN sub-frames.
            MBSFN-SubframeConfigList            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    timeAlignmentTimerCommon            TimeAlignmentTimer, 
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2-v8h0-IEs)                        OPTIONAL,
    [[    
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r9Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating calls.
        AC-BarringConfig                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r9Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating calls.
        AC-BarringConfig                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
ac-BarringForCSFB-r10Access class barring for mobile originating CS fallback.
                AC-BarringConfig            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        ac-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12            AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
voiceServiceCauseIndication-r12Indicates whether UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL voice calls.
        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    acdc-BarringForCommon-r13            ACDC-BarringForCommon-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        acdc-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13        ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[ 
        udt-RestrictingForCommon-r13        UDT-Restricting-r13                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        udt-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13        UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
cIoT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13A list of CIoT EPS related parameters. Value 1 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the value indicates paramters for PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.NOTE 1.
        CIOT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
useFullResumeID-r13This field indicates if the UE indicates full resume ID of 40 bits in RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
unicastFreqHoppingInd-r13This field indicates if the UE is allowed to indicate support of frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH/PUSCH as described in TS 36.321 [6]. This field is included only in the BR version of SI message carrying SystemInformationBlockType2.
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430        MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
videoServiceCauseIndication-r14Indicates whether the UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL video calls. 
        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
plmn-InfoList-r15If E-UTRAN includes this field, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as PLMNs across the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. I.e. the first entry corresponds to the first entry of the combined list that results from concatenating the entries included in the second to the original plmn-IdentityList field.
                    PLMN-InfoList-r15                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
cp-EDT-r15This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1b.
                            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
up-EDT-r15This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1b.
                            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
idleModeMeasurements-r15This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
reducedCP-LatencyEnabled-r15If present, reduced control plane latency is enabled. UEs supporting reduced CP latency transmit Msg3 according to timing as specified in TS 36.213 [23] when transmitting RRCConnectionResumeRequest in Msg3.
        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
mbms-ROM-ServiceIndication-r15This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to sendMBMSInterestIndication message for the purpose of indicating receive only mode MBMS service parameters.
    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
rlos-Enabled-r16Indicates whether access to RLOS is allowed as specified in TS 23.401 [41].
                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
earlySecurityReactivation-r16If present, this field indicates that early security reactivation when resuming a suspended RRC connection as specified in 5.3.3.18 is supported.
        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
cp-EDT-5GC-r16This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1b.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
up-EDT-5GC-r16This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1b.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
cp-PUR-EPC-r16This field indicates whether CP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1c.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
up-PUR-EPC-r16This field indicates whether UP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1c.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
cp-PUR-5GC-r16This field indicates whether CP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1c.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
up-PUR-5GC-r16This field indicates whether UP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1c.
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
mpdcch-CQI-Reporting-r16This field indicates if downlink channel quality reporting during random access procedureis allowed, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value 'fourBits' indicates 4-bit CQI reporting is allowed and value 'both' indicates both 2-bit and 4-bit reporting are allowed.
            ENUMERATED {fourBits, both}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
rai-ActivationEnh-r16Indicates whether UE connected to EPC is allowed to report the AS release assistance indication using the DCQR and AS RAI MAC CEin the cell as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
idleModeMeasurementsNR-r16This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType2-v8h0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
multiBandInfoListA list of AdditionalSpectrumEmission i.e. one for each additional frequency band included in multiBandInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1, listed in the same order.If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF AdditionalSpectrumEmission    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            SystemInformationBlockType2-v9e0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType2-v9e0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond ul-FreqMax
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType2-v9i0-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType2-v9i0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
 -- Following field is for any non-critical extensions from REL-9
    nonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType2-v10m0-IEs)                        OPTIONAL,
    
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
        SEQUENCE {}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType2-v10m0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    freqInfo-v10l0                        SEQUENCE { 
        additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0            AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 
    }                                                        OPTIONAL,
    multiBandInfoList-v10l0                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF 
                AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension        SystemInformationBlockType2-v10n0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType2-v10n0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
 -- Following field is for non-critical extensions up-to REL-12
    lateNonCriticalExtension    OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension        SystemInformationBlockType2-v13c0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType2-v13c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    uplinkPowerControlCommon-v13c0    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
 -- Following field is for non-critical extensions from REL-13
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}    OPTIONAL 
} 
AC-BarringConfig ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
ac-BarringFactorIf the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value, access is allowed. Otherwise the access is barred. The values are interpreted in the range [0,1): p00 = 0, p05 = 0.05, p10 = 0.10,…, p95 = 0.95. Values other than p00 can only be set if all bits of the corresponding ac-BarringForSpecialAC are set to 0.
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40, 
                                            p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95}, 
    
ac-BarringTimeMean access barring time value in seconds.
                        ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512}, 
    
ac-BarringForSpecialACAccess class barring for AC 11-15. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and so on.
                BIT STRING (SIZE(5)) 
} 
MBSFN-SubframeConfigList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig 
MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1430 
AC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12 
AC-BarringPerPLMN-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityIndex-r12Index of the PLMNacrossthe plmn-IdentityListfields included in SIB1. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st inthe 1stplmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.NOTE 1.
                    INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11), 
    ac-BarringInfo-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        
ac-BarringForEmergency-r12Access class barring for AC 10.
            BOOLEAN,
        
ac-BarringForMO-Signalling-r12Access class barring formobile originating signalling.
        AC-BarringConfig    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
ac-BarringForMO-Data-r12Access class barring for mobile originating calls.
            AC-BarringConfig    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVoice-r12        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ac-BarringSkipForMMTELVideo-r12        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ac-BarringSkipForSMS-r12            ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
ac-BarringForCSFB-r12Access class barring for mobile originating CS fallback.
                AC-BarringConfig        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice-r12Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating calls.
        AC-BarringConfig        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video-r12Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating calls.
        AC-BarringConfig        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
ACDC-BarringForCommon-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    acdc-HPLMNonly-r13                        BOOLEAN,
    
barringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13A list of barring information per ACDC category according to the order defined in TS 22.011 [10]. The first entry in the list corresponds to the highest ACDC category of which applications are the least restricted in access attempts at a cell, the second entry in the list corresponds to the ACDC category of which applications are restricted more than applications of the highest ACDC category in access attempts at a cell, and so on. The last entry in the list corresponds to the lowest ACDC category of which applications are the most restricted in access attempts at a cell.
            BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13 
} 
ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-r13 
ACDC-BarringPerPLMN-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityIndex-r13Index of the PLMNacrossthe plmn-IdentityListfields included in SIB1. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st inthe 1stplmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.NOTE 1.
                INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11), 
    
acdc-OnlyForHPLMN-r13Indicates whether ACDC is applicable for UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. TRUE indicates that ACDC is applicable only for UEs in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. FALSE indicates that ACDC is applicable for both UEs in their HPLMN and UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN.
                BOOLEAN,
    
barringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13A list of barring information per ACDC category according to the order defined in TS 22.011 [10]. The first entry in the list corresponds to the highest ACDC category of which applications are the least restricted in access attempts at a cell, the second entry in the list corresponds to the ACDC category of which applications are restricted more than applications of the highest ACDC category in access attempts at a cell, and so on. The last entry in the list corresponds to the lowest ACDC category of which applications are the most restricted in access attempts at a cell.
        BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13 
} 
BarringPerACDC-CategoryList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxACDC-Cat-r13)) OF BarringPerACDC-Category-r13 
BarringPerACDC-Category-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
acdc-Category-r13Indicates the ACDC category as defined in TS 24.105 [72].
                INTEGER (1..maxACDC-Cat-r13), 
    
acdc-BarringConfig-r13Barring configuration for an ACDC category. If the field is absent, access to the cell is considered as not barred for the ACDC category in accordance with clause 5.3.3.13.
            SEQUENCE { 
        
ac-BarringFactor-r13If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value, access is allowed. Otherwise the access is barred. The values are interpreted in the range [0,1): p00 = 0, p05 = 0.05, p10 = 0.10,…, p95 = 0.95. Values other than p00 can only be set if all bits of the corresponding ac-BarringForSpecialAC are set to 0.
            ENUMERATED { 
                                            p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40, 
                                            p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95}, 
        
ac-BarringTime-r13Mean access barring time value in seconds.
                ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512} 
    }                                        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
UDT-Restricting-r13    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
udt-Restricting-r13Value TRUE indicates that the UE should indicate to the higher layers to restrict unattended data traffic TS 22.101 [77] irrespective of the UE being in RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED. The UE shall not indicate to the higher layers if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11].
                    ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL, --Need OR
    
udt-RestrictingTime-r13If present and when the udt-Restricting changes from TRUE, the UE runs a timer for a period equal to rand * udt-RestrictingTime, where rand is a random number drawn that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1 value in seconds. The timer stops if udt-Restricting changes to TRUE. Upon timer expiry, the UE indicates to the higher layers that the restriction is alleviated.
                ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512} OPTIONAL  --Need OR
} 
UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-List-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-r13 
UDT-RestrictingPerPLMN-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityIndex-r13Index of the PLMNacrossthe plmn-IdentityListfields included in SIB1. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st inthe 1stplmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.NOTE 1.
            INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11), 
    
udt-Restricting-r13Value TRUE indicates that the UE should indicate to the higher layers to restrict unattended data traffic TS 22.101 [77] irrespective of the UE being in RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED. The UE shall not indicate to the higher layers if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11].
                UDT-Restricting-r13            OPTIONAL     --Need OR
} 
CIOT-EPS-OptimisationInfo-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF CIOT-OptimisationPLMN-r13 
CIOT-OptimisationPLMN-r13::= SEQUENCE { 
    
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13This field indicates if the UE is allowed to resume the connection with User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS 24.301 [35].
        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation-r13This field indicates if the UE is allowed to establish the connection with Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS 24.301 [35].
        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity-r13If present, the field indicates that attach without PDN connectivity as specified in TS 24.301 [35] is supported for this PLMN.
    ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
PLMN-InfoList-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Info-r15 
PLMN-Info-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
upperLayerIndication-r15Indication to be provided to upper layers.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType2 field descriptions


ac-BarringFactor
If the random number drawn by the UE is lower than this value, access is allowed. Otherwise the access is barred. The values are interpreted in the range [0,1): p00 = 0, p05 = 0.05, p10 = 0.10,…, p95 = 0.95. Values other than p00 can only be set if all bits of the corresponding ac-BarringForSpecialAC are set to 0.
ac-BarringForCSFB
Access class barring for mobile originating CS fallback.
ac-BarringForEmergency
Access class barring for AC 10.
ac-BarringForMO-Data
Access class barring for mobile originating calls.
ac-BarringForMO-Signalling
Access class barring formobile originating signalling.
ac-BarringForSpecialAC
Access class barring for AC 11-15. The first/ leftmost bit is for AC 11, the second bit is for AC 12, and so on.
ac-BarringTime
Mean access barring time value in seconds.
acdc-BarringConfig
Barring configuration for an ACDC category. If the field is absent, access to the cell is considered as not barred for the ACDC category in accordance with clause 5.3.3.13.
acdc-Category
Indicates the ACDC category as defined in TS 24.105 [72].
acdc-OnlyForHPLMN
Indicates whether ACDC is applicable for UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. TRUE indicates that ACDC is applicable only for UEs in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN. FALSE indicates that ACDC is applicable for both UEs in their HPLMN and UEs not in their HPLMN for the corresponding PLMN.
additionalSpectrumEmission
The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs and TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs. NOTE 1.
attachWithoutPDN-Connectivity
If present, the field indicates that attach without PDN connectivity as specified in TS 24.301 [35] is supported for this PLMN.
barringPerACDC-CategoryList
A list of barring information per ACDC category according to the order defined in TS 22.011 [10]. The first entry in the list corresponds to the highest ACDC category of which applications are the least restricted in access attempts at a cell, the second entry in the list corresponds to the ACDC category of which applications are restricted more than applications of the highest ACDC category in access attempts at a cell, and so on. The last entry in the list corresponds to the lowest ACDC category of which applications are the most restricted in access attempts at a cell.
cIoT-EPS-OptimisationInfo
A list of CIoT EPS related parameters. Value 1 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 1st in the 1st plmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates parameters for the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the value indicates paramters for PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.NOTE 1.
cp-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to establish the connection with Control plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS 24.301 [35].
cp-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1b.
cp-EDT-5GC
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate CP-EDT when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1b.
cp-PUR-5GC
This field indicates whether CP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1c.
cp-PUR-EPC
This field indicates whether CP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1c.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
earlySecurityReactivation
If present, this field indicates that early security reactivation when resuming a suspended RRC connection as specified in 5.3.3.18 is supported.
idleModeMeasurements
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
idleModeMeasurementsNR
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
mbms-ROM-ServiceIndication
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to sendMBMSInterestIndication message for the purpose of indicating receive only mode MBMS service parameters.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Defines the subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink.
NOTE 1.If the cell is a FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell, EUTRAN includesmbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430.If a FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell does not use sub-frames #4 or #9 as MBSFN sub-frames, mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 is still included and indicates all sub-frames as non-MBSFN sub-frames.
mpdcch-CQI-Reporting
This field indicates if downlink channel quality reporting during random access procedureis allowed, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value 'fourBits' indicates 4-bit CQI reporting is allowed and value 'both' indicates both 2-bit and 4-bit reporting are allowed.
multiBandInfoList
A list of AdditionalSpectrumEmission i.e. one for each additional frequency band included in multiBandInfoList in SystemInformationBlockType1, listed in the same order.If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList.
plmn-IdentityIndex
Index of the PLMNacrossthe plmn-IdentityListfields included in SIB1. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st inthe 1stplmn-IdentityList included in SIB1. Value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd in the same plmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn-IdentityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on.NOTE 1.
plmn-InfoList
If E-UTRAN includes this field, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as PLMNs across the plmn-IdentityList fields included in SIB1. I.e. the first entry corresponds to the first entry of the combined list that results from concatenating the entries included in the second to the original plmn-IdentityList field.
rai-ActivationEnh
Indicates whether UE connected to EPC is allowed to report the AS release assistance indication using the DCQR and AS RAI MAC CEin the cell as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
reducedCP-LatencyEnabled
If present, reduced control plane latency is enabled. UEs supporting reduced CP latency transmit Msg3 according to timing as specified in TS 36.213 [23] when transmitting RRCConnectionResumeRequest in Msg3.
rlos-Enabled
Indicates whether access to RLOS is allowed as specified in TS 23.401 [41].
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Video
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL video originating calls.
ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice
Service specific access class barring for MMTEL voice originating calls.
udt-Restricting
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should indicate to the higher layers to restrict unattended data traffic TS 22.101 [77] irrespective of the UE being in RRC_IDLE or RRC_CONNECTED. The UE shall not indicate to the higher layers if the UE has one or more Access Classes, as stored on the USIM, with a value in the range 11..15, which is valid for the UE to use according to TS 22.011 [10] and TS 23.122 [11].
udt-RestrictingTime
If present and when the udt-Restricting changes from TRUE, the UE runs a timer for a period equal to rand * udt-RestrictingTime, where rand is a random number drawn that is uniformly distributed in the range 0 ≤ rand < 1 value in seconds. The timer stops if udt-Restricting changes to TRUE. Upon timer expiry, the UE indicates to the higher layers that the restriction is alleviated.
unicastFreqHoppingInd
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to indicate support of frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH/PUSCH as described in TS 36.321 [6]. This field is included only in the BR version of SI message carrying SystemInformationBlockType2.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1 and TS 36.108 [114], table5.3A-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.NOTE 1.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1and 36.108 [114], table 5.4A.2-1, applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency. NOTE 1.
up-CIoT-EPS-Optimisation
This field indicates if the UE is allowed to resume the connection with User plane CIoT EPS Optimisation, see TS 24.301 [35].
up-EDT
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1b.
up-EDT-5GC
This field indicates whether the UE is allowed to initiate UP-EDT when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1b.
up-PUR-5GC
This field indicates whether UP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to 5GC, see 5.3.3.1c.
up-PUR-EPC
This field indicates whether UP transmission using PUR is supported in the cell when connected to EPC, see 5.3.3.1c.
upperLayerIndication
Indication to be provided to upper layers.
useFullResumeID
This field indicates if the UE indicates full resume ID of 40 bits in RRCConnectionResumeRequest.
videoServiceCauseIndication
Indicates whether the UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL video calls. 
voiceServiceCauseIndication
Indicates whether UE is requested to use the establishment cause mo-VoiceCall for mobile originating MMTEL voice calls.






Conditional presenceExplanation


ul-FreqMax
The field is mandatory present if ul-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is present and set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
– SystemInformationBlockType3
The IE SystemInformationBlockType3 contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection (i.e. applicable for more than one type of cell re-selection but not necessarily all) as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType3 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
cellReselectionInfoCommonCell re-selection information common for cells.
            SEQUENCE { 
        
q-HystParameter Qhyst in TS 36.304 [4], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10, 
                                                dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24}, 
        
speedStateReselectionParsSpeed dependent reselection parameters, see TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is absent, i.e, mobilityStateParameters is also not present, UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
            SEQUENCE { 
            mobilityStateParameters                MobilityStateParameters, 
            
q-HystSFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 36.304 [4]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhystas defined in TS 36.304 [4]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
                        SEQUENCE { 
                sf-Medium                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                        dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}, 
                sf-High                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                        dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0} 
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
    }, 
    
cellReselectionServingFreqInfoInformation common for Cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
        SEQUENCE { 
        
s-NonIntraSearchParameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-NonIntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-NonIntraSearch nor s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
                    ReselectionThreshold        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        
threshServingLowParameter "ThreshServing, LowP" inTS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThreshold, 
        cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority 
    }, 
    intraFreqCellReselectionInfo        SEQUENCE { 
        
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
                            Q-RxLevMin, 
        
p-MaxValue applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107].
                                P-Max                        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        
s-IntraSearchParameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-IntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-IntraSearch nor s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SIntraSearchP.
                        ReselectionThreshold        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        
allowedMeasBandwidthIf absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock applies.
                AllowedMeasBandwidth        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        presenceAntennaPort1                PresenceAntennaPort1, 
        neighCellConfig                        NeighCellConfig, 
        
t-ReselectionEUTRAParameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    T-Reselection, 
        
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                SpeedStateScaleFactors        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
    }, 
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType3-v10j0-IEs)    OPTIONAL,
    [[    s-IntraSearch-v920                    SEQUENCE { 
            
s-IntraSearchP-r9Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-IntraSearch.
                    ReselectionThreshold, 
            
s-IntraSearchQ-r9Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
                    ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        s-NonIntraSearch-v920                SEQUENCE { 
            
s-NonIntraSearchP-r9Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-NonIntraSearch.
                ReselectionThreshold, 
            
s-NonIntraSearchQ-r9Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        
q-QualMin-r9Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
                        Q-QualMin-r9                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        
threshServingLowQ-r9Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" inTS 36.304 [4].
                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9    OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
q-QualMinWB-r11If this field is presentand supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
                        Q-QualMin-r9                OPTIONAL     -- Cond WB-RSRQ
    ]], 
    [[    
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
            Q-QualMin-r9                OPTIONAL             -- Cond RSRQ
    ]], 
    [[    cellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310 CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        redistributionServingInfo-r13            RedistributionServingInfo-r13 OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
        
cellSelectionInfoCE-r13Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE, applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
                    CellSelectionInfoCE-r13        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        t-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13                T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13    OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B, applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if cellSelectionInfoCE in SIB3 is present.
                CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360            CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360    OPTIONAL         -- Cond QrxlevminCE1
    ]], 
    [[    cellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460        CellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    cellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15            CellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
        cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530            CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        
crs-IntfMitigNeighCellsCE-r15For BL UEs supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, this field indicates CRS interference mitigation, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, is enabled in any of the intra-frequency neibhour cells, and the UE shall perform intra-frequency neighbour cell RRM measurements in the center 6 PRBs.
        ENUMERATED {enabled}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    cellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1610    CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1610    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
t-Service-r17Time information on when a NTN quasi-Earth fixed cell is going to stop serving the area it is currently covering, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                        TimeOffsetUTC-r17            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
RedistributionServingInfo-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
redistributionFactorServing-r13Parameter redistributionFactorServing in TS 36.304[4].
        INTEGER(0..10),
    
redistributionFactorCell-r13If redistributionFactorCell is present, redistributionFactorServing is only applicable for the serving cell otherwise it is applicable for serving frequency
        ENUMERATED{true}                OPTIONAL,    --Need OP
    
t360-r13Parameter "T360" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value min4 corresponds to 4 minutes, value min8 corresponds to 8 minutes, and so on.
                            ENUMERATED {min4, min8, min16, min32,infinity, 
                                            spare3,spare2,spare1}, 
    
redistrOnPagingOnly-r13If this field is present and the UE is redistribution capable, the UE shall only wait for the paging message to trigger E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in clause 5.2.4.10 of TS 36.304 [4].
                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL     --Need OP
} 
CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cellReselectionSubPriority-r13                CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 
} 
CellReselectionServingFreqInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
altCellReselectionPriority-r16Alternative cell reselection priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
        CellReselectionPriority        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    
altCellReselectionSubPriority-r16Alternative cell reselection sub-priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
    CellReselectionSubPriority-r13    OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
} 
 -- Late non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType3-v10j0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
freqBandInfo-r10A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, applicable for the intra-frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency bandfrom freqBandIndicator in SystemInformationBlockType1. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
                    NS-PmaxList-r10                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
multiBandInfoList-v10j0A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, applicable for the intra-frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency bandsin multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) or multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
                MultiBandInfoList-v10j0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SystemInformationBlockType3-v10l0-IEs                    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType3-v10l0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    freqBandInfo-v10l0                    NS-PmaxList-v10l0            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    multiBandInfoList-v10l0                MultiBandInfoList-v10l0        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
CellReselectionInfoCommon-v1460 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
s-SearchDeltaP-r14Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This parameter is only applicable for UEs supporting relaxed monitoring as specified in TS 36.306 [5]. Value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB, dB9 corresponds to 9 dB and so on.
                    ENUMERATED {dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15} 
} 
CellReselectionInfoHSDN-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
cellEquivalentSize-r15The number of cell count used for mobility state estimation for this cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                INTEGER(2..16)
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType3 field descriptions


allowedMeasBandwidth
If absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock applies.
altCellReselectionPriority
Alternative cell reselection priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
altCellReselectionSubPriority
Alternative cell reselection sub-priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
cellEquivalentSize
The number of cell count used for mobility state estimation for this cell as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
cellSelectionInfoCE
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE, applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
cellSelectionInfoCE1
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B, applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. E-UTRAN includes this IE only if cellSelectionInfoCE in SIB3 is present.
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for cells.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for Cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
crs-IntfMitigNeighCellsCE
For BL UEs supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, this field indicates CRS interference mitigation, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, is enabled in any of the intra-frequency neibhour cells, and the UE shall perform intra-frequency neighbour cell RRM measurements in the center 6 PRBs.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, applicable for the intra-frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency bandfrom freqBandIndicator in SystemInformationBlockType1. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
intraFreqcellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
multiBandInfoList-v10j0
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, applicable for the intra-frequency neighouring E-UTRA cells if the UE selects the frequency bandsin multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) or multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
p-Max
Value applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring E-UTRA cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107].
redistrOnPagingOnly
If this field is present and the UE is redistribution capable, the UE shall only wait for the paging message to trigger E-UTRAN inter-frequency redistribution procedure as specified in clause 5.2.4.10 of TS 36.304 [4].
q-Hyst
Parameter Qhyst in TS 36.304 [4], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 36.304 [4]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhystas defined in TS 36.304 [4]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is presentand supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
redistributionFactorCell
If redistributionFactorCell is present, redistributionFactorServing is only applicable for the serving cell otherwise it is applicable for serving frequency
redistributionFactorServing
Parameter redistributionFactorServing in TS 36.304[4].
s-IntraSearch
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-IntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-IntraSearch nor s-IntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SIntraSearchP.
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-IntraSearch.
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearch
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the value of s-NonIntraSearchP instead. Otherwise if neither s-NonIntraSearch nor s-NonIntraSearchP is present, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 36.304 [4]. See descriptions under s-NonIntraSearch.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This parameter is only applicable for UEs supporting relaxed monitoring as specified in TS 36.306 [5]. Value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB, dB9 corresponds to 9 dB and so on.
speedStateReselectionPars
Speed dependent reselection parameters, see TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is absent, i.e, mobilityStateParameters is also not present, UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
t-Service
Time information on when a NTN quasi-Earth fixed cell is going to stop serving the area it is currently covering, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
t360
Parameter "T360" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value min4 corresponds to 4 minutes, value min8 corresponds to 8 minutes, and so on.
threshServingLow
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowP" inTS 36.304 [4].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" inTS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].






q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsq-QualMinWBValue of parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]


Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols – (q-QualMin – q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin






Conditional presenceExplanation


QrxlevminCE1
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 is set below -140 dBm. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.
– SystemInformationBlockType4
The IE SystemInformationBlockType4 contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-frequency cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters as well as exclude-listed cells. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType4 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreqNeighCellListList of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 indicates list of RSS assistance information which is used for the corresponding physCellId. If E-UTRAN includes intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in intraFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix). If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is absent, measurement based on RSS is not applicable for all the neighbour cells in intraFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix).
                IntraFreqNeighCellList        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
intraFreqExcludedCellListList of exclude-listed intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
                IntraFreqExcludedCellList                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
csg-PhysCellIdRangeSet of physical cell identities reserved for CSG cellson the frequency on which this field was received. The received csg-PhysCellIdRange applies if less than 24 hours has elapsed since it was received and the UE is camped on a cell of the same primary PLMN where this field was received. The 3 hour validity restriction (clause 5.2.1.3) does not apply to this field. The UE shall not apply any stored csg-PhysCellIdRange when it is in any cell selection state defined in TS 36.304 [4].
                    PhysCellIdRange                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond CSG
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    [[    
intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15List of intra-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
        IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
rss-ConfigCarrierInfo-r16RSS configurations for this carrier frequency. If absent and rss-MeasConfig is included in SIB2,RSS is collocated (time and frequency domain) in all cells.
            RSS-ConfigCarrierInfo-r16        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RSS
        intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610        IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610    OPTIONAL     -- Cond RSS
    ]] 
} 
IntraFreqNeighCellList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo 
IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 
IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF PhysCellIdRange 
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                                PhysCellId, 
    
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].
                            Q-OffsetRange, 
    ... 
} 
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rss-MeasPowerBias-r16                RSS-MeasPowerBias-r16 
} 
IntraFreqExcludedCellList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxExcludedCell)) OF PhysCellIdRange 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType4 field descriptions


csg-PhysCellIdRange
Set of physical cell identities reserved for CSG cellson the frequency on which this field was received. The received csg-PhysCellIdRange applies if less than 24 hours has elapsed since it was received and the UE is camped on a cell of the same primary PLMN where this field was received. The 3 hour validity restriction (clause 5.2.1.3) does not apply to this field. The UE shall not apply any stored csg-PhysCellIdRange when it is in any cell selection state defined in TS 36.304 [4].
intraFreqExcludedCellList
List of exclude-listed intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 indicates list of RSS assistance information which is used for the corresponding physCellId. If E-UTRAN includes intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in intraFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix). If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is absent, measurement based on RSS is not applicable for all the neighbour cells in intraFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix).
intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].
rss-ConfigCarrierInfo
RSS configurations for this carrier frequency. If absent and rss-MeasConfig is included in SIB2,RSS is collocated (time and frequency domain) in all cells.






Conditional presenceExplanation


CSG
This field is optional, need OP, for non-CSG cells, and mandatory for CSG cells.
RSS
This field is optional, need OP, if rss-MeasConfig is included in SIB2. Otherwise the field is not present, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– SystemInformationBlockType5
The IE SystemInformationBlockType5 contains information relevant for inter-frequency cell re-selection (i.e. information about other EUTRA frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection) and information relevant for E-UTRA and NR idle/inactive measurements. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType5 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
interFreqCarrierFreqListList of neighbouring inter-frequencies. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.If E-UTRAN includes interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0, interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0,InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250,InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350,InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
            InterFreqCarrierFreqList, 
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING    (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType5-v8h0-IEs)                OPTIONAL,
    [[    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250    InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12List of additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may includeinterFreqCarrierFreqListExt even if interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e without suffix) does not include maxFreq entries.If E-UTRAN includes InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310, InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350,InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360,InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530 and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12.
    InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280    InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310        InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310    InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350        InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350    InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360    InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
scptm-FreqOffset-r14Parameter QoffsetSCPTM in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value QoffsetSCPTM = field value * 2 [dB]. If the field is not present, the UE uses infinite dBs for the SC-PTM frequency offset with cell ranking as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                INTEGER (1..8)                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530        InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530    InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
measIdleConfigSIB-r15Indicates E-UTRA measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
                MeasIdleConfigSIB-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610        InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610    InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
measIdleConfigSIB-NR-r16Indicates the NR measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. 
            MeasIdleConfigSIB-NR-r16            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
 -- Late non critical extensions
SystemInformationBlockType5-v8h0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    nonCriticalExtension            SystemInformationBlockType5-v9e0-IEs                            OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType5-v9e0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            SystemInformationBlockType5-v10j0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType5-v10j0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v10j0    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            SystemInformationBlockType5-v10l0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType5-v10l0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v10l0    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10l0                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nonCriticalExtension            SystemInformationBlockType5-v13a0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType5-v13a0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- Late non critical extensions from REL-10 upto REL-12
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    interFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0    InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
     -- Late non critical extensions from REL-13
    nonCriticalExtension            SEQUENCE {}                        OPTIONAL 
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1310 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1350 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1360 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1530 
InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12 
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1280 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0 
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1310 
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1350 
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1360 
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1530 
InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dl-CarrierFreq                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    q-RxLevMin                            Q-RxLevMin, 
    
p-MaxValue applicable for the neighbouring E-UTRA cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE appliesthe maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107].
                                P-Max                            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
t-ReselectionEUTRAParameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                SpeedStateScaleFactors            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                            ReselectionThreshold, 
    allowedMeasBandwidth                AllowedMeasBandwidth, 
    presenceAntennaPort1                PresenceAntennaPort1, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    neighCellConfig                        NeighCellConfig, 
    
q-OffsetFreqParameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        Q-OffsetRange                    DEFAULT dB0, 
    
interFreqNeighCellListList of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 indicates list of RSS assistance information which is used for the corresponding physCellId. If E-UTRAN includes interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 in interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 / interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix) / interFreqNeighCellList-r12. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is absent in interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610/ interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610, measurement based on RSS is not applicable for all the neighbour cells in interFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix) / interFreqNeighCellList-r12.
                InterFreqNeighCellList            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
interFreqExcludedCellListList of exclude-listed inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
                InterFreqExcludedCellList            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    
q-QualMin-r9Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
                    Q-QualMin-r9                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        threshX-Q-r9                    SEQUENCE { 
            
threshX-HighQ-r9Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9, 
            
threshX-LowQ-r9Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL         -- Cond RSRQ
    ]], 
    [[    
q-QualMinWB-r11If this field is presentand supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
                    Q-QualMin-r9                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond WB-RSRQ
    ]] 
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v8h0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
multiBandInfoListIndicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. E-UTRAN indicates at most maxMultiBands frequency bands (i.e. the total number of entries across both multiBandInfoList and multiBandInfoList-v9e0 is below this limit).
                    MultiBandInfoList                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v9e0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond dl-FreqMax
    multiBandInfoList-v9e0                MultiBandInfoList-v9e0    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10j0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
freqBandInfo-r10A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, for the frequency band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
                    NS-PmaxList-r10                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
multiBandInfoList-v10j0A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, for the frequency bandsin multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
                MultiBandInfoList-v10j0        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v10l0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    freqBandInfo-v10l0                    NS-PmaxList-v10l0            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    multiBandInfoList-v10l0                MultiBandInfoList-v10l0        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
reducedMeasPerformance-r12Value TRUE indicates that the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. 
        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
    Q-QualMin-r9                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond RSRQ2
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    dl-CarrierFreq-r12                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    q-RxLevMin-r12                        Q-RxLevMin, 
    
p-Max-r12Value applicable for the neighbouring E-UTRA cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE appliesthe maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107].
                            P-Max                            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
t-ReselectionEUTRA-r12Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
                T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF-r12Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
            SpeedStateScaleFactors            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
threshX-High-r12Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-Low-r12Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    allowedMeasBandwidth-r12            AllowedMeasBandwidth, 
    presenceAntennaPort1-r12            PresenceAntennaPort1, 
    cellReselectionPriority-r12            CellReselectionPriority            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    neighCellConfig-r12                    NeighCellConfig, 
    
q-OffsetFreq-r12Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    Q-OffsetRange                    DEFAULT dB0, 
    
interFreqNeighCellList-r12List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 indicates list of RSS assistance information which is used for the corresponding physCellId. If E-UTRAN includes interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 in interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 / interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix) / interFreqNeighCellList-r12. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is absent in interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610/ interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610, measurement based on RSS is not applicable for all the neighbour cells in interFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix) / interFreqNeighCellList-r12.
            InterFreqNeighCellList            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
interFreqExcludedCellList-r12List of exclude-listed inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
            InterFreqExcludedCellList            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
q-QualMin-r12Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
                        Q-QualMin-r9                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    threshX-Q-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        
threshX-HighQ-r12Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThresholdQ-r9, 
        
threshX-LowQ-r12Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RSRQ
    
q-QualMinWB-r12If this field is presentand supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
                        Q-QualMin-r9                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond WB-RSRQ
    
multiBandInfoList-r12Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. E-UTRAN indicates at most maxMultiBands frequency bands (i.e. the total number of entries across both multiBandInfoList and multiBandInfoList-v9e0 is below this limit).
                MultiBandInfoList-r11            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
reducedMeasPerformance-r12Value TRUE indicates that the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. 
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
        Q-QualMin-r9                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RSRQ2
... 
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1310    ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cellReselectionSubPriority-r13        CellReselectionSubPriority-r13        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    redistributionInterFreqInfo-r13        RedistributionInterFreqInfo-r13        OPTIONAL, --Need OP
    
cellSelectionInfoCE-r13Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE,applicable for inter-frequency neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
                CellSelectionInfoCE-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    t-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13            T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1350    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
cellSelectionInfoCE1-r13Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-UTRAN includes this IE only in an entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 if cellSelectionInfoCE is present in the corresponding entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 is present.
            CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1360    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    cellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360        CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360    OPTIONAL     -- Cond QrxlevminCE1
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1530    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
hsdn-Indication-r15Indicates whether there are deployed HSDN cells or not on the the DL carrier frequency indicated by dl-CarrierFreq-r12.
                    BOOLEAN,
    
interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15List of inter-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
        InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cellSelectionInfoCE-v1530            CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
altCellReselectionPriority-r16Alternative cell reselection priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
        CellReselectionPriority        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
altCellReselectionSubPriority-r16Alternative cell reselection sub-priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
    CellReselectionSubPriority-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
rss-ConfigCarrierInfo-r16RSS configuration for this carrier frequency. If absent and rss-MeasConfig is included in SIB2,RSS is collocated (time and frequency domain) in all cells on this carrier.
                RSS-ConfigCarrierInfo-r16        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RSS
    interFreqNeighCellList-v1610            InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610    OPTIONAL     -- Cond RSS
} 
InterFreqNeighCellList ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo 
InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 
InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF PhysCellIdRange 
InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                            PhysCellId, 
    
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        Q-OffsetRange 
} 
InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rss-MeasPowerBias-r16            RSS-MeasPowerBias-r16 
} 
InterFreqExcludedCellList ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxExcludedCell)) OF PhysCellIdRange 
RedistributionInterFreqInfo-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
redistributionFactorFreq-r13Parameter redistributionFactorFreq in TS 36.304 [4].
            RedistributionFactor-r13    OPTIONAL,    --Need OP
    redistributionNeighCellList-r13            RedistributionNeighCellList-r13        OPTIONAL     --Need OP
} 
RedistributionNeighCellList-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF RedistributionNeighCell-r13 
RedistributionNeighCell-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r13                                    PhysCellId, 
    
redistributionFactorCell-r13Parameter redistributionFactorCell in TS 36.304[4].
                    RedistributionFactor-r13 
} 
RedistributionFactor-r13 ::=    INTEGER(1..10)
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType5 field descriptions


altCellReselectionPriority
Alternative cell reselection priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
altCellReselectionSubPriority
Alternative cell reselection sub-priorities to be used by the UEs for which the altFreqPriorities is set to true in the RRCConnectionRelease message.
cellSelectionInfoCE
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE,applicable for inter-frequency neighbour cells. If absent, coverage enhancement S criteria is not applicable.
cellSelectionInfoCE1
Parameters included in coverage enhancement S criteria for BL UEs and UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. E-UTRAN includes this IE only in an entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350 or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350 if cellSelectionInfoCE is present in the corresponding entry of InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310 or InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310 is present.
freqBandInfo
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, for the frequency band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. If E-UTRAN includes freqBandInfo-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in freqBandInfo-r10.
hsdn-Indication
Indicates whether there are deployed HSDN cells or not on the the DL carrier frequency indicated by dl-CarrierFreq-r12.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring inter-frequencies. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this.If E-UTRAN includes interFreqCarrierFreqList-v8h0, interFreqCarrierFreqList-v9e0,InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1250,InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1310, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1350,InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v13a0, InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1530and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
interFreqCarrierFreqListExt
List of additional neighbouring inter-frequencies, i.e. extending the size of the inter-frequency carrier list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may includeinterFreqCarrierFreqListExt even if interFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e without suffix) does not include maxFreq entries.If E-UTRAN includes InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1310, InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1350,InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1360,InterFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1530 and/or InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-r12.
interFreqExcludedCellList
List of exclude-listed inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters.interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 indicates list of RSS assistance information which is used for the corresponding physCellId. If E-UTRAN includes interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 in interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 / interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in interFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix) / interFreqNeighCellList-r12. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is absent in interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610/ interFreqCarrierFreqListExt-v1610, measurement based on RSS is not applicable for all the neighbour cells in interFreqNeighCellList (i.e. without suffix) / interFreqNeighCellList-r12.
interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
measIdleConfigSIB
Indicates E-UTRA measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
measIdleConfigSIB-NR
Indicates the NR measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. 
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by dl-CarrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common. E-UTRAN indicates at most maxMultiBands frequency bands (i.e. the total number of entries across both multiBandInfoList and multiBandInfoList-v9e0 is below this limit).
multiBandInfoList-v10j0
A list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmissionvalues,as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1,for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE, for the frequency bandsin multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix) and multiBandInfoList-v9e0. If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10j0, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes multiBandInfoList-v10l0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in multiBandInfoList-v10j0.
p-Max
Value applicable for the neighbouring E-UTRA cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE appliesthe maximum power according to its capability as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 36.304 [4].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
If this field is present and supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. NOTE 1.
q-QualMinWB
If this field is presentand supported by the UE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16]. NOTE 1.
redistributionFactorFreq
Parameter redistributionFactorFreq in TS 36.304 [4].
redistributionFactorCell
Parameter redistributionFactorCell in TS 36.304[4].
reducedMeasPerformance
Value TRUE indicates that the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the neighbouring inter-frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. 
rss-ConfigCarrierInfo
RSS configuration for this carrier frequency. If absent and rss-MeasConfig is included in SIB2,RSS is collocated (time and frequency domain) in all cells on this carrier.
scptm-FreqOffset
Parameter QoffsetSCPTM in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value QoffsetSCPTM = field value * 2 [dB]. If the field is not present, the UE uses infinite dBs for the SC-PTM frequency offset with cell ranking as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].






q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsq-QualMinWBValue of parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4]


Included
Included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols – (q-QualMin – q-QualMinWB)
Included
Not included
q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Not included
Included
q-QualMinWB
Not included
Not included
q-QualMin






Conditional presenceExplanation


dl-FreqMax
The field is mandatory present if, for the corresponding entry in InterFreqCarrierFreqList (i.e. without suffix), dl-CarrierFreq (i.e. without suffix) is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present.
QrxlevminCE1
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if q-RxLevMinCE1-r13 is set below -140 dBm. Otherwise the field is not present.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
RSRQ2
The field is mandatory present for all EUTRA carriers listed in SIB5if q-QualMinRSRQ-OnAllSymbols is present in SIB3; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
RSS
This field is optional, need OP, if rss-MeasConfig is included in SIB2. Otherwise the field is not present, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need OP if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present.
– SystemInformationBlockType6
The IE SystemInformationBlockType6 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about UTRA frequencies and UTRA neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType6 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDDList of carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD.E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 and/or carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
                CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDDList of carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e. without suffix).
                CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
t-ReselectionUTRAParameter "TreselectionUTRAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionUTRA-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                SpeedStateScaleFactors            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING    (CONTAINING SystemInformationBlockType6-v8h0-IEs)                    OPTIONAL,
    [[    carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF 
                                        CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UTRA-FDD
        carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF 
                                        CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UTRA-TDD
        
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier entries.
    CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UTRA-FDD
        
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier entries.
    CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 OPTIONAL         -- Cond UTRA-TDD
    ]] 
} 
SystemInformationBlockType6-v8h0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-FDD-v8h0 OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UTRA-FDD
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
reducedMeasPerformance-r12Value TRUE indicates that the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
} 
CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD 
CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq                            ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                            ReselectionThreshold, 
    
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value * 2+1 [dBm].
                            INTEGER (-60..-13), 
    
p-MaxUTRAThe maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
                            INTEGER (-50..33), 
    
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value [dB].
                            INTEGER (-24..0), 
    ..., 
    [[    threshX-Q-r9                    SEQUENCE { 
            
threshX-HighQ-r9Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9, 
            
threshX-LowQ-r9Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL         -- Cond RSRQ
    ]] 
} 
CarrierFreqInfoUTRA-FDD-v8h0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
multiBandInfoListIndicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreqin the CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD for which UTRA cell reselection parameters are common.
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CarrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF 
                                    CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 
CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD-Ext-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r12                        ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority-r12            CellReselectionPriority            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
threshX-High-r12Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-Low-r12Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    
q-RxLevMin-r12Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value * 2+1 [dBm].
                        INTEGER (-60..-13), 
    
p-MaxUTRA-r12The maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
                        INTEGER (-50..33), 
    
q-QualMin-r12Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value [dB].
                        INTEGER (-24..0), 
    threshX-Q-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
            
threshX-HighQ-r12Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9, 
            
threshX-LowQ-r12Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Cond RSRQ
    
multiBandInfoList-r12Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreqin the CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD for which UTRA cell reselection parameters are common.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
reducedMeasPerformance-r12Value TRUE indicates that the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ... 
} 
CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD 
CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq                            ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                            ReselectionThreshold, 
    
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value * 2+1 [dBm].
                            INTEGER (-60..-13), 
    
p-MaxUTRAThe maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
                            INTEGER (-50..33), 
    ... 
} 
CarrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier)) OF 
                                    CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12 
CarrierFreqUTRA-TDD-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r12                        ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    cellReselectionPriority-r12            CellReselectionPriority            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    
threshX-High-r12Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    ReselectionThreshold, 
    
threshX-Low-r12Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    
q-RxLevMin-r12Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value * 2+1 [dBm].
                        INTEGER (-60..-13), 
    
p-MaxUTRA-r12The maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
                        INTEGER (-50..33), 
    
reducedMeasPerformance-r12Value TRUE indicates that the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ... 
} 
FreqBandIndicator-UTRA-FDD ::=                INTEGER (1..86) 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType6 field descriptions


carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD.E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v8h0 and/or carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e. without suffix). See Annex D for more descriptions.
carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA FDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier entries.
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD
List of carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this If E-UTRAN includes carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-v1250, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e. without suffix).
carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext
List of additional carrier frequencies of UTRA TDD. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one entry for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this. EUTRAN may include carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD-Ext even if carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD (i.e without suffix) does not include maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier entries.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreqin the CarrierFreqUTRA-FDD for which UTRA cell reselection parameters are common.
p-MaxUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 25.304 [40]. In dBm
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 25.304 [40]. Actual value = field value * 2+1 [dBm].
reducedMeasPerformance
Value TRUE indicates that the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is not included, the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
t-ReselectionUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionUTRAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionUTRA" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].






Conditional presenceExplanation


RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
UTRA-FDD
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-FDD is present. Otherwise it is not present.
UTRA-TDD
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the carrierFreqListUTRA-TDD is present. Otherwise it is not present.
– SystemInformationBlockType7
The IE SystemInformationBlockType7 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about GERAN frequencies relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters for each frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType7 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
t-ReselectionGERANParameter "TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
                    T-Reselection, 
    
t-ReselectionGERAN-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
                SpeedStateScaleFactors                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
carrierFreqsInfoListProvides a list of neighbouring GERAN carrier frequencies, which may be monitored for neighbouring GERAN cells. The GERAN carrier frequencies are organised in groups and the cell reselection parameters are provided per group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
                CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL 
} 
CarrierFreqsInfoListGERAN ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN 
CarrierFreqsInfoGERAN ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqsThe list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
                        CarrierFreqsGERAN, 
    
commonInfoDefines the set of cell reselection parameters for the group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
ncc-PermittedField encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if the BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
        
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], minimum required RX level in the GSM cell. The actual value of Qrxlevmin in dBm = (field value * 2)  115.
                            INTEGER (0..45), 
        
p-MaxGERANMaximum allowed transmission power for GERAN on an uplink carrier frequency, see TS 45.008 [28]. Value in dBm. Applicable for the neighbouring GERAN cells on this carrier frequency. If pmaxGERAN is absent, the maximum power according to the UE capability is used.
                            INTEGER (0..39)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                        ReselectionThreshold, 
        
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
                            ReselectionThreshold 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType7 field descriptions


carrierFreqs
The list of GERAN carrier frequencies organised into one group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
carrierFreqsInfoList
Provides a list of neighbouring GERAN carrier frequencies, which may be monitored for neighbouring GERAN cells. The GERAN carrier frequencies are organised in groups and the cell reselection parameters are provided per group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
commonInfo
Defines the set of cell reselection parameters for the group of GERAN carrier frequencies.
ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if the BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
p-MaxGERAN
Maximum allowed transmission power for GERAN on an uplink carrier frequency, see TS 45.008 [28]. Value in dBm. Applicable for the neighbouring GERAN cells on this carrier frequency. If pmaxGERAN is absent, the maximum power according to the UE capability is used.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [4], minimum required RX level in the GSM cell. The actual value of Qrxlevmin in dBm = (field value * 2)  115.
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionGERAN
Parameter "TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionGERAN-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionGERAN" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].
– SystemInformationBlockType8
The IE SystemInformationBlockType8 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about CDMA2000 frequencies and CDMA2000 neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType8 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    systemTimeInfo                        SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    searchWindowSize                    INTEGER (0..15)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    parametersHRPD                        SEQUENCE { 
        preRegistrationInfoHRPD                PreRegistrationInfoHRPD, 
        cellReselectionParametersHRPD        CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000    OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    parameters1XRTT                        SEQUENCE { 
        csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT            CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        longCodeState1XRTT                    BIT STRING (SIZE (42))            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        cellReselectionParameters1XRTT        CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000    OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    [[    csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r9            BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920    CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond NCL-HRPD
        cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920    CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond NCL-1XRTT
        csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920    CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond REG-1XRTT
        ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9            AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9    OPTIONAL     -- Cond REG-1XRTT
    ]], 
    [[    csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r10            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Cond REG-1XRTT
    ]], 
    [[    sib8-PerPLMN-List-r11                SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandClassList                        BandClassListCDMA2000, 
    neighCellList                        NeighCellListCDMA2000, 
    t-ReselectionCDMA2000            T-Reselection, 
    t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF            SpeedStateScaleFactors                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandClassList                        BandClassListCDMA2000, 
    neighCellList-r11                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-r11, 
    t-ReselectionCDMA2000                T-Reselection, 
    t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF            SpeedStateScaleFactors                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    neighCellList-v920                        NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920 
} 
NeighCellListCDMA2000 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000 
NeighCellCDMA2000 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    bandClass                            BandclassCDMA2000, 
    neighCellsPerFreqList                NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000 
} 
NeighCellCDMA2000-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    bandClass                            BandclassCDMA2000, 
    neighFreqInfoList-r11                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-r11 
} 
NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000 
NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    arfcn                                ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000, 
    physCellIdList                        PhysCellIdListCDMA2000 
} 
NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    arfcn                                ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000, 
    physCellIdList-r11                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..40)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000 
} 
NeighCellListCDMA2000-v920 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellCDMA2000-v920 
NeighCellCDMA2000-v920 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    neighCellsPerFreqList-v920            NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920 
} 
NeighCellsPerBandclassListCDMA2000-v920 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920 
NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000-v920 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physCellIdList-v920                    PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920 
} 
PhysCellIdListCDMA2000 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000 
PhysCellIdListCDMA2000-v920 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..24)) OF PhysCellIdCDMA2000 
BandClassListCDMA2000 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandClassInfoCDMA2000 
BandClassInfoCDMA2000 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    bandClass                            BandclassCDMA2000, 
    cellReselectionPriority                CellReselectionPriority                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    threshX-High                        INTEGER (0..63), 
    threshX-Low                            INTEGER (0..63), 
    ... 
} 
AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ac-Barring0to9-r9                    INTEGER (0..63), 
    ac-Barring10-r9                        INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-Barring11-r9                        INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-Barring12-r9                        INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-Barring13-r9                        INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-Barring14-r9                        INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-Barring15-r9                        INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-BarringMsg-r9                    INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-BarringReg-r9                    INTEGER (0..7), 
    ac-BarringEmg-r9                    INTEGER (0..7) 
} 
SIB8-PerPLMN-List-r11 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF SIB8-PerPLMN-r11 
SIB8-PerPLMN-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-r11                    INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11), 
    parametersCDMA2000-r11                CHOICE { 
        explicitValue                        ParametersCDMA2000-r11, 
        defaultValue                        NULL 
    } 
} 
ParametersCDMA2000-r11 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    systemTimeInfo-r11                    CHOICE    { 
        explicitValue                        SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000, 
        defaultValue                        NULL 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    searchWindowSize-r11                INTEGER (0..15), 
    parametersHRPD-r11                    SEQUENCE { 
        preRegistrationInfoHRPD-r11            PreRegistrationInfoHRPD, 
        cellReselectionParametersHRPD-r11    CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11    OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
    }        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    parameters1XRTT-r11                    SEQUENCE { 
        csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-r11        CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT            OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
        csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT-Ext-r11    CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920    OPTIONAL, -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
        longCodeState1XRTT-r11                BIT STRING (SIZE (42))    OPTIONAL, -- Cond PerPLMN-LC
        cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-r11    CellReselectionParametersCDMA2000-r11    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        ac-BarringConfig1XRTT-r11            AC-BarringConfig1XRTT-r9            OPTIONAL, -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
        csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs-r11        BOOLEAN                                OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        csfb-DualRxTxSupport-r11            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL  -- Cond REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
    }        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType9
The IE SystemInformationBlockType9 contains a home eNB name (HNB Name). 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType9 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    hnb-Name                            OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..48))        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType10
The IE SystemInformationBlockType10 contains an ETWS primary notification. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    messageIdentifier                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    serialNumber                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    warningType                            OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), 
    dummy                                OCTET STRING (SIZE (50))    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType11
The IE SystemInformationBlockType11 contains an ETWS secondary notification. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44), contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
            ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
            INTEGER (0..63), 
    
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.53. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
                OCTET STRING,
    
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.52), contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.3, and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
                    OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Segment1
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType8 field descriptions


ac-BarringConfig1XRTT
Contains the access class barring parameters the UE uses to calculate the access class barring factor, see C.S0097 [53].
ac-Barring0to9
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the parameter "PSIST" in C.S0004 [34] for access overload classes 0 through 9.
ac-BarringEmg
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for emergency calls and emergency message transmissions for access overload classes 0 through 9. It is the parameter "PSIST_EMG" in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringMsg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for message transmissions. It is the parameter "MSG_PSIST" in C.S0004 [34].
ac-BarringN
Parameter used for calculating the access class barring factor for access overload class N (N = 10 to 15). It is the parameter "PSIST" in C.S0004 [34] for access overload class N.
ac-BarringReg
Parameter used for modifying the access class barring factor for autonomous registrations. It is the parameter "REG_PSIST" in C.S0004 [34].
bandClass
Identifies the Frequency Band in which the Carrier can be found. Details can be found in C.S0057 [24, Table 1.5].
bandClassList
List of CDMA2000 frequency bands.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT
Cell reselection parameters applicable only to CDMA2000 1xRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
cellReselectionParameters1XRTT-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 1XRTT system. The field is not present if cellReselectionParameters1XRTT is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-Ext
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system.
cellReselectionParametersHRPD-v920
Cell reselection parameters applicable for cell reselection to CDMA2000 HRPD system. The field is not present if cellReselectionParametersHRPD is not present; otherwise it is optionally present.
csfb-DualRxTxSupport
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB, which enables UEs capable of dual Rx/Tx enhanced 1xCSFB to switch off their 1xRTT receiver/transmitter while camped in E-UTRAN [51].
csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT
Contains the parameters the UE will use to determine if it should perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration/Re-Registration.This field is included if either CSFB or enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT is supported.
csfb-SupportForDualRxUEs
Value TRUE indicates that the network supports dual Rx CSFB [51].
longCodeState1XRTT
The state of long code generation registers in CDMA2000 1XRTT system as defined in C.S0002 [12], clause 1.3, at ms, where t equals to the cdma-SystemTime. This field is required for reporting CGI for 1xRTT, SRVCC handover and enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT operation. Otherwise this IE is not needed. This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of longCodeState1XRTT should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
neighCellList
List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The total number of neighbouring cells in neighCellList for each RAT (1XRTT or HRPD) is limited to 32.
neighCellList-v920
Extended List of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. The combined total number of CDMA2000 neighbouring cells in both neighCellList and neighCellList-v920 is limited to 32 for HRPD and 40 for 1xRTT.
neighCellsPerFreqList
List of carrier frequencies and neighbour cell ids in each frequency within a CDMA2000 Band, see C.S0002 [12] or C.S0024 [26].
neighCellsPerFreqList-v920
Extended list of neighbour cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 Frequency Band as the corresponding instance in "NeighCellListCDMA2000".
parameters1XRTT
Parameters applicable for interworking with CDMA2000 1XRTT system.
parametersCDMA2000
Provides the corresponding SIB8 parameters for the CDMA2000 network associated with the PLMN indicated in plmn-Identity. A choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters are signalled explicitly or set to the (default) values common for all PLMNs i.e. the values not included in sib8-PerPLMN-List.
parametersHRPD
Parameters applicable only for interworking with CDMA2000 HRPD systems.
physCellIdList
Identifies the list of CDMA2000 cell ids, see C.S0002 [12] or C.S0024 [26].
physCellIdList-v920
Extended list of CDMA2000 cell ids, in the same CDMA2000 ARFCN as the corresponding instance in "NeighCellsPerBandclassCDMA2000".
plmn-Identity
Indicates the PLMN associated with this CDMA2000 network. Value 1 indicates the PLMN listed 1st inthe 1stplmn-IdentityList included in SIB1, value 2 indicates the PLMN listed 2nd inthe sameplmn-IdentityList, or when no more PLMN are present within the same plmn_identityList, then the PLMN listed 1st in the subsequent plmn-IdentityList within the same SIB1 and so on. A PLMN which identity is not indicated in the sib8-PerPLMN-List, does not support inter-working with CDMA2000.
preRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
searchWindowSize
The search window size is a CDMA2000 parameter to be used to assist in searching for the neighbouring pilots. For values see C.S0005 [25], Table 2.6.6.2.1-1, and C.S0024 [26], Table 8.7.6.2-4. This field is required for a UE with rx-ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based redirection and enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS 36.304 [4].
sib8-PerPLMN-List
This field provides the values for the interworking CDMA2000 networks corresponding, if any, to the UE's RPLMN.
systemTimeInfo
Information on CDMA2000 system time. This field is required for a UE with rx-ConfigHRPD= single and/ or rx-Config1XRTT= single to perform handover, cell re-selection, UE measurement based redirection and enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback from E-UTRAN to CDMA2000 according to this specification and TS 36.304 [4]. This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of systemTimeInfo should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
For the field included in ParametersCDMA2000, a choice is used to indicate whether for this PLMN the parameters are signalled explicitly or set to the (default) value common for all PLMNs i.e. the value not included in sib8-PerPLMN-List.
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the high threshold used in reselection towards this CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5 dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4]. This specifies the low threshold used in reselection towards this CDMA2000 band class expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to FLOOR (-2 x 10 x log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5 dB, as defined in C.S0005 [25].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000
Parameter "TreselectionCDMA_HRPD" or "TreselectionCDMA_1xRTT" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionCDMA2000-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionCDMA-HRPD" or TreselectionCDMA-1xRTT" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].






Conditional presenceExplanation


NCL-1XRTT
The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParameters1xRTT is present; otherwise it is not present.
NCL-HRPD
The field is optional present, need OR, if cellReselectionParametersHRPD is present; otherwise it is not present.
PerPLMN-LC
The field is optional present, need OR, when systemTimeInfo is included in SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.
REG-1XRTT
The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is present; otherwise it is not present.
REG-1XRTT-PerPLMN
The field is optional present, need OR, if csfb-RegistrationParam1XRTT is included in SIB8PerPLMN for this CDMA2000 network; otherwise it is not present.






SystemInformationBlockType9 field descriptions


hnb-Name
Carries the name of the home eNB, coded in UTF-8 with variable number of bytes per character, see TS 22.011 [10].






SystemInformationBlockType10 field descriptions


messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45),contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of the second octet of the same equivalent IE.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup. The first octet (which is equivalent to the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.50) contains the first octet of the equivalent IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.3.24, and so on.






SystemInformationBlockType11 field descriptions


dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.52), contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.3, and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44), contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.53. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
– SystemInformationBlockType12
The IE SystemInformationBlockType12 contains a CMAS notification. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType12-r9 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
messageIdentifier-r9Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
                BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
serialNumber-r9Identifies variations of a CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45), contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
warningMessageSegmentType-r9Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
        ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, 
    
warningMessageSegmentNumber-r9Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
        INTEGER (0..63), 
    
warningMessageSegment-r9Carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
            OCTET STRING,
    
dataCodingScheme-r9Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.52), contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.3, and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
                    OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Segment1
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    
warningAreaCoordinatesSegment-r15If present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [98]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37] and so on.
        OCTET STRING    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB11, otherwise it is not present.






SystemInformationBlockType12 field descriptions


dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification. The octet (which is equivalent to the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.52), contains the octet of the equivalent IE defined in TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.3, and encoded according to TS 23.038 [38].
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.44) contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.1, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification. The leading bit (which is equivalent to the leading bit of the equivalent IE defined in TS 36.413 [39], clause 9.2.1.45), contains bit 7 of the first octet of the equivalent IE, defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.3.2.2, while the trailing bit contains bit 0 of second octet of the same equivalent IE.
warningAreaCoordinatesSegment
If present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [98]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37] and so on.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 36.413 [39]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [37], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
– SystemInformationBlockType13
The IE SystemInformationBlockType13 contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information associated with one or more MBSFN areas. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType13-r9 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbsfn-AreaInfoList-r9                MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9, 
    notificationConfig-r9                MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[     
    notificationConfig-v1430            MBMS-NotificationConfig-v1430        OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[ 
    mbsfn-AreaInfoList-r16                MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r16        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[ 
    mbsfn-AreaInfoList-r17        MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r17    OPTIONAL     -- Cond Ded15or25PRB
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType14
The IE SystemInformationBlockType14 contains the EAB parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType14-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    eab-Param-r11                            CHOICE { 
        eab-Common-r11                            EAB-Config-r11, 
        eab-PerPLMN-List-r11                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF EAB-ConfigPLMN-r11 
    }                                                        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING            OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    eab-PerRSRP-r15                    ENUMERATED {thresh0, thresh1, thresh2, thresh3}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
EAB-ConfigPLMN-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    eab-Config-r11                        EAB-Config-r11                OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
} 
EAB-Config-r11 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    eab-Category-r11                    ENUMERATED {a, b, c}, 
    eab-BarringBitmap-r11                BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType15
The IE SystemInformationBlockType15 contains the MBMS Service Area Identities (SAI) of the current and/ or neighbouring carrier frequencies. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType15-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-SAI-IntraFreq-r11                    MBMS-SAI-List-r11                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11                MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140        MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140    OPTIONAL     -- Cond InterFreq
    ]], 
    [[    mbms-IntraFreqCarrierType-r14        MBMS-CarrierType-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        mbms-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14     
                                            MBMS-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
MBMS-SAI-List-r11 ::=                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSAI-MBMS-r11)) OF MBMS-SAI-r11 
MBMS-SAI-r11 ::=                        INTEGER (0..65535) 
MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11 
MBMS-SAI-InterFreqList-v1140 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140 
MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    dl-CarrierFreq-r11                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    mbms-SAI-List-r11                        MBMS-SAI-List-r11 
} 
MBMS-SAI-InterFreq-v1140 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        multiBandInfoList-r11                MultiBandInfoList-r11            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
MBMS-InterFreqCarrierTypeList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBMS-CarrierType-r14 
MBMS-CarrierType-r14 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierType-r14                            ENUMERATED {mbms, fembmsMixed, fembmsDedicated}, 
    frameOffset-r14                            INTEGER (0..3)                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType16
The IE SystemInformationBlockType16 contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC,the GPS and the local time. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType16-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    timeInfo-r11                            SEQUENCE { 
        timeInfoUTC-r11                        INTEGER (0..549755813887), 
        dayLightSavingTime-r11                BIT STRING (SIZE (2))        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        leapSeconds-r11                        INTEGER (-127..128)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        localTimeOffset-r11                    INTEGER (-63..64)            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    timeReferenceInfo-r15                TimeReferenceInfo-r15    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType17
The IE SystemInformationBlockType17 contains information relevant for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType17-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List-r12        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF 
                                        WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
WLAN-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        wlan-OffloadConfigCommon-r12        WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        wlan-Id-List-r12                    WLAN-Id-List-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        ... 
} 
WLAN-Id-List-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r12)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12 
WLAN-Identifiers-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    ssid-r12                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..32))        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    bssid-r12                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    hessid-r12                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB12, otherwise it is not present.






SystemInformationBlockType13 field descriptions


notificationConfig
Indicates the MBMS notification related configuration parameters. The UE shall ignore this field when dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock is set to n6.






Conditional presenceExplanation


Ded15or25PRB
The field is optionally present, need OR, for an MBMS-dedicated cell when dl-Bandwidth-MBMS is set to n15 or n25. Otherwise the field is not present.






SystemInformationBlockType14field descriptions


eab-BarringBitmap
Extended access class barring for AC 0-9. The first/leftmost bit is for AC 0, the second bit is for AC 1, and so on.
eab-Category
Indicates the category of UEs for which EAB applies. Value acorresponds to all UEs, value bcorresponds to the UEs that are neither in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to it, and value ccorresponds to the UEs that are neither in the PLMN listed as most preferred PLMN of the country where the UEs are roaming in the operator-defined PLMN selector list on the USIM, nor in their HPLMN nor in a PLMN that is equivalent to their HPLMN, see TS 22.011 [10].
eab-Common
The EAB parameters applicable for all PLMN(s).
eab-PerPLMN-List
The EAB parameters per PLMN, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s)listed across theplmn-IdentityListfields in SystemInformationBlockType1.
eab-PerRSRP
Access barring per RSRP. Value thresh0 means access to the cell is barred when in enhanced coverage as specified in TS 36.304 [4] and does not apply to UEs satisfying S criteria for normal coverage. Value thresh1 is compared to the first entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList, value thresh2 is compared to the second entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList and so on.






SystemInformationBlockType15 field descriptions


carrierType
Indicates whether the carrier is pre-Rel-14 MBMS carrier (mbms) or FeMBMS/Unicast mixed carrier (fembmsMixed) or MBMS-dedicated carrier (fembmsDedicated).
frameOffset
For MBMS-dedicated carrier,the frameOffset gives the radio frame which contains PBCH by SFN mod 4 = frameOffset.
mbms-InterFreqCarrierTypeList
Indicates whether this is an feMBMS carrier. The field is included only if mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 is included. The number of entries is the same in both fields and carrier type relates to the frequency indicated in mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 in the corresponding entry index.
mbms-IntraFreqCarrierType
Contains indication whether the carrier is pre-Rel-14 MBMS carrier, FeMBMS/Unicast mixed carrier or MBMS-dedicated carrier.
mbms-SAI-InterFreqList
Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional bands, if any, that provide MBMS services and the corresponding MBMS SAIs.
mbms-SAI-IntraFreq
Contains the list of MBMS SAIs for the current frequency. A duplicate MBMS SAI indicates that this and all following SAIs are not offered by this cell but only by neighbour cells on the current frequency. For MBMS service continuity, the UE shall use all MBMS SAIs listed in mbms-SAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBMS frequencies of interest.
mbms-SAI-List
Contains a list of MBMS SAIs for a specific frequency.
multiBandInfoList
A list of additional frequency bands applicable for the cells participating in the MBSFN transmission.






Conditional presenceExplanation


InterFreq
The field is optionally present, need OR, if the mbms-SAI-InterFreqList-r11 is present. Otherwise it is not present.






SystemInformationBlockType16 field descriptions


dayLightSavingTime
It indicates if and how daylight saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time. The semantics is the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.301 [35] and TS 24.008 [49].The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3, i.e. the value part of theDaylight Saving Time IE, and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3.
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted.In an NTN cell, the indicated time is referenced at the uplink time synchronization reference point (RP), i.e., UE should take into account the propagation delay between UE and RP when determining the UTC time at the UE. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). NOTE 1.
This field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.
– SystemInformationBlockType18
The IE SystemInformationBlockType18 indicates E-UTRAN supports the sidelink UE information procedure and may contain sidelink communication related resource configuration information. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType18-r12 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    commConfig-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        commRxPool-r12                        SL-CommRxPoolList-r12, 
        commTxPoolNormalCommon-r12            SL-CommTxPoolList-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        commTxPoolExceptional-r12            SL-CommTxPoolList-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        commSyncConfig-r12                    SL-SyncConfigList-r12        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    commTxPoolNormalCommonExt-r13            SL-CommTxPoolListExt-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed-r13            ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        commTxAllowRelayCommon-r13                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType19
The IE SystemInformationBlockType19 indicates E-UTRAN supports the sidelink UE information procedure and may contain sidelink discovery related resource configuration information. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType19-r12 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    discConfig-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        
discRxPool-r12Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
                        SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12, 
        
discTxPoolCommon-r12Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
                SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        discTxPowerInfo-r12                SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Tx
        
discSyncConfig-r12Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information.E-UTRAN configures discSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
                    SL-SyncConfigList-r12        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
discInterFreqList-r12Indicates the neighbouring frequencies on which sidelink discovery announcement is supported. May also provide further information i.e. reception resource pool and/ or transmission resource pool, or an indication how resources could be obtained.
                SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    discConfig-v1310                SEQUENCE { 
            discInterFreqList-v1310            SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            gapRequestsAllowedCommon        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        discConfigRelay-r13                SEQUENCE { 
            relayUE-Config-r13                SL-DiscConfigRelayUE-r13, 
            remoteUE-Config-r13                SL-DiscConfigRemoteUE-r13 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        discConfigPS-13                    SEQUENCE { 
            
discRxPoolPS-r13Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
                SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12, 
            
discTxPoolPS-Common-r13Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
            SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12 
SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-CarrierFreqInfo-v1310 
SL-CarrierFreqInfo-r12::=        SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r12                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    
plmn-IdentityList-r12List of PLMN identities for the neighbouring frequency indicated by carrierFreq. Absence of the field indicates the same PLMN identities as listed across theplmn-IdentityListfields (without suffix) in SystemInformationBlockType1.
            PLMN-IdentityList4-r12            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
SL-DiscConfigRelayUE-r13    ::= SEQUENCE {     
    threshHigh-r13            RSRP-RangeSL4-r13                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    threshLow-r13            RSRP-RangeSL4-r13                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    hystMax-r13                ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf}    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond ThreshHigh
    hystMin-r13                ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}    OPTIONAL     -- Cond ThreshLow
} 
SL-DiscConfigRemoteUE-r13    ::= SEQUENCE {     
    threshHigh-r13            RSRP-RangeSL4-r13                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    hystMax-r13                ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12}    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond ThreshHigh
    
reselectionInfoIC-r13Includes the parameters used by the UE when selecting/ reselecting a sidelink relay UE.
    ReselectionInfoRelay-r13 
} 
ReselectionInfoRelay-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    q-RxLevMin-r13                    Q-RxLevMin, 
     -- Note that the mapping of invidual values may be different for PC5, but the granularity/
     -- number of values is same as for Uu
    filterCoefficient-r13            FilterCoefficient, 
    minHyst-r13                    ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, 
                                        dB6, dB9, dB12, dBinf}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
SL-CarrierFreqInfo-v1310::=    SEQUENCE { 
    discResourcesNonPS-r13            SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    discResourcesPS-r13                SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    discConfigOther-r13            SL-DiscConfigOtherInterFreq-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList4-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF    PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12 
PLMN-IdentityInfo2-r12 ::=        CHOICE    { 
    
plmn-Index-r12Index of the corresponding entry across the plmn-IdentityListfields (without suffix) within SystemInformationBlockType1.
                    INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11), 
    plmnIdentity-r12                PLMN-Identity 
} 
SL-DiscTxResourcesInterFreq-r13 ::=    CHOICE { 
    acquireSI-FromCarrier-r13        NULL,
    
discTxPoolCommon-r13Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
            SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12, 
    requestDedicated-r13            NULL,
    noTxOnCarrier-r13                NULL 
} 
SL-DiscConfigOtherInterFreq-r13::=    SEQUENCE { 
    txPowerInfo-r13                    SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Tx
    
refCarrierCommon-r13Indicates if the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED)/ serving cell (RRC_IDLE) is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
            ENUMERATED {pCell}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
discSyncConfig-r13Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information.E-UTRAN configures discSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
                SL-SyncConfigListNFreq-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
discCellSelectionInfo-r13Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent, the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency. See TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4.
        CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
SL-ResourcesInterFreq-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
discRxResourcesInterFreq-r13Indicates the resource pool configuration for receiving discovery announcements on a carrier frequency.
    SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
discTxResourcesInterFreq-r13For the concerned frequency, either provides the UE with a pool of sidelink discovery announcement transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_IDLE, or indicates whether such transmission is allowed, and if so how the UE may obtain the required resources. Value noTxOnCarrier indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency. Value acquireSI-FromCarrier indicates that the required resources are to be obtained by autonomously acquiring SIB19 and other relevant SIBs from the concerned frequency. Value requestDedicated indicates, that for the concerned carrier, the required sidelink discovery resources are to be obtained by means of a dedicated resource request using the SidelinkUEInformation message.
    SL-DiscTxResourcesInterFreq-r13        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType17 field descriptions


bssid
Basic Service Set Identifier (BSSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
hessid
Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier (HESSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
ssid
Service Set Identifier (SSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
wlan-OffloadInfoPerPLMN-List
The WLAN offload configuration per PLMN includes the same number of entries, listed in the same order as the PLMN(s)listed across theplmn-IdentityListfields in SystemInformationBlockType1.






SystemInformationBlockType18 field descriptions


commRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
commSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information.E-UTRAN configures commSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
commTxAllowRelayCommon
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to transmit relay related sidelink communication data using the transmission pools included inSystemInformationBlockType18 i.e. either via commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt or via commTxPoolExceptional.
commTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.4.
commTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLEor when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting sidelink via a frequency other than the primary.
commTxPoolNormalCommonExt
Indicates transmission resource pool(s) in addition to the pool(s) indicated by field commTxPoolNormalCommon, by which the UE is allowed to transmit sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE or when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting sidelink via a frequency other than the primary. E-UTRAN configures commTxPoolNormalCommonExt only when it configurescommTxPoolNormalCommon.
commTxResourceUC-ReqAllowed
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to request transmission pools for non-relay related one-to-one sidelink communication.






SystemInformationBlockType19 field descriptions


discCellSelectionInfo
Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent, the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency. See TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4.
discInterFreqList
Indicates the neighbouring frequencies on which sidelink discovery announcement is supported. May also provide further information i.e. reception resource pool and/ or transmission resource pool, or an indication how resources could be obtained.
discRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
discRxPoolPS
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE and while in RRC_CONNECTED.
discRxResourcesInterFreq
Indicates the resource pool configuration for receiving discovery announcements on a carrier frequency.
discSyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information.E-UTRAN configures discSyncConfig including txParameters when configuring UEs by dedicated signalling to transmit synchronisation information.
discTxPoolCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
discTxPoolPS-Common
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit PS related sidelink discovery announcements while in RRC_IDLE.
discTxResourcesInterFreq
For the concerned frequency, either provides the UE with a pool of sidelink discovery announcement transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_IDLE, or indicates whether such transmission is allowed, and if so how the UE may obtain the required resources. Value noTxOnCarrier indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on the concerned frequency. Value acquireSI-FromCarrier indicates that the required resources are to be obtained by autonomously acquiring SIB19 and other relevant SIBs from the concerned frequency. Value requestDedicated indicates, that for the concerned carrier, the required sidelink discovery resources are to be obtained by means of a dedicated resource request using the SidelinkUEInformation message.
plmn-IdentityList
List of PLMN identities for the neighbouring frequency indicated by carrierFreq. Absence of the field indicates the same PLMN identities as listed across theplmn-IdentityListfields (without suffix) in SystemInformationBlockType1.
plmn-Index
Index of the corresponding entry across the plmn-IdentityListfields (without suffix) within SystemInformationBlockType1.
refCarrierCommon
Indicates if the PCell (RRC_CONNECTED)/ serving cell (RRC_IDLE) is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
reselectionInfoIC
Includes the parameters used by the UE when selecting/ reselecting a sidelink relay UE.
SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-v1310
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SL-CarrierFreqInfoList-r12.
threshHigh, threshLow (relayUE)
Indicates when a sidelink remote UE or sidelink relay UE that is in network coverage may use the broadcast PS related sidelink discovery Tx resource pool, if broadcast, or request Tx resources by dedicated signalling otherwise. For remote UEs, this parameter is used similarly for relay related sidelink communication.
– SystemInformationBlockType20
The IE SystemInformationBlockType20 contains the information required to acquire the control information associated transmission of MBMS using SC-PTM. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType20-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r13        ENUMERATED {rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256}, 
    sc-mcch-Offset-r13                INTEGER (0..10), 
    sc-mcch-FirstSubframe-r13        INTEGER (0..9), 
    sc-mcch-duration-r13            INTEGER (2..9)    OPTIONAL,
    sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-r13    ENUMERATED {rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, 
                                        rf512, rf1024, r2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768, 
                                                rf65536}, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    br-BCCH-Config-r14                    SEQUENCE { 
            dummy                                ENUMERATED {rf1}, 
            dummy2                                ENUMERATED {rf1}, 
            mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MCCH-r14        INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13), 
            mpdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MCCH-r14    ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, 
                                                            r32, r64, r128, r256}, 
            mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH-r14            CHOICE { 
                fdd-r14                                ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, 
                                                                v5, v8, v10}, 
                tdd-r14                                ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20} 
            }, 
            mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MCCH-r14    ENUMERATED {off, ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB}, 
            sc-mcch-CarrierFreq-r14                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
            sc-mcch-Offset-BR-r14                INTEGER (0..10), 
            sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR-r14        ENUMERATED {rf32, rf128, rf512, rf1024, 
                                                    rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384}, 
            sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR-r14    ENUMERATED { rf32, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024, 
                                                    rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768, 
                                                    rf65536, rf131072, rf262144, rf524288, 
                                                    rf1048576} 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo-r14            SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-SC-MTCH-r14 
                                            ENUMERATED { r16, r32 }        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-SC-MTCH-r14 
                                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024, 
                                                r1536, r2048}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1470        ENUMERATED {rf1}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1470    ENUMERATED {rf1}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SC-MCCH-SchedulingInfo-r14::=    SEQUENCE    { 
    onDurationTimerSCPTM-r14            ENUMERATED {psf10, psf20, psf100, psf300, 
                                                psf500, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600}, 
    drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r14        ENUMERATED {psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf8, psf16, 
                                                psf32, psf64, psf128, psf256, ps512, 
                                                psf1024, psf2048, psf4096, psf8192, psf16384}, 
    schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r14    CHOICE { 
        sf10                                    INTEGER(0..9),
        sf20                                    INTEGER(0..19),
        sf32                                    INTEGER(0..31),
        sf40                                    INTEGER(0..39),
        sf64                                    INTEGER(0..63),
        sf80                                    INTEGER(0..79),
        sf128                                    INTEGER(0..127),
        sf160                                    INTEGER(0..159),
        sf256                                    INTEGER(0..255),
        sf320                                    INTEGER(0..319),
        sf512                                    INTEGER(0..511),
        sf640                                    INTEGER(0..639),
        sf1024                                    INTEGER(0..1023),
        sf2048                                    INTEGER(0..2047),
        sf4096                                    INTEGER(0..4095),
        sf8192                                    INTEGER(0..8191)
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType21
The IE SystemInformationBlockType21 contains V2X sidelink communication configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType21-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    sl-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14                SL-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    anchorCarrierFreqListNR-r16        SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SL-V2X-ConfigCommon-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-CommRxPool-r14                    SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon-r14        SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon-r14        SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional-r14        SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-SyncConfig-r14                    SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r14            SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14        SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    zoneConfig-r14                        SL-ZoneConfig-r14                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    typeTxSync-r14                        SL-TypeTxSync-r14                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14        SL-Priority-r13                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    anchorCarrierFreqList-r14            SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    offsetDFN-r14                        INTEGER (0..1000)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cbr-CommonTxConfigList-r14            SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType24
The IE SystemInformationBlockType24 contains information relevant for inter-RAT cell re-selection (i.e. information about NR frequencies and NR neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection), which can also be used for NR idle/inactive measurements. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType24-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreqListNR-r15                CarrierFreqListNR-r15                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    t-ReselectionNR-r15                    T-Reselection, 
    t-ReselectionNR-SF-r15                SpeedStateScaleFactors                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    carrierFreqListNR-v1610            CarrierFreqListNR-v1610        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    carrierFreqListNR-v1700            CarrierFreqListNR-v1700        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    carrierFreqListNR-v1720            CarrierFreqListNR-v1720        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
CarrierFreqListNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CarrierFreqNR-r15 
CarrierFreqListNR-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CarrierFreqNR-v1610 
CarrierFreqListNR-v1700 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CarrierFreqNR-v1700 
CarrierFreqListNR-v1720 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF CarrierFreqNR-v1720 
CarrierFreqNR-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r15                        ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    multiBandInfoList-r15                MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    multiBandInfoListSUL-r15            MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    measTimingConfig-r15                MTC-SSB-NR-r15                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15            ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240}, 
    ss-RSSI-Measurement-r15                SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15        OPTIONAL,        -- Cond RSRQ2
    cellReselectionPriority-r15            CellReselectionPriority        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    cellReselectionSubPriority-r15        CellReselectionSubPriority-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    threshX-High-r15                    ReselectionThreshold, 
    threshX-Low-r15                        ReselectionThreshold, 
    threshX-Q-r15                        SEQUENCE { 
            threshX-HighQ-r15                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9, 
            threshX-LowQ-r15                ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond RSRQ
    q-RxLevMin-r15                        INTEGER (-70..-22), 
    q-RxLevMinSUL-r15                    INTEGER (-70..-22)                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    p-MaxNR-r15                            P-MaxNR-r15, 
    ns-PmaxListNR-r15                    NS-PmaxListNR-r15                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    q-QualMin-r15                        INTEGER (-43..-12)                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r15            BOOLEAN,
    maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15                MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    threshRS-Index-r15                    ThresholdListNR-r15                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    multiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1550        MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-1-v1550    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        multiBandNsPmaxListNR-SUL-v1550    MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1550        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        ssb-ToMeasure-r15                SSB-ToMeasure-r15                OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    ns-PmaxListNR-v1760            NS-PmaxListNR-v1760                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        multiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1760    MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-1-v1760        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        multiBandNsPmaxListNR-SUL-v1760    MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1760    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
CarrierFreqNR-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    smtc2-LP-r16                        MTC-SSB2-LP-NR-r16                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r16        SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r16    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
    allowedCellListNR-r16                AllowedCellListNR-r16                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SharedSpectrum
    highSpeedCarrierNR-r16            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CarrierFreqNR-v1700 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    nr-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17    NR-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17    OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
CarrierFreqNR-v1720 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    subcarrierSpacingSSB-r17            ENUMERATED {kHz480, spare1}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r17        SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r17    OPTIONAL     -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
} 
MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-1-v1550    ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-1-r15)) OF NS-PmaxListNR-r15 
MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1550    ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-r15)) OF NS-PmaxListNR-r15 
MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-1-v1760    ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-1-r15)) OF NS-PmaxListNR-v1760 
MultiBandNsPmaxListNR-v1760 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-r15)) OF NS-PmaxListNR-v1760 
AllowedCellListNR-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellAllowedNR-r16)) OF PhysCellIdNR-r15 
NR-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellNR-r17)) OF PhysCellIdRangeNR-r16 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType25
The IE SystemInformationBlockType25 contains the UAC parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType25-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    uac-BarringForCommon-r15                UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    uac-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15            UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    uac-BarringInfoSetList-r15            UAC-BarringInfoSetList-r15, 
    uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15        CHOICE { 
        plmnCommon-r15                            UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15, 
        individualPLMNList-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN-r11)) OF UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15 
        }            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    ab-PerRSRP-r16                    ENUMERATED {thresh0, thresh1, thresh2, thresh3}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[ 
        uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN-r11)) OF UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[ 
        uac-BarringInfoSetList-v1700        UAC-BarringInfoSetList-v1700    OPTIONAL     -- Cond MINT
    ]] 
} 
UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List-r15::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-r11)) OF UAC-BarringPerPLMN-r15 
UAC-BarringPerPLMN-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityIndex-r15        INTEGER (1.. maxPLMN-r11), 
    uac-AC-BarringListType-r15        CHOICE{ 
        uac-ImplicitAC-BarringList-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE(maxAccessCat-1-r15)) OF UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15, 
        uac-ExplicitAC-BarringList-r15        UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15 
        }                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
UAC-BarringPerCatList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxAccessCat-1-r15)) OF UAC-BarringPerCat-r15 
UAC-BarringPerCat-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    accessCategory-r15                    INTEGER (1..maxAccessCat-1-r15), 
    uac-barringInfoSetIndex-r15        UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15 
} 
UAC-BarringInfoSetIndex-r15 ::=    INTEGER (1..maxBarringInfoSet-r15) 
UAC-BarringInfoSetList-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBarringInfoSet-r15)) OF UAC-BarringInfoSet-r15 
UAC-BarringInfoSetList-v1700 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxBarringInfoSet-r15)) OF UAC-BarringInfoSet-v1700 
UAC-BarringInfoSet-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    uac-BarringFactor-r15        ENUMERATED { 
                                    p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40, 
                                    p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95}, 
    uac-BarringTime-r15            ENUMERATED {s4, s8, s16, s32, s64, s128, s256, s512}, 
    uac-BarringForAccessIdentity-r15            BIT STRING (SIZE(7)) 
} 
UAC-BarringInfoSet-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    uac-BarringFactorForAI3-r17        ENUMERATED {p00, p05, p10, p15, p20, p25, p30, p40, 
                        p50, p60, p70, p75, p80, p85, p90, p95}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
} 
UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15::=    ENUMERATED {a, b, c} 
UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, notConfigured} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType26
The IE SystemInformationBlockType26 contains V2X sidelink communication configurations which can be used jointly with those included in SystemInformationBlockType21. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType26-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r15            SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r15            SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15        SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    syncFreqList-r15                    SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    slss-TxMultiFreq-r15                ENUMERATED{true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15        SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    threshS-RSSI-CBR-r15                INTEGER (0..45)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType26a
The IE SystemInformationBlockType26a contains NR bands list which can be used for EN-DC operation with the serving cell. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType26a-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-InfoList-r16                        PLMN-InfoList-r16, 
    bandListENDC-r16                        BandListENDC-r16, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
BandListENDC-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxBandsENDC-r16)) OF FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15 
PLMN-InfoList-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Info-r16 
PLMN-Info-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    nr-BandList-r16                BIT STRING (SIZE(maxBandsENDC-r16))    OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType27
The IE SystemInformationBlockType27 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell selection i.e. assistance information about NB-IoT frequencies for cell selection. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType27-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreqListNBIOT-r16                CarrierFreqListNBIOT-r16        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
CarrierFreqListNBIOT-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreqNBIOT-r16)) OF    CarrierFreqNBIOT-r16 
CarrierFreqNBIOT-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r16                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    carrierFreqOffset-r16            ENUMERATED {v-10, v-9, v-8dot5, v-8, v-7, v-6, v-5, v-4dot5, 
                                                v-4,v-3, v-2, v-1, v-0dot5,    v0, v1, v2, v3, v3dot5, 
                                                v4, v5, v6, v7, v7dot5, v8, v9} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType28
The IE SystemInformationBlockType28 contains NR sidelink communication configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType28-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    segmentNumber-r16                    INTEGER (0..63), 
    segmentType-r16                        ENUMERATED {notLastSegment,lastSegment}, 
    segmentContainer-r16                OCTET STRING,
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


ThreshHigh
The field is mandatory present if threshHigh is included in the corresponding IE. Otherwise the field is not present and UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ThreshLow
The field is mandatory present if threshLow is included. Otherwise the field is not present UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
Tx
The field is mandatory present if discTxPoolCommon is included. Otherwise the field is optional present, need OR.






SystemInformationBlockType20 field descriptions


br-BCCH-Config-r14
The field is present if SystemInformationBlockType20 is sent on BR-BCCH. Otherwise the field is absent.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for listening to SC-MCCH scheduling in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 MPDCCH sub-frame, psf1 corresponds to 1 MPDCCH sub-frame and so on.
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MCCH
Narrowband for MPDCCH for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MCCH
The maximum number of MPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MCCH
Configuration of the starting subframes of the MPDCCH search space for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MCCH
Frequency hopping configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Indicates the duration in subframes during which SC-MCCH may be scheduled in MPDCCH sub-frames, see TS 36.321 [6].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-SC-MTCH
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for SC-MTCH to UEs in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-SC-MTCH
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for SC-MTCH CE to UEs in mode B, see TS 36.213 [23].
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames.
sc-mcch-CarrierFreq
Downlink carrier used for all multicast SC-MCCH transmissions.
sc-mcch-duration
Indicates, starting from the subframe indicated by sc-mcch-FirstSubframe, the duration in subframes during which SC-MCCH may be scheduled in PDCCH sub-frames, see TS 36.321 [6]. Absence of this IE means that SC-MCCH is only scheduled in the subframe indicated by sc-mcch-FirstSubframe.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf2 corresponds to 2 radio frames, value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames and so on. In case sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1470 is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-r13.
sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR
Defines periodically appearing boundaries for BL UE or UE in CE, i.e. radio frames for which (H-SFN*1024 + SFN) mod sc-mcch-ModificationPeriod-BR = 0 if hyperSFN is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or radio frames for which SFN mod sc-mcchModificationPeriod-BR = 0 otherwise.The contents of different transmissions of SC-MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-FirstSubframe
Indicates thefirst subframe in which SC-MCCH is scheduled
sc-mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the radio frames in which SC-MCCH is scheduled i.e. SC-MCCH is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod = sc-mcch-Offset.
sc-mcch-Offset-BR
Indicates, together with the sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR, the boundary of the SC-MCCH repetition period for BL UE or UE in CE: (H-SFN*1024 + SFN) mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR = sc-mcch-Offset-BR if hyperSFN is present in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR or radio frames for which (SFN mod mod sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR) = sc-mcch-Offset-BR otherwise.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information, in radio frames. Value rf2 corresponds to 2 radio frames, rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames and so on. In case sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1470 is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r13.
sc-mcch-RepetitionPeriod-BR
Defines the interval between transmissions of SC-MCCH information for BL UE or UE in CE, in radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf128 corresponds to 128 radio frames and so on.
sc-mcch-SchedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MCCH. If this field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MCCH reception.






SystemInformationBlockType21field descriptions


anchorCarrierFreqList
Indicates EUTRA carrier frequencies which may include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
anchorCarrierFreqListNR
Indicates NR carrier frequencies which may include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication.
cbr-CommonTxConfigList
Indicates the common list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmissions parameter configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing referencefor the PCell. Value 0 corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication.zoneID is not configured in the pools in this field.
thresSL-TxPrioritization
Indicates the threshold used to determine whether SL V2X transmission is prioritized over uplink transmission if they overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). This value shall overwrite thresSL-TxPrioritization configured in SL-V2X-Preconfiguration if any.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on the carrier frequency on which this field is broadcast.
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to receive V2X sidelink communication while in RRC_IDLE and in RRC_CONNECTED.
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit V2X sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.13.
v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon
Indicates the resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit non-P2X related V2X sidelink communication when in RRC_IDLEor when in RRC_CONNECTED while transmitting V2X sidelink communication via a frequency other than the primary. E-UTRAN configures one resource pool per zone.
v2x-InterFreqInfoList
Indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of neighboring frequencies for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig
Indicates V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous resource selection.
v2x-SyncConfig
Indicates the configuration by which the UE is allowed to receive and transmit synchronisation information for V2X sidelink communication.E-UTRAN configures v2x-SyncConfigincluding txParameters when configuring UEs to transmit synchronisation information.
zoneConfig
Indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication in 5.10.13.2.






SystemInformationBlockType24 field descriptions


allowedCellListNR
List of allow-listed neighbouring NR cells.
carrierFreqListNR
List of carrier frequencies of NR carriers.These frequencies correspond to GSCN values as specified in TS 38.101 [85].If the carrierFreqListNR-v1610 is present, it contains the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in the carrierFreqListNR (without suffix).
cellReselectionPriority
The field concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds with parameter "priority" in TS 36.304 [4].
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
The field indicates whether the UE may use, to derive the SSB index of a cell on the indicated SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, the timing of any detected cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.If this field is set to TRUE, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same NR carrier frequency as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
highSpeedCarrierNR
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced inter-RAT NR measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 36.133 [16] to the NR carrier.
maxRS-IndexCellQual
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. Corresponds to the parameter nrofSS-BlocksToAverage in TS 38.304 [92].
measTimingConfig
Used to configure measurement timing configurations, i.e., timing occasions at which the UE measures SSBs. If the field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5ms in this frequency.
multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.The UE shall select the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoList field to represent the NR neighbour carrier frequency. The network always includes this field.
multiBandInfoListSUL
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.The UE shall select the first listed band which it supports in the multiBandInfoListSUL field to represent the NR neighbour carrier frequency.
multiBandNsPmaxListNR
Indicates the NS-PmaxListNR configuration for the NR frequency band(s) listed in multiBandInfoList. The first entry corresponds to the second listed band in multiBandInfoList, and second entry corresponds to the third listed band in multiBandInfoList, and so on. 
multiBandNsPmaxListNR-SUL
Indicates the NS-PmaxListNR configuration for the NR SUL frequency band(s) listed in multiBandInfoListSUL. The first entry corresponds to the first listed band in multiBandInfoListSUL, and second entry corresponds to the second listed band in multiBandInfoListSUL, and so on.
nr-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of neighbouring NR HSDN cells as specified in TS 38.304 [92].
ns-PmaxListNR
Indicates a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, corresponds to the first listed band in the multiBandInfoList.
p-MaxNR
Indicates the maximum power for NR (see TS 38.104 [91]).
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [4], applicable for NR neighbour cells. If the field is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. The actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [92], applicable for NR neighbour cells. The actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [92], applicable for NR neighbouring cells. The actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
smtc2-LP
Measurement timing configuration for inter-RAT neighbour cells in NR with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in measTimingConfig in CarrierFreqNR. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in measTimingConfig in CarrierFreqNR (e.g. if measTimingConfig indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if measTimingConfig indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the inter-RAT neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no inter-RAT neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR
Indicates the QCL relationship between SS/PBCH blocks for NR neighbor cells on the indicated frequency as specified in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1. If ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r17 is present, the UE ignores ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r16.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [89]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
ss-RSSI-Measurements
Indicates the SSB-based RSSI measurement configuration. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is defined in TS 38.215 [89], clause 5.1.3.
subcarrierSpacingSSB
Indicates the subcarrier spacing of SSB of NR frequency. Only the values 15 kHz or 30 kHz (FR1), 120 kHz or 240 kHz (FR2-1), 120 kHz or 480 kHz (FR2-2) are applicable. If subcarrierSpacingSSB-r17 is present, the UE ignores subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15.
threshRS-Index
List of thresholds for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. Corresponds to the parameter absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation in TS 38.304 [92].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 36.304 [4].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 36.304 [4].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 36.304 [4].






Conditional presenceExplanation


RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
RSRQ2
The field is optional Need OP if the threshServingLowQ is present in systemInformationBlockType3; otherwise it is not present.
SharedSpectrum
The field is optional Need OP if NR operates with shared spectrum channel access; otherwise, it is not present.
SharedSpectrum2
The field is mandatory present if NR operates with shared spectrum channel access; otherwise, it is not present.






SystemInformationBlockType25 field descriptions


accessCategory
The Access Category according to TS 22.261 [96].
ab-PerRSRP
Access barring per RSRP. Value thresh0 means access to the cell is barred when UE is in enhanced coverage as specified in TS 36.304 [4] and does not apply to UEs satisfying S criteria for normal coverage. Value thresh1 is compared to the first entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList, value thresh2 is compared to the second entry configured in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList and so on. E-UTRA/5GC includes this field only in the BR version of SystemInformationBlockType25.
uac-AC-BarringListType
Access control parameters for each access category valid only for a specific PLMN. UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.16.2.
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [96]. If plmnCommon is chosen, the UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo is applicable to all the PLMNs in cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC.If individualPLMNList is chosen, the 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first PLMN in cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second PLMN in cellAccessRelatedInfoList-5GC and so on. If uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 is present, the UE shall ignore the uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r15.Value notConfigured indicates that Access Category1 isnot configured for the corresponding PLMN.The corresponding UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo for the selected PLMN is forwarded to upper layers, if present and set to a, b or c.
uac-BarringFactor
Represents the probability that access attempt would be allowed during access barring check.
uac-BarringFactorForAI3
Barring factor applicable for Access Identity 3. Represents the probability that access attempt would be allowed during access barring check. If absent, the UE considers the access attempt as allowed.
uac-BarringForAccessIdentity
Indicates whether access attempt is allowed for each Access Identity. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 1, bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 2, bit 2 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 11, bit 3 in the bit string corresponds to Access Identity 12 and so on. Value 0 means that access attempt is allowed for the corresponding access identity.
uac-BarringForCommon
Common access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.16.2.
uac-barringInfoSetIndex
Index of the entry in fielduac-BarringInfoSetList. Value 1 corresponds to the first entry in uac-BarringInfoSetList, value 2 corresponds to the second entry in this list and so on. An index value referring to an entry not included in uac-BarringInfoSetList indicates no barring.
uac-BarringInfoSetList
List of access control parameter sets. Each access category can be configured with access parameters corresponding to a particular set by uac-barringInfoSetIndex. Association of an access category with an index that has no corresponding entry in the uac-BarringInfoSetList is valid configuration and indicates no barring.
uac-BarringPerPLMN-List
Access control parameters for each access category valid only for a specific PLMN.
uac-BarringTime
The average time in seconds before a new access attempt is to be performed after an access attempt was barred at access barring check for the same access category, see 5.3.16.5.






Conditional presenceExplanation


MINT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, in a cell that provides a configuration for disaster roaming, otherwise it is absent.






SystemInformationBlockType26field descriptions


cbr-pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList included in SIB21, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList included in SIB21. The configurations in this field apply to all the resource pools on all the carrier frequencies included in SIB26 for V2X sidelink communication transmission. The mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15 included in this field also applies to all the resource pools on all the carrier frequencies included in SIB21 for V2X sidelink communication transmission.
slss-TxMultiFreq
Value TRUE indicates the UE transmits SLSS on multiple carrier frequencies for V2X sidelink communication. If this field is absent, the UE transmits SLSS only on the synchronisation carrier frequency.
syncFreqList
Indicates a list of candidate carrier frequencies that can be used for the synchronisation of V2X sidelink communication.
threshS-RSSI-CBR
Indicates the S-RSSI threshold for determining the contribution of a sub-channel to the CBR measurement, as specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value 0 corresponds to -112 dBm, value 1 to -110 dBm, value n to (-112 + n*2) dBm, and so on. If included, the threshS-RSSI-CBR in SL-CommResourcePoolV2X in SIB26 is absent.
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList
Indicates the configuration information for the carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission on the carrier frequency where the field is broadcast.
v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig
Indicates the configuration information for sidelink packet duplication for V2X sidelink communication. 
v2x-InterFreqInfoList
If this field includes a carrier frequency which is included in SIB21 and some configuration(s) for that carrier are already included in SIB21, the corresponding configuration(s) for that carrier frequency are not included in this field.






SystemInformationBlockType26afield descriptions


bandListENDC
A list of NR bands which can be configured as SCG in EN-DC operation with serving cell for the forwarding of upperLayerIndication to upper layers.
plmn-InfoList
This field includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as PLMNs across the plmn-IdentityList fields plmn-IdentityList and plmn-IdentityList-r14 included in SIB1. I.e. the first entry corresponds to the first entry of the combined list that results from concatenating the entries included in the second to the original plmn-IdentityList field in SIB1. If the size of the field is set to 0, all bands in bandListENDC apply for all PLMNs listed in SIB1.
nr-BandList
This field indicates a list of bands and is encoded as a bitmap, where the bit N is set to "1" if the current serving cell supports EN-DC operation with the N-th NR band in bandListENDC. The bits which have no corresponding bands in bandListENDC shall be set to 0; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.






SystemInformationBlockType27 field descriptions


carrierFreqListNBIOT
Provides a list of neighbouring NB-IoT carrier frequencies, which may be searched for neighbouring NB-IoT cells. 
carrierFreq
Provides the ARFCN applicable for the NB-IoT carrier frequency as defined in TS 36.101 [42], Table 5.7.3-1.
carrierFreqOffset
Offset of the NB-IoT channel number to EARFCN as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 5.7.3F. Value v-10 means -10, v-9 means -9, and so on. The values v-8dot5, v-4dot5, v3dot5 and v7dot5 are only applicable for a carrier in a TDD band.
– SystemInformationBlockType29
The IE SystemInformationBlockType29 contains common resource reservation, e.g. for coexistence with NR. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType29-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    resourceReservationConfigCommonDL-r16    ResourceReservationConfigDL-r16    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    resourceReservationConfigCommonUL-r16    ResourceReservationConfigUL-r16    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension                OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType30
The IE SystemInformationBlockType30 contains configurations of disaster roaming information. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType30-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    commonPLMNsWithDisasterCondition-r17    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Identity                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    applicableDisasterInfoList-r17            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF ApplicableDisasterInfo-r17        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension    OCTET STRING    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
ApplicableDisasterInfo-r17    ::= CHOICE { 
    noDisasterRoaming-r17                NULL,
    disasterRelatedIndication-r17    NULL,
    commonPLMNs-r17                    NULL,
    dedicatedPLMNs-r17                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF PLMN-Identity 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType31
The IE SystemInformationBlockType31 contains satellite assistance information for the serving cell. SystemInformationBlockType31 is only signalled in a NTN cell. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType31-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    servingSatelliteInfo-r17        ServingSatelliteInfo-r17, 
    lateNonCriticalExtension        OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
ServingSatelliteInfo-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ephemerisInfo-r17            CHOICE { 
        stateVectors                EphemerisStateVectors-r17, 
        orbitalParameters            EphemerisOrbitalParameters-r17 
    }, 
    nta-CommonParameters-17            SEQUENCE { 
        nta-Common-r17                    INTEGER (0..8316827)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        nta-CommonDrift-r17                INTEGER (-261935..261935)    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        nta-CommonDriftVariation-r17    INTEGER (0..29479)            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    }, 
    ul-SyncValidityDuration-r17        ENUMERATED {s5, s10, s15, s20, s25, s30, s35, s40, 
                                                s45, s50, s55, s60, s120, s180, s240, s900}, 
    epochTime-r17                    SEQUENCE { 
        startSFN-r17                    INTEGER (0..1023), 
        startSubFrame-r17                INTEGER (0..9) 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    k-Offset-r17                    INTEGER (0..1023), 
    k-Mac-r17                        INTEGER (1..512)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemInformationBlockType32
The IE SystemInformationBlockType32 contains satellite assistance information for prediction of discontinuous coverage. SystemInformationBlockType32 is only signalled in a NTN cell. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInformationBlockType32-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    satelliteInfoList-r17                SatelliteInfoList-r17    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
SatelliteInfoList-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSat-r17)) OF SatelliteInfo-r17 
SatelliteInfo-r17 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    satelliteId-r17                INTEGER (0..255), 
    serviceInfo-r17                SEQUENCE { 
        tle-EphemerisParameters-r17    TLE-EphemerisParameters-r17    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        t-ServiceStart-r17                TimeOffsetUTC-r17                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }, 
    footprintInfo-r17            SEQUENCE { 
        referencePoint-r17            SEQUENCE { 
            longitude-r17                INTEGER (-131072..131071), 
            latitude-r17                INTEGER (-131072..131071) 
        } OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        elevationAngles-r17        SEQUENCE { 
            elevationAngleRight-r17    INTEGER (-14..14), 
            elevationAngleLeft-r17    INTEGER (-14..14)                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
        } OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        radius-r17                    INTEGER (1..256)                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.2 Radio resource control information elements
– Alpha
The IE Alpha is used to indicate parameter α, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1 and 5.1.3.1. Value al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. 

 -- ASN1START
Alpha-r12 ::= ENUMERATED {al0, al04, al05, al06, al07, al08, al09, al1} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInformationBlockType28 field descriptions


segmentContainer
Container for the configuration for NR sidelink communication, this field includes a segment of SIB12-IEs as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The size of the included segment in this container should besmall enough that the SIB message size is less than or equal to the maximum size of a LTE SI i.e. 2216 bits.
This field is not applicable to 5GS Proximity based Services (ProSe) as defined in TS 23.304 [112] in this release.
segmentNumber
This field identifies the sequence number of a segment ofSIB12-IEs IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, a segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
segmentType
This field indicates whether the included segment is the last segment or not.






SystemInformationBlockType30 field descriptions


commonPLMNsWithDisasterCondition
A list of PLMN(s) for which disaster condition applies and that disaster inbound roaming is accepted, which can be commonly applicable to the PLMNs sharing the cell.
applicableDisasterInfoList
A list indicating the applicable disaster roaming information for the networks indicated by plmn-IdentityList-r15 in CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15. The first entry in this list indicates the disaster roaming information applicable for the network(s) in the first entry of plmn-IdentityList, the second entry in this list indicates the disaster roaming information applicable for the network(s) in the second entry on plmn-IdentityList, and so on. Each entry in this list can either be having the value noDisasterRoaming, disasterRelatedIndication, commonPLMNs, or dedicatedPLMNs. If an entry in this list takes the value noDisasterRoaming, disaster inbound roaming is not allowed in this network(s). If an entry in this list takes the value disasterRelatedIndication, the meaning of this field for this network(s) is as specified for "disaster related indication" in TS 23.122 [11], clause 4.4.3.1.1. If an entry in this list takes the value commonPLMNs, the PLMN(s) with disaster conditions indicated in the field commonPLMNsWithDisasterCondition apply for this network(s). If an entry in this list contains the value dedicatedPLMNs, the listed PLMN(s) are the PLMN(s) with disaster conditions that the network(s) corresponding to this entry accepts disaster inbound roamers from.






SystemInformationBlockType31field descriptions


epochTime
Epoch time of the satellite ephemeris data and common TA parameters, see TS 36.213 [23]. The reference point for epoch time of the serving satellite ephemeris and Common TA parameters is the uplink time synchronization reference point.
epochTime is the starting time of a DL subframe indicated by startSFN and startSubframe. For serving cell, the startSFN indicates the current SFN or the next upcoming SFN after the frame where the message indicating the epochTime is received.
If the field is absent, the UE uses the starting time of the DL subframe corresponding to the end of the SI window during which the SI message carrying SIB31(-NB) is transmitted.
E-UTRAN always includes epochTime when SIB31(-NB)is provided through dedicated signalling.
In case of handover or conditional handover, this field is based on the timing of the target cell, i.e. the startSFN and startSubFrame number indicated in this field refers to the SFN and sub-frame of the target cell, and UE considers the target cell epoch time (indicated by the startSFN and startSubFrame in this field) to be the frame nearest to the frame where RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is received.
k-Mac
Scheduling offset used when downlink and uplink frame timing are not aligned at the eNB, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in ms.
If the field if absent, the UE uses the (default) value of 0.
k-Offset
Scheduling offset used in the timing relationships in NTN, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in ms.
nta-Common
Network-controlled common TA, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit of μs.
Step of 32.55208 ×10-3 μs. Actual value = field value * 32.55208 ×10-3.
If the field is absent, the UE uses the (default) value of 0.
nta-CommonDrift
Drift rate of the common TA, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit of μs/s.
Step of 0.2 ×10-3μs/s. Actual value = field value * 0.2 ×10-3.
If the field is absent, the UE uses the (default) value of 0.
nta-CommonDriftVariation
Drift rate variation of the common TA, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit of μs/s2.
Step of 0.2 ×10-4μs/s2. Actual value = field value * 0.2 ×10-4.
If the field is absent, the UE uses the (default) value of 0.
orbitalParameters
Instantaneous values of the satellite orbital parameters. The signalled values are only valid for the duration as defined byul-SyncValidityDuration and epochTime.
stateVectors
Instantaneous values of the satellite state vectors. The signalled values are only valid for the duration as defined by ul-SyncValidityDuration and epochTime.
ul-SyncValidityDuration
Validity duration of the satellite ephemeris data and common TA parameters, i.e. maximum time duration (from epochTime) during which the UE can apply the satellite ephemeris without acquiring new satellite ephemeris, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in second.
Value s5 corresponds to 5 seconds, value s10 corresponds to 10 seconds and so on.






SystemInformationBlockType32field descriptions


elevationAngleLeft, elevationAngleRight
Leftmost and rightmost (with reference to the satellite direction) elevation angle. Unit in degree.
Step of 5 degree. Actual value = field value * 5.
If the field elevationAngleLeft is absent, the leftmost elevation angle is equal to thevalue of field elevationAngleRight.
footprintInfo
Satellite footprint.
E-UTRAN may configure elevationAngles and/or radius for earth moving cell.
E-UTRAN may configure referencePoint and radius for quasi-earth fixed cell.
latitude
Latitude of the reference point. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 262144 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 262144).
longitude
Longitude of the reference point. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 262144 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 262144).
radius
Distance between the reference point and the edge of the satellite or beam coverage. Unit in km.
Step of 10 km. Actual value = field value * 10.
serviceInfo
Information on when the satellite will provide coverage.
E-UTRAN always configures tle-EphemerisParametersfor a satellite with earth moving cell(s) and always configures t-ServiceStart for a quasi-earth fixed cell.
tle-EphemerisParameters
Mean values of the satellite orbital parameters based on the TLE set format for estimating in-coverage and out-of-coverage periods for a satellite with earth moving cell(s), see TS 36.304 [4].
t-ServiceStart
Time information on when the incoming satellite is going to start serving the area for quasi-earth fixed cell.
– AntennaInfo
The IE AntennaInfoCommon and the AntennaInfoDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific antenna configuration respectively. 

 -- ASN1START
AntennaInfoCommon ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
antennaPortsCountParameter represents the number of cell specific antenna ports where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.2.1.
                    ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1} 
} 
AntennaInfoDedicated ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
transmissionModePoints to one of Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23],clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6, 
                                            tm7, tm8-v920}, 
    
codebookSubsetRestrictionParameter:codebookSubsetRestriction,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.3.4.2.3. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1b. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8 or tm9. Furthermore, E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
            CHOICE { 
        n2TxAntenna-tm3                        BIT STRING (SIZE (2)), 
        n4TxAntenna-tm3                        BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
        n2TxAntenna-tm4                        BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
        n4TxAntenna-tm4                        BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), 
        n2TxAntenna-tm5                        BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
        n4TxAntenna-tm5                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
        n2TxAntenna-tm6                        BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
        n4TxAntenna-tm6                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) 
    }        OPTIONAL,                                                            -- Cond TM
    
ue-TransmitAntennaSelectionFor value setup, the field indicates whether UE transmit antenna selection control is closed-loop or open-loop as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause8.7.
            CHOICE{ 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop} 
    } 
} 
AntennaInfoDedicated-v920 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    codebookSubsetRestriction-v920        CHOICE { 
        n2TxAntenna-tm8-r9                    BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
        n4TxAntenna-tm8-r9                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) 
    }        OPTIONAL                                                             -- Cond TM8
} 
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
transmissionMode-r10Points to one of Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23],clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
                ENUMERATED { 
                                            tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm5, tm6, tm7, tm8-v920, 
                                            tm9-v1020, tm10-v1130, spare6, spare5, spare4, 
                                            spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10Parameter:codebookSubsetRestriction,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.3.4.2.3. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1b. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8 or tm9. Furthermore, E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
        BIT STRING            OPTIONAL,            -- Cond TMX
    
ue-TransmitAntennaSelectionFor value setup, the field indicates whether UE transmit antenna selection control is closed-loop or open-loop as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause8.7.
        CHOICE{ 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            ENUMERATED {closedLoop, openLoop} 
    } 
} 
AntennaInfoDedicated-v10i0::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
maxLayersMIMO-r10Indicates the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing used to determine the rank indication bit width and Kc determination of the soft buffer size for the corresponding serving cell according to TS 36.212 [22]. EUTRAN configures this fieldonly when transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm9 or tm10for the corresponding serving cell. When configuring the field for a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm3 or tm4, EUTRAN only configures value fourLayers: For a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm9 or tm10, EUTRAN only configures the field only if intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList orFeatureSetDL-PerCC is indicated for the band and the band combination of the corresponding serving cell or the UE supports maxLayersMIMO-Indication.
            ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX-r12Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with a) tm8with 4 CRS ports,tm9or tm10 with 4 CSI-RS portsand b) PMI/RI reporting.
    BOOLEAN 
} 
AntennaInfoDedicated-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ce-UE-TxAntennaSelection-config-r14            ENUMERATED {on}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
transmissionModeDL-MBSFN-r15Indicates, for MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable. 
        ENUMERATED {tm9, tm10}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN-r15Indicates, for non-MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc. for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable.
    ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, tm3, tm4, tm6, tm8, tm9, 
                                                        tm10}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
codebookSubsetRestrictionParameter:codebookSubsetRestriction,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.3.4.2.3. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1b. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8 or tm9. Furthermore, E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
            CHOICE { 
            n2TxAntenna-tm3-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (2)), 
            n4TxAntenna-tm3-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
            n2TxAntenna-tm4-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
            n4TxAntenna-tm4-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), 
            n2TxAntenna-tm5-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
            n4TxAntenna-tm5-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
            n2TxAntenna-tm6-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
            n4TxAntenna-tm6-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
            n2TxAntenna-tm8-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
            n4TxAntenna-tm8-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), 
            n2TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15            BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
            n4TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15            BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), 
            n8TxAntenna-tm9and10-r15            BIT STRING (SIZE (109)) 
        }        OPTIONAL,                                                            -- Cond TM
        
maxLayersMIMO-STTI-r15Indicates the maximum number of layers, for each serving cell, to be used when determining if the shifted DMRS pattern is applicable TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.2.
            ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers}    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer-r15    BOOLEAN,
        slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer-r15    BOOLEAN 
    } 
} 
AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                CHOICE { 
        
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config-r15Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select one antenna among four antennas to transmit SRS for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. When ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config and ue-TransmitAntennaSelection are configured simultaneously for a given serving cell, the UE selects one of the first two antennas for PUSCH transmission and selects one antenna among four antennas at each SRS instance for SRS transmission for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. 
            NULL,    
        
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs-r15Presence of the field indicates configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select two antennas among four antennas to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Further, the field indicates the number of antenna pairs to select from for SRS transmission for a given serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Value two indicates the UE to select one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. Value three indicates the UE to select one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. EUTRAN does not simultaneously configure ue-TransmitAntennaSelection and ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs for a given serving cell.
            ENUMERATED {two, three} 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




AntennaInfo field descriptions


alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with a) tm8with 4 CRS ports,tm9or tm10 with 4 CSI-RS portsand b) PMI/RI reporting.
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of cell specific antenna ports where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.2.1.
ce-ue-TxAntennaSelection-config
Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for non-BL UE in CE Mode A, see TS 36.212 [22].
codebookSubsetRestriction
Parameter:codebookSubsetRestriction,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.3.4.2.3. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1b. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured. If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured and if the number of CSI-RS ports is greater than 1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction in other cases where the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm8 or tm9. Furthermore, E-UTRAN does not configure the field codebookSubsetRestriction if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
maxLayersMIMO
Indicates the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing used to determine the rank indication bit width and Kc determination of the soft buffer size for the corresponding serving cell according to TS 36.212 [22]. EUTRAN configures this fieldonly when transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm9 or tm10for the corresponding serving cell. When configuring the field for a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm3 or tm4, EUTRAN only configures value fourLayers: For a serving cell which transmissionMode is set to tm9 or tm10, EUTRAN only configures the field only if intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList orFeatureSetDL-PerCC is indicated for the band and the band combination of the corresponding serving cell or the UE supports maxLayersMIMO-Indication.
maxLayersMIMO-STTI
Indicates the maximum number of layers, for each serving cell, to be used when determining if the shifted DMRS pattern is applicable TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.2.
slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-2Layer, slotSubslotPDSCH-TxDiv-4Layer
Indicates the table to be used in case of dynamic TX diversity fallback for TM9 and 10 for up to 2-layer/4-layer slot or subslot PDSCH operation, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.22.
transmissionMode
Points to one of Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23],clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
transmissionModeDL-MBSFN
Indicates, for MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable. 
transmissionModeDL-nonMBSFN
Indicates, for non-MBSFN, the transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc. for slot or subslot operation. In case of FDD, TM8 is not applicable.
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection
For value setup, the field indicates whether UE transmit antenna selection control is closed-loop or open-loop as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause8.7.
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config
Configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select one antenna among four antennas to transmit SRS for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. When ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-Config and ue-TransmitAntennaSelection are configured simultaneously for a given serving cell, the UE selects one of the first two antennas for PUSCH transmission and selects one antenna among four antennas at each SRS instance for SRS transmission for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. 
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs
Presence of the field indicates configuration of UL closed-loop transmit antenna selection for UE to select two antennas among four antennas to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Further, the field indicates the number of antenna pairs to select from for SRS transmission for a given serving cell as described in TS 36.213 [23]. Value two indicates the UE to select one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. Value three indicates the UE to select one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously at each SRS instance for the corresponding serving cell. EUTRAN does not simultaneously configure ue-TransmitAntennaSelection and ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-NrOfPairs for a given serving cell.
– AntennaInfoUL
The IE AntennaInfoUL is used to specify the UL antenna configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
AntennaInfoUL-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
transmissionModeUL-r10Points to one of UL Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
                ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2, spare6, spare5, 
                                                    spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
fourAntennaPortActivated-r10Parameter indicates if four antenna ports are used. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. E-UTRAN optionally configures fourAntennaPortActivated only if transmissionModeUL is set to tm2.
            ENUMERATED {setup}            OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
transmissionModeUL-STTI-r15Indicates the UL transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1 and tm2 to transmission mode 2 for slot or subslot operation.
            ENUMERATED {tm1, tm2}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


TM
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TM8
The field is optional present, need OR, if AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to tm8. If AntennaInfoDedicated is included and transmissionMode is set to a value other than tm8, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
TMX
The field is mandatory present if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm3, tm4, tm5 or tm6. The field is optionally present, need OR, if the transmissionMode-r10 is set to tm8 or tm9. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.






AntennaInfoUL field descriptions


fourAntennaPortActivated
Parameter indicates if four antenna ports are used. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. E-UTRAN optionally configures fourAntennaPortActivated only if transmissionModeUL is set to tm2.
transmissionModeUL
Points to one of UL Transmission modes defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2 etc.
transmissionModeUL-STTI
Indicates the UL transmission mode as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1 and tm2 to transmission mode 2 for slot or subslot operation.
– AUL-Config
The IE AUL-Config is used to specify the autonomous uplink configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
AUL-Config-r15 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        
aul-CRNTI-r15AUL C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
                            C-RNTI, 
        
aul-Subframes-r15This field indicates which subframes are allowed for AUL operationas described in TS 36.321 [6]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod 4 = 0. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is not allowed for AUL. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is allowed for AUL.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (40)), 
        
aul-HARQ-Processes-r15This field indicates which HARQ process IDs are configured for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. In case tm1 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to field value. In case tm2 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to double of the field value. The largest value of the HARQ process ID is equal to the number of configured HARQ processes-1.
                    INTEGER (1..16), 
        
transmissionModeUL-AUL-r15This field indicates which UL transmission mode is used for AUL as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2.
                ENUMERATED {tm1,tm2},     
        
aul-StartingFullBW-InsideMCOT-r15This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 34, second bit corresponds to value 43, third bit corresponds to value 52, fourth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1. 
        BIT STRING (SIZE (5)), 
        
aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideMCOT-r15This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 16, second bit corresponds to value 25, third bit corresponds to value 34, fourth bit corresponds to value 43, fifth bit corresponds to value 52, sixth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1.
        BIT STRING (SIZE (7)), 
        
aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideMCOT-r15This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o34 corresponds to 34, and the value o43 corresponds to 43 and so on.
    ENUMERATED {o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1}, 
        
aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideMCOT-r15This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o16 corresponds to 16, the value o25 corresponds to 25 and so on.
    ENUMERATED {o16, o25, o34, o43, o52, o61, oOS1}, 
        
aul-RetransmissionTimer-r15This timer is used to restrict both new transmission and retransmission for the same HARQ process for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. Value psf4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH subframes etc.
                ENUMERATED {psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf12, psf20, psf28, psf37, psf44, psf68, psf84, psf100, 
                                                psf116, psf132, psf164, psf324}, 
        
endingSymbolAUL-r15This field indicates PUSCH ending symbol of the last AUL subframe in an AUL burst as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 4.1.3.
                        INTEGER(12..13),
        
subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing-r15This field is COT sharing indication parameter X indicating if subframe n+X is an applicable subframe for UL to DL sharing as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.1.3.
            INTEGER(2..4),
        
contentionWindowSizeTimer-r15This field indicates contention window size adjustment timer as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.2.2. The value n0 corresponds to 0ms, value n5 corresponds to 5ms, value n10 corresponds to 10ms. The value is set to n0 or n5 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier cannot be guaranteed. The value is set to n0 or n10 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier can be guaranteed.
            ENUMERATED {n0, n5, n10} 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




AUL-Config field descriptions


aul-CRNTI
AUL C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6].
aul-HARQ-Processes
This field indicates which HARQ process IDs are configured for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. In case tm1 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to field value. In case tm2 is configured for the transmissionModeUL-AUL the number of configured HARQ processes equals to double of the field value. The largest value of the HARQ process ID is equal to the number of configured HARQ processes-1.
aul-RetransmissionTimer
This timer is used to restrict both new transmission and retransmission for the same HARQ process for AUL operation as described in TS 36.321 [6]. Value psf4 corresponds to 4 PDCCH subframes etc.
aul-StartingFullBW-InsideMCOT
This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 34, second bit corresponds to value 43, third bit corresponds to value 52, fourth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1. 
aul-StartingFullBW-OutsideMCOT
This field indicates the AUL-specific set of PUSCH starting offset values for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy the full channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to value 16, second bit corresponds to value 25, third bit corresponds to value 34, fourth bit corresponds to value 43, fifth bit corresponds to value 52, sixth bit corresponds to value 61 and last bit corresponds to value OS#1.
aul-StartingPartialBW-InsideMCOT
This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission inside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o34 corresponds to 34, and the value o43 corresponds to 43 and so on.
aul-StartingPartialBW-OutsideMCOT
This field indicates the exact AUL-specific PUSCH starting offset value for the AUL transmission outside of eNB obtained MCOT when a UE configured with AUL configuration is allocated to occupy partial channel bandwidth as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. The value o16 corresponds to 16, the value o25 corresponds to 25 and so on.
aul-Subframes
This field indicates which subframes are allowed for AUL operationas described in TS 36.321 [6]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod 4 = 0. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is not allowed for AUL. Value 1 in the bitmap indicates that the corresponding subframe is allowed for AUL.
contentionWindowSizeTimer
This field indicates contention window size adjustment timer as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.2.2. The value n0 corresponds to 0ms, value n5 corresponds to 5ms, value n10 corresponds to 10ms. The value is set to n0 or n5 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier cannot be guaranteed. The value is set to n0 or n10 if the absence of other technologies on the same carrier can be guaranteed.
endingSymbolAUL
This field indicates PUSCH ending symbol of the last AUL subframe in an AUL burst as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 4.1.3.
subframeOffsetCOT-Sharing
This field is COT sharing indication parameter X indicating if subframe n+X is an applicable subframe for UL to DL sharing as described in TS 37.213 [94], clause 4.1.3.
transmissionModeUL-AUL
This field indicates which UL transmission mode is used for AUL as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0, where tm1 refers to transmission mode 1, tm2 to transmission mode 2.
– CQI-ReportAperiodic
The IE CQI-ReportAperiodic is used to specify the aperiodic CQI reporting configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10    ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10            CQI-ReportModeAperiodic, 
        
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10Indicates for which serving cell(s) the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when one or more SCells are configured. trigger1-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 10 while trigger1-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 010, trigger2-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 11 while trigger2-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 011, trigger3-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1A and table 7.2.1-1D, and so on. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means no aperiodic CSI report is triggered) or value 1 (means the aperiodic CSI report is triggered). At most 5 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperidociCSI-Trigger-r10 and in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250 and at most 32 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310. E-UTRAN configures value 1 only for cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9. One value applies for all serving cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9and belonging to the same PUCCH group (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
            SEQUENCE {     
            trigger1-r10                    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
            trigger2-r10                    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250    ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250            SEQUENCE {     
            
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator-r12For a serving cell configured with csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered for the serving cell if the aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 01 or 001, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C or table 7.2.1.-1E. Value s1 corresponds to CSI subframe set 1 and value s2 corresponds to CSI subframe set 2.
    ENUMERATED {s1, s2}, 
            
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r12If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 10, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 010, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
            
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r12If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 011, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
        } 
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310    ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310            SEQUENCE {     
            trigger1-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger2-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger3-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger4-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger5-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger6-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        aperiodicCSI-Trigger2-r13        CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                        SEQUENCE {     
                
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator-r13If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 10, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 010, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator-r13If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 011, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                
trigger3-SubframeSetIndicator-r13Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                
trigger4-SubframeSetIndicator-r13Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 101, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                
trigger5-SubframeSetIndicator-r13Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 110, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
                
trigger6-SubframeSetIndicator-r13Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 111, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) 
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11    ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11            CQI-ReportModeAperiodic, 
    
trigger01-r11Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 01, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E.
                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger10-r11                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger11-r11                        BOOLEAN 
} 
CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310    ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
trigger001-r13Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 001, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-E.
                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger010-r13                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger011-r13                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger100-r13                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger101-r13                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger110-r13                        BOOLEAN,
    trigger111-r13                        BOOLEAN 
} 
CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14    ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    triggers-r14                        CHOICE { 
        oneBit-r14                            SEQUENCE { 
            trigger1-Indicator-r14                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
        }, 
        twoBit-r14                            SEQUENCE { 
            trigger01-Indicator-r14                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
            trigger10-Indicator-r14                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
            trigger11-Indicator-r14                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
        }, 
        threeBit-r14                        SEQUENCE { 
            trigger001-Indicator-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger010-Indicator-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger011-Indicator-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger100-Indicator-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) , 
            trigger101-Indicator-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger110-Indicator-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
            trigger111-Indicator-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CQI-ReportModeAperiodic ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                            rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31, 
                                            rm32-v1250, rm10-v1310, rm11-v1310 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CQI-ReportAperiodic field descriptions


aperiodicCSI-Trigger
Indicates for which serving cell(s) the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when one or more SCells are configured. trigger1-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 10 while trigger1-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 010, trigger2-r10 corresponds to the CSI request field 11 while trigger2-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 011, trigger3-r13 corresponds to the CSI request field 100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1A and table 7.2.1-1D, and so on. The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means no aperiodic CSI report is triggered) or value 1 (means the aperiodic CSI report is triggered). At most 5 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperidociCSI-Trigger-r10 and in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250 and at most 32 bits can be set to value 1 in the bit string in aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1310. E-UTRAN configures value 1 only for cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9. One value applies for all serving cells configured with transmissionMode set in range tm1 to tm9and belonging to the same PUCCH group (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
trigger-SubframeSetIndicator
For a serving cell configured with csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered for the serving cell if the aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 01 or 001, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C or table 7.2.1.-1E. Value s1 corresponds to CSI subframe set 1 and value s2 corresponds to CSI subframe set 2.
trigger001
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 001, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-E.
trigger001-IndicatorN.. trigger111-IndicatorN
Indicates for which eMIMO-Type the aperiodic CSI report is triggered (the corresponding CSI process, CSI subframe set}-pair(s) and/or a serving cell) as applicable, See TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1A, 7.2.1-1B, and 7.2.1-1C.
trigger01
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 01, for a CSI request applicable for the serving cell on the same frequency as the CSI process, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E.
trigger010, trigger011, trigger100, trigger101, Trigger110, Trigger111
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe set is triggered by CSI request field set to 010, 011, 100, 101, 110 or 111, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1D and 7.2.1-1E.
trigger10, trigger11
Indicates whether or not reporting for this CSI-process or reporting for this CSI-process corresponding to a CSI subframe setis triggered by CSI request field set to 10 or 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1B. EUTRAN configures at most 5 CSI processes, across all serving frequencieswithin each CG, to be triggered by a CSI request field set to value 10. The same restriction applies for value 11. In case E-UTRAN simultaneously triggers CSI requests for more than 5 CSI processes some limitations apply, see TS 36.213 [23].
trigger1-SubframeSetIndicator
If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 10, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 010, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger2-SubframeSetIndicator
If signalled in the aperiodicCSI-Trigger-v1250, indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 11, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1C, or by the CSI request field 011, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger3-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field100, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger4-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 101, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger5-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 110, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
trigger6-SubframeSetIndicator
Indicates for which CSI subframe set the aperiodic CSI report is triggered when aperiodic CSI is triggered by the CSI request field 111, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.1-1E.The leftmost bit, bit 0 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=0 and bit 1 in the bit string corresponds to the cell with ServCellIndex=1 etc. Each bit has either value 0 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 1) or value 1 (means that aperiodic CSI report is triggered for CSI subframe set 2).
– CQI-ReportBoth
The IE CQI-ReportBoth is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration common to both periodic and aperiodic configurations. 

 -- ASN1START
CQI-ReportBoth-r11 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11        CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-IM-Config only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
        CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    csi-ProcessToReleaseList-r11        CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
csi-ProcessToAddModList-r11For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
            CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportBoth-v1250 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r12        CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r12        CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportBoth-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    csi-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13    CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    csi-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13    CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModList-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-Config-r11 
CSI-IM-ConfigToAddModListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 
CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-r11)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11 
CSI-IM-ConfigToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-IM-v1310)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310 
CSI-ProcessToAddModList-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-Process-r11 
CSI-ProcessToReleaseList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF CSI-ProcessId-r11 
CQI-ReportBothProc-r11 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId-r11CSI process whose RI value the UE inherits when reporting RI, in the same subframe, for CSI reporting. E-UTRAN ensures that the CSI process that inherits the RI value is configured in accordance with the conditions specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2.1 and 7.2.2.
            CSI-ProcessId-r11                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
pmi-RI-Report-r11See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
                    ENUMERATED {setup}                OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CQI-ReportBoth field descriptions


csi-IM-ConfigToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-IM-Config only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-ProcessToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
pmi-RI-Report
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
ri-Ref-CSI-ProcessId
CSI process whose RI value the UE inherits when reporting RI, in the same subframe, for CSI reporting. E-UTRAN ensures that the CSI process that inherits the RI value is configured in accordance with the conditions specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2.1 and 7.2.2.
– CQI-ReportConfig
The IE CQI-ReportConfig is used to specify the CQI reporting configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
CQI-ReportConfig ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
cqi-ReportModeAperiodicParameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
            CQI-ReportModeAperiodic    OPTIONAL,            -- Need OR
    
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-OffsetParameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (-1..6), 
    
cqi-ReportPeriodicE-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportPeriodic for sTTI within CQI-ReportConfig.
                CQI-ReportPeriodic    OPTIONAL                 -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-v920 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
cqi-Mask-r9Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
                        ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL,        -- Cond cqi-Setup
    
pmi-RI-Report-r9See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
                ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL         -- Cond PMIRI
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10is configured.
                CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-OffsetParameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
            INTEGER (-1..6), 
    
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportPeriodic for sTTI within CQI-ReportConfig.
                CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pmi-RI-Report-r9See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
                    ENUMERATED {setup}                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond PMIRIPCell
    csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10        CHOICE { 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10            MeasSubframePattern-r10, 
            csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10            MeasSubframePattern-r10 
        } 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-v1130 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1130            CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130, 
    cqi-ReportBoth-r11                    CQI-ReportBoth-r11 
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12        CHOICE { 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            
csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12Indicates the two CSI subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 1 and value 1 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 2. CSI subframe set 1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2, and CSI subframe set 2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. EUTRAN does not configure csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 if either csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 for PCell or eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
            BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    cqi-ReportBoth-v1250                    CQI-ReportBoth-v1250        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250    CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1250        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    altCQI-Table-r12            ENUMERATED { 
                                    allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1, 
                                    csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-ReportBoth-v1310                CQI-ReportBoth-v1310        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310            CQI-ReportAperiodic-v1310    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1310            CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1310    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-v1320 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-ReportPeriodic-v1320            CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1320    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14        CQI-ReportAperiodicHybrid-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15        ENUMERATED { 
                                        allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1, 
                                        csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
} 
CQI-ReportConfig-r15 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                    NULL,
    setup                    SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-ReportConfig-r10            CQI-ReportConfig-r10            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1130            CQI-ReportConfig-v1130            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250        CQI-ReportConfig-v1250            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1310            CQI-ReportConfig-v1310            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1320            CQI-ReportConfig-v1320            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1430            CQI-ReportConfig-v1430            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15        ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1, 
                                        csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
            CQI-ReportModeAperiodic OPTIONAL,            -- Need OR
    
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10Parameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (-1..6), 
    cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10            CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pmi-RI-Report-r10See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
                    ENUMERATED {setup}                OPTIONAL     -- Cond PMIRISCell
} 
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15                CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15                ENUMERATED {allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1, 
                                            csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CQI-ReportConfig field descriptions


altCQI-Table, altCQI-Table-1024QAM
Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes.EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-Table-r12 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 in CQI-ReportConfig-v1530or in CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15 in the same serving cell simultaneously. If altCQI-Table-r12 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured.
cqi-Mask
Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
cqi-ReportAperiodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10is configured.
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
cqi-ReportPeriodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportPeriodic for sTTI within CQI-ReportConfig.
csi-MeasSubframeSets
Indicates the two CSI subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 1 and value 1 means the subframe belongs to CSI subframe set 2. CSI subframe set 1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2, and CSI subframe set 2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. EUTRAN does not configure csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 if either csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 for PCell or eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
csi-MeasSubframeSet1, csi-MeasSubframeSet2
Indicates the CSI measurement subframe sets. csi-MeasSubframeSet1 refers to CCSI,0 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2 refers to CCSI,1 in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. E-UTRAN only configures the two CSI measurement subframe sets for the PCell.
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset
Parameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
pmi-RI-Report
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. The presence of this field means PMI/RI reporting is configured; otherwise the PMI/RI reporting is not configured. EUTRAN configures this field only when transmissionMode is set to tm8, tm9 or tm10. The UE shall ignore pmi-RI-Report-r9/ pmi-RI-Report-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.






Conditional presenceExplanation


cqi-Setup
This field is not present for an Scell except for the PSCell, while it is conditionally present for the PCell and the PSCell according to the following. The field is optional present, need OR, if the cqi-ReportPeriodic in the cqi-ReportConfig is set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRI
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is included. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic is absent, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRIPCell
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup, or cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to setup. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodic is present in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release and cqi-ReportAperiodic is included in the CQI-ReportConfig-r10 and set to release, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
PMIRISCell
The field is optional present, need OR, if cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is included and set to setup, or cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is included in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell. If the field cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell is present and set to release and cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 is absent in the CQI-ReportConfigSCell, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. Otherwise the field is not present.
– CQI-ReportPeriodic
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodic is used to specify the periodic CQI reporting configuration elements. 

 -- ASN1START
CQI-ReportPeriodic ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex                INTEGER (0..1185), 
        
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexParameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration IndexICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
                    INTEGER (0..1023), 
        
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodicParameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.2-1. Depending on transmissionMode, reporting mode is implicitly given from the table.
            CHOICE { 
            widebandCQI                            NULL,
            subbandCQI                            SEQUENCE { 
                k                                    INTEGER (1..4) 
            } 
        }, 
        
ri-ConfigIndexParameter: RI Config IndexIRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1.
                        INTEGER (0..1023)    OPTIONAL,                -- Need OR
        
simultaneousAckNackAndCQIParameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-CQI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. TRUE indicates that simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
            BOOLEAN 
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10            INTEGER (0..1184), 
        cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10        INTEGER (0..1184)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexParameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration IndexICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
                INTEGER (0..1023), 
        
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r10Parameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.2-1. Depending on transmissionMode, reporting mode is implicitly given from the table.
        CHOICE { 
            widebandCQI-r10                        SEQUENCE { 
                
csi-ReportMode-r10Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, seeTS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
        ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            }, 
            subbandCQI-r10                        SEQUENCE { 
                k                                INTEGER (1..4), 
                periodicityFactor-r10                ENUMERATED {n2, n4} 
            } 
        }, 
        
ri-ConfigIndexParameter: RI Config IndexIRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1.
                    INTEGER (0..1023)        OPTIONAL,                -- Need OR
        
simultaneousAckNackAndCQIParameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-CQI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. TRUE indicates that simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
        BOOLEAN,
        
cqi-Mask-r9Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
                        ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL,                -- Need OR
        
csi-ConfigIndex-r10E-UTRAN configures csi-ConfigIndex only for PCell and only if csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured. The UE shall release csi-ConfigIndex if csi-SubframePatternConfig is released.
                CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r10Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration IndexICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
        INTEGER (0..1023), 
                
ri-ConfigIndex2-r10Parameter: RI Config IndexIRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. E-UTRAN configures ri-ConfigIndex2 only if ri-ConfigIndex is configured.
                INTEGER (0..1023)        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
            } 
        }        OPTIONAL                                                                 -- Need ON
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1130 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3-r11Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CQI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 3, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2 and 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format3. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
        ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11    CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11    CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cri-ReportConfig-r13E-UTRAN configures the field only if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to "beamformed" and if multiple references to RS configuration using non-zero power transmission are configured (i.e. if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured).
            CRI-ReportConfig-r13                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5-r13Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CSI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 4 and format 5, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format4 or format5. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
        ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL -- Need OR
} 
CQI-ReportPeriodic-v1320 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    periodicityFactorWB-r13            ENUMERATED {n2, n4}            OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexDormant-r15If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15.
        INTEGER (0..1023), 
        
ri-ConfigIndexDormant-r15If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15.
            INTEGER (0..1023)        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
        csi-SubframePatternDormant-r15        CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15            MeasSubframePattern-r10, 
                csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15            MeasSubframePattern-r10 
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        cqi-FormatIndicatorDormant-r15    CHOICE { 
            widebandCQI-r15                SEQUENCE { 
                
csi-ReportMode-r15Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, seeTS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
            ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            }, 
            subbandCQI-r15                SEQUENCE { 
                k-r15                        INTEGER (1..4), 
                periodicityFactor-r15        ENUMERATED {n2, n4} 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToAddModList-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtToReleaseList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)) OF CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    cqi-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11    CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11, 
    
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex-r11Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration IndexICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
            INTEGER (0..1023), 
    
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic-r11Parameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.2-1. Depending on transmissionMode, reporting mode is implicitly given from the table.
    CHOICE { 
        widebandCQI-r11                SEQUENCE { 
            
csi-ReportMode-r11Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, seeTS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
            ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }, 
        subbandCQI-r11                SEQUENCE { 
            k                            INTEGER (1..4), 
            periodicityFactor-r11        ENUMERATED {n2, n4} 
        } 
    }, 
    
ri-ConfigIndex-r11Parameter: RI Config IndexIRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1.
                INTEGER (0..1023)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
csi-ConfigIndex-r11E-UTRAN configures csi-ConfigIndex only for PCell and only if csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured. The UE shall release csi-ConfigIndex if csi-SubframePatternConfig is released.
                CHOICE { 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2-r11Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration IndexICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
        INTEGER (0..1023), 
            
ri-ConfigIndex2-r11Parameter: RI Config IndexIRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. E-UTRAN configures ri-ConfigIndex2 only if ri-ConfigIndex is configured.
                INTEGER (0..1023)        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    
cri-ReportConfig-r13E-UTRAN configures the field only if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to "beamformed" and if multiple references to RS configuration using non-zero power transmission are configured (i.e. if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured).
            CRI-ReportConfig-r13                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    periodicityFactorWB-r13            ENUMERATED {n2, n4}            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexShort-r15    INTEGER (0..1023), 
        ri-ConfigIndexShort-r15            INTEGER (0..1023)        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
        cqi-FormatIndicatorShort-r15    CHOICE { 
            widebandCQI-Short-r15            SEQUENCE { 
                csi-ReportModeShort-r15        ENUMERATED {submode1, submode2}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            }, 
            subbandCQI-Short-r15        SEQUENCE { 
                k-r15                        INTEGER (1..4), 
                periodicityFactor-r15        ENUMERATED {n2, n4} 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
    } 
} 
CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-v1730 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2Dormant-r17If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15.
        INTEGER (0..1023), 
    
ri-ConfigIndex2Dormant-r17If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15.
            INTEGER (0..1023)        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
CRI-ReportConfig-r13 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
cri-ConfigIndex-r13Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1. EUTRAN configures the field if subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured).
                    CRI-ConfigIndex-r13, 
        
cri-ConfigIndex2-r13Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets. E-UTRAN configures cri-ConfigIndex2 only if cri-ConfigIndex is configured.
                CRI-ConfigIndex-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    } 
} 
CRI-ConfigIndex-r13 ::=                INTEGER (0..1023) 
 -- ASN1STOP




CQI-ReportPeriodic field descriptions


cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic
Parameter: PUCCH CQI Feedback Type, see TS 36.213 [23], table 7.2.2-1. Depending on transmissionMode, reporting mode is implicitly given from the table.
cqi-Mask
Limits CQI/PMI/PTI/RI reports to the on-duration period of the DRX cycle, see TS 36.321 [6]. One value applies for all CSI processes and all serving cells (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration IndexICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 1 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndexDormant
If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15.
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: CQI/PMI Periodicity and Offset Configuration IndexICQI/PMI, see TS 36.213 [23], tables 7.2.2-1A and 7.2.2-1C. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12.
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2Dormant
If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15.
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
Parameter for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2. E-UTRAN does not apply value 1185. One value applies for all CSI processes.
cqi-ReportAperiodic
E-UTRAN does not configure CQI-ReportAperiodic when transmission mode 10 is configured for all serving cells. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10and csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 are configured. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10is configured.
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic
Parameter: reporting mode. Value rm12 corresponds to Mode 1-2, rm20 corresponds to Mode 2-0, rm22 corresponds to Mode 2-2 etc. PUSCH reporting modes are described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. The UE shall ignore cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10configured for the PCell/ PSCell when the transmission bandwidth of the PCell/PSCell in downlink is 6 resource blocks.
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt
A set of periodic CQI related parameters for which E-UTRAN may configure different values for each CSI process. For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
cri-ConfigIndex
Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1. EUTRAN configures the field if subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured).
cri-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: cri-ConfigIndex ICRIsee TS 36.213 [23]. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets. E-UTRAN configures cri-ConfigIndex2 only if cri-ConfigIndex is configured.
cri-ReportConfig
E-UTRAN configures the field only if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to "beamformed" and if multiple references to RS configuration using non-zero power transmission are configured (i.e. if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured).
csi-ConfigIndex
E-UTRAN configures csi-ConfigIndex only for PCell and only if csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured. The UE shall release csi-ConfigIndex if csi-SubframePatternConfig is released.
csi-ProcessToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-Process only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-ReportMode
Parameter: PUCCH_format1-1_CSI_reporting_mode, seeTS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
K
Parameter: K, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset
Parameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
periodicityFactor, periodicityFactorWB
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2. EUTRAN configures field periodicityFactorWB only when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to nonPrecoded and with cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic set to widebandCQI.
ri-ConfigIndex
Parameter: RI Config IndexIRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternConfig is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1.
ri-ConfigIndexDormant
If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r15.
ri-ConfigIndex2
Parameter: RI Config IndexIRI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2-1B. The parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2 or corresponding to the CSI subframe set 2 indicated by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12. E-UTRAN configures ri-ConfigIndex2 only if ri-ConfigIndex is configured.
ri-ConfigIndex2Dormant
If subframe patterns for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI) reporting for dormant SCell are configured (i.e. csi-SubframePatternDormant is configured), the parameter applies to the subframe pattern corresponding to csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r15.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-CQI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. TRUE indicates that simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format3
Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CQI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 3, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.2 and 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format3. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI-Format4-Format5
Indicates that the UE shall perform simultaneous transmission of HARQ A/N and periodic CSI report multiplexing on PUCCH format 4 and format 5, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this information only when pucch-Format is set to format4 or format5. One value applies for all CSI processes. For SCells except for the PSCell and PUCCH SCell this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
– CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId
The IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId is used to identify a periodic CQI reporting configuration that E-UTRAN may configure in addition to the configuration specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10. These additional configurations are specified by the IE CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId-r11 ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig
The IE CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig is used to specify the configuration when the cross carrier scheduling is used in a cell. 

 -- ASN1START
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    schedulingCellInfo-r10                CHOICE { 
        own-r10                                SEQUENCE {                     -- No cross carrier scheduling
            cif-Presence-r10                        BOOLEAN 
        }, 
        other-r10                                SEQUENCE {                     -- Cross carrier scheduling
            schedulingCellId-r10                ServCellIndex-r10, 
            pdsch-Start-r10                        INTEGER (1..4) 
        } 
    } 
} 
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    schedulingCellInfo-r13                CHOICE { 
        own-r13                                SEQUENCE {                     -- No cross carrier scheduling
            cif-Presence-r13                        BOOLEAN 
        }, 
        other-r13                            SEQUENCE {                     -- Cross carrier scheduling
            schedulingCellId-r13                ServCellIndex-r13, 
            pdsch-Start-r13                        INTEGER (1..4), 
            cif-InSchedulingCell-r13                INTEGER (1..7) 
        } 
    } 
} 
CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    schedulingCellId-r14                            ServCellIndex-r13, 
    cif-InSchedulingCell-r14                        INTEGER (1..7) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-Config
The IE CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-Config is used to configure and enable use of CRS for MPDCCH performance improvement, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8B.5 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5. 

 -- ASN1START
CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
powerRatio-r16Power ratio in dB between DMRS and CRS antenna ports of MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB, value dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on.
        ENUMERATED {dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4dot77} 
} 
CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
powerRatio-r16Power ratio in dB between DMRS and CRS antenna ports of MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB, value dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on.
                ENUMERATED {dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, 
                                            dB4dot77}    OPTIONAL, -- Cond setup
    
localizedMappingType-r16DMRS mapping type for MPDCCH performance improvement with localized MPDCCH allocation for CE mode A or B in RRC_CONNECTED, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5. Value predefined corresponds to predefined mapping, value csi-Based corresponds to CSI-based mapping, and value reciprocityBased corresponds to reciprocity based mapping. Reciprocity based mapping is only applicable for TDD.
    ENUMERATED {predefined, csi-Based, reciprocityBased} 
                                            DEFAULT    predefined 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig field descriptions


cif-Presence
The field is used to indicate whethercarrier indicator field is present (value TRUE) or not (value FALSE) in PDCCH/ EPDCCH DCI formats, see TS 36.212 [22], clause .1. 
cif-InSchedulingCell
The field indicates the CIF value used in the scheduling cell to indicate this cell, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1. In case of carrier indicator field is present, the CIF value is 0.
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned SCell, see TS 36.213 [23]. clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned SCell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], Tables 6 and 7-1.
schedulingCellId
Indicates which cell signals the downlink allocations and uplink grants, if applicable, for the concerned SCell. In case the UE is configured with DC, the scheduling cell is part of the same cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG) as the scheduled cell. In case the UE is configured with crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL, schedulingCellId indicated in crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL only indicates which cell signals the uplink grants.






CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-Config field descriptions


powerRatio
Power ratio in dB between DMRS and CRS antenna ports of MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB, value dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on.
localizedMappingType
DMRS mapping type for MPDCCH performance improvement with localized MPDCCH allocation for CE mode A or B in RRC_CONNECTED, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5. Value predefined corresponds to predefined mapping, value csi-Based corresponds to CSI-based mapping, and value reciprocityBased corresponds to reciprocity based mapping. Reciprocity based mapping is only applicable for TDD.
– CSI-IM-Config
The IE CSI-IM-Config is the CSI Interference Measurement (IM) configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-IM-Config-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-IM-ConfigId-r11            CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11, 
    
resourceConfig-r11Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 for 4 REs.
            INTEGER (0..31), 
    
subframeConfig-r11Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
            INTEGER (0..154), 
    ..., 
    [[    interferenceMeasRestriction-r13        BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
CSI-IM-ConfigExt-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250            CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250, 
    
resourceConfig-r12Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 for 4 REs.
            INTEGER (0..31), 
    
subframeConfig-r12Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
            INTEGER (0..154), 
    ..., 
    [[    interferenceMeasRestriction-r13    BOOLEAN                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310        CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


setup
The field is mandatory present if CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated is set to setup and this field has not been configured in CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon; otherwise the field is optional, need ON.






CSI-IM-Config field descriptions


resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 for 4 REs.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.6 and TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
– CSI-IM-ConfigId
The IE CSI-IM-ConfigId is used to identify a CSI-IM configuration that is configured by the IE CSI-IM-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11 ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r11) 
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12 ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r12) 
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1250 ::=                INTEGER (maxCSI-IM-r12) 
CSI-IM-ConfigId-v1310 ::=                INTEGER (minCSI-IM-r13..maxCSI-IM-r13) 
CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13 ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxCSI-IM-r13) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CSI-Process
The IE CSI-Process is the CSI process configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-Process-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-ProcessId-r11            CSI-ProcessId-r11, 
    
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process.
        CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11, 
    
csi-IM-ConfigId-r11Refers to a CSI-IM configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. If csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250 or csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (i.e., UE ignores csi-IM-ConfigId-r11andcsi-IM-ConfigId-r12).
            CSI-IM-ConfigId-r11, 
    
p-C-AndCBSRList-r11The UE shall ignore p-C-AndCBSRList-r11 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed(in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured,
            P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a, 
    
cqi-ReportBothProc-r11Includes CQI configuration parameters applicable for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting, for which CSI process specific values may be configured. E-UTRAN configures the field if and only if cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId is included and/ or if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc is included.
        CQI-ReportBothProc-r11                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId-r11Refers to a periodic CQI reporting configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. Value 0 refers to the set of parameters defined by the REL-10 CQI reporting configuration fields, while the other values refer to the additional configurations E-UTRAN assigns by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 (and as covered by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId).
    INTEGER (0..maxCQI-ProcExt-r11)        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11If csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
applies for CSI subframe set 1. If csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 or csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for CSI subframe set 1 or CSI subframe set 2. Otherwise, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for all subframes. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 is configured
    CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc-r12Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. EUTRAN may configure the field only if the number of CSI-RS ports for non-zero power transmission CSI-RS configuration is 4.
    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r12Refers to one or two CSI-IM configurations that are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. csi-IM-ConfigIdList can include 2 entries only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process.
        CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r12 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is configured only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is for CSI subframe set 2. E-UTRAN shall set cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 the same as in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12 is configured.
    CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310    CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310    CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            CQI-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
eMIMO-Type-r13Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                    CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        eMIMO-Hybrid-r14                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
advancedCodebookEnabled-r14Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23].EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured withsemiOpenLoop.
        BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    eMIMO-Type-v1480                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    feCOMP-CSI-Enabled-v1530        BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        eMIMO-Type-v1530                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSI-Process field descriptions


advancedCodebookEnabled
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23].EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured withsemiOpenLoop.
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TXProc
Indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23] Table 7.2.4-0A to Table 7.2.4-0D is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. EUTRAN may configure the field only if the number of CSI-RS ports for non-zero power transmission CSI-RS configuration is 4.
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
If csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc
applies for CSI subframe set 1. If csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 or csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for CSI subframe set 1 or CSI subframe set 2. Otherwise, cqi-ReportAperiodicProc applies for all subframes. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc-r11 is configured
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2
cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is configured only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 is for CSI subframe set 2. E-UTRAN shall set cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r11 in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2 the same as in cqi-ReportAperiodicProc. E-UTRAN configures cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-v1310 only if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc2-r12 is configured.
cqi-ReportBothProc
Includes CQI configuration parameters applicable for both aperiodic and periodic CSI reporting, for which CSI process specific values may be configured. E-UTRAN configures the field if and only if cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId is included and/ or if cqi-ReportAperiodicProc is included.
cqi-ReportPeriodicProcId
Refers to a periodic CQI reporting configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. Value 0 refers to the set of parameters defined by the REL-10 CQI reporting configuration fields, while the other values refer to the additional configurations E-UTRAN assigns by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExt-r11 (and as covered by CQI-ReportPeriodicProcExtId).
csi-IM-ConfigId
Refers to a CSI-IM configuration that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. If csi-IM-ConfigId-v1250 or csi-IM-ConfigId-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (i.e., UE ignores csi-IM-ConfigId-r11andcsi-IM-ConfigId-r12).
csi-IM-ConfigIdList
Refers to one or two CSI-IM configurations that are configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. csi-IM-ConfigIdList can include 2 entries only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eMIMO-Type
Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
feCOMP-CSI-Enabled
Parameter: FeCoMPCSIEnabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. Refers to CSI feedback based on FeCoMP. E-UTRAN only configures the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type-r13 set to beamformedwith two NZP CSI-RS resources using the IE CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 which contains the two NZP CSI-RS reources configued with csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13.
p-C-AndCBSRList
The UE shall ignore p-C-AndCBSRList-r11 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed(in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured,
– CSI-ProcessId
The IE CSI-ProcessId is used to identify a CSI process that is configured by the IE CSI-Process. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-ProcessId-r11 ::=        INTEGER (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CSI-RS-Config
The IE CSI-RS-Config is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-RS-r10                    CHOICE { 
        release                        NULL,
        setup                        SEQUENCE { 
            
antennaPortsCount-r10Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where value an1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, an2 to 2 antenna ports and so on, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.
            ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8}, 
            
resourceConfig-r10Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2.
                INTEGER (0..31), 
            
subframeConfig-r10Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
                INTEGER (0..154), 
            
p-C-r10Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5. The UE shall ignore p-C-r10 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed(in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
                            INTEGER (-8..15) 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
    zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10        ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12            OPTIONAL             -- Need ON
} 
CSI-RS-Config-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2-r12Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 and TM 1 – 9 are configured for the serving cell.
        ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12            OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
    
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell, concerning the CSI-RS included in discovery signals.
        CHOICE { 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-List-r12    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12)) OF ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 
        } 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL                 -- Need ON
} 
CSI-RS-Config-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
eMIMO-Type-r13Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CSI-RS-Config-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
                                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    eMIMO-Hybrid-r14                    CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
advancedCodebookEnabled-r14Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23].EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured withsemiOpenLoop.
        BOOLEAN                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CSI-RS-Config-v1480 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    eMIMO-Type-v1480                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CSI-RS-Config-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    eMIMO-Type-v1530                CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CSI-RS-Config-r15 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                    NULL,
    setup                    SEQUENCE { 
        csi-RS-Config-r10            CSI-RS-Config-r10                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1250        CSI-RS-Config-v1250            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1310        CSI-RS-Config-v1310            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1430        CSI-RS-Config-v1430            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    } 
} 
ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-Conf-r12 ::=    CHOICE { 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 
} 
ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r12Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7.
        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r12Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
            INTEGER (0..154) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSI-RS-Config field descriptions


advancedCodebookEnabled
Value TRUE indicates that the UE should use the advanced code book defined in TS 36.213 [23].EUTRAN does not configure the field when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, when the UE is configured with eMIMO-Hybrid or when the UE is configured withsemiOpenLoop.
antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where value an1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, an2 to 2 antenna ports and so on, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.
ds-ZeroTxPowerCSI-RS
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell, concerning the CSI-RS included in discovery signals.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eMIMO-Type
Parameter: eMIMO-Type, see TS 36.213 [23], TS 36.211 [21]. If eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded, the codebooks used for deriving CSI feedback are in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-10 to Table 7.2.4-17. Choice values nonPrecoded and beamformed correspond to 'CLASS A' and 'CLASS B' respectively, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
p-C
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5. The UE shall ignore p-C-r10 if configured with eMIMO-Type unless it is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed(in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed) is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS2
Parameter for additional zeroTxPowerCSI-RS for a serving cell. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 and TM 1 – 9 are configured for the serving cell.
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7.
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
– CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed is used to specify the beamforming configuration of EBF/ FD-MIMO. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE    { 
    csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdListonly if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13E-UTRAN does not configure the field p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r13The field indicates the alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 per CSI-RS resource. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r13The field indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-18 to Table 7.2.4-20, is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. E-UTRAN configures the field only for a process referring to a single RS configuration using non-zero power transmission (i.e a process for which csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured). Field alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed corresponds to parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1 in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    channelMeasRestriction-r13                ENUMERATED {on}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r14            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r14E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdListonly if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r14E-UTRAN does not configure the field p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList-r14The field indicates the alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 per CSI-RS resource. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF BOOLEAN    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed-r14The field indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-18 to Table 7.2.4-20, is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. E-UTRAN configures the field only for a process referring to a single RS configuration using non-zero power transmission (i.e a process for which csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured). Field alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed corresponds to parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1 in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    channelMeasRestriction-r14                ENUMERATED {on}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14The field is used to configure NZP configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI RS reporting for which MAC controls activation. EUTRAN configures this field only when the UE is configured to use 2, 4 or and 8 ports CSI-RS, in which case EUTRAN configures the number of entries to be the same as the number of NZP resource configurations. For all these entries the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig. EUTRAN always configures this field together with csi-RS-NZP-Activation. Furthermore, for a given process, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure the periodic NZP configuration(s) and NZP CSI RS configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent reporting.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 
                                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430    CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14                CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14    OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14The field is used to configure NZP configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI RS reporting for which MAC controls activation. EUTRAN configures this field only when the UE is configured to use 2, 4 or and 8 ports CSI-RS, in which case EUTRAN configures the number of entries to be the same as the number of NZP resource configurations. For all these entries the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig. EUTRAN always configures this field together with csi-RS-NZP-Activation. Furthermore, for a given process, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure the periodic NZP configuration(s) and NZP CSI RS configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent reporting.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 
                                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nzp-ResourceConfigOriginal-v1430    CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    csi-RS-NZP-Activation-r14                CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14    OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430::=        SEQUENCE { 
    transmissionComb-r14                    NZP-TransmissionComb-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    frequencyDensity-r14                    NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-Activation-r14::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-RS-NZP-mode-r14                        ENUMERATED {semiPersistent, aperiodic}, 
    
activatedResources-r14The number of activated CSI-RS resources, which concerns a subset of the aperiodic CSI-RS resources (for both semi-persistent and aperiodic mode). E-UTRAN configures at mostthe minimum between nMaxResource as configured by MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r1430and the number of resources as configured by csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14.
                    INTEGER (0..4) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed field descriptions


ace-For4Tx-PerResourceConfigList
The field indicates the alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 per CSI-RS resource. E-UTRAN configures the field only if csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured.
activatedResources
The number of activated CSI-RS resources, which concerns a subset of the aperiodic CSI-RS resources (for both semi-persistent and aperiodic mode). E-UTRAN configures at mostthe minimum between nMaxResource as configured by MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r1430and the number of resources as configured by csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList-r14.
alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed
The field indicates whether code book in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2.4-18 to Table 7.2.4-20, is being used for deriving CSI feedback and reporting for a CSI process. E-UTRAN configures the field only for a process referring to a single RS configuration using non-zero power transmission (i.e a process for which csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured). Field alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed corresponds to parameter alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1 in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
csi-IM-ConfigIdList
E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdListonly if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed
If csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt-r13 is configured, E-UTRAN configures the same total number of entries for NZP, csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13 and p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList-r13.
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-ApList
The field is used to configure NZP configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI RS reporting for which MAC controls activation. EUTRAN configures this field only when the UE is configured to use 2, 4 or and 8 ports CSI-RS, in which case EUTRAN configures the number of entries to be the same as the number of NZP resource configurations. For all these entries the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig. EUTRAN always configures this field together with csi-RS-NZP-Activation. Furthermore, for a given process, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure the periodic NZP configuration(s) and NZP CSI RS configurations for aperiodic or semi-persistent reporting.
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO
The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using 12 and 16 ports CSI-RS.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt (in CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed)
Indicates the NZP configuration(s)in addition to the original NZP configuration, as defined by csi-RS-Config-r10 (TM9)or csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 (TM10). I.e. extends the size of the NZP configuration list (originally a single entry i.e. list of size 1) using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList
E-UTRAN does not configure the field p-C-AndCBSR-PerResourceConfigList if the UE is configured with eMIMO-Type set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured.
– CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO is used to specify the CSI (Channel-State Information) reference signal configuration for EBF/ FD-MIMO. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-r13 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        CHOICE { 
        nonPrecoded-r13                CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13, 
        beamformed-r13                CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r13 
    } 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1430 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        CHOICE { 
        nonPrecoded-v1430                CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430, 
        beamformed-v1430                CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430 
    } 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1480 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        CHOICE { 
        nonPrecoded-v1480                CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480, 
        beamformed-v1480                CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-v1430 
    } 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-v1530 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        CHOICE { 
        nonPrecoded-v1530                CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530 
    } 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        CSI-RS-ConfigBeamformed-r14 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO-Hybrid-r14 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        SEQUENCE { 
        
periodicityOffsetIndex-r14This parameter is associated with the first EMIMO configuration of the hybrid eMIMO configuration.
            INTEGER (0..1023)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        eMIMO-Type2-r14                        CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO2-r14        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSI-RS-ConfigEMIMO field descriptions


periodicityOffsetIndex
This parameter is associated with the first EMIMO configuration of the hybrid eMIMO configuration.
– CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded is used to specify the non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    p-C-AndCBSRList-r13                        P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    codebookConfigN1-r13                    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8}, 
    codebookConfigN2-r13                    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n8}, 
    codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O1-r13    ENUMERATED {n4, n8}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-O2-r13    ENUMERATED {n4, n8}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
codebookConfig-r13Indicates a sub-set of the codebook entry, see TS 36.213 [23].
                        INTEGER (1..4), 
    
csi-IM-ConfigIdList-r13E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdListonly if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF CSI-IM-ConfigId-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using more than 8 ports CSI-RS as defined in TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5-1.
                CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1430::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430            CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    codebookConfigN1-v1430                    ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16}, 
    codebookConfigN2-v1430                    ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7}, 
    nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1430    CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1480            CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    codebookConfigN1-v1480                    ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7, n10, n12, n14, n16}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    codebookConfigN2-r1480                    ENUMERATED {n5, n6, n7}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nzp-ResourceConfigTM9-Original-v1480    CSI-RS-Config-NZP-v1430 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    p-C-AndCBSRList-r15                        P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded field descriptions


codebookConfig
Indicates a sub-set of the codebook entry, see TS 36.213 [23].
codebookConfigNx
Indicates the number of antenna ports per polarization in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference signals. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN configures the field in accordance with the restrictions as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-v1480 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field codebookConfigNx in CSI-RS-ConfigNonPrecoded-r13.
codebookOverSamplingRateConfig-Ox
Indicates the spatial over-sampling rate in dimension x as used for transmission of CSI reference signals. Value n4 corresponds to 4 and value n8 corresponds to 8, see TS 36.213 [23].
csi-IM-ConfigId(List)
E-UTRAN configures the field csi-IM-ConfigIdListonly if the IE is included in CSI-Process is configured (i.e. when TM10 is configured for the serving cell).
csi-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO
The field is used to configure NZP configurations additional to the one defined by the original NZP configuration as included in CSI-RS-Config/ CSI-Process when using more than 8 ports CSI-RS as defined in TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5-1.
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero power transmission that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. UE shall ignoreCSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 if CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 is signalled.
            CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11, 
    
antennaPortsCount-r11Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.
            ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, an8}, 
    
resourceConfig-r11Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2.
                INTEGER (0..31), 
    
subframeConfig-r11Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
                INTEGER (0..154), 
    
scramblingIdentity-r11Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
            INTEGER (0..503), 
    
qcl-CRS-Info-r11Indicates CRS antenna ports that is quasi co-located with the CSI-RS antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5. EUTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB.
                SEQUENCE { 
        qcl-ScramblingIdentity-r11        INTEGER (0..503), 
        crs-PortsCount-r11                ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1}, 
        
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If qcl-CRS-Info-r11 is absent, the field is released.
    CHOICE { 
                release                        NULL,
                setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                    subframeConfigList            MBSFN-SubframeConfigList 
                } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    csi-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310        CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
transmissionComb-r14Indicates the transmission combining offset. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].
            NZP-TransmissionComb-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
frequencyDensity-r14Indicates the freqency-domain density reduction. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].
            NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430    CHOICE { 
                release                        NULL,
                setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                    subframeConfigList-v1430    MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 
                } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]] 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-r13 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        SEQUENCE { 
        
nzp-resourceConfigList-r13Indicate a list of non-zero power transmission CSI-RS resources using parameterresourceConfig.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13, 
        
cdmType-r13Parameter: CDMType, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.2.
                        ENUMERATED {cdm2, cdm4}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        } 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-EMIMO-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- All extensions are for Non-Precoded so could be grouped by setup/ release choice
    nzp-resourceConfigListExt-r14    SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..4)) OF NZP-ResourceConfig-r13, 
    cdmType-v1430                    ENUMERATED {cdm8 }            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
NZP-ResourceConfig-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
resourceConfig-r13Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2.
                ResourceConfig-r13, 
    ..., 
    [[    
transmissionComb-r14Indicates the transmission combining offset. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].
        NZP-TransmissionComb-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
frequencyDensity-r14Indicates the freqency-domain density reduction. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].
        NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
ResourceConfig-r13 ::=                INTEGER (0..31) 
NZP-TransmissionComb-r14 ::=            INTEGER (0..2) 
NZP-FrequencyDensity-r14 ::=            ENUMERATED {d1, d2, d3} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSI-RS-ConfigNZP field descriptions


antennaPortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals where an1 corresponds to 1, an2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.
cdmType
Parameter: CDMType, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.5.2.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPId
Refers to a CSI RS configuration using non-zero power transmission that is configured for the same frequency as the CSI process. UE shall ignoreCSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 if CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 is signalled.
frequencyDensity
Indicates the freqency-domain density reduction. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If qcl-CRS-Info-r11 is absent, the field is released.
nzp-resourceConfigList
Indicate a list of non-zero power transmission CSI-RS resources using parameterresourceConfig.
qcl-CRS-Info
Indicates CRS antenna ports that is quasi co-located with the CSI-RS antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5. EUTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
scramblingIdentity
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
transmissionComb
Indicates the transmission combining offset. E-UTRAN configures the values in accordance with the restrictions specified in TS 36.213 [23].
– CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration using non-zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigNZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11) 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 ::=                INTEGER (minCSI-RS-NZP-r13..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13) 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13 ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CSI-RS-ConfigZP
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP is the CSI-RS resource configuration, for which UE assumes zero transmission power, that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11        CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11, 
    
resourceConfigList-r11Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7.
        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
subframeConfig-r11Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
            INTEGER (0..154), 
    ... 
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSI-RS-ConfigZP field descriptions


CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList
Indicates the aperiodic zero power CSI-RS present in a given subframe. See 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.9-2. First entry in the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 00, second entry in the list corresponds to aperiodic trigger 01 and so on.
resourceConfigList
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.7.
subframeConfig
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], table 6.10.5.3-1.
– CSI-RS-ConfigZPId
The IE CSI-RS-ConfigZPId is used to identify a CSI-RS resource configuration for which UE assumes zero transmission power, as configured by the IE CSI-RS-ConfigZP. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DataInactivityTimer
The IE DataInactivityTimer is used to control Data inactivity operation. Corresponds to the timer for data inactivity monitoring in TS 36.321 [6]. Value s1 corresponds to 1 second, s2 corresponds to 2 seconds and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
DataInactivityTimer-r14 ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                            s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20, s40, s50, s60, 
                                            s80, s100, s120, s150, s180} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DMRS-Config
The IE DMRS-Config is the DMRS configuration that E-UTRAN may configure on a serving frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
DMRS-Config-r11 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        SEQUENCE { 
        scramblingIdentity-r11        INTEGER (0..503), 
        scramblingIdentity2-r11        INTEGER (0..503) 
    } 
} 
DMRS-Config-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        
dmrs-tableAlt-r13The field indicates whether to use an alternative table for DMRS upon PDSCH transmission, see TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




DMRS-Config field descriptions


scramblingIdentity, scramblingIdentity2
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1.
dmrs-tableAlt
The field indicates whether to use an alternative table for DMRS upon PDSCH transmission, see TS 36.213 [23].
– DRB-Identity
The IE DRB-Identity is used to identify a DRB used by a UE. 

 -- ASN1START
DRB-Identity ::=                    INTEGER (1..32) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– EPDCCH-Config
The IE EPDCCH-Config specifies the subframes and resource blocks for EPDCCH monitoring that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell. 

 -- ASN1START
EPDCCH-Config-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE{ 
    config-r11        CHOICE { 
        release                        NULL,
        setup                        SEQUENCE { 
            subframePatternConfig-r11    CHOICE { 
                release                        NULL,
                setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                    subframePattern-r11            MeasSubframePattern-r10 
                } 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
            startSymbol-r11                INTEGER (1..4)                        OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
            setConfigToReleaseList-r11    EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
            setConfigToAddModList-r11    EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
        } 
    } 
} 
EPDCCH-SetConfigToAddModList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11 
EPDCCH-SetConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxEPDCCH-Set-r11)) OF EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11 
EPDCCH-SetConfig-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    setConfigId-r11                    EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11, 
    transmissionType-r11            ENUMERATED {localised, distributed}, 
    resourceBlockAssignment-r11        SEQUENCE{ 
        numberPRB-Pairs-r11                ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8}, 
        resourceBlockAssignment-r11        BIT STRING (SIZE(4..38)) 
    }, 
    dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r11    INTEGER (0..503), 
    pucch-ResourceStartOffset-r11    INTEGER (0..2047), 
    re-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11        PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    csi-RS-ConfigZPId2-r12        CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    numberPRB-Pairs-v1310            CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            ENUMERATED {n6} 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        mpdcch-config-r13                CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                csi-NumRepetitionCE-r13            ENUMERATED {sf1, sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32}, 
                mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig-r13    ENUMERATED {on,off}, 
                mpdcch-StartSF-UESS-r13            CHOICE { 
                    fdd-r13                            ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, 
                                                                v5, v8, v10}, 
                    tdd-r13                            ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, 
                                                                v20, spare1} 
                }, 
                mpdcch-NumRepetition-r13        ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, 
                                                            r32, r64, r128, r256}, 
                mpdcch-Narrowband-r13            INTEGER (1.. maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
EPDCCH-SetConfigId-r11 ::=    INTEGER (0..1) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– EIMTA-MainConfig
The IE EIMTA-MainConfig is used to specify the eIMTA-RNTI used for eIMTA and the subframes used for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. The IE EIMTA-MainConfigServCell is used to specify the eIMTA related parameters applicable for the concerned serving cell. 

 -- ASN1START
EIMTA-MainConfig-r12 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        eimta-RNTI-r12                C-RNTI, 
        eimta-CommandPeriodicity-r12    ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80}, 
        eimta-CommandSubframeSet-r12    BIT STRING (SIZE(10)) 
    } 
} 
EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex-r12            INTEGER (1..5), 
        eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r12        ENUMERATED {sa2, sa4, sa5}, 
        mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1250        CHOICE { 
                release                                NULL,
                setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                subframeConfigList-r12                MBSFN-SubframeConfigList 
            } 
        } 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




EPDCCH-Config field descriptions


csi-NumRepetitionCE
Number of subframes for CSI reference resource, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes and so on.
csi-RS-ConfigZPId2
Indicates the rate matching parameters in addition to those indicated by re-MappingQCL-ConfigId. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt
The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter  or  defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.1.
EPDCCH-SetConfig
Provides EPDCCH configuration set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4. E-UTRAN configures at least one EPDCCH-SetConfig when EPDCCH-Config is configured.For BL UEs or UEs in CE, EUTRAN does not configure more than one EPDCCH-SetConfig.
mpdcch-Narrowband
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8B.5. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-NumRepetition
Maximum numbers of repetitions for UE-SS for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]. E-UTRAN does not configure the value on if freqHoppingParametersDL is not present in SystemInformationBlockType1.
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS
Starting subframe configuration for an MPDCCH UE-specific search space, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
numberPRB-Pairs
Indicates the number of physical resource-block pairs used for the EPDCCH set. Value n2 corresponds to 2 physical resource-block pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 physical resource-block pairs and so on. Value n8 is not supported if dl-Bandwidth is set to 6 resource blocks. EUTRAN only configures values up to n6 for BL UEs or UEs in CE. Value n6 is only applicable to BL UEs or UEs in CE.
pucch-ResourceStartOffset
PUCCH format 1a, 1b and 3 resource starting offset for the EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
re-MappingQCL-ConfigId
Indicates the starting OFDM symbol, the related rate matching parameters and quasi co-location assumption for EPDCCH when the UE is configured with tm10. This field provides the identity of a configured PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. E-UTRAN configures this field only when tm10 is configured.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource-block pair for EPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4. The size of resourceBlockAssignment is specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4, and based on numberPRB-Pairs andthe signalled value of dl-Bandwidth.If numberPRB-Pairs-v1310 field is present, the total number of physical resource-block pairs is 6 and it is composed of one subset of 2 physical resource-block pairs and another subset of 4 physical resource-block pairs, and the resourceBlockAssignment field defines the subset of 2 physical resource-block pairs.
setConfigId
Indicates the identity of the EPDCCH configuration set.
startSymbol
Indicates the OFDM starting symbol for any EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH on the same cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.1. If not present, the UE shall release the configuration and shall derive the starting OFDM symbol of EPDCCH and PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH from PCFICH. Values 1, 2, and 3 are applicable for dl-Bandwidth greater than 10 resource blocks. Values 2, 3, and 4 are applicable otherwise. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for UEs configured with tm10.
subframePatternConfig
Configures the subframes which the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH, except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4. If the field is not configured when EPDCCH is configured, the UE shall monitor the UE-specific search space on EPDCCH in all subframes except for pre-defined rules in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.
transmissionType
Indicates whether distributed or localized EPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8A.1.
– GWUS-Config
The IE GWUS-Config is used to specify the Group WUS configuration. For the UEs supporting GWUS,E-UTRAN uses GWUS to indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4]. 

 -- ASN1START
GWUS-Config-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
groupAlternation-r16Presence of the field enables WUS group alternation between the two or more WUS resources for the gap type, see TS 36.304 [4].
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
commonSequence-r16Presence of the field indicates common WUS sequence is configured. Value g0 indicates common WUS sequence for the shared WUS resource corresponds to g = 0, and value g126 indicates common WUS sequence for the shared WUS resource corresponds to g = 126, see TS 36.211 [21].
                ENUMERATED {g0, g126}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
timeParameters-r16Time domain WUS configuration information. For individual field descriptions, see WUS-Config. If the field is absent, the parameters in wus-Config apply.
                GWUS-TimeParameters-r16            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond NoWUSr15
    resourceConfigDRX-r16            GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16, 
    resourceConfig-eDRX-Short-r16    GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    resourceConfig-eDRX-Long-r16    GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TimeOffset
    
probThreshList-r16Paging probability thresholds corresponding to the paging probability groups, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value p20 corresponds to 20%, value p30 corresponds to 30%, and so on.
                GWUS-ProbThreshList-r16        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond ProbabilityBased
    
groupNarrowBandList-r16List indicating which paging narrowbands support group WUS see TS 36.304 [4]. First entry in the list indicates WUS support for first paging narrowband, second entry in the list indicates WUS support for second paging narrowband, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes groupNarrowBandList, the number of entries is equal to the value of paging-narrowBands. If this list is absent, group WUS is supported on all paging narrowbands.
E-UTRAN does not configure this field when RRC_INACTIVE is used in the cell.
            GWUS-GroupNarrowBandList-r16    OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
} 
GWUS-TimeParameters-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    maxDurationFactor-r16            ENUMERATED {one32th, one16th, one8th, one4th}, 
    numPOs-r16                        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1}            DEFAULT n1, 
    timeOffsetDRX-r16                ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240}, 
    timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r16        ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240}, 
    timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r16        ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    numDRX-CyclesRelaxed-r16        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    powerBoost-r16                    ENUMERATED {dB0, dB1dot8, dB3, dB4dot8}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
GWUS-ResourceConfig-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
resourceMappingPattern-r16Identifies the WUS resource mapping to time/frequency as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. If wus-Config-r15 is present in SystemInformationBlockType2, the field is set to value resourceLocationWithWUS; otherwise the field is set to value resourceLocationWithoutWUS.
        CHOICE { 
        resourceLocationWithWUS            ENUMERATED {primary, secondary, primary3FDM}, 
        resourceLocationWithoutWUS        ENUMERATED {n0, n2} 
    }, 
    
numGroupsList-r16List of WUS groups for each WUS resource see TS 36.304 [4]. First entry corresponds to the first resource, second entry corresponds to the second resource, and so on. numGroupsList is mandatory present in resourceConfigDRX. If numGroupsList is not present in resourceConfig-eDRX-Short, parameterfor DRX WUS resource applies for short eDRX WUS resource. If numGroupsList is not present in resourceConfig-eDRX-Long, parameterfor short eDRX WUS resource applies for long eDRX WUS resource.
                GWUS-NumGroupsList-r16            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
groupsForServiceList-r16Number of WUS groups for each paging probability group see TS 36.304 [4]. The first entry corresponds to the first probability group, the second entry corresponds to the second paging probability group, and so on. Total number of WUS groups in this list cannot be more than the total number of WUS groups in numGroupsList. If E-UTRAN includes groupsForServiceList, it includes the same number of entries and listed in the same order as in probThreshList.
        GWUS-GroupsForServiceList-r16    OPTIONAL     -- Cond ProbabilityBased
} 
GWUS-GroupsForServiceList-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGWUS-ProbThresholds-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxGWUS-Groups-1-r16) 
GWUS-GroupNarrowBandList-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)) OF BOOLEAN 
GWUS-NumGroupsList-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGWUS-Resources-r16)) OF GWUS-NumGroups-r16 
GWUS-ProbThreshList-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGWUS-ProbThresholds-r16)) OF GWUS-PagingProbThresh-r16 
GWUS-NumGroups-r16 ::=            ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} 
GWUS-PagingProbThresh-r16 ::=    ENUMERATED {p20, p30, p40, p50, p60, p70, p80, p90} 
 -- ASN1STOP




EIMTA-MainConfig field descriptions


eimta-CommandPeriodicity
Configures the periodicity to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 13.1. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
eimta-CommandSubframeSet
Configures the subframe(s) to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI within the periodicity configured by eimta-CommandPeriodicity. The 10 bits correspond to all subframes in the last radio frame within each periodicity. The left most bit is for subframe 0 and so on. Each bit can be of value 0 or 1. The value of 1 means that the corresponding subframe is configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI, and the value of 0 means otherwise. In case of TDD as PCell, only the downlink and the special subframes indicated by the UL/ DL configuration in SIB1 can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI. In case of FDD as PCell, any of the ten subframes can be configured for monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI.
eimta-HARQ-ReferenceConfig
Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
eimta-UL-DL-ConfigIndex
Index of I, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.4. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Configure the MBSFN subframes for the UE on this serving cell. An uplink subframe indicated by the DL/UL subframe configuration in SIB1 can be configured as MBSFN subframe.






GWUS-Config field descriptions


commonSequence
Presence of the field indicates common WUS sequence is configured. Value g0 indicates common WUS sequence for the shared WUS resource corresponds to g = 0, and value g126 indicates common WUS sequence for the shared WUS resource corresponds to g = 126, see TS 36.211 [21].
groupAlternation
Presence of the field enables WUS group alternation between the two or more WUS resources for the gap type, see TS 36.304 [4].
groupNarrowBandList
List indicating which paging narrowbands support group WUS see TS 36.304 [4]. First entry in the list indicates WUS support for first paging narrowband, second entry in the list indicates WUS support for second paging narrowband, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes groupNarrowBandList, the number of entries is equal to the value of paging-narrowBands. If this list is absent, group WUS is supported on all paging narrowbands.
E-UTRAN does not configure this field when RRC_INACTIVE is used in the cell.
groupsForServiceList
Number of WUS groups for each paging probability group see TS 36.304 [4]. The first entry corresponds to the first probability group, the second entry corresponds to the second paging probability group, and so on. Total number of WUS groups in this list cannot be more than the total number of WUS groups in numGroupsList. If E-UTRAN includes groupsForServiceList, it includes the same number of entries and listed in the same order as in probThreshList.
numGroupsList
List of WUS groups for each WUS resource see TS 36.304 [4]. First entry corresponds to the first resource, second entry corresponds to the second resource, and so on. numGroupsList is mandatory present in resourceConfigDRX. If numGroupsList is not present in resourceConfig-eDRX-Short, parameterfor DRX WUS resource applies for short eDRX WUS resource. If numGroupsList is not present in resourceConfig-eDRX-Long, parameterfor short eDRX WUS resource applies for long eDRX WUS resource.
probThreshList
Paging probability thresholds corresponding to the paging probability groups, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value p20 corresponds to 20%, value p30 corresponds to 30%, and so on.
resourceConfigDRX, resourceConfig-eDRX-Short, resourceConfig-eDRX-Long
WUS resource configured for each gap type see TS 36.304 [4]. If resourceConfig-eDRX-Short is not present, DRX WUS parameters apply for short eDRX WUS resource. If resourceConfig-eDRX-Long is not present, short eDRX WUS parameters apply for long eDRX WUS resource.
resourceMappingPattern
Identifies the WUS resource mapping to time/frequency as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. If wus-Config-r15 is present in SystemInformationBlockType2, the field is set to value resourceLocationWithWUS; otherwise the field is set to value resourceLocationWithoutWUS.
timeParameters
Time domain WUS configuration information. For individual field descriptions, see WUS-Config. If the field is absent, the parameters in wus-Config apply.
– LogicalChannelConfig
The IE LogicalChannelConfig is used to configure the logical channel parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
LogicalChannelConfig ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    ul-SpecificParameters                SEQUENCE { 
        
priorityLogical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.
                            INTEGER (1..16), 
        
prioritisedBitRatePrioritized Bit Rate for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in kilobytes/second. Value kBps0 corresponds to 0 kB/second, kBps8 corresponds to 8 kB/second, kBps16 corresponds to 16 kB/second and so on. Infinity is the only applicable value for SRB1 and SRB2
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128, 
                                                kBps256, infinity, kBps512-v1020, kBps1024-v1020, 
                                                kBps2048-v1020, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, 
                                                spare1}, 
        
bucketSizeDurationBucket Size Duration for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on.
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare2, 
                                                spare1}, 
        
logicalChannelGroupMapping of logical channel to logical channel group for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6].
                    INTEGER (0..3)            OPTIONAL             -- Need OR
    }        OPTIONAL,                                                                    -- Cond UL
    ..., 
    [[    
logicalChannelSR-Mask-r9Controlling SR triggering on a logical channel basis when an uplink grant is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
            ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL         -- Cond SRmask
    ]], 
    [[    
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit-r12Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. E-UTRAN only (optionally) configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) if logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
        BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
laa-UL-Allowed-r14Indicates whether the data of a logical channel is allowedto be transmitted via UL of LAA SCells. Value TRUE indicates that the logical channel is allowed to be sent via UL ofLAA SCells. Value FALSE indicates that the logical channel is not allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells.
                    BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer-r14The timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.18, in seconds. Value s0 means 0s, s0dot4 means 0.4s and so on. 
    ENUMERATED { 
                                            s0, s0dot4, s0dot8, s1dot6, s3, s6, s12, 
                                            s30}                OPTIONAL         --Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
allowedTTI-Lengths-r15Indicates the allowed TTI lengths for the logical channel. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the logical channel using any TTI length.
        CHOICE    { 
            release            NULL,
            setup            SEQUENCE { 
                shortTTI-r15        BOOLEAN,
                subframeTTI-r15        BOOLEAN 
            } 
        }                                        OPTIONAL,                                -- Need ON
        
logicalChannelSR-Restriction-r15Defines the restricted SR configuration for the logical channel. Value spucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on SPUCCH and value pucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on PUCCH. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the SR on any SR resource.
 CHOICE    { 
            release            NULL,
            setup            ENUMERATED {spucch, pucch} 
        }                                        OPTIONAL,                                -- Need ON
        
channelAccessPriority-r15Indicates the channel access priority class for the logical channel. UE shall select the lowest channel access priority class (i.e. highest signalled value) of the logical channel with MAC SDU multiplexed into the MAC PDU. MAC CEs except padding BSR apply the highest channel access priority class (i.e. lowest signalled value) , as defined in TS 36.300 [9]. 
            CHOICE { 
            release                                    NULL,
            setup                                    INTEGER (1..4) 
        }                                        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
lch-CellRestriction-r15Indicates cells which are restricted for the logical channel, The bit is set to 1 if the cell is restricted and to 0 if the cell is not restricted, for each cell. The least significant bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 0, the next bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 1, and so on. If the cell is restricted for the logical channel, then data for the logical channel is not allowed to be sent using that cell. If the field is not included, no cells are restricted. See also TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.3.1. The restriction is only active when PDCP duplication using CA is activated.
                BIT STRING (SIZE (maxServCell-r13)) OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
        
bitRateMultiplier-r16Bit rate multiplier for recommended bit rate MAC CE as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value x40 indicates bit rate multiplier 40, value x70 indicates bit rate multiplier 70 and so on.
        ENUMERATED {x40, x70, x100, x200}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


NoWUSr15
The field is mandatory present if wus-Config-r15is not present in SystemInformationBlockType2; otherwise the field is not present.
ProbabilityBased
The field is mandatory present if paging probability based WUS group selection is configured; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TimeOffset
The field is optionally present, Need OP, if timeOffset-eDRX-Long is present in timeParameters; otherwise the field is not present, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.






LogicalChannelConfig field descriptions


allowedTTI-Lengths
Indicates the allowed TTI lengths for the logical channel. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the logical channel using any TTI length.
bitRateMultiplier
Bit rate multiplier for recommended bit rate MAC CE as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value x40 indicates bit rate multiplier 40, value x70 indicates bit rate multiplier 70 and so on.
bitRateQueryProhibitTimer
The timer is used for bit rate recommendation query in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.18, in seconds. Value s0 means 0s, s0dot4 means 0.4s and so on. 
bucketSizeDuration
Bucket Size Duration for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on.
channelAccessPriority
Indicates the channel access priority class for the logical channel. UE shall select the lowest channel access priority class (i.e. highest signalled value) of the logical channel with MAC SDU multiplexed into the MAC PDU. MAC CEs except padding BSR apply the highest channel access priority class (i.e. lowest signalled value) , as defined in TS 36.300 [9]. 
laa-UL-Allowed
Indicates whether the data of a logical channel is allowedto be transmitted via UL of LAA SCells. Value TRUE indicates that the logical channel is allowed to be sent via UL ofLAA SCells. Value FALSE indicates that the logical channel is not allowed to be sent via UL of LAA SCells.
lch-CellRestriction
Indicates cells which are restricted for the logical channel, The bit is set to 1 if the cell is restricted and to 0 if the cell is not restricted, for each cell. The least significant bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 0, the next bit corresponds to the serving cell with index 1, and so on. If the cell is restricted for the logical channel, then data for the logical channel is not allowed to be sent using that cell. If the field is not included, no cells are restricted. See also TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.3.1. The restriction is only active when PDCP duplication using CA is activated.
logicalChannelGroup
Mapping of logical channel to logical channel group for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Mask
Controlling SR triggering on a logical channel basis when an uplink grant is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Prohibit
Value TRUE indicates that the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is enabled for the logical channel. E-UTRAN only (optionally) configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) if logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer is configured. See TS 36.321 [6].
logicalChannelSR-Restriction
Defines the restricted SR configuration for the logical channel. Value spucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on SPUCCH and value pucch indicates that the SR cannot be sent on PUCCH. If not configured, the UE is allowed to transmit the SR on any SR resource.
prioritisedBitRate
Prioritized Bit Rate for logical channel prioritization in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in kilobytes/second. Value kBps0 corresponds to 0 kB/second, kBps8 corresponds to 8 kB/second, kBps16 corresponds to 16 kB/second and so on. Infinity is the only applicable value for SRB1 and SRB2
priority
Logical channel priority in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer.
shortTTI, subframeTTI
For short TTIs and subframe TTIs respectively: Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to transmit using this TTI length for the logical channel and the value FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to transmit using this TTI length for the logical channel. If not configured for a TTI length, then the UE is allowed to transmit this logical channel using this TTI length.






Conditional presenceExplanation


SRmask
The field is optionally present if ul-SpecificParameters is present, need OR; otherwise it is not present.
UL
The field is mandatory present for UL logical channels; otherwise it is not present.
– LWA-Configuration
The IE LWA-Configuration is used to setup/modify/release LTE-WLAN Aggregation. 

 -- ASN1START
LWA-Configuration-r13 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        lwa-Config-r13                    LWA-Config-r13 
    } 
} 
LWA-Config-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
lwa-MobilityConfig-r13Indicates the parameters used for WLAN mobility.
            WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
lwa-WT-Counter-r13Indicates the parameter used by UE for WLAN authentication.
                INTEGER (0..65535)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    
wt-MAC-Address-r14Indicates the WT MAC address of the WT handling the LWA operation for the UE. The UE uses this MAC address in uplink transmissions to enable routing of LWA uplink data from the AP to the WT. E-UTRAN configures the field only if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is configured for at least one LWA bearer.
        OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




LWA-Configuration field descriptions


lwa-MobilityConfig
Indicates the parameters used for WLAN mobility.
lwa-WT-Counter
Indicates the parameter used by UE for WLAN authentication.
wt-MAC-Address
Indicates the WT MAC address of the WT handling the LWA operation for the UE. The UE uses this MAC address in uplink transmissions to enable routing of LWA uplink data from the AP to the WT. E-UTRAN configures the field only if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is configured for at least one LWA bearer.
– LWIP-Configuration
The IE LWIP-Configuration is used to add, modify or release DRBs that are using LWIP Tunnel. 

 -- ASN1START
LWIP-Configuration-r13 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        lwip-Config-r13                    LWIP-Config-r13 
    } 
} 
LWIP-Config-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
lwip-MobilityConfig-r13Indicates the WLAN mobility set for LWIP.
            WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
tunnelConfigLWIP-r13Indicates the parameters used for establishing the LWIP tunnel.
            TunnelConfigLWIP-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




LWIP-Configuration field descriptions


lwip-MobilityConfig
Indicates the WLAN mobility set for LWIP.
tunnelConfigLWIP
Indicates the parameters used for establishing the LWIP tunnel.
– MAC-MainConfig
The IE MAC-MainConfig is used to specify the MAC main configuration for signalling and data radio bearers. All MAC main configuration parameters can be configured independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), unless explicitly specified otherwise. 

 -- ASN1START
MAC-MainConfig ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    ul-SCH-Config                        SEQUENCE { 
        maxHARQ-Tx                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, 
                                                n10, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, 
                                                spare2, spare1}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        periodicBSR-Timer                    PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        retxBSR-Timer                        RetxBSR-Timer-r12, 
        ttiBundling                            BOOLEAN 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    drx-Config                            DRX-Config                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    timeAlignmentTimerDedicated            TimeAlignmentTimer, 
    phr-Config                            CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            periodicPHR-Timer                    ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, 
                                                            sf500, sf1000, infinity}, 
            prohibitPHR-Timer                    ENUMERATED {sf0, sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, 
                                                                sf200, sf500, sf1000}, 
            dl-PathlossChange                    ENUMERATED {dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity} 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    sr-ProhibitTimer-r9                    INTEGER (0..7)            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    mac-MainConfig-v1020                SEQUENCE { 
            sCellDeactivationTimer-r10            ENUMERATED { 
                                                    rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, 
                                                    spare}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
            extendedBSR-Sizes-r10                ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            extendedPHR-r10                        ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    stag-ToReleaseList-r11                STAG-ToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        stag-ToAddModList-r11                STAG-ToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        drx-Config-v1130                    DRX-Config-v1130        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    e-HARQ-Pattern-r12                    BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        dualConnectivityPHR                    CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                phr-ModeOtherCG-r12                    ENUMERATED {real, virtual} 
            } 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        logicalChannelSR-Config-r12        CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12        ENUMERATED {sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1} 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    drx-Config-v1310                    DRX-Config-v1310        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        extendedPHR2-r13                    BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset-r13    CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup 
                                            CHOICE { 
            sf5120                                    INTEGER(0..1),
            sf10240                                    INTEGER(0..3)
            } 
        }                                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    drx-Config-r13                        CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                DRX-Config-r13 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    skipUplinkTx-r14                    CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                skipUplinkTxSPS-r14                    ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
                skipUplinkTxDynamic-r14                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        dataInactivityTimerConfig-r14        CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                dataInactivityTimer-r14                DataInactivityTimer-r14 
            } 
        }                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    rai-Activation-r14                    ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    shortTTI-AndSPT-r15                CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                drx-Config-r15                    DRX-Config-r15                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                periodicBSR-Timer-r15            ENUMERATED { 
                                                    sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, 
                                                    sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, 
                                                    sf1280, sf2560, infinity} 
                                                                            OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                proc-Timeline-r15                ENUMERATED {nplus4set1, nplus6set1, 
                                                nplus6set2, nplus8set2 }    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                ssr-ProhibitTimer-r15            INTEGER (0..7)                OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig-r15    BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        dormantStateTimers-r15                CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                sCellHibernationTimer-r15            ENUMERATED { 
                    rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, spare}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
                dormantSCellDeactivationTimer-r15    ENUMERATED { 
                    rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, 
                    rf128, rf320, rf640, rf1280, rf2560, 
                    rf5120, rf10240, spare3, spare2, spare1}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    ce-ETWS-CMAS-RxInConn-r16                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    offsetThresholdTA-r17                    SetupRelease {OffsetThresholdTA-r17} 
                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        sr-ProhibitTimerOffset-r17                SetupRelease {SR-ProhibitTimerOffset-r17} 
                                                            OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    stag-Id-r11                            STAG-Id-r11        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ... 
} 
DRX-Config ::=                        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        onDurationTimer                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, 
                                                psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, 
                                                psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, 
                                                psf200}, 
        drx-InactivityTimer                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, 
                                                psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, 
                                                psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, 
                                                psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, 
                                                psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, psf0-v1020, 
                                                spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, 
                                                spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, 
                                                spare1}, 
        drx-RetransmissionTimer                ENUMERATED { 
                                                psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, 
                                                psf24, psf33}, 
        longDRX-CycleStartOffset        CHOICE { 
            sf10                            INTEGER(0..9),
            sf20                            INTEGER(0..19),
            sf32                            INTEGER(0..31),
            sf40                            INTEGER(0..39),
            sf64                            INTEGER(0..63),
            sf80                            INTEGER(0..79),
            sf128                            INTEGER(0..127),
            sf160                            INTEGER(0..159),
            sf256                            INTEGER(0..255),
            sf320                            INTEGER(0..319),
            sf512                            INTEGER(0..511),
            sf640                            INTEGER(0..639),
            sf1024                            INTEGER(0..1023),
            sf1280                            INTEGER(0..1279),
            sf2048                            INTEGER(0..2047),
            sf2560                            INTEGER(0..2559)
        }, 
        shortDRX                            SEQUENCE { 
            shortDRX-Cycle                        ENUMERATED    { 
                                                    sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, 
                                                    sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, 
                                                    sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640}, 
            drxShortCycleTimer                    INTEGER (1..16) 
        }        OPTIONAL                                                     -- Need OR
    } 
} 
DRX-Config-v1130 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130            ENUMERATED {psf0-v1130}    OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130            CHOICE { 
        sf60-v1130                                INTEGER(0..59),
        sf70-v1130                                INTEGER(0..69)
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    shortDRX-Cycle-v1130                    ENUMERATED    {sf4-v1130}    OPTIONAL     --Need OR
} 
DRX-Config-v1310 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310        SEQUENCE { 
        sf60-v1310                                INTEGER(0..59)
    }                                                                OPTIONAL     --Need OR    
} 
DRX-Config-r13 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    onDurationTimer-v1310                    ENUMERATED {psf300, psf400, psf500, psf600, 
                                                    psf800, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600} 
                                                    OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310            ENUMERATED {psf40, psf64, psf80, psf96, psf112, 
                                                    psf128, psf160, psf320} 
                                                        OPTIONAL,    --Need OR
    drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13            ENUMERATED {psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, 
                                                        psf24, psf33, psf40, psf64, psf80, psf96, 
                                                        psf112, psf128, psf160, psf320} 
                                                        OPTIONAL     --Need OR
} 
DRX-Config-r15 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15        ENUMERATED { 
                                                    tti10, tti20, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96, 
                                                    tti112,tti128, tti160, tti320} OPTIONAL, --Need OR
    drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI-r15    ENUMERATED { 
                                                tti0, tti1, tti2, tti4, tti6, tti8, tti16, 
                                                tti24, tti33, tti40, tti64, tti80, tti96, tti112, 
                                                tti128, tti160, tti320}    OPTIONAL  --Need OR
} 
PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12 ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, 
                                                sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, 
                                                infinity, spare1} 
RetxBSR-Timer-r12 ::=                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, 
                                                sf10240, spare2, spare1} 
OffsetThresholdTA-r17    ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms0dot5, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6 ,ms7, 
                                                ms8, ms9, ms10, ms11, ms12, ms13, ms14, ms15 
} 
SR-ProhibitTimerOffset-r17    ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms90, ms180, ms270, ms360, 
                                                ms450, ms540, ms1080, spare 
} 
STAG-ToReleaseList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-Id-r11 
STAG-ToAddModList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSTAG-r11)) OF STAG-ToAddMod-r11 
STAG-ToAddMod-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    stag-Id-r11                    STAG-Id-r11, 
    timeAlignmentTimerSTAG-r11    TimeAlignmentTimer, 
    ... 
} 
STAG-Id-r11::=                INTEGER (1..maxSTAG-r11) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– P-C-AndCBSR
The IE P-C-AndCBSR is used to specify the power control and codebook subset restriction configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
P-C-AndCBSR-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
p-C-r11Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
                        INTEGER (-8..15), 
    
codebookSubsetRestriction-r11Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.211 [21]. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
    BIT STRING 
} 
P-C-AndCBSR-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
p-C-r13Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
                        INTEGER (-8..15), 
    
cbsr-Selection-r13Indicates which codebook subset restriction parameter(s) are to be used. E-UTRAN applies values nonPrecoded when eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedK1a when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to TRUE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured and alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE.
            CHOICE{ 
        nonPrecoded-r13                SEQUENCE { 
            
codebookSubsetRestriction1-r13Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction1, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1d. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction1 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
                BIT STRING,
            
codebookSubsetRestriction2-r13Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction2, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1e. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction2 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
                BIT STRING 
        }, 
        beamformedK1a-r13            SEQUENCE { 
            
codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction3, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1f. The UE shall ignore codebookSubsetRestriction-r11 or codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 if codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13 is configured. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction3 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
                BIT STRING 
        }, 
        beamformedKN-r13            SEQUENCE { 
            
codebookSubsetRestriction-r13Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.211 [21]. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
                BIT STRING 
        } 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
P-C-AndCBSR-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
p-C-r15Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
                        INTEGER (-8..15), 
    
codebookSubsetRestriction4-r15Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction4, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction4 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
    BIT STRING 
} 
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13a ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r11 
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r13 
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF P-C-AndCBSR-r15 
 -- ASN1STOP




MAC-MainConfig field descriptions


ce-ETWS-CMAS-RxInConn
Indicates UE shall monitor for ETWS/CMAS notification on control channels associated with the shared data channel in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.
dl-PathlossChange
DL Pathloss Change and the change of the required power backoff due to power management (as allowed by P-MPRc, seeTS 36.101[42]) for PHR reportingin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB3 corresponds to 3 dB and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
dormantSCellDeactivationTimer
SCell deactivation timer for UEs supporting dormant state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell).Field dormantSCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
drx-Config
Used to configure DRX as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN configures the values in DRX-Config-v1130 only if the UE indicates support for IDC indication. E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-v1130, drx-Config-v1310 and drx-Config-r13 only if drx-Config (without suffix) is configured.E-UTRAN configures drx-Config-r13 only if UE supports CE or if the UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell.
drx-InactivityTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
drx-RetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.In case drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1130or drx-RetransmissionTimer-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore drx-RetransmissionTimer (i.e. without suffix).
drx-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti10 corresponds to 10 TTIs, value tti20 corresponds to 20 TTIs and so on.
drx-ULRetransmissionTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 correponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
drx-UL-RetransmissionTimerShortTTI
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of short TTIs when short TTI is configured. Value tti0 corresponds to 0 TTIs and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, value tti1 corresponds to 1 TTI and so on.
drxShortCycleTimer
Timer for DRXin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in multiples of shortDRX-Cycle. A value of 1 corresponds to shortDRX-Cycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * shortDRX-Cycle and so on.
dualConnectivityPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using Dual Connectivity Power Headroom Report MAC Control Element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup).For both LTE DC and (NG)EN-DC, if PHR functionality is configured, E-UTRAN always configures the value setup for this field andconfigures phr-Configand dualConnectivityPHR. For LTE DC, E-UTRAN configures the field for both CGs while for (NG)EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures the field only for MCG. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when a DAPS bearer is configured.
e-HARQ-Pattern
TRUE indicates that enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling is enabled for FDD. E-UTRAN enables this field only when ttiBundling is set to TRUE.
eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset
Indicates longDRX-Cycle and drxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of longDRX-Cycle is in number of sub-frames. The value of drxStartOffset, in number of subframes, is indicated by the value of eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset multiplied by 2560 plus the offset value configured in longDRX-CycleStartOffset. E-UTRAN only configures value setup when the value in longDRX-CycleStartOffset is sf2560.
extendedBSR-Sizes
If value setup is configured, the BSR index indicates extended BSR size levels as defined in TS 36.321 [6], Table 6.1.3.1-2.
extendedPHR
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headroom Report MAC control element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if more than one and up to eight Serving Cell(s) with uplink is configured and none of the serving cells with uplink configured has a servingCellIndex higher than seven and if PUCCH on SCell is not configured and if dual connectivity is not configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR only if phr-Config is configured. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when a DAPS bearer is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR if phr-Config is released.
extendedPHR2
Indicates if power headroom shall be reported using the Extended Power Headeroom Report MAC Control Element defined in TS 36.321 [6] (value setup). E-UTRAN always configures the value setup if any of the serving cells with uplink configured has a servingCellIndex higher than seven in case dual connectivity is not configured or if PUCCH SCell (with any number of serving cells with uplink configured) is configured. E-UTRAN configures extendedPHR2 only if phr-Config is configured. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when a DAPS bearer is configured. The UE shall release extendedPHR2 if phr-Config is released.
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Timerused to delay the transmission of an SR for logical channels enabled bylogicalChannelSR-Prohibit. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on. See TS 36.321 [6].
longDRX-CycleStartOffset
longDRX-Cycle anddrxStartOffset in TS 36.321 [6] unless eDRX-Config-CycleStartOffset is configured. The value of longDRX-Cycleis in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. If shortDRX-Cycle is configured, the value of longDRX-Cycle shall be a multiple of the shortDRX-Cycle value. The value of drxStartOffsetvalue is in number of sub-frames.In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix). In case longDRX-CycleStartOffset-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore longDRX-CycleStartOffset (i.e. without suffix).
maxHARQ-Tx
Maximum number of transmissions for UL HARQ in TS 36.321 [6].
mpdcch-UL-HARQ-ACK-FeedbackConfig
TRUE indicates E-UTRAN may send UL HARQ-ACK feedback or UL grant corresponding to a new transmission for early termination of PUSCH transmission, or positive acknowledgement of completed PUSCH transmissions as specified in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.212 [22]. In case of acknowledgement of RRC Connection Release, MPDCCH monitoring is terminated.
offsetThresholdTA
Offset for TA reporting as specified in TS 36.321 [6].Value ms0dot5 corresponds to 0.5 millisecond, value ms1 corresponds to 1 millisecond and so on.
onDurationTimer
Timer for DRX in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.In case onDurationTimer-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore onDurationTimer (i.e. without suffix).
periodicBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on.
periodicPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reportingin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
phr-ModeOtherCG
Indicates the mode (i.e. real or virtual) used for the PHR of the activated cells that are part of the other Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), when DC is configured.
proc-Timeline
Minimum processing timeline for short TTI with subslot operation. Value nplus4set1 indicates processing time n+4 for set 1, value nplus6set1 indicates processing time n+6 for set 1, value nplus6set2 indicates processing time n+6 for set and value nplus8set2 indicates processing time n+8 for set 2. See also UE capability min-Proc-TimelineSubslot for sTTI.
prohibitPHR-Timer
Timer for PHR reportingin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf0 corresponds to 0 subframes and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, sf100 corresponds to 100 subframes and so on.
rai-Activation
Activation of release assistance indication (RAI) in TS 36.321 [6] for BL UEs.
retxBSR-Timer
Timer for BSR reporting in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf640 corresponds to 640 sub-frames, sf1280 corresponds to 1280 sub-frames and so on.
sCellDeactivationTimer
SCell deactivation timer in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. If the field is absent, the UE shall delete any existing value for this field and assume the value to be set to infinity. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell).Field sCellDeactivationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
sCellHibernationTimer
SCell hibernation timer for UEs supporting dormant SCell state as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf4 corresponds to 4 radio frames, value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames and so on. E-UTRAN only configures the field if the UE is configured with one or more SCells other than the PSCell and PUCCH SCell. The same value applies for each SCell of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG) (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each SCell).Field sCellHibernationTimer does not apply for the PUCCH SCell.
shortDRX-Cycle
Short DRX cyclein TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 sub-frames, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.In case shortDRX-Cycle-v1130 is signalled, the UE shall ignore shortDRX-Cycle (i.e. without suffix). Short DRX cycle is not configured for UEs in CE.
skipUplinkTxDynamic
If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for an uplink grant other than a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission in the UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6].
skipUplinkTxSPS
If configured, the UE skips UL transmissions for a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission in the UE buffer as described in TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures skipUplinkTxSPS when there is at least one SPS configuration withsemiPersistSchedIntervalULshorter than sf10 or when at least one SPS-ConfigUL-STTI is configured for the cell group.
sr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for SR transmission on PUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR period of any serving cell with PUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, Value 2 corresponds to 2*SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23], table 10.1.5-1.
If sr-ProhibitTimerOffset is present, actual value of sr-ProhibitTimer = CEIL (sr-ProhibitTimerOffset/ SR period) + signalled value of sr-ProhibitTimer.
sr-ProhibitTimerOffset
Time offset for SR transmission on PUCCH. Value in milliseconds. Value ms90 corresponds to 90 ms, value ms180 corresponds to 180 ms and so on.
ssr-ProhibitTimer
Timer for prohibiting SR transmission on SPUCCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of SR period(s) of shortest SR period of any serving cell with SPUCCH. Value 0 means that behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. Value 1 corresponds to one SR period, value 2 corresponds to 2 SR periods and so on. SR period is defined in TS 36.213 [23], table 10.1.5-1.
stag-Id
Indicates the TAG of an SCell, see TS 36.321 [6]. Uniquely identifies the TAG within the scope of a Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG). If the field is not configured for an SCell (e.g. absent in MAC-MainConfigSCell), the SCell is part of the PTAG.
stag-ToAddModList, stag-ToReleaseList
Used to configure one or more STAGs. E-UTRAN ensures that a STAG contains at least one SCell with configured uplink. If, due to SCell release a reconfiguration would result in an 'empty' TAG, E-UTRAN includes release of the concerned TAG.
timeAlignmentTimerSTAG
Indicates the value of the time alignment timer for an STAG, see TS 36.321 [6].
ttiBundling
TRUE indicates that TTI bundling TS 36.321 [6] is enabled while FALSE indicates that TTI bundling is disabled. TTI bundling can be enabled for FDD and for TDD for configurations 0, 1 and 6 and additionally for configurations 2 and 3 when symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14 is configured. The functionality is performed independently per Cell Group (i.e. MCG or SCG), but E-UTRAN does not configure TTI bundling for the SCG. For a TDD PCell, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously enable TTI bundling and semi-persistent scheduling in this release of specification. Furthermore, for a Cell Group, E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and SCells with configured uplink, and E-UTRAN does not simultaneously configure TTI bundling and eIMTA.






P-C-AndCBSR field descriptions


cbsr-Selection
Indicates which codebook subset restriction parameter(s) are to be used. E-UTRAN applies values nonPrecoded when eMIMO-Type is set to nonPrecoded. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedK1a when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to TRUE and csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is configured. E-UTRAN applies value beamformedKN when eMIMO-Type is set to beamformed, csi-RS-ConfigNZPIdListExt is not configured and alternativeCodebookEnabledBeamformed is set to FALSE.
codebookSubsetRestriction
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction, see TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.211 [21]. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction1
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction1, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1d. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction1 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction2
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction2, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1e. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction2 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction3
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction3, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2-1f. The UE shall ignore codebookSubsetRestriction-r11 or codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 if codebookSubsetRestriction3-r13 is configured. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction3 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
codebookSubsetRestriction4
Parameter: codebookSubsetRestriction4, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.2. The number of bits in the codebookSubsetRestriction4 for applicable transmission modes is defined in TS 36.213 [23].
p-C
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
P-C-AndCBSR-Pair
E-UTRAN includes a single entry if the UE is configured with TM9. If the UE is configured with TM10 and E-UTRAN includes 2 entries, this indicates that the subframe patterns configured for CSI (CQI/PMI/PTI/RI/CRI) reporting (i.e. as defined by field csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2, or as defined by csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12) are to be used for this CSI process, while including a single entry indicates that the subframe patterns are not to be used for this CSI process. For a UE configured with TM10, E-UTRAN does not include 2 entries with csi-MeasSubframeSet1 and csi-MeasSubframeSet2for CSI processes concerning a secondary frequency. Furthermore, E-UTRAN includes 2 entries when configuring both cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex and cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex2.
– PDCCH-ConfigSCell
The IE PDCCH-ConfigSCell specifies PDCCH monitoring parameters that E-UTRAN may configure for a serving cell. 

 -- ASN1START
PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A-r13    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B-r14    ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4}    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B-r14    ENUMERATED {sf2, sf3, sf4}    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A-r14                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A-r14                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0A-r14         
                                PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4A-r14         
                                PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format0B-r14         
                                PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    pdcch-CandidateReductions-Format4B-r14         
                                PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
} 
PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n33, n66, n100} 
PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {n0, n50, n100, n150}                 
PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL1-r13        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL2-r13        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL3-r13        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL4-r13        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r13        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13 
    } 
} 
PDCCH-CandidateReductionsLAA-UL-r14 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL1-r14        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL2-r14        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r13, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL3-r14        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL4-r14        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14, 
        pdcch-candidateReductionAL5-r14        PDCCH-CandidateReductionValue-r14 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PDCP-Config
The IE PDCP-Config is used to set the configurable PDCP parameters for data radio bearers. 

 -- ASN1START
PDCP-Config ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
discardTimerIndicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 means 50 ms, ms100 means 100 ms and so on.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, 
                                            ms750, ms1500, infinity 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,            -- Cond Setup
    rlc-AM                                SEQUENCE { 
        
statusReportRequiredIndicates whether or not the UE shall send a PDCP Status Report upon re-establishment of the PDCP entity, upon PDCP data recovery, upon uplink data switching during DAPS handover and upon release of the source cell after DAPS handover as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. If the UE supports DAPS handover, for RLC UM radio bearers, the field has the value FALSE if it has not been configured.
                BOOLEAN 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,            -- Cond Rlc-AM-UM
    rlc-UM                                SEQUENCE { 
        
pdcp-SN-SizeIndicates the PDCP Sequence Number length in bits. For RLC UM: value len7bits means that the 7-bit PDCP SN format is used and len12bits means that the 12-bit PDCP SN format is used. For RLC AM: value len15bits means that the 15-bit PDCP SN format is used, value len18bits means that the 18-bit PDCP SN format is used, otherwise if the field is not included upon setup of the PCDP entity 12-bit PDCP SN format is used, as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
                        ENUMERATED {len7bits, len12bits} 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,            -- Cond Rlc-UM
    
headerCompressionE-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment, and without any drb-ContinueROHC. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment.E-UTRAN does not configure header compression while t-Reordering is configured except for DAPS bearers. E-UTRAN only configures this field when neither uplinkOnlyHeaderCompressionnor uplinkDataCompression is configured.
If headerCompression is configured, the UE shall apply the configured ROHC profile(s) in both uplink and downlink.ROHC and EHC can be both configured simultaneously for a DRB.
                    CHOICE { 
        notUsed                                NULL,
        rohc                                SEQUENCE { 
            
maxCIDIndicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as indicated by the UE.
                                INTEGER (1..16383)                DEFAULT 15, 
            
profilesThe profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile 0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with the same 8 LSB's is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied.
                            SEQUENCE { 
                profile0x0001                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0002                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0003                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0004                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0006                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0101                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0102                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0103                        BOOLEAN,
                profile0x0104                        BOOLEAN 
            }, 
            ... 
        } 
    }, 
    ..., 
    [[    
rn-IntegrityProtection-r10Indicates that integrity protection or verification shall be applied for all subsequent packets received and sent by the RN on the DRB.
        ENUMERATED {enabled}    OPTIONAL     -- Cond RN
    ]], 
    [[    pdcp-SN-Size-v1130                ENUMERATED {len15bits}    OPTIONAL     -- Cond Rlc-AM2
    ]], 
    [[    
ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG-r12Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via SCG as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for split DRBs. For PDCP duplication, if this field is set to TRUE, the primary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity. If this field is not configured or set to FALSE, the primary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity.
        BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
t-Reordering-r12Indicates the value of the reordering timer, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0 ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms20 means 20 ms and so on.
                ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms0, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms120, ms140, 
                                        ms160, ms180, ms200, ms220, ms240, ms260, ms280, ms300, 
                                        ms500, ms750, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, 
                                        spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, 
                                        spare2, spare1}                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond SetupS
    ]], 
    [[    
ul-DataSplitThreshold-r13Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b100 means 100 Bytes, b200 means 200 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for split DRBs.
        CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        ENUMERATED { 
                                        b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400, b12800, 
                                        b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600, b819200, 
                                        spare1} 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pdcp-SN-Size-v1310                ENUMERATED {len18bits}    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Rlc-AM3
        
statusFeedback-r13Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP Status Report periodically or by E-UTRAN polling as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN configures this field only for LWA DRB.
                CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                
statusPDU-TypeForPolling-r13Indicates the PDCP Control PDU option when it is triggered by E-UTRAN polling. Value type1 indicates using the legacy PDCP Control PDU for PDCP status reporting and value type2 indicates using the LWA specific PDCP Control PDU for LWA status reporting as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
        ENUMERATED {type1, type2}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1-r13Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type1 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
        ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90, 
                                        ms100, ms150, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms5000, 
                                        ms10000, ms20000, ms50000}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2-r13Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type2 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
        ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms5, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, ms90, 
                                        ms100, ms150, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms5000, 
                                        ms10000, ms20000, ms50000}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                
statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset-r13Indicates the value of the offset for type2 Status PDU periodicity, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms1 means 1 ms, ms2 means 2 ms and so on.
    ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms1, ms2, ms5, ms10, ms25, ms50, ms100, ms250, ms500, 
                                        ms2500, ms5000, ms25000}    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    ul-LWA-Config-r14            CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                
ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN-r14Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via the LWAAP entity as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. EUTRAN only configures this field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for LWA DRBs.
        BOOLEAN,
                
ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold-r14Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b0 means 0 Bytes, b100 means 100 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for LWA DRBs.
    ENUMERATED { 
                                        b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400, 
                                        b12800, b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800, b409600, 
                                        b819200 }            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            } 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression-r14Indicates the ROHC configuration that the UE shall apply uplink-only ROHC operations, see TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures this field when headerCompression is not configured.
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split and LWA DRBs E-UTRAN configures only notUsed.
        CHOICE { 
            notUsed-r14                            NULL,
            rohc-r14                                SEQUENCE { 
                
maxCID-r14Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as indicated by the UE.
                                INTEGER (1..16383)        DEFAULT 15, 
                
profiles-r14The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile 0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with the same 8 LSB's is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied.
                            SEQUENCE { 
                    profile0x0006-r14                        BOOLEAN 
                }, 
                ... 
            } 
        }                                                    OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
uplinkDataCompression-r15Indicates theUDCconfiguration that the UE shall apply. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for a DRB, if ethernetHeaderCompression, headerCompression or uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression is already configured for the DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for the split and LWA DRBs.The maximum number of DRBs where uplinkDataCompression can be applied is two. In this version of the specification, for existing DRBs, E-UTRAN can only (re)configure uplinkDataCompressionvia handover procedure or the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after RRC connection re-establishment.
    SEQUENCE { 
            
bufferSize-r15Indicates the buffer size applied for UDC specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value kbyte2 means 2048 bytes, kbyte4 means 4096 bytes and so on.
                ENUMERATED {kbyte2, kbyte4, kbyte8, spare1}, 
            
dictionary-r15Indicates which pre-defined dictionary is usedfor UDC as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The value sip-SDP means that UE shall prefill the buffer with standard dictionary for SIP and SDP defined in TS 36.323 [8], and the value operatormeans that UE shall prefill the buffer with operator-defined dictionary.
                ENUMERATED {sip-SDP, operator}    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
            ... 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,-- Cond Rlc-AM4
        pdcp-DuplicationConfig-r15    CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                
pdcp-Duplication-r15Parameter for configuring PDCP duplication as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value configured indicates that PDCP duplication is configured but initially deactivated and value activated indicates that PDCP duplication is configured and activated upon configuration.For EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures PDCP duplication for MCG DRB only if PDCP duplication is not configured for any split DRB. PDCP duplication is not supported during a DAPS handover.
        ENUMERATED {configured, activated} 
            } 
        }                                                    OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
    
ethernetHeaderCompression-r16This field configures Ethernet Header Compression. This field can only be configured for DRB.
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure ethernetHeaderCompression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure ethernetHeaderCompression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment.
E-UTRAN does not configure this field if uplinkDataCompression is configured.E-UTRAN does not configure this field for split and LWA DRBs.
    SetupRelease {EthernetHeaderCompression-r16}    OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
discardTimerExt-r17Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms2000 means 2000 ms.
The UE shall use the extended value discardTimerExt, if present, and ignore the value signaled by discardTimer.
        SetupRelease {DiscardTimerExt-r17}    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
EthernetHeaderCompression-r16    ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ehc-Common-r16Indicates the configurations that apply for both downlink and uplink.
        SEQUENCE { 
        
ehc-CID-Length-r16Indicates the length of the CID field for EHC packet. Once the field ethernetHeaderCompression-r16 is configured for a DRB, the value of the field ehc-CID-Length for this DRB is not reconfigured to a different value.
        ENUMERATED {bits7, bits15} 
    }, 
    
ehc-Downlink-r16Indicates the configurations that apply for only downlink. If the field is configured, then Ethernet header compression is configured for downlink. Otherwise, it is not configured for downlink.
    SEQUENCE { 
        
drb-ContinueEHC-DL-r16Indicates whether the PDCP entity continues or resets the downlink EHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The field isconfigured only in case of resuming an RRC connection or reconfiguration with sync, where the PDCP termination point is not changed and the fullConfig is not indicated.
        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
    }    OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
    
ehc-Uplink-r16Indicates the configurations that apply for only uplink. If the field is configured, then Ethernet header compression is configured for uplink. Otherwise, it is not configured for uplink.
        SEQUENCE { 
        
maxCID-EHC-UL-r16Indicates the value of the MAX_CID_EHC_UL parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CID_EHC_UL across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberEHC-Contexts parameter as indicated by the UE.
                INTEGER (1..32767), 
        
drb-ContinueEHC-UL-r16Indicates whether the PDCP entity continues or resets the uplink EHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The field isconfigured only in case of resuming an RRC connection or reconfiguration with sync, where the PDCP termination point is not changed and the fullConfig is not indicated.
        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
    }    OPTIONAL,   -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
DiscardTimerExt-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {ms2000, spare} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PDCCH-ConfigSCell field descriptions


maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format0B
Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 0B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on.
maxNumberOfSchedSubframes-Format4B
Indicates maximum number of schedulable subframes for DCI format 4B as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on.
skipMonitoringDCI-format0-1A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0/1A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 0A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
skipMonitoringDCI-Format4A
Indicates whether the UE is configured to omit monitoring DCI fromat 4A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
pdcch-candidateReductionALx
Indicates reduced (E)PDCCH monitoring requirements on UE specific search space of the x-th aggregation level, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1. Value n0 corresponds to 0%, value n33 corresponds to 33% and so on.
pdcch-CandidateReductions-Formatx
Indicates number of blind detections on UE specific search space for each aggregation layer as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The field can only be present when the UE is configured with uplink of an LAA SCell. If pdcch-CandidateReductions-Formatx is not configured, pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13 applies to the corresponding DCIs (if configured).






PDCP-Config field descriptions


bufferSize
Indicates the buffer size applied for UDC specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value kbyte2 means 2048 bytes, kbyte4 means 4096 bytes and so on.
dictionary
Indicates which pre-defined dictionary is usedfor UDC as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The value sip-SDP means that UE shall prefill the buffer with standard dictionary for SIP and SDP defined in TS 36.323 [8], and the value operatormeans that UE shall prefill the buffer with operator-defined dictionary.
discardTimer
Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms50 means 50 ms, ms100 means 100 ms and so on.
discardTimerExt
Indicates the discard timer value specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms2000 means 2000 ms.
The UE shall use the extended value discardTimerExt, if present, and ignore the value signaled by discardTimer.
drb-ContinueEHC-DL
Indicates whether the PDCP entity continues or resets the downlink EHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The field isconfigured only in case of resuming an RRC connection or reconfiguration with sync, where the PDCP termination point is not changed and the fullConfig is not indicated.
drb-ContinueEHC-UL
Indicates whether the PDCP entity continues or resets the uplink EHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The field isconfigured only in case of resuming an RRC connection or reconfiguration with sync, where the PDCP termination point is not changed and the fullConfig is not indicated.
ehc-CID-Length
Indicates the length of the CID field for EHC packet. Once the field ethernetHeaderCompression-r16 is configured for a DRB, the value of the field ehc-CID-Length for this DRB is not reconfigured to a different value.
ehc-Common
Indicates the configurations that apply for both downlink and uplink.
ehc-Downlink
Indicates the configurations that apply for only downlink. If the field is configured, then Ethernet header compression is configured for downlink. Otherwise, it is not configured for downlink.
ehc-Uplink
Indicates the configurations that apply for only uplink. If the field is configured, then Ethernet header compression is configured for uplink. Otherwise, it is not configured for uplink.
ethernetHeaderCompression
This field configures Ethernet Header Compression. This field can only be configured for DRB.
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure ethernetHeaderCompression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure ethernetHeaderCompression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment.
E-UTRAN does not configure this field if uplinkDataCompression is configured.E-UTRAN does not configure this field for split and LWA DRBs.
headerCompression
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment, and without any drb-ContinueROHC. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment.E-UTRAN does not configure header compression while t-Reordering is configured except for DAPS bearers. E-UTRAN only configures this field when neither uplinkOnlyHeaderCompressionnor uplinkDataCompression is configured.
If headerCompression is configured, the UE shall apply the configured ROHC profile(s) in both uplink and downlink.ROHC and EHC can be both configured simultaneously for a DRB.
maxCID
Indicates the value of the MAX_CID parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CIDs across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions parameter as indicated by the UE.
maxCID-EHC-UL
Indicates the value of the MAX_CID_EHC_UL parameter as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. The total value of MAX_CID_EHC_UL across all bearers for the UE should be less than or equal to the value of maxNumberEHC-Contexts parameter as indicated by the UE.
pdcp-Duplication
Parameter for configuring PDCP duplication as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value configured indicates that PDCP duplication is configured but initially deactivated and value activated indicates that PDCP duplication is configured and activated upon configuration.For EN-DC, E-UTRAN configures PDCP duplication for MCG DRB only if PDCP duplication is not configured for any split DRB. PDCP duplication is not supported during a DAPS handover.
pdcp-SN-Size
Indicates the PDCP Sequence Number length in bits. For RLC UM: value len7bits means that the 7-bit PDCP SN format is used and len12bits means that the 12-bit PDCP SN format is used. For RLC AM: value len15bits means that the 15-bit PDCP SN format is used, value len18bits means that the 18-bit PDCP SN format is used, otherwise if the field is not included upon setup of the PCDP entity 12-bit PDCP SN format is used, as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
profiles
The profiles used by both compressor and decompressor in both UE and E-UTRAN. The field indicates which of the ROHC profiles specified in TS 36.323 [8] are supported, i.e. value true indicates that the profile is supported. Profile 0x0000 shall always be supported when the use of ROHC is configured. If support of two ROHC profile identifiers with the same 8 LSB's is signalled, only the profile corresponding to the highest value shall be applied.
statusFeedback
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP Status Report periodically or by E-UTRAN polling as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN configures this field only for LWA DRB.
statusPDU-TypeForPolling
Indicates the PDCP Control PDU option when it is triggered by E-UTRAN polling. Value type1 indicates using the legacy PDCP Control PDU for PDCP status reporting and value type2 indicates using the LWA specific PDCP Control PDU for LWA status reporting as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type1
Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type1 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
statusPDU-Periodicity-Type2
Indicates the value of the PDCP Status reporting periodicity for type2 Status PDU, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5 ms, ms10 means 10 ms and so on.
statusPDU-Periodicity-Offset
Indicates the value of the offset for type2 Status PDU periodicity, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms1 means 1 ms, ms2 means 2 ms and so on.
t-Reordering
Indicates the value of the reordering timer, as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0 ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms20 means 20 ms and so on.
rn-IntegrityProtection
Indicates that integrity protection or verification shall be applied for all subsequent packets received and sent by the RN on the DRB.
statusReportRequired
Indicates whether or not the UE shall send a PDCP Status Report upon re-establishment of the PDCP entity, upon PDCP data recovery, upon uplink data switching during DAPS handover and upon release of the source cell after DAPS handover as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. If the UE supports DAPS handover, for RLC UM radio bearers, the field has the value FALSE if it has not been configured.
ul-DataSplitDRB-ViaSCG
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via SCG as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures the field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for split DRBs. For PDCP duplication, if this field is set to TRUE, the primary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity. If this field is not configured or set to FALSE, the primary RLC entity is MCG RLC entity and the secondary RLC entity is SCG RLC entity.
ul-DataSplitThreshold
Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b100 means 100 Bytes, b200 means 200 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for split DRBs.
ul-LWA-DRB-ViaWLAN
Indicates whether the UE shall send PDCP PDUs via the LWAAP entity as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. EUTRAN only configures this field (i.e. indicates value TRUE) for LWA DRBs.
ul-LWA-DataSplitThreshold
Indicates the threshold value for uplink data split operation as specified in TS 36.323 [8]. Value b0 means 0 Bytes, b100 means 100 Bytes and so on. E-UTRAN only configures this field for LWA DRBs.
uplinkDataCompression
Indicates theUDCconfiguration that the UE shall apply. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for a DRB, if ethernetHeaderCompression, headerCompression or uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression is already configured for the DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure uplinkDataCompression for the split and LWA DRBs.The maximum number of DRBs where uplinkDataCompression can be applied is two. In this version of the specification, for existing DRBs, E-UTRAN can only (re)configure uplinkDataCompressionvia handover procedure or the first RRCConnectionReconfiguration message after RRC connection re-establishment.
uplinkOnlyHeaderCompression
Indicates the ROHC configuration that the UE shall apply uplink-only ROHC operations, see TS 36.323 [8]. E-UTRAN only configures this field when headerCompression is not configured.
E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for an MCG DRB except for upon handover and upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure header compression for a SCG DRB except for upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. For split and LWA DRBs E-UTRAN configures only notUsed.






Conditional presenceExplanation


Rlc-AM-UM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. The field is optional, need ON, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity at handover, at the first reconfiguration after RRC re-establishment or at SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment or PDCP data recovery for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. If the UE supports DAPS handover, this field is optional, need ON, for a radio bearer configured with RLC UM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM2
The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM3
The field is optionally present, need OP, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM, if pdcp-SN-Size-v1130 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present.
Rlc-AM4
The field is optionally present, need ON, upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC AM. The field is optional, need OP, in case of reconfiguration of a PDCP entity at handover, or at the first reconfiguration after RRC re-establishment. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall continue to use the existing value.
Rlc-UM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of a PDCP entity for a radio bearer configured with RLC UM. It is optionally present, Need ON, upon handover within E-UTRA, upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment and upon SCG change involving PDCP re-establishment. Otherwise the field is not present.
RN
The field is optionally present when signalled to the RN, need OR. Otherwise the field is not present.
Setup
The field is mandatory present in case of radio bearer setup. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS
The field is mandatory present in case of setup of or reconfiguration to a split DRB or LWA DRB as well as in case of setup of or reconfiguration to a DRB associated with at least one RLC entity configured with rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery. The field is optionally present upon reconfiguration of a split DRB or LWA DRB or upon DRB type change from split to MCG DRB or from LWA to LTE only as well as upon reconfiguration of a DRB associated with at least one RLC entity configured with rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery, need ON. Otherwise the field is not present.
– PDSCH-Config
The IE PDSCH-ConfigCommon and the IE PDSCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PDSCH configuration respectively. 

 -- ASN1START
PDSCH-ConfigCommon ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
referenceSignalPowerParameter: Reference-signal power, which provides the downlink reference-signal EPRE,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. The actual value in dBm.
                INTEGER (-60..50), 
    
p-bParameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause Table 5.2-1.
                                    INTEGER (0..3) 
} 
PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED { 
                                            r16, r32 }                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED { 
                                            r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024, 
                                            r1536, r2048}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
p-aParameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
                                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, 
                                            dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3} 
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-r11                DMRS-Config-r11                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
qcl-OperationIndicates the quasi co-location behaviour to be used by the UE, type A, type B, or type C, as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. In case qcl-Operation-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the field qcl-Operation (without suffix). E-UTRAN configures qcl-Operation-v1530 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency and QCL type C is configured.
                        ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11    RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11        RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
tbsIndexAlt-r12Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 26 and 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1), to all subframes scheduled by DCI format 2C or 2D. Value a26 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 26A, and value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If this field is not configured, the UE shall use ITBS 26 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2 configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead.
                        ENUMERATED {a26, a33}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    dmrs-ConfigPDSCH-v1310                DMRS-Config-v1310                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz, and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz. If this field is absent, the UE shall release any existing value and set the maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B to 1.4 MHz. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. The max bandwidth can by configured to 5MHz for BL UEs and 5MHz or 20MHz for UEs in CE.
            ENUMERATED {bw5, bw20}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14Configuration of 10 (instead of 8) DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {on}                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14Activation of PDSCH HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {on}                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14Activation of dynamic HARQ-ACK delayfor HD-FDD for PDSCH in CE mode A controlled by the DCI, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value range1 corresponds to the first range of HARQ-ACK delays, and value range2 corresponds to second range of HARQ-ACK delays.
        ENUMERATED {range1, range2}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
tbsIndexAlt2-r14Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead.
                        ENUMERATED {b33}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    qcl-Operation-v1530                        ENUMERATED {typeC}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
tbs-IndexAlt3-r15Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A.
                            ENUMERATED {a37}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig-r15Configures the UE supporting alternative CQI table to use the alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {on}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config-r15Activation of 64 QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
                    ENUMERATED {on}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15Activation of flexible starting PRB for PDSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz.
    ENUMERATED {on}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
altMCS-TableScalingConfig-r15Presence of the field indicates activation of 6-bit MCS table (i.e., altMCS-Table) for UE indicating support for altMCS-Table, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. The indicated value configures the parameter altMCS-Table-Scaling where value oDot5 corresponds to scaling factor 0.5, value oDot625 corresponds to scaling factor 0.625 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23].
        ENUMERATED {oDot5, oDot625, oDot75, oDot875}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16Indicates whether DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, i.e., a single DCI can schedule up to 8 PDSCH transport blocks in CE mode A and up to 4 PDSCH transport blocks in CE mode B. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.11.
        SetupRelease {CE-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16} 
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1700 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config-r17Indicates whether 14-HARQ is enabled for HD-FDD Cat M1 UE, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN may set this field to setup only when DL multi-TB scheduling is not enabled and PUCCH repetition with HARQ-ACK bundling is not configured.
        SetupRelease {CE-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config-r17}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
ce-PDSCH-maxTBS-r17Indicates whether DL TBS of 1736 bits is enabled for HD-FDD Cat M1 UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2.
                ENUMERATED {enabled}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
tbsIndexAlt2-r14Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead.
                        ENUMERATED {b33}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CE-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
interleaving-r16Indicates whether interleaving for DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.11.
                        ENUMERATED {on}        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
harq-AckBundling-r16Indicates whether HARQ-ACK bundling for DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.3.
                    ENUMERATED {on}        OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
CE-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-HARQ-AckDelay-r17Configures the HARQ ACK delay between different subframe types and absolute subframes when UE is configured with 14 HARQ, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value alt-1 corresponds to Alt-1 and value alt-2e corresponds to Alt-2e.
    ENUMERATED {alt-1, alt-2e} 
} 
RE-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11 
RE-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11)) OF PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    pdsch-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11    PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11, 
    
optionalSetOfFields-r11If absent, the UE releases the configuration provided previously, if any, and applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530, this field corresponds to codeword 0, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.
                SEQUENCE { 
        crs-PortsCount-r11                    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1}, 
        crs-FreqShift-r11                    INTEGER (0..5), 
        
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If optionalSetOfFields is absent, the fields mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 and mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 are released.
        CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                subframeConfigList                    MBSFN-SubframeConfigList 
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
pdsch-Start-r11The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.7-1. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on. If the field pdsch-Start-v1530 is also configured, E-UTRAN ensures that this value is the same as pdsch-Start (i.e., without suffix).
                        ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned} 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11                CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11, 
    
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11Indicates the CSI-RS resource that is quasi co-located with the PDSCH antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.9. E-UTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB or qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC, the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 corresponds to codeword 0, and the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530 corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10..
            CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430    CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                subframeConfigList-v1430    MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 
            } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    codewordOneConfig-v1530                CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        SEQUENCE { 
                crs-PortsCount-v1530                    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1}, 
                crs-FreqShift-v1530                        INTEGER (0..5), 
                mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1530            MBSFN-SubframeConfigList    OPTIONAL,
                mbsfn-SubframeConfigListExt-v1530        MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430 OPTIONAL,
                pdsch-Start-v1530                        ENUMERATED {reserved, n1, n2, n3, n4, assigned}, 
                csi-RS-ConfigZPId-v1530                    CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11, 
                qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530            CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11    OPTIONAL 
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Cond TypeC
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PDSCH-Config field descriptions


altMCS-TableScalingConfig
Presence of the field indicates activation of 6-bit MCS table (i.e., altMCS-Table) for UE indicating support for altMCS-Table, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. The indicated value configures the parameter altMCS-Table-Scaling where value oDot5 corresponds to scaling factor 0.5, value oDot625 corresponds to scaling factor 0.625 and so on, see TS 36.213 [23].
ce-CQI-AlternativeTableConfig
Configures the UE supporting alternative CQI table to use the alternative CQI table in CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [23].
ce-HARQ-AckBundling
Activation of PDSCH HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-HARQ-AckDelay
Configures the HARQ ACK delay between different subframe types and absolute subframes when UE is configured with 14 HARQ, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value alt-1 corresponds to Alt-1 and value alt-2e corresponds to Alt-2e.
ce-PDSCH-14HARQ-Config
Indicates whether 14-HARQ is enabled for HD-FDD Cat M1 UE, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN may set this field to setup only when DL multi-TB scheduling is not enabled and PUCCH repetition with HARQ-ACK bundling is not configured.
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config
Activation of 64 QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig
Activation of flexible starting PRB for PDSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz.
ce-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth
Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz, and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz. If this field is absent, the UE shall release any existing value and set the maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B to 1.4 MHz. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. The max bandwidth can by configured to 5MHz for BL UEs and 5MHz or 20MHz for UEs in CE.
ce-PDSCH-maxTBS
Indicates whether DL TBS of 1736 bits is enabled for HD-FDD Cat M1 UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2.
ce-PDSCH-MultiTB-Config
Indicates whether DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, i.e., a single DCI can schedule up to 8 PDSCH transport blocks in CE mode A and up to 4 PDSCH transport blocks in CE mode B. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.11.
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses
Configuration of 10 (instead of 8) DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-SchedulingEnhancement
Activation of dynamic HARQ-ACK delayfor HD-FDD for PDSCH in CE mode A controlled by the DCI, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value range1 corresponds to the first range of HARQ-ACK delays, and value range2 corresponds to second range of HARQ-ACK delays.
codewordOneConfig
The field corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. If absent, the UE applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency.
harq-AckBundling
Indicates whether HARQ-ACK bundling for DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.3.
interleaving
Indicates whether interleaving for DL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.11.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList
Indicates the MBSFN configuration for the CSI-RS resources. If optionalSetOfFields is absent, the fields mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11 and mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430 are released.
optionalSetOfFields
If absent, the UE releases the configuration provided previously, if any, and applies the values from the serving cell configured on the same frequency. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530, this field corresponds to codeword 0, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.
p-a
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
p-b
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause Table 5.2-1.
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
pdsch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB
Maximum value to indicate the set of PDSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
pdsch-Start
The starting OFDM symbol of PDSCH for the concerned serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.4. Values 1, 2, 3 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is greater than 10 resource blocks, values 2, 3, 4 are applicable when dl-Bandwidth for the concerned serving cell is less than or equal to 10 resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.7-1. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on. If the field pdsch-Start-v1530 is also configured, E-UTRAN ensures that this value is the same as pdsch-Start (i.e., without suffix).
qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId
Indicates the CSI-RS resource that is quasi co-located with the PDSCH antenna ports, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.9. E-UTRAN configures this field if and only if the UE is configured with qcl-Operation set to typeB or qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC. If the UE is configured with qcl-Operation-v1530 set to typeC, the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 corresponds to codeword 0, and the field qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1530 corresponds to codeword 1, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10..
qcl-Operation
Indicates the quasi co-location behaviour to be used by the UE, type A, type B, or type C, as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10. In case qcl-Operation-v1530 is present, the UE shall ignore the field qcl-Operation (without suffix). E-UTRAN configures qcl-Operation-v1530 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency and QCL type C is configured.
referenceSignalPower
Parameter: Reference-signal power, which provides the downlink reference-signal EPRE,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. The actual value in dBm.
re-MappingQCLConfigToAddModList, re-MappingQCLConfigToReleaseList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures at least one PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
tbsIndexAlt
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 26 and 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1), to all subframes scheduled by DCI format 2C or 2D. Value a26 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 26A, and value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If this field is not configured, the UE shall use ITBS 26 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2 configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead.
tbsIndexAlt2
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes instead.
tbs-IndexAlt3
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all subframes. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A.






Conditional presenceExplanation


TypeC
The field is optional, need ON when qcl-Operation is configured with typeC. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId
The IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId is used to identify a set of PDSCH parameters related to resource element mapping and quasi co-location, as configured by the IE PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-Config. The identity is unique within the scope of a carrier frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
PDSCH-RE-MappingQCL-ConfigId-r11 ::=        INTEGER (1..maxRE-MapQCL-r11) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PerCC-GapIndicationList
The IE PerCC-GapIndicationList is used to specify the UE measurement gap preference. 

 -- ASN1START
PerCC-GapIndicationList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF PerCC-GapIndication-r14 
PerCC-GapIndication-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    servCellId-r14                                ServCellIndex-r13,         
    gapIndication-r14                            ENUMERATED {gap, ncsg, nogap-noNcsg} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PHICH-Config
The IE PHICH-Config is used to specify the PHICH configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
PHICH-Config ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
phich-DurationParameter: PHICH-Duration, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.9.3-1.
                        ENUMERATED {normal, extended}, 
    
phich-ResourceParameter: Ng, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.9. Value oneSixth corresponds to 1/6, half corresponds to 1/2 and so on.
                        ENUMERATED {oneSixth, half, one, two} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PerCC-GapIndication field descriptions


servCellId
This field identifies the serving cell for which the measurement gap perference is provided.
gapIndication
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap preference per component carrier (serving cell) by the UE both in non-CA and CA configurations. Value gapindicates that a measurement gap is needed for the associated servCellId, value nogap-noNcsgindicates that neither a measurement gap nora ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId, value ncsgindicates that ncsg is needed for the associated servCellId. The UE shall indicate the per CC measurement gap preference consistently for the same non-CA or CA configuration and measurement configuration during the same RRC connection.






PHICH-Config field descriptions


phich-Duration
Parameter: PHICH-Duration, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.9.3-1.
phich-Resource
Parameter: Ng, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.9. Value oneSixth corresponds to 1/6, half corresponds to 1/2 and so on.
– PhysicalConfigDedicated
The IE PhysicalConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific physical channel configuration. widebandPRG-r16 SetupRelease {WidebandPRG-r16} OPTIONAL -- Need ON

 -- ASN1START
PhysicalConfigDedicated ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    pdsch-ConfigDedicated                PDSCH-ConfigDedicated            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
pucch-ConfigDedicatedE-UTRAN configures pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pucch-ConfigDedicated(i.e., without suffix) is not configured. UE shall ignore pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 when pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured.
                PUCCH-ConfigDedicated            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    pusch-ConfigDedicated                PUSCH-ConfigDedicated            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedE-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicated (without suffix) is configured.
            UplinkPowerControlDedicated        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCHPDCCH configuration for power control of PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
                TPC-PDCCH-Config                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCHPDCCH configuration for power control of PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
                TPC-PDCCH-Config                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    cqi-ReportConfig                    CQI-ReportConfig                OPTIONAL,        -- Cond CQI-r8
    soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
antennaInfoA choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration as specified in clause 9.2.4.
                            CHOICE { 
        explicitValue                        AntennaInfoDedicated, 
        defaultValue                        NULL 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond AI-r8
    schedulingRequestConfig                SchedulingRequestConfig            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    cqi-ReportConfig-v920                CQI-ReportConfig-v920        OPTIONAL,        -- Cond CQI-r8
        antennaInfo-v920                    AntennaInfoDedicated-v920    OPTIONAL         -- Cond AI-r8
    ]], 
    [[    
antennaInfo-r10A choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration as specified in clause 9.2.4.
                    CHOICE { 
            explicitValue-r10                AntennaInfoDedicated-r10, 
            defaultValue                    NULL 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond AI-r10
        antennaInfoUL-r10                AntennaInfoUL-r10                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cif-Presence-r10                BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-r10            CQI-ReportConfig-r10            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond CQI-r10
        
csi-RS-Config-r10For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
                CSI-RS-Config-r10                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020        PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1020        PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        schedulingRequestConfig-v1020    SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 
                                SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 
                            SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020     
                                    UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    additionalSpectrumEmissionCA-r10            CHOICE { 
            release                                    NULL,
            setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
                
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell-r10E-UTRAN does not configure this field in this release of the specification.
        AdditionalSpectrumEmission 
            } 
        }            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[     -- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
        csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 
                                    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. For a serving frequency,EUTRAN configures a maximum number of CSI-RS-ConfigNZPin accordance with transmission mode (including CSI processes), eMIMO (including class) and associated UE capabilities (e.g. k-Max, n-MaxList).
 
                                    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11     
                                    CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
    CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
epdcch-Config-r11indicates the EPDCCH-Config for the cell. E-UTRAN does not configure EPDCCH-Config for an SCell that is configured with value other for schedulingCellInfo in CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig.
                EPDCCH-Config-r11                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
        PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
     -- UL configuration
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1130            CQI-ReportConfig-v1130            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1130        PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130        PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 
                                    UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    antennaInfo-v1250                AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond AI-r10
        eimta-MainConfig-r12            EIMTA-MainConfig-r12            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12        EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1250        PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250        CQI-ReportConfig-v1250            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 
                                    UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 only if tpc-SubframeSet is configured.
        PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1250                    CSI-RS-Config-v1250            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
            PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1310            PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13E-UTRAN configures pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pucch-ConfigDedicated(i.e., without suffix) is not configured. UE shall ignore pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 when pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured.
            PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pusch-ConfigDedicated is not configured.
            PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13 
                                        PDCCH-CandidateReductions-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1310                    CQI-ReportConfig-v1310    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 
                                SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 
                        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 
                        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 
                SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1310                CSI-RS-Config-v1310                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
ce-Mode-r13Indicates the CE mode as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
                    CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        ENUMERATED {ce-ModeA,ce-ModeB} 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    cqi-ReportConfig-v1320                    CQI-ReportConfig-v1320    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14Indicates Type A trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell. E-UTRAN configures the UE with either typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group or typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group, if any.
    CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        must-Config-r14                        CHOICE{ 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                
k-max-r14Indicates the maximum number of interfering spatial layers signaled in the assistance information for MUST. Value l1 corresponds to 1 layer, Value l3 corresponds to 3 layers.
                        ENUMERATED {l1, l3}, 
                
p-a-must-r14Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                    dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, 
                                                    dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
pusch-EnhancementsConfig-r14Indicates that the UE shall transmit in the PUSCH enhancement mode if pusch-EnhancementsConfig is set to setup, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
        PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        ce-pdsch-pusch-EnhancementConfig-r14        ENUMERATED {on}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        antennaInfo-v1430                AntennaInfoDedicated-v1430        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1430        PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1430        PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1430        PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14Indicatesperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated    OPTIONAL,        -- Cond PeriodicSRSPCell
        
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14Indicatesperiodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Cond PeriodicSRSExt        
        
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14Indicatesaperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10    OPTIONAL,        -- Cond AperiodicSRS
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Cond AperiodicSRSExt
        csi-RS-Config-v1430                CSI-RS-Config-v1430                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14The aperiodic ZP CSI-RS for PDSCH rate matching. The field subframeConfig is applicable to semi-persistent CSI RS reporting. In other cases, the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig.
                CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1430                    CQI-ReportConfig-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        semiOpenLoop-r14                        BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    csi-RS-Config-v1480                    CSI-RS-Config-v1480            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15        PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15    OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
        pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1530            PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530        OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1530            PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530        OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1530                CQI-ReportConfig-v1530            OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
        antennaInfo-v1530                    AntennaInfoDedicated-v1530        OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1530                    CSI-RS-Config-v1530                OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530 
                                    UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        semiStaticCFI-Config-r15        CHOICE{ 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            CHOICE{ 
                cfi-Config-r15                    CFI-Config-r15, 
                cfi-PatternConfig-r15            CFI-PatternConfig-r15 
            } 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL,     -- Need ON
        blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15    CHOICE{ 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Enables HARQ-less/blind subframe PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
        BOOLEAN,
                
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Enables HARQ-less/blind slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
    BOOLEAN,
                
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for subframe PDSCH repetitions. 
    ENUMERATED {n4,n6}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions. 
    ENUMERATED {n4,n6}        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the RV cycling sequence for subframe PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
    ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the RV cycling sequence for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
    ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the number of HARQ processes for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
    INTEGER(1..16)   OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the number of HARQ processes for slot/subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
    INTEGER(1..16)   OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
    ENUMERATED {n0, n1}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
    ENUMERATED {n0, n1}    OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL      -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    spucch-Config-v1550                SPUCCH-Config-v1550            OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1610        PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1610        PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        
ce-CSI-RS-Feedback-r16Indicates whether CSI-RS-based CSI feedback is enabled for non-BL UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
            ENUMERATED {enabled}            OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
        
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL-r16Indicates whether the DL resource reservation is enabled for the UE, e.g. for NR coexistence. If the field is set to setup and resourceReservationDedicatedDL is not included, then resourceReservationConfigCommonDL in SystemInformationBlockType29 applies.
    SetupRelease {ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL-r16}        OPTIONAL,  -- Need ON
        
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL-r16Indicates whether the UL resource reservation is enabled for the UE, e.g. for NR coexistence. If the field is set to setup and resourceReservationDedicatedUL is not included, then resourceReservationConfigCommonUL in SystemInformationBlockType29 applies.
    SetupRelease {ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL-r16}        OPTIONAL,  -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16        SetupRelease {SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16} 
                                                                        OPTIONAL, --  Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16    SetupRelease {UplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16}    OPTIONAL,  -- Need ON
        soundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16        SetupRelease {SoundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16}    OPTIONAL,  -- Need ON
        widebandPRG-r16                    SetupRelease {WidebandPRG-r16}                OPTIONAL    -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1700        PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1700    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        ntn-ConfigDedicated-r17            SEQUENCE { 
            pucch-TxDuration-r17            SetupRelease {PUCCH-TxDuration-r17}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
            pusch-TxDuration-r17            SetupRelease {PUSCH-TxDuration-r17}    OPTIONAL   -- Need ON
        } OPTIONAL     --Cond NTN
    ]], 
    [[ 
    
uplinkSegmentedPrecompensationGap-r17Indicates the gap value between segments for PUSCH and PUCCH for TA pre-compensation. Value sym1 corresponds to 1 symbol, value sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe.
  ENUMERATED {sym1,sl1,sf1}    OPTIONAL   -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370            PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370        OPTIONAL         -- Cond PUCCH-Format4or5
} 
PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pucch-ConfigDedicated-v13c0            PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0     
} 
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
     -- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
    nonUL-Configuration-r10                    SEQUENCE { 
        
antennaInfo-r10A choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration as specified in clause 9.2.4.
 
                                            AntennaInfoDedicated-r10    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 
                                    CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-Config-r10For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
                        CSI-RS-Config-r10        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pdsch-ConfigDedicated-r10                PDSCH-ConfigDedicated    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCellAdd
     -- UL configuration
    ul-Configuration-r10                    SEQUENCE { 
        antennaInfoUL-r10                        AntennaInfoUL-r10        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 
                                PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond PUSCH-SCell1
        
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 is configured for this serving cell.
 
                                UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10            CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10 
                                        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 
                                    SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 
                            SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond CommonUL
    ..., 
    [[     -- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
        csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 
                                    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. For a serving frequency,EUTRAN configures a maximum number of CSI-RS-ConfigNZPin accordance with transmission mode (including CSI processes), eMIMO (including class) and associated UE capabilities (e.g. k-Max, n-MaxList).
     
                                    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 
                                    CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
 
                                        CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
epdcch-Config-r11indicates the EPDCCH-Config for the cell. E-UTRAN does not configure EPDCCH-Config for an SCell that is configured with value other for schedulingCellInfo in CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig.
                    EPDCCH-Config-r11            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
            PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
     -- UL configuration
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1130                CQI-ReportConfig-v1130        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 
                                    PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond PUSCH-SCell1
        uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130 
                                    UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    antennaInfo-v1250                    AntennaInfoDedicated-v1250    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        eimta-MainConfigSCell-r12 
                                        EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250            CQI-ReportConfig-v1250        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1250 
                                    UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1250                    CSI-RS-Config-v1250            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
            PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1280    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
pucch-Cell-r13If present, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on the PUCCH SCell. If absent, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on PCell or PSCell, or if the cell concerns the PUCCH SCell, on the concerned cell. If this field is not modified upon change of PUCCH SCell, the UE shall always send the PUCCH feedback of the concerned SCell using the configured PUCCH SCell.
                        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond PUCCH-SCell1
        
pucch-SCellIf present, the concerned SCell is the PUCCH SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field upon SCell addition i.e. this field is only released when the SCell is released. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
                            CHOICE{ 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                
pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13E-UTRAN configures pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pucch-ConfigDedicated(i.e., without suffix) is not configured. UE shall ignore pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 when pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured.
 
                                            PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
                schedulingRequestConfig-r13             
                                    SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
                tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SCell-r13         
                                            TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
                
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pusch-ConfigDedicated is not configured.
         
                                        PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond PUSCH-SCell
                
uplinkPowerControlDedicated-r13E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicated (without suffix) is configured.
         
                                UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 
                        CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Cross-Carrier-Config
        pdcch-ConfigSCell-r13                PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1310                CQI-ReportConfig-v1310        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1310            PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1310    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 
                                SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 
                            SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 
                        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 
                    SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1310                    CSI-RS-Config-v1310            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        laa-SCellConfiguration-r13            LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    cqi-ReportConfig-v1320                CQI-ReportConfig-v1320    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    laa-SCellConfiguration-v1430        LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430 
                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14        SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        uplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430        UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList-r14Indicatesperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated                        OPTIONAL,        -- Cond PeriodicSRS
        
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14Indicatesperiodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13                        OPTIONAL,        -- Cond PeriodicSRSExt        
        
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14Indicatesaperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14                        OPTIONAL,        -- Cond AperiodicSRS
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedApUpPTsExtList-r14                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14            OPTIONAL,        -- Cond AperiodicSRSExt
        must-Config-r14                        CHOICE{ 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                
k-max-r14Indicates the maximum number of interfering spatial layers signaled in the assistance information for MUST. Value l1 corresponds to 1 layer, Value l3 corresponds to 3 layers.
                        ENUMERATED {l1, l3}, 
                
p-a-must-r14Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                    dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, 
                                                    dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1430            PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1430                        CSI-RS-Config-v1430            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14The aperiodic ZP CSI-RS for PDSCH rate matching. The field subframeConfig is applicable to semi-persistent CSI RS reporting. In other cases, the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig.
                CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-v1430                    CQI-ReportConfig-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        semiOpenLoop-r14                        BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pdsch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430        PDSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    csi-RS-Config-v1480                    CSI-RS-Config-v1480                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    physicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15        PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1530            PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
                                CQI-ReportConfig-v1530            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r15            CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
cqi-ShortConfigSCell-r15Indicates whether the CSI (CQI/PMI/RI/PTI/CRI) reporting resource configured by cqi-ShortConfigSCell is available upon receiving the SCell activation command for this SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field when transmission mode 1-8 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
            CQI-ShortConfigSCell-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        csi-RS-Config-v1530                    CSI-RS-Config-v1530                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1530 
                                    UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        laa-SCellConfiguration-v1530        LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1530            PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond AUL
        semiStaticCFI-Config-r15        CHOICE{ 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            CHOICE{ 
                cfi-Config-r15                    CFI-Config-r15, 
                cfi-PatternConfig-r15            CFI-PatternConfig-r15 
            } 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL,     -- Need ON
        blindPDSCH-Repetition-Config-r15    CHOICE{ 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Enables HARQ-less/blind subframe PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
        BOOLEAN,
                
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Enables HARQ-less/blind slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
    BOOLEAN,
                
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for subframe PDSCH repetitions. 
    ENUMERATED {n4,n6}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions. 
    ENUMERATED {n4,n6}        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the RV cycling sequence for subframe PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
    ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the RV cycling sequence for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
    ENUMERATED {dlrvseq1, dlrvseq2}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the number of HARQ processes for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
    INTEGER(1..16)   OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the number of HARQ processes for slot/subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
    INTEGER(1..16)   OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
    ENUMERATED {n0, n1}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions-r15Indicates the MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
    ENUMERATED {n0, n1}    OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL      -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    spucch-Config-v1550                SPUCCH-Config-v1550            OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16        SetupRelease {SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16} 
                                                                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16                SetupRelease {UplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16} 
                                                                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        soundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16                SetupRelease {SoundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16} 
                                                                OPTIONAL,  -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pucch-SCell-v1370                CHOICE{ 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1370        PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370        OPTIONAL     -- Cond PUCCH-Format4or5
        } 
    } 
} 
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pucch-SCell-v13c0                CHOICE{ 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            pucch-ConfigDedicated-v13c0        PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0 
        } 
    } 
} 
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1730 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-v1730        SetupRelease {CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell-v1730} 
} 
CFI-Config-r15    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
cfi-SubframeNonMBSFN-r15Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
        INTEGER (1..4)                        OPTIONAL,     -- Need ON
    
cfi-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN-r15Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
        INTEGER (1..3)                    OPTIONAL,     -- Need ON
    
cfi-SubframeMBSFN-r15Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in MBSFN subframes.
            INTEGER (1..2)                        OPTIONAL,     -- Need ON
    
cfi-SlotSubslotMBSFN-r15Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in MBSFN subframes.
        INTEGER (1..2)                        OPTIONAL      -- Need ON
} 
CFI-PatternConfig-r15    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    cfi-PatternSubframe-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..4)    OPTIONAL,     -- Need ON
    cfi-PatternSlotSubslot-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE(10)) OF INTEGER (1..3)    OPTIONAL      -- Need ON
} 
LAA-SCellConfiguration-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
subframeStartPosition-r13Indicates possible starting positions of transmission in the first subframe of the DL transmission burst, see TS 36.211 [21].Value s0 means the starting position is subframe boundary, s07 means the starting position is either subframe boundary or slot boundary.
                ENUMERATED {s0, s07}, 
    
laa-SCellSubframeConfig-r13A bit-map indicating LAA SCell subframe configuration, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated as MBSFN subframe. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
Starting from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #4, #6, #7, #8, and #9.
                BIT STRING (SIZE(8)) 
} 
LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-UL-r14    CHOICE { 
        release                                    NULL,
        setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
            crossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14        CrossCarrierSchedulingConfigLAA-UL-r14 
        } 
    }                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL
    lbt-Config-r14                                LBT-Config-r14            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    pdcch-ConfigLAA-r14                            PDCCH-ConfigLAA-r14    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology-r14Presence of this field indicates absence on a long term basis (e.g. by level of regulation) of any other technology sharing the carrier; absence of this field indicates thepotential presence of any other technology sharing the carrier, as specified in TS 37.213 [94]. 
            ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430 
                        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
} 
LAA-SCellConfiguration-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    aul-Config-r15                            AUL-Config-r15        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    pusch-ModeConfigLAA-r15                    PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUSCH-ModeConfigLAA-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        laa-PUSCH-Mode1    BOOLEAN,
        laa-PUSCH-Mode2    BOOLEAN,
        laa-PUSCH-Mode3    BOOLEAN 
} 
LBT-Config-r14 ::=        CHOICE{ 
    
maxEnergyDetectionThreshold-r14Indicates the absolute maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dBm. Value -85 corresponds to -85 dBm, value -84 corresponds to -84 dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If the field is not configured, the UE shall use a default maximum energy detection threshold value as specified in TS 37.213 [94].
                INTEGER(-85..-52),
    
energyDetectionThresholdOffset-r14Indicates the offset to the default maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dB. Value -13 corresponds to -13dB, value -12 corresponds to -12dB, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dB) as specified in TS 37.213 [94].
            INTEGER(-13..20)
} 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZP-r11 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-v1310 
CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r13 
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZP-r11 
CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11)) OF CSI-RS-ConfigZPId-r11 
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                    NULL,
    setup                    SEQUENCE { 
        antennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15        AntennaInfoDedicatedSTTI-r15        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        antennaInfoUL-STTI-r15                AntennaInfoUL-STTI-r15                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1530            PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530            OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        schedulingRequestConfig-v1530        SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15    UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15    OPTIONAL,    --Need ON
        cqi-ReportConfig-r15                CQI-ReportConfig-r15                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-Config-r15For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
                    CSI-RS-Config-r15                    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToReleaseList-r15    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. For a serving frequency,EUTRAN configures a maximum number of CSI-RS-ConfigNZPin accordance with transmission mode (including CSI processes), eMIMO (including class) and associated UE capabilities (e.g. k-Max, n-MaxList).
    CSI-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList-r15    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        csi-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r15    CSI-RS-ConfigZPToReleaseList-r11    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
        CSI-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList-r11        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r15The aperiodic ZP CSI-RS for PDSCH rate matching. The field subframeConfig is applicable to semi-persistent CSI RS reporting. In other cases, the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig.
            CSI-RS-ConfigZP-ApList-r14            OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        eimta-MainConfig-r12                EIMTA-MainConfig-r12                OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        eimta-MainConfigServCell-r15        EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        semiOpenLoopSTTI-r15                BOOLEAN,
        slotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15        SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        slotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15        SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        spdcch-Config-r15                    SPDCCH-Config-r15                    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        spucch-Config-r15                    SPUCCH-Config-r15                    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        
srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig-r15Indicates whether SRS triggering via DCI7 is configured.
        BOOLEAN,
        
shortProcessingTime-r15Indicates whether short processing time is configured as specific in TS 36.321 [6]. An SCell can only be configured with short processing if the cell carrying PUCCH for that SCell is configured with short processing time.
                BOOLEAN,
        shortTTI-r15                        ShortTTI-r15                        OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-AperiodicSet-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{ 
    
srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14Indicates the srs-CC-SetIndex list which the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicandsoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExtbelongs to.
                     
                                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14 
                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
    soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r14 
                                                SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 
} 
SoundingRS-AperiodicSetUpPTsExt-r14 ::= SEQUENCE{ 
    
srs-CC-SetIndexList-r14Indicates the srs-CC-SetIndex list which the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicandsoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExtbelongs to.
 
                                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14 
                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
    soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r14 
                                            SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 
} 
ShortTTI-r15 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    dl-STTI-Length-r15                    ShortTTI-Length-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ul-STTI-Length-r15                    ShortTTI-Length-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
ShortTTI-Length-r15 ::=                    ENUMERATED {slot, subslot} 
SoundingRS-VirtualCellID-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
srs-VirtualCellID-r16Indicates the virtual cell ID for SRS.
                        INTEGER (0..503), 
    
srs-VirtualCellID-AllSRS-r16Value TRUE indicates the configured virtual cell ID is applied to all SRS symbols. Value FALSE indicates the configured virtual cell ID is applied only to additional SRS symbols.
                BOOLEAN 
} 
WidebandPRG-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
widebandPRG-Subframe-r16Indicates whether the precoding resource block group size is the whole scheduled bandwidth for subframe PDSCH operation as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
                BOOLEAN,
    
widebandPRG-SlotSubslot-r16Indicates whether the precoding resource block group size is the whole scheduled bandwidth for slot or subslot PDSCH operation as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
            BOOLEAN 
} 
ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    resourceReservationDedicatedDL-r16            ResourceReservationConfigDL-r16    OPTIONAL  -- Need OP
} 
ResourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    resourceReservationDedicatedUL-r16            ResourceReservationConfigUL-r16    OPTIONAL  -- Need OP
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PhysicalConfigDedicated field descriptions


absenceOfAnyOtherTechnology
Presence of this field indicates absence on a long term basis (e.g. by level of regulation) of any other technology sharing the carrier; absence of this field indicates thepotential presence of any other technology sharing the carrier, as specified in TS 37.213 [94]. 
additionalSpectrumEmissionPCell
E-UTRAN does not configure this field in this release of the specification.
antennaInfo
A choice is used to indicate whether the antennaInfo is signalled explicitly or set to the default antenna configuration as specified in clause 9.2.4.
blindSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Enables HARQ-less/blind slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of slot/subslot PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
blindSubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Enables HARQ-less/blind subframe PDSCH repetitions for a UE in a given cell, i.e. back to back PDSCH transmissions for the same transport block. The number of PDSCH transmissions is indicated in the DCI.
ce-CSI-RS-Feedback
Indicates whether CSI-RS-based CSI feedback is enabled for non-BL UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.2.
ce-Mode
Indicates the CE mode as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement-Config
Activation of new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A,see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
cfi-SlotSubslotNonMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
cfi-SlotSubslotMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for slot/subslot operation in MBSFN subframes.
cfi-SubframeMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in MBSFN subframes.
cfi-SubframeNonMBSFN
Indicates the semi-static control format indicator for subframe operation in non-MBSFN subframes.
cqi-ShortConfigSCell
Indicates whether the CSI (CQI/PMI/RI/PTI/CRI) reporting resource configured by cqi-ShortConfigSCell is available upon receiving the SCell activation command for this SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field when transmission mode 1-8 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-RS-Config
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN does not configure csi-RS-Config (includes zeroTxPowerCSI-RS) when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
csi-RS-ConfigNZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigNZP only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency. For a serving frequency,EUTRAN configures a maximum number of CSI-RS-ConfigNZPin accordance with transmission mode (including CSI processes), eMIMO (including class) and associated UE capabilities (e.g. k-Max, n-MaxList).
csi-RS-ConfigZP-ApList
The aperiodic ZP CSI-RS for PDSCH rate matching. The field subframeConfig is applicable to semi-persistent CSI RS reporting. In other cases, the UE shall ignore field subframeConfig.
csi-RS-ConfigZPToAddModList
For a serving frequency E-UTRAN configures one or more CSI-RS-ConfigZP only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
dl-STTI-Length, ul-STTI-Length
Indicates the DL and UL short TTI lengths. Value slot corresponds to 7 OFDM symbols and value subslot corresponds to 2 or 3 OFDM symbols. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on the same cell. If one SCell is configured with short TTI in the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell, the cell carrying PUCCH shall be configured with short TTI. E-UTRAN can configure different value of dl-STTI-Length and ul-STTI-Length for serving cells sending PUCCH feedback on different cells. E-UTRAN does not configure the combination {slot,subslot} for {DL,UL}. 
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eimta-MainConfigPCell, eimta-MainConfigSCell
If E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for one serving cell in a frequency band, E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell for all serving cells residing on the frequency band. E-UTRAN configures eimta-MainConfigPCell or eimta-MainConfigSCell only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
energyDetectionThresholdOffset
Indicates the offset to the default maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dB. Value -13 corresponds to -13dB, value -12 corresponds to -12dB, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dB) as specified in TS 37.213 [94].
epdcch-Config
indicates the EPDCCH-Config for the cell. E-UTRAN does not configure EPDCCH-Config for an SCell that is configured with value other for schedulingCellInfo in CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig.
k-max
Indicates the maximum number of interfering spatial layers signaled in the assistance information for MUST. Value l1 corresponds to 1 layer, Value l3 corresponds to 3 layers.
laa-PUSCH-Mode1, laa-PUSCH-Mode2, laa-PUSCH-Mode3
Indicates whether LAA PUSCH mode 1, 2 and/or 3 is configured as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.
laa-SCellSubframeConfig
A bit-map indicating LAA SCell subframe configuration, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated as MBSFN subframe. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
Starting from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #4, #6, #7, #8, and #9.
maxEnergyDetectionThreshold
Indicates the absolute maximum energy detection threshold value. Unit in dBm. Value -85 corresponds to -85 dBm, value -84 corresponds to -84 dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. If the field is not configured, the UE shall use a default maximum energy detection threshold value as specified in TS 37.213 [94].
maxNumber-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for slot or subslot PDSCH repetitions. 
maxNumber-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the maximum number of PDSCH transmissions for subframe PDSCH repetitions. 
mcs-restrictionSlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
mcs-restrictionSubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates MCS restriction in terms of number of non-addressable MSB in the MCS bit-field for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1.
numberOfProcesses-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the number of HARQ processes for slot/subslot PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
numberOfProcesses-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the number of HARQ processes for subframe PDSCH repetition applicable when k > 1 configured per serving cell.
p-a-must
Parameter: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130
For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 only when transmission mode 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280
For a serving frequency, E-UTRAN configures pdsch-ConfigDedicated-v1280 only when transmission mode 9 or 10 is configured for the serving cell on this carrier frequency.
pucch-Cell
If present, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on the PUCCH SCell. If absent, PUCCH feedback of this SCell is sent on PCell or PSCell, or if the cell concerns the PUCCH SCell, on the concerned cell. If this field is not modified upon change of PUCCH SCell, the UE shall always send the PUCCH feedback of the concerned SCell using the configured PUCCH SCell.
pucch-ConfigDedicated
E-UTRAN configures pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pucch-ConfigDedicated(i.e., without suffix) is not configured. UE shall ignore pucch-ConfigDedicated-v1020 when pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured.
pucch-SCell
If present, the concerned SCell is the PUCCH SCell. E-UTRAN only configures this field upon SCell addition i.e. this field is only released when the SCell is released. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13
E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-r13 only if pusch-ConfigDedicated is not configured.
pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250
E-UTRAN configures pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1250 only if tpc-SubframeSet is configured.
pusch-EnhancementsConfig
Indicates that the UE shall transmit in the PUSCH enhancement mode if pusch-EnhancementsConfig is set to setup, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedDL
Indicates whether the DL resource reservation is enabled for the UE, e.g. for NR coexistence. If the field is set to setup and resourceReservationDedicatedDL is not included, then resourceReservationConfigCommonDL in SystemInformationBlockType29 applies.
resourceReservationConfigDedicatedUL
Indicates whether the UL resource reservation is enabled for the UE, e.g. for NR coexistence. If the field is set to setup and resourceReservationDedicatedUL is not included, then resourceReservationConfigCommonUL in SystemInformationBlockType29 applies.
rv-SlotsublotPDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the RV cycling sequence for slot or subslot PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
rv-SubframePDSCH-Repetitions
Indicates the RV cycling sequence for subframe PDSCH repetition. Value dlrvseq1 = {0, 0, 0, 0} and value dlrvseq2 = {0, 2, 3, 1}.
semiOpenLoop, semiOpenLoopSTTI
Value TRUE indicates that semi-open-loop transmission is used for deriving CSI reporting and corresponding PDSCH transmission (DMRS).
shortProcessingTime
Indicates whether short processing time is configured as specific in TS 36.321 [6]. An SCell can only be configured with short processing if the cell carrying PUCCH for that SCell is configured with short processing time.
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedList
Indicatesperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList
Indicatesperiodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList
Indicatesaperiodic soundingRS configuration except for the extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
soundingRS-UL-DedicatedApUpPTsExtList
Indicates aperiodic soundingRS configuration in extension sounding symbols of the UpPTs subframe.E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicated only for the UE indicating support of ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14 or ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14. E-UTRAN configures this field in PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 only for the UE indicating support of srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14.
srs-CC-SetIndexList
Indicates the srs-CC-SetIndex list which the soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicandsoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExtbelongs to.
srs-DCI7-TriggeringConfig
Indicates whether SRS triggering via DCI7 is configured.
srs-VirtualCellID
Indicates the virtual cell ID for SRS.
srs-VirtualCellID-AllSRS
Value TRUE indicates the configured virtual cell ID is applied to all SRS symbols. Value FALSE indicates the configured virtual cell ID is applied only to additional SRS symbols.
subframeStartPosition
Indicates possible starting positions of transmission in the first subframe of the DL transmission burst, see TS 36.211 [21].Value s0 means the starting position is subframe boundary, s07 means the starting position is either subframe boundary or slot boundary.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH
PDCCH configuration for power control of PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group
Indicates Type A trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell. E-UTRAN configures the UE with either typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group or typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group, if any.
uplinkPowerControlDedicated
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicated (without suffix) is configured.
uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell
E-UTRAN configures uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1130 only if uplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 is configured for this serving cell.
uplinkSegmentedPrecompensationGap
Indicates the gap value between segments for PUSCH and PUCCH for TA pre-compensation. Value sym1 corresponds to 1 symbol, value sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe.
widebandPRG-SlotSubslot
Indicates whether the precoding resource block group size is the whole scheduled bandwidth for slot or subslot PDSCH operation as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
widebandPRG-Subframe
Indicates whether the precoding resource block group size is the whole scheduled bandwidth for subframe PDSCH operation as specified in TS 36.213 [23].






Conditional presenceExplanation


AI-r8
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
AI-r10
The field is optionally present, need ON, if antennaInfoDedicated is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
AperiodicSRS
IfsoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
AperiodicSRSExt
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
AUL
The field is optionally present, need ON, if aul-config-r15is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
CommonUL
The field is mandatory presentif ul-Configuration of RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON.
CQI-r8
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
CQI-r10
The field is optionally present, need ON, if cqi-ReportConfig is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
Cross-Carrier-Config
The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 is absent. Otherwise the field is not present
Cross-Carrier-ConfigUL
The field is optionally present, need ON, if crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r10 and crossCarrierSchedulingConfig-r13 are absent or schedulingCellInfois set to 'own'. Otherwise the field is not present.
NTN
The field is optionally present, Need ON, for NTN. Otherwise, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PeriodicSRS
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PeriodicSRSPCell
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PeriodicSRSExt
If soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 is absent, the field is optional, Need ON. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PUCCH-Format4or5
The field is mandatory present with pucch-Format-v1370 set to setupif pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 is configured and pucch-ConfigDedicated-r13 indicates PUCCH format 4 or PUCCH format 5; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
PUCCH-SCell1
The field is optionally present, need OR, for SCell not configured with pucch-configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present.
PUSCH-SCell
The field is optionally present, need ON, if pusch-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 and pusch-ConfigDedicated-v1130 are absent. Otherwise the field is not present
PUSCH-SCell1
The field is optionally present, need ON, for SCell not configured with pucch-configDedicated-r13. Otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present if cellIdentification is present; otherwise it is optional, need ON.
SRS-Trigger-TypeA
The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– P-Max
The IE P-Max is used to limit the UE's uplink transmission power on a carrier frequency and is used to calculate the parameter Pcompensation defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Corresponds to parameter PEMAX or PEMAX,cin TS 36.101 [42]. The UE transmit power on one serving cell shall not exceed the configured maximum UE output power of the serving cell determined by this value as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clauses 6.2.5 or 6.2.5A, or, when transmitting sidelink discovery announcements within the coverage of the concerned cell, as specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.5D. 

 -- ASN1START
P-Max ::=                INTEGER (-30..33) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PRACH-Config
The IE PRACH-ConfigSIB and IE PRACH-Config are used to specify the PRACH configuration in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively. 

 -- ASN1START
PRACH-ConfigSIB ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
rootSequenceIndexParameter: RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                    INTEGER (0..837), 
    prach-ConfigInfo                    PRACH-ConfigInfo 
} 
PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13The criterion for BL UEs and UEs in CE to select PRACH resource set. Up to 3 RSRP threshold values are signalled to determine the CE level for PRACH, see TS 36.213 [23]. The first element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2 and so on, see TS 36.321 [6]. The UE shall ignore this field if only one CE level, i.e. CE level 0, is configured in prach-ParametersListCE. The number of RSRP thresholds present in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList is equal to the number of CE levels configured in prach-ParametersListCE minus one.
A UE that supports powerClass-14dBm shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as follows:
RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold - min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max is the value of p-Max field in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR.
        RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13, 
    
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13Starting subframe configuration for MPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, PDSCH with contention resolution and PDSCH with CCCH MAC SDU, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
            CHOICE { 
        fdd-r13                                ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8, 
                                                v10}, 
        tdd-r13                                ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare} 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond MP
    
prach-HoppingOffset-r13Parameter: PRACH frequency hopping offset, expressed as a number of resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                INTEGER (0..94)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
prach-ParametersListCE-r13Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 1, and so on.
            PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13 
} 
PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE-r15Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. If included, the number of entries is same as number of entries in prach-ParametersListCE. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 1, and so on. The parameters maxNumPreambleAttemptCE, numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt, mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA, prach-HoppingConfig included in prach-ParametersListCE for CE level X are also applicable for EDT.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF EDT-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 
} 
PRACH-Config ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
rootSequenceIndexParameter: RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                    INTEGER (0..837), 
    prach-ConfigInfo                    PRACH-ConfigInfo                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
PRACH-Config-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13The criterion for BL UEs and UEs in CE to select PRACH resource set. Up to 3 RSRP threshold values are signalled to determine the CE level for PRACH, see TS 36.213 [23]. The first element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2 and so on, see TS 36.321 [6]. The UE shall ignore this field if only one CE level, i.e. CE level 0, is configured in prach-ParametersListCE. The number of RSRP thresholds present in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList is equal to the number of CE levels configured in prach-ParametersListCE minus one.
A UE that supports powerClass-14dBm shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as follows:
RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold - min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max is the value of p-Max field in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR.
        RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond MP
    
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA-r13Starting subframe configuration for MPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, PDSCH with contention resolution and PDSCH with CCCH MAC SDU, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
            CHOICE { 
        fdd-r13                                ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8, 
                                                v10}, 
        tdd-r13                                ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare} 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond MP
    
prach-HoppingOffset-r13Parameter: PRACH frequency hopping offset, expressed as a number of resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                INTEGER (0..94)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
prach-ParametersListCE-r13Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 1, and so on.
            PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond MP
    
initial-CE-level-r13Indicates initial PRACH CElevel at random access, see TS 36.321 [6]. If not configured, UE selects PRACH CE level based on measured RSRP level, see TS 36.321 [6].
                    INTEGER (0..3)        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PRACH-Config-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed-r14The fieldindicates starting logical root sequence index used to derive the 64 random access preambles based on restricted settype B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore rootSequenceIndex.
                INTEGER (0..837), 
    
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed-r14The field indicates NCS configuration for the restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore zeroCorrelationZoneConfig.
        INTEGER (0..12), 
    
prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed-r14Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndexHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-ConfigIndex.
                INTEGER (0..63), 
    
prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed-r14Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffsetHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed.If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-FreqOffset.
                INTEGER (0..94) 
} 
PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
prach-ConfigIndex-r10Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                    INTEGER (0..63) 
} 
PRACH-ConfigInfo ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
prach-ConfigIndexParameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                    INTEGER (0..63), 
    
highSpeedFlagParameter: High-speed-flag, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2]. TRUE corresponds to Restricted set and FALSE to Unrestricted set.
                        BOOLEAN,
    
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigParameter: NCS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-2, for preamble format 0..3 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-3, for preamble format 4.
            INTEGER (0..15), 
    
prach-FreqOffsetParameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndex.
                    INTEGER (0..94) 
} 
PRACH-ParametersListCE-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 
PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
prach-ConfigIndex-r13Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                    INTEGER (0..63), 
    
prach-FreqOffset-r13Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndex.
                        INTEGER (0..94), 
    
prach-StartingSubframe-r13PRACH starting subframe periodicity, expressed in number of subframes available for preamble transmission (PRACH opportunities), see TS 36.211 [21]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf4 corresponds to 4 subframes and so on. EUTRAN configures the PRACH starting subframe periodicity larger than or equal to the number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level (numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt).
If the field is absent, the value is determined implicitly in TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128, 
                                                        sf256}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE-r13Maximum number of preamble transmission attempts per CElevel. See TS 36.321 [6].
If the field is absent, the UE shall use the default value n3.
 
                                ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt-r13Number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level, See TS 36.211 [21].
        ENUMERATED {n1,n2,n4,n8,n16,n32,n64,n128}, 
    
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r13Narrowbands to monitor for MPDCCH for RAR, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 6.2. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
            SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF 
                                                    INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13), 
    
mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA-r13Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 and Msg4, see TS 36.211 [21].
                ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, 
                                                        r32, r64, r128, r256}, 
    
prach-HoppingConfig-r13Coverage level specific frequency hopping configuration for PRACH. 
                    ENUMERATED {on,off} 
} 
EDT-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15        SEQUENCE { 
        
prach-ConfigIndex-r15Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
                INTEGER (0..63), 
        
prach-FreqOffset-r15Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndex.
                    INTEGER (0..94), 
        
prach-StartingSubframe-r15PRACH starting subframe periodicity, expressed in number of subframes available for preamble transmission (PRACH opportunities), see TS 36.211 [21]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf4 corresponds to 4 subframes and so on. EUTRAN configures the PRACH starting subframe periodicity larger than or equal to the number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level (numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt).
If the field is absent, the value is determined implicitly in TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
            ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128, sf256}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor-r15Narrowbands to monitor for MPDCCH for RAR, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 6.2. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) 
    }    OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
} 
RSRP-ThresholdsPrachInfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..3)) OF RSRP-Range 
PRACH-TxDuration-r17::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
prach-TxDuration-r17Duration of PRACH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in duration of one preamble transmission including guard period (TCP+TSEQ+TGP).
Value n1 corresponds to the duration of 1 preamble transmission, value n2 corresponds to the duration of 2 preambles transmission and so on.
                ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PRACH-Config field descriptions


edt-PRACH-ParametersListCE
Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. If included, the number of entries is same as number of entries in prach-ParametersListCE. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters for CE level 1, and so on. The parameters maxNumPreambleAttemptCE, numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt, mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA, prach-HoppingConfig included in prach-ParametersListCE for CE level X are also applicable for EDT.
initial-CE-level
Indicates initial PRACH CElevel at random access, see TS 36.321 [6]. If not configured, UE selects PRACH CE level based on measured RSRP level, see TS 36.321 [6].
highSpeedFlag
Parameter: High-speed-flag, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2]. TRUE corresponds to Restricted set and FALSE to Unrestricted set.
maxNumPreambleAttemptCE
Maximum number of preamble transmission attempts per CElevel. See TS 36.321 [6].
If the field is absent, the UE shall use the default value n3.
mpdcch-NarrowbandsToMonitor
Narrowbands to monitor for MPDCCH for RAR, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 6.2. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-NumRepetition-RA
Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for RAR, Msg3 and Msg4, see TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-startSF-CSS-RA
Starting subframe configuration for MPDCCH common search space (CSS), including RAR, Msg3 retransmission, PDSCH with contention resolution and PDSCH with CCCH MAC SDU, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt
Number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level, See TS 36.211 [21].
prach-ConfigIndex
Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndex, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed
Parameter: prach-ConfigurationIndexHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-ConfigIndex.
prach-FreqOffset
Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffset, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndex.
prach-FreqOffsetHighSpeed
Parameter: prach-FrequencyOffsetHighSpeed, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1. For TDD the value range is dependent on the value of prach-ConfigIndexHighSpeed.If this field is present, the UE shall ignore prach-FreqOffset.
prach-HoppingConfig
Coverage level specific frequency hopping configuration for PRACH. 
prach-HoppingOffset
Parameter: PRACH frequency hopping offset, expressed as a number of resource blocks, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
prach-ParametersListCE
Configures PRACH parameters for each CE level. The first entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the PRACH parameters of CE level 1, and so on.
prach-StartingSubframe
PRACH starting subframe periodicity, expressed in number of subframes available for preamble transmission (PRACH opportunities), see TS 36.211 [21]. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf4 corresponds to 4 subframes and so on. EUTRAN configures the PRACH starting subframe periodicity larger than or equal to the number of PRACH repetitions per attempt for each CE level (numRepetitionPerPreambleAttempt).
If the field is absent, the value is determined implicitly in TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
prach-TxDuration
Duration of PRACH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in duration of one preamble transmission including guard period (TCP+TSEQ+TGP).
Value n1 corresponds to the duration of 1 preamble transmission, value n2 corresponds to the duration of 2 preambles transmission and so on.
rootSequenceIndex
Parameter: RACH_ROOT_SEQUENCE, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.1.
rootSequenceIndexHighSpeed
The fieldindicates starting logical root sequence index used to derive the 64 random access preambles based on restricted settype B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore rootSequenceIndex.
rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList
The criterion for BL UEs and UEs in CE to select PRACH resource set. Up to 3 RSRP threshold values are signalled to determine the CE level for PRACH, see TS 36.213 [23]. The first element corresponds to RSRP threshold 1, the second element corresponds to RSRP threshold 2 and so on, see TS 36.321 [6]. The UE shall ignore this field if only one CE level, i.e. CE level 0, is configured in prach-ParametersListCE. The number of RSRP thresholds present in rsrp-ThresholdsPrachInfoList is equal to the number of CE levels configured in prach-ParametersListCE minus one.
A UE that supports powerClass-14dBm shall correct the RSRP threshold values before applying them as follows:
RSRP threshold = Signalled RSRP threshold - min{0, (14-min(23, P-Max))} where P-Max is the value of p-Max field in SystemInformationBlockType1-BR.
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig
Parameter: NCS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-2, for preamble format 0..3 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2: table 5.7.2-3, for preamble format 4.
zeroCorrelationZoneConfigHighSpeed
The field indicates NCS configuration for the restricted set type B in high speed scenario, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.7.2. If this field is present, the UE shall generate random access preambles based on restricted set type B and ignore zeroCorrelationZoneConfig.






Conditional presenceExplanation


MP
The field is mandatory present.
– PresenceAntennaPort1
The IE PresenceAntennaPort1 is used to indicate whether all the neighbouring cells use Antenna Port 1. When set to TRUE,the UE may assume that at least two cell-specific antenna ports are used in all neighbouring cells. 

 -- ASN1START
PresenceAntennaPort1 ::=                BOOLEAN 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PUCCH-Config
The IE PUCCH-ConfigCommon and IE PUCCH-ConfigDedicated are used to specify the common and the UE specific PUCCH configuration respectively. 

 -- ASN1START
PUCCH-ConfigCommon ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
deltaPUCCH-ShiftParameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.1, where ds1 corresponds to value 1, ds2 corresponds to value 2 etc.
                    ENUMERATED {ds1, ds2, ds3}, 
    
nRB-CQIParameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.
                                INTEGER (0..98), 
    nCS-AN                                INTEGER (0..7), 
    
n1PUCCH-ANParameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
                            INTEGER (0..2047) 
} 
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13Starting offsets of the PUCCH resource(s) indicated by SIB1-BR. The first entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE. See TS 36.213 [23].
                    N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0-r13    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level1-r13    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level2-r13    ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r13    ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14    ENUMERATED {n64, n128}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ackNackRepetitionParameter indicates whether ACK/NACK repetition is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
                    CHOICE{ 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
repetitionFactorParameter  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1, where n2 corresponds to repetition factor 2, n4 to 4.
                    ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1}, 
            n1PUCCH-AN-Rep                        INTEGER (0..2047) 
        } 
    }, 
    
tdd-AckNackFeedbackModeParameterindicates one of the TDD ACK/NACK feedback modes used, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3 and 10.1.3. The value bundling corresponds to use of ACK/NACK bundling whereas, the value multiplexing corresponds to ACK/NACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-2, 10.1.3-3, and 10.1.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]. The same value applies to both ACK/NACK feedback modes on PUCCH as well as on PUSCH.
                ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing}    OPTIONAL     -- Cond TDD
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
pucch-Format-r10Parameter indicates one of the PUCCH formats for transmission of HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. For TDD, if the UE is configured with PCell only, the channelSelection indicates the transmission of HARQ-ACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-5, 10.1.3-6, and 10.1.3-7 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUCCH, and in 7.3 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUSCH. E-UTRAN only configures pucch-Format-v1370 when pucch-Format-r13 is configured and set to format4 or format5.
                    CHOICE { 
        format3-r10                        PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13, 
        channelSelection-r10                SEQUENCE { 
            n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10                    CHOICE { 
                release                                NULL,
                setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                    
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r10Parameter: for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.1 and 10.1.3.2.1.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10 
                } 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2.
        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10Parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH or simultaneous SPUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH transmissions are configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1 and 5.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this field for the PCell, only when thenonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PSCell, only when thenonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PSCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PUCCH SCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PUCCH SCell is configured.
                        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r10                            INTEGER (0..2047)        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v1130                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-r11Parameter: for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. E-UTRAN configures this field only when pucch-Format is set to channelSelection.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    nPUCCH-Param-r11                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
nPUCCH-Identity-r11Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
                    INTEGER (0..503), 
            
n1PUCCH-AN-r11Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
                        INTEGER (0..2047) 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    nkaPUCCH-Param-r12                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3.
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12indicates PUCCH format 1a/1b starting offset for the subframe set , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3. E-UTRAN configures nkaPUCCH-AN only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
                        INTEGER (0..2047) 
        } 
    } 
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
 --Release 8
    
ackNackRepetition-r13Parameter indicates whether ACK/NACK repetition is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
                CHOICE{ 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
repetitionFactor-r13Parameter  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1, where n2 corresponds to repetition factor 2, n4 to 4.
                ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1}, 
            n1PUCCH-AN-Rep-r13                INTEGER (0..2047) 
        } 
    }, 
    
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode-r13Parameterindicates one of the TDD ACK/NACK feedback modes used, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3 and 10.1.3. The value bundling corresponds to use of ACK/NACK bundling whereas, the value multiplexing corresponds to ACK/NACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-2, 10.1.3-3, and 10.1.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]. The same value applies to both ACK/NACK feedback modes on PUCCH as well as on PUSCH.
            ENUMERATED {bundling, multiplexing}    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD
 --Release 10
    
pucch-Format-r13Parameter indicates one of the PUCCH formats for transmission of HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. For TDD, if the UE is configured with PCell only, the channelSelection indicates the transmission of HARQ-ACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-5, 10.1.3-6, and 10.1.3-7 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUCCH, and in 7.3 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUSCH. E-UTRAN only configures pucch-Format-v1370 when pucch-Format-r13 is configured and set to format4 or format5.
                    CHOICE { 
        format3-r13                                SEQUENCE { 
            n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
            
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
        CHOICE {     
                release                                            NULL,
                setup                                            SEQUENCE { 
                    n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) 
                } 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        }, 
        channelSelection-r13                SEQUENCE { 
            n1PUCCH-AN-CS-r13                    CHOICE { 
                release                                NULL,
                setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                    
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List-r13Parameter: for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.1 and 10.1.3.2.1.
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10, 
                    
dummy1This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
                } 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        }, 
        format4-r13                            SEQUENCE { 
            format4-resourceConfiguration-r13            SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format4-resource-r13, 
            format4-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF Format4-resource-r13 OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }, 
        format5-r13                SEQUENCE { 
            format5-resourceConfiguration-r13            SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF Format5-resource-r13, 
            format5-MultiCSI-resourceConfiguration-r13    Format5-resource-r13 OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b-r13Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2.
        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r13Parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH or simultaneous SPUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH transmissions are configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1 and 5.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this field for the PCell, only when thenonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PSCell, only when thenonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PSCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PUCCH SCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PUCCH SCell is configured.
                        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1-r13                            INTEGER (0..2047)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
 --Release 11
    nPUCCH-Param-r13                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
nPUCCH-Identity-r13Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
                    INTEGER (0..503), 
            
n1PUCCH-AN-r13Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
                        INTEGER (0..2047) 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
 --Release 12
    nkaPUCCH-Param-r13                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
nkaPUCCH-AN-r13Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3.
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12indicates PUCCH format 1a/1b starting offset for the subframe set , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3. E-UTRAN configures nkaPUCCH-AN only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
                        INTEGER (0..2047) 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
 --Release 13
    
spatialBundlingPUCCH-r13Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUCCH, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.3.1.
            BOOLEAN,
    
spatialBundlingPUSCH-r13Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUSCH, see see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.2.6.
            BOOLEAN,
    
harq-TimingTDD-r13Parameter indicates for a TDD SCell when aggregated with a TDD PCell of different UL/DL configurations whether deriving the HARQ timing for such a cell is done in the same way as the DL HARQ timing of an FDD SCell with a TDD PCell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.2.
                    BOOLEAN,
    codebooksizeDetermination-r13        ENUMERATED {dai,cc}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
maximumPayloadCoderate-r13Maximum payload or code rate for multi P-CSI on each PUCCH resource, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1.
            INTEGER (0..7)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-r13Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a and for PUCCH format 2/2a/2b for CE modes A and B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. The UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13, if received, for CE mode B in this release of specification. For UE in CE mode B supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14 is includedthen the UE shall ignorepucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13.
            CHOICE { 
        release                        NULL,
        setup                        CHOICE { 
            modeA                        SEQUENCE { 
                pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13                    ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8}, 
                pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13                    ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8} 
            }, 
            modeB                        SEQUENCE { 
                pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13                    ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32}, 
                pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13                    ENUMERATED {r4, r8, r16, r32} 
            } 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL     --Need ON
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1370 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    pucch-Format-v1370                    CHOICE { 
        release    NULL,
        setup    PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13 
    } 
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    channelSelection-v13c0                SEQUENCE { 
        n1PUCCH-AN-CS-v13c0                    CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                    n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1-v13c0            SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
            } 
        } 
    } 
} 
PUCCH-Format3-Conf-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    n3PUCCH-AN-List-r13    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549)    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3-r13Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
        CHOICE {     
        release                                            NULL,
        setup                                            SEQUENCE { 
            n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1-r13    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14        ENUMERATED {r64,r128}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
n1PUCCH-AN-SPT-r15Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.Indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset for short processing time.
                    INTEGER (0..2047)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI-r15    ENUMERATED {dai,cc}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
Format4-resource-r13    ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
startingPRB-format4-r13Parametersee TS 36.211 [21], clause5.4.3 for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
                        INTEGER (0..109), 
    
numberOfPRB-format4-r13Parametersee TS 36.213 [23], Table 10.1.1-2, for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
                    INTEGER (0..7) 
} 
Format5-resource-r13    ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
startingPRB-format5-r13Parametersee TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.3 for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
                        INTEGER (0..109), 
    
cdm-index-format5-r13Parametersee TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.2c, for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
                        INTEGER (0..1) 
} 
N1PUCCH-AN-CS-r10    ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
N1PUCCH-AN-InfoList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
PUCCH-TxDuration-r17    ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
pucch-TxDuration-r17Duration of PUCCH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in subframe.
Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf4corresponds to 4 subframes and so on.
        ENUMERATED {sf2, sf4, sf8, sf16, sf32, sf64, sf128} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PUCCH-Config field descriptions


ackNackRepetition
Parameter indicates whether ACK/NACK repetition is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
cdm-index-format5
Parametersee TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.2c, for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
codebooksizeDetermination, codebooksizeDeterminationSTTI
Parameter indicates whether HARQ codebook size is determined with downlink assignment indicator based solution or number of configured CCs, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.2.2.6, 5.2.3.1 and 5.3.3.1.2, and TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.3, 10.1.3.2.3, 10.1.3.2.3.1, 10.1.3.2.3.2 and 10.1.3.2.4.
deltaPUCCH-Shift
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.1, where ds1 corresponds to value 1, ds2 corresponds to value 2 etc.
dummy1
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
harq-TimingTDD
Parameter indicates for a TDD SCell when aggregated with a TDD PCell of different UL/DL configurations whether deriving the HARQ timing for such a cell is done in the same way as the DL HARQ timing of an FDD SCell with a TDD PCell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.2.
maximumPayloadCoderate
Maximum payload or code rate for multi P-CSI on each PUCCH resource, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.1.
n1PUCCH-AN
Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-r11 indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-List
Parameter: for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.1 and 10.1.3.2.1.
n1PUCCH-AN-CS-ListP1
Parameter: for antenna port  for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. E-UTRAN configures this field only when pucch-Format is set to channelSelection.
n1PUCCH-AN-Rep, n1PUCCH-AN-RepP1
Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n3PUCCH-AN-List, n3PUCCH-AN-ListP1
Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. 
n1PUCCH-AN-SPT
Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.Indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset for short processing time.
nCS-An
Parameter: see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.
nkaPUCCH-AN
Parameter: ,see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3.
nkaPUCCH-AN-r12indicates PUCCH format 1a/1b starting offset for the subframe set , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.3. E-UTRAN configures nkaPUCCH-AN only if eimta-MainConfig is configured.
nPUCCH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
nRB-CQI
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.
numberOfPRB-format4
Parametersee TS 36.213 [23], Table 10.1.1-2, for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList
Starting offsets of the PUCCH resource(s) indicated by SIB1-BR. The first entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 0, the second entry in the list is the starting offset of the PUCCH resource(s) of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes n1PUCCH-AN-InfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE. See TS 36.213 [23].
pucch-Format
Parameter indicates one of the PUCCH formats for transmission of HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. For TDD, if the UE is configured with PCell only, the channelSelection indicates the transmission of HARQ-ACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-5, 10.1.3-6, and 10.1.3-7 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUCCH, and in 7.3 in TS 36.213 [23] for PUSCH. E-UTRAN only configures pucch-Format-v1370 when pucch-Format-r13 is configured and set to format4 or format5.
pucch-NumRepetitionCE
Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a and for PUCCH format 2/2a/2b for CE modes A and B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. The UE shall ignore pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format2-r13, if received, for CE mode B in this release of specification. For UE in CE mode B supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r14 is includedthen the UE shall ignorepucch-NumRepetitionCE-format1-r13.
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level0, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level1, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level2, pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3
Number of repetitions for PUCCH carrying HARQ response to PDSCH containing Msg4 for PRACH CE levels 0, 1, 2 and 3, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 repetition, value n2 corresponds to 2 repetitions, and so on. For BL UEs or non-BL UEs in enhanced coverage supporting extended PUCCH repetition, if pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r14 is included then the UE shall ignorepucch-NumRepetitionCE-Msg4-Level3-r13.
pucch-TxDuration
Duration of PUCCH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Unit in subframe.
Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, value sf4corresponds to 4 subframes and so on.
repetitionFactor
Parameter  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1, where n2 corresponds to repetition factor 2, n4 to 4.
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
Parameter indicates whether simultaneous PUCCH and PUSCH or simultaneous SPUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH transmissions are configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1 and 5.1.1. E-UTRAN configures this field for the PCell, only when thenonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PSCell, only when thenonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PSCell is configured. Likewise, E-UTRAN configures this field for the PUCCH SCell, only when the nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info is set to supported in the band on which PUCCH SCell is configured.
spatialBundlingPUCCH
Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUCCH, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.3.1.
spatialBundlingPUSCH
Parameter indicates whether spatial bundling is enabled or not for PUSCH, see see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.2.6.
startingPRB-format4
Parametersee TS 36.211 [21], clause5.4.3 for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 4.
startingPRB-format5
Parametersee TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4.3 for determining PUCCH resource(s) of PUCCH format 5.
tdd-AckNackFeedbackMode
Parameterindicates one of the TDD ACK/NACK feedback modes used, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3 and 10.1.3. The value bundling corresponds to use of ACK/NACK bundling whereas, the value multiplexing corresponds to ACK/NACK multiplexing as defined in Tables 10.1.3-2, 10.1.3-3, and 10.1.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]. The same value applies to both ACK/NACK feedback modes on PUCCH as well as on PUSCH.
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for PUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2.
twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format3
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.






Conditional presenceExplanation


TDD
The field is mandatory present for TDD if the pucch-Format is not present.If the pucch-Format is present, the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field. It is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– PUR-Config
The IE PUR-Config is used to specify the PUR configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
PUR-Config-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE {     
    pur-ConfigID-r16                PUR-ConfigID-r16            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
pur-ImplicitReleaseAfter-r16Number of consecutive PUR occasions that can be skipped before implicit release, as specified in 5.3.3.20. Value n2 corresponds to 2 PUR occasions, value n4 corresponds to 4 PUR occasions and so on.
    ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, spare}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pur-StartTimeParameters-r16        SEQUENCE { 
        periodicityAndOffset-r16        PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16, 
        startSFN-r16                    INTEGER (0..1023), 
        startSubFrame-r16                INTEGER (0..9), 
        
hsfn-LSB-Info-r16Indicates the LSB of the H-SFN corresponding to the last subframe of the first transmission of RRCConnectionRelease message containing pur-Config.
                BIT STRING (SIZE(1)) 
    }        OPTIONAL,    --Need ON
    
pur-NumOccasions-r16Number of PUR occasions. Value one corresponds to 1 PUR occasion, and value infinite corresponds to an infinite number of PUR occasions.
            ENUMERATED {one, infinite}, 
    pur-RNTI-r16                    C-RNTI                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pur-TimeAlignmentTimer-r16Indicates the idle mode TA timer in seconds for TA validation. Actual value = indicated value *PUR periodicity.
        INTEGER (1..8)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
pur-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r16Indicates the threshold(s) of change in serving cell RSRP in dB for TA validation. Value dB4 corresponds to 4 dB, value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on. When pur-RSRP-ChangeThreshold is set to setup, if decreaseThresh is absent the value of increaseThresh is also used for decreaseThresh.
    SetupRelease {PUR-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r16} OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pur-ResponseWindowTimer-r16PUR MPDCCH search space window duration. See TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value in subframes. Value sf240 corresponds to 240 subframes, value sf480 corresponds to 480 subframes and so on.
        ENUMERATED {sf240, sf480, sf960, sf1920, sf3840, sf5760, sf7680, sf10240}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    pur-MPDCCH-Config-r16            PUR-MPDCCH-Config-r16        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pur-PDSCH-FreqHopping-r16Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for PDSCH. See TS 36.213 [23].
        BOOLEAN,
    pur-PUCCH-Config-r16            PUR-PUCCH-Config-r16        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    pur-PUSCH-Config-r16            PUR-PUSCH-Config-r16        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    
pur-PDSCH-maxTBS-r17Activation/deactivation of DL TBS of 1736 bits for HD-FDD BL UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2.
        BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
PUR-MPDCCH-Config-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
mpdcch-FreqHopping-r16Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for MPDCCH. See TS 36.213 [23].
            BOOLEAN,
    
mpdcch-Narrowband-r16Indicates the index of a narrowband on which the UE monitors for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
            INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13), 
    
mpdcch-PRB-PairsConfig-r16Indicates the configuration of physical resource-block pairs used for MPDCCH. See TS 36.213 [23]. mpdcch-PRB-Pairs indicates the number of PRB pairs. Value n2 corresponds to 2 PRB pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 PRB pairs and so on. resourceBlockAssignmentindicates the index to a specific combination of PRB pair for MPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4.
        SEQUENCE{ 
        numberPRB-Pairs-r16                ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, spare1}, 
        resourceBlockAssignment-r16        BIT STRING (SIZE(4)) 
    }, 
    
mpdcch-NumRepetition-r16Maximum number of repetitions levels for UE-SS for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
        ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256}, 
    
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS-r16Starting subframe configuration for an MPDCCH PUR search space, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
            CHOICE { 
        fdd                                ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, v5, v8, v10}, 
        tdd                            ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, v20, spare1} 
    }, 
    
mpdcch-Offset-PUR-SS-r16Starting subframes configuration of the MPDCCH search space for PUR, see TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter, 
                                            threeEighth, oneHalf, fiveEighth, 
                                            threeQuarter, sevenEighth} 
} 
PUR-PUCCH-Config-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
n1PUCCH-AN-r16Indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
                        INTEGER (0..2047)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Format1-r16Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. When pur-GrantInfo is set to ce-ModeA, value n1 corresponds to 1 repetition, value n2 corresponds to 2 repetitions, and so on. When pur-GrantInfo is set to ce-ModeB, actual value corresponds to 4 * indicated value.
    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8}    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
PUR-PUSCH-Config-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
pur-GrantInfo-r16Indicates UL grant for transmission using PUR. Field set to ce-ModeA indicates the PUR grant is for CE Mode A and the field set to ce-ModeB indicates the PUR grant is for CE Mode B. numRUs indicates DCI field for PUSCH number of resource units, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.1.6. prbAllocationInfo indicates DCI field for PUSCH resource block assignment, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.10 (CE Mode A) and clause 5.3.3.1.11 (CE Mode B). mcs indicates DCI field for PUSCH modulation and coding scheme, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.6. numRepetitions indicates DCI field for PUSCH repetition number, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.0.
For CE Mode A, numRUs set to '00' indicates use of full-PRB resource allocation, otherwise sub-PRB resource allocation as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.1.6. For CE Mode B, subPRB-Allocation indicates whether sub-PRB resource allocation is used.
                CHOICE { 
        ce-ModeA                        SEQUENCE { 
            numRUs-r16                        BIT STRING (SIZE(2)), 
            prb-AllocationInfo-r16            BIT STRING (SIZE(10)), 
            mcs-r16                            BIT STRING (SIZE(4)), 
            numRepetitions-r16                BIT STRING (SIZE(3)) 
        }, 
        ce-ModeB                        SEQUENCE { 
            subPRB-Allocation-r16            BOOLEAN,
            numRUs-r16                        BOOLEAN,
            prb-AllocationInfo-r16            BIT STRING (SIZE(8)), 
            mcs-r16                            BIT STRING (SIZE(4)), 
            numRepetitions-r16                BIT STRING (SIZE(3)) 
        } 
    }    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pur-PUSCH-FreqHopping-r16Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for PUSCH. See TS 36.213 [23].
        BOOLEAN,
    
p0-UE-PUSCH-r16Parameter: P0_UE_PUSCH,c (3). See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB.
                    INTEGER (-8..7), 
    
alpha-r16Parameter: αc(3). See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1.
                        Alpha-r12, 
    
pusch-CyclicShift-r16Parameter: See TS 36.211 [21] clause 5.5.2.1.1. Value n0 corresponds to 0 and n6 corresponds to 6.
            ENUMERATED {n0, n6}, 
    
pusch-NB-MaxTBS-r16Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                BOOLEAN,
    
locationCE-ModeB-r16PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB resource allocation is enabled for PUR grant in CE mode B.
            INTEGER (0..5)    OPTIONAL  -- Cond SubPRB
} 
PUR-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    increaseThresh-r16                RSRP-ChangeThresh-r16, 
    decreaseThresh-r16                RSRP-ChangeThresh-r16    OPTIONAL         --Need OP
} 
RSRP-ChangeThresh-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {dB4, dB6, dB8, dB10, dB14, dB18, dB22, dB26, dB30, dB34, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PUR-Config field descriptions


alpha
Parameter: αc(3). See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1.
hsfn-LSB-Info
Indicates the LSB of the H-SFN corresponding to the last subframe of the first transmission of RRCConnectionRelease message containing pur-Config.
locationCE-ModeB
PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB resource allocation is enabled for PUR grant in CE mode B.
mpdcch-FreqHopping
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for MPDCCH. See TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-Narrowband
Indicates the index of a narrowband on which the UE monitors for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.5. Field values (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13) correspond to narrowband indices (0..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13-1) as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-NumRepetition
Maximum number of repetitions levels for UE-SS for MPDCCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-Offset-PUR-SS
Starting subframes configuration of the MPDCCH search space for PUR, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PRB-PairsConfig
Indicates the configuration of physical resource-block pairs used for MPDCCH. See TS 36.213 [23]. mpdcch-PRB-Pairs indicates the number of PRB pairs. Value n2 corresponds to 2 PRB pairs; n4 corresponds to 4 PRB pairs and so on. resourceBlockAssignmentindicates the index to a specific combination of PRB pair for MPDCCH set. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4.
mpdcch-StartSF-UESS
Starting subframe configuration for an MPDCCH PUR search space, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value v1 corresponds to 1, value v1dot5 corresponds to 1.5, and so on.
n1PUCCH-AN
Indicates UE-specific PUCCH AN resource offset, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
p0-UE-PUSCH
Parameter: P0_UE_PUSCH,c (3). See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB.
pucch-NumRepetitionCE-Format1
Number of PUCCH repetitions for PUCCH format 1/1a, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. When pur-GrantInfo is set to ce-ModeA, value n1 corresponds to 1 repetition, value n2 corresponds to 2 repetitions, and so on. When pur-GrantInfo is set to ce-ModeB, actual value corresponds to 4 * indicated value.
pusch-CyclicShift
Parameter: See TS 36.211 [21] clause 5.5.2.1.1. Value n0 corresponds to 0 and n6 corresponds to 6.
pusch-NB-MaxTBS
Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
pur-GrantInfo
Indicates UL grant for transmission using PUR. Field set to ce-ModeA indicates the PUR grant is for CE Mode A and the field set to ce-ModeB indicates the PUR grant is for CE Mode B. numRUs indicates DCI field for PUSCH number of resource units, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.1.6. prbAllocationInfo indicates DCI field for PUSCH resource block assignment, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.10 (CE Mode A) and clause 5.3.3.1.11 (CE Mode B). mcs indicates DCI field for PUSCH modulation and coding scheme, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.6. numRepetitions indicates DCI field for PUSCH repetition number, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.0.
For CE Mode A, numRUs set to '00' indicates use of full-PRB resource allocation, otherwise sub-PRB resource allocation as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.1.6. For CE Mode B, subPRB-Allocation indicates whether sub-PRB resource allocation is used.
pur-ImplicitReleaseAfter
Number of consecutive PUR occasions that can be skipped before implicit release, as specified in 5.3.3.20. Value n2 corresponds to 2 PUR occasions, value n4 corresponds to 4 PUR occasions and so on.
pur-NumOccasions
Number of PUR occasions. Value one corresponds to 1 PUR occasion, and value infinite corresponds to an infinite number of PUR occasions.
pur-PDSCH-FreqHopping
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for PDSCH. See TS 36.213 [23].
pur-PDSCH-maxTBS
Activation/deactivation of DL TBS of 1736 bits for HD-FDD BL UE in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2.
pur-PeriodicityAndOffset
Indicates the periodicity for the PUR occasions and time offset until the first PUR occasion.
pur-PUSCH-FreqHopping
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for PUSCH. See TS 36.213 [23].
pur-ResponseWindowTimer
PUR MPDCCH search space window duration. See TS 36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value in subframes. Value sf240 corresponds to 240 subframes, value sf480 corresponds to 480 subframes and so on.
pur-RSRP-ChangeThreshold
Indicates the threshold(s) of change in serving cell RSRP in dB for TA validation. Value dB4 corresponds to 4 dB, value dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on. When pur-RSRP-ChangeThreshold is set to setup, if decreaseThresh is absent the value of increaseThresh is also used for decreaseThresh.
pur-TimeAlignmentTimer
Indicates the idle mode TA timer in seconds for TA validation. Actual value = indicated value *PUR periodicity.






Conditional presenceExplanation


SubPRB
This field is optionally present, need ON, if subPRB-Allocation is set to TRUE; otherwise the field is not present and UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– PUR-ConfigID
The IE PUR-ConfigID is used to indicate the PUR configuration identity. 

 -- ASN1START
PUR-ConfigID-r16 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE(20)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset
The IE PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset is used to indicate H-SFN of the first PUR occasion and periodicity of the subsequent PUR occasions. The value of periodicity is in the unit of H-SFN duration (i.e., 10.24s). Value periodicity8 corresponds to periodicity of 8 H-SFN, value periodicity16 corresponds to periodicity of 16 H-SFN and so on. The value of offset is in the unit of H-SFN duration (i.e., 10.24s). 

 -- ASN1START
PUR-PeriodicityAndOffset-r16 ::= CHOICE { 
    periodicity8        INTEGER (1..7), 
    periodicity16        INTEGER (1..15), 
    periodicity32        INTEGER (1..31), 
    periodicity64        INTEGER (1..63), 
    periodicity128        INTEGER (1..127), 
    periodicity256        INTEGER (1..255), 
    periodicity512        INTEGER (1..511), 
    periodicity1024        INTEGER (1..1023), 
    periodicity2048        INTEGER (1..2047), 
    periodicity4096        INTEGER (1..4095), 
    periodicity8192        INTEGER (1..8191) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PUSCH-Config
The IE PUSCH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the common PUSCH configuration and the reference signal configuration for PUSCH and PUCCH. The IE PUSCH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
PUSCH-ConfigCommon ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    pusch-ConfigBasic                    SEQUENCE { 
        
n-SBParameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
                                INTEGER (1..4), 
        
hoppingModeParameter: Hopping-mode, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
                            ENUMERATED {interSubFrame, intraAndInterSubFrame}, 
        pusch-HoppingOffset                    INTEGER (0..98), 
        
enable64QAMSee TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UE categories 5 and 8 indicated in ue-Category and UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM and can fallback to category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6, while FALSE indicates that 64QAM is not allowed. If enable64QAM-v1270 is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM but cannot fallback category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6. E-UTRAN configures enable64QAM-v1270 only when enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE.
                            BOOLEAN 
    }, 
    
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCHUsed to specify parameters needed for the transmission on PUSCH (or PUCCH).
            UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH 
} 
PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    enable64QAM-v1270                        ENUMERATED {true} 
} 
PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA-r13Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN does not configure value r8. If the field is not configured, the UE shall apply the default value as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0.
    ENUMERATED { 
                                            r8, r16, r32 }                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB-r13Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED { 
                                            r192, r256, r384, r512, r768, r1024, 
                                            r1536, r2048}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pusch-HoppingOffset-v1310 
                                    INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    betaOffset-ACK-Index                INTEGER (0..15), 
    betaOffset-RI-Index                    INTEGER (0..15), 
    betaOffset-CQI-Index                INTEGER (0..15) 
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    betaOffsetMC-r10                    SEQUENCE {     
        betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r10            INTEGER (0..15), 
        betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r10            INTEGER (0..15), 
        betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r10            INTEGER (0..15) 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
groupHoppingDisabled-r10Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1130 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    pusch-DMRS-r11                        CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            
nPUSCH-Identity-r11Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
                    INTEGER (0..509), 
            
nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r11Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.1.
                INTEGER (0..509) 
        } 
    } 
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1250::=        SEQUENCE { 
    uciOnPUSCH                            CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
            betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r12            INTEGER (0..15), 
            betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12            INTEGER (0..15), 
            betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r12            INTEGER (0..15), 
            betaOffsetMC-r12                        SEQUENCE {     
                betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12    INTEGER (0..15), 
                betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12        INTEGER (0..15), 
                betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r12    INTEGER (0..15) 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        } 
    } 
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    betaOffset-ACK-Index-r13                INTEGER (0..15), 
    betaOffset2-ACK-Index-r13                INTEGER (0..15)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    betaOffset-RI-Index-r13                    INTEGER (0..15), 
    betaOffset-CQI-Index-r13                INTEGER (0..15), 
    betaOffsetMC-r13                        SEQUENCE {     
        betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-r13                INTEGER (0..15), 
        betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-r13            INTEGER (0..15)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-r13                INTEGER (0..15), 
        betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-r13                INTEGER (0..15) 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
groupHoppingDisabled-r13Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r13Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pusch-DMRS-r11                            CHOICE { 
        release                                    NULL,
        setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
            
nPUSCH-Identity-r13Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
                        INTEGER (0..509), 
            
nDMRS-CSH-Identity-r13Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.1.
                    INTEGER (0..509) 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    uciOnPUSCH                                CHOICE { 
        release                                    NULL,
        setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
            betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13            INTEGER (0..15), 
            betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2-r13            INTEGER (0..15)    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13            INTEGER (0..15), 
            betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2-r13            INTEGER (0..15), 
            betaOffsetMC-r12                        SEQUENCE {     
                betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13    INTEGER (0..15), 
                betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13    INTEGER (0..15)    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
                betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13        INTEGER (0..15), 
                betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2-r13    INTEGER (0..15) 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
pusch-HoppingConfig-r13For BL UEs and UEs in CE, frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast PUSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]
                    ENUMERATED {on}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                    ENUMERATED {on}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14Maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz. If this field is not configured, the maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A set to 1.4 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1.
                ENUMERATED {bw5}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    tdd-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14                        TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-r14Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.
                        BOOLEAN,
    
enable256QAM-r14See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per uplink power control subframe set and DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are not configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed.
                        Enable256QAM-r14                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig-r15Activation of flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. offsetCE-ModeB indicates starting PRB offset when flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode B is enabled. See TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz.
    CHOICE { 
        release                NULL,
        setup                SEQUENCE { 
            offsetCE-ModeB-r15            INTEGER (-1..3)    OPTIONAL         -- Cond CE-ModeB
        } 
    }, 
    
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config-r15Activation of PUSCH sub-PRB allocation in CE mode A or B, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
    CHOICE { 
        release                NULL,
        setup                SEQUENCE { 
            
locationCE-ModeB-r15PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB allocation is enabled in CE mode B.
            INTEGER (0..5)        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond CE-ModeB
            sixToneCyclicShift-r15        INTEGER (0..3), 
            threeToneCyclicShift-r15        INTEGER (0..2) 
        } 
    }        OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16Indicates whether UL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, i.e., a single DCI can schedule up to 8 PUSCH transport blocks in CE mode A and up to 4 PUSCH transport blocks in CE mode B. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0.
        SetupRelease {CE-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16} 
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
groupHoppingDisabled-r10Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated-r10Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedSCell-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
enable256QAM-r14See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per uplink power control subframe set and DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are not configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed.
                        Enable256QAM-r14                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUSCH-ConfigDedicatedScell-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    uci-OnPUSCH-r15                        CHOICE { 
        release                                    NULL,
        setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
            
betaOffsetAUL-r15Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.3.
                                INTEGER (0..15) 
        } 
    } 
} 
TDD-PUSCH-UpPTS-r14 ::=                    CHOICE { 
    release                                    NULL,
    setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
        
symPUSCH-UpPTS-r14Indicatesthe number of data symbols that configured for PUSCH transmission in UpPTS. Valuessym2, sym3, sym4, sym5 and sym6 can be used for normal cyclic prefix, if dmrsLess-UpPTS is set to true, otherwise, values sym2, sym3, sym4,sym5 can be used for normal cyclic prefix and values sym1, sym2, sym3and sym4 can be used for extended cyclic prefix, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
                        ENUMERATED {sym1, sym2, sym3, sym4, sym5, sym6}                                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config-r14Indicates the UE not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS, see TS36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.2.
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    } 
} 
CE-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config-r16     ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
interleaving-r16Indicates whether interleaving for UL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0.
                        ENUMERATED {on}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PUSCH-TxDuration-r17    ::=        SEQUENCE { 
        
pusch-TxDuration-r17Duration of PUSCH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of resource units. Value n2 corresponds to 2 resource units, value n4 corresponds to 4 resource units and so on.
The signalled value corresponds to full-PRB allocation (unit: subframe). If PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, the signalled value is divided by 2, 4 and 8 for sub-PRB allocation of 6, 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones allocation and corresponds to the resource unit for 6 tones, 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones, respectively. If value n2 is signalled and PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, segment transmission is not applicable to 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones allocation. If value n4 is signalled and PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, segment transmission is not applicable to 2-out-of-3 tones allocation.
        ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, n128, n256} 
} 
Enable256QAM-r14 ::=                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                CHOICE { 
            tpc-SubframeSet-Configured-r14        SEQUENCE { 
                    subframeSet1-DCI-Format0-r14                                        BOOLEAN,
                    subframeSet1-DCI-Format4-r14                                        BOOLEAN,
                    subframeSet2-DCI-Format0-r14                                        BOOLEAN,
                    subframeSet2-DCI-Format4-r14                                        BOOLEAN 
            }, 
            tpc-SubframeSet-NotConfigured-r14    SEQUENCE { 
                    dci-Format0-r14        BOOLEAN,
                    dci-Format4-r14        BOOLEAN 
            } 
        } 
} 
PUSCH-EnhancementsConfig-r14 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        
pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh-r14Indicates the freqeuncy domain hopping offset between PRBs for PUSCH in frequency hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. Value 1 corresponds to 1 PRB, value 2 corresponds to 2 PRBs, and so on.
            INTEGER (1..100)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh-r14Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUSCH stays at the same PRBs before hopping to other PRBs. For interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. Forinterval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on.See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
            CHOICE { 
            interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14                ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8}, 
            interval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh-r14                ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20} 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
UL-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
groupHoppingEnabledParameter: Group-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
                    BOOLEAN,
    
groupAssignmentPUSCHParameter: SS See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
                INTEGER (0..29), 
    
sequenceHoppingEnabledParameter: Sequence-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.4.
                BOOLEAN,
    
cyclicShiftParameters: cyclicShift, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 5.5.2.1.1-2.
                            INTEGER (0..7) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PUSCH-Config field descriptions


betaOffset-ACK-Index, betaOffset2-ACK-Index, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC
Parameter: ,, and , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-1. betaOffset-ACK-Index and betaOffset2-ACK-Index are used for single-codeword and betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC and betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC are used for multiple-codeword. If betaOffset2-ACK-Index is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index is used. If betaOffset-ACK2-Index-MC is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC is used. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: ,,and respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-1. betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 and betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 are used for single-codeword, betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2, betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 are used for multiple-codeword. If betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-SubframeSet2 is used. If betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is configured; betaOffset-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2-ACK-Index-MC-SubframeSet2 is used. One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffsetAUL
Parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.3.
betaOffset-CQI-Index, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-3. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-CQI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-CQI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-3.One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffset-RI-Index, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-2. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffset-RI-Index-SubframeSet2, betaOffset-RI-Index-MC-SubframeSet2
Parameter: , for single- and multiple-codeword respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-2.One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send PUCCH on the same cell in case PUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig
Activation of flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode A or B. offsetCE-ModeB indicates starting PRB offset when flexible starting PRB for PUSCH resource allocation in CE mode B is enabled. See TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].E-UTRAN does not configure this field when E-UTRA system bandwidth is 1.4 MHz.
ce-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth
Maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz. If this field is not configured, the maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A set to 1.4 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1.
ce-PUSCH-MultiTB-Config
Indicates whether UL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, i.e., a single DCI can schedule up to 8 PUSCH transport blocks in CE mode A and up to 4 PUSCH transport blocks in CE mode B. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0.
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS
Activation of 2984 bits maximum PUSCH TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A, see TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Config
Activation of PUSCH sub-PRB allocation in CE mode A or B, see TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
cyclicShift
Parameters: cyclicShift, see TS 36.211 [21], Table 5.5.2.1.1-2.
dmrs-LessUpPTS-Config
Indicates the UE not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS, see TS36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.2.
dmrs-WithOCC-Activated
Parameter: Activate-DMRS-with OCC, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.
enable256QAM
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per uplink power control subframe set and DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed. If enable256QAM is included and if uplink power control subframe sets are not configured by tpc-SubframeSet, the field indicates (if set to TRUE) per DCI format 0/0A/0B and 4/4A/4B that 256QAM is allowed for UE UL categories as indicated in TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2, while FALSE indicates that 256 QAM is not allowed.
enable64QAM
See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1. If enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UE categories 5 and 8 indicated in ue-Category and UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM and can fallback to category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6, while FALSE indicates that 64QAM is not allowed. If enable64QAM-v1270 is set to TRUE, it indicates that 64QAM is allowed for UL categories indicated in ue-CategoryUL which support UL 64QAM but cannot fallback category 5 or 8, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2 and Table 4.1A-6. E-UTRAN configures enable64QAM-v1270 only when enable64QAM (without suffix) is set to TRUE.
interleaving
Indicates whether interleaving for UL multi-TB scheduling is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0.
interval-ULHoppingPUSCH-Enh
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUSCH stays at the same PRBs before hopping to other PRBs. For interval-FDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. Forinterval-TDD-PUSCH-Enh, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on.See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
groupAssignmentPUSCH
Parameter: SS See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
groupHoppingDisabled
Parameter: Disable-sequence-group-hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
groupHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Group-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.3.
hoppingMode
Parameter: Hopping-mode, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
locationCE-ModeB
PRB location within the narrowband when PUSCH sub-PRB allocation is enabled in CE mode B.
nDMRS-CSH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.2.1.1.
nPUSCH-Identity
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.5.
n-SB
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
pusch-HoppingConfig
For BL UEs and UEs in CE, frequency hopping activation/deactivation for unicast PUSCH, see TS 36.211 [21]
pusch-hoppingOffset
Except for BL UEs and UEs in CE, parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. For BL UEs and UEs in CE, the pusch-hoppingOffset-v1310 indicates the parameter, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. . In case pusch-hoppingOffset-v1310 is signalled, the BL UEs and UEs in CE shall ignore pusch-hoppingOffset (i.e. without suffix).
pusch-HoppingOffsetPUSCH-Enh
Indicates the freqeuncy domain hopping offset between PRBs for PUSCH in frequency hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4. Value 1 corresponds to 1 PRB, value 2 corresponds to 2 PRBs, and so on.
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA
Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode A, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. E-UTRAN does not configure value r8. If the field is not configured, the UE shall apply the default value as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0.
pusch-maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB
Maximum value to indicate the set of PUSCH repetition numbers for CE mode B, see TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
pusch-TxDuration
Duration of PUSCH segment transmission in NTN transmission, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of resource units. Value n2 corresponds to 2 resource units, value n4 corresponds to 4 resource units and so on.
The signalled value corresponds to full-PRB allocation (unit: subframe). If PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, the signalled value is divided by 2, 4 and 8 for sub-PRB allocation of 6, 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones allocation and corresponds to the resource unit for 6 tones, 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones, respectively. If value n2 is signalled and PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, segment transmission is not applicable to 3 and 2-out-of-3 tones allocation. If value n4 is signalled and PUSCH sub-PRB is configured, segment transmission is not applicable to 2-out-of-3 tones allocation.
sequenceHoppingEnabled
Parameter: Sequence-hopping-enabled, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.1.4.
sixToneCyclicShift, threeToneCyclicShift
Cyclic shift for PUSCH reference signal sequence of six/three subcarriers in CE mode A or B.
symPUSCH-UpPTS
Indicatesthe number of data symbols that configured for PUSCH transmission in UpPTS. Valuessym2, sym3, sym4, sym5 and sym6 can be used for normal cyclic prefix, if dmrsLess-UpPTS is set to true, otherwise, values sym2, sym3, sym4,sym5 can be used for normal cyclic prefix and values sym1, sym2, sym3and sym4 can be used for extended cyclic prefix, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.3.4.
ul-DMRS-IFDMA
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.
ul-ReferenceSignalsPUSCH
Used to specify parameters needed for the transmission on PUSCH (or PUCCH).






Conditional presenceExplanation


CE-ModeB
The field is optionally present, need ON, for CE Mode B. Otherwise, the field is not present.
– RACH-ConfigCommon
The IE RACH-ConfigCommon is used to specify the generic random access parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
RACH-ConfigCommon ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    preambleInfo                        SEQUENCE { 
        
numberOfRA-PreamblesNumber of non-dedicated random access preambles in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.
                ENUMERATED { 
                                                n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, 
                                                n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, 
                                                n60, n64}, 
        
preamblesGroupAConfigProvides the configuration for preamble grouping in TS 36.321 [6]. If the field is not signalled, the size of the random access preambles group A, as specified in TS 36.321 [6], is equal tonumberOfRA-Preambles.
                SEQUENCE { 
            
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupASize of the random access preambles group A in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.
            ENUMERATED { 
                                                    n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, 
                                                    n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, 
                                                    n60}, 
            
messageSizeGroupAThreshold for preamble selectionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in bits. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b144 corresponds to 144 bits and so on.
                        ENUMERATED {b56, b144, b208, b256}, 
            
messagePowerOffsetGroupBThreshold for preamble selectionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on.
            ENUMERATED { 
                                                    minusinfinity, dB0, dB5, dB8, dB10, dB12, 
                                                    dB15, dB18}, 
            ... 
        }            OPTIONAL                                                     -- Need OP
    }, 
    powerRampingParameters                PowerRampingParameters, 
    ra-SupervisionInfo                    SEQUENCE { 
        preambleTransMax                    PreambleTransMax, 
        
ra-ResponseWindowSizeDuration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
                ENUMERATED { 
                                                sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5, sf6, sf7, 
                                                sf8, sf10}, 
        
mac-ContentionResolutionTimerTimer for contention resolutionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on.mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
        ENUMERATED { 
                                                sf8, sf16, sf24, sf32, sf40, sf48, 
                                                sf56, sf64} 
    }, 
    
maxHARQ-Msg3TxMaximum number of Msg3 HARQ transmissionsin TS 36.321 [6], used for contention based random access. Value is an integer.
                        INTEGER (1..8), 
    ..., 
    [[    preambleTransMax-CE-r13            PreambleTransMax                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
rach-CE-LevelInfoList-r13Provides RACH information for each coverage level. The first entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 0, the second entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes rach-CE-LevelInfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE.
        RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
edt-SmallTBS-Subset-r15Presence indicates only two of the TBS values can be used according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. When the field is not present, any of the TBS values according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level can be used. This field is applicable for a CE level only when edt-SmallTBS-Enabled is included for the corresponding CE level.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL         -- Cond EDT-OR
    ]] 
} 
RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    txFailParams-r12                SEQUENCE { 
        
connEstFailCount-r12Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset. 
                    ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}, 
        
connEstFailOffsetValidity-r12Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offsetfrom evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
            ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240, 
                                                        s300, s420, s600, s900}, 
        
connEstFailOffset-r12Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
                    INTEGER (0..15)        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    } 
} 
RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    powerRampingParameters-r11                PowerRampingParameters, 
    ra-SupervisionInfo-r11                    SEQUENCE { 
        preambleTransMax-r11                    PreambleTransMax 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
RACH-CE-LevelInfoList-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCE-Level-r13)) OF RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13 
RACH-CE-LevelInfo-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
preambleMappingInfo-r13Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level, except for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. When random access preambles group B is used, firstPreamble-r13is set to 0 and lastPreamble-r13is set tonumberOfRA-Preambles-1.
                SEQUENCE { 
        firstPreamble-r13                    INTEGER(0..63),
        lastPreamble-r13                    INTEGER(0..63)
    }, 
    
ra-ResponseWindowSize-r13Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
            ENUMERATED {sf20, sf50, sf80, sf120, sf180, 
                                                    sf240, sf320, sf400}, 
    
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r13Timer for contention resolutionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on.mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
    ENUMERATED {sf80, sf100, sf120, 
                                                    sf160, sf200, sf240, sf480, sf960}, 
    
rar-HoppingConfig-r13Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for RAR/Msg3/Msg4 for a CE level, see TS 36.211 [21].
                ENUMERATED {on,off}, 
    ..., 
    [[    edt-Parameters-r15            SEQUENCE { 
            
edt-LastPreamble-r15Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6].For the concerned CE level, if PRACH resources configured by edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 are different from the PRACH resources configured by PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 for all CE levels and edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 for all other CE levels, the preambles for EDT are the preambles firstPreamble-r13to edt-LastPreamble-r15, otherwise the preambles for EDT are the preambles lastPreamble-r13 +1 to edt-LastPreamble-r15.
        INTEGER(0..63),
            
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled-r15Value TRUE indicates UE performing EDT is allowed to select TBS smaller than edt-TBS for Msg3 in the corresponding CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
    BOOLEAN,
            
edt-TBS-r15Largest TBS for Msg3 for a CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. Value in bits. Value b328 corresponds to 328 bits, b408 corresponds to 408 bits and so on. Additionally, value b1000or456 corresponds to 1000 bits for CE levels 0 and 1, and 456 bits for CE levels 2 and 3. See TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {b328, b408, b504, b600, b712, 
                                                b808, b936, b1000or456}, 
            
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15Timer for contention resolutionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on.mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
    ENUMERATED {sf240, sf480, sf960, 
                                                    sf1920, sf3840, sf5760, sf7680, sf10240}        OPTIONAL  -- Need OP
            }    OPTIONAL         -- Cond EDT
    ]] 
} 
PowerRampingParameters ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
powerRampingStepPower ramping factor in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
                    ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}, 
    
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPowerInitial preamble powerin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dBm. Value dBm-120 corresponds to -120 dBm, dBm-118 corresponds to -118 dBm and so on.
    ENUMERATED { 
                                            dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112, 
                                            dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-102, 
                                            dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, 
                                            dBm-92, dBm-90} 
} 
PreambleTransMax ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                            n3, n4, n5, n6, n7,    n8, n10, n20, n50, 
                                            n100, n200} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RACH-ConfigCommon field descriptions


connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset. 
connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 36.304 [4]. If the field is not present the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
connEstFailOffsetValidity
Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offsetfrom evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
edt-LastPreamble
Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6].For the concerned CE level, if PRACH resources configured by edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 are different from the PRACH resources configured by PRACH-ParametersCE-r13 for all CE levels and edt-PRACH-ParametersCE-r15 for all other CE levels, the preambles for EDT are the preambles firstPreamble-r13to edt-LastPreamble-r15, otherwise the preambles for EDT are the preambles lastPreamble-r13 +1 to edt-LastPreamble-r15.
edt-SmallTBS-Enabled
Value TRUE indicates UE performing EDT is allowed to select TBS smaller than edt-TBS for Msg3 in the corresponding CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
edt-SmallTBS-Subset
Presence indicates only two of the TBS values can be used according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. When the field is not present, any of the TBS values according to edt-TBS corresponding to the CE level can be used. This field is applicable for a CE level only when edt-SmallTBS-Enabled is included for the corresponding CE level.
edt-TBS
Largest TBS for Msg3 for a CE level applicable to a UE performing EDT. Value in bits. Value b328 corresponds to 328 bits, b408 corresponds to 408 bits and so on. Additionally, value b1000or456 corresponds to 1000 bits for CE levels 0 and 1, and 456 bits for CE levels 2 and 3. See TS 36.213 [23].
mac-ContentionResolutionTimer
Timer for contention resolutionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on.mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15 is only applicable for EDT. UE performing EDT shall use mac-ContentionResolutionTimer-r15, if present.
maxHARQ-Msg3Tx
Maximum number of Msg3 HARQ transmissionsin TS 36.321 [6], used for contention based random access. Value is an integer.
messagePowerOffsetGroupB
Threshold for preamble selectionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on.
messageSizeGroupA
Threshold for preamble selectionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in bits. Value b56 corresponds to 56 bits, b144 corresponds to 144 bits and so on.
numberOfRA-Preambles
Number of non-dedicated random access preambles in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.
powerRampingStep
Power ramping factor in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
preambleInitialReceivedTargetPower
Initial preamble powerin TS 36.321 [6]. Value in dBm. Value dBm-120 corresponds to -120 dBm, dBm-118 corresponds to -118 dBm and so on.
preambleMappingInfo
Provides the mapping of preambles to groups for each CE level, except for EDT, as specified in TS 36.321 [6]. When random access preambles group B is used, firstPreamble-r13is set to 0 and lastPreamble-r13is set tonumberOfRA-Preambles-1.
preamblesGroupAConfig
Provides the configuration for preamble grouping in TS 36.321 [6]. If the field is not signalled, the size of the random access preambles group A, as specified in TS 36.321 [6], is equal tonumberOfRA-Preambles.
preambleTransMax, preambleTransMax-CE
Maximum number of preamble transmissionin TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n3 corresponds to 3, n4 corresponds to 4 and so on.
rach-CE-LevelInfoList
Provides RACH information for each coverage level. The first entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 0, the second entry in the list contains RACH information of CE level 1, and so on. If E-UTRAN includes rach-CE-LevelInfoList, it includes the same number of entries as in prach-ParametersListCE.
ra-ResponseWindowSize
Duration of the RA response window in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in subframes. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf3 corresponds to 3 subframes and so on. The same value applies for each serving cell (although the associated functionality is performed independently for each cell).
rar-HoppingConfig
Frequency hopping activation/deactivation for RAR/Msg3/Msg4 for a CE level, see TS 36.211 [21].
sizeOfRA-PreamblesGroupA
Size of the random access preambles group A in TS 36.321 [6]. Value is an integer. Value n4 corresponds to 4, n8 corresponds to 8 and so on.






Conditional presenceExplanation


EDT
The field is mandatory present if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2 is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
EDT-OR
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if cp-EDT or up-EDT in SystemInformationBlockType2 is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– RACH-ConfigDedicated
The IE RACH-ConfigDedicated is used to specify the dedicated random access parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
RACH-ConfigDedicated ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ra-PreambleIndexExplicitly signalled Random Access Preamble for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
                    INTEGER (0..63), 
    
ra-PRACH-MaskIndexExplicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
                    INTEGER (0..15) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RACH-ConfigDedicated field descriptions


ra-PRACH-MaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
ra-PreambleIndex
Explicitly signalled Random Access Preamble for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321 [6].
– RadioResourceConfigCommon
The IE RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB and IE RadioResourceConfigCommon are used to specify common radio resource configurations in the system information and in the mobility control information, respectively, e.g., the random access parameters and the static physical layer parameters. 

 -- ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigCommonSIB ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rach-ConfigCommon                    RACH-ConfigCommon, 
    bcch-Config                        BCCH-Config, 
    pcch-Config                        PCCH-Config, 
    prach-Config                        PRACH-ConfigSIB, 
    pdsch-ConfigCommon                    PDSCH-ConfigCommon, 
    pusch-ConfigCommon                    PUSCH-ConfigCommon, 
    pucch-ConfigCommon                    PUCCH-ConfigCommon, 
    soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon            SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon, 
    uplinkPowerControlCommon            UplinkPowerControlCommon, 
    
ul-CyclicPrefixLengthParameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.2.1, where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.
                UL-CyclicPrefixLength, 
    ..., 
    [[    uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    rach-ConfigCommon-v1250            RACH-ConfigCommon-v1250                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270        PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    bcch-Config-v1310                BCCH-Config-v1310                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        pcch-Config-v1310                PCCH-Config-v1310                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        freqHoppingParameters-r13        FreqHoppingParameters-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310        PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310        PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        prach-ConfigCommon-v1310        PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1310                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310        PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    highSpeedConfig-r14                HighSpeedConfig-r14                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        prach-Config-v1430                PRACH-Config-v1430                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430        PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    prach-Config-v1530                PRACH-ConfigSIB-v1530                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond EDT
        ce-RSS-Config-r15                RSS-Config-r15                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        wus-Config-r15                    WUS-Config-r15                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        highSpeedConfig-v1530            HighSpeedConfig-v1530                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1540    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    wus-Config-v1560                WUS-Config-v1560                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[ 
        wus-Config-v1610                WUS-Config-v1610                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        highSpeedConfig-v1610        HighSpeedConfig-v1610            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon-r16Presence of this field indicates use of CRS for improving channel estimation on MPDCCH is enabled in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED.
    CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon-r16    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        gwus-Config-r16                    GWUS-Config-r16                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
rss-MeasConfig-r16Indicates whether RSS-based measurement is enabled.
                ENUMERATED {enabled}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
rss-MeasNonNCL-r16Indicates RSS of neighbour cells not in the Neighbour Cell List may be used for measurements. When this field is included, the UE assumes for all neighbour cells not in the Neighbour Cell List the RSS power bias is same as used for the serving cell or the camped cell.
                ENUMERATED {enabled}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
puncturedSubcarriersDL-r16Indicates number of punctured DL subcarriers and their locations, see TS 36.211 [31].
        BIT STRING (SIZE (2))                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
highSpeedInterRAT-NR-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced inter-RAT NR measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
        BOOLEAN                                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[ 
        pcch-Config-v1700                PCCH-Config-v1700                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        ntn-ConfigCommon-r17            SEQUENCE { 
            
ta-Report-r17When this field is included in SystemInformationBlockType2, it indicates reporting of timing advance is enabled during Random Access due to RRC connection establishment, RRC connection resume or RRC connection reestablishment. When this field is included in MobilityControlInfo, it indicates TA reporting is enabled during Random Access due to handover, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.9.
                    ENUMERATED {enabled}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            
t318-r17The value of timer T318. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, 
                                                ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000}, 
            prach-TxDuration-r17            PRACH-TxDuration-r17            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            pucch-TxDuration-r17            PUCCH-TxDuration-r17            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            pusch-TxDuration-r17            PUSCH-TxDuration-r17            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }    OPTIONAL     -- Cond NTN
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigCommon ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rach-ConfigCommon                    RACH-ConfigCommon                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    prach-Config                        PRACH-Config, 
    pdsch-ConfigCommon                    PDSCH-ConfigCommon                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    pusch-ConfigCommon                    PUSCH-ConfigCommon, 
    phich-Config                        PHICH-Config                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    pucch-ConfigCommon                    PUCCH-ConfigCommon                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon            SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    uplinkPowerControlCommon            UplinkPowerControlCommon            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    antennaInfoCommon                    AntennaInfoCommon                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
p-MaxPmax to be used in the target cell. If absent, for the band used in the target cell, the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.In case the UE is configured with uplink intra-band contiguous CA and the UE indicates ue-CA-PowerClass-N in that band combination, then the p-Max in RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell for that SCell, if present, also applies for that band combination whenever that SCell is activated. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107]
                                P-Max                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    tdd-Config                            TDD-Config                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD
    
ul-CyclicPrefixLengthParameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.2.1, where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.
                UL-CyclicPrefixLength, 
    ..., 
    [[    uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    tdd-Config-v1130                TDD-Config-v1130                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond TDD3
    ]], 
    [[    pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270        PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[     
        prach-Config-v1310                PRACH-Config-v1310                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        freqHoppingParameters-r13        FreqHoppingParameters-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pdsch-ConfigCommon-v1310        PDSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pucch-ConfigCommon-v1310        PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1310            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        pusch-ConfigCommon-v1310        PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1310            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    highSpeedConfig-r14                HighSpeedConfig-r14                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        prach-Config-v1430                PRACH-Config-v1430                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        pucch-ConfigCommon-v1430        PUCCH-ConfigCommon-v1430            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        tdd-Config-v1430                TDD-Config-v1430                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond TDD3
    ]], 
    [[ 
        tdd-Config-v1450                TDD-Config-v1450                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond TDD3
    ]], 
    [[    uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        highSpeedConfig-v1530            HighSpeedConfig-v1530                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[ 
        highSpeedConfig-v1610        HighSpeedConfig-v1610            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        uplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
highSpeedInterRAT-NR-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced inter-RAT NR measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
        BOOLEAN                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    ntn-ConfigCommon-r17            SEQUENCE { 
            
ta-Report-r17When this field is included in SystemInformationBlockType2, it indicates reporting of timing advance is enabled during Random Access due to RRC connection establishment, RRC connection resume or RRC connection reestablishment. When this field is included in MobilityControlInfo, it indicates TA reporting is enabled during Random Access due to handover, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.9.
                    ENUMERATED {enabled}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            
t318-r17The value of timer T318. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, 
                                                ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms6000}, 
            prach-TxDuration-r17            PRACH-TxDuration-r17            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            pucch-TxDuration-r17            PUCCH-TxDuration-r17            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            pusch-TxDuration-r17            PUSCH-TxDuration-r17            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }    OPTIONAL     -- Cond NTN
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    basicFields-r12                        RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10, 
    pucch-ConfigCommon-r12                PUCCH-ConfigCommon, 
    rach-ConfigCommon-r12                RACH-ConfigCommon, 
    uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12    UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12, 
    ..., 
    [[    uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1310 
                                    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    uplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-v1530     
                                    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v12f0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    basicFields-v12f0                    RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 
} 
RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell-v1440 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    basicFields-v1440                    RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440 
} 
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- DL configuration as well as configuration applicable for DL and UL
    nonUL-Configuration-r10                    SEQUENCE { 
         -- 1: Cell characteristics
        dl-Bandwidth-r10                        ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}, 
         -- 2: Physical configuration, general
        antennaInfoCommon-r10                    AntennaInfoCommon, 
        mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r10            MBSFN-SubframeConfigList    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
         -- 3: Physical configuration, control
        phich-Config-r10                        PHICH-Config, 
         -- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
        pdsch-ConfigCommon-r10                    PDSCH-ConfigCommon, 
        tdd-Config-r10                            TDD-Config                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond TDDSCell
    }, 
     -- UL configuration
    ul-Configuration-r10                SEQUENCE { 
        ul-FreqInfo-r10                        SEQUENCE { 
            
ul-CarrierFreq-r10For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1 and TS 36.108 [114], table 5.4A.2-1, applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency.
                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
            
ul-Bandwidth-r10Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1and TS 36.108 [114], table5.3A-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.
                    ENUMERATED {n6, n15, 
                                                    n25, n50, n75, n100}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
            
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10The UE requirements related to additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL configured.
        AdditionalSpectrumEmission 
        }, 
        
p-Max-r10Pmax to be used in the target cell. If absent, for the band used in the target cell, the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.In case the UE is configured with uplink intra-band contiguous CA and the UE indicates ue-CA-PowerClass-N in that band combination, then the p-Max in RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell for that SCell, if present, also applies for that band combination whenever that SCell is activated. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107]
                            P-Max                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10        UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10, 
         -- A special version of IE UplinkPowerControlCommon may be introduced
         -- 3: Physical configuration, control
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r10        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon, 
        
ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r10Parameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.2.1, where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.
            UL-CyclicPrefixLength, 
         -- 4: Physical configuration, physical channels
        
prach-ConfigSCell-r10Indicates a PRACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
                    PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD-OR-NoR11
        pusch-ConfigCommon-r10                PUSCH-ConfigCommon 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    ul-CarrierFreq-v1090                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0            OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    ]], 
    [[    
rach-ConfigCommonSCell-r11Indicates a RACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
            RACH-ConfigCommonSCell-r11        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond ULSCell
        
prach-ConfigSCell-r11Indicates a PRACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
                PRACH-Config                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UL
        tdd-Config-v1130                    TDD-Config-v1130                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD2
        uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 
                                UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130            OPTIONAL     -- Cond UL
    ]], 
    [[    pusch-ConfigCommon-v1270        PUSCH-ConfigCommon-v1270            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    pucch-ConfigCommon-r13                PUCCH-ConfigCommon        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UL
        uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310 
                                UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310    OPTIONAL     -- Cond UL
    ]], 
    [[    highSpeedConfigSCell-r14        HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        prach-Config-v1430                PRACH-Config-v1430                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond UL
    ul-Configuration-r14                SEQUENCE { 
        ul-FreqInfo-r14                        SEQUENCE { 
            
ul-CarrierFreq-r14For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1 and TS 36.108 [114], table 5.4A.2-1, applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency.
                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
            
ul-Bandwidth-r14Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1and TS 36.108 [114], table5.3A-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.
                    ENUMERATED {n6, n15, 
                                                    n25, n50, n75, n100}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
            
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r14The UE requirements related to additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL configured.
        AdditionalSpectrumEmission 
        }, 
        
p-Max-r14Pmax to be used in the target cell. If absent, for the band used in the target cell, the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.In case the UE is configured with uplink intra-band contiguous CA and the UE indicates ue-CA-PowerClass-N in that band combination, then the p-Max in RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell for that SCell, if present, also applies for that band combination whenever that SCell is activated. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107]
                            P-Max                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        soundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon-r14        SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon, 
        
ul-CyclicPrefixLength-r14Parameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.2.1, where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.
            UL-CyclicPrefixLength, 
        
prach-ConfigSCell-r14Indicates a PRACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
                    PRACH-ConfigSCell-r10        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD-OR-NoR11        
        uplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430 
                    UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
}                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond ULSRS
    
harq-ReferenceConfig-r14Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
                    ENUMERATED {sa2,sa4,sa5}    OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
soundingRS-FlexibleTiming-r14Indicates the SRS flexible timing (if configured) for aperiodic SRS triggered by DL grant. If the SRS transmission is collided with ACK/NACK, postpone once to the next configured SRS transmission opportunity.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430        MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430        OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    uplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1530    UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530        OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
highSpeedEnhMeasFlagSCell-r16If configured with value TRUE, the UE shall apply the high speed (350 km/h) SCell measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
            BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v10l0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- UL configuration
    ul-Configuration-v10l0                SEQUENCE { 
        additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v10l0        AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 
    } 
} 
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-v1440 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ul-Configuration-v1440                SEQUENCE { 
        ul-FreqInfo-v1440                        SEQUENCE { 
            additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-v1440        AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 
        } 
    } 
} 
BCCH-Config ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
modificationPeriodCoeffActual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, n8 corresponds to value 8, n16 corresponds to value 16, and n64 corresponds to value 64.
                ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n8, n16} 
} 
BCCH-Config-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    modificationPeriodCoeff-v1310        ENUMERATED {n64} 
} 
FreqHoppingParameters-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
            ENUMERATED {nb2, nb4}                OPTIONAL,
    dummy2            CHOICE { 
        interval-FDD-r13                        ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8}, 
        interval-TDD-r13                        ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20} 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,
    dummy3            CHOICE { 
        interval-FDD-r13                        ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16}, 
        interval-TDD-r13                        ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40} 
    }                                                                                                OPTIONAL,
    interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeA-r13    CHOICE { 
        interval-FDD-r13                        ENUMERATED {int1, int2, int4, int8}, 
        interval-TDD-r13                        ENUMERATED {int1, int5, int10, int20} 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond MP-A
    interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeB-r13    CHOICE { 
        interval-FDD-r13                        ENUMERATED {int2, int4, int8, int16}, 
        interval-TDD-r13                        ENUMERATED { int5, int10, int20, int40} 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond MP-B
    dummy4                INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13)            OPTIONAL 
} 
PCCH-Config ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
defaultPagingCycleDefault paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256}, 
    
nBParameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS 36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of 'T' as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT corresponds to 2 * T and so on. In case nB-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore nB (i.e. without suffix). EUTRAN configures nB-v1310 only in the BR version of SI message.
                                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            fourT, twoT, oneT, halfT, quarterT, oneEighthT, 
                                            oneSixteenthT, oneThirtySecondT} 
} 
PCCH-Config-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
paging-narrowBands-r13Number of narrowbands used for paging, see TS 36.304 [4], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                INTEGER (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-r13), 
    
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging-r13Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.211 [21].
        ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256}, 
    nB-v1310                            ENUMERATED {one64thT, one128thT, one256thT} 
                                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PCCH-Config-v1700 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
ranPagingInIdlePO-r17Indicates that the network supports to send RAN paging in PO that corresponds to the i_s determined by UE in RRC_IDLE state, see TS 36.304 [4].
                ENUMERATED {true} 
} 
UL-CyclicPrefixLength ::=            ENUMERATED {len1, len2} 
HighSpeedConfig-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag-r14If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed (350 km/h) measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. If highSpeedEnhMeasFlag2 is present, the UE indicating measurementEnhancements2shall ignore this field.
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14If the field is present, the UE shall apply the advanced receiver in SFN scenario(350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].If this field is included in HighSpeedConfig and highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2 is present, the UE indicating demodulationEnhancements2 shall ignore this field in HighSpeedConfig.
    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
HighSpeedConfig-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA-r15If the field is present, the UE in CE mode A shall apply the measurement gap sharing table associated with high-velocity scenario for measurements, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
            ENUMERATED {true} 
} 
HighSpeedConfigSCell-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag-r14If the field is present, the UE shall apply the advanced receiver in SFN scenario(350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].If this field is included in HighSpeedConfig and highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2 is present, the UE indicating demodulationEnhancements2 shall ignore this field in HighSpeedConfig.
    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
HighSpeedConfig-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
highSpeedEnhMeasFlag2-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed (500 km/h) measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the further enhanced receiver in HST-SFN scenario (500 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RadioResourceConfigCommon field descriptions


additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell
The UE requirements related to additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell are defined in TS 36.101 [42]. E-UTRAN configures the same value in additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell for all SCell(s) of the same band with UL configured. The additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell is applicable for all serving cells (including PCell) of the same band with UL configured.
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon
Presence of this field indicates use of CRS for improving channel estimation on MPDCCH is enabled in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED.
defaultPagingCycle
Default paging cycle, used to derive 'T' in TS 36.304 [4]. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
harq-ReferenceConfig
Indicates UL/ DL configuration used as the DL HARQ reference configuration for this serving cell. Value sa2 corresponds to Configuration2, sa4 to Configuration4 etc, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells residing on same frequency band.
highSpeedEnhancedMeasFlag
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed (350 km/h) measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. If highSpeedEnhMeasFlag2 is present, the UE indicating measurementEnhancements2shall ignore this field.
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the advanced receiver in SFN scenario(350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].If this field is included in HighSpeedConfig and highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2 is present, the UE indicating demodulationEnhancements2 shall ignore this field in HighSpeedConfig.
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the further enhanced receiver in HST-SFN scenario (500 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
highSpeedEnhMeasFlag2
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the high speed (500 km/h) measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
highSpeedEnhMeasFlagSCell
If configured with value TRUE, the UE shall apply the high speed (350 km/h) SCell measurement enhancements as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
highSpeedInterRAT-NR
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced inter-RAT NR measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
highSpeedMeasGapCE-ModeA
If the field is present, the UE in CE mode A shall apply the measurement gap sharing table associated with high-velocity scenario for measurements, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
interval-DLHoppingConfigCommonModeX
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which MPDCCH or PDSCH for CE mode X stays at the same narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on.
interval-ULHoppingConfigCommonModeX
Number of consecutive absolute subframes over which PUCCH or PUSCH for CE mode X stays at the same narrowband before hopping to another narrowband. For interval-FDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int2 corresponds to 2 subframes, and so on. For interval-TDD, int1 corresponds to 1 subframe, int5 corresponds to 5 subframes, and so on.
modificationPeriodCoeff
Actual modification period, expressed in number of radio frames= modificationPeriodCoeff * defaultPagingCycle. n2 corresponds to value 2, n4 corresponds to value 4, n8 corresponds to value 8, n16 corresponds to value 16, and n64 corresponds to value 64.
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging
Maximum number of repetitions for MPDCCH common search space (CSS) for paging, see TS 36.211 [21].
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset
Parameter:, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1.
mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB
The number of narrowbands for MPDCCH/PDSCH frequency hopping. Value nb2 corresponds to 2 narrowbands and value nb4 corresponds to 4 narrowbands.
nB
Parameter: nB is used as one of parameters to derive the Paging Frame and Paging Occasion according to TS 36.304 [4]. Value in multiples of 'T' as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. A value of fourT corresponds to 4 * T, a value of twoT corresponds to 2 * T and so on. In case nB-v1310 is signalled, the UE shall ignore nB (i.e. without suffix). EUTRAN configures nB-v1310 only in the BR version of SI message.
paging-narrowBands
Number of narrowbands used for paging, see TS 36.304 [4], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
p-Max
Pmax to be used in the target cell. If absent, for the band used in the target cell, the UE applies the maximum power according to its capability as specified in 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.2.In case the UE is configured with uplink intra-band contiguous CA and the UE indicates ue-CA-PowerClass-N in that band combination, then the p-Max in RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell for that SCell, if present, also applies for that band combination whenever that SCell is activated. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [107]
prach-ConfigSCell
Indicates a PRACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
puncturedSubcarriersDL
Indicates number of punctured DL subcarriers and their locations, see TS 36.211 [31].
rach-ConfigCommonSCell
Indicates a RACH configuration for an SCell. The field is not applicable for an LAA SCell in this release.
ranPagingInIdlePO
Indicates that the network supports to send RAN paging in PO that corresponds to the i_s determined by UE in RRC_IDLE state, see TS 36.304 [4].
rss-MeasConfig
Indicates whether RSS-based measurement is enabled.
rss-MeasNonNCL
Indicates RSS of neighbour cells not in the Neighbour Cell List may be used for measurements. When this field is included, the UE assumes for all neighbour cells not in the Neighbour Cell List the RSS power bias is same as used for the serving cell or the camped cell.
soundingRS-FlexibleTiming
Indicates the SRS flexible timing (if configured) for aperiodic SRS triggered by DL grant. If the SRS transmission is collided with ACK/NACK, postpone once to the next configured SRS transmission opportunity.
ta-Report
When this field is included in SystemInformationBlockType2, it indicates reporting of timing advance is enabled during Random Access due to RRC connection establishment, RRC connection resume or RRC connection reestablishment. When this field is included in MobilityControlInfo, it indicates TA reporting is enabled during Random Access due to handover, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.9.
t318
The value of timer T318. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, NRB, in uplink, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1and TS 36.108 [114], table5.3A-1. Value n6 corresponds to 6 resource blocks, n15 to 15 resource blocks and so on. If for FDD this parameter is absent, the uplink bandwidth is equal to the downlink bandwidth. For TDD this parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink bandwidth.
ul-CarrierFreq
For FDD: If absent, the (default) value determined from the default TX-RX frequency separation defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.7.3-1 and TS 36.108 [114], table 5.4A.2-1, applies.
For TDD: This parameter is absent and it is equal to the downlink frequency.
ul-CyclicPrefixLength
Parameter: Uplink cyclic prefix length see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.2.1, where len1 corresponds to normal cyclic prefix and len2 corresponds to extended cyclic prefix.






Conditional presenceExplanation


EDT
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
MP-A
The field is mandatory present for CE mode A. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR.
MP-B
The field is mandatory present for CE mode B. Otherwise the field is optional, Need OR.
NTN
The field is mandatory present for NTN. Otherwise, the field is not present.
TDD
The field is optional for TDD, Need ON; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD2
If tdd-Config-r10 is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD3
If tdd-Config is present, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDD-OR-NoR11
If prach-ConfigSCell-r11 is absent, the field is optional for TDD, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
TDDSCell
This field is mandatory present for TDD; it is not present for FDD and LAA SCell, and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
UL
If the SCell is part of the STAG or concerns the PSCell or PUCCH SCell and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ULSCell
For the PSCell (IE is included in RadioResourceConfigCommonPSCell) the field is absent. Otherwise, if the SCell is part of the STAG and if ul-Configuration is included, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
ULSRS
If ul-Configuration-r10 is absent, the field is optional, Need OR. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– RadioResourceConfigDedicated
The IE RadioResourceConfigDedicated is used to setup/modify/release RBs, to modify the MAC main configuration, to modify the SPS configuration and to modify dedicated physical configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
RadioResourceConfigDedicated ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
srb-ToAddModListE-UTRAN configures the same RAT type (i.e. EUTRA or NR) for PDCP configuration of SRB1 and SRB2.
                    SRB-ToAddModList            OPTIONAL,        -- Cond HO-Conn
    
drb-ToAddModListWhen drb-ToAddModList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModList (without suffix).
                    DRB-ToAddModList            OPTIONAL,        -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
    
drb-ToReleaseListWhen drb-ToReleaseList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToReleaseList (without suffix).
                    DRB-ToReleaseList            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
mac-MainConfigAlthough the ASN.1 includes a choice that is used to indicate whether the mac-MainConfig is signalled explicitly or set to the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2, EUTRAN does not apply "defaultValue".
                        CHOICE { 
            explicitValue                    MAC-MainConfig, 
            defaultValue                    NULL 
    }        OPTIONAL,                                                                -- Cond HO-toEUTRA2
    
sps-ConfigThe default SPS configuration is specified in 9.2.3. Except for handover or releasing SPS for MCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Configfor MCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for MCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). Except for SCG change or releasing SPS for SCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Configfor SCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for SCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). In one serving cell, sps-Config-v1530 is not present simultaneously with either sps-Config (without suffix) or sps-Config-r12.
                            SPS-Config                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
physicalConfigDedicatedThe default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4.
                PhysicalConfigDedicated        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    rlf-TimersAndConstants-r9        RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
measSubframePatternPCell-r10Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for the PCell measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link monitoring).
    MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    neighCellsCRS-Info-r11            NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    naics-Info-r12                NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    neighCellsCRS-Info-r13            NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond CRSIM
        rlf-TimersAndConstants-r13        RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    sps-Config-v1430                SPS-Config-v1430                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond SPS
    ]], 
    [[    
srb-ToAddModListExt-r15The field is to configure SRB4.
            SRB-ToAddModListExt-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        srb-ToReleaseListExt-r15        INTEGER (4)                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        sps-Config-v1530                SPS-Config-v1530                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
crs-IntfMitigConfig-r15crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of this field indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicatesnumber of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this field is configured and the field cellBarred in SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred.
    CHOICE { 
            release                    NULL,
            setup                    CHOICE { 
                crs-IntfMitigEnabled            NULL,
                crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs    ENUMERATED {n6, n24} 
            } 
        }                                            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        neighCellsCRS-Info-r15            NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
drb-ToAddModList-r15When drb-ToAddModList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModList (without suffix).
            DRB-ToAddModList-r15        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
drb-ToReleaseList-r15When drb-ToReleaseList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToReleaseList (without suffix).
            DRB-ToReleaseList-r15        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
                            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..2)    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    sps-Config-v1540                SPS-Config-v1540                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
        rlf-TimersAndConstantsMCG-Failure-r16    RLF-TimersAndConstantsMCG-Failure-r16 
                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Split-SRB1-SRB3
        
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-r16Indicates whether use of CRS for improving channel estimation on MPDCCH is enabled in RRC_CONNECTED. If this field is not configured, the field crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon in SystemInformationBlockType2 applies, if present.
    SetupRelease{CRS-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated-r16}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
newUE-Identity-r16C-RNTI used after moving to RRC_CONNECTED in response to transmission using PUR.
                C-RNTI                        OPTIONAL         -- Need OP
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v1370 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physicalConfigDedicated-v1370        PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-v13c0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physicalConfigDedicated-v13c0        PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0 
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
     -- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an PSCell
    physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-r12        PhysicalConfigDedicated        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
sps-Config-r12The default SPS configuration is specified in 9.2.3. Except for handover or releasing SPS for MCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Configfor MCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for MCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). Except for SCG change or releasing SPS for SCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Configfor SCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for SCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). In one serving cell, sps-Config-v1530 is not present simultaneously with either sps-Config (without suffix) or sps-Config-r12.
                            SPS-Config                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    naics-Info-r12                            NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell-r13        NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    sps-Config-v1430                SPS-Config-v1430                OPTIONAL     -- Cond SPS2
    ]], 
    [[    sps-Config-v1530                SPS-Config-v1530                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15            BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        neighCellsCRS-Info-r15                NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    sps-Config-v1540                SPS-Config-v1540                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-v1370        PhysicalConfigDedicated-v1370    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physicalConfigDedicatedPSCell-v13c0        PhysicalConfigDedicated-v13c0 
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCG-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-ToAddModListSCG-r12When an SCG is configured, E-UTRAN configures at least one SCG or split DRB.When drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModListSCG (without suffix). When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be (re-)configured.
                DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    mac-MainConfigSCG-r12                MAC-MainConfig                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    rlf-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12        RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    
drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15When an SCG is configured, E-UTRAN configures at least one SCG or split DRB.When drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModListSCG (without suffix). When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be (re-)configured.
            DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    srb-ToAddModListSCG-r15            SRB-ToAddModList                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        srb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15            SRB-ToReleaseList-r15                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[     -- NE-DC additions for release of RLC bearer config for DRBs
        
drb-ToReleaseListSCG-r15When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be released.
        DRB-ToReleaseList-r15        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- UE specific configuration extensions applicable for an SCell
    physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10        PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    mac-MainConfigSCell-r11            MAC-MainConfigSCell-r11            OPTIONAL     -- Cond SCellAdd
    ]], 
    [[    naics-Info-r12                NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell-r13            NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370    PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1370    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15            BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        neighCellsCRS-Info-r15                NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        sps-Config-v1530                    SPS-Config-v1530            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1730    PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v1730    OPTIONAL  -- Cond CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell
    ]] 
} 
RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0    PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-v13c0 
} 
SRB-ToAddModList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SRB-ToAddMod 
SRB-ToAddModListExt-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF SRB-ToAddMod 
SRB-ToAddMod ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
srb-IdentityValue 1 is applicable for SRB1 only.Value 2 is applicable for SRB2 only.Value 4 is applicable for SRB4 only, if configured. For a split SRB the same identity is used for the MCG and NR SCG RLC bearer configurations.If srb-Identity-v1530 is received, the UE shall ignore srb-Identity (i.e. without suffix).
                        INTEGER (1..2), 
    
rlc-ConfigFor SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is used, and may reconfigure the RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs.
                            CHOICE { 
        explicitValue                        RLC-Config, 
        defaultValue                        NULL 
    }        OPTIONAL,                                                                -- Cond Setup
    
logicalChannelConfigFor SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2.
                CHOICE { 
        explicitValue                        LogicalChannelConfig, 
        defaultValue                        NULL 
    }        OPTIONAL,                                                                -- Cond Setup
    ..., 
    [[    
pdcp-verChange-r15Indicates that the PDCP version of the SRB is changed from NR PDCP to E-UTRA PDCP.Network only configures this version change for during handover, resume and first reconfiguration after re-establishment.E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG.
                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,            -- Cond NR-PDCP
        rlc-Config-v1530                RLC-Config-v1530        OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
        
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15The configuration of a secondary RLC bearer within the same Cell Group as may e.g. be used in case of PDCP duplication using CA.The configuration comprisesa(secondary) RLC entity, a logical channel identity and a logical channel configuration. E-UTRAN may configure this for SRB1, SRB2 and DRBs. For SRBs, E-UTRAN only configures the field for MCG (i.e. if included in radioResourceConfigDedicated. E-UTRAN configures the same RLC mode (AM/ UM) as used for the original RLC entity.The primary RLC entity is configured by RLC-Config.
    RLC-BearerConfig-r15    OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
        
srb-Identity-v1530E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG.
                INTEGER (4)                OPTIONAL             -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1560                    RLC-Config-v1510        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1700                    RLC-Config-v1700        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
DRB-ToAddModList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod 
DRB-ToAddModList-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddMod 
DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12 
DRB-ToAddModListSCG-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12 
DRB-ToAddMod ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    eps-BearerIdentity                    INTEGER (0..15)            OPTIONAL,        -- Cond DRB-Setup
    
drb-IdentityIn case of DC, the DRB identity is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG DRB can not use the same value as used for an MCG or split DRB. For a split DRB the same identity is used for the MCG- and SCG parts of the configuration.
                        DRB-Identity, 
    pdcp-Config                            PDCP-Config                OPTIONAL,        -- Cond PDCP
    
rlc-ConfigFor SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is used, and may reconfigure the RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs.
                            RLC-Config                OPTIONAL,        -- Cond SetupM
    logicalChannelIdentity                INTEGER (3..10)            OPTIONAL,        -- Cond DRB-SetupM
    
logicalChannelConfigFor SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2.
                LogicalChannelConfig    OPTIONAL,        -- Cond SetupM
    ..., 
    [[    
drb-TypeChange-r12Indicates that a split/SCG DRB is reconfigured to an MCG DRB (i.e. E-UTRAN only signals the field in case the DRB type changes).
                    ENUMERATED {toMCG}        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
        rlc-Config-v1250                    RLC-Config-v1250        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1310                    RLC-Config-v1310        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
drb-TypeLWA-r13Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured as an LWA DRB or an LWA DRB is reconfigured not to use WLAN resources. NOTE 1
                        BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
drb-TypeLWIP-r13Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured to use LWIP Tunnel in UL and DL (value lwip), DL only (value lwip-DL-only), UL only (value lwip-UL-only) or not to use LWIP Tunnel (value eutran).
                    ENUMERATED {lwip, lwip-DL-only, 
                                            lwip-UL-only, eutran}        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1430                    RLC-Config-v1430        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        lwip-UL-Aggregation-r14                BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,        -- Cond LWIP
        lwip-DL-Aggregation-r14                BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,        -- Cond LWIP
        
lwa-WLAN-AC-r14For LWA bearers, indicates the corresponding WLAN access category for uplink. AC-BK (value ac-bk) corresponds to Background access category, AC-BE (value ac-be) corresponds to Best Effort access category, AC-VI (value ac-vi) corresponds to Video access category and AC-VO (value ac-vo) corresponds to Voice access category as defined by IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. If lwa-WLAN-AC is not configured, it is left up to UE to decide which IEEE 802.11 AC value to use when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN in the uplink.
            ENUMERATED {ac-bk, ac-be, ac-vi, ac-vo}    OPTIONAL     -- Cond UL-LWA
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1510                    RLC-Config-v1510        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1530                    RLC-Config-v1530        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15The configuration of a secondary RLC bearer within the same Cell Group as may e.g. be used in case of PDCP duplication using CA.The configuration comprisesa(secondary) RLC entity, a logical channel identity and a logical channel configuration. E-UTRAN may configure this for SRB1, SRB2 and DRBs. For SRBs, E-UTRAN only configures the field for MCG (i.e. if included in radioResourceConfigDedicated. E-UTRAN configures the same RLC mode (AM/ UM) as used for the original RLC entity.The primary RLC entity is configured by RLC-Config.
        RLC-BearerConfig-r15    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        logicalChannelIdentity-r15            INTEGER (32..38)        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
daps-HO-r16This field indicates that the handover, triggered in the same RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, shall be performed as a DAPS HO for the DRB.daps-HO is not configured if sidelink is configured.
                            ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL         -- Cond DAPS
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1700                    RLC-Config-v1700        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
DRB-ToAddModSCG-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-Identity-r12In case of DC, the DRB identity is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG DRB can not use the same value as used for an MCG or split DRB. For a split DRB the same identity is used for the MCG- and SCG parts of the configuration.
                    DRB-Identity, 
    
drb-Type-r12This field indicates whether the DRB is split or SCG DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure split and SCG DRBs simultaneously for the UE.
                        CHOICE { 
        split-r12                            NULL,
        scg-r12                                SEQUENCE { 
            eps-BearerIdentity-r12                INTEGER (0..15)    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond DRB-Setup
            pdcp-Config-r12                        PDCP-Config        OPTIONAL     -- Cond PDCP-S
        } 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SetupS2
    rlc-ConfigSCG-r12                    RLC-Config                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SetupS
    rlc-Config-v1250                        RLC-Config-v1250            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r12The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. When logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentitySCG (without suffix).
        INTEGER (3..10)            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond DRB-SetupS
    logicalChannelConfigSCG-r12            LogicalChannelConfig    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SetupS
    ..., 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1430                    RLC-Config-v1430        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. When logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentitySCG (without suffix).
        INTEGER (32..38)    OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
        rlc-Config-v1530                    RLC-Config-v1530        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary-r15The configuration of a secondary RLC bearer within the same Cell Group as may e.g. be used in case of PDCP duplication using CA.The configuration comprisesa(secondary) RLC entity, a logical channel identity and a logical channel configuration. E-UTRAN may configure this for SRB1, SRB2 and DRBs. For SRBs, E-UTRAN only configures the field for MCG (i.e. if included in radioResourceConfigDedicated. E-UTRAN configures the same RLC mode (AM/ UM) as used for the original RLC entity.The primary RLC entity is configured by RLC-Config.
        RLC-BearerConfig-r15    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    rlc-Config-v1560                    RLC-Config-v1510        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
DRB-ToReleaseList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity 
DRB-ToReleaseList-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB-r15)) OF DRB-Identity 
SRB-ToReleaseList-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (1..2) 
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                            MeasSubframePattern-r10 
} 
NeighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11 
} 
CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11 
CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r11                        PhysCellId, 
    antennaPortsCount-r11                ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}, 
    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11        MBSFN-SubframeConfigList, 
    ..., 
    [[    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430    MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
NeighCellsCRS-Info-r13 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r13 
} 
CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r13 
CRS-AssistanceInfo-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r13                        PhysCellId, 
    antennaPortsCount-r13                ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1}, 
    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r13        MBSFN-SubframeConfigList            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-v1430    MBSFN-SubframeConfigList-v1430        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
NeighCellsCRS-Info-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r15 
} 
CRS-AssistanceInfoList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r15 
CRS-AssistanceInfo-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r15                        PhysCellId, 
    crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15            ENUMERATED {enabled}                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
NAICS-AssistanceInfo-r12 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        neighCellsToReleaseList-r12        NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12            OPTIONAL    ,     -- Need ON
        
neighCellsToAddModList-r12This field contains assistance information used by the UE to cancel and suppress interference of a neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes that the transmission parameters listed in the sub-fields are used by the neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes the neighbour cell is subframe and SFN synchronized to the serving cell, has the same system bandwidth, UL/DL and special subframe configuration, and cyclic prefix length as the serving cell.
        NeighCellsToAddModList-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
servCellp-a-r12Indicates the power offset for QPSK C-RNTI based PDSCH transmissions used by the serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
                    P-a                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
NeighCellsToReleaseList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF PhysCellId 
NeighCellsToAddModList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-r12)) OF NeighCellsInfo-r12 
NeighCellsInfo-r12    ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r12                    PhysCellId, 
    
p-b-r12Parameter: , indicates the cell-specific ratio used by the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
                        INTEGER (0..3), 
    
crs-PortsCount-r12Parameter represents the number of antenna ports for cell-specific reference signal used by the signaled neighboring cell where n1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, n2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.1.
                ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare}, 
    
mbsfn-SubframeConfig-r12Defines the MBSFN subframe configuration used by the signaled neighboring cell. If absent, UE assumes no MBSFN configuration for the neighboring cell.
        MBSFN-SubframeConfigList                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
p-aList-r12Indicates the restricted subset of power offset for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM PDSCH transmissions for the neighbouring cell by using the parameter, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12)) OF P-a, 
    
transmissionModeList-r12Indicates a subset of transmission mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, for the signaled neighboring cell for which NeighCellsInfo applies. When TM10 is signaled, other signaled transmission parameters in NeighCellsInfo are not applicable to up to 8 layer transmission scheme of TM10. E-UTRAN may indicate TM9 when TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used in the signalled neighbour cell and TM9 or TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used in the serving cell. UE behaviour with NAICS when TM10 is used is only defined when QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used for the serving cell and all signalled neighbour cells.The first/ leftmost bit is for transmission mode 1, the second bit is for transmission mode 2, and so on.
        BIT STRING (SIZE(8)), 
    
resAllocGranularity-r12Indicates the resource allocation and precoding granularity in PRB pair level of the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.
            INTEGER (1..4), 
    ... 
} 
P-a ::= ENUMERATED {    dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, 
                                    dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3} 
RLC-BearerConfig-r15 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
rlc-Config-r15For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is used, and may reconfigure the RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs.
                        RLC-Config-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        logicalChannelIdentityConfig-r15    CHOICE { 
            logicalChannelIdentity-r15            INTEGER (1..10), 
            logicalChannelIdentityExt-r15        INTEGER (32..38) 
        }, 
        
logicalChannelConfig-r15For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2.
            LogicalChannelConfig        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RadioResourceConfigDedicated field descriptions


crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigDedicated
Indicates whether use of CRS for improving channel estimation on MPDCCH is enabled in RRC_CONNECTED. If this field is not configured, the field crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ConfigCommon in SystemInformationBlockType2 applies, if present.
crs-IntfMitigConfig
crs-IntfMitigEnabled-r15 indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled for the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1. For BL UEs supporting ce-CRS-IntfMitig, presence of this field indicates CRS interference mitigation is enabled in the cell, as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and the value crs-IntfMitigNumPRBs indicatesnumber of PRBs, i.e. 6 or 24 PRBs, for CRS transmission in the central cell BW when CRS interference mitigation is enabled. For UEs not supporting this feature, the behaviour is undefined if this field is configured and the field cellBarred in SystemInformationBlockType1 (SystemInformationBlockType1-BR for BL UEs or UEs in CE) is set to notbarred.
crs-PortsCount
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports for cell-specific reference signal used by the signaled neighboring cell where n1 corresponds to 1 antenna port, n2 to 2 antenna ports etc. see TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.1.
daps-HO
This field indicates that the handover, triggered in the same RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, shall be performed as a DAPS HO for the DRB.daps-HO is not configured if sidelink is configured.
drb-Identity
In case of DC, the DRB identity is unique within the scope of the UE i.e. an SCG DRB can not use the same value as used for an MCG or split DRB. For a split DRB the same identity is used for the MCG- and SCG parts of the configuration.
drb-ToAddModList
When drb-ToAddModList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModList (without suffix).
drb-ToAddModListSCG
When an SCG is configured, E-UTRAN configures at least one SCG or split DRB.When drb-ToAddModListSCG-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToAddModListSCG (without suffix). When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be (re-)configured.
drb-ToReleaseList
When drb-ToReleaseList-r15 is configured, UE shall ignore the drb-ToReleaseList (without suffix).
drb-ToReleaseListSCG
When NE-DC is configured, this field indicates the SCG RLC bearers to be released.
drb-Type
This field indicates whether the DRB is split or SCG DRB. E-UTRAN does not configure split and SCG DRBs simultaneously for the UE.
drb-TypeChange
Indicates that a split/SCG DRB is reconfigured to an MCG DRB (i.e. E-UTRAN only signals the field in case the DRB type changes).
drb-TypeLWA
Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured as an LWA DRB or an LWA DRB is reconfigured not to use WLAN resources. NOTE 1
drb-TypeLWIP
Indicates whether a DRB is (re)configured to use LWIP Tunnel in UL and DL (value lwip), DL only (value lwip-DL-only), UL only (value lwip-UL-only) or not to use LWIP Tunnel (value eutran).
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
logicalChannelConfig
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the logical channel configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the default logical channel configuration for SRB1 as specified in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 as specified in 9.2.1.2.
logicalChannelIdentity, LogicalChannelIdentityExt
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. Value 4 is not configured for DRBs if SRB4 is configured. When logicalChannelIdentity-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentity (without suffix).
logicalChannelIdentitySCG
The logical channel identity for both UL and DL. When logicalChannelIdentitySCG-r15 is signalled, UE shall ignore contents of logicalChannelIdentitySCG (without suffix).
lwa-WLAN-AC
For LWA bearers, indicates the corresponding WLAN access category for uplink. AC-BK (value ac-bk) corresponds to Background access category, AC-BE (value ac-be) corresponds to Best Effort access category, AC-VI (value ac-vi) corresponds to Video access category and AC-VO (value ac-vo) corresponds to Voice access category as defined by IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. If lwa-WLAN-AC is not configured, it is left up to UE to decide which IEEE 802.11 AC value to use when performing transmissions of packets for this DRB over WLAN in the uplink.
lwip-DL-Aggregation, lwip-UL-Aggregation
Indicates whether LWIP is configured to utilize LWIP aggregation in DL or UL.
mac-MainConfig
Although the ASN.1 includes a choice that is used to indicate whether the mac-MainConfig is signalled explicitly or set to the default MAC main configuration as specified in 9.2.2, EUTRAN does not apply "defaultValue".
mbsfn-SubframeConfig
Defines the MBSFN subframe configuration used by the signaled neighboring cell. If absent, UE assumes no MBSFN configuration for the neighboring cell.
measSubframePatternPCell
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern for the PCell measurements (RSRP, RSRQ and the radio link monitoring).
neighCellsCRS-Info, neighCellsCRS-InfoSCell, neighCellsCRS-InfoPSCell
This field contains assistance information used by the UE to mitigate interference from CRS while performing RRM/RLM/CSI measurement or data demodulation or DL control channel demodulation. When the received CRS assistance information is for a cell with CRS non-colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference. When the received CRS assistance information is for a cell with CRS colliding with that of the CRS of the cell to measure, the UE may use the CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference RRM/RLM (as specified in TS 36.133 [16]) and for CSI (as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) on the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternPCell, measSubframePatternConfigNeigh,csi-MeasSubframeSet1 ifconfigured, and the CSI subframe set 1 if csi-MeasSubframeSets-r12 is configured.The UE may use CRS assistance information to mitigate CRS interference from the cells in the CRS-AssistanceInfoList for the demodulation purpose or DL control channel demodulation as specified in TS 36.101 [42]. EUTRAN does not configure neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 or neighCellsCRS-Info-r13 if eimta-MainConfigPCell-r12 is configured.
neighCellsToAddModList
This field contains assistance information used by the UE to cancel and suppress interference of a neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes that the transmission parameters listed in the sub-fields are used by the neighbouring cell. If this field is present for a neighbouring cell, the UE assumes the neighbour cell is subframe and SFN synchronized to the serving cell, has the same system bandwidth, UL/DL and special subframe configuration, and cyclic prefix length as the serving cell.
newUE-Identity
C-RNTI used after moving to RRC_CONNECTED in response to transmission using PUR.
p-aList
Indicates the restricted subset of power offset for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM PDSCH transmissions for the neighbouring cell by using the parameter, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
p-b
Parameter: , indicates the cell-specific ratio used by the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.2-1.
pdcp-verChange
Indicates that the PDCP version of the SRB is changed from NR PDCP to E-UTRA PDCP.Network only configures this version change for during handover, resume and first reconfiguration after re-establishment.E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG.
physicalConfigDedicated
The default dedicated physical configuration is specified in 9.2.4.
resAllocGranularity
Indicates the resource allocation and precoding granularity in PRB pair level of the signaled neighboring cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6.
rlc-BearerConfigSecondary
The configuration of a secondary RLC bearer within the same Cell Group as may e.g. be used in case of PDCP duplication using CA.The configuration comprisesa(secondary) RLC entity, a logical channel identity and a logical channel configuration. E-UTRAN may configure this for SRB1, SRB2 and DRBs. For SRBs, E-UTRAN only configures the field for MCG (i.e. if included in radioResourceConfigDedicated. E-UTRAN configures the same RLC mode (AM/ UM) as used for the original RLC entity.The primary RLC entity is configured by RLC-Config.
rlc-Config
For SRBs a choice is used to indicate whether the RLC configuration is signalled explicitly or set to the values defined in the default RLC configuration for SRB1 in 9.2.1.1 or for SRB2 in 9.2.1.2. RLC AM is the only applicable RLC mode for SRB1 and SRB2. E-UTRAN does not reconfigure the RLC mode of DRBs except when a full configuration option is used, and may reconfigure the RLC SN field size and the AM RLC LI field size only upon handover within E-UTRA or upon the first reconfiguration after RRC connection re-establishment or upon SCG Change for SCG and split DRBs.
servCellp-a
Indicates the power offset for QPSK C-RNTI based PDSCH transmissions used by the serving cell, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
sps-Config
The default SPS configuration is specified in 9.2.3. Except for handover or releasing SPS for MCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Configfor MCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for MCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). Except for SCG change or releasing SPS for SCG, E-UTRAN does not reconfigure sps-Configfor SCG when there is a configured downlink assignment or a configured uplink grant for SCG (see TS 36.321 [6]). In one serving cell, sps-Config-v1530 is not present simultaneously with either sps-Config (without suffix) or sps-Config-r12.
srb-Identity
Value 1 is applicable for SRB1 only.Value 2 is applicable for SRB2 only.Value 4 is applicable for SRB4 only, if configured. For a split SRB the same identity is used for the MCG and NR SCG RLC bearer configurations.If srb-Identity-v1530 is received, the UE shall ignore srb-Identity (i.e. without suffix).
srb-Identity-v1530
E-UTRAN does not include this field when SRB-ToAddMod is included in srb-ToAddModListSCG.
srb-ToAddModListExt
The field is to configure SRB4.
srb-ToAddModList
E-UTRAN configures the same RAT type (i.e. EUTRA or NR) for PDCP configuration of SRB1 and SRB2.
transmissionModeList
Indicates a subset of transmission mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, for the signaled neighboring cell for which NeighCellsInfo applies. When TM10 is signaled, other signaled transmission parameters in NeighCellsInfo are not applicable to up to 8 layer transmission scheme of TM10. E-UTRAN may indicate TM9 when TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used in the signalled neighbour cell and TM9 or TM10 with QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used in the serving cell. UE behaviour with NAICS when TM10 is used is only defined when QCL type A and DMRS scrambling with  in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3.1, is used for the serving cell and all signalled neighbour cells.The first/ leftmost bit is for transmission mode 1, the second bit is for transmission mode 2, and so on.






Conditional presenceExplanation


CRSIM
The field is optionally present, need ON, if neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 is not present; otherwise it is not present.
CQI-ReportPeriodicSCell
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r15 is configured. Otherwise the field is not present.
DRB-Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being set up and the UE is connected to EPC; otherwise it is not present.
DRB-SetupM
The field is:
-mandatory present:
-for the UE without SCG: upon setup of MCG DRB;
-for E-UTRA DC, upon setup of MCG or split DRB;
-for (NG)EN-DC:
-upon setup of MCG RLC bearer;
-optionally present, Need ON:
-for E-UTRA DC, upon change from SCG to MCG DRB;
-for (NG)EN-DC:
-upon change of keyToUse, as defined in TS 38.331 [82], for a DRB configured with an MCG RLC bearer;
-when configured with MCG RLC bearer, upon change of S-KgNBwithout handover;
-not present otherwise.
DRB-SetupS
The field is:
-mandatory present:
-for E-UTRA DC:
-upon setup of SCG or split DRB;
-upon change from MCG to split DRB;
-for NE-DC:
-upon setup of SCG RLC bearer;
-optionally present, Need ON:
-for E-UTRA DC, upon change from MCG to SCG DRB;
-for NE-DC, upon change of keyToUse, as defined in TS 38.331 [82], for a DRB configured with an SCG RLC bearer;
-not present otherwise.
HO-Conn
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message or in case of RRC connection establishment (excluding RRCConnectionResume); otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON. Upon connection establishment/ re-establishment only SRB1 is applicable (excluding RRCConnectionResume).
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present
-in case of handover to E-UTRA with the configuration for at least one MCG RLC bearer; or
-when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message with the configuration for at least one MCG bearer or split data bearer;
In case of RRC connection establishment (excluding RRCConnectionResume); and RRC connection re-establishment the field is not present; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2
The field is mandatory present in case of handover to E-UTRA or when the fullConfig is included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
LWIP
The field is optionally present, Need ON, if drb-TypeLWIP-r13 is configured and not set to eutran; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
DAPS
This field is optionally present, Need ON,
-in case of handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfigand the rach-Skip are not included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message; and
-when the uplinkDataCompression and the ethernetHeaderCompression are not configured for the DRB; and
-when SCell(s) and SCG are not configured; and
-when the conditionalReconfiguration is not configured; and
-when the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message is not included in a conditionalReconfiguration.
Otherwise the field is not present.
NR-PDCP
The field is optional present, Need ON, when the SRB is configured with NR-PDCP prior to reception of this reconfiguration message. Otherwise it is not present.
PDCP
The field is mandatory present:
- when connected to E-UTRA/EPC:
- for the bearers configured with E-UTRA PDCP, if the corresponding DRB is being setup;
the field is optionally present, need ON: :
- when connected to E-UTRA/EPC:
- for the bearers configured with E-UTRA PDCP, upon reconfiguration of the corresponding split DRB or LWA DRB, upon the corresponding DRB type change from split to MCG bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from MCG to split bearer or LWA bearer, upon the corresponding DRB type change from LWA to LTE only bearer, upon handover within E-UTRA and upon the first reconfiguration after re-establishment but in all these cases only when fullConfig is not included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message;
otherwise it is not present.
PDCP-S
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding DRB is being setup; the field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCG change; otherwise it is not present.
RLC-Setup
This field is optionally present if the corresponding DRB is being setup, need ON; otherwise it is not present.
SCellAdd
The field is optionally present, need ON, upon SCell addition; otherwise it is not present.
Setup
The field is mandatory present if the corresponding SRB/DRB is being setup; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupM
The field is mandatory present upon setup of an MCG or split DRB, or upon setup of MCG RLC bearer; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS
The field is mandatory present:
-for E-UTRA DC:
-upon setup of an SCG or split DRB,
-upon change from MCG to split DRB;
-for NE-DC, upon setup of SCG RLC bearer;
otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
SetupS2
The field is:
- mandatory present:
- for E-UTRA DC:
- upon setup of an SCG or split DRB, as well as upon change from MCG to split or SCG DRB.
- optionally present, need ON:
- for E-UTRA DC:
-for an SCG DRB
otherwise the field is not present.
Split-SRB1-SRB3
This field is optionally present, Need ON, if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3. It is absent otherwise.
SPS
The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config (without suffix) is not configured; otherwise it is not present.
SPS2
The field is optionally present, need ON, if sps-Config-r12 is not configured; otherwise it is not present.
UL-LWA
The field is optionally present, need ON if ul-LWA-Config-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present.
– RCLWI-Configuration
The IE RCLWI-Configuration is used to add, modify or release the RCLWI configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
RCLWI-Configuration-r13 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        rclwi-Config-r13                    RCLWI-Config-r13 
    } 
} 
RCLWI-Config-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    command                                CHOICE { 
        steerToWLAN-r13                        SEQUENCE { 
            mobilityConfig-r13                    WLAN-Id-List-r12 
        }, 
        steerToLTE-r13                        NULL 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ResourceReservationConfig
The IE ResourceReservationConfig is used to specify the resource reservation, e.g. for coexistence with NR. 

 -- ASN1START
ResourceReservationConfigDL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
periodicityStartPos-r16Indicates periodicity and start offset of the reserved resources. Value set to periodicity10ms corresponds to periodicity 10 milliseconds and corresponding start position is 0, value set to periodicity20ms corresponds to periodicity 20 milliseconds and corresponding start position in milliseconds = indicated value * 10ms, and so on.
        PeriodicityStartPos-r16, 
    
resourceReservationFreq-r16Downlink frequency domain resource reservation bitmap where each bit corresponds to a resource block group (RBG), see TS 36.213 [23]. Value rbg-Bitmap1dot4 corresponds to 1.4 MHz system bandwidth, value rbg-Bitmap3 corresponds to 3 MHz system bandwidth, and so on. If the field is absent, all RBGs in the system bandwidth are reserved.
    CHOICE { 
        rbg-Bitmap1dot4                BIT STRING (SIZE (6)), 
        rbg-Bitmap3                    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
        rbg-Bitmap5                    BIT STRING (SIZE (13)), 
        rbg-Bitmap10                BIT STRING (SIZE (17)), 
        rbg-Bitmap15                BIT STRING (SIZE (19)), 
        rbg-Bitmap20                BIT STRING (SIZE (25)) 
    }    OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
    
slotBitmap-r16Slot-level resource reservation configuration. Value slotPattern10ms corresponds to 10ms slot pattern and slotPattern40ms corresponds to 40ms slot pattern, see TS 36.213 [23] for DL and TS 36.211 [21] for UL.
The first/leftmost 2-bits corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod periodicity = start position, as indicated by periopdicityStartPos. Two bits for each subframe coded as:
00: both slots are not reserved
01: the first slot is not reserved, the second slot is reserved
10: the first slot is reserved, the second slot is not reserved
11: both slots are reserved.
For a UE that supports subframe-level resource reservation but does not support slot/symbol-level resource reservation, two bits for each subframe are interpreted as:
00: subframe is not reserved
01: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling.
10: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling.
11: subframe is reserved.
If the field is not included in UL configuration, the value of the field from DL configuration applies.
                CHOICE { 
        slotPattern10ms                BIT STRING (SIZE (20)), 
        slotPattern40ms                BIT STRING (SIZE (80)) 
    }, 
    symbolBitmap1-r16            BIT STRING (SIZE (7))    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Bitmap1
    symbolBitmap2-r16            BIT STRING (SIZE (7))    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Bitmap2
    ... 
} 
ResourceReservationConfigUL-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
periodicityStartPos-r16Indicates periodicity and start offset of the reserved resources. Value set to periodicity10ms corresponds to periodicity 10 milliseconds and corresponding start position is 0, value set to periodicity20ms corresponds to periodicity 20 milliseconds and corresponding start position in milliseconds = indicated value * 10ms, and so on.
        PeriodicityStartPos-r16, 
    
slotBitmap-r16Slot-level resource reservation configuration. Value slotPattern10ms corresponds to 10ms slot pattern and slotPattern40ms corresponds to 40ms slot pattern, see TS 36.213 [23] for DL and TS 36.211 [21] for UL.
The first/leftmost 2-bits corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod periodicity = start position, as indicated by periopdicityStartPos. Two bits for each subframe coded as:
00: both slots are not reserved
01: the first slot is not reserved, the second slot is reserved
10: the first slot is reserved, the second slot is not reserved
11: both slots are reserved.
For a UE that supports subframe-level resource reservation but does not support slot/symbol-level resource reservation, two bits for each subframe are interpreted as:
00: subframe is not reserved
01: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling.
10: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling.
11: subframe is reserved.
If the field is not included in UL configuration, the value of the field from DL configuration applies.
                CHOICE { 
        slotPattern10ms                BIT STRING (SIZE (20)), 
        slotPattern40ms                BIT STRING (SIZE (80)) 
    } OPTIONAL,    -- Cond FDDandTDDnoDL
    symbolBitmap1-r16            BIT STRING (SIZE (7))    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Bitmap1
    symbolBitmap2-r16            BIT STRING (SIZE (7))    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Bitmap2
    ... 
} 
PeriodicityStartPos-r16 ::=        CHOICE { 
    periodicity10ms                    NULL,
    periodicity20ms                    INTEGER(0..1),
    periodicity40ms                    INTEGER(0..3),
    periodicity80ms                    INTEGER(0..7),
    periodicity160ms                INTEGER(0..15),
    spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




ResourceReservationConfig field descriptions


periodicityStartPos
Indicates periodicity and start offset of the reserved resources. Value set to periodicity10ms corresponds to periodicity 10 milliseconds and corresponding start position is 0, value set to periodicity20ms corresponds to periodicity 20 milliseconds and corresponding start position in milliseconds = indicated value * 10ms, and so on.
resourceReservationFreq
Downlink frequency domain resource reservation bitmap where each bit corresponds to a resource block group (RBG), see TS 36.213 [23]. Value rbg-Bitmap1dot4 corresponds to 1.4 MHz system bandwidth, value rbg-Bitmap3 corresponds to 3 MHz system bandwidth, and so on. If the field is absent, all RBGs in the system bandwidth are reserved.
slotBitmap
Slot-level resource reservation configuration. Value slotPattern10ms corresponds to 10ms slot pattern and slotPattern40ms corresponds to 40ms slot pattern, see TS 36.213 [23] for DL and TS 36.211 [21] for UL.
The first/leftmost 2-bits corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod periodicity = start position, as indicated by periopdicityStartPos. Two bits for each subframe coded as:
00: both slots are not reserved
01: the first slot is not reserved, the second slot is reserved
10: the first slot is reserved, the second slot is not reserved
11: both slots are reserved.
For a UE that supports subframe-level resource reservation but does not support slot/symbol-level resource reservation, two bits for each subframe are interpreted as:
00: subframe is not reserved
01: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling.
10: subframe is reserved. E-UTRAN does not set the field to this value when included in dedicated signalling.
11: subframe is reserved.
If the field is not included in UL configuration, the value of the field from DL configuration applies.
symbolBitmap1, symbolBitmap2
Provides the symbol-level resource reservation for one subframe. If symbolBitmap1 is absent, value '01' in the slotBitmap corresponds to the whole 2nd slot being reserved. If symbolBitmap2 is absent, value '10' in the slotBitmap corresponds to the whole 1st slot being reserved.
A UE that supports subframe-level resource reservation but does not support slot/symbol-level resource reservation shall ignore symbolBitmap1 and symbolBitmap2, if present.






Conditional presenceExplanation


Bitmap1
The field is optionally present, need OR, if value of slotBitmap corresponding to at least one subframe is '01'; otherwise the field is not present.
Bitmap2
The field is optionally present, need OR, if value of slotBitmap corresponding to at least one subframe is '10'; otherwise the field is not present.
FDDandTDDnoDL
The field is mandatory present for TDD when resource reservation for DL is not configured, and for FDD; otherwise the field is optionally present, need OP.
– RLC-Config
The IE RLC-Config is used to specify the RLC configuration of SRBs and DRBs. 

 -- ASN1START
RLC-Config ::=                CHOICE { 
    am                                    SEQUENCE { 
        ul-AM-RLC                            UL-AM-RLC, 
        dl-AM-RLC                            DL-AM-RLC 
    }, 
    um-Bi-Directional                    SEQUENCE { 
        ul-UM-RLC                            UL-UM-RLC, 
        dl-UM-RLC                            DL-UM-RLC 
    }, 
    um-Uni-Directional-UL                SEQUENCE { 
        ul-UM-RLC                            UL-UM-RLC 
    }, 
    um-Uni-Directional-DL                SEQUENCE { 
        dl-UM-RLC                            DL-UM-RLC 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
RLC-Config-v1250 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12            BOOLEAN,
    dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12            BOOLEAN 
} 
RLC-Config-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13                    BOOLEAN,
    dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN-r13                    BOOLEAN,
    pollPDU-v1310                                PollPDU-v1310        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
RLC-Config-v1430 ::=                CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        pollByte-r14                        PollByte-r14 
    } 
} 
RLC-Config-v1510 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    reestablishRLC-r15                ENUMERATED {true} 
} 
RLC-Config-v1530 ::=                CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15            ENUMERATED {true} 
    } 
} 
RLC-Config-v1700 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    t-ReorderingExt-r17                    SetupRelease {T-ReorderingExt-r17} 
} 
RLC-Config-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    mode-r15                                CHOICE { 
        am-r15                                SEQUENCE { 
            ul-AM-RLC-r15                        UL-AM-RLC-r15, 
            dl-AM-RLC-r15                        DL-AM-RLC-r15 
        }, 
        um-Bi-Directional-r15                SEQUENCE { 
            ul-UM-RLC-r15                        UL-UM-RLC, 
            dl-UM-RLC-r15                        DL-UM-RLC-r15 
        }, 
        um-Uni-Directional-UL-r15            SEQUENCE { 
            ul-UM-RLC-r15                        UL-UM-RLC 
        }, 
        um-Uni-Directional-DL-r15            SEQUENCE { 
            dl-UM-RLC-r15                        DL-UM-RLC-r15 
        } 
    }, 
    reestablishRLC-r15                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
UL-AM-RLC ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    t-PollRetransmit                    T-PollRetransmit, 
    pollPDU                                PollPDU, 
    pollByte                            PollByte, 
    maxRetxThreshold                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32} 
} 
UL-AM-RLC-r15 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    t-PollRetransmit-r15                T-PollRetransmit, 
    pollPDU-r15                            PollPDU-r15, 
    pollByte-r15                        PollByte-r14, 
    maxRetxThreshold-r15                ENUMERATED { 
                                            t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32}, 
    extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15            BOOLEAN 
} 
DL-AM-RLC ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    t-Reordering                        T-Reordering, 
    t-StatusProhibit                    T-StatusProhibit 
} 
DL-AM-RLC-r15 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    t-Reordering-r15                    T-Reordering, 
    t-StatusProhibit-r15                T-StatusProhibit, 
    extended-RLC-LI-Field-r15            BOOLEAN 
} 
UL-UM-RLC ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    sn-FieldLength                        SN-FieldLength 
} 
DL-UM-RLC ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    sn-FieldLength                        SN-FieldLength, 
    t-Reordering                        T-Reordering 
} 
DL-UM-RLC-r15 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    sn-FieldLength-r15                    SN-FieldLength-r15, 
    t-Reordering-r15                    T-Reordering 
} 
SN-FieldLength ::=                    ENUMERATED {size5, size10} 
SN-FieldLength-r15 ::=                ENUMERATED {size5, size10, size16-r15} 
T-PollRetransmit ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35, 
                                        ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70, 
                                        ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105, 
                                        ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135, 
                                        ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165, 
                                        ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195, 
                                        ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225, 
                                        ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300, 
                                        ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310, 
                                        ms1000-v1310, ms2000-v1310, ms4000-v1310, 
                                        spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
PollPDU ::=                            ENUMERATED { 
                                        p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, pInfinity} 
PollPDU-v1310 ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                        p512, p1024, p2048, p4096, p6144, p8192, p12288, p16384} 
PollPDU-r15 ::=                        ENUMERATED { 
                                        p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, p512, p1024, 
                                        p2048-r15, p4096-r15, p6144-r15, p8192-r15, 
                                        p12288-r15, p16384-r15, pInfinity} 
PollByte ::=                        ENUMERATED { 
                                        kB25, kB50, kB75, kB100, kB125, kB250, kB375, 
                                        kB500, kB750, kB1000, kB1250, kB1500, kB2000, 
                                        kB3000, kBinfinity, spare1} 
PollByte-r14 ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                        kB1, kB2, kB5, kB8, kB10, kB15, kB3500, 
                                        kB4000, kB4500, kB5000, kB5500, kB6000, kB6500, 
                                        kB7000, kB7500, kB8000, kB9000, kB10000, kB11000, kB12000, 
                                        kB13000, kB14000, kB15000, kB16000, kB17000, kB18000, 
                                        kB19000, kB20000, kB25000, kB30000, kB35000, kB40000} 
T-Reordering ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35, 
                                        ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70, 
                                        ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms110, 
                                        ms120, ms130, ms140, ms150, ms160, ms170, 
                                        ms180, ms190, ms200, ms1600-v1310} 
T-ReorderingExt-r17 ::=                ENUMERATED {ms2200, ms3200} 
T-StatusProhibit ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35, 
                                        ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70, 
                                        ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105, 
                                        ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135, 
                                        ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165, 
                                        ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195, 
                                        ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225, 
                                        ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300, 
                                        ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800-v1310, 
                                        ms1000-v1310, ms1200-v1310, ms1600-v1310, ms2000-v1310, ms2400-v1310, spare2, 
                                        spare1} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RLF-TimersAndConstants
The IE RLF-TimersAndConstants contains UE specific timers and constants applicable for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED. 

 -- ASN1START
RLF-TimersAndConstants-r9 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                    NULL,
    setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
        t301-r9                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, 
                                                ms2000}, 
        t310-r9                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000}, 
        n310-r9                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20}, 
        t311-r9                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000, 
                                                ms20000, ms30000}, 
        n311-r9                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10}, 
        ... 
    } 
} 
RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                    NULL,
    setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
        t301-v1310                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                    ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000, 
                                                    ms6000, ms8000, ms10000}, 
        ..., 
        [[    t310-v1330                            ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000}    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        ]] 
    } 
} 
RLF-TimersAndConstantsSCG-r12 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        t313-r12                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000}, 
        n313-r12                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20}, 
        n314-r12                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10}, 
        ... 
    } 
} 
RLF-TimersAndConstantsMCG-Failure-r16 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                                    NULL,
    setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
        t316-r16                                ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, 
                                                    ms500, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000}, 
        ... 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RN-SubframeConfig
The IE RN-SubframeConfig is used to specify the subframe configuration for an RN. 

 -- ASN1START
RN-SubframeConfig-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    subframeConfigPattern-r10            CHOICE { 
        subframeConfigPatternFDD-r10    BIT STRING (SIZE(8)), 
        subframeConfigPatternTDD-r10    INTEGER (0..31) 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    rpdcch-Config-r10                SEQUENCE { 
        resourceAllocationType-r10        ENUMERATED {type0, type1, type2Localized, type2Distributed, 
                                                    spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
        resourceBlockAssignment-r10            CHOICE { 
            type01-r10                            CHOICE { 
                nrb6-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(6)), 
                nrb15-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(8)), 
                nrb25-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(13)), 
                nrb50-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(17)), 
                nrb75-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(19)), 
                nrb100-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(25)) 
            }, 
            type2-r10                            CHOICE { 
                nrb6-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(5)), 
                nrb15-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(7)), 
                nrb25-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(9)), 
                nrb50-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(11)), 
                nrb75-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(12)), 
                nrb100-r10                            BIT STRING (SIZE(13)) 
            }, 
            ... 
        }, 
        demodulationRS-r10                CHOICE { 
            interleaving-r10                ENUMERATED {crs}, 
            noInterleaving-r10                ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs} 
        }, 
        pdsch-Start-r10                    INTEGER (1..3), 
        pucch-Config-r10                CHOICE { 
            tdd                                CHOICE { 
                channelSelectionMultiplexingBundling    SEQUENCE { 
                    n1PUCCH-AN-List-r10            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
                }, 
                fallbackForFormat3                SEQUENCE { 
                    n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10                INTEGER (0..2047), 
                    n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10                INTEGER (0..2047)        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
                } 
            }, 
            fdd                                SEQUENCE { 
                n1PUCCH-AN-P0-r10                INTEGER (0..2047), 
                n1PUCCH-AN-P1-r10                INTEGER (0..2047)            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            } 
        }, 
        ... 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RLC-Config field descriptions


dl-extended-RLC-LI-Field, ul-extended-RLC-LI-Field
Indicates the RLC LI field size. Value TRUE means that 15 bit LI length shall be used, otherwise 11 bit LI length shall be used; see TS 36.322 [7]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am.
maxRetxThreshold
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value t1 corresponds to 1 retransmission, t2 to 2 retransmissions and so on.
reestablishRLC
Indicates that RLC shall be re-established. For a UE configured with (NG)EN-DC, E-UTRAN may include this fieldfor the (primary) RLC entity of an MCG RLC bearer of a DRB (used upon change from SN terminated split to MN terminated MCG RLC bearer). For a UE configured with NE-DC, E-UTRAN may include this fieldfor the (primary) RLC entity of an SCG RLC bearer of a DRB or of an SRB (used upon key refresh for MN terminated split RB).
pollByte
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value kB25 corresponds to 25 kBytes, kB50 to 50 kBytes and so on. kBInfinity corresponds to an infinite amount of kBytes.In case pollByte-r14 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollByte (i.e. without suffix).
pollPDU
Parameter for RLC AM in TS 36.322 [7]. Value p4 corresponds to 4 PDUs, p8 to 8 PDUs and so on. pInfinity corresponds to an infinite number of PDUs. In case pollPDU-r13 is signalled, the UE shall ignore pollPDU (i.e. without suffix). E-UTRAN enables pollPDU-v1310 field only when RLC-Config (without suffix) is set to am.
rlc-OutOfOrderDelivery
Indicates that out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP is configured for this RLC entity as specified in TS 36.322 [7].
sn-FieldLength
Indicates the UM RLC SN field size, see TS 36.322 [7], in bits. Value size5 means 5 bits, size10 means 10 bits.
t-PollRetransmit
Timer for RLC AM inTS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms5 means 5ms, ms10 means 10ms and so on. EUTRAN configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports CE.
t-Reordering
Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on.
t-ReorderingExt
Timer for reordering in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms2200 corresponds to 2200 ms, value ms3200 corresponds to 3200 ms.
The UE shall use the extended value t-ReorderingExt-r17, if present, and ignore the value signaled by t-Reordering or t-Reordering-r15.
t-StatusProhibit
Timer for status reporting in TS 36.322 [7], in milliseconds. Value ms0 means 0ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms5 means 5ms and so on. EUTRAN configures values msX-v1310 (with suffix) only if UE supports operation in CE.
ul-extended-RLC-AM-SN, dl-extended-RLC-AM-SN
Indicates whether or not the UE shall use the extended SN and SO length for AM bearer.Value TRUE means that 16 bit SN length and 16 bit SO length shall be used, otherwise 10 bit SN length and 15 bit SO length shall be used; see TS 36.322 [7].






RLF-TimersAndConstants field descriptions


n3xy
Constants are described in clause 7.4.n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in clause 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures RLF-TimersAndConstants-r13 only if UE supports ce-ModeB. UE shall use the extended values t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330, if present, and ignore the values signaled by t3xy-r9.
– RSS-Config
The IE RSS-Config is used to specify the RSS configuration, see TS 36.211 [21]. RSS-Config information element 

 -- ASN1START
RSS-Config-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    duration-r15                    ENUMERATED {sf8, sf16, sf32, sf40}, 
    freqLocation-r15                    INTEGER (0..98), 
    periodicity-r15                    ENUMERATED {ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280}, 
    powerBoost-r15                    ENUMERATED {dB0, dB3, dB4dot8, dB6}, 
    timeOffset-r15                    INTEGER (0..31) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RN-SubframeConfig field descriptions


demodulationRS
Indicates which reference signals are used for R-PDCCH demodulation according to TS 36.216 [55], clause 7.4.1. Value interleaving corresponds to cross-interleaving and value noInterleaving corresponds to no cross-interleaving according to TS 36.216 [55], clauses 7.4.2 and 7.4.3.
n1PUCCH-AN-List
Parameter: , see TS 36.216, [55], clause 7.5.1. This parameter is only applicable for TDD. Configures PUCCH HARQ-ACK resources if the RN is configured to use HARQ-ACK channel selection, HARQ-ACK multiplexing or HARQ-ACK bundling.
n1PUCCH-AN-P0, n1PUCCH-AN-P1
Parameter: , for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.216, [55], clause 7.5.1, for FDD and [55], clause 7.5.2 for TDD. 
pdsch-Start
Parameter: DL-StartSymbol,see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.4-1.
resourceAllocationType
Represents the resource allocation used: type 0, type 1 or type 2 according to TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Value type0 corresponds to type 0, value type1 corresponds to type 1, value type2Localized corresponds to type 2 with localized virtual resource blocks and type2Distributed corresponds to type 2 with distributed virtual resource blocks.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the resource block assignment bits according to TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.6. Value type01 corresponds to type 0 and type 1, and the value type2 corresponds to type 2. Value nrb6 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 6 resource blocks, value nrb15 corresponds to a downlink system bandwidth of 15 resource blocks, and so on.
subframeConfigPatternFDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationFDD, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.2-1. Defines the DL subframe configuration for eNB-to-RN transmission, i.e. those subframes in which the eNB may indicate downlink assignments for the RN. The radio frame in which the pattern starts (i.e. the radio frame in which the first bit of the subframeConfigPatternFDD corresponds to subframe #0) occurs when SFN mod 4 = 0.
subframeConfigPatternTDD
Parameter: SubframeConfigurationTDD, see TS 36.216 [55], Table 5.2-2. Defines the DL and UL subframe configuration for eNB-RN transmission.
– SchedulingRequestConfig
The IE SchedulingRequestConfig is used to specify the Scheduling Request related parameters 

 -- ASN1START
SchedulingRequestConfig ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex                INTEGER (0..2047), 
        sr-ConfigIndex                        INTEGER (0..157), 
        
dsr-TransMaxParameter for SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. The value n4 corresponds to 4 transmissions, n8 corresponds to 8 transmissions and so on.EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
    } 
} 
SchedulingRequestConfig-v1020 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r10        INTEGER (0..2047)            OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
SchedulingRequestConfigSCell-r13 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r13            INTEGER (0..2047), 
        sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1-r13        INTEGER (0..2047)            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
        sr-ConfigIndex-r13                    INTEGER (0..157), 
        
dsr-TransMax-r13Parameter for SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. The value n4 corresponds to 4 transmissions, n8 corresponds to 8 transmissions and so on.EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured.
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
    } 
     
} 
SchedulingRequestConfig-v1530 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH-r15Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
            INTEGER (0..1319)        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH-r15Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is disabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
        INTEGER (0..3959)        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15Resource configuration for SR using subslot-SPUCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
    SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        sr-ConfigIndexSlot-r15                INTEGER (0..36)            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
        sr-ConfigIndexSubslot-r15            INTEGER (0..122)        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
        
dssr-TransMax-r15Parameter for SPUCCH SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured. 
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
    } 
} 
SR-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319) 
 -- ASN1STOP




RSS-Config field descriptions


duration
Duration of RSS in subframes. Value sf8 corresponds to 8 subframes, value sf16 corresponds to 16 subframes and so on. 
freqLocation
Frequency location (lowest PRB number) of RSS. 
periodicity
Periodicity of RSS. Value ms160 corresponds to 160 ms, value ms320 corresponds to 320 ms and so on.
powerBoost
Power offset of RSS relative to CRS in dB. Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, value dB4dot8 corresponds to 4.8 dB and so on.
timeOffset
Time offset of RSS in frames. The actual value of time offset is based on the value of periodicity, as follows:
For periodicity 160 ms, only value range 0 to 15 are applicable. Actual value = timeOffset * 1 frame.
For periodicity 320 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 1 frame.
For periodicity 640 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 2 frames.
For periodicity 1280 ms, actual value = timeOffset * 4 frames.






SchedulingRequestConfig field descriptions


dsr-TransMax
Parameter for SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. The value n4 corresponds to 4 transmissions, n8 corresponds to 8 transmissions and so on.EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured.
dssr-TransMax
Parameter for SPUCCH SR transmission in TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.4. EUTRAN configures the same value for all serving cells for which this field is configured. 
sr-ConfigIndex, sr-ConfigIndexSlot, sr-ConfigIndexSubslot
Parameter. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The values 156 and 157 are not applicable for Release 8.
sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndex, sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1
Parameter:  for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. E-UTRAN configures sr-PUCCH-ResourceIndexP1 only if sr-PUCCHResourceIndex is configured.
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexFH
Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
sr-SlotSPUCCH-IndexNoFH
Resource configuration for SR using slot-SPUCCH when frequency hopping is disabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
sr-SubslotSPUCCH-ResourceList
Resource configuration for SR using subslot-SPUCCH, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.5.
– SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PDSCH configuration when sTTI is used. 

 -- ASN1START
SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        altCQI-TableSTTI-r15            ENUMERATED { 
                                            allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1, 
                                            csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI-r15    ENUMERATED { 
                                            allSubframes, csi-SubframeSet1, 
                                            csi-SubframeSet2, spare1}            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
resourceAllocation-r15Parameter indicates resource allocation type for slot-PDSCH or subslot-PDSCH.
            ENUMERATED { 
                            resourceAllocationType0,resourceAllocationType2}    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
tbsIndexAlt-STTI-r15Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F and 7-1G. Value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
            ENUMERATED {a33}            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
tbsIndexAlt2-STTI-r15Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1B/7-1C/7-1D. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
            ENUMERATED {b33}            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
tbsIndexAlt3-STTI-r15Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F/7-1G. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A. If this field does notconfigure an alternative TBS index for ITBS 37, the UE shall use ITBS 37 specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 for all slots/subslots instead.
            ENUMERATED {a37}            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
            ... 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config field descriptions


altCQI-TableSTTI, altCQI-Table1024QAM-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative CQI table (i.e. Table 7.2.3-2 and Table 7.2.3-4 in TS 36.213 [23]) for aperiodic CSI reporting for slot or subslot PDSCH for the concerned serving cell. Value allSubframes means the alternative CQI table applies to all the subframes and CSI processes, if configured, and value csi-SubframeSet1 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set1, and value csi-SubframeSet2 means the alternative CQI table applies to CSI subframe set2. EUTRAN sets the value to csi-SubframeSet1 or csi-SubframeSet2 only if transmissionMode is set in range tm1 to tm9 and csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 is configured for the concerned serving cell and different CQI tables apply to the two CSI subframe sets; otherwise EUTRAN sets the value to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure the same value for altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 in SlotOrSubslotPDSCH-Config-r15. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 if the value of altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. EUTRAN does not configure altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 if the value of altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 is set to allSubframes. If both altCQI-TableSTTI-r15 and altCQI-Table-1024QAM-STTI-r15 are absent, the UE shall use Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all subframes and CSI processes, if configured.
resourceAllocation
Parameter indicates resource allocation type for slot-PDSCH or subslot-PDSCH.
tbsIndexAlt-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F and 7-1G. Value a33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33A. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt2-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
tbsIndexAlt2-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 33 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1B/7-1C/7-1D. Value b33 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 33B. If neither this field nor tbsIndexAlt-STTI configures an alternative TBS index for ITBS 33, the UE shall use ITBS 33 specified in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] for all slots/subslots instead.
tbsIndexAlt3-STTI
Indicates the applicability of the alternative TBS index for the ITBS 37 (see TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1) to all slots/subslots scheduled by DCI format 7-1F/7-1G. Value a37 refers to the alternative TBS index ITBS 37A. If this field does notconfigure an alternative TBS index for ITBS 37, the UE shall use ITBS 37 specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 for all slots/subslots instead.
– SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config
The IE SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific PUSCH configuration when sTTI is used. 

 -- ASN1START
SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index-r15        INTEGER(0..15)       OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index-r15        INTEGER(0..15)       OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15)   OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15)OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index-r15            INTEGER(0..15)       OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF INTEGER(0..15)   OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index-r15        INTEGER(0..15)       OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index-r15        INTEGER(0..15)       OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot-r15Indicates that 256QAM for slot or subslot is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1.
        Enable256QAM-r14    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        
resourceAllocationOffset-r15Indicates an RB resource allocation offset of 1 or 2 PRBs for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH. When the field is absent, the UE assumes no offset is used (i.e. offset = 0).
        INTEGER (1..2)        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot-r15Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.
        BOOLEAN,
        ... 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SlotOrSubslotPUSCH-Config field descriptions


betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index, betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index
Parameter: and for single-codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-1. If betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index is configured; betaOffsetSlot-ACK-Index/betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index is used when up to 22 HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted otherwise betaOffset2Slot-ACK-Index/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index is used. The values apply for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. It is indicated in DCI format 7-0A/7-0B which of the two values taken by betaOffsetSubslot-ACK-Index-r15/betaOffset2Subslot-ACK-Index-r15/betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index-r15 to use. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
betaOffsetSlot-RI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-RI-Index
Parameter: , for single codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-2.One value applies for subframe set 2 of all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell configured with uplink power control subframe sets).
betaOffsetSlot-CQI-Index, betaOffsetSubslot-CQI-Index
Parameter: , for single codeword, see TS 36.213 [23], Table 8.6.3-3. One value applies for all serving cells with an uplink in a cell group (MCG or SCG or the group of cells configured to send SPUCCH on the same cell in case SPUCCH SCell is configured) and not configured with uplink power control subframe sets. The same value also applies for subframe set 1 of all serving cells with an uplink in that cell group and configured with uplink power control subframe sets (the associated functionality is common i.e. not performed independently for each cell).
enable256QAM-SlotOrSubslot
Indicates that 256QAM for slot or subslot is enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.1.
resourceAllocationOffset
Indicates an RB resource allocation offset of 1 or 2 PRBs for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH. When the field is absent, the UE assumes no offset is used (i.e. offset = 0).
ul-DMRS-IFDMA-SlotOrSubslot
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is configured with enhanced UL DMRS.
– SoundingRS-UL-Config
The IE SoundingRS-UL-Config is used to specify the uplink Sounding RS configuration for periodic and aperiodic sounding. 

 -- ASN1START
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigCommon ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        srs-BandwidthConfig                    ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3, bw4, bw5, bw6, bw7}, 
        srs-SubframeConfig                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                sc0, sc1, sc2, sc3, sc4, sc5, sc6, sc7, 
                                                sc8, sc9, sc10, sc11, sc12, sc13, sc14, sc15}, 
        ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission    BOOLEAN,
        srs-MaxUpPts                        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Cond TDD
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        srs-Bandwidth                        ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3}, 
        srs-HoppingBandwidth                ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3}, 
        freqDomainPosition                    INTEGER (0..23), 
        duration                            BOOLEAN,
        srs-ConfigIndex                        INTEGER (0..1023), 
        transmissionComb                    INTEGER (0..1), 
        cyclicShift                            ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7} 
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1020 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    srs-AntennaPort-r10                    SRS-AntennaPort 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated-v1310 ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        transmissionComb-v1310                INTEGER (2..3)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        cyclicShift-v1310                    ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        transmissionCombNum-r13                ENUMERATED {n2, n4}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt-r13 ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        srs-UpPtsAdd-r13                        ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4}, 
        srs-Bandwidth-r13                    ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3}, 
        srs-HoppingBandwidth-r13            ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3}, 
        freqDomainPosition-r13                INTEGER (0..23), 
        duration-r13                        BOOLEAN,
        srs-ConfigIndex-r13                    INTEGER (0..1023), 
        transmissionComb-r13                INTEGER (0..3), 
        cyclicShift-r13                        ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, 
                                                        cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11}, 
        srs-AntennaPort-r13                    SRS-AntennaPort, 
        transmissionCombNum-r13                ENUMERATED {n2, n4} 
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-r10 ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        srs-ConfigIndexAp-r10                INTEGER (0..31), 
        srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r10            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r10    OPTIONAL,--Need ON
        srs-ActivateAp-r10                    CHOICE { 
                release                            NULL,
                setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                    srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r10            SRS-ConfigAp-r10, 
                    srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r10        SRS-ConfigAp-r10, 
                    ... 
                } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1310 ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-v1310        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-v1310    OPTIONAL,--Need ON
        srs-ActivateAp-v1310                CHOICE { 
                release                            NULL,
                setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                    srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-v1310        SRS-ConfigAp-v1310    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                    srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-v1310    SRS-ConfigAp-v1310    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
                } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt-r13 ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        srs-UpPtsAdd-r13                    ENUMERATED {sym2, sym4}, 
        srs-ConfigIndexAp-r13                INTEGER (0..31), 
        srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r13            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAp-r13    OPTIONAL,--Need ON
        srs-ActivateAp-r13                    CHOICE { 
                release                            NULL,
                setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                    srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r13            SRS-ConfigAp-r13, 
                    srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r13        SRS-ConfigAp-r13 
                } 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodic-v1430 ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE {         
        srs-SubframeIndication-r14            INTEGER (1..4)    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    } 
} 
SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAdd-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
        srs-ConfigIndexAp-r16                INTEGER (0..31), 
        srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4-r16            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..3)) OF SRS-ConfigAdd-r16 
                                                                    OPTIONAL,    --Need ON
        srs-ActivateAp-r13                    CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0-r16            SRS-ConfigAdd-r16, 
            srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c-r16    SRS-ConfigAdd-r16 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL     --Need ON
} 
SRS-ConfigAp-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    srs-AntennaPortAp-r10                SRS-AntennaPort, 
    srs-BandwidthAp-r10                    ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3}, 
    freqDomainPositionAp-r10            INTEGER (0..23), 
    transmissionCombAp-r10                INTEGER (0..1), 
    cyclicShiftAp-r10                    ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7} 
} 
SRS-ConfigAp-v1310 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    transmissionCombAp-v1310            INTEGER (2..3)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    cyclicShiftAp-v1310                    ENUMERATED {cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    transmissionCombNum-r13                ENUMERATED {n2, n4}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
SRS-ConfigAp-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    srs-AntennaPortAp-r13                SRS-AntennaPort, 
    srs-BandwidthAp-r13                    ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3}, 
    freqDomainPositionAp-r13            INTEGER (0..23), 
    transmissionCombAp-r13                INTEGER (0..3), 
    cyclicShiftAp-r13                    ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, 
                                            cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11}, 
    transmissionCombNum-r13                ENUMERATED {n2, n4} 
} 
SRS-AntennaPort ::=                    ENUMERATED {an1, an2, an4, spare1} 
SRS-ConfigAdd-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    srs-RepNumAdd-r16                ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n7, n8, n9, n12, n13}, 
    srs-BandwidthAdd-r16            ENUMERATED {bw0, bw1, bw2, bw3}, 
    srs-HoppingBandwidthAdd-r16        ENUMERATED {hbw0, hbw1, hbw2, hbw3}, 
    srs-FreqDomainPosAdd-r16        INTEGER (0..23), 
    srs-AntennaPortAdd-r16            SRS-AntennaPort, 
    srs-CyclicShiftAdd-r16            ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, 
                                                cs8, cs9, cs10, cs11}, 
    srs-TransmissionCombNumAdd-r16    ENUMERATED {n2, n4}, 
    srs-TransmissionCombAdd-r16        INTEGER (0..3), 
    srs-StartPosAdd-r16                INTEGER (1..13), 
    srs-DurationAdd-r16                INTEGER (1..13), 
    srs-GuardSymbolAS-Add-r16        ENUMERATED {enabled}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    srs-GuardSymbolFH-Add-r16        ENUMERATED {enabled}            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SPDCCH-Config
The IE SPDCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPDCCH configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
SPDCCH-Config-r15 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        SEQUENCE { 
        spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication-r15        ENUMERATED {n0,n1,n2}    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        spdcch-SetConfig-r15                SPDCCH-Set-r15            OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
    } 
} 
SPDCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPDCCH-Elements-r15 
SPDCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        spdcch-SetConfigId-r15                INTEGER (0..3)            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15            ENUMERATED {crs, dmrs}    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        transmissionType-r15                ENUMERATED {localised, distributed} OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        spdcch-NoOfSymbols-r15                INTEGER (1..2)            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        dmrs-ScramblingSequenceInt-r15        INTEGER (0..503)        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        dci7-CandidatesPerAL-PDCCH-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF 
                                                DCI7-Candidates-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        dci7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF 
                                                DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        resourceBlockAssignment-r15            SEQUENCE{ 
            numberRB-InFreq-domain-r15            INTEGER (2..100), 
            resourceBlockAssignment-r15            BIT STRING (SIZE(98)) 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        subslotApplicability-r15            BIT STRING (SIZE(5))    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        al-StartingPointSPDCCH-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF 
                                                INTEGER(0..49)       OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        subframeType-r15                    ENUMERATED {mbsfn, nonmbsfn, all}    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        rateMatchingMode-r15                ENUMERATED {m1, m2, m3, m4}        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        ... 
    } 
} 
DCI7-Candidates-r15 ::=                        INTEGER (0..6) 
DCI7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF DCI7-Candidates-r15 
 -- ASN1STOP




SoundingRS-UL-Config field descriptions


ackNackSRS-SimultaneousTransmission
Parameter: Simultaneous-AN-and-SRS, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2. For SCells without PUCCH configured, this field is not applicable and the UE shall ignore the value.
cyclicShift, cyclicShiftAp, srs-CyclicShiftAdd
Parameter: n_SRS for periodic, aperiodic and additional sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.1, where cs0 corresponds to 0 etc.
duration
Parameter: Duration for periodic sounding reference signal transmission except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.213 [21], clause 8.2. FALSE corresponds to "single" and value TRUE to "indefinite".
freqDomainPosition, freqDomainPositionAp, srs-FreqDomainPosAdd
Parameter:  for periodic, aperiodic and additional sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2.
srs-AntennaPort, srs-AntennaPortAp, srs-AntennaPortAdd
Indicates the number of antenna ports used for periodic, aperiodic and additional sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3. UE shall release srs-AntennaPort if SoundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicated is released.
srs-Bandwidth, srs-BandwidthAp, srs-BandwidthAdd
Parameter:  for periodic, aperiodic and additional sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4. For LAA SCell only bw0 is applied.
srs-BandwidthConfig
Parameter: SRS Bandwidth Configuration. See TS 36.211, [21], tables 5.5.3.2-1, 5.5.3.2-2, 5.5.3.2-3 and 5.5.3.2-4. Actual configuration depends on UL bandwidth. bw0 corresponds to value 0, bw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-ConfigApDCI-Format0 / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format1a2b2c / srs-ConfigApDCI-Format4
Parameters indicate the resource configurations for aperiodic sounding reference signal transmissions triggered by DCI formats 0, 1A, 2B, 2C, 4. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.2.
srs-ConfigIndex, srs-ConfigIndexAp
Parameter: ISRS for periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission respectively except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.213 [23], tables 8.2-1 and 8.2-2, for periodic and TS 36.213 [23], tables 8.2-4 an8.2-5, for aperiodic and additional SRS transmission. If both srs-ConfigIndexAp-r10 and srs-ConfigIndexAp-r16 are included, E-UTRAN configures the same value for both fields.
srs-DurationAdd
Indicates the duration of the additional SRS including guard symbols within a UL subframe, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3. E-UTRAN configures addSRS-StartPos and this field such that all the configured additional SRS occur within the same subframe.
srs-GuardSymbolAS-Add
If enabled, there is a guard period of one symbol after antenna switching, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3 and TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.2.
srs-GuardSymbolFH-Add
If enabled, there is a guard period of one symbol after frequency hopping, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3 and TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.2.
srs-HoppingBandwidth, srs-HoppingBandwidthAdd
Parameter: SRS hopping bandwidth for periodic and additionalsounding reference signal transmissionrespectivelyexcept for an LAA SCell, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2, where hbw0 corresponds to value 0, hbw1 to value 1 and so on.
srs-MaxUpPts
Parameter: srsMaxUpPts, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2. If this field is present, reconfiguration of  applies for UpPts, otherwise reconfiguration does not apply.
srs-RepNumAdd
Parameter: R which indicates the number of the additional SRS repetitions, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2 and TS 36.213 [23] clause 8.3.
srs-StartPosAdd
Indicates the starting position of the additional SRS within a UL subframe excluding UpPTS, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.
srs-SubframeConfig
Parameter: SRS SubframeConfiguration except for an LAA SCell. See TS 36.211, [21], table 5.5.3.3-1, applies for FDD whereas TS 36.211 [21], table 5.5.3.3-2, applies for TDD. sc0 corresponds to value 0, sc1 corresponds to value 1 and so on.
srs-SubframeIndication
Parameter:SRS subframe indication in SRS parameter set configurationfor aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission on an LAA SCell configured with uplink, see TS 36.213 [23].
srs-UpPtsAdd
The field only applies for TDD and frame structure type 3, see TS 36.211[21]. If E-UTRAN configures both soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt,srs-UpPtsAdd in both fields is set to the same value.If E-UTRAN configures soundingRS-UL-PeriodicConfigDedicatedUpPTsExtList-r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedUpPTsExt and/or soundingRS-UL-AperiodicConfigDedicatedList-r14 with a number of soundingRS-UL-ConfigDedicatedAperiodicUpPTsExt, srs-UpPtsAdd in all fields are set to the same value.
transmissionComb, transmissionCombAp, srs-TransmissionCombAdd
Parameter:  for periodic, aperiodic and additional sounding reference signal transmission respectively, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.5.3.2.






Conditional presenceExplanation


TDD
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– SPS-Config
The IE SPS-Config is used to specify the semi-persistent scheduling configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
SPS-Config ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    semiPersistSchedC-RNTI            C-RNTI                    OPTIONAL,            -- Need OR
    sps-ConfigDL                    SPS-ConfigDL            OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigUL                    SPS-ConfigUL            OPTIONAL             -- Need ON
} 
SPS-Config-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ul-SPS-V-RNTI-r14                    C-RNTI                    OPTIONAL,            -- Need OR
    sl-SPS-V-RNTI-r14                    C-RNTI                    OPTIONAL,            -- Need OR
    sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14        SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14        SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14        SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14        SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigUL 
SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 
SPS-ConfigSL-ToAddModList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigSL-r14 
SPS-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r14)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 
SPS-Config-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    semiPersistSchedC-RNTI-r15        C-RNTI                        OPTIONAL,            -- Need OR
    sps-ConfigDL-r15                    SPS-ConfigDL                OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15    SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15    SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15        SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15        SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SPS-Config-v1540 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    sps-ConfigDL-STTI-r15                SPS-ConfigDL-STTI-r15                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-r15 
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 
SPS-ConfigUL-ToAddModList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigUL 
SPS-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxConfigSPS-r15)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 
SPS-ConfigDL ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        semiPersistSchedIntervalDL            ENUMERATED { 
                                                sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, 
                                                sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, spare6, 
                                                spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, 
                                                spare1}, 
        numberOfConfSPS-Processes            INTEGER (1..8), 
        n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList            N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList, 
        ..., 
        [[    twoAntennaPortActivated-r10        CHOICE { 
                release                            NULL,
                setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                    n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r10    N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList 
                } 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        ]] 
    } 
} 
SPS-ConfigUL ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        semiPersistSchedIntervalUL            ENUMERATED { 
                                                sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, 
                                                sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1-v1430, 
                                                sf2-v1430, sf3-v1430, sf4-v1430, sf5-v1430, 
                                                spare1}, 
        implicitReleaseAfter                ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8}, 
        p0-Persistent                        SEQUENCE { 
            p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent            INTEGER (-126..24), 
            p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent                INTEGER (-8..7) 
        }        OPTIONAL,                                                -- Need OP
        twoIntervalsConfig                    ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD
        ..., 
        [[    p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12        CHOICE { 
                release                                NULL,
                setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                    p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12            INTEGER (-126..24), 
                    p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12                INTEGER (-8..7) 
                } 
            }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
        ]], 
        [[    numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes-r13            INTEGER (1..8)        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        ]], 
        [[    fixedRV-NonAdaptive-r14                    ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            sps-ConfigIndex-r14                        SPS-ConfigIndex-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430        ENUMERATED { 
                                            sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, sf500, 
                                            sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000, spare5, 
                                            spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        ]], 
        [[ cyclicShiftSPS-r15                ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7} 
                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
            harq-ProcID-Offset-r15                INTEGER (0..7)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
            rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15            ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3} OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
            tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15        TPC-PDCCH-Config        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
            totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions-r15    ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
            sps-ConfigIndex-r15                    SPS-ConfigIndex-r15        OPTIONAL     -- Cond SPS
        ]] 
    } 
} 
SPS-ConfigSL-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    sps-ConfigIndex-r14                SPS-ConfigIndex-r14, 
    semiPersistSchedIntervalSL-r14    ENUMERATED { 
                                        sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200, sf300, sf400, 
                                        sf500, sf600, sf700, sf800, sf900, sf1000, 
                                        spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
} 
SPS-ConfigIndex-r14 ::=            INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r14) 
SPS-ConfigIndex-r15 ::=            INTEGER (1..maxConfigSPS-r15) 
N1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..2047) 
SPS-ConfigDL-STTI-r15 ::=    CHOICE{ 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI-r15        ENUMERATED { 
                                                sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12, sTTI16, 
                                                sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240, 
                                                spare2, spare1}, 
        numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI-r15        INTEGER (1..12), 
        twoAntennaPortActivated-r15            CHOICE { 
                release                            NULL,
                setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                    n1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1-r15        N1SPUCCH-AN-PersistentList-r15 
                } 
            }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        sTTI-StartTimeDL-r15                    INTEGER (0..5), 
        tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS-r15        TPC-PDCCH-Config            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        ... 
    } 
} 
SPS-ConfigUL-STTI-r15 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI-r15        ENUMERATED { 
                                                sTTI1, sTTI2, sTTI3, sTTI4, sTTI6, sTTI8, sTTI12, sTTI16, 
                                                sTTI20, sTTI40, sTTI60, sTTI80, sTTI120, sTTI240, 
                                                spare2, spare1}, 
        implicitReleaseAfter                    ENUMERATED {e2, e3, e4, e8}, 
        p0-Persistent-r15                    SEQUENCE { 
            p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent-r15        INTEGER (-126..24), 
            p0-UE-SPUSCH-Persistent-r15            INTEGER (-8..7) 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        twoIntervalsConfig-r15                    ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD
        p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15        CHOICE { 
                release                            NULL,
                setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                    p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15            INTEGER (-126..24), 
                    p0-UE-SPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2-r15                INTEGER (-8..7) 
                } 
            }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI-r15    INTEGER (1..12)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        sTTI-StartTimeUL-r15                INTEGER (0..5), 
        tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS-r15        TPC-PDCCH-Config            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI-r15                ENUMERATED {cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7}                                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        ifdma-Config-SPS-r15                BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        harq-ProcID-offset-r15                INTEGER (0..15)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15        ENUMERATED {ulrvseq1, ulrvseq2, ulrvseq3}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        sps-ConfigIndex-r15        SPS-ConfigIndex-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions-r15    ENUMERATED {n6, n12}        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions-r15    ENUMERATED {n2,n3,n4,n6}    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        ... 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SPUCCH-Config
The IE SPUCCH-Config is used to specify the UE specific SPUCCH configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
SPUCCH-Config-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        spucch-Set-r15                    SPUCCH-Set-r15        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
        twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b-r15    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        dummy                            SEQUENCE { 
            n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) 
        } 
    } 
} 
SPUCCH-Config-v1550 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3-v1550        SEQUENCE { 
            n3SPUCCH-AN-List-v1550        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..549) 
        } 
    } 
} 
SPUCCH-Set-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF SPUCCH-Elements-r15 
SPUCCH-Elements-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..1319) OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List-r15        INTEGER (0..1319)        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List-r15    INTEGER (0..3959)        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n3SPUCCH-AN-List-r15            INTEGER (0..549)        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n4SPUCCHSlot-Resource-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n4SPUCCHSubslot-Resource-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH-r15        INTEGER (0..7)            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH-r15    INTEGER (0..7)            OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
        n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH-r15    INTEGER (0..7)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH-r15    INTEGER (0..7)        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    } 
} 
N4SPUCCH-Resource-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    n4startingPRB-r15                INTEGER (0..109), 
    n4numberOfPRB-r15                INTEGER (0..7) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SPDCCH-Config field descriptions


al-StartingPointSPDCCH
Indicates the starting SCCE index for an aggregation level, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.6.
dci7-Candidates
Number of candidates in each aggregation level for DCI format 7.The number of PDCCH/SPDCCH candidate(s) M_DCI format 7^((L)) at aggregation level L for monitoring DCI format 7 in PDCCH and SPDCCH region shall conform to the following restriction:
•less than or equal to 2 for aggregation level 4 and 8,
•less than or equal to 6 for aggregation level 1 and 2
dci7-CandidatesPerAL-SPDCCH
SPDCCH candidates configured per aggregation level in SPDCCH region 
dmrs-ScramblingSeqSPDCCH
The DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.1.
numberRB-InFreq-domain
Indicates the number of resource-blocks in the frequency domain used for the SPDCCH set. There is no restriction on the number of RBs in the frequency domain that can be configured to an SPDCCH resouce set (up to 100), but at least two need to be configured to contain at least one SCCE. The granularity of resource block allocation in frequency domain for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is one in case spdcch-SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to crs. The granularity of resource block allocation for configuring an SPDCCH resource set is two in case sPDCCH-SetReferenceSig-r15 is set to dmrs.
rateMatchingMode
Indicates, per resource-set, the mode of SPDCCH rate-matching operation
•Mode 1: UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in theSPDCCH resouce-set), otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set.
•Mode 2: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set
•Mode 3: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is found in the resource-set, otherwise no rate-matching is performed for the RB set.
•Mode 4: UE rate-matches around the whole SPDCCH resource set if DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is not found in the resource-set, otherwise UE rate-matches only around the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH (if transmitted in the SPDCCH resource-set)
If the DCI format 7 scheduling the slot or subslot PDSCH is found on a candidate belonging to two SPDCCH resource sets, the DCI format 7 is assumed to be found in both resource sets.
resourceBlockAssignment
Indicates the index to a specific combination of physical resource block in frequency for SPDCCH set, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4. The value range is dependent on the combinatorial number defined in 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.4.4 with the assumption of no limitation in the number of RBs in frequency domain configured by the set. 
spdcch-NoOfSymbols
Indicates the number of OFDM symbols that the CRS based SPDCCH is mapped over.
spdcch-L1-ReuseIndication
For the up to two resource sets configured with the same subframeType applicability, the SPDCCH-L1-ReuseIndication defines the allowed combinations for the two resource sets: {1,1}, {2,0} or {0,2} corresponding to the values n0, n1 and n2 repsectively. In case one resource set is configured, the allowed combinations are {2, 0} or {0,2} corresponding to n1 or n2. EUTRAN does not configure n0 in case one resource set is configured.
spdcch-SetConfigId
Indicates the ID of the SPDCCH set configured in SPDCCH-Elements. Maximum two sets can be configured for MBSFN and two for non-MBSFN. 
spdcch-SetReferenceSig
Indicates CRS or DMRS based SPDCCH set.
subframeType
Indicates applicable subframe type(s) for the SPDCCH set. CRS-based SPDCCH is only applied to non-MBSFN subframe.
subslotApplicability
Indicates the set of subslots within the subframe where SPDCCH candidate set per aggregation levels applies, see DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH. The bitmap applies to the 5 DL subslot indices in a DL subframe. The first element in the sequence DCI7-CandidateSetsPerAL-SPDCCH applies to the indicated subslotApplicability. The second element in the sequence (if present) applies to the complement of the subslotApplicability.
transmissionType
Indicates whether distributed or localized SPDCCH transmission mode is used as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.8A.1.






SPS-Config field descriptions


cyclicShiftSPS, cyclicShiftSPS-sTTI,
Indicates the cyclic shift to be used for the UE-specific reference signal in case of UL SPS, see TS 36.211 [5] clause 5.2.1.1.
fixedRV-NonAdaptive
If this field is present and skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, non-adaptive retransmissions on configured uplink grant uses redundancy version 0, otherwise the redundancy version for each retransmission is updated based on the sequence of redundancy versions as described in TS 36.321 [6].
harq-ProcID-offset
If configured, this field indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.4.1.
Ifdma-Config-SPS
Indicated  to be used for the UE-specific reference signal in case of UL SPS see TS 36.211 [5], clause 5.2,1.1.
implicitReleaseAfter
Number of empty transmissions before implicit release, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.10.2. Value e2 corresponds to 2 transmissions, e3 corresponds to 3 transmissionsand so on. If skipUplinkTxSPS is configured, the UE shall ignore this field.
n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentList, n1PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1
List of parameter:  for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. Field n1-PUCCH-AN-PersistentListP1 is applicable only if the twoAntennaPortActivatedPUCCH-Format1a1b in PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-v1020 is set to true. Otherwise the field is not configured.
numberOfConfSPS-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6].
numberOfConfSPS-Processes-STTI
The number of configured HARQ processes for downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in DL, see TS 36.321 [6].
numberOfConfUlSPS-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling, see TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
numberOfConfUL-SPS-Processes-STTI
The number of configured HARQ processes for uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling for sTTI in UL, see TS 36.321 [6]. E-UTRAN always configures this field for asynchronous UL HARQ. Otherwise it does not configure this field.
p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent, p0-NominalSPUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH for p0-NominalPUSCH-Persistent.If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1.
p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2, p0-NominalSPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm step 1. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12for p0-NominalPUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2.
p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If choice setup is used and p0-Persistent is absent, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH for p0-UE-PUSCH-Persistent.If uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1.
p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for persistent scheduling, only. If p0-PersistentSubframeSet2-r12 is not configured, apply the value of p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2for p0-UE-PUSCH-PersistentSubframeSet2. E-UTRAN configures this field only if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet, in which case this field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2.
rv-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the RV sequence of slot or subslot PUSCH for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} , value ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}.
rv-SPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the RV sequence of PUSCH for subframe UL SPS repetitions. Value ulrvseq1= {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0} , value ulrvseq2={0, 2, 3, 1, 0, 2} and value ulrvseq3={0, 3, 0, 3, 0, 3}.
semiPersistSchedC-RNTI
Semi-persistent Scheduling C-RNTI, see TS 36.321 [6]. If sps-Config is present for more than one cells in the same cell group, semiPersistSchedC-RNTI is present in only one sps-Config.
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames.
semiPersistSchedIntervalDL-STTI
Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in downlink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1 corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1 equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7 symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. SPS for sTTI is not supported for TDD.
semiPersistSchedIntervalSL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in sidelink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames, sf50 corresponds to 50 sub-frames and so on.
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL
Semi-persistent scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. For TDD, when the configured Semi-persistent scheduling interval is greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, the UE shall round this parameter down to the nearest integer (of 10 sub-frames), e.g. sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf32 corresponds to 30 sub-frames, sf128 corresponds to 120 sub-frames. If semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-v1430is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores semiPersistSchedIntervalUL i.e.without suffix).
semiPersistSchedIntervalUL-STTI
Semi-persistent scheduling interval for sTTI in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sTTI. Value sTTI1 corresponds to a spacing of 1 sTTI interval, sTTI2 corresponds to 2 spacings of sTTI intervals and so on, e.g. sTTI1 equal to sub-slot of 2 symbols or 3 symbols when the type of 2OS sTTI is configured, or e.g. sTTI1 equal to slot of 7 symbols when type of 7OS sTTI is configured. SPS for sTTI is not supported for TDD.
sl-SPS-V-RNTI
SL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for V2X sidelink communication, see TS 36.321 [6].
sps-ConfigIndex
Indicates the index of one of multiple SL/UL SPS configurations.
sps-ConfigDL-STTI
If sps-ConfigDL-sTTI-r15is signalled, the UE ignores sps-ConfigDL.
sps-ConfigSL-ToAddModList
Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigSL-ToReleaseList
Indicates the SL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToAddModList
Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. If this list includes more than one entry, E-UTRAN includes totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions in each entry.
sps-ConfigUL-STTI-ToReleaseList
Indicates the UL sTTI SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sps-ConfigUL-ToAddModList
Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be added or modified, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex. If this list includes more than one entry, E-UTRAN includes totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions in each entry.
sps-ConfigUL-ToReleaseList
Indicates the UL SPS configurations to be released, identified by SPS-ConfigIndex.
sTTI-StartTimeDL
Indicates the DL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6].
sTTI-StartTimeUL
Indicates the UL sTTI index start offset for SPS (re-)initialization, see TS 36.321 [6].
tbs-scalingFactorSubslotSPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the TBS scaling factor of subslot PUSCH for UL SPS repetitions. Value n6 corresponds to 1/6 and value n12 corresponds to 1/12. 
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-STTI-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for slot or subslot UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL SPS and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH is not configured.
totalNumberPUSCH-SPS-UL-Repetitions
Indicates the total number of UL transmissions for subframe UL SPS repetitions. If the UE is configured with UL SPS and the configured number of SPS PUSCH transmissions k>1, simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH is not configured.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUCCH-SPS
PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUCCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-ConfigDL-STTI is configured.
tpc-PDCCH-ConfigPUSCH-SPS
PDCCH configuration for power control of slot/subslot-PUSCH using format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22], when SPS-ConfigUL-STTI is configured. If a UE is configured with multiple UL SPS configurations in a serving cell, the same TPC index for DCI format 3/3A applies to all the UL SPS configurations in the serving cell.
twoIntervalsConfig
Trigger of two-intervals-Semi-Persistent Scheduling in uplink. See TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.10. If this field is present and the configured Semi-persistent scheduling interval greater than or equal to 10 sub-frames, two-intervals-SPS is enabled for uplink. Otherwise, two-intervals-SPS is disabled.
ul-SPS-V-RNTI
UL Semi-Persistent Scheduling V-RNTI for UEs capable of multiple uplink SPS configurations and which support V2X communication, see TS 36.321 [6].






Conditional presenceExplanation


TDD
This field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
SPS
This field is optional present if sps-ConfigIndex-r14 is not configured, need OR; otherwise it is not present.
– SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for A-SRS trigger and TPC according to TS 36.212 [22]. 

 -- ASN1START
SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config-r14 ::=                    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        srs-TPC-RNTI-r14                                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
        startingBitOfFormat3B-r14                            INTEGER (0..31), 
        fieldTypeFormat3B-r14                                INTEGER (1..4), 
        srs-CC-SetIndexlist-r14                            SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Cond SRS-Trigger-TypeA
    } 
} 
SRS-CC-SetIndex-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    cc-SetIndex-r14                INTEGER (0..3), 
    cc-IndexInOneCC-Set-r14        INTEGER (0..7) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– TDD-Config
The IE TDD-Config is used to specify the TDD specific physical channel configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
TDD-Config ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    subframeAssignment                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6}, 
    specialSubframePatterns                ENUMERATED { 
                                            ssp0, ssp1, ssp2, ssp3, ssp4,ssp5, ssp6, ssp7, 
                                            ssp8} 
} 
TDD-Config-v1130 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    specialSubframePatterns-v1130        ENUMERATED {ssp7,ssp9} 
} 
TDD-Config-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    specialSubframePatterns-v1430        ENUMERATED {ssp10} 
} 
TDD-Config-v1450 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    specialSubframePatterns-v1450        ENUMERATED {ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS} 
} 
TDD-ConfigSL-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    subframeAssignmentSL-r12                ENUMERATED { 
                                            none, sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– TDM-PatternConfig
The IE TDM-PatternConfig is used to specify the UL/DL reference configuration indicating the time during which a UE configured with (NG)EN-DC or NE-DC is allowed to transmit, as specified in TS 38.101-3 [101] and TS 38.213 [88]. 

 -- ASN1START
TDM-PatternConfig-r15 ::=        CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        
subframeAssignment-r15Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency band.
        SubframeAssignment-r15, 
        harq-Offset-r15                INTEGER (0..9) 
    } 
} 
SubframeAssignment-r15 ::=        ENUMERATED {sa0, sa1, sa2, sa3, sa4, sa5, sa6} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SPUCCH-Config field descriptions


dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
n1SlotSPUCCH-FH-AN-List
Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is enabled. Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1SlotSPUCCH-NoFH-AN-List
Resource configuration for slot-SPUCCH format 1 when frequency hopping is disabled. Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n1SubslotSPUCCH-AN-List
Resource configuration for subslot-SPUCCH format 1. Parameter: for antenna port P0 and for antenna port P1 respectively, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n3SPUCCH-AN-List
Resource index for slot-SPUCCH format 3: , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.
n4maxCoderateSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateSubslotPUCCH
Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission.
n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSlotPUCCH, n4maxCoderateMultiResourceSubslotPUCCH
Indicates the maximum coding rate for slot-PUCCH and subslot-PUCCH format 4 transmission in case of multiple resource configuration.
n4numberOfPRB, n4numberOfPRBSubslot
Parametersee TS 36.213 [23], Table 10.1.1-2 for determining SPUCCH resource(s) of SPUCCH format 4.
n4startingPRB
Parametersee TS 36.211 [21], clause 5.4A.3 for determining SPUCCH resource(s) of SPUCCH format 4.
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format1a1b
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 1a/1b for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1. The field also applies for SPUCCH format 1a/1b transmission when format3 is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 10.1.2.2.2 and 10.1.3.2.2.
twoAntennaPortActivatedSPUCCH-Format3
Indicates whether two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH format 3 for HARQ-ACK, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 10.1.






SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions


cc-IndexInOneCC-Set
Indicates the CC index in one CC set for Type A associated with the group DCI withSRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell
cc-SetIndex
Indicates the CC set index for Type A associated with the group DCI withSRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell.
fieldTypeFormat3B
The type of a field within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell, which indicates how many bits in the field are for SRS request (0 or 1/2) and how many bits in the field are for TPC (1 or 2). Note that for Type A, there is a common SRS request field for all SCells in the set, but each SCell has its own TPC command bits. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A. EUTRAN configures this field with the same value for all PUSCH-less SCells.
srs-CC-SetIndexlist
Indicates the index of the SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Configfor Type A trigger by the group DCI with SRS request field (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell. Each set may contain at most 8 CCs.
srs-TPC-RNTI
RNTI for SRS trigger and power control using DCI format 3B, see TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.1.3.1.
startingBitOfFormat3B
The starting bit position of a block within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands for a PUSCH-less SCell.






Conditional presenceExplanation


SRS-Trigger-TypeA
The field is mandatory present if typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group-r14 is present. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.






TDD-Config field descriptions


specialSubframePatterns
Indicates Configuration as in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-1, where ssp0 points to Configuration 0, ssp1 to Configuration 1 etc. Value ssp7 points to Configuration 7 for extended cyclic prefix, value ssp9 points to Configuration 9 for normal cyclic prefix and value ssp10 points to Configration 10 for normal cyclic prefix. Value ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS corresponds to ssp10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS. E-UTRAN signals ssp7 only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix i.e. the version defined in REL-8) to ssp4.E-UTRAN signals value ssp9only when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp5. E-UTRAN signals value ssp10or ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTSonly when setting specialSubframePatterns (without suffix) to ssp0 or ssp5. If specialSubframePatterns-v1130,specialSubframePatterns-v1430, or specialSubframePatterns-v1450is present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns (without suffix). If specialSubframePatterns-v1430or specialSubframePatterns-v1450 is present, the UE shall ignore specialSubframePatterns-v1130.E-UTRAN does not simultanuosly configure TDD-Config-v1430 and TDD-Config-v1450.
subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. E-UTRAN configures the same value for serving cells residing on same frequency band.
subframeAssignmentSL
Indicates UL/ DL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. The value none means that no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable (i.e. the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL is transmitted is an FDD UL carrier or the carrier on which MasterInformationBlock-SL-V2X is transmitted is a carrier for V2X sidelink communication).
– TimeAlignmentTimer
The IE TimeAlignmentTimer is used to control how long the UE considers the serving cells belonging to the associated TAG to be uplink time aligned. Corresponds to the Timer for time alignment in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf500 corresponds to 500 sub-frames, sf750 corresponds to 750 sub-frames and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
TimeAlignmentTimer ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                sf500, sf750, sf1280, sf1920, sf2560, sf5120, 
                                                sf10240, infinity} 
 -- ASN1STOP




TDM-PatternConfigfield descriptions


subframeAssignment
Indicates DL/UL subframe configuration where sa0 points to Configuration 0, sa1 to Configuration 1 etc. as specified in TS 36.211 [21], table 4.2-2. When configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, the value range of this field is {sa2, sa4, sa5}.
harq-Offset
Indicates a HARQ subframe offset that is applied to the subframes designated as UL in the associated subrame assignment, see TS 36.213 [23]. When configured in EN-DC with LTE TDD PCell, the network ensures it does not violate the TDD configuration in SIB1, and the value range of this field is {0,1,2,5,6}.
– TimeReferenceInfo

 -- ASN1START
TimeReferenceInfo-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    time-r15                            ReferenceTime-r15, 
    
uncertainty-r15This field indicates the number of LSBs which may be inaccurate in the refQuarterMicroSeconds field. If uncertainty is absent, the uncertainty of refQuarterMicroSeconds is not specified.
                        INTEGER (0..12)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    timeInfoType-r15                    ENUMERATED {localClock}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
referenceSFN-r15This field indicates the reference SFN for time reference information. The time field indicates the time at the ending boundary of the SFN indicated by referenceSFN. The UE considers the frame indicated by the referenceSFN nearest to the frame where the field is received.
If the time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16 and the referenceSFN field is not included, the time field indicates the time at the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted.
                    INTEGER (0..1023)            OPTIONAL     -- Cond TimeRef
} 
ReferenceTime-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    refDays-r15                            INTEGER (0..72999), 
    refSeconds-r15                        INTEGER (0..86399), 
    refMilliSeconds-r15                    INTEGER (0..999), 
    refQuarterMicroSeconds-r15            INTEGER (0..3999) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




TimeReferenceInfo field descriptions


referenceSFN
This field indicates the reference SFN for time reference information. The time field indicates the time at the ending boundary of the SFN indicated by referenceSFN. The UE considers the frame indicated by the referenceSFN nearest to the frame where the field is received.
If the time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16 and the referenceSFN field is not included, the time field indicates the time at the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType16 is transmitted.
time, timeInfoType
This field indicates time reference with 0.25 us granularity. The indicated time is referenced at the network, i.e., without compensating for RF propagation delay. In an NTN cell, the indicated time is referenced at the uplink time synchronization reference point (RP), i.e., UE should take into account the propagation delay between UE and RP when determining the time at the UE. The indicated time in 0.25 us unit from the origin is refDays*86400*1000*4000 + refSeconds*1000*4000 + refMilliSeconds*4000 + refQuarterMicroSeconds. The refDays field specifies the sequential number of days (with day count starting at 0) from the origin of the time field. If timeInfoType is not included, the origin of the timefield is 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 6 January, 1980 (start of GPS time). If timeInfoType is set to localClock, the interpretation of the origin of the time is unspecified and left up to upper layers.
If time field is included in SystemInformationBlockType16, this field is excluded when estimating changes in system information, i.e. changes of time should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of systemInfoValueTag in SIB1.

NOTE:The estimated time in an NTN-cell may be less accurate than the estimated time in a TN-cell.
uncertainty
This field indicates the number of LSBs which may be inaccurate in the refQuarterMicroSeconds field. If uncertainty is absent, the uncertainty of refQuarterMicroSeconds is not specified.






Conditional presenceExplanation


TimeRef
The field is mandatory present if TimeReferenceInfois included in DLInformationTransfer message; otherwise the field is not present.
– TPC-PDCCH-Config
The IE TPC-PDCCH-Config is used to specify the RNTIs and indexes for PUCCH and PUSCH power control according to TS 36.212 [22]. The power control function can either be setup or released with the IE. 

 -- ASN1START
TPC-PDCCH-Config ::=                    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
tpc-RNTIRNTI for power control using DCI format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
        
tpc-IndexIndex of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a).
                            TPC-Index 
    } 
} 
TPC-PDCCH-ConfigSCell-r13 ::=                    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell-r13Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a).
        TPC-Index 
    } 
} 
TPC-Index ::=                            CHOICE { 
    
indexOfFormat3Index of N when DCI format 3 is used. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.6.
                            INTEGER (1..15), 
    indexOfFormat3A                            INTEGER (1..31) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




TPC-PDCCH-Config field descriptions


indexOfFormat3
Index of N when DCI format 3 is used. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.6.
IndexOfFormat3A
Index of M when DCI format 3A is used. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7.
tpc-Index
Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a).
tpc-Index-PUCCH-SCell
Index of N or M, see TS 36.212 [22], clauses 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7, where N or M is dependent on the used DCI format (i.e. format 3 or 3a).
tpc-RNTI
RNTI for power control using DCI format 3/3A, see TS 36.212 [22].
– TunnelConfigLWIP
The IE TunnelConfigLWIP is used to setup/release LWIP Tunnel. 

 -- ASN1START
TunnelConfigLWIP-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
ip-Address-r13Parameter indicates the LWIP-SeGW IP Address to be used by the UE for initiating LWIP Tunnel establishment [32].
            IP-Address-r13, 
    
ike-Identity-r13Parameter indicates the IKE Identity elements (IDi) to be used in IKE Authentication Procedures [32].
            IKE-Identity-r13, 
    ..., 
    [[    
lwip-Counter-r13Indicates the parameter used by UE for computing the security keys used in LWIP tunnel establishment, as specified in TS 33.401 [32].
    INTEGER (0..65535)        OPTIONAL     -- Cond LWIP-Setup
    ]] 
} 
IKE-Identity-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    idI-r13                    OCTET STRING 
} 
IP-Address-r13 ::= CHOICE { 
    ipv4-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), 
    ipv6-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE (128)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




TunnelConfigLWIP field descriptions


ip-Address
Parameter indicates the LWIP-SeGW IP Address to be used by the UE for initiating LWIP Tunnel establishment [32].
ike-Identity
Parameter indicates the IKE Identity elements (IDi) to be used in IKE Authentication Procedures [32].
lwip-Counter
Indicates the parameter used by UE for computing the security keys used in LWIP tunnel establishment, as specified in TS 33.401 [32].






Conditional presenceExplanation


LWIP-Setup
The field is mandatory present upon setup of LWIP tunnel. Otherwise the field is optional, Need ON.
– UplinkPowerControl
The IE UplinkPowerControlCommon and IE UplinkPowerControlDedicated are used to specify parameters for uplink power control in the system information and in the dedicated signalling, respectively. 

 -- ASN1START
UplinkPowerControlCommon ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
p0-NominalPUSCHParameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
                        INTEGER (-126..24), 
    
alphaParameter: α See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
                                Alpha-r12, 
    
p0-NominalPUCCHParameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1, unit dBm.
                        INTEGER (-127..-96), 
    deltaFList-PUCCH                    DeltaFList-PUCCH, 
    
deltaPreambleMsg3Parameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
                    INTEGER (-1..6) 
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1020 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r10                ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2, 
                                                        deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6}, 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r10                ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1} 
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13            ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14,deltaF13, deltaF12, 
                                        deltaF11, deltaF10, spare1}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13                ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, deltaF10, deltaF9, 
                                        deltaF8, deltaF7, spare1}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    deltaFList-SPUCCH-r15        DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15 
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommon-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    alphaSRS-Add-r16                        Alpha-r12, 
    
p0-NominalSRS-Add-r16Parameter:  where m=2. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
                    INTEGER (-126..24) 
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommonPSCell-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
 -- For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12                ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2, 
                                                        deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6}, 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12                ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, spare2, spare1}, 
    
p0-NominalPUCCH-r12Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1, unit dBm.
                        INTEGER (-127..-96), 
    deltaFList-PUCCH-r12                    DeltaFList-PUCCH 
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
p0-NominalPUSCH-r10Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
                    INTEGER (-126..24), 
    
alpha-r10Parameter: α See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
                            Alpha-r12 
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1130 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
deltaPreambleMsg3-r11Parameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
                INTEGER (-1..6) 
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommonSCell-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
 -- For uplink power control the additional/ missing fields are signalled (compared to SCell)
    
p0-NominalPUCCHParameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1, unit dBm.
                            INTEGER (-127..-96), 
    deltaFList-PUCCH                        DeltaFList-PUCCH, 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format3-r12                ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, 
                                            deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, 
                                            deltaF6}                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format1bCS-r12                ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, 
                                            spare2, spare1}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format4-r13                    ENUMERATED {deltaF16, deltaF15, deltaF14, 
                                                deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, deltaF10, 
                                                spare1}                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format5-13                        ENUMERATED { deltaF13, deltaF12, deltaF11, 
                                                deltaF10, deltaF9, deltaF8, deltaF7, 
                                                spare1}                            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
UplinkPowerControlCommonPUSCH-LessCell-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS-r14Parameter:  where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23], clause5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
                        INTEGER (-126..24)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS-r14Parameter:  where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
                        INTEGER (-126..24)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    alpha-SRS-r14                                Alpha-r12                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicated ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
p0-UE-PUSCHParameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet. If p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 is included, the UE ignores p0-UE-PUSCH (i.e., without suffix).
                            INTEGER (-8..7), 
    
deltaMCS-EnabledParameter: Ks See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. en0 corresponds to value 0 corresponding to state "disabled". en1 corresponds to value 1.25 corresponding to "enabled".
                    ENUMERATED {en0, en1}, 
    accumulationEnabled                    BOOLEAN,
    
p0-UE-PUCCHParameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1. Unit dB
                            INTEGER (-8..7), 
    pSRS-Offset                            INTEGER (0..15), 
    
filterCoefficientSpecifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. The same filtering mechanism applies as for quantityConfig described in 5.5.3.2.
                    FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4 
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1020 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10        DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pSRS-OffsetAp-r10                    INTEGER (0..15)                        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1130 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    pSRS-Offset-v1130                        INTEGER (16..31)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130                        INTEGER (16..31)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130            DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1250 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    set2PowerControlParameter        CHOICE { 
        release                            NULL,
        setup                            SEQUENCE { 
            
tpc-SubframeSet-r12Indicates the uplink subframes (including UpPTS in special subframes) of the uplink power control subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 1, and value 1 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 2.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE(10)), 
            
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
        INTEGER (-126..24), 
            
alpha-SubframeSet2-r12Parameter: α. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
                Alpha-r12, 
            
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2-r12Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
            INTEGER (-8..7) 
        } 
    } 
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicated-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
alpha-UE-r15Parameter: αUE See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1.
                Alpha-r12                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
p0-UE-PUSCH-r15Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet. If p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 is included, the UE ignores p0-UE-PUSCH (i.e., without suffix).
                INTEGER (-16..15)                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSTTI-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    accumulationEnabledSTTI-r15        BOOLEAN,
    deltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15    DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
uplinkPower-CSIPayloadTRUE indicates that the UE shall derive BPRE based on the actual value of O_CQI for slot/subslot-PUSCH, whereas FALSE indicates that the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values shall be used for the derivation of BPRE for slot/subslot-PUSCH.
            BOOLEAN 
} 
UplinkPUSCH-LessPowerControlDedicated-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
p0-UE-PeriodicSRS-r14Parameter:  where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
                        INTEGER (-8..7)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
p0-UE-AperiodicSRS-r14Parameter:  where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
                        INTEGER (-8..7)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    accumulationEnabled-r14                        BOOLEAN 
} 
UplinkPowerControlAddSRS-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
tpc-IndexSRS-Add-r16Indicates the index to the TPC command for the SRS in additional symbols. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7.
                TPC-Index                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
startingBitOfFormat3B-SRS-Add-r16Indicates the starting position of a block to trigger and TPC commands for the additional SRS symbols. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A.
    INTEGER (0..31)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
fieldTypeFormat3B-SRS-Add-r16Indicates the field width of power control field in DCI format 3B for additional SRS. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A.
        INTEGER (1..2)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
p0-UE-SRS-Add-r16Parameter:  where m=2. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
                    INTEGER (-16..15)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
accumulationEnabledSRS-Add-r16Parameter: accumulationEnabled-additionalSRS, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 5.1.3.1. TRUE corresponds to "enabled" whereas FALSE corresponds to "disabled".
        BOOLEAN 
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
p0-UE-PUSCH-r10Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet. If p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 is included, the UE ignores p0-UE-PUSCH (i.e., without suffix).
                        INTEGER (-8..7), 
    
deltaMCS-Enabled-r10Parameter: Ks See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. en0 corresponds to value 0 corresponding to state "disabled". en1 corresponds to value 1.25 corresponding to "enabled".
                    ENUMERATED {en0, en1}, 
    accumulationEnabled-r10                BOOLEAN,
    pSRS-Offset-r10                        INTEGER (0..15), 
    pSRS-OffsetAp-r10                    INTEGER (0..15)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
filterCoefficient-r10Specifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. The same filtering mechanism applies as for quantityConfig described in 5.5.3.2.
                FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4, 
    
pathlossReferenceLinking-r10Indicates whether the UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of the PCell or of the SCell that corresponds with this uplink (i.e. according to thecellIdentification within the field sCellToAddMod). For SCells part of an STAG E-UTRAN sets the value to sCell.
        ENUMERATED {pCell, sCell} 
} 
UplinkPowerControlDedicatedSCell-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
 --Release 8
    
p0-UE-PUCCHParameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1. Unit dB
                            INTEGER (-8..7), 
 --Release 10
    deltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10        DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
DeltaFList-PUCCH ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format1                ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2}, 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format1b                ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF3, deltaF5}, 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format2                ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2}, 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format2a                ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2}, 
    deltaF-PUCCH-Format2b                ENUMERATED {deltaF-2, deltaF0, deltaF2} 
} 
DeltaFList-SPUCCH-r15 ::= CHOICE { 
        release                    NULL,
        setup                    SEQUENCE { 
    deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF-1, deltaF0, deltaF1, deltaF2, 
                                        deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6}    OPTIONAL, --Need OR
    deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1a-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF1, deltaF2, deltaF3, deltaF4, 
                                        deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8}    OPTIONAL, --Need OR
    deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF3, deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6, 
                                        deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10}    OPTIONAL,--Need OR
    deltaF-slotSPUCCH-Format3-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF4, deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, 
                                        deltaF8, deltaF9, deltaF10, deltaF11}    OPTIONAL,--Need OR
    deltaF-slotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF13, deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16, 
                                        deltaF17, deltaF18, deltaF19, deltaF20}    OPTIONAL,
 --Need OR
    deltaF-slotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13, 
                                            deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17}    OPTIONAL,
 --Need OR
    deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1and1a-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF5, deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8, 
                                                deltaF9, deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12}    OPTIONAL,
 --Need OR
    deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-Format1b-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF6, deltaF7, deltaF8, deltaF9, 
                                            deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13}    OPTIONAL,
 --Need OR
    deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-RM-Format4-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17, deltaF18, 
                                            deltaF19, deltaF20, deltaF21, deltaF22}    OPTIONAL,
 --Need OR
    deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-TBCC-Format4-r15    ENUMERATED {deltaF10, deltaF11, deltaF12, deltaF13, 
                                                deltaF14, deltaF15, deltaF16, deltaF17}    OPTIONAL,
 --Need OR
    ... 
    } 
} 
DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1-r10        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1a1b-r10        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format22a2b-r10    ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format3-r10        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    ... 
} 
DeltaTxD-OffsetListPUCCH-v1130 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-1} 
} 
DeltaTxD-OffsetListSPUCCH-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1-r15        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1a-r15        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format1b-r15        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-Format3-r15        ENUMERATED {dB0, dB-2}, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




UplinkPowerControl field descriptions


accumulationEnabled, accumulationEnabledSTTI
Parameter: Accumulation-enabled, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 5.1.1.1 and 5.1.3.1. TRUE corresponds to "enabled" whereas FALSE corresponds to "disabled".
accumulationEnabledSRS-Add
Parameter: accumulationEnabled-additionalSRS, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 5.1.3.1. TRUE corresponds to "enabled" whereas FALSE corresponds to "disabled".
alpha
Parameter: α See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
alpha-SRS, alphaSRS-Add
Parameter: αSRS. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1. alpha-SRS applies for SRS power control on a PUSCH-less SCell, alphaSRS-Add applies for SRS power control on the additional SRS symbols.
alpha-SubframeSet2
Parameter: α. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
alpha-UE
Parameter: αUE See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1.
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the PUCCH formats 1, 1b, 2, 2a, 2b, 3, 4, 5 and 1b with channel selection. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2, where deltaF-2 corresponds to -2 dB, deltaF0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on.
deltaF-PUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-slotSPUCCH-FormatX, deltaF-subslotSPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the SPUCCH formats 1, 1a, 1b, 3 and 4. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2 where deltaF-2 corresponds to -2 dB, deltaF0 corresponds to 0 dB and so on. In case both an A and a B configuration exist, configuration A is used in case SPUCCH carries ≤ 22 HARQ-ACK bits, and B otherwise.
deltaMCS-Enabled
Parameter: Ks See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. en0 corresponds to value 0 corresponding to state "disabled". en1 corresponds to value 1.25 corresponding to "enabled".
deltaPreambleMsg3
Parameter: see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. Actual value = field value * 2 [dB].
deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the PUCCH formats 1, 1a/1b, 1b with channel selection, 2/2a/2b and 3 when two antenna ports are configured for PUCCH transmission. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1, where dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB-1 corresponds to -1 dB, dB-2 corresponds to -2 dB. EUTRAN configures the field deltaTxD-OffsetPUCCH-Format1bCS-r11 for the PCell and/or the PSCell only.
deltaTxD-OffsetSPUCCH-FormatX
Parameter:  for the SPUCCH formats 1, 1a/1b, 1b with channel selection and 3 when two antenna ports are configured for SPUCCH transmission. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1 where dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB-1 corresponds to -1 dB, dB-2 corresponds to -2 dB.
fieldTypeFormat3B-SRS-Add
Indicates the field width of power control field in DCI format 3B for additional SRS. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A.
filterCoefficient
Specifies the filtering coefficient for RSRP measurements used to calculate path loss, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1. The same filtering mechanism applies as for quantityConfig described in 5.5.3.2.
p0-Nominal-AperiodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
p0-Nominal-PeriodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23], clause5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
p0-NominalPUCCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1, unit dBm.
p0-NominalPUSCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-NominalPUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter: . See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dBm. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
p0-NominalSRS-Add
Parameter:  where m=2. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dBm.
p0-UE-SRS-Add
Parameter:  where m=2. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
p0-UE-AperiodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=1. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
p0-UE-PeriodicSRS
Parameter:  where m=0. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1, unit dB.
p0-UE-PUCCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.2.1. Unit dB
p0-UE-PUSCH
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 1 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet. If p0-UE-PUSCH-r15 is included, the UE ignores p0-UE-PUSCH (i.e., without suffix).
p0-UE-PUSCH-SubframeSet2
Parameter:  See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.1.1, unit dB. This field is applicable for non-persistent scheduling, only. This field applies for uplink power control subframe set 2 if uplink power control subframe sets are configured by tpc-SubframeSet.
pathlossReferenceLinking
Indicates whether the UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of the PCell or of the SCell that corresponds with this uplink (i.e. according to thecellIdentification within the field sCellToAddMod). For SCells part of an STAG E-UTRAN sets the value to sCell.
pSRS-Offset, pSRS-OffsetAp
Parameter: PSRS_OFFSETfor periodic and aperiodic sounding reference signal transmission repectively. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.1.3.1. For Ks=1.25, the actual parameter value is pSRS-Offset value – 3. For Ks=0, the actual parameter value is -10.5 + 1.5*pSRS-Offset value.
If pSRS-Offset-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-Offset (i.e., without suffix). Likewise, if pSRS-OffsetAp-v1130 is included, the UE ignores pSRS-OffsetAp-r10. For Ks=0, E-UTRAN does not set values larger than 26.
startingBitOfFormat3B-SRS-Add
Indicates the starting position of a block to trigger and TPC commands for the additional SRS symbols. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.7A.
tpc-IndexSRS-Add
Indicates the index to the TPC command for the SRS in additional symbols. See TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.6 and 5.3.3.1.7.
tpc-SubframeSet
Indicates the uplink subframes (including UpPTS in special subframes) of the uplink power control subframe sets. Value 0 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 1, and value 1 means the subframe belongs to uplink power control subframe set 2.
uplinkPower-CSIPayload
TRUE indicates that the UE shall derive BPRE based on the actual value of O_CQI for slot/subslot-PUSCH, whereas FALSE indicates that the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values shall be used for the derivation of BPRE for slot/subslot-PUSCH.
– WLAN-Id-List
The IE WLAN-Id-List is used to list WLAN(s)for configuration of WLAN measurements and WLAN mobility set. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-Id-List-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-r13)) OF WLAN-Identifiers-r12 
 -- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-MobilityConfig
The IE WLAN-MobilityConfig is used for configuration of WLAN mobility set and WLAN Status Reporting. E-UTRAN configures at least one WLAN identifier in the WLAN-MobilityConfig. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-MobilityConfig-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
wlan-ToReleaseList-r13Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be removed from the WLAN mobility set.
                WLAN-Id-List-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
wlan-ToAddList-r13Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be added to the WLAN mobility set.
                    WLAN-Id-List-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
associationTimer-r13Indicates the maximum time for connection to WLAN before connection failure reporting is initiated. Value s10 means 10 seconds, value s30 means 30 seconds and so on. E-UTRAN includes associationTimer only upon change in WLAN mobility set,lwa-WT-Counteror lwip-Counter.
                ENUMERATED {s10, s30, 
                                        s60, s120, s240}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
successReportRequested-r13Indicates whether the UE shall report successful connection to WLAN. Applicable to LWA and LWIP.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    wlan-SuspendConfig-r14            WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




WLAN-MobilityConfig field descriptions


associationTimer
Indicates the maximum time for connection to WLAN before connection failure reporting is initiated. Value s10 means 10 seconds, value s30 means 30 seconds and so on. E-UTRAN includes associationTimer only upon change in WLAN mobility set,lwa-WT-Counteror lwip-Counter.
successReportRequested
Indicates whether the UE shall report successful connection to WLAN. Applicable to LWA and LWIP.
wlan-ToAddList
Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be added to the WLAN mobility set.
wlan-ToReleaseList
Indicates the WLAN identifiers to be removed from the WLAN mobility set.
– WUS-Config
The IE WUS-Config is used to specify the WUS configuration. For the UEs supporting WUS,E-UTRAN uses WUS to indicate that the UE shall attempt to receive paging in that cell, see TS 36.304 [4]. WUS-Config information element 

 -- ASN1START
WUS-Config-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
maxDurationFactor-r15Maximum WUS duration, expressed as a ratio of Rmax associated with Type 1-CSS, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value one32th corresponds to Rmax * 1/32, value one16th corresponds to Rmax * 1/16 and so on.
The value in TS 36.213 [23] considered by the UE is : maxDuration = Max (signalled value * Rmax, 1) where Rmax is the value of mpdcch-NumRepetitionPaging for the carrier.
                    ENUMERATED {one32th, one16th, one8th, one4th}, 
    
numPOs-r15Number of consecutive Paging Occasions (PO) mapped to one WUS, applicable to UEs configured to use extended DRX, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 PO, value n2 corresponds to 2 POs and so on. 
                        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, spare1}        DEFAULT n1, 
    
freqLocation-r15Frequency location of WUS within paging narrowband for BL UEs and UEs in CE. Value n0 corresponds to WUS in the 1st and 2nd PRB, value n2 represents the 3rd and 4th PRB, and value n4 represents the 5th and 6th PRB.
                    ENUMERATED {n0, n2, n4, spare1}, 
    
timeOffsetDRX-r15Minimum time gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the first associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
                ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240}, 
    
timeOffset-eDRX-Short-r15When eDRX is used, the short non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures timeOffset-eDRX-Short to a value longer than or equal to timeOffsetDRX.
        ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms240}, 
    
timeOffset-eDRX-Long-r15When eDRX is used, the long non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms1000 corresponds to 1000 ms and value ms2000 corresponds to 2000 ms.
If the field is absent, UE uses timeOffset-eDRX-Short for monitoring WUS.
        ENUMERATED {ms1000, ms2000}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
WUS-Config-v1560 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
powerBoost-r15Power offset of WUS relative to CRS in dB, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 5.2. Value db0 corresponds to 0dB, value db1dot8 corresponds to 1.8dB, and so on.
                    ENUMERATED {dB0, dB1dot8, dB3, dB4dot8} 
} 
WUS-Config-v1610 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed-r16Maximum number of consecutive DRX cycles during which the UE can use WUS for synchronisation and skip serving cell measurements, see TS 36.133 [16]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 DRX cycle, value n2 corresponds to 2 DRX cycles and so on.
        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




WUS-Config field descriptions


freqLocation
Frequency location of WUS within paging narrowband for BL UEs and UEs in CE. Value n0 corresponds to WUS in the 1st and 2nd PRB, value n2 represents the 3rd and 4th PRB, and value n4 represents the 5th and 6th PRB.
maxDurationFactor
Maximum WUS duration, expressed as a ratio of Rmax associated with Type 1-CSS, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value one32th corresponds to Rmax * 1/32, value one16th corresponds to Rmax * 1/16 and so on.
The value in TS 36.213 [23] considered by the UE is : maxDuration = Max (signalled value * Rmax, 1) where Rmax is the value of mpdcch-NumRepetitionPaging for the carrier.
numDRX-CyclesRelaxed
Maximum number of consecutive DRX cycles during which the UE can use WUS for synchronisation and skip serving cell measurements, see TS 36.133 [16]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 DRX cycle, value n2 corresponds to 2 DRX cycles and so on.
numPOs
Number of consecutive Paging Occasions (PO) mapped to one WUS, applicable to UEs configured to use extended DRX, see TS 36.304 [4]. Value n1 corresponds to 1 PO, value n2 corresponds to 2 POs and so on. 
powerBoost
Power offset of WUS relative to CRS in dB, see TS 36.213 [23] clause 5.2. Value db0 corresponds to 0dB, value db1dot8 corresponds to 1.8dB, and so on.
timeOffsetDRX
Minimum time gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the first associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
timeOffset-eDRX-Short
When eDRX is used, the short non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, value ms80 corresponds to 80 ms and so on.
E-UTRAN configures timeOffset-eDRX-Short to a value longer than or equal to timeOffsetDRX.
timeOffset-eDRX-Long
When eDRX is used, the long non-zero gap in milliseconds from the end of the configured maximum WUS duration to the associated PO, see TS 36.211 [21]. Value ms1000 corresponds to 1000 ms and value ms2000 corresponds to 2000 ms.
If the field is absent, UE uses timeOffset-eDRX-Short for monitoring WUS.
6.3.3 Security control information elements
– NextHopChainingCount
The IE NextHopChainingCount is used to update the KeNB key and corresponds to parameter NCC: See TS 33.401 [32], clause 7.2.8.4. 

 -- ASN1START
NextHopChainingCount ::=                    INTEGER (0..7) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SecurityAlgorithmConfig
The IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is used to configure AS integrity protection algorithm and AS ciphering algorithm for SRBs and DRBs. For RNs, the IE SecurityAlgorithmConfig is also used to configure AS integrity protection algorithm for DRBs between the RN and the E-UTRAN. 

 -- ASN1START
SecurityAlgorithmConfig ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
cipheringAlgorithmIndicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SRBs and DRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32], clause 5.1.3.2.
                    CipheringAlgorithm-r12, 
    
integrityProtAlgorithmIndicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for SRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32], clause 5.1.4.2. For RNs, this field also indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for integrity protection-enabled DRB(s). For UEs capable of user plane integrity protection, this field also indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used to derive the KUPint key.
                ENUMERATED { 
                                            eia0-v920, eia1, eia2, eia3-v1130, spare4, spare3, 
                                            spare2, spare1, ...} 
} 
CipheringAlgorithm-r12 ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                            eea0, eea1, eea2, eea3-v1130, spare4, spare3, 
                                            spare2, spare1, ...} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SecurityAlgorithmConfig field descriptions


cipheringAlgorithm
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SRBs and DRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32], clause 5.1.3.2.
integrityProtAlgorithm
Indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for SRBs, as specified in TS 33.401 [32], clause 5.1.4.2. For RNs, this field also indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used for integrity protection-enabled DRB(s). For UEs capable of user plane integrity protection, this field also indicates the integrity protection algorithm to be used to derive the KUPint key.
– ShortMAC-I
The IE ShortMAC-I is used to identify and verify the UE at RRC connection re-establishment. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the security configuration of the source PCell, as specified in 5.3.7.4. 

 -- ASN1START
ShortMAC-I ::=                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.4 Mobility control information elements
– AdditionalSpectrumEmission
If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0), the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission i.e. without suffix) shall be set to value 32, if signalled. UE supporting an LTE band assigned NS values larger than 32 as defined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4 and TS 36.102 [113] clause 6.2A.3 for NTN capable UE,needs to support extension signaling (as defined by IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0). 

 -- ASN1START
AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::=        INTEGER (1..32) 
AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 ::=    INTEGER (33..288) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR
The IE AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR is used to indicate NR emission requirements to be fulfilled by the UE (see TS 38.101-1 [85], clause 6.2.3, and TS 38.101-2 [100], clause 6.2.3 and TS 38.101-3 [101], clause 6.5B.2). If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by the IE AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-v1760), the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by the IE AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR (with suffix -r15) shall be set to value 7. 

 -- ASN1START
AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15 ::=        INTEGER (0..7) 
AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-v1760 ::=    INTEGER (8..39) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000
The IE ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 used to indicate the CDMA2000 carrier frequency within a CDMA2000 band, see C.S0002 [12]. 

 -- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 ::=            INTEGER (0..2047) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) E-UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.108 [114]. If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0), the UE shall only consider this extension (and hence ignore the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA i.e. without suffix, if signalled). In dedicated signalling, E-UTRAN only provides an EARFCN corresponding to an E-UTRA band supported by the UE. 

 -- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::=                INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN) 
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 ::=            INTEGER (maxEARFCN-Plus1..maxEARFCN2) 
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 ::=                INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN2) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueGERAN
The IE ARFCN-ValueGERAN is used to specify the ARFCN value applicable for a GERAN BCCH carrier frequency, see TS 45.005 [20]. 

 -- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueGERAN ::=            INTEGER (0..1023) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueNR
The IE ARFCN-ValueNR is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) NR carrier frequency, as defined in TS 38.101 [85]. 

 -- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 ::=                INTEGER (0.. 3279165) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ARFCN-ValueUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink (Nd, FDD) or bi-directional (Nt, TDD) UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 25.331 [19]. 

 -- ASN1START
ARFCN-ValueUTRA ::=                    INTEGER (0..16383) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BandclassCDMA2000
The IE BandclassCDMA2000 is used to define the CDMA2000 band in which the CDMA2000 carrier frequency can be found, as defined in C.S0057 [24], table 1.5-1. 

 -- ASN1START
BandclassCDMA2000 ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            bc0, bc1, bc2, bc3, bc4, bc5, bc6, bc7, bc8, 
                                            bc9, bc10, bc11, bc12, bc13, bc14, bc15, bc16, 
                                            bc17, bc18-v9a0, bc19-v9a0, bc20-v9a0, bc21-v9a0, 
                                            spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, 
                                            spare3, spare2, spare1, ...} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BandIndicatorGERAN
The IE BandIndicatorGERAN indicates how to interpret an associated GERAN carrier ARFCN,see TS 45.005 [20]. More specifically, the IE indicates the GERAN frequency band in case the ARFCN value can concern either a DCS 1800 or a PCS 1900 carrier frequency. For ARFCN values not associated with one of these bands, the indicator has no meaning. 

 -- ASN1START
BandIndicatorGERAN ::=            ENUMERATED {dcs1800, pcs1900} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CarrierFreqCDMA2000
The IE CarrierFreqCDMA2000 used to provide the CDMA2000 carrier information. 

 -- ASN1START
CarrierFreqCDMA2000 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    bandClass                            BandclassCDMA2000, 
    arfcn                            ARFCN-ValueCDMA2000 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CarrierFreqGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqGERAN is used to provide an unambiguous carrier frequency description of a GERAN cell. 

 -- ASN1START
CarrierFreqGERAN ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
arfcnGERAN ARFCN of BCCH carrier.
                            ARFCN-ValueGERAN, 
    
bandIndicatorIndicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
                    BandIndicatorGERAN 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CarrierFreqGERAN field descriptions


arfcn
GERAN ARFCN of BCCH carrier.
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
– CarrierFreqsGERAN
The IE CarrierFreqListGERAN is used to provide one or more GERAN ARFCN values, as defined in TS 45.005 [43], which represents a list of GERAN BCCH carrier frequencies. 

 -- ASN1START
CarrierFreqsGERAN ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
startingARFCNThe first ARFCN value, s, in the set.
                        ARFCN-ValueGERAN, 
    
bandIndicatorIndicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
                        BandIndicatorGERAN, 
    
followingARFCNsField containing a representation of the remaining ARFCN values in the set.
                        CHOICE { 
        
explicitListOfARFCNsThe remaining ARFCN values in the set are explicitly listed one by one.
                ExplicitListOfARFCNs, 
        equallySpacedARFCNs                    SEQUENCE { 
            
arfcn-SpacingSpace, d, between a set of equally spaced ARFCN values.
                        INTEGER (1..8), 
            
numberOfFollowingARFCNsThe number, n, of the remaining equally spaced ARFCN values in the set. The complete set of (n+1) ARFCN values is defined as: {s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod 1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}.
                INTEGER (0..31) 
        }, 
        
variableBitMapOfARFCNsBitmap field representing the remaining ARFCN values in the set. The leading bit of the first octet in the bitmap corresponds to the ARFCN = ((s + 1) mod 1024), the next bit to the ARFCN = ((s + 2) mod 1024), and so on. If the bitmap consists of N octets, the trailing bit of octet N corresponds to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024). The complete set of ARFCN values consists of ARFCN = s and the ARFCN values, where the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to "1".
                OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..16)) 
    } 
} 
ExplicitListOfARFCNs ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..31)) OF ARFCN-ValueGERAN 
 -- ASN1STOP




CarrierFreqsGERAN field descriptions


arfcn-Spacing
Space, d, between a set of equally spaced ARFCN values.
bandIndicator
Indicates how to interpret the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier.
explicitListOfARFCNs
The remaining ARFCN values in the set are explicitly listed one by one.
followingARFCNs
Field containing a representation of the remaining ARFCN values in the set.
numberOfFollowingARFCNs
The number, n, of the remaining equally spaced ARFCN values in the set. The complete set of (n+1) ARFCN values is defined as: {s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod 1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}.
startingARFCN
The first ARFCN value, s, in the set.
variableBitMapOfARFCNs
Bitmap field representing the remaining ARFCN values in the set. The leading bit of the first octet in the bitmap corresponds to the ARFCN = ((s + 1) mod 1024), the next bit to the ARFCN = ((s + 2) mod 1024), and so on. If the bitmap consists of N octets, the trailing bit of octet N corresponds to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024). The complete set of ARFCN values consists of ARFCN = s and the ARFCN values, where the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to "1".
– CarrierFreqListMBMS
The IE CarrierFreqListMBMS is used to indicate the E-UTRA ARFCN values of the one or more MBMS frequencies the UE is interested to receive. 

 -- ASN1START
CarrierFreqListMBMS-r11 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqMBMS-r11)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CDMA2000-Type
The IE CDMA2000-Type is used to describe the type of CDMA2000 network. 

 -- ASN1START
CDMA2000-Type ::=                    ENUMERATED {type1XRTT, typeHRPD} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CellGlobalIdNR
The IE CellGlobalIdNR specifies the Cell Global Identifier (CGI), the globally unique identity and the tracking area code (TAC) of a cell in NR. 

 -- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdNR-r16 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-r16                            PLMN-Identity, 
    cellIdentity-r16                            CellIdentityNR-r15, 
    trackingAreaCode-r16                        TrackingAreaCodeNR-r15            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CellIdentity
The IE CellIdentity is used to unambiguously identify a cell within a PLMN. 

 -- ASN1START
CellIdentity ::=                    BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) 
 -- ASN1STOP




CellGlobalIdNR field descriptions


cellIdentity
Identity of the cell within the context of the PLMN.
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1.
trackingAreaCode
Indicates Tracking Area Code to which the cell indicated by cellIdentity field belongs.
– CellIndexList
The IE CellIndexList concerns a list of cell indices, which may be used for different purposes. 

 -- ASN1START
CellIndexList ::=                        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellIndex 
CellIndex ::=                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CellReselectionPriority
The IE CellReselectionPriority concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency/ set of frequencies (GERAN)/ bandclass (CDMA2000), as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds with parameter "priority" in TS 36.304 [4]. Value 0 means: lowest priority. The UE behaviour for the case the field is absent, if applicable, is specified in TS 36.304 [4]. 

 -- ASN1START
CellReselectionPriority ::=                INTEGER (0..7) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CellSelectionInfoCE
The IE CellSelectionInfoCE contains cell selection information for CE. The q-RxLevMinCE corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin_CE in TS 36.304 [4]. The q-QualMinRSRQ-CE corresponds to parameter Qqualmin_CE in TS 36.304 [4]. If q-QualMinRSRQ-CE is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. 

 -- ASN1START
CellSelectionInfoCE-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    q-RxLevMinCE-r13                Q-RxLevMin, 
    q-QualMinRSRQ-CE-r13            Q-QualMin-r9                        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CellSelectionInfoCE-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
powerClass14dBm-Offset-r15Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClass-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. E-UTRAN configures this field only if cellSelectionInfoCE-r13 is configured. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].
            ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CellSelectionInfoCE field descriptions


powerClass14dBm-Offset
Parameter "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4], only applicable for UE supporting powerClass-14dBm. Value in dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. E-UTRAN configures this field only if cellSelectionInfoCE-r13 is configured. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "Poffset" in TS 36.304 [4].
– CellSelectionInfoCE1
The IE CellSelectionInfoCE1 contains cell selection information for BL UEs or UEs in CE supporting CE Mode B. The q-RxLevMinCE1 corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin_CE1 in TS 36.304 [4]. If delta-RxLevMinCE1 is not included, actual value Qrxlevmin_CE1 = q-RxLevMinCE1 * 2 [dBm]. If delta-RxLevMinCE1 is included, the actual value Qrxlevmin_CE1 = (q-RxLevMinCE1 + delta-RxLevMinCE1) * 2 [dBm]. The q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1 corresponds to parameter Qqualmin_CE1 in TS 36.304 [4]. If q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1 is not present, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin. 

 -- ASN1START
CellSelectionInfoCE1-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    q-RxLevMinCE1-r13                Q-RxLevMin, 
    q-QualMinRSRQ-CE1-r13            Q-QualMin-r9                        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CellSelectionInfoCE1-v1360 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    delta-RxLevMinCE1-v1360                    INTEGER (-8..-1) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CellReselectionSubPriority
The IE CellReselectionSubPriority indicates a fractional value to be added to the value of cellReselectionPriority to obtain the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency for E-UTRA and NR. Value oDot2 corresponds to 0.2, oDot4 corresponds to 0.4 and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
CellReselectionSubPriority-r13 ::=            ENUMERATED {oDot2, oDot4, oDot6, oDot8} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT
The IE CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT is used to indicate whether or not the UE shall perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration. 

 -- ASN1START
CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
sidUsed along with the nid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
                                    BIT STRING (SIZE (15)), 
    
nidUsed along with the sid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
                                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
multipleSIDThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple SID storage indicator.
                            BOOLEAN,
    
multipleNIDThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple NID storage indicator.
                            BOOLEAN,
    
homeRegThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Home registration indicator.
                                BOOLEAN,
    
foreignSIDRegThe CDMA2000 1xRTT SID roamer registration indicator.
                        BOOLEAN,
    
foreignNIDRegThe CDMA2000 1xRTT NID roamer registration indicator.
                        BOOLEAN,
    
parameterRegThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameter-change registration indicator.
                        BOOLEAN,
    
powerUpRegThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-up registration indicator.
                            BOOLEAN,
    
registrationPeriodThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration period.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (7)), 
    
registrationZoneThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration zone.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (12)), 
    
totalZoneThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Number of registration zones to be retained.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (3)), 
    
zoneTimerThe CDMA2000 1xRTT Zone timer length.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (3)) 
} 
CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT-v920 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
powerDownReg-r9The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-down registration indicator. If set to TRUE, the UE that has a valid / current CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration will perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT power down registration when it is switched off.
                        ENUMERATED {true} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CSFB-RegistrationParam1XRTT field descriptions


foreignNIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT NID roamer registration indicator.
foreignSIDReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT SID roamer registration indicator.
homeReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Home registration indicator.
multipleNID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple NID storage indicator.
multipleSID
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Multiple SID storage indicator.
nid
Used along with the sid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
parameterReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Parameter-change registration indicator.
powerDownReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-down registration indicator. If set to TRUE, the UE that has a valid / current CDMA2000 1xRTT pre-registration will perform a CDMA2000 1xRTT power down registration when it is switched off.
powerUpReg
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Power-up registration indicator.
registrationPeriod
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration period.
registrationZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Registration zone.
sid
Used along with the nid as a pair to control when the UE should Register or Re-Register with the CDMA2000 1xRTT network.
totalZone
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Number of registration zones to be retained.
zoneTimer
The CDMA2000 1xRTT Zone timer length.
– CellGlobalIdEUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdEUTRA specifies the Evolved Cell Global Identifier (ECGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in E-UTRA. 

 -- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdEUTRA ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityIdentifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
                            PLMN-Identity, 
    
cellIdentityIdentity of the cell within the context of the PLMN.
                            CellIdentity 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CellGlobalIdEUTRA field descriptions


cellIdentity
Identity of the cell within the context of the PLMN.
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
– CellGlobalIdUTRA
The IE CellGlobalIdUTRA specifies the global UTRAN Cell Identifier, the globally unique identity of a cell in UTRA. 

 -- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdUTRA ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityIdentifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the common PLMN broadcast in the MIB, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
                            PLMN-Identity, 
    
cellIdentityUTRA Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the identified PLMN as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CellGlobalIdUTRA field descriptions


cellIdentity
UTRA Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the identified PLMN as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell as given by the common PLMN broadcast in the MIB, as defined in TS 25.331 [19].
– CellGlobalIdGERAN
The IE CellGlobalIdGERAN specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in GERAN. 

 -- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdGERAN ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityIdentifies the PLMN of the cell, as defined in TS 23.003 [27]..
                            PLMN-Identity, 
    
locationAreaCodeA fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    
cellIdentityCell Identifier which is unique within the context of the GERAN location area as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CellGlobalIdGERAN field descriptions


cellIdentity
Cell Identifier which is unique within the context of the GERAN location area as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell, as defined in TS 23.003 [27]..
– CellGlobalIdCDMA2000
The IE CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 specifies the Cell Global Identification (CGI), the globally unique identity of a cell in CDMA2000. 

 -- ASN1START
CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 ::=                CHOICE { 
    
cellGlobalId1XRTTUnique identifier for a CDMA2000 1xRTT cell, corresponds to BASEID, SID and NID parameters (in that order) defined in C.S0005 [25].
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (47)), 
    
cellGlobalIdHRPDUnique identifier for a CDMA2000 HRPD cell, corresponds to SECTOR ID parameter defined in C.S0024 [26], clause 14.9.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (128)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CellGlobalIdCDMA2000 field descriptions


cellGlobalId1XRTT
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 1xRTT cell, corresponds to BASEID, SID and NID parameters (in that order) defined in C.S0005 [25].
cellGlobalIdHRPD
Unique identifier for a CDMA2000 HRPD cell, corresponds to SECTOR ID parameter defined in C.S0024 [26], clause 14.9.
– CellSelectionInfoNFreq
The IE CellSelectionInfoNFreq includes the parameters used for cell selection on a neighbouring frequency, see TS 36.304 [4]. 

 -- ASN1START
CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- Cell selection information as in SIB1
    q-RxLevMin-r13                    Q-RxLevMin, 
    q-RxLevMinOffset                    INTEGER (1..8)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
     -- Cell re-selection information as in SIB3
    q-Hyst-r13                            ENUMERATED { 
                                            dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10, 
                                            dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24}, 
    q-RxLevMinReselection-r13            Q-RxLevMin, 
    t-ReselectionEUTRA-r13                T-Reselection 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ConditionalReconfiguration
The IE ConditionalReconfiguration is used to add, modify or release the configuration of a conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or inter-SN conditional PSCell change per target candidate cell. 

 -- ASN1START
ConditionalReconfiguration-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
condReconfigurationToAddModList-r16List of conditional reconfigurations (i.e. conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or inter-SN conditional PSCell change) to add and/or modify.
    CondReconfigurationToAddModList-r16        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
condReconfigurationToRemoveList-r16List of conditional reconfigurations (i.e. conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or inter-SN conditional PSCell change) to remove.
    CondReconfigurationToRemoveList-r16        OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
attemptCondReconf-r16If present, the UE shall perform conditional reconfiguration if selected cell is a target candidate cell and it is the first cell selection after failure as described in 5.3.7.3.
                ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL, -- Cond CHO
    ... 
} 
CondReconfigurationToRemoveList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCondConfig-r16)) OF CondReconfigurationId-r16 
 -- ASN1STOP




ConditionalReconfigurationfield descriptions


attemptCondReconf
If present, the UE shall perform conditional reconfiguration if selected cell is a target candidate cell and it is the first cell selection after failure as described in 5.3.7.3.
condReconfigurationToAddModList
List of conditional reconfigurations (i.e. conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or inter-SN conditional PSCell change) to add and/or modify.
condReconfigurationToRemoveList
List of conditional reconfigurations (i.e. conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or inter-SN conditional PSCell change) to remove.






Conditional presenceExplanation


CHO
The field is optional present, Need OR, if the UE is configured with at least a candidate cell for CHO. Otherwise the field is not present.
– ConditionalReconfigurationId
The IE ConditionalReconfigurationId is used to identify a conditional reconfiguration (e.g. CHO,CPA or inter-SN CPC). 

 -- ASN1START
CondReconfigurationId-r16 ::= INTEGER (1.. maxCondConfig-r16) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CondReconfigurationToAddModList
The IE CondReconfigurationToAddModList concerns a list of conditional reconfigurations (i.e. conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or inter-SN conditional PSCell change) to add or modify, for each entry the measId (associated to the triggering condition configuration) and the associated RRCConnectionReconfiguration. 

 -- ASN1START
CondReconfigurationToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCondConfig-r16)) OF CondReconfigurationAddMod-r16 
CondReconfigurationAddMod-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    condReconfigurationId-r16            CondReconfigurationId-r16, 
    
triggerCondition-r16The condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration for CHO, CPA or MN initiated inter-SN CPC.When configuring two triggering events (MeasIds) for a candidate cell, the network ensures that both refer to the same measObject. For each condReconfigurationId, the network always configures either triggerCondition or triggerConditionSN (not both).
                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF MeasId 
                                                    OPTIONAL,  -- Need ON
    
condReconfigurationToApply-r16The RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to be applied when the condition(s) are fulfilled.
    OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCConnectionReconfiguration) 
                                                    OPTIONAL,-- Cond CondReconfigurationAdd
    ..., 
    [[ 
    
triggerConditionSN-r17Includes the NR CondReconfigExecCondSCG as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. For each condReconfigurationId, the network always configures either triggerCondition or triggerConditionSN (not both). The field is applied to the case of SN initiated inter-SN CPC.
            OCTET STRING    OPTIONAL  -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




CondReconfigurationToAddMod field descriptions


condReconfigurationToApply
The RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to be applied when the condition(s) are fulfilled.
triggerCondition
The condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration for CHO, CPA or MN initiated inter-SN CPC.When configuring two triggering events (MeasIds) for a candidate cell, the network ensures that both refer to the same measObject. For each condReconfigurationId, the network always configures either triggerCondition or triggerConditionSN (not both).
triggerConditionSN
Includes the NR CondReconfigExecCondSCG as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. For each condReconfigurationId, the network always configures either triggerCondition or triggerConditionSN (not both). The field is applied to the case of SN initiated inter-SN CPC.






Conditional presenceExplanation


CondReconfigurationAdd
The field is mandatory present if a condReconfigurationId is being added. Otherwise it is optional, need ON.
– CSG-Identity
The IE CSG-Identity is used to identify a Closed Subscriber Group. 

 -- ASN1START
CSG-Identity ::=                    BIT STRING (SIZE (27)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– EphemerisOrbitalParameters
The IE EphemerisOrbitalParameters provides satellite ephemeris in format of orbital parameters in ECI. 

 -- ASN1START
EphemerisOrbitalParameters-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    semiMajorAxis-r17                    INTEGER (0..8589934591), 
    eccentricity-r17                    INTEGER (0..1048575), 
    periapsis-r17                        INTEGER (0..268435455), 
    longitude-r17                        INTEGER (0..268435455), 
    inclination-r17                        INTEGER (-67108864..67108863), 
    anomaly-r17                            INTEGER (0..268435455) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– EphemerisStateVectors
The IE EphemerisStateVectors provides satellite ephemeris in format of position and velocity state vectors in ECEF. 

 -- ASN1START
EphemerisStateVectors-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    positionX-r17                    PositionStateVector-r17, 
    positionY-r17                    PositionStateVector-r17, 
    positionZ-r17                    PositionStateVector-r17, 
    velocityVX-r17                    VelocityStateVector-r17, 
    velocityVY-r17                    VelocityStateVector-r17, 
    velocityVZ-r17                    VelocityStateVector-r17 
} 
PositionStateVector-r17 ::= INTEGER (-33554432..33554431) 
VelocityStateVector-r17 ::= INTEGER (-131072..131071) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– FreqBandIndicator
The IE FreqBandIndicator indicates the E-UTRA operating band as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 5.5-1 and TS 36.102 [113], table 5.2-1 for NTN capable UE. If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator-v9e0), the UE shall only consider this extension (and hence ignore the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by IE FreqBandIndicator i.e. without suffix, if signalled). 

 -- ASN1START
FreqBandIndicator ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxFBI) 
FreqBandIndicator-v9e0 ::=                INTEGER (maxFBI-Plus1..maxFBI2) 
FreqBandIndicator-r11 ::=                INTEGER (1..maxFBI2) 
 -- ASN1STOP




EphemerisOrbitalParametersfield descriptions


anomaly
Mean anomaly M at epoch time, see NIMA TR 8350.2 [110]. Unit in radian.
Step of 2.341* 10-8 rad. Actual value = field value * (2.341* 10-8).
eccentricity
Eccentricity e, see NIMA TR 8350.2 [110].
Step 1.431 * 10-8. Actual value = field value * (1.431 * 10-8).
inclination
Inclination i, see NIMA TR 8350.2 [110]. Unit in radian.
Step of 2.341* 10-8 rad. Actual value = field value * (2.341* 10-8).
longitude
Longitude of ascending node , see NIMA TR 8350.2 [110]. Unit in radian.
Step of 2.341* 10-8 rad. Actual value = field value * (2.341* 10-8).
periapsis
Argument of periapsis , see NIMA TR 8350.2 [110]. Unit in radian.
Step of 2.341* 10-8 rad. Actual value = field value * (2.341* 10-8).
semiMajorAxis
Semi major axis , see NIMA TR 8350.2 [110]. Unit in meter.
Stepof 4.249 * 10-3 m. Actual value = 6500000 + field value * (4.249 * 10-3).






EphemerisStateVectors field descriptions


positionX, positionY, positionZ
X, Y, Z coordinate of satellite position state vector in ECEF. Unit in meter.
Step of 1.3 m. Actual value = field value * 1.3.
velocityVX, velocityVY, velocityVZ
X, Y, Z coordinate of satellite velocity state vector in ECEF. Unit in meter/second.
Step of 0.06 m/s. Actual value = field value * 0.06.
– FreqBandIndicatorNR
The IE FreqBandIndicatorNR indicates the NR operating band as defined in TS 38.101 [85]. 

 -- ASN1START
FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15 ::=            INTEGER (1.. maxFBI-NR-r15) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MobilityControlInfo
The IE MobilityControlInfo includes parameters relevant for network controlled mobility to/within EUTRA. 

 -- ASN1START
MobilityControlInfo ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    targetPhysCellId                    PhysCellId, 
    
carrierFreqProvides the EARFCN to be used by the UE in the target cell.
                            CarrierFreqEUTRA                    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO-toEUTRA2
    
carrierBandwidthProvides the parameters Downlink bandwidth, and Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
                    CarrierBandwidthEUTRA                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
    
additionalSpectrumEmissionFor a UE with no SCells configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. For a UE with SCell(s) configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall, in case all SCells configured for UL in that band are released after handover completion, apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE.
            AdditionalSpectrumEmission            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO-toEUTRA
    
t304Timer T304 as described in clause 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, 
                                            ms2000, ms10000-v1310}, 
    newUE-Identity                        C-RNTI, 
    radioResourceConfigCommon            RadioResourceConfigCommon, 
    
rach-ConfigDedicatedThe dedicated random access parameters. If absent the UE applies contention based random access as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
                RACH-ConfigDedicated                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ..., 
    [[    carrierFreq-v9e0                CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
drb-ContinueROHC-r11This field indicates whether to continue or reset, for this handover, the header compression protocol context for the RLC UM bearers configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. E-UTRAN includes the field only in case of a handover within the same eNB.This field does not apply to any configured DAPS bearers.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond HO
    ]], 
    [[    
mobilityControlInfoV2X-r14Indicates the sidelink configurations of the target cell for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
    MobilityControlInfoV2X-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
handoverWithoutWT-Change-r14Indicates whether UE performs handover where LWA configuration is retained with the same WT If sendEndMarker is configured, the LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication is used as defined in [8]. If value keepLWA-Config is configured, LWA end marker is not used and UE shall only retain the LWA configuration.
    ENUMERATED {keepLWA-Config, sendEndMarker}    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond HO
        
makeBeforeBreak-r14Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission to the target intra-frequency PCell while rach-Skip is configured.
                ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
rach-Skip-r14This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PCell is skipped.
                    RACH-Skip-r14                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
sameSFN-Indication-r14This field indicates that the target cell has the same SFN as the source cell and that the BL UE or UE in CE is not required to acquire MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell during handover to obtain the SFN of the target cell, as specified in clause5.3.5.4.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL     -- Cond HO-SFNsynced
    ]], 
    [[ 
        
mib-RepetitionStatus-r14Indicates whether additional MIB repetition is enabled in the target cell or not. Value TRUE indicates additional MIB repetition is enabled in the target cell. Value FALSE indicates additional MIB repetition is not enabled in the target cell. The absence of this field indicates additional MIB repetition may or may not be enabled in the target cell. See 5.2.1.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1. This field is applicable to BL UE or UE in CE.
        BOOLEAN                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR-r14Indicates the index to the tables that define SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information. The tables are specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.6-1 and Table 7.1.7.2.7-1. Value 0 means SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not scheduled. If absent when sameSFN-Indication is present, UE assumes that SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information in target cell may be different from source cell.
        INTEGER (0..31)                        OPTIONAL     -- Cond HO-SFNsynced
    ]], 
    [[    daps-Config-r16                    DAPS-Config-r16                        OPTIONAL     -- Cond NotFullConfigHO
    ]] 
} 
MobilityControlInfo-v10l0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0    AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
MobilityControlInfoSCG-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
t307-r12Timer T307 as described in clause 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on.
                            ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, 
                                            ms2000, spare1}, 
    ue-IdentitySCG-r12                    C-RNTI                            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SCGEst
    
rach-ConfigDedicated-r12The dedicated random access parameters. If absent the UE applies contention based random access as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
            RACH-ConfigDedicated            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    
cipheringAlgorithmSCG-r12Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SCGDRBs. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
        CipheringAlgorithm-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    
makeBeforeBreakSCG-r14Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PSCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission to the target intra-frequency PSCell while rach-SkipSCG is configured.
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
rach-SkipSCG-r14This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PSCell is skipped.
                RACH-Skip-r14                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
MobilityControlInfoV2X-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional-r14Indicates the transmission resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit V2X sidelink communication during handover.
        SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
v2x-CommRxPool-r14Indicates reception pools for receiving V2X sidelink communication during handover. 
                    SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
v2x-CommSyncConfig-r14Indicates synchronization configurations for performing V2X sidelink communication during handover.
                SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    
cbr-MobilityTxConfigList-r14Indicates the list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmission parameter configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
        SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14    OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
CarrierBandwidthEUTRA ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-BandwidthParameter: Downlink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10, 
                                                spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, 
                                                spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
ul-BandwidthParameter: Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. For TDD, the parameter is absent and it is equal to downlink bandwidth. If absent for FDD, apply the same value as applies for the downlink bandwidth.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare10, 
                                                spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, 
                                                spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}    OPTIONAL  -- Need OP
} 
CarrierFreqEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    dl-CarrierFreq                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    ul-CarrierFreq                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA                OPTIONAL     -- Cond FDD
} 
CarrierFreqEUTRA-v9e0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    dl-CarrierFreq-v9e0                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    ul-CarrierFreq-v9e0                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9            OPTIONAL     -- Cond FDD
} 
DAPS-Config-r16 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    daps-PowerCoordinationInfo-r16        DAPS-PowerCoordinationInfo-r16    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
DAPS-PowerCoordinationInfo-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
p-DAPS-Source-r16Indicates the guaranteed power for the source PCell during a DAPS handover, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
                    INTEGER (1..16), 
    
p-DAPS-Target-r16Indicates the guaranteed power for the target PCell during a DAPS handover as specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.1.4.2-1. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
                    INTEGER (1..16), 
    
powerControlMode-r16Indicates the power control mode used in during a DAPS handover. Value 1 corresponds to DC power control mode 1 and value 2 indicates DC power control mode 2, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
                INTEGER (1..2) 
} 
RACH-Skip-r14 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
targetTA-r14This field refers to the timing adjustment indication, see TS 36.213 [23], indicating the NTA value which the UE shall use for the target PTAG of handover or the target PSTAG of SCG change. ta0 corresponds to NTA=0. mcg-PTAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of the PTAG associated with MCG. scg-PTAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of the PTAG associated with SCG. mcg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a MCG STAG indicated by the STAG-Id. scg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a SCG STAG indicated by the STAG-Id.
                    CHOICE { 
        ta0-r14                            NULL,
        mcg-PTAG-r14                        NULL,
        scg-PTAG-r14                        NULL,
        mcg-STAG-r14                    STAG-Id-r11, 
        scg-STAG-r14                    STAG-Id-r11 
    }, 
    ul-ConfigInfo-r14                SEQUENCE { 
        
numberOfConfUL-Processes-r14The number of configured HARQ processes for preallocated uplink grant, see TS 36.321 [6], clause5.20. This field is applicable if a UE is configured with asynchronous HARQ, otherwise it shall be ignored.
            INTEGER (1..8), 
        
ul-SchedInterval-r14Indicates the scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
            ENUMERATED {sf2, sf5, sf10}, 
        
ul-StartSubframe-r14Indicates the subframe in which the UE may initiate the uplink transmission, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. Value 0 corresponds to subframe number 0, 1 correponds to subframe number 1 and so on. The subframe indicating a valid uplink grant according to the calculation of UL grant configured by ul-StartSubframe and ul-SchedInterval, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20, is the same across all radio frames.
            INTEGER (0..9), 
        
ul-Grant-r14Indicates the resources of the target PCell/PSCell to be used for the uplink transmission of PUSCH [23], clause 8.8.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MobilityControlInfo field descriptions


additionalSpectrumEmission
For a UE with no SCells configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. For a UE with SCell(s) configured for UL in the same band as the PCell, the UE shall, in case all SCells configured for UL in that band are released after handover completion, apply the value for the PCell instead of the corresponding value from SystemInformationBlockType2 or SystemInformationBlockType1. The UE requirements related to IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission are defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE.
carrierBandwidth
Provides the parameters Downlink bandwidth, and Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
carrierFreq
Provides the EARFCN to be used by the UE in the target cell.
cbr-MobilityTxConfigList
Indicates the list of CBR ranges and the list of PSSCH transmission parameter configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
cipheringAlgorithmSCG
Indicates the ciphering algorithm to be used for SCGDRBs. E-UTRAN includes the field upon SCG change when one or more SCG DRBs are configured. Otherwise E-UTRAN does not include the field.
dl-Bandwidth
Parameter: Downlink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42].
drb-ContinueROHC
This field indicates whether to continue or reset, for this handover, the header compression protocol context for the RLC UM bearers configured with the header compression protocol. Presence of the field indicates that the header compression protocol context continues while absence indicates that the header compression protocol context is reset. E-UTRAN includes the field only in case of a handover within the same eNB.This field does not apply to any configured DAPS bearers.
handoverWithoutWT-Change
Indicates whether UE performs handover where LWA configuration is retained with the same WT If sendEndMarker is configured, the LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication is used as defined in [8]. If value keepLWA-Config is configured, LWA end marker is not used and UE shall only retain the LWA configuration.
makeBeforeBreak
Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission to the target intra-frequency PCell while rach-Skip is configured.
makeBeforeBreakSCG
Indicates that the UE shall continue uplink transmission/ downlink reception with the source cell(s) before performing the first transmission through PRACH to the target intra-frequency PSCell, or performing initial PUSCH transmission to the target intra-frequency PSCell while rach-SkipSCG is configured.
mib-RepetitionStatus
Indicates whether additional MIB repetition is enabled in the target cell or not. Value TRUE indicates additional MIB repetition is enabled in the target cell. Value FALSE indicates additional MIB repetition is not enabled in the target cell. The absence of this field indicates additional MIB repetition may or may not be enabled in the target cell. See 5.2.1.2 and TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.4.1. This field is applicable to BL UE or UE in CE.
mobilityControlInfoV2X
Indicates the sidelink configurations of the target cell for V2X sidelink communication during handover.
numberOfConfUL-Processes
The number of configured HARQ processes for preallocated uplink grant, see TS 36.321 [6], clause5.20. This field is applicable if a UE is configured with asynchronous HARQ, otherwise it shall be ignored.
p-DAPS-Source
Indicates the guaranteed power for the source PCell during a DAPS handover, as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
p-DAPS-Target
Indicates the guaranteed power for the target PCell during a DAPS handover as specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 5.1.4.2-1. The value Ncorresponds to N-1 in TS 36.213 [23].
powerControlMode
Indicates the power control mode used in during a DAPS handover. Value 1 corresponds to DC power control mode 1 and value 2 indicates DC power control mode 2, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
rach-ConfigDedicated
The dedicated random access parameters. If absent the UE applies contention based random access as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
rach-Skip
This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PCell is skipped.
rach-SkipSCG
This field indicates whether random access procedure for the target PSCell is skipped.
sameSFN-Indication
This field indicates that the target cell has the same SFN as the source cell and that the BL UE or UE in CE is not required to acquire MasterInformationBlock in the target PCell during handover to obtain the SFN of the target cell, as specified in clause5.3.5.4.
schedulingInfoSIB1-BR
Indicates the index to the tables that define SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information. The tables are specified in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.6-1 and Table 7.1.7.2.7-1. Value 0 means SystemInformationBlockType1-BR is not scheduled. If absent when sameSFN-Indication is present, UE assumes that SystemInformationBlockType1-BR scheduling information in target cell may be different from source cell.
t304
Timer T304 as described in clause 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes extended value ms10000-v1310 only when UE supports CE.
t307
Timer T307 as described in clause 7.3. ms50 corresponds with 50 ms, ms100 corresponds with 100 ms and so on.
targetTA
This field refers to the timing adjustment indication, see TS 36.213 [23], indicating the NTA value which the UE shall use for the target PTAG of handover or the target PSTAG of SCG change. ta0 corresponds to NTA=0. mcg-PTAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of the PTAG associated with MCG. scg-PTAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of the PTAG associated with SCG. mcg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a MCG STAG indicated by the STAG-Id. scg-STAG corresponds to the latest NTA value of a SCG STAG indicated by the STAG-Id.
ul-Bandwidth
Parameter: Uplink bandwidth, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1. For TDD, the parameter is absent and it is equal to downlink bandwidth. If absent for FDD, apply the same value as applies for the downlink bandwidth.
ul-Grant
Indicates the resources of the target PCell/PSCell to be used for the uplink transmission of PUSCH [23], clause 8.8.
ul-SchedInterval
Indicates the scheduling interval in uplink, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. Value in number of sub-frames. Value sf2 corresponds to 2 subframes, sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
ul-StartSubframe
Indicates the subframe in which the UE may initiate the uplink transmission, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20. Value 0 corresponds to subframe number 0, 1 correponds to subframe number 1 and so on. The subframe indicating a valid uplink grant according to the calculation of UL grant configured by ul-StartSubframe and ul-SchedInterval, see TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.20, is the same across all radio frames.
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates reception pools for receiving V2X sidelink communication during handover. 
v2x-CommSyncConfig
Indicates synchronization configurations for performing V2X sidelink communication during handover.
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the transmission resources by which the UE is allowed to transmit V2X sidelink communication during handover.
– MobilityParametersCDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The MobilityParametersCDMA2000 contains the parameters provided to the UE for handover and (enhanced) CSFB to 1xRTT support, as defined in C.S0097 [53]. 

 -- ASN1START
MobilityParametersCDMA2000 ::=            OCTET STRING 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


FDD
The field is mandatory with default value (the default duplex distance defined for the concerned band, as specified in TS 36.101 [42]) in case of "FDD"; otherwise the field is not present.
HO
This field is optionally present, need OP, in case of handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is not included; otherwise the field is not present.
HO-SFNsynced
This field is optionally present, need OP, in case of source E-UTRA and target E-UTRA cells are SFN synchronised.
HO-toEUTRA
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
HO-toEUTRA2
The field is absent if carrierFreq-v9e0 is present. Otherwise it is mandatory present in case of inter-RAT handover to E-UTRA and optionally present, need ON, in all other cases.
NotFullConfigHO
This field is optionally present, Need OR, in case of handover within E-UTRA when the fullConfig is not included in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. Otherwise the field is not present.
SCGEst
This field is mandatory present in case of SCG establishment; otherwise the field is optionally present, need ON.
– MobilityStateParameters
The IE MobilityStateParameters contains parameters to determine UE mobility state. 

 -- ASN1START
MobilityStateParameters ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
t-EvaluationThe duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
t-HystNormalThe additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
n-CellChangeMediumThe number of cell changes to enter medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 36.304 [4].
                    INTEGER (1..16), 
    
n-CellChangeHighThe number of cell changes to enter high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 36.304 [4].
                    INTEGER (1..16) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MobilityStateParameters field descriptions


n-CellChangeHigh
The number of cell changes to enter high mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_H in TS 36.304 [4].
n-CellChangeMedium
The number of cell changes to enter medium mobility state. Corresponds to NCR_M in TS 36.304 [4].
t-Evaluation
The duration for evaluating criteria to enter mobility states. Corresponds to TCRmax in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
t-HystNormal
The additional duration for evaluating criteria to enter normal mobility state. Corresponds to TCRmaxHyst in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds, s30 corresponds to 30 s and so on.
– MultiBandInfoList

 -- ASN1START
MultiBandInfoList ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator 
MultiBandInfoList-v9e0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF MultiBandInfo-v9e0 
MultiBandInfoList-v10j0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF NS-PmaxList-r10 
MultiBandInfoList-v10l0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF NS-PmaxList-v10l0 
MultiBandInfoList-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11 
MultiBandInfo-v9e0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    freqBandIndicator-v9e0                FreqBandIndicator-v9e0        OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MultiFrequencyBandListNR
The IE MultiFrequencyBandListNR is used to configure a list of one or multiple NR frequency bands. 

 -- ASN1START
MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxMultiBandsNR-r15)) OF FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15 
 -- ASN1STOP
– NS-PmaxList
The IE NS-PmaxList concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4-1, for UEs neither in CE nor BL UEs, TS 36.101 [42], table 6.2.4E-1, for UEs in CE or BL UEs and TS 36.102 [113], table 6.2A.3-1, for NTN capable UE,for a given frequency band. E-UTRAN does not include the same value of additionalSpectrumEmission in SystemInformationBlockType2 within this list. 

 -- ASN1START
NS-PmaxList-r10 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-r10)) OF NS-PmaxValue-r10 
NS-PmaxList-v10l0 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNS-Pmax-r10)) OF NS-PmaxValue-v10l0 
NS-PmaxValue-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    additionalPmax-r10                    P-Max                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    additionalSpectrumEmission            AdditionalSpectrumEmission 
} 
NS-PmaxValue-v10l0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0    AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– NS-PmaxListNR
The IE NS-PmaxListNR concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 38.101-1 [85], table 6.2.3.1-1A and TS 38.101-2 [100], table 6.2.3.1-2 for a given frequency band. 

 -- ASN1START
NS-PmaxListNR-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF NS-PmaxValueNR-r15 
NS-PmaxValueNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    additionalPmaxNR-r15                    P-MaxNR-r15                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    additionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15        AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-r15 
} 
NS-PmaxListNR-v1760 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF NS-PmaxValueNR-v1760 
NS-PmaxValueNR-v1760 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    additionalSpectrumEmissionNR-v1760    AdditionalSpectrumEmissionNR-v1760    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellId
The IE PhysCellId is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, as defined in TS 36.211 [21]. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellId ::=                        INTEGER (0..503) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdCDMA2000
The IE PhysCellIdCDMA2000 identifies the PNOffset that represents the "Physical cell identity" in CDMA2000. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdCDMA2000 ::=            INTEGER (0..maxPNOffset) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdGERAN
The IE PhysCellIdGERAN contains the Base Station Identity Code (BSIC). 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdGERAN ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
networkColourCodeNetwork Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (3)), 
    
baseStationColourCodeBase station Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
                BIT STRING (SIZE (3)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PhysCellIdGERAN field descriptions


baseStationColourCode
Base station Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
networkColourCode
Network Colour Code as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
– PhysCellIdNR
The IE PhysCellIdNR indicates the physical layer identity (PCI) of an NR cell. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdNR-r15 ::=            INTEGER (0.. 1007) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdRange
The IE PhysCellIdRange is used to encode either a single or a range of physical cell identities. The range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range. For fields comprising multiple occurrences of PhysCellIdRange, E-UTRAN may configure overlapping ranges of physical cell identities. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdRange ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
startIndicates the lowest physical cell identity in the range.
                            PhysCellId, 
    
rangeIndicates the number of physical cell identities in the range (including start). Value n4 corresponds with 4, n8 corresponds with 8 and so on. The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the physical cell identity value indicated by start applies.
                            ENUMERATED { 
                                        n4, n8, n12, n16, n24, n32, n48, n64, n84, 
                                        n96, n128, n168, n252, n504, spare2, 
                                        spare1}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PhysCellIdRange field descriptions


range
Indicates the number of physical cell identities in the range (including start). Value n4 corresponds with 4, n8 corresponds with 8 and so on. The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the physical cell identity value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest physical cell identity in the range.
– PhysCellIdRangeNR
The IE PhysCellIdRangeNR is used to encode either a single or a range of physical layer identities of NR cells. The range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical layer identities (including start) in the range. For fields comprising multiple occurrences of PhysCellIdRangeNR, E-UTRAN may configure overlapping ranges of physical layer identities. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdRangeNR-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
startIndicates the lowest physical layer identity in the range.
                            PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
    
rangeIndicates the number of physical layer identities in the range (including start). Value n4 corresponds with 4, n8 corresponds with 8 and so on. The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the physical layer identity value indicated by start applies.
                            ENUMERATED { 
                                        n4, n8, n12, n16, n24, n32, n48, n64, n84, 
                                        n96, n128, n168, n252, n504, n1008, 
                                        spare1}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




PhysCellIdRangeNR field descriptions


range
Indicates the number of physical layer identities in the range (including start). Value n4 corresponds with 4, n8 corresponds with 8 and so on. The UE shall apply value 1 in case the field is absent, in which case only the physical layer identity value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicates the lowest physical layer identity in the range.
– PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList
The IE PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList is used to encode one or more of PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD. While the IE PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD is used to encode either a single physical layer identity or a range of physical layer identities, i.e. primary scrambling codes. Each range is encoded by using a start value and by indicating the number of consecutive physical cell identities (including start) in the range. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPhysCellIdRange-r9)) OF PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9 
PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDD-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        start-r9                            PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD, 
        range-r9                            INTEGER (2..512)                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the primary scrambling code, as defined in TS 25.331 [19]. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD ::=                INTEGER (0..511) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD
The IE PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD is used to indicate the physical layer identity of the cell, i.e. the cell parameters ID (TDD), as specified in TS 25.331 [19]. Also corresponds to the Initial Cell Parameter Assignment in TS 25.223 [46]. 

 -- ASN1START
PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD ::=                INTEGER (0..127) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PLMN-Identity
The IE PLMN-Identity identifies a Public Land Mobile Network. Further information regarding how to set the IE are specified in TS 23.003 [27]. 

 -- ASN1START
PLMN-Identity ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
mccThe first element contains the first MCC digit, the second element the second MCC digit and so on. If the field is absent, it takes the same value as the mcc of the immediately preceding IE PLMN-Identity. See TS 23.003 [27].
                                    MCC                    OPTIONAL,                    -- Cond MCC
    
mncThe first element contains the first MNC digit, the second element the second MNC digit and so on. See TS 23.003 [27].
                                    MNC 
} 
MCC ::=                                SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF 
                                            MCC-MNC-Digit 
MNC ::=                                SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..3)) OF 
                                            MCC-MNC-Digit 
MCC-MNC-Digit ::=                    INTEGER (0..9) 
 -- ASN1STOP




PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList field descriptions


range
Indicates the number of primary scrambling codes in the range (including start). The UE shall apply value  case the field is absent, in which case only the primary scrambling code value indicated by start applies.
start
Indicatesthe lowest primary scrambling code in the range.






PLMN-Identity field descriptions


mcc
The first element contains the first MCC digit, the second element the second MCC digit and so on. If the field is absent, it takes the same value as the mcc of the immediately preceding IE PLMN-Identity. See TS 23.003 [27].
mnc
The first element contains the first MNC digit, the second element the second MNC digit and so on. See TS 23.003 [27].






Conditional presenceExplanation


MCC
This IE is mandatory when PLMN-Identity is included in CellGlobalIdEUTRA, in CellGlobalIdUTRA, in CellGlobalIdGERAN or in RegisteredMME. This IE is also mandatory in the first occurrence of the IE PLMN-Identity within the IE PLMN-IdentityList. Otherwise it is optional, need OP.
– PLMN-IdentityList3
Includes a list of PLMN identities. 

 -- ASN1START
PLMN-IdentityList3-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF PLMN-Identity 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PmaxNR
The IE PmaxNR concerns a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission, as defined in TS 38.101 [85], table 6.2.3-1 for a given frequency band. 

 -- ASN1START
P-MaxNR-r15 ::=                INTEGER (-30..33) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– PreRegistrationInfoHRPD

 -- ASN1START
PreRegistrationInfoHRPD ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
preRegistrationAllowedTRUE indicates that a UE shall perform a CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration. FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to perform CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration in the current cell.
                BOOLEAN,
    preRegistrationZoneId                PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD    OPTIONAL, -- cond PreRegAllowed
    
secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListList of SecondaryColorCodes (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. They are used to control when the UE should re-register.
    SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD    OPTIONAL  -- Need OR
} 
SecondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdListHRPD ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD 
PreRegistrationZoneIdHRPD ::=            INTEGER (0..255) 
 -- ASN1STOP




PreRegistrationInfoHRPD field descriptions


preRegistrationAllowed
TRUE indicates that a UE shall perform a CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration if the UE does not have a valid / current pre-registration. FALSE indicates that the UE is not allowed to perform CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration in the current cell.
preRegistrationZoneID
ColorCode (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. It is used to control when the UE should register or re-register.
secondaryPreRegistrationZoneIdList
List of SecondaryColorCodes (see C.S0024 [26], C.S0087 [44]) of the CDMA2000 Reference Cell corresponding to the HRPD sector under the HRPD AN that is configured for this LTE cell. They are used to control when the UE should re-register.
– Q-QualMin
The IE Q-QualMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRQ level in the (E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qqualmin in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB]. 

 -- ASN1START
Q-QualMin-r9 ::=                    INTEGER (-34..-3) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– Q-RxLevMin
The IE Q-RxLevMin is used to indicate for cell selection/ re-selection the required minimum received RSRP level in the (E-UTRA) cell. Corresponds to parameter Qrxlevmin in TS 36.304 [4]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm]. 

 -- ASN1START
Q-RxLevMin ::=                        INTEGER (-70..-22) 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


PreRegAllowed
The field is mandatory in case the preRegistrationAllowed is set to true. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– Q-OffsetRange
The IE Q-OffsetRange is used to indicate a cell, CSI-RS resource or frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating candidates for cell re-selection or when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value in dB. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
Q-OffsetRange ::=                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18, dB-16, dB-14, 
                                                dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4, dB-3, 
                                                dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, 
                                                dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, 
                                                dB20, dB22, dB24} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT
The IE Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT is used to indicate a frequency specific offset to be applied when evaluating triggering conditions for measurement reporting. The value in dB. 

 -- ASN1START
Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT ::=                    INTEGER (-15..15) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ReselectionThreshold
The IE ReselectionThreshold is used to indicate an Rx level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold = field value * 2 [dB]. 

 -- ASN1START
ReselectionThreshold ::=                INTEGER (0..31) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ReselectionThresholdQ
The IE ReselectionThresholdQ is used to indicate a quality level threshold for cell reselection. Actual value of threshold = field value [dB]. 

 -- ASN1START
ReselectionThresholdQ-r9 ::=            INTEGER (0..31) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSS-ConfigCarrierInfo
The IE RSS-ConfigCarrierInfo contains RSS configuration for a carrier. 

 -- ASN1START
RSS-ConfigCarrierInfo-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    narrowbandIndex-r16                BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxAvailNarrowBands-1-r16)), 
    timeOffsetGranularity-r16        ENUMERATED {g1, g2, g4, g8, g16, g32, g64, g128} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSS-MeasPowerBias
The IE RSS-MeasPowerBias indicates power bias in dB relative to Qoffset of neighbour cell CRS. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, value dB-3 corresponds to -3 dB and so on. Value rssNotUsed indicates measurement based on RSS is not applicable for the corresponding neighbour cell. 

 -- ASN1START
RSS-MeasPowerBias-r16 ::=    ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-3, dB0, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, rssNotUsed} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SCellIndex
The IE SCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify an SCell. 

 -- ASN1START
SCellIndex-r10 ::=                        INTEGER (1..7) 
SCellIndex-r13 ::=                        INTEGER (1..31) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ServCellIndex
The IE ServCellIndex concerns a short identity, used to identify a serving cell (i.e. the PCell or an SCell). Value 0 applies for the PCell, while the SCellIndex that has previously been assigned applies for SCells. 

 -- ASN1START
ServCellIndex-r10 ::=                    INTEGER (0..7) 
ServCellIndex-r13 ::=                INTEGER (0..31) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SpeedStateScaleFactors
The IE SpeedStateScaleFactors concerns factors, to be applied when the UE is in medium or high speed state, used for scaling a mobility control related parameter. 

 -- ASN1START
SpeedStateScaleFactors ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
sf-MediumThe concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in Medium Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.
                            ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0}, 
    
sf-HighThe concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in High Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.
                                ENUMERATED {oDot25, oDot5, oDot75, lDot0} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RSS-ConfigCarrierInfofield descriptions


narrowbandIndex
Bitmap containing narrowbands used for RSS deployment in the carrier. Narrowbands including central 6 PRBs are excluded from the bitmap. The RSS Cell Frequency Location of a specific cell is determined according to IRSS = PCID MOD (3NNB) whereIRSSis the index of possible RSS frequency locations starting with the lowest location and NNBis the number of narrowbands, determined from narrowbandIndex, such that there are three non-overlapping RSS locations in each narrowband.
timeOffsetGranularity
RSS Time Offset granularity (GRSS). Value g1 corresponds to 1 frame, value g2 corresponds to 2 frames, and so on. Only the following values of GRSS are applicable depending on the serving cell RSS periodicity (PRSS) given by parameter periodicityin ce-RSS-Config-r15:
GRSS = {1, 2, 4, 8, 16} frames for PRSS = 160 ms
GRSS = {1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32} frames for PRSS = 320 ms
GRSS = {2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64} frames for PRSS = 640 ms
GRSS = {4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128} frames for PRSS = 1280 ms.
The actual RSS time offset of a specific cell (ORSS, see TS 36.211 [21] clause 6.11.3.2) in SFN radio frames is given by (XRSS × GRSS) + ΔRSS where:
-RSS Time Offset of a specific cell (XRSS) is determined based on its PCID using XRSS = FLOOR (PCID/(3 NNB)) modulo MRSS, and distributed across MRSS time locations per PRSS such that MRSS = PRSS /(10 × GRSS); and
-ΔRSS is calculated by using the serving cell XRSS (i.e., based on serving cell PCID and parameters given in ce-RSS-Config-r15) such that serving cell ORSS = (XRSS × GRSS) + ΔRSS.






SpeedStateScaleFactors field descriptions


sf-High
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in High Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.
sf-Medium
The concerned mobility control related parameter is multiplied with this factor if the UE is in Medium Mobility state as defined in TS 36.304 [4]. Value oDot25 corresponds to 0.25, oDot5 corresponds to 0.5, oDot75 corresponds to 0.75 and so on.
– SystemInfoListGERAN
The IE SystemInfoListGERAN contains system information of a GERAN cell. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemInfoListGERAN ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGERAN-SI)) OF 
                                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..23)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000
The IE SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 informs the UE about the absolute time in the current cell. The UE uses this absolute time knowledge to derive the CDMA2000 Physical cell identity, expressed as PNOffset, of neighbour CDMA2000 cells. 

 -- ASN1START
SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
cdma-EUTRA-SynchronisationTRUE indicates that there is no drift in the timing between EUTRA and CDMA2000. FALSE indicates that the timing between E-UTRA and CDMA2000 can drift. NOTE 1
            BOOLEAN,
    cdma-SystemTime                        CHOICE { 
        
synchronousSystemTimeCDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 39 bits and the unit is 10 ms based on a 1.2288 Mcps chip rate.
                BIT STRING (SIZE (39)), 
        
asynchronousSystemTimeThe CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-Window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is not aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 49 bits and the unit is 8 CDMA chips based on 1.2288 Mcps.
                BIT STRING (SIZE (49)) 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SystemInfoListGERAN field descriptions


SystemInfoListGERAN
Each OCTET STRING contains one System Information (SI) message as defined in TS 44.018 [45], table 9.1.1, excluding the L2 Pseudo Length, the RR management Protocol Discriminator and the Skip Indicator or a complete Packet System Information (PSI) message as defined in TS 44.060 [36], table 11.2.1.






SystemTimeInfoCDMA2000 field descriptions


asynchronousSystemTime
The CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-Window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is not aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 49 bits and the unit is 8 CDMA chips based on 1.2288 Mcps.
cdma-EUTRA-Synchronisation
TRUE indicates that there is no drift in the timing between EUTRA and CDMA2000. FALSE indicates that the timing between E-UTRA and CDMA2000 can drift. NOTE 1
synchronousSystemTime
CDMA2000 system time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SystemInformationBlockType8 is transmitted. E-UTRAN includes this field if the E-UTRA frame boundary is aligned to the start of CDMA2000 system time. This field size is 39 bits and the unit is 10 ms based on a 1.2288 Mcps chip rate.






FDD/TDDcdma-EUTRA-SynchronisationsynchronousSystemTimeasynchronousSystemTime


FDD
FALSE
Not Recommended
Recommended
FDD
TRUE
Recommended
Recommended
TDD
FALSE
Not Recommended
Recommended
TDD
TRUE
Recommended
Recommended
– ThresholdNR
The IE ThresholdNR and IE ThresholdListNR contain thresholds for NR related inter-RAT measurements. 

 -- ASN1START
ThresholdNR-r15 ::=                CHOICE{ 
    nr-RSRP-r15                            RSRP-RangeNR-r15, 
    nr-RSRQ-r15                            RSRQ-RangeNR-r15, 
    nr-SINR-r15                            RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15 
} 
ThresholdListNR-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE{ 
    nr-RSRP-r15                            RSRP-RangeNR-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nr-RSRQ-r15                            RSRQ-RangeNR-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    nr-SINR-r15                            RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– TLE-EphemerisParameters
The IE TLE-EphemerisParameters provides satellite ephemeris parameters based on the CCSDS orbit mean-elements message (OMM) format, see [111]. The reference frame for SGP4 propagator and SGP4 parameter generation is TEME as per the NORAD Space Track standard. 

 -- ASN1START
TLE-EphemerisParameters-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
inclination-r17Inclination, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 180 / 2097151 degree. Actual value = field value * (180 / 2097151).
                    INTEGER (0..2097151), 
    
argumentPerigee-r17Argument of perigee, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 4194303 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 4194303).
                INTEGER (0..4194303), 
    
rightAscension-r17Right ascension of ascending node, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 4194303 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 4194303).
                    INTEGER (0..4194303), 
    
meanAnomaly-r17Mean anomaly at epoch time, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 4194303 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 4194303).
                    INTEGER (0..4194303), 
    
eccentricity-r17Eccentricity, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data.
Step of 0.9999999 / 16777215. Actual value = field value * (0.9999999 / 16777215).
                    INTEGER (0..16777215), 
    
meanMotion-r17Mean motion at epoch time, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data]. Unit in revolution/day.
Step of 99.99999999 / 17179869183 rev/day. Actual value = field value * (99.99999999 / 17179869183).
                        INTEGER (0..17179869183), 
    
bStarDecimal-r17Decimal part of B*, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in inverse Earth radii.
Step of 0.00001 . Actual value = field value * 0.00001.
                    INTEGER (-99999..99999), 
    
bStarExponent-r17Exponent part of B*, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data.
                    INTEGER (-9..9), 
    
epochStar-r17Time offset to the beginning of the current week (Monday 00:00:00 UTC) of the Epoch. Unit in second.
                        INTEGER (-1048575..1048575) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




TLE-EphemerisParameters field descriptions


argumentPerigee
Argument of perigee, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 4194303 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 4194303).
bStarDecimal
Decimal part of B*, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in inverse Earth radii.
Step of 0.00001 . Actual value = field value * 0.00001.
bStarExponent
Exponent part of B*, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data.
eccentricity
Eccentricity, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data.
Step of 0.9999999 / 16777215. Actual value = field value * (0.9999999 / 16777215).
epochStar
Time offset to the beginning of the current week (Monday 00:00:00 UTC) of the Epoch. Unit in second.
inclination
Inclination, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 180 / 2097151 degree. Actual value = field value * (180 / 2097151).
meanAnomaly
Mean anomaly at epoch time, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 4194303 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 4194303).
meanMotion
Mean motion at epoch time, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data]. Unit in revolution/day.
Step of 99.99999999 / 17179869183 rev/day. Actual value = field value * (99.99999999 / 17179869183).
rightAscension
Right ascension of ascending node, see [111] Table 4-3: OMM Data. Unit in degree.
Step of 360 / 4194303 degree. Actual value = field value * (360 / 4194303).
– TrackingAreaCode
The IE TrackingAreaCode is used to identify a tracking area within the scope of a PLMN,see TS 24.301 [35]. 

 -- ASN1START
TrackingAreaCode ::=                BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) 
TrackingAreaCode-5GC-r15 ::=        BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– T-Reselection
The IE T-Reselection concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionRAT for E-UTRA, UTRA,GERAN or CDMA2000. Value in seconds. For value 0, behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. 

 -- ASN1START
T-Reselection ::=                    INTEGER (0..7) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE
The IE T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE concerns the cell reselection timer TreselectionEUTRA_CE as specified in TS 36.304 [4]. Value in seconds. For value 0, behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies. 

 -- ASN1START
T-ReselectionEUTRA-CE-r13 ::=                INTEGER (0..15) 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.5 Measurement information elements
– AllowedMeasBandwidth
The IE AllowedMeasBandwidth is used to indicate the maximum allowed measurement bandwidth on a carrier frequency as defined by the parameter Transmission Bandwidth Configuration "NRB" TS 36.104 [47]. The values mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100 indicate 6, 15, 25, 50, 75 and 100 resource blocks respectively. 

 -- ASN1START
AllowedMeasBandwidth ::=                ENUMERATED {mbw6, mbw15, mbw25, mbw50, mbw75, mbw100} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BT-NameList
The IE BT-NameList is used to indicate the names of the Bluetooth beacon which the UE is configured to measure. 

 -- ASN1START
BT-NameListConfig-r15 ::=        CHOICE{ 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        BT-NameList-r15 
} 
BT-NameList-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBT-Name-r15)) OF BT-Name-r15 
BT-Name-r15 ::=        OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..248)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– CSI-RSRP-Range
The IE CSI-RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in CSI-RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for CSI-RSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. 

 -- ASN1START
CSI-RSRP-Range-r12 ::=                        INTEGER(0..97)
 -- ASN1STOP
– Hysteresis
The IE Hysteresis is a parameter used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition. The actual value is field value * 0.5 dB, except if included in reportConfigEUTRA and associated to eventV1 or eventV2. If included in reportConfigEUTRA and associated to eventV1 or eventV2, the actual value is field value divided by 100. 

 -- ASN1START
Hysteresis ::=                            INTEGER (0..30) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– LocationInfo
The IE LocationInfo is used to transfer detailed location information available at the UE to correlate measurements and UE position information. 

 -- ASN1START
LocationInfo-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    locationCoordinates-r10                    CHOICE { 
        ellipsoid-Point-r10                        OCTET STRING,
        ellipsoidPointWithAltitude-r10            OCTET STRING,
    ..., 
        ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle-r11                    OCTET STRING,
        ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse-r11                OCTET STRING,
        ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid-r11    OCTET STRING,
        ellipsoidArc-r11                                        OCTET STRING,
        polygon-r11                                                OCTET STRING 
    }, 
    horizontalVelocity-r10                    OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    gnss-TOD-msec-r10                        OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    verticalVelocityInfo-r15        CHOICE { 
            verticalVelocity-r15                OCTET STRING,
            verticalVelocityAndUncertainty-r15    OCTET STRING 
    }            OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




BT-NameListfield descriptions


bt-Name
If configured, the UE only performs Bluetooth measurements according to the names identified. For each name, it refers to LOCAL NAME defined in Bluetooth specification [93].
– LogMeasResultListBT
The IE LogMeasResultListBT covers measured results for Bluetooth. 

 -- ASN1START
LogMeasResultListBT-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBT-IdReport-r15)) OF LogMeasResultBT-r15 
LogMeasResultBT-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bt-Addr-r15                        BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), 
    rssi-BT-r15                        INTEGER (-128..127)            OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– LogMeasResultListWLAN
The IE LogMeasResultListWLAN covers measured results for WLAN. 

 -- ASN1START
LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14)) OF LogMeasResultWLAN-r15 
LogMeasResultWLAN-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    wlan-Identifiers-r15            WLAN-Identifiers-r12, 
    rssiWLAN-r15                    WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13                OPTIONAL,
    rtt-WLAN-r15                    WLAN-RTT-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR
The IE MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR indicates the maximum number of RS indices to be considered/ averaged to derive the cell quality for RRM. 

 -- ASN1START
MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15::=                INTEGER (1..maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MBSFN-RSRQ-Range
The IE MBSFN-RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in MBSFN RSRQ measurements. Integer value for MBSFN RSRQ measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. 

 -- ASN1START
MBSFN-RSRQ-Range-r12 ::=                INTEGER(0..31)
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasConfig
The IE MeasConfig specifies measurements to be performed by the UE,and covers intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT mobility as well as configuration of measurement gaps. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasConfig ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
     -- Measurement objects
    
measObjectToRemoveListList of measurement objects to remove. Field measObjectToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement object identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
                MeasObjectToRemoveList                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
measObjectToAddModListIf E-UTRAN includes measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measObjectToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). Field measObjectToAddModListExt includes additional measurement object identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
                MeasObjectToAddModList                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
     -- Reporting configurations
    
reportConfigToRemoveListList of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
            ReportConfigToRemoveList            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    reportConfigToAddModList            ReportConfigToAddModList            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
     -- Measurement identities
    
measIdToRemoveListList of measurement identities to remove. Field measIdToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
                    MeasIdToRemoveList                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
measIdToAddModListList of measurement identities. Field measIdToAddModListExtincludes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. If E-UTRAN includes measIdToAddModList-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measIdToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes measIdToAddModListExt-v1310, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measIdToAddModListExt-r12.
                    MeasIdToAddModList                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
     -- Other parameters
    quantityConfig                        QuantityConfig                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
measGapConfigUsed to setup and release measurement gaps.E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List, if any.
                        MeasGapConfig                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
s-MeasurePCell (or PSCell, if the UE is in NE-DC) quality threshold controlling whether or not the UE is required to perform measurements of intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighbouring cells. Value "0" indicates to disable s-Measure.
                            RSRP-Range                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
preRegistrationInfoHRPDThe CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
                PreRegistrationInfoHRPD                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    speedStatePars            CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            mobilityStateParameters                MobilityStateParameters, 
            
timeToTrigger-SFThe timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the scaling factor applicable for the UE's speed state.
                    SpeedStateScaleFactors 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    measObjectToAddModList-v9e0            MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
allowInterruptions-r11Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when an SCell is configured.
                BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
measScaleFactor-r12Even if reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA, E-UTRAN may configure this field. The UE behavior is specified in TS 36.133 [16].
            CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        MeasScaleFactor-r12 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        measIdToRemoveListExt-r12            MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        measIdToAddModListExt-r12            MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12Value TRUE indicates that the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. If widebandRSRQ-Meas is enabled for the frequency in MeasObjectEUTRA, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols with wider bandwidth for concerned frequency in accordance with TS 36.214 [48].
        BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
        measObjectToRemoveListExt-r13        MeasObjectToRemoveListExt-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        measObjectToAddModListExt-r13        MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        measIdToAddModList-v1310            MeasIdToAddModList-v1310        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        measIdToAddModListExt-v1310            MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
measGapConfigPerCC-List-r14Used to setup and release serving cell sepecific measurement gaps.E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List, if any.
            MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
measGapSharingConfig-r14Used to setup and release measurement gap sharing for intra- and inter-frequency measurement as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
            MeasGapSharingConfig-r14        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
fr1-Gap-r15Indicates whether the gap is only applicable for measurements on FR1. E-UTRAN sets this field to TRUEonly when the UE is configured with (NG)EN-DC.
                                BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
mgta-r15Indicates whether a timing advance value of 0.5 ms is applicable to the measurement gap configuration provided by E-UTRAN according to TS 38.133 [84]. E-UTRAN setsmgtato TRUE only when the UE is configured to perform NR measurements.
                                BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
measGapConfigDensePRS-r15Used to setup and release additional measurement gap pattern with dense PRS configuration as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. E-UTRAN configures this field only when UE indicates the preference of measurement gap configuration for dense PRS, i.e., measPRS-Offset-r15.
            MeasGapConfigDensePRS-r15    OPTIONAL,     -- Need ON
        
heightThreshRef-r15Reference height threshold for eventH1 and eventH2 in reportConfig. Value 0 refers to -420m, value 1 refers to –120m, and so on until value 30 refers to 8880m. The actual value is height in meters relative to sea level. Value 31 is reserved.
    CHOICE { 
            release                    NULL,
            setup                    INTEGER (0..31) 
        }                                        OPTIONAL     --Need ON
    ]] 
} 
MeasIdToRemoveList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId 
MeasIdToRemoveListExt-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasId-v1250 
MeasObjectToRemoveList ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId 
MeasObjectToRemoveListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId-v1310 
ReportConfigToRemoveList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId 
 -- ASN1STOP




LocationInfo field descriptions


ellipsoidArc
Parameter EllipsoidArc defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoid-Point
Parameter Ellipsoid-Point defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitude
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitude defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithAltitudeAndUncertaintyEllipsoid defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyCircle
Parameter Ellipsoid-PointWithUncertaintyCircle defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
ellipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipse
Parameter EllipsoidPointWithUncertaintyEllipsedefined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
gnss-TOD-msec
Parameter Gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
horizontalVelocity
Parameter HorizontalVelocity defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
polygon
ParameterPolygon defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
verticalVelocityAndUncertainty
Parameter verticalVelocityAndUncertainty corresponds to horizontalWithVerticalVelocityAndUncertainty defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
verticalVelocity
Parameter verticalVelocity corresponds to horizontalWithVerticalVelocity defined in TS36.355 [54]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.






LogMeasResultListBTfield descriptions


bt-Addr
This field indicates the Bluetooth public address of the Bluetooth beacon as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rssi-BT
This field provides the beacon received signal strength indicator (RSSI) in dBm as defined in TS 36.355 [54].






LogMeasResultListWLANfield descriptions


rssiWLAN
Measured WLAN RSSI result in dBm.
rtt-WLAN
This field provides the measured round trip time between the target device and WLAN AP and optionally the accuracy expressed as the standard deviation of the delay. Units for each of these are 1000ns, 100ns, 10ns, 1ns, and 0.1ns as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
wlan-Identifiers
Indicates the WLAN parameters used for identification of the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.






MeasConfig field descriptions


allowInterruptions
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16]. E-UTRAN enables this field only when an SCell is configured.
fr1-Gap
Indicates whether the gap is only applicable for measurements on FR1. E-UTRAN sets this field to TRUEonly when the UE is configured with (NG)EN-DC.
heightThreshRef
Reference height threshold for eventH1 and eventH2 in reportConfig. Value 0 refers to -420m, value 1 refers to –120m, and so on until value 30 refers to 8880m. The actual value is height in meters relative to sea level. Value 31 is reserved.
measGapConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gaps.E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List, if any.
measGapConfigDensePRS
Used to setup and release additional measurement gap pattern with dense PRS configuration as specified in TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. E-UTRAN configures this field only when UE indicates the preference of measurement gap configuration for dense PRS, i.e., measPRS-Offset-r15.
measGapConfigPerCC-List
Used to setup and release serving cell sepecific measurement gaps.E-UTRAN includes either measGapConfig or measGapConfigPerCC-List, if any.
measGapSharingConfig
Used to setup and release measurement gap sharing for intra- and inter-frequency measurement as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
measIdToAddModList
List of measurement identities. Field measIdToAddModListExtincludes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. If E-UTRAN includes measIdToAddModList-v1310 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measIdToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). If E-UTRAN includes measIdToAddModListExt-v1310, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measIdToAddModListExt-r12.
measIdToRemoveList
List of measurement identities to remove. Field measIdToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measObjectToAddModList
If E-UTRAN includes measObjectToAddModList-v9e0 it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in measObjectToAddModList (i.e. without suffix). Field measObjectToAddModListExt includes additional measurement object identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measObjectToRemoveList
List of measurement objects to remove. Field measObjectToRemoveListExt includes additional measurement object identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement object identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2.
measRSRQ-OnAllSymbols
Value TRUE indicates that the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols in accordance with TS 36.214 [48]. If widebandRSRQ-Meas is enabled for the frequency in MeasObjectEUTRA, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, perform RSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols with wider bandwidth for concerned frequency in accordance with TS 36.214 [48].
measScaleFactor
Even if reducedMeasPerformance is not included in any measObjectEUTRA or measObjectUTRA, E-UTRAN may configure this field. The UE behavior is specified in TS 36.133 [16].
mgta
Indicates whether a timing advance value of 0.5 ms is applicable to the measurement gap configuration provided by E-UTRAN according to TS 38.133 [84]. E-UTRAN setsmgtato TRUE only when the UE is configured to perform NR measurements.
preRegistrationInfoHRPD
The CDMA2000 HRPD Pre-Registration Information tells the UE if it should pre-register with the CDMA2000 HRPD network and identifies the Pre-registration zone to the UE.
reportConfigToRemoveList
List of measurement reporting configurations to remove.
s-Measure
PCell (or PSCell, if the UE is in NE-DC) quality threshold controlling whether or not the UE is required to perform measurements of intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT neighbouring cells. Value "0" indicates to disable s-Measure.
timeToTrigger-SF
The timeToTrigger in ReportConfigEUTRA and in ReportConfigInterRAT are multiplied with the scaling factor applicable for the UE's speed state.
– MeasDS-Config
The IE MeasDS-Config specifies information applicable for discovery signals measurement. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasDS-Config-r12 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        
dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12Indicates the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) periodicity (dmtc-Periodicity) and offset (dmtc-Offset) for this frequency. For DMTC periodicity, value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, ms80 corresponds to 80ms and so on. The value of DMTC offset is in number of subframe(s). The duration of a DMTC occasion is 6ms.
            CHOICE { 
            ms40-r12                        INTEGER(0..39),
            ms80-r12                        INTEGER(0..79),
            ms160-r12                        INTEGER(0..159),
            ... 
        }, 
        
ds-OccasionDuration-r12Indicates the duration of discovery signal occasion for this frequency. Discovery signal occasion duration is common for all cells transmitting discovery signals on one frequency. If the carrierFreq in the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in [42], the UE shall ignore the field ds-OccasionDuration for the carrier frequency and apply a value 1 instead.
        CHOICE { 
            durationFDD-r12                INTEGER(1..maxDS-Duration-r12),
            durationTDD-r12                INTEGER(2..maxDS-Duration-r12)
        }, 
        
measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12List of CSI-RS resources to remove from the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
    MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
measCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12List of CSI-RS resources to add/ modify in the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
    MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        ... 
    } 
} 
MeasCSI-RS-ToRemoveList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12 
MeasCSI-RS-ToAddModList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12)) OF MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12 
MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12 ::=            INTEGER (1..maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12) 
MeasCSI-RS-Config-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    measCSI-RS-Id-r12                MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12, 
    
physCellId-r12Indicates the physical cell identity where UE may assume that the CSI-RS and the PSS/SSS/CRS corresponding to the indicated physical cell identity are quasi co-located with respect to average delay and doppler shift.
                    INTEGER (0..503), 
    
scramblingIdentity-r12Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
            INTEGER (0..503), 
    
resourceConfig-r12Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2. If the carrierFreqin the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in TS 36.101[42], E-UTRAN does not configure the values {0, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 18, 19}.
                INTEGER (0..31), 
    
subframeOffset-r12Indicates the subframe offset between SSS of the cell indicated by physCellId and the CSI-RS resource in a discovery signal occasion. The field subframeOffset is set to values 0 if the carrierFreqin the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in TS 36.101[42].
                INTEGER (0..4), 
    
csi-RS-IndividualOffset-r12CSI-RS individual offset applicable to a specific CSI-RS resource. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
        Q-OffsetRange, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasDS-Config field descriptions


csi-RS-IndividualOffset
CSI-RS individual offset applicable to a specific CSI-RS resource. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
dmtc-PeriodOffset
Indicates the discovery signals measurement timing configuration (DMTC) periodicity (dmtc-Periodicity) and offset (dmtc-Offset) for this frequency. For DMTC periodicity, value ms40 corresponds to 40ms, ms80 corresponds to 80ms and so on. The value of DMTC offset is in number of subframe(s). The duration of a DMTC occasion is 6ms.
ds-OccasionDuration
Indicates the duration of discovery signal occasion for this frequency. Discovery signal occasion duration is common for all cells transmitting discovery signals on one frequency. If the carrierFreq in the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in [42], the UE shall ignore the field ds-OccasionDuration for the carrier frequency and apply a value 1 instead.
measCSI-RS-ToAddModList
List of CSI-RS resources to add/ modify in the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
measCSI-RS-ToRemoveList
List of CSI-RS resources to remove from the CSI-RS resource list for discovery signals measurement.
physCellId
Indicates the physical cell identity where UE may assume that the CSI-RS and the PSS/SSS/CRS corresponding to the indicated physical cell identity are quasi co-located with respect to average delay and doppler shift.
resourceConfig
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration, see TS 36.211 [21], tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2. If the carrierFreqin the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in TS 36.101[42], E-UTRAN does not configure the values {0, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 18, 19}.
scramblingIdentity
Parameter: Pseudo-random sequence generator parameter, , see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.5.
subframeOffset
Indicates the subframe offset between SSS of the cell indicated by physCellId and the CSI-RS resource in a discovery signal occasion. The field subframeOffset is set to values 0 if the carrierFreqin the measurement object is on an unlicensed band as specified in TS 36.101[42].
– MeasGapConfig
The IE MeasGapConfig specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/ release of measurement gaps. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasGapConfig ::=                    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
gapOffsetValue gapOffset of gp0 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "0" with MGRP = 40ms, gapOffset of gp1 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "1" with MGRP = 80ms, gapOffset of gp2 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "2" with MGRP = 40ms and MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp3 Gap Pattern Id "3" with MGRP = 80ms and MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg0 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "0" with VIRP = 40ms and ML = 4ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg1corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "1" with VIRP = 80ms and ML = 4ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg2 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "2" with VIRP = 40ms and ML = 3ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg3corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "3" with VIRP = 80ms and ML =3ms. gapOffset of gp-nonUniform1 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "1" with LMGRP = 1280ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform2 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "2" with LMGRP = 2560ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform3 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "3" with LMGRP = 5120ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform4 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "4" with LMGRP = 10240ms. Also used to specify the measurement gap pattern to be applied, as defined in TS 36.133 [16].For Gap Patterns (including non-uniform gap patterns, but excluding NCSG patterns), E-UTRAN includes the same gapOffset value (gap pattern id and gap offset) for all serving cells that are configured with a Gap Pattern. For NCSG Patterns, E-UTRAN includes gapOffset value indicating VIRP and gap offset consistent with the Gap Pattern configuration (MGRP and gap offset). Value gapOffset of gp4, gp5,…,gp11 are corresponding to gap pattern with Gap Pattern ID 4, 5,..11 respectively, see TS 38.133 [84], Table 9.1.2-1. Value gp4, gp5, …, gp11 can be applied for (NG)EN-DC, see TS 38.133 [84], Table 9.1.2-2.
                            CHOICE { 
                gp0                                    INTEGER (0..39), 
                gp1                                    INTEGER (0..79), 
                 
                ..., 
                gp2-r14                                INTEGER (0..39), 
                gp3-r14                                INTEGER (0..79), 
                gp-ncsg0-r14                        INTEGER (0..39), 
                gp-ncsg1-r14                        INTEGER (0..79), 
                gp-ncsg2-r14                        INTEGER (0..39), 
                gp-ncsg3-r14                        INTEGER (0..79), 
                gp-nonUniform1-r14                    INTEGER (0..1279), 
                gp-nonUniform2-r14                    INTEGER (0..2559), 
                gp-nonUniform3-r14                    INTEGER (0..5119), 
                gp-nonUniform4-r14                    INTEGER (0..10239), 
                gp4-r15                                INTEGER (0..19), 
                gp5-r15                                INTEGER (0..159), 
                gp6-r15                                INTEGER (0..19), 
                gp7-r15                                INTEGER (0..39), 
                gp8-r15                                INTEGER (0..79), 
                gp9-r15                                INTEGER (0..159), 
                gp10-r15                            INTEGER (0..19), 
                gp11-r15                            INTEGER (0..159) 
        } 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasGapConfig field descriptions


gapOffset
Value gapOffset of gp0 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "0" with MGRP = 40ms, gapOffset of gp1 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "1" with MGRP = 80ms, gapOffset of gp2 corresponds to gap offset of Gap Pattern Id "2" with MGRP = 40ms and MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp3 Gap Pattern Id "3" with MGRP = 80ms and MGL = 3ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg0 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "0" with VIRP = 40ms and ML = 4ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg1corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "1" with VIRP = 80ms and ML = 4ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg2 corresponds to gap offset of NCSG Pattern Id "2" with VIRP = 40ms and ML = 3ms, gapOffset of gp-ncsg3corresponds to gap offset of of NCSG Pattern Id "3" with VIRP = 80ms and ML =3ms. gapOffset of gp-nonUniform1 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "1" with LMGRP = 1280ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform2 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "2" with LMGRP = 2560ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform3 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "3" with LMGRP = 5120ms, gapOffset of gp-nonUniform4 corresponds to gap offset of non uniform gap pattern Id "4" with LMGRP = 10240ms. Also used to specify the measurement gap pattern to be applied, as defined in TS 36.133 [16].For Gap Patterns (including non-uniform gap patterns, but excluding NCSG patterns), E-UTRAN includes the same gapOffset value (gap pattern id and gap offset) for all serving cells that are configured with a Gap Pattern. For NCSG Patterns, E-UTRAN includes gapOffset value indicating VIRP and gap offset consistent with the Gap Pattern configuration (MGRP and gap offset). Value gapOffset of gp4, gp5,…,gp11 are corresponding to gap pattern with Gap Pattern ID 4, 5,..11 respectively, see TS 38.133 [84], Table 9.1.2-1. Value gp4, gp5, …, gp11 can be applied for (NG)EN-DC, see TS 38.133 [84], Table 9.1.2-2.
servCellId
Identifies the serving cell for which measurement gap configuration is provided (setup) or deleted (release).
– MeasGapConfigDensePRS
The IE MeasGapConfigDensePRS specifies the additional measurement gap pattern configuration for RSTD measurements with dense PRS configuration, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. Measurement gaps are configured according to applicability rules specified in 36.133 [16], Table 8.1.2.1-3. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasGapConfigDensePRS-r15 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                            NULL,
    setup                            SEQUENCE { 
        
gapOffsetDensePRS-r15Indicates the gap offset for performing RSTD measurements with dense PRS configurations as specified in 5.5.2.9a corresponding to measurement gap pattern ID specified in TS 36.133 [16]. 
            CHOICE { 
            rstd0-r15                        INTEGER (0..79), 
            rstd1-r15                        INTEGER (0..159), 
            rstd2-r15                        INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd3-r15                        INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd4-r15                        INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd5-r15                        INTEGER (0..159), 
            rstd6-r15                        INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd7-r15                        INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd8-r15                        INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd9-r15                        INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd10-r15                        INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd11-r15                        INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd12-r15                        INTEGER (0..319), 
            rstd13-r15                        INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd14-r15                        INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd15-r15                        INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd16-r15                        INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd17-r15                        INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd18-r15                        INTEGER (0..1279), 
            rstd19-r15                        INTEGER (0..639), 
            rstd20-r15                        INTEGER (0..1279), 
            ... 
        } 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasGapConfigDensePRS field descriptions


gapOffsetDensePRS
Indicates the gap offset for performing RSTD measurements with dense PRS configurations as specified in 5.5.2.9a corresponding to measurement gap pattern ID specified in TS 36.133 [16].
– MeasGapConfigPerCC-List
The IE MeasGapConfigPerCC-List specifies the measurement gap configuration and controls setup/ release of measurement gaps. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasGapConfigPerCC-List-r14 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        SEQUENCE { 
        
measGapConfigToRemoveList-r14List of serving cells for which measurement gap configuration is removed.
    MeasGapConfigToRemoveList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
measGapConfigToAddModList-r14List of serving cells and corresponding serving cell specific measurement gap configuration to add /modify.
    MeasGapConfigToAddModList-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    } 
} 
MeasGapConfigToRemoveList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF ServCellIndex-r13 
MeasGapConfigToAddModList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasGapConfigPerCC-r14 
MeasGapConfigPerCC-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    servCellId-r14                ServCellIndex-r13, 
    measGapConfigCC-r14            MeasGapConfig 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasGapConfigPerCC-List field descriptions


measGapConfigToAddModList
List of serving cells and corresponding serving cell specific measurement gap configuration to add /modify.
measGapConfigToRemoveList
List of serving cells for which measurement gap configuration is removed.
– MeasGapSharingConfig
The IE MeasGapSharingConfig specifies the measurement gap sharing scheme and controls setup/ release of measurement gap sharing. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasGapSharingConfig-r14 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
measGapSharingScheme-r14Indicates the measurement gaps sharing scheme for BL UEs in CE mode A and CE mode B and for (NG)EN-DC (for the measurement gap configured by E-UTRAN). For BL UEs, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.13.2.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3. For (NG)EN-DC, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.17.1.1-1. Value scheme00 corresponds to "00", value scheme01 corresponds to "01", and so on.
                ENUMERATED {scheme00, scheme01, scheme10, scheme11}     
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasGapSharingConfig field descriptions


measGapSharingScheme
Indicates the measurement gaps sharing scheme for BL UEs in CE mode A and CE mode B and for (NG)EN-DC (for the measurement gap configured by E-UTRAN). For BL UEs, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.13.2.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3. For (NG)EN-DC, see TS 36.133 [16], Table 8.17.1.1-1. Value scheme00 corresponds to "00", value scheme01 corresponds to "01", and so on.
– MeasId
The IE MeasId is used to identify a measurement configuration, i.e., linking of a measurement object and a reporting configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasId ::=                            INTEGER (1..maxMeasId) 
MeasId-v1250 ::=                    INTEGER (maxMeasId-Plus1..maxMeasId-r12) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasIdleConfig
The IE MeasIdleConfig is used to convey information to UE about measurements requested to be done while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasIdleConfigSIB-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15    EUTRA-CarrierList-r15, 
    ... 
} 
MeasIdleConfigSIB-NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measIdleCarrierListNR-r16        NR-CarrierList-r16, 
    ... 
} 
MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measIdleCarrierListEUTRA-r15    EUTRA-CarrierList-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    measIdleDuration-r15        ENUMERATED {sec10, sec30, sec60, sec120, 
                                                sec180, sec240, sec300, spare}, 
    ..., 
    [[ 
    measIdleCarrierListNR-r16        NR-CarrierList-r16                    OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
    validityAreaList-r16            ValidityAreaList-r16                OPTIONAL    -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
EUTRA-CarrierList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r15)) OF MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r15 
NR-CarrierList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r15)) OF MeasIdleCarrierNR-r16 
MeasIdleCarrierEUTRA-r15::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r15                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    allowedMeasBandwidth-r15            AllowedMeasBandwidth, 
    validityArea-r15                    CellList-r15                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    measCellList-r15                    CellList-r15                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    reportQuantities                    ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both}, 
    qualityThreshold-r15                SEQUENCE { 
        idleRSRP-Threshold-r15                RSRP-Range                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        idleRSRQ-Threshold-r15                RSRQ-Range-r13                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ... 
} 
ValidityAreaList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIdle-r15)) OF ValidityArea-r16 
ValidityArea-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r16            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    validityCellList-r16        ValidityCellList-r16                    OPTIONAL   -- Need ON
} 
ValidityCellList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF PhysCellIdRange 
MeasIdleCarrierNR-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreqNR-r16                ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    subcarrierSpacingSSB-r16        ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240}, 
    frequencyBandList                MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15        OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
    measCellListNR-r16                CellListNR-r16                        OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
    reportQuantitiesNR-r16            ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both}, 
    qualityThresholdNR-r16            SEQUENCE { 
        idleRSRP-ThresholdNR-r16        RSRP-RangeNR-r15                OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
        idleRSRQ-ThresholdNR-r16        RSRQ-RangeNR-r15                OPTIONAL    -- Need OR
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
    ssb-MeasConfig-r16                SEQUENCE { 
        maxRS-IndexCellQual-r16            MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15        OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
        threshRS-Index-r16                ThresholdListNR-r15                OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
        measTimingConfig-r16            MTC-SSB-NR-r15                    OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
        ssb-ToMeasure-r16                SSB-ToMeasure-r15                OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
        deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r16        BOOLEAN,
        ss-RSSI-Measurement-r16            SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15            OPTIONAL    -- Need OP
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,   -- Need OP
    beamMeasConfigIdle-r16            BeamMeasConfigIdleNR-r16            OPTIONAL,  -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[ 
    subcarrierSpacingSSB-r17        ENUMERATED {kHz480, spare1}            OPTIONAL   -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
CellList-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF PhysCellIdRange 
CellListNR-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF PhysCellIdRangeNR-r16 
BeamMeasConfigIdleNR-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    reportQuantityRS-IndexNR-r16        ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq, both}, 
    maxReportRS-Index-r16                INTEGER (0..maxRS-IndexReport-r15), 
    reportRS-IndexResultsNR-r16            BOOLEAN 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasIdToAddModList
The IE MeasIdToAddModList concerns a list of measurement identities to add or modify, with for each entry the measId, the associated measObjectId and the associated reportConfigId. Field measIdToAddModListExt includes additional measurement identities i.e. extends the size of the measurement identity list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasIdToAddModList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod 
MeasIdToAddModList-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod-v1310 
MeasIdToAddModListExt-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddModExt-r12 
MeasIdToAddModListExt-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod-v1310 
MeasIdToAddMod ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    measId                                MeasId, 
    measObjectId                        MeasObjectId, 
    reportConfigId                        ReportConfigId 
} 
MeasIdToAddModExt-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    measId-v1250                        MeasId-v1250, 
    measObjectId-r12                    MeasObjectId, 
    reportConfigId-r12                    ReportConfigId 
} 
MeasIdToAddMod-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    measObjectId-v1310            MeasObjectId-v1310        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasObjectCDMA2000
The IE MeasObjectCDMA2000 specifies information applicable for inter-RAT CDMA2000 neighbouring cells. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectCDMA2000 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
cdma2000-TypeThe type of CDMA2000 network: CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD.
                        CDMA2000-Type, 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
                            CarrierFreqCDMA2000, 
    
searchWindowSizeProvides the search window size to be used by the UE for the neighbouring pilot, see C.S0005 [25].
                    INTEGER (0..15)                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    offsetFreq                            Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT                DEFAULT 0, 
    
cellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
                    CellIndexList                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
cellsToAddModListList of cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
                    CellsToAddModListCDMA2000            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    cellForWhichToReportCGI                PhysCellIdCDMA2000                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
CellsToAddModListCDMA2000 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModCDMA2000 
CellsToAddModCDMA2000 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndexEntry index in the neighbouring cell list.
                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    
physCellIdCDMA2000 Physical cell identity of a cell in neighbouring cell list expressed as PNOffset.
                            PhysCellIdCDMA2000 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasIdleConfig field descriptions


allowedMeasBandwidth
If absent, the value corresponding to the downlink bandwidth indicated by the dl-Bandwidth included in MasterInformationBlock of serving cell applies.
beamMeasConfigIdle
Indicates the beam level measurement configuration.
carrierFreq
Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
carrierFreqNR
Indicates the NR carrier frequency to be used for measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR idle/inactive measurement parameters apply. The UE shall select the first listed band which it supports in the frequencyBandList field to represent the NR neighbour carrier frequency.
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
The field indicates whether the UE may use, to derive the SSB index of a cell on the indicated SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, the timing of any detected cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing. If this field is set to TRUE, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the same NR carrier frequency as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
maxReportRS-Index
Max number of beam indices to include in the idle/inactive measurement result.
maxRS-IndexCellQual
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. Corresponds to the parameter nrofSS-BlocksToAverage in TS 38.304 [92].
measCellList
Indicates the list of E-UTRA cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for idle/inactive measurements.
measCellListNR
Indicates the list of NR cells which the UE is requested to measure and report for idle/inactive measurements.
measIdleCarrierListEUTRA
Indicates the E-UTRA carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
measIdleCarrierListNR
Indicates the NR carriers to be measured during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
measIdleDuration
Indicates the duration for performing measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE for measurements assigned via RRCConnectionRelease. Value sec10 correspond to 10 seconds, value sec30 to 30 seconds and so on.
measTimingConfig
Used to configure the NR measurement timing configurations, i.e., timing occasions at which the UE measures SSBs. If the field is absent in VarMeasConfig, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5ms in this frequency.
qualityThreshold
Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for idle/inactiveE-UTRA measurements.
qualityThresholdNR
Indicates the quality thresholds for reporting the measured cells for idle/inactive NR measurements.
reportQuantities
Indicates which E-UTRA measurement quantities the UE is requested to report in the idle/inactive measurement report. In this version of the specification, E-UTRAN always configures the value 'both'.
reportQuantitiesNR
Indicates which NR measurement quantities the UE is requested to report in the idle/inactive measurement report.
reportQuantityRS-IndexNR
Indicates which measurement information per beam index the UE shall include in the NR idle/inactive measurement results.
reportRS-IndexResultsNR
Indicates whether or not the UE shall include beam measurements in the NR idle/inactive measurement results.
ss-RSSI-Measurement
Indicates the SSB-based RSSI measurement configuration. If the field is absent in VarMeasConfig, the UE behaviour is defined in TS 38.215 [89], clause 5.1.3.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [89]). When the field is absent in VarMeasConfig, the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
subcarrierSpacingSSB
Indicates subcarrier spacing of SSB of NR frequency.If subcarrierSpacingSSB-r17 is present, the UE shall ignore subcarrierSpacingSSB-r16.
threshRS-Index
List of thresholds for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. Corresponds to the parameter absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation in TS 38.304 [92].
validityArea
Indicates the list of cells within which UE is requested to do measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. If the UE reselects to a cell whose physical cell identity does not match any entry in validityArea for the corresponding carrier frequency, the measurements are no longer required. E-UTRAN configures this field only in RRCConnectionRelease.
validityAreaList
Indicates the list of frequencies and optionally, for each frequency, a list of cells within which the UE is required to perform measurements during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. E-UTRAN configures this field only in RRCConnectionRelease. A UE can be configured either with validityArea or validityAreaList, but not both.






MeasIdToAddModList field descriptions


measObjectId
If the measObjectId-v1310 is included, the measObjectId or measObjectId-r12 is ignored by the UE.






MeasObjectCDMA2000 field descriptions


carrierInfo
Identifies CDMA2000 carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.
cdma2000-Type
The type of CDMA2000 network: CDMA2000 1xRTT or CDMA2000 HRPD.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
physCellId
CDMA2000 Physical cell identity of a cell in neighbouring cell list expressed as PNOffset.
searchWindowSize
Provides the search window size to be used by the UE for the neighbouring pilot, see C.S0005 [25].
– MeasObjectEUTRA
The IE MeasObjectEUTRA specifies information applicable for intra-frequency or inter-frequency EUTRA cells. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectEUTRA ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIdentifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. CarrierFreq-r13 is included only when the extension list measObjectToAddModListExt-r13 is used. If carrierFreq-r13 is present, carrierFreq (i.e., without suffix) shall be set to value maxEARFCN.
                            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, 
    allowedMeasBandwidth                AllowedMeasBandwidth, 
    presenceAntennaPort1                PresenceAntennaPort1, 
    neighCellConfig                        NeighCellConfig, 
    
offsetFreqOffset value applicable to the carrier frequency. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
                            Q-OffsetRange                DEFAULT dB0, 
     -- Cell list
    
cellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the cell list.
                    CellIndexList                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
cellsToAddModListList of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.cellsToAddModList-v1610 indicates list of RSS assistance information which is used for the corresponding physCellId. If E-UTRAN includes cellsToAddModList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in cellsToAddModList (i.e. without suffix).
                    CellsToAddModList            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
     -- Excluded list
    
excludedCellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the list of exclude-listed cells.
                CellIndexList                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    
excludedCellsToAddModListList of cells to add/ modify in the list of exclude-listed cells.
                ExcludedCellsToAddModList        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    cellForWhichToReportCGI                PhysCellId                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[measCycleSCell-r10                MeasCycleSCell-r10        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        measSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10    MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10    OPTIONAL                             -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[widebandRSRQ-Meas-r11                BOOLEAN    OPTIONAL         -- Cond WB-RSRQ
    ]], 
    [[    
altTTT-CellsToRemoveList-r12List of cells to remove from the list of cells for alternative time to trigger.
    CellIndexList                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
altTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list for which the alternative time to trigger specified by alternativeTimeToTrigger inreportConfigEUTRA, if configured, applies.
    AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
t312-r12The value of timer T312. Value ms0 represents 0 ms, ms50 represents 50 ms and so on.
                        CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            ENUMERATED {ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, 
                                            ms300, ms400, ms500, ms1000} 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
reducedMeasPerformance-r12If set to TRUE, the EUTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
        BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
measDS-Config-r12Parameters applicable to discovery signals measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
                MeasDS-Config-r12            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[     
        
allowedCellsToRemoveList-r13List of cells to remove from the list of allow-listed cells.
        CellIndexList                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
allowedCellsToAddModList-r13List of cells to add/modify in the list of allow-listed cells.
        AllowedCellsToAddModList-r13    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
rmtc-Config-r13Parameters applicable to RSSI and channel occupancy measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
                RMTC-Config-r13            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
carrierFreq-r13Identifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. CarrierFreq-r13 is included only when the extension list measObjectToAddModListExt-r13 is used. If carrierFreq-r13 is present, carrierFreq (i.e., without suffix) shall be set to value maxEARFCN.
                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0        OPTIONAL             -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[     
        
tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList-r14List of transmission resource pools identities to be removed from the list of pools configured for CBR measurements and for whichpoolReportIdis included inSL-V2X-ConfigDedicated,SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26.
    Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
tx-ResourcePoolToAddList-r14List of transmission pools identities to be added to the list of pools configured for CBR measurements and for which poolReportId is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated,SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26.
    Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
fembms-MixedCarrier-r14If this field is set to TRUE, the cells on the carrier frequency indicated by the measObjectare FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cells.
                BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL             -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
        measSensing-Config-r15            MeasSensing-Config-r15        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
        
measRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16The field indicates whether measurements based on RSS in RRC_CONNECTED is enabled and provides neighbour cell RSS information.
        SetupRelease {MeasRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16}        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-v9e0                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-v9e0 
} 
MeasRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
rss-ConfigCarrierInfo-r16RSS configurations for this carrier frequency. If absent, RSS is collocated (time and frequency domain) in all cells.
        RSS-ConfigCarrierInfo-r16    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    cellsToAddModList-v1610            CellsToAddModList-v1610        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
CellsToAddModList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod 
CellsToAddModList-v1610 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod-v1610 
CellsToAddMod ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndexEntry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    
physCellIdPhysical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
                            PhysCellId, 
    
cellIndividualOffsetCell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
                Q-OffsetRange 
} 
CellsToAddMod-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rss-MeasPowerBias-r16            RSS-MeasPowerBias-r16 
} 
ExcludedCellsToAddModList ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF ExcludedCellsToAddMod 
ExcludedCellsToAddMod ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndexEntry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    
physCellIdRangePhysical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
                        PhysCellIdRange 
} 
MeasCycleSCell-r10 ::=                ENUMERATED {sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, 
                                                    sf640, sf1024, sf1280, spare1} 
MeasSubframePatternConfigNeigh-r10 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                                    NULL,
    setup                                    SEQUENCE { 
        
measSubframePatternNeigh-r10Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern applicable to neighbour cell RSRP and RSRQ measurements on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq. For cells in measSubframeCellList the UE shall assume that the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternNeigh are non-MBSFN subframes, and have the same special subframe configuration as PCell.
            MeasSubframePattern-r10, 
        
measSubframeCellList-r10List of cells for which measSubframePatternNeigh is applied.
                MeasSubframeCellList-r10    OPTIONAL     -- Cond always
    } 
} 
MeasSubframeCellList-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF PhysCellIdRange 
AltTTT-CellsToAddModList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12 
AltTTT-CellsToAddMod-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndex-r12Entry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    
physCellIdRange-r12Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
                        PhysCellIdRange 
} 
AllowedCellsToAddModList-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF AllowedCellsToAddMod-r13 
AllowedCellsToAddMod-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndex-r13Entry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    
physCellIdRange-r13Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
                        PhysCellIdRange 
} 
RMTC-Config-r13 ::=    CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                SEQUENCE { 
        
rmtc-Period-r13Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) periodicity for this frequency. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms periodicity, ms80 corresponds to 80 ms periodicity and so on, see TS 36.214 [48].
                    ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640}, 
        
rmtc-SubframeOffset-r13Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) subframe offset for this frequency. The value of rmtc-SubframeOffset should be smaller than the value of rmtc-Period, see TS 36.214 [48]. For inter-frequency measurements, this field is optional present and if it is not configured, the UE chooses a random value as rmtc-SubframeOffset for measDuration which shall be selected to be between 0 and the configured rmtc-Period with equal probability.
            INTEGER(0..639)                   OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        
measDuration-r13Number of consecutive symbols for which the Physical Layer reports samples of RSSI, see TS 36.214 [48]. Value sym1 corresponds to one symbol, sym14 corresponds to 14 symbols, and so on.
                ENUMERATED {sym1, sym14, sym28, sym42, sym70}, 
        ... 
    } 
} 
Tx-ResourcePoolMeasList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14)) OF SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasObjectEUTRA field descriptions


allowedCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/modify in the list of allow-listed cells.
allowedCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the list of allow-listed cells.
altTTT-CellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list for which the alternative time to trigger specified by alternativeTimeToTrigger inreportConfigEUTRA, if configured, applies.
altTTT-CellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the list of cells for alternative time to trigger.
carrierFreq
Identifies EUTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid. E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the E-ARFCN used to indicate this. CarrierFreq-r13 is included only when the extension list measObjectToAddModListExt-r13 is used. If carrierFreq-r13 is present, carrierFreq (i.e., without suffix) shall be set to value maxEARFCN.
cellIndex
Entry index in the cell list. An entry may concern a range of cells, in which case this value applies to the entire range.
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offset applicable to a specific cell. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
cellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the cell list.cellsToAddModList-v1610 indicates list of RSS assistance information which is used for the corresponding physCellId. If E-UTRAN includes cellsToAddModList-v1610, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in cellsToAddModList (i.e. without suffix).
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the cell list.
excludedCellsToAddModList
List of cells to add/ modify in the list of exclude-listed cells.
excludedCellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the list of exclude-listed cells.
fembms-MixedCarrier
If this field is set to TRUE, the cells on the carrier frequency indicated by the measObjectare FeMBMS/Unicast-mixed cells.
measCycleSCell
The parameter is used only when an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObject and is in deactivated state, see TS 36.133 [16], clause 8.3.3. E-UTRAN configures the parameter whenever an SCell is configured on the frequency indicated by the measObject,but the field may also be signalled when an SCell is not configured.Value sf160 corresponds to 160 sub-frames, sf256 corresponds to 256 sub-frames and so on.
measDS-Config
Parameters applicable to discovery signals measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
measDuration
Number of consecutive symbols for which the Physical Layer reports samples of RSSI, see TS 36.214 [48]. Value sym1 corresponds to one symbol, sym14 corresponds to 14 symbols, and so on.
measRSS-DedicatedConfig
The field indicates whether measurements based on RSS in RRC_CONNECTED is enabled and provides neighbour cell RSS information.
measSubframeCellList
List of cells for which measSubframePatternNeigh is applied.
measSubframePatternNeigh
Time domain measurement resource restriction pattern applicable to neighbour cell RSRP and RSRQ measurements on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq. For cells in measSubframeCellList the UE shall assume that the subframes indicated by measSubframePatternNeigh are non-MBSFN subframes, and have the same special subframe configuration as PCell.
offsetFreq
Offset value applicable to the carrier frequency. Value dB-24 corresponds to -24 dB, dB-22 corresponds to -22 dB and so on.
physCellId
Physical cell identity of a cell in the cell list.
physCellIdRange
Physical cell identity or a range of physical cell identities.
reducedMeasPerformance
If set to TRUE, the EUTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
rmtc-Config
Parameters applicable to RSSI and channel occupancy measurement on the carrier frequency indicated by carrierFreq.
rmtc-Period
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) periodicity for this frequency. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms periodicity, ms80 corresponds to 80 ms periodicity and so on, see TS 36.214 [48].
rmtc-SubframeOffset
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) subframe offset for this frequency. The value of rmtc-SubframeOffset should be smaller than the value of rmtc-Period, see TS 36.214 [48]. For inter-frequency measurements, this field is optional present and if it is not configured, the UE chooses a random value as rmtc-SubframeOffset for measDuration which shall be selected to be between 0 and the configured rmtc-Period with equal probability.
rss-ConfigCarrierInfo
RSS configurations for this carrier frequency. If absent, RSS is collocated (time and frequency domain) in all cells.
t312
The value of timer T312. Value ms0 represents 0 ms, ms50 represents 50 ms and so on.
tx-ResourcePoolToAddList
List of transmission pools identities to be added to the list of pools configured for CBR measurements and for which poolReportId is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated,SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26.
tx-ResourcePoolToRemoveList
List of transmission resource pools identities to be removed from the list of pools configured for CBR measurements and for whichpoolReportIdis included inSL-V2X-ConfigDedicated,SystemInformationBlockType21 or SystemInformationBlockType26.
widebandRSRQ-Meas
If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall, when performing RSRQ measurements, use a wider bandwidth in accordance with TS 36.133 [16].






Conditional presenceExplanation


always
The field is mandatory present.
WB-RSRQ
The field is optionally present, need ON, if the measurement bandwidth indicated by allowedMeasBandwidth is 50 resource blocks or larger; otherwise it is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field, if configured.
– MeasObjectGERAN
The IE MeasObjectGERAN specifies information applicable for inter-RAT GERAN neighbouring frequencies. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectGERAN ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqsIf E-UTRAN includes cellForWhichToReportCGI, it includes only one GERAN ARFCN value in carrierFreqs.
                        CarrierFreqsGERAN, 
    offsetFreq                            Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT        DEFAULT 0, 
    
ncc-PermittedField encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
                        BIT STRING(SIZE(8))        DEFAULT '11111111'B, 
    cellForWhichToReportCGI                PhysCellIdGERAN                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasObjectGERAN field descriptions


ncc-Permitted
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "0" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is not permitted for monitoring and set to "1" if a BCCH carrier with NCC = N-1 is permitted for monitoring; N = 1 to 8; bit 1 of the bitmap is the leading bit of the bit string.
carrierFreqs
If E-UTRAN includes cellForWhichToReportCGI, it includes only one GERAN ARFCN value in carrierFreqs.
– MeasObjectId
The IE MeasObjectId used to identify a measurement object configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectId ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxObjectId) 
MeasObjectId-v1310 ::=            INTEGER (maxObjectId-Plus1-r13..maxObjectId-r13) 
MeasObjectId-r13 ::=                INTEGER (1..maxObjectId-r13) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasObjectNR
The IE MeasObjectNR specifies information applicable for inter-RAT NR neighbouring cells. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectNR-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r15                        ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    rs-ConfigSSB-r15                    RS-ConfigSSB-NR-r15, 
    threshRS-Index-r15                    ThresholdListNR-r15                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15                MaxRS-IndexCellQualNR-r15        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    offsetFreq-r15                        Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT            DEFAULT 0, 
    excludedCellsToRemoveList-r15            CellIndexList                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    excludedCellsToAddModList-r15            CellsToAddModListNR-r15            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    quantityConfigSet-r15                INTEGER (1.. maxQuantSetsNR-r15), 
    cellsForWhichToReportSFTD-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF PhysCellIdNR-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    cellForWhichToReportCGI-r15            PhysCellIdNR-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        deriveSSB-IndexFromCell-r15            BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        ss-RSSI-Measurement-r15                SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        bandNR-r15                    CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
    rmtc-ConfigNR-r16                        SetupRelease {RMTC-ConfigNR-r16}            OPTIONAL         -- Cond SharedSpectrum
    ]], 
    [[ 
    cellsToRemoveList-r16            CellIndexList                    OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
    cellsToAddModList-r16            CellsToAddModListNR-r16        OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
RS-ConfigSSB-NR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    measTimingConfig-r15            MTC-SSB-NR-r15, 
    subcarrierSpacingSSB-r15    ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz120, kHz240}, 
    ..., 
    [[    ssb-ToMeasure-r15            CHOICE { 
            release                        NULL,
            setup                        SSB-ToMeasure-r15 
        }                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
    ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r16    SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r16    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
    ssb-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModListNR-r16    SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModListNR-r16    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SharedSpectrum
    ssb-PositionQCL-CellsToRemoveListNR-r16    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF PhysCellIdNR-r15    OPTIONAL     -- Cond SharedSpectrum
    ]], 
    [[ 
    subcarrierSpacingSSB-r17    ENUMERATED {kHz480, kHz960}                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r17    SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r17    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
    ssb-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModListNR-r17    SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModListNR-r17    OPTIONAL,    --      Cond SharedSpectrum
    ssb-PositionQCL-CellsToRemoveListNR-r17    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF PhysCellIdNR-r15    OPTIONAL     -- Cond SharedSpectrum
    ]] 
} 
CellsToAddModListNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModNR-r15 
CellsToAddModListNR-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModNR-r16 
CellsToAddModNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    cellIndex-r15                    INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    physCellId-r15                    PhysCellIdNR-r15 
} 
CellsToAddModNR-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    cellIndex-r16                        INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    physCellId-r16                        PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
    cellIndividualOffset-r16            Q-OffsetRange 
} 
SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModListNR-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddNR-r16 
SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddNR-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId-r16                            PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
    ssb-PositionQCL-NR-r16                    SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r16 
} 
RMTC-ConfigNR-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rmtc-PeriodicityNR-r16                ENUMERATED {ms40, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640}, 
    rmtc-SubframeOffsetNR-r16            INTEGER(0..639)           OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    measDurationNR-r16                    ENUMERATED {sym1, sym14or12, sym28or24, sym42or36, sym70or60}, 
    rmtc-FrequencyNR-r16                ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    refSCS-CP-NR-r16                    ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz60-NCP, kHz60-ECP}, 
    ..., 
    [[ 
    rmtc-BandwidthNR-r17    ENUMERATED {mhz100, mhz400, mhz800, mhz1600, mhz2000} OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    measDurationNR-r17        ENUMERATED {sym140, sym560, sym1120}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    refSCS-CP-NR-r17        ENUMERATED {kHz120, kHz480, kHz960}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddModListNR-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddNR-r17 
SSB-PositionQCL-CellsToAddNR-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physCellIdNR-r17                        PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
    ssb-PositionQCL-NR-r17                    SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r17 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasObjectToAddModList
The IE MeasObjectToAddModList concerns a list of measurement objects to add or modify 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectToAddModList ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod 
MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddModExt-r13 
MeasObjectToAddModList-v9e0 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 
MeasObjectToAddMod ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    measObjectId                        MeasObjectId, 
    measObject                            CHOICE { 
        measObjectEUTRA                        MeasObjectEUTRA, 
        measObjectUTRA                        MeasObjectUTRA, 
        measObjectGERAN                        MeasObjectGERAN, 
        measObjectCDMA2000                    MeasObjectCDMA2000, 
        ..., 
        measObjectWLAN-r13                    MeasObjectWLAN-r13, 
        measObjectNR-r15                    MeasObjectNR-r15 
    } 
} 
MeasObjectToAddModExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    measObjectId-r13                    MeasObjectId-v1310, 
    measObject-r13                            CHOICE { 
        measObjectEUTRA-r13                        MeasObjectEUTRA, 
        measObjectUTRA-r13                        MeasObjectUTRA, 
        measObjectGERAN-r13                        MeasObjectGERAN, 
        measObjectCDMA2000-r13                    MeasObjectCDMA2000, 
        ..., 
        measObjectWLAN-v1320                    MeasObjectWLAN-r13, 
        measObjectNR-r15                        MeasObjectNR-r15 
    } 
} 
MeasObjectToAddMod-v9e0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    measObjectEUTRA-v9e0                MeasObjectEUTRA-v9e0        OPTIONAL     -- Cond eutra
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasObjectNR field descriptions


bandNR
Indicates the frequency band of the NR carrier frequency configured in this MeasObjectNR. This field is always set to setup when the network configures measurements with this MeasObjectNR.
carrierFreq
Identifies the SSB frequency to be measured.E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same SSB frequency.
cellIndividualOffset
Cell individual offset applicable to a specific cell.
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
The field indicates whether the UE may use, to derive the SSB index of a cell on the indicated SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, the timing of the NR serving cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing if configured. Otherwise, the field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell with the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
measDurationNR
Number of consecutive symbols for which the Physical Layer reports samples of RSSI (see TS 38.215 [89]). Value sym1 corresponds to one symbol, sym14or12 corresponds to 14 symbolsof the reference numerology for NCP and 12 symbols for ECP, and so on.If measDurationNR-r17 is present, the UE shall ignore measDurationNR-r16.
quantityConfigSet
Indicates the n-th element of quantityConfigNRList provided in MeasConfig.
refSCS-CP-NR
Indicates a reference subcarrier spacing and cyclic prefix to be used for RSSI measurements (see TS 38.215 [89]).
rmtc-FrequencyNR
Indicates the center frequency of the measured bandwidth (see TS 38.215 [89]).
rmtc-PeriodicityNR
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) periodicity (see TS 38.215 [89]). Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms periodicity, ms80 corresponds to 80 ms periodicity, and so on.
rmtc-SubframeOffsetNR
Indicates the RSSI measurement timing configuration (RMTC) subframe offset (see TS 38.215 [89)). If not configured, the UE chooses a random value as rmtc-SubframeOffsetNR for measDurationNR which shall be selected to be between 0 and the configured rmtc-PeriodicityNR with equal probability.
rs-ConfigSSB
Indicates the SSB configuration for measuring the set of SS blocks within the SMTC measurement duration.
ssb-PositionQCL-NR
Indicates the QCL relationship between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR in MeasObjectNR for the indicated cell.
ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR
Indicates the QCL relationship between SS/PBCH blocks for NR neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1.If ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r17 is present, the UE shall ignore ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR-r16.
subcarrierSpacingSSB
Subcarrier spacing of SSB.
Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency:
FR1:15 or 30 kHz
FR2-1:120 or 240 kHz
FR2-2:120, 480, or 960 kHz
rmtc-BandwidthNR
Indicates the bandwidth for the RSSI measurement.
threshRS-Index
List of thresholds for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index.






Conditional presenceExplanation


SharedSpectrum
The field is optional Need ON if NR operates with shared spectrum channel access; otherwise, it is not present.
SharedSpectrum2
The field is mandatory present if NR operates with shared spectrum channel access; otherwise, it is not present.
– MeasObjectUTRA
The IE MeasObjectUTRA specifies information applicable for inter-RAT UTRA neighbouring cells. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectUTRA ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIdentifies UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
                            ARFCN-ValueUTRA, 
    offsetFreq                            Q-OffsetRangeInterRAT        DEFAULT 0, 
    
cellsToRemoveListList of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
                    CellIndexList                OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
    cellsToAddModList                    CHOICE { 
        
cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDDList of UTRA FDD cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
            CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD, 
        
cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDDList of UTRA TDD cells to add/modify in the neighbouring cell list.
            CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,            -- Need ON
    cellForWhichToReportCGI                CHOICE { 
        utra-FDD                            PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD, 
        utra-TDD                            PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    csg-allowedReportingCells-v930            CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
reducedMeasPerformance-r12If set to TRUE the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
                BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
CellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD 
CellsToAddModUTRA-FDD ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndexEntry index in the neighbouring cell list.
                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    physCellId                            PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD 
} 
CellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD 
CellsToAddModUTRA-TDD ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
cellIndexEntry index in the neighbouring cell list.
                            INTEGER (1..maxCellMeas), 
    physCellId                            PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD 
} 
CSG-AllowedReportingCells-r9 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    physCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9            PhysCellIdRangeUTRA-FDDList-r9    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Conditional presenceExplanation


eutra
The field is optional present, need OR, if for the corresponding entry in MeasObjectToAddModList or MeasObjectToAddModListExt-r13field measObject is set to measObjectEUTRA andits sub-field carrierFreq is set to maxEARFCN. Otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.






MeasObjectUTRA field descriptions


carrierFreq
Identifies UTRA carrier frequency for which this configuration is valid.E-UTRAN does not configure more than one measurement object for the same physical frequency regardless of the ARFCN used to indicate this.
cellIndex
Entry index in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-FDD
List of UTRA FDD cells to add/ modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToAddModListUTRA-TDD
List of UTRA TDD cells to add/modify in the neighbouring cell list.
cellsToRemoveList
List of cells to remove from the neighbouring cell list.
csg-allowedReportingCells
One or more ranges of physical cell identities for which UTRA-FDD reporting is allowed.
reducedMeasPerformance
If set to TRUE the UTRA carrier frequency is configured for reduced measurement performance, otherwise it is configured for normal measurement performance, see TS 36.133 [16].
– MeasObjectWLAN
The IE MeasObjectWLAN specifies information applicable for inter-RAT WLAN measurements. E-UTRAN configures at least one WLAN identifier in the MeasObjectWLAN. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasObjectWLAN-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r13                    CHOICE { 
        
bandIndicatorListWLAN-r13Includes the list of WLAN bands. Value band2dot4 indicates the 2.4GHz band, value band5 indicates the 5GHz band and value band60 indicates the 60GHz band.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Bands-r13)) OF WLAN-BandIndicator-r13, 
        
carrierInfoListWLAN-r13Includes the list of WLAN carrier information for the measurement object.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-CarrierInfo-r13)) OF WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13 
    }        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
wlan-ToAddModList-r13Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be added to the measurement configuration.
                WLAN-Id-List-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
wlan-ToRemoveList-r13Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be removed from the measurement configuration.
                WLAN-Id-List-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
WLAN-BandIndicator-r13 ::=    ENUMERATED {band2dot4, band5, band60-v1430, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasObjectWLAN field descriptions


bandIndicatorListWLAN
Includes the list of WLAN bands. Value band2dot4 indicates the 2.4GHz band, value band5 indicates the 5GHz band and value band60 indicates the 60GHz band.
carrierInfoListWLAN
Includes the list of WLAN carrier information for the measurement object.
wlan-ToAddModList
Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be added to the measurement configuration.
wlan-ToRemoveList
Includes the list of WLAN identifiers to be removed from the measurement configuration.
– MeasResults
The IE MeasResults covers measured results for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter- RAT mobility and for idle/inactive measurements. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasResults ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
measIdIdentifies the measurement identity for which the reporting is being performed. If the measId-v1250 is included, the measId (i.e. without a suffix) is ignored by eNB.
                                MeasId, 
    
measResultPCellMeasured result of the PCell. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, when operating in CE Mode B, measResultPCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm. If sending of the MeasurementReport message is triggered by a measurement configured by the field sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA that was received within an NR RRCReconfiguration message (i.e. CBR measurements), measResultPCell is not applicable, its contents is invalid and ignored by the network.
                        SEQUENCE { 
        
rsrpResultMeasured RSRP result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                            RSRP-Range, 
        
rsrqResultMeasured RSRQ result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
If the measurement is performed in RRC_CONNECTED and measurements based on RSS is enabled in the cell in measRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16, E-UTRAN ignores rsrqResult.
                            RSRQ-Range 
    }, 
    measResultNeighCells                CHOICE { 
        
measResultListEUTRAList of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an EUTRA measurement identity. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResult-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
                    MeasResultListEUTRA, 
        
measResultListUTRAList of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a UTRA measurement identity.
                    MeasResultListUTRA, 
        
measResultListGERANList of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells or frequencies for a GERAN measurement identity.
                    MeasResultListGERAN, 
        
measResultsCDMA2000Contains the CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration status and the list of CDMA2000 measurements.
                    MeasResultsCDMA2000, 
        ..., 
        measResultNeighCellListNR-r15            MeasResultCellListNR-r15 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    measResultForECID-r9                MeasResultForECID-r9            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    locationInfo-r10                    LocationInfo-r10                OPTIONAL,
        
measResultServFreqList-r10Measured results of the serving frequencies: the measurement result of each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each serving frequency. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultBestNeighCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
            MeasResultServFreqList-r10        OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measId-v1250                        MeasId-v1250                    OPTIONAL,
        measResultPCell-v1250                RSRQ-Range-v1250                OPTIONAL,
        
measResultCSI-RS-List-r12Measured resultsof the CSI-RS resources in discovery signals measurement.
            MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12        OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultForRSSI-r13                MeasResultForRSSI-r13            OPTIONAL,
        measResultServFreqListExt-r13        MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13    OPTIONAL,
        measResultSSTD-r13                    MeasResultSSTD-r13                OPTIONAL,
        measResultPCell-v1310                SEQUENCE { 
            
rs-sinr-Result-r13Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RS-SINR-Range-r13 
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
        ul-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13            UL-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13        OPTIONAL,
        
measResultListWLAN-r13List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best WLAN outside the WLAN mobility set and connected WLAN, if any, for a WLAN measurement identity.
                MeasResultListWLAN-r13            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultPCell-v1360                RSRP-Range-v1360                OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultListCBR-r14                MeasResultListCBR-r14            OPTIONAL,
        
measResultListWLAN-r14List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best WLAN outside the WLAN mobility set and connected WLAN, if any, for a WLAN measurement identity.
                MeasResultListWLAN-r14            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultServFreqListNR-r15        MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15    OPTIONAL,
        measResultCellListSFTD-r15        MeasResultCellListSFTD-r15            OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    logMeasResultListBT-r15                LogMeasResultListBT-r15            OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListWLAN-r15            LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15        OPTIONAL,
        measResultSensing-r15            MeasResultSensing-r15                OPTIONAL,
        
heightUE-r15Indicates height of the UE in meters relative to the sea level. Value 0 corresponds to sea level (i.e., negative value indicates depth of the UE below sea level). Value -400 corresponds to -400 m, value -399 corresponds to -399 m and so on.
                        INTEGER (-400..8880)        OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    ul-PDCP-DelayValueResultList-r16        UL-PDCP-DelayValueResultList-r16    OPTIONAL,
        measResultForRSSI-NR-r16                MeasResultForRSSI-NR-r16        OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    
uncomBarPreMeasResult-r17This field provides barometric pressure measurements as Sensor-MeasurementInformationdefined in TS 37.355 [109]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
                OCTET STRING            OPTIONAL,
        
coarseLocationInfo-r17This field indicates the coarse location information reported by the UE. This field is coded as the Ellipsoid-Point IE defined in TS 37.355 [109]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit. The least significant bits of degreesLatitude and degreesLongitude are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement which corresponds to a granularity of approximately 2 km.
It is up to UE implementation as to how many LSBs are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement.
                OCTET STRING            OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultListEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultEUTRA 
MeasResultEUTRA ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                            PhysCellId, 
    cgi-Info                            SEQUENCE { 
        cellGlobalId                        CellGlobalIdEUTRA, 
        trackingAreaCode                    TrackingAreaCode, 
        
plmn-IdentityListThe list of PLMN Identity read from broadcast information when the multiple PLMN Identities are broadcast.
                    PLMN-IdentityList2                OPTIONAL 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    
measResultMeasured result of an EUTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        
rsrpResultMeasured RSRP result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                            RSRP-Range                        OPTIONAL,
        
rsrqResultMeasured RSRQ result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
If the measurement is performed in RRC_CONNECTED and measurements based on RSS is enabled in the cell in measRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16, E-UTRAN ignores rsrqResult.
                            RSRQ-Range                        OPTIONAL,
        ..., 
        [[    additionalSI-Info-r9                AdditionalSI-Info-r9        OPTIONAL 
        ]], 
        [[    primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,
            measResult-v1250                    RSRQ-Range-v1250            OPTIONAL 
        ]], 
        [[    
rs-sinr-Result-r13Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RS-SINR-Range-r13            OPTIONAL,
            cgi-Info-v1310                        SEQUENCE {                 
                freqBandIndicator-r13                FreqBandIndicator-r11        OPTIONAL,
                multiBandInfoList-r13                MultiBandInfoList-r11        OPTIONAL,
                freqBandIndicatorPriority-r13        ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL 
            }                                                                OPTIONAL 
        ]], 
        [[ 
            measResult-v1360                    RSRP-Range-v1360                    OPTIONAL 
        ]], 
        [[ 
            cgi-Info-5GC-r15        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-r11)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-5GC-r15        OPTIONAL 
        ]] 
    } 
} 
MeasResultListIdle-r15    ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxIdleMeasCarriers-r15)) OF MeasResultIdle-r15 
MeasResultIdle-r15    ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
measResultServingCell-r15Measured results of the serving cell (i.e., PCell) from idle/inactive measurements.
                    SEQUENCE { 
        
rsrpResult-r15Measured RSRP result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RSRP-Range, 
        
rsrqResult-r15Measured RSRQ result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
If the measurement is performed in RRC_CONNECTED and measurements based on RSS is enabled in the cell in measRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16, E-UTRAN ignores rsrqResult.
                    RSRQ-Range-r13 
    }, 
    measResultNeighCells-r15        CHOICE { 
        measResultIdleListEUTRA-r15        MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15, 
        ... 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r15 
MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreq-r15Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency. Within MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15, UE only includes measurements with the same carrier frequency.
                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    physCellId-r15                        PhysCellId, 
    
measResult-r15Measured result of an EUTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
                        SEQUENCE { 
        
rsrpResult-r15Measured RSRP result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                        RSRP-Range, 
        
rsrqResult-r15Measured RSRQ result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
If the measurement is performed in RRC_CONNECTED and measurements based on RSS is enabled in the cell in measRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16, E-UTRAN ignores rsrqResult.
                        RSRQ-Range-r13 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
MeasResultListExtIdle-r16 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxIdleMeasCarriersExt-r16)) OF MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15 
MeasResultListIdleNR-r16    ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxIdleMeasCarriers-r16)) OF MeasResultIdleNR-r16 
MeasResultIdleNR-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqNR-r16Indicates the NR carrier frequency.
                        ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    
measResultsPerCellListIdleNR-r16List of idle/inactive measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a given NR carrier.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellMeasIdle-r15)) OF MeasResultsPerCellIdleNR-r16, 
    ... 
} 
MeasResultsPerCellIdleNR-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physCellIdNR-r16                    PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
    
measIdleResultNR-r16Idle/inactive measurement results for an NR cell (optionally including beam level measurements).
                    SEQUENCE { 
        
rsrpResultNR-r16Measured RSRP result of an NR cell.
The rsrpResultNR is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                        RSRP-RangeNR-r15                OPTIONAL,
        
rsrqResultNR-r16Measured RSRQ result of an NR cell.
The rsrqResultNR is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                        RSRQ-RangeNR-r15                OPTIONAL,
        
resultRS-IndexList-r16Beam level measurement results (indexes and optionally, beam measurements).
                ResultsPerSSB-IndexList-r16        OPTIONAL 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
ResultsPerSSB-IndexList-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)) OF ResultsPerSSB-IndexIdle-r16 
ResultsPerSSB-IndexIdle-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ssb-Index-r16                            RS-IndexNR-r15, 
    ssb-Results-r16                            SEQUENCE { 
        ssb-RSRP-Result-r16                        RSRP-RangeNR-r15            OPTIONAL,
        ssb-RSRQ-Result-r16                        RSRQ-RangeNR-r15            OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasResultServFreqListNR-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultServFreqNR-r15 
MeasResultServFreqNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreq-r15Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency. Within MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15, UE only includes measurements with the same carrier frequency.
                        ARFCN-ValueNR-r15, 
    measResultSCell-r15                    MeasResultCellNR-r15                OPTIONAL,
    measResultBestNeighCell-r15            MeasResultCellNR-r15                OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
MeasResultCellListNR-r15::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCellNR-r15 
MeasResultCellNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    pci-r15                                PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
    measResultCell-r15                    MeasResultNR-r15, 
    measResultRS-IndexList-r15            MeasResultSSB-IndexList-r15                OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    cgi-Info-r15                        CGI-InfoNR-r15                OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultNR-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
rsrpResult-r15Measured RSRP result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                        RSRP-RangeNR-r15                        OPTIONAL,
    
rsrqResult-r15Measured RSRQ result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
If the measurement is performed in RRC_CONNECTED and measurements based on RSS is enabled in the cell in measRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16, E-UTRAN ignores rsrqResult.
                        RSRQ-RangeNR-r15                        OPTIONAL,
    
rs-sinr-Result-r15Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15                        OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
MeasResultSSB-IndexList-r15::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)) OF MeasResultSSB-Index-r15 
MeasResultSSB-Index-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ssb-Index-r15                        RS-IndexNR-r15, 
    measResultSSB-Index-r15                MeasResultNR-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
MeasResultServFreqList-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF MeasResultServFreq-r10 
MeasResultServFreqListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF MeasResultServFreq-r13 
MeasResultServFreq-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    servFreqId-r10                        ServCellIndex-r10, 
    measResultSCell-r10                    SEQUENCE { 
        rsrpResultSCell-r10                    RSRP-Range, 
        rsrqResultSCell-r10                    RSRQ-Range 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    measResultBestNeighCell-r10            SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r10                        PhysCellId, 
        rsrpResultNCell-r10                    RSRP-Range, 
        rsrqResultNCell-r10                    RSRQ-Range 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    measResultSCell-v1250                RSRQ-Range-v1250    OPTIONAL,
        measResultBestNeighCell-v1250        RSRQ-Range-v1250    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    measResultSCell-v1310                SEQUENCE { 
            
rs-sinr-Result-r13Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RS-SINR-Range-r13 
        }        OPTIONAL,
        measResultBestNeighCell-v1310        SEQUENCE { 
            
rs-sinr-Result-r13Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RS-SINR-Range-r13 
        }        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultServFreq-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    servFreqId-r13                        ServCellIndex-r13, 
    measResultSCell-r13                    SEQUENCE { 
        rsrpResultSCell-r13                    RSRP-Range, 
        rsrqResultSCell-r13                    RSRQ-Range-r13, 
        
rs-sinr-Result-r13Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RS-SINR-Range-r13    OPTIONAL 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    measResultBestNeighCell-r13            SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r13                        PhysCellId, 
        rsrpResultNCell-r13                    RSRP-Range, 
        rsrqResultNCell-r13                    RSRQ-Range-r13, 
        
rs-sinr-Result-r13Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
                    RS-SINR-Range-r13    OPTIONAL 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    measResultBestNeighCell-v1360        SEQUENCE { 
            rsrpResultNCell-v1360                RSRP-Range-v1360 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultCSI-RS-List-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCSI-RS-r12 
MeasResultCSI-RS-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    measCSI-RS-Id-r12                MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12, 
    csi-RSRP-Result-r12                CSI-RSRP-Range-r12, 
    ... 
} 
MeasResultListUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultUTRA 
MeasResultUTRA ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                            CHOICE { 
        fdd                                    PhysCellIdUTRA-FDD, 
        tdd                                    PhysCellIdUTRA-TDD 
    }, 
    cgi-Info                            SEQUENCE { 
        cellGlobalId                        CellGlobalIdUTRA, 
        
locationAreaCodeA fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (16))            OPTIONAL,
        
routingAreaCodeThe RAC identity read from broadcast information, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (8))            OPTIONAL,
        
plmn-IdentityListThe list of PLMN Identity read from broadcast information when the multiple PLMN Identities are broadcast.
                    PLMN-IdentityList2                OPTIONAL 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    
measResultMeasured result of an EUTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        
utra-RSCPAccording to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29]for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. Thirty-one spare values.
                            INTEGER (-5..91)                OPTIONAL,
        
utra-EcN0According to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29]for FDD. Fourteen spare values. The field is not present for TDD.
                            INTEGER (0..49)                    OPTIONAL,
        ..., 
        [[    additionalSI-Info-r9                AdditionalSI-Info-r9                OPTIONAL 
        ]], 
        [[    primaryPLMN-Suitable-r12            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL 
        ]] 
    } 
} 
MeasResultListGERAN ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultGERAN 
MeasResultGERAN ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
carrierFreqIndicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency. Within MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15, UE only includes measurements with the same carrier frequency.
                            CarrierFreqGERAN, 
    physCellId                            PhysCellIdGERAN, 
    cgi-Info                            SEQUENCE { 
        cellGlobalId                        CellGlobalIdGERAN, 
        
routingAreaCodeThe RAC identity read from broadcast information, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (8))            OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,
    
measResultMeasured result of an EUTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        
rssiGERAN Carrier RSSI. RXLEV is mapped to a value between 0 and 63, TS 45.008 [28]. When mapping the RXLEV value to the RSSI bit string, the first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit.
                                INTEGER (0..63), 
        ... 
    } 
} 
MeasResultsCDMA2000 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
preRegistrationStatusHRPDSet to TRUE if the UE is currently pre-registered with CDMA2000 HRPD. Otherwise set to FALSE. This can be ignored by the eNB for CDMA2000 1xRTT.
            BOOLEAN,
    
measResultListCDMA2000List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a CDMA2000 measurement identity.
                MeasResultListCDMA2000 
} 
MeasResultListCDMA2000 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultCDMA2000 
MeasResultCDMA2000 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    physCellId                            PhysCellIdCDMA2000, 
    cgi-Info                            CellGlobalIdCDMA2000                OPTIONAL,
    
measResultMeasured result of an EUTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        
pilotPnPhaseIndicates the arrival time of a CDMA2000 pilot, measured relative to the UE's time reference in units of PN chips, see C.S0005 [25]. This information is used in either SRVCC handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback procedure to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
                        INTEGER    (0..32767)                OPTIONAL,
        
pilotStrengthCDMA2000 Pilot Strength, the ratio of pilot power to total power in the signal bandwidth of a CDMA2000 Forward Channel. See C.S0005 [25] for CDMA2000 1xRTT and C.S0024 [26] for CDMA2000 HRPD.
                        INTEGER (0..63), 
        ... 
    } 
} 
MeasResultListWLAN-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultWLAN-r13 
MeasResultListWLAN-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14)) OF MeasResultWLAN-r13 
MeasResultWLAN-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
wlan-Identifiers-r13Indicates the WLAN parameters used for identification of the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
                    WLAN-Identifiers-r12, 
    
carrierInfoWLAN-r13Indicates the WLAN channel information.
                        WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13    OPTIONAL,
    
bandWLAN-r13Indicates the WLAN band.
                            WLAN-BandIndicator-r13    OPTIONAL,
    
rssiWLAN-r13Measured WLAN RSSI result in dBm.
                            WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13, 
    
availableAdmissionCapacityWLAN-r13Indicates the available admission capacity of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
        INTEGER (0..31250)        OPTIONAL,
    
backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN-r13Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Downlink Speed times Downlink Load defined in Wi-Fi Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
            WLAN-backhaulRate-r12    OPTIONAL,
    
backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN-r13Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Uplink Speed times Uplink Load defined in Wi-Fi Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
            WLAN-backhaulRate-r12    OPTIONAL,
    
channelUtilizationWLAN-r13Indicates WLAN channel utilization as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
                INTEGER (0..255)        OPTIONAL,
    
stationCountWLAN-r13Indicates the total number stations currently associated with this WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
                    INTEGER (0..65535)        OPTIONAL,
    
connectedWLAN-r13Indicates whether the UE is connected to the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
                        ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
MeasResultListCBR-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Report-r14)) OF MeasResultCBR-r14 
MeasResultCBR-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
poolIdentity-r14The identity of the transmission resource pool which is corresponding to the poolReportId configured ina resource pool for V2X sidelink communication.
        SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14, 
    
cbr-PSSCH-r14Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSSCH of the pool indicated by poolIdentity. If adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to TRUE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity, this field indicates the CBR measurement of both the PSSCH and PSCCH resources which are measured together.
            SL-CBR-r14, 
    
cbr-PSCCH-r14Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSCCH of thepool indicated by poolIdentity.This field is only included if adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to FALSE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity.
            SL-CBR-r14                OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasResultSensing-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-SubframeRef-r15Indicates the subframe corresponding to n+T1 used to obtain the sensing measurement results (see TS 36.213 [23]). Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of DFN#0 in milliseconds.
            INTEGER (0..10239), 
    sensingResult-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..400)) OF SensingResult-r15 
} 
SensingResult-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
resourceIndex-r15Indicates the available resource candidates within the [T1, T2] window as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. clause 14.1.1.6. Value 1 indicates the resource candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to sensingSubchannelNumber-1. Value 2 indicates the resource candidate on the first subframe following the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to sensingSubchannelNumber-1 (Value 101 indicates the resource candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 1 to sensingSubchannelNumber, if the numSubchannel of the resource pool is larger than sensingSubchannelNumber) and so on.
            INTEGER (1..2000) 
} 
MeasResultForECID-r9 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult-r9UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result of the PCell, provided by lower layers. If ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD-r13 is set to TRUE, the measurement mapping is according to EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16] and measurement result includes NTAoffset, else the measurement mapping is according to EUTRAN FDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16].
                INTEGER (0..4095), 
    
currentSFN-r9Indicates the current system frame number when receiving the UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement results from lower layer.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) 
} 
PLMN-IdentityList2 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..5)) OF PLMN-Identity 
AdditionalSI-Info-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
csg-MemberStatus-r9Indicates whether or not the UE is a member of the CSG of the neighbour cell.
                ENUMERATED {member}                OPTIONAL,
    csg-Identity-r9                        CSG-Identity                        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasResultForRSSI-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
rssi-Result-r13Measured RSSI result in dBm.
                            RSSI-Range-r13, 
    
channelOccupancy-r13Indicates the percentage of samples when the RSSI was above the configured channelOccupancyThreshold for the associated reportConfig.
                    INTEGER (0..100), 
    ... 
} 
MeasResultForRSSI-NR-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    rssi-ResultNR-r16                    RSSI-Range-r13, 
    channelOccupancyNR-r16            INTEGER (0..100), 
    ... 
} 
UL-PDCP-DelayResultList-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxQCI-r13)) OF UL-PDCP-DelayResult-r13 
UL-PDCP-DelayResult-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
qci-Id-r13Indicates QCI value for which excessDelay is provided, according to TS 36.314 [71].
                            ENUMERATED {qci1, qci2, qci3, qci4, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
excessDelay-r13Indicates excess queueing delay ratio in UL, according to excess delay ratio measurement report mapping table, as defined in TS 36.314 [71], Table 4.2.1.1.1-1.
                        INTEGER (0..31), 
    ... 
} 
UL-PDCP-DelayValueResultList-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF UL-PDCP-DelayValueResult-r16 
UL-PDCP-DelayValueResult-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-Id-r16Indicates the identity of DRB for which UL PDCP Packet Delay value is provided, according to TS 38.314 [103].
                                DRB-Identity, 
    
averageDelay-r16Indicates average delay for the packets during the reporting period, as specified in TS 38.314 [103]. Value 0 corresponds to 0 millisecond, value 1 corresponds to 0.1 millisecond, value 2 corresponds to 0.2 millisecond, and so on.
                        INTEGER (0..10000), 
    ... 
} 
CGI-InfoNR-r15 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-IdentityInfoList-r15            PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-r15            OPTIONAL,
    frequencyBandList-r15                MultiFrequencyBandListNR-r15            OPTIONAL,
    
noSIB1-r15Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        ssb-SubcarrierOffset-r15                INTEGER (0..15), 
        pdcch-ConfigSIB1-r15                    INTEGER (0..255) 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    plmn-IdentityInfoList-v1710        PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-v1710            OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
CellIdentityNR-r15 ::=                BIT STRING (SIZE (36)) 
PLMN-IdentityListNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMN-NR-r15)) OF PLMN-Identity 
PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-NR-r15)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-r15 
PLMN-IdentityInfoListNR-v1710 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN-NR-r15)) OF PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-v1710 
PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityList-r15The list of PLMN Identity read from broadcast information when the multiple PLMN Identities are broadcast.
                PLMN-IdentityListNR-r15, 
    trackingAreaCode-r15                TrackingAreaCodeNR-r15            OPTIONAL,
    ran-AreaCode-r15                    RAN-AreaCode-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    cellIdentity-r15                    CellIdentityNR-r15 
} 
PLMN-IdentityInfoNR-v1710 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
gNB-ID-Length-r17Indicates the length of the gNB ID corresponding to the associated entry in the PLMN-IdentityInfoNR.
                    INTEGER (22..32)                    OPTIONAL 
} 
TrackingAreaCodeNR-r15 ::=            BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasResults field descriptions


availableAdmissionCapacityWLAN
Indicates the available admission capacity of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
averageDelay
Indicates average delay for the packets during the reporting period, as specified in TS 38.314 [103]. Value 0 corresponds to 0 millisecond, value 1 corresponds to 0.1 millisecond, value 2 corresponds to 0.2 millisecond, and so on.
backhaulDL-BandwidthWLAN
Indicates the backhaul available downlink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Downlink Speed times Downlink Load defined in Wi-Fi Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
backhaulUL-BandwidthWLAN
Indicates the backhaul available uplink bandwidth of WLAN, equal to Uplink Speed times Uplink Load defined in Wi-Fi Alliance Hotspot 2.0 [76].
bandWLAN
Indicates the WLAN band.
carrierFreq
Indicates the E-UTRA carrier frequency. Within MeasResultIdleListEUTRA-r15, UE only includes measurements with the same carrier frequency.
carrierFreqNR
Indicates the NR carrier frequency.
carrierInfoWLAN
Indicates the WLAN channel information.
cbr-PSSCH
Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSSCH of the pool indicated by poolIdentity. If adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to TRUE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity, this field indicates the CBR measurement of both the PSSCH and PSCCH resources which are measured together.
cbr-PSCCH
Indicates the CBR measurement results on the PSCCH of thepool indicated by poolIdentity.This field is only included if adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH is set to FALSE for the pool indicated by pooIIdentity.
channelOccupancy
Indicates the percentage of samples when the RSSI was above the configured channelOccupancyThreshold for the associated reportConfig.
channelUtilizationWLAN
Indicates WLAN channel utilization as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
coarseLocationInfo
This field indicates the coarse location information reported by the UE. This field is coded as the Ellipsoid-Point IE defined in TS 37.355 [109]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit. The least significant bits of degreesLatitude and degreesLongitude are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement which corresponds to a granularity of approximately 2 km.
It is up to UE implementation as to how many LSBs are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement.
connectedWLAN
Indicates whether the UE is connected to the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
csg-MemberStatus
Indicates whether or not the UE is a member of the CSG of the neighbour cell.
currentSFN
Indicates the current system frame number when receiving the UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement results from lower layer.
drb-Id
Indicates the identity of DRB for which UL PDCP Packet Delay value is provided, according to TS 38.314 [103].
excessDelay
Indicates excess queueing delay ratio in UL, according to excess delay ratio measurement report mapping table, as defined in TS 36.314 [71], Table 4.2.1.1.1-1.
gNB-ID-Length
Indicates the length of the gNB ID corresponding to the associated entry in the PLMN-IdentityInfoNR.
heightUE
Indicates height of the UE in meters relative to the sea level. Value 0 corresponds to sea level (i.e., negative value indicates depth of the UE below sea level). Value -400 corresponds to -400 m, value -399 corresponds to -399 m and so on.
locationAreaCode
A fixed length code identifying the location area within a PLMN, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
measId
Identifies the measurement identity for which the reporting is being performed. If the measId-v1250 is included, the measId (i.e. without a suffix) is ignored by eNB.
measIdleResultNR
Idle/inactive measurement results for an NR cell (optionally including beam level measurements).
measResult
Measured result of an EUTRA cell;
Measured result of a UTRA cell;
Measured result of a GERAN cell or frequency;
Measured result of a CDMA2000 cell;
Measured result of a WLAN;
Measured result of UE Rx–Tx time difference;
Measured result of UE SFN, radio frame and subframe timing difference; or
Measured result of RSSI and channel occupancy.
measResultCSI-RS-List
Measured resultsof the CSI-RS resources in discovery signals measurement.
measResultListCDMA2000
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a CDMA2000 measurement identity.
measResultListEUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for an EUTRA measurement identity. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResult-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultListGERAN
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells or frequencies for a GERAN measurement identity.
measResultListIdle
List of measured results for E-UTRA idle/inactive measurements.
measResultListIdleNR
List of measured results for NR idle/inactive measurements.
measResultListSFTD
List of measured SFTD results for the reported cells for a NR measurement identity.
measResultListUTRA
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a UTRA measurement identity.
measResultListWLAN
List of measured results for the maximum number of reported best WLAN outside the WLAN mobility set and connected WLAN, if any, for a WLAN measurement identity.
measResultPCell
Measured result of the PCell. For BL UEs or UEs in CE, when operating in CE Mode B, measResultPCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm. If sending of the MeasurementReport message is triggered by a measurement configured by the field sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA that was received within an NR RRCReconfiguration message (i.e. CBR measurements), measResultPCell is not applicable, its contents is invalid and ignored by the network.
measResultsCDMA2000
Contains the CDMA2000 HRPD pre-registration status and the list of CDMA2000 measurements.
measResultServFreqList
Measured results of the serving frequencies: the measurement result of each SCell, if any, and of the best neighbouring cell on each serving frequency. For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, measResultBestNeighCell-v1360 is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
measResultServingCell
Measured results of the serving cell (i.e., PCell) from idle/inactive measurements.
measResultsPerCellListIdleNR
List of idle/inactive measured results for the maximum number of reported best cells for a given NR carrier.
noSIB1
Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.
pilotPnPhase
Indicates the arrival time of a CDMA2000 pilot, measured relative to the UE's time reference in units of PN chips, see C.S0005 [25]. This information is used in either SRVCC handover or enhanced 1xRTT CS fallback procedure to CDMA2000 1xRTT.
pilotStrength
CDMA2000 Pilot Strength, the ratio of pilot power to total power in the signal bandwidth of a CDMA2000 Forward Channel. See C.S0005 [25] for CDMA2000 1xRTT and C.S0024 [26] for CDMA2000 HRPD.
poolIdentity
The identity of the transmission resource pool which is corresponding to the poolReportId configured ina resource pool for V2X sidelink communication.
plmn-IdentityList
The list of PLMN Identity read from broadcast information when the multiple PLMN Identities are broadcast.
preRegistrationStatusHRPD
Set to TRUE if the UE is currently pre-registered with CDMA2000 HRPD. Otherwise set to FALSE. This can be ignored by the eNB for CDMA2000 1xRTT.
qci-Id
Indicates QCI value for which excessDelay is provided, according to TS 36.314 [71].
resourceIndex
Indicates the available resource candidates within the [T1, T2] window as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. clause 14.1.1.6. Value 1 indicates the resource candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to sensingSubchannelNumber-1. Value 2 indicates the resource candidate on the first subframe following the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 0 to sensingSubchannelNumber-1 (Value 101 indicates the resource candidate on the subframe indicated by sl-SubframeRef, from subchannel 1 to sensingSubchannelNumber, if the numSubchannel of the resource pool is larger than sensingSubchannelNumber) and so on.
resultRS-IndexList
Beam level measurement results (indexes and optionally, beam measurements).
routingAreaCode
The RAC identity read from broadcast information, as defined in TS 23.003 [27].
rsrpResult
Measured RSRP result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrpResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rsrpResultNR
Measured RSRP result of an NR cell.
The rsrpResultNR is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rsrqResult
Measured RSRQ result of an EUTRA cell.
The rsrqResult is only reported if configured by the eNB.
If the measurement is performed in RRC_CONNECTED and measurements based on RSS is enabled in the cell in measRSS-DedicatedConfig-r16, E-UTRAN ignores rsrqResult.
rsrqResultNR
Measured RSRQ result of an NR cell.
The rsrqResultNR is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rssi
GERAN Carrier RSSI. RXLEV is mapped to a value between 0 and 63, TS 45.008 [28]. When mapping the RXLEV value to the RSSI bit string, the first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit.
rssi-Result
Measured RSSI result in dBm.
rs-sinr-Result
Measured RS-SINR result of an EUTRA or NR cell.The rs-sinr-Result is only reported if configured by the eNB.
rssiWLAN
Measured WLAN RSSI result in dBm.
sl-SubframeRef
Indicates the subframe corresponding to n+T1 used to obtain the sensing measurement results (see TS 36.213 [23]). Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of DFN#0 in milliseconds.
stationCountWLAN
Indicates the total number stations currently associated with this WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
ue-RxTxTimeDiffResult
UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement result of the PCell, provided by lower layers. If ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD-r13 is set to TRUE, the measurement mapping is according to EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16] and measurement result includes NTAoffset, else the measurement mapping is according to EUTRAN FDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16].
uncomBarPreMeasResult
This field provides barometric pressure measurements as Sensor-MeasurementInformationdefined in TS 37.355 [109]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
utra-EcN0
According to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29]for FDD. Fourteen spare values. The field is not present for TDD.
utra-RSCP
According to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29]for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. Thirty-one spare values.
wlan-Identifiers
Indicates the WLAN parameters used for identification of the WLAN for which the measurement results are applicable.
– MeasResultCellSFTD
The IE MeasResultCellSFTD consists of SFN and radio frame boundary difference between the PCell and an NR cell as specified in TS 38.215 [89] and TS 38.133 [84]. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasResultCellListSFTD-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD-r15 
MeasResultCellSFTD-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
physCellId-r15Indicates the physical layer identity (PCI) of an NR cell.
                            PhysCellIdNR-r15, 
    
sfn-OffsetResult-r15Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [89].
                    INTEGER (0..1023), 
    
frameBoundaryOffsetResult-r15Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [89].
            INTEGER (-30720..30719), 
    
rsrpResult-r15Measured RSRP result of an NR cell.
                            RSRP-RangeNR-r15                        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasResultCellSFTDfield descriptions


physCellId
Indicates the physical layer identity (PCI) of an NR cell.
sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [89].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the NR cell as an integer value according to TS 38.215 [89].
rsrpResult
Measured RSRP result of an NR cell.
– MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC
The IE MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC is used to provide measurement information concerning E-UTRA measurements upon SCG failure detected by a UE configured with NE-DC. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    measResultFreqListEUTRA-r15        MeasResultList3EUTRA-r15, 
    ..., 
    [[    locationInfo-r16                LocationInfo-r10                        OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListBT-r16            LogMeasResultListBT-r15                    OPTIONAL,
        logMeasResultListWLAN-r16        LogMeasResultListWLAN-r15                OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MeasResultList3EUTRA-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult3EUTRA-r15 
MeasResult3EUTRA-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r15                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    measResultServingCell-r15            MeasResultEUTRA                    OPTIONAL,
    measResultNeighCellList-r15        MeasResultListEUTRA                OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasResultSSTD
The IE MeasResultSSTD consists of SFN,radio frame and subframe boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and TS 36.133 [16]. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasResultSSTD-r13 ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
sfn-OffsetResult-r13Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214 [48].
                        INTEGER (0..1023), 
    
frameBoundaryOffsetResult-r13Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214 [48].
                INTEGER (-5..4), 
    
subframeBoundaryOffsetResult-r13Indicates the subframe boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to the mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
            INTEGER (0..127) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasResultSSTD field descriptions


sfn-OffsetResult
Indicates the SFN difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214 [48].
frameBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the frame boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to TS 36.214 [48].
subframeBoundaryOffsetResult
Indicates the subframe boundary difference between the PCell and the PSCell as an integer value according to the mapping table in TS 36.133 [16].
– MeasScaleFactor
The IE MeasScaleFactor specifies the factor for scaling the measurement performance requirements in TS 36.133 [16]. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasScaleFactor-r12 ::=            ENUMERATED {sf-EUTRA-cf1, sf-EUTRA-cf2} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasSensing-Config
The IE MeasSensing-Config specifies the input factors for sensing measurement as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasSensing-Config-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
        
sensingSubchannelNumber-r15Indicate the number of sub-channels, i.e., parameter, as specified in TS 36.213 [23],clause 14.1.1.6.
        INTEGER (1..20), 
        
sensingPeriodicity-r15Indicate the resource reservation interval, i.e., parameter, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.6.
            ENUMERATED {ms20, ms50, ms100, ms200, 
                                            ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, 
                                            ms700, ms800, ms900, ms1000}, 
        
sensingReselectionCounter-r15Indicate the value of SL_RESOURCE_RESELECTION_COUNTER, which is used to derive, as specified in TS 36.213 [23],clause 14.1.1.6.
    INTEGER (5..75), 
        
sensingPriority-r15Indicate the priority, i.e., parameter as specified in TS 36.213 [23],clause 14.1.1.6.
                INTEGER (1..8) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MeasSensing-Config field descriptions


sensingReselectionCounter
Indicate the value of SL_RESOURCE_RESELECTION_COUNTER, which is used to derive, as specified in TS 36.213 [23],clause 14.1.1.6.
sensingSubchannelNumber
Indicate the number of sub-channels, i.e., parameter, as specified in TS 36.213 [23],clause 14.1.1.6.
sensingPeriodicity
Indicate the resource reservation interval, i.e., parameter, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.6.
sensingPriority
Indicate the priority, i.e., parameter as specified in TS 36.213 [23],clause 14.1.1.6.
– MTC-SSB-NR
The IE MTC-SSB-NR specifies the SS/PBCH block measurement timing configuration (SMTC) applicable for SSB based NR measurements i.e. the time occasions for performing these measurements, see 5.5.2.13. 

 -- ASN1START
MTC-SSB-NR-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    periodicityAndOffset-r15        CHOICE { 
        sf5-r15                        INTEGER (0..4), 
        sf10-r15                        INTEGER (0..9), 
        sf20-r15                        INTEGER (0..19), 
        sf40-r15                        INTEGER (0..39), 
        sf80-r15                        INTEGER (0..79), 
        sf160-r15                    INTEGER (0..159) 
    }, 
    ssb-Duration-r15                    ENUMERATED {sf1, sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5 } 
} 
MTC-SSB2-LP-NR-r16::= SEQUENCE { 
    
pci-List-r16PCIs that are known to follow this SMTC.
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-PerSMTC-r16)) OF PhysCellIdNR-r15 
                                                                        OPTIONAL,   -- Need OR
    periodicity-r16        ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MTC-SSB-NR field descriptions


pci-List
PCIs that are known to follow this SMTC.
– QuantityConfig
The IE QuantityConfig specifies the measurement quantities and layer 3 filtering coefficients for E-UTRA and inter-RAT measurements. 

 -- ASN1START
QuantityConfig ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
quantityConfigEUTRASpecifies filter configurations for EUTRA measurements.
                    QuantityConfigEUTRA                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
quantityConfigUTRASpecifies quantity and filter configurations for UTRA measurements. Field quantityConfigUTRA-v1020 is applicable only when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is configured.
                    QuantityConfigUTRA                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
quantityConfigGERANSpecifies quantity and filter configurations for GERAN measurements.
                    QuantityConfigGERAN                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
quantityConfigCDMA2000Specifies quantity configurations for CDMA2000 measurements.
                QuantityConfigCDMA2000                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    quantityConfigUTRA-v1020        QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    quantityConfigEUTRA-v1250        QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    quantityConfigEUTRA-v1310        QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1310            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
quantityConfigWLAN-r13Specifies quantity and filter configurations for WLAN measurements.
            QuantityConfigWLAN-r13                OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    quantityConfigNRList-r15        QuantityConfigNRList-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
QuantityConfigEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
filterCoefficientRSRPSpecifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRP.
                FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4, 
    
filterCoefficientRSRQSpecifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRQ.
                FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4 
} 
QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP-r12Specifies the filtering coefficient used for CSI-RSRP.
        FilterCoefficient                    OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
QuantityConfigEUTRA-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
filterCoefficientRS-SINR-r13Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RS-SINR.
        FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4 
} 
QuantityConfigUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    measQuantityUTRA-FDD                ENUMERATED {cpich-RSCP, cpich-EcN0}, 
    measQuantityUTRA-TDD                ENUMERATED {pccpch-RSCP}, 
    filterCoefficient                    FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4 
} 
QuantityConfigUTRA-v1020 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
filterCoefficient2-FDD-r10Specifies the filtering coefficient used for the UTRAN FDD measurement quantity, which is not included in measQuantityUTRA-FDD, when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is present in ReportConfigInterRAT.
            FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4 
} 
QuantityConfigGERAN ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
measQuantityGERANMeasurement quantity used for GERAN measurements.
                    ENUMERATED {rssi}, 
    filterCoefficient                    FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc2 
} 
QuantityConfigCDMA2000 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
measQuantityCDMA2000Measurement quantity used for CDMA2000 measurements. pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength is only applicable for MeasObjectCDMA2000 of cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT.
                ENUMERATED {pilotStrength, pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength} 
} 
QuantityConfigNRList-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxQuantSetsNR-r15)) OF QuantityConfigNR-r15 
QuantityConfigNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    measQuantityCellNR-r15                QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15, 
    
measQuantityRS-IndexNR-r15Specifies L3 filter configurations for measurement results of an NR RS index for a particular RS Type (e.g. SS/PBCH block) and the configurable measurement quantities (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ and SINR).
            QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15                OPTIONAL 
} 
QuantityConfigRS-NR-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    filterCoeff-RSRP-r15                FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4, 
    filterCoeff-RSRQ-r15                FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4, 
    filterCoefficient-SINR-r13            FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4 
} 
QuantityConfigWLAN-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
measQuantityWLAN-r13Measurement quantity used for WLAN measurements.
                ENUMERATED {rssiWLAN}, 
    filterCoefficient-r13                FilterCoefficient                    DEFAULT fc4 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




QuantityConfig field descriptions


filterCoefficient2-FDD
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for the UTRAN FDD measurement quantity, which is not included in measQuantityUTRA-FDD, when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is present in ReportConfigInterRAT.
filterCoefficientCSI-RSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for CSI-RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRP
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRP.
filterCoefficientRSRQ
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RSRQ.
filterCoefficientRS-SINR
Specifies the filtering coefficient used for RS-SINR.
measQuantityCDMA2000
Measurement quantity used for CDMA2000 measurements. pilotPnPhaseAndPilotStrength is only applicable for MeasObjectCDMA2000 of cdma2000-Type = type1XRTT.
measQuantityRS-IndexNR
Specifies L3 filter configurations for measurement results of an NR RS index for a particular RS Type (e.g. SS/PBCH block) and the configurable measurement quantities (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ and SINR).
measQuantityGERAN
Measurement quantity used for GERAN measurements.
measQuantityCellINR
Specifies L3 filter configurations for measurement results of an NR cell for a particular RS Type (e.g. SS/PBCH block) and the configurable measurement quantities (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ and SINR).
measQuantityUTRA
Measurement quantity used for UTRA measurements.
measQuantityWLAN
Measurement quantity used for WLAN measurements.
quantityConfigCDMA2000
Specifies quantity configurations for CDMA2000 measurements.
quantityConfigEUTRA
Specifies filter configurations for EUTRA measurements.
quantityConfigGERAN
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for GERAN measurements.
quantityConfigUTRA
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for UTRA measurements. Field quantityConfigUTRA-v1020 is applicable only when reportQuantityUTRA-FDD is configured.
quantityConfigWLAN
Specifies quantity and filter configurations for WLAN measurements.
– ReportConfigEUTRA
The IE ReportConfigEUTRA specifies criteria for triggering of an EUTRA measurement reporting or conditional reconfiguration (i.e. conditional handover) event. The EUTRA measurement reporting events concerning CRS are labelled AN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on. The EUTRA measurement reporting events concerning CRS for conditional reconfigurations are labelled AN with N equal to 3 or 5. The EUTRA measurement reporting events concerning CSI-RS are labelled CN with N equal to 1 and 2. The E-UTRA measurement reporting events concerning CBR are labelled VN with N equal to 1 and 2. The E-UTRA reporting events concerning Aerial UE height are labelled HN with N equal to 1 and 2. 

 -- ASN1START
ReportConfigEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    triggerType                            CHOICE { 
        event                                SEQUENCE { 
            
eventIdChoice of EUTRA event triggered reporting criteria.EUTRAN may set this field to eventC1 or eventC2 only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources. The eventC1 and eventC2 are not applicable for the eventId if RS-SINR is configured as triggerQuantity or reportQuantity.
                                CHOICE { 
                eventA1                                SEQUENCE { 
                    a1-Threshold                        ThresholdEUTRA 
                }, 
                eventA2                                SEQUENCE { 
                    a2-Threshold                        ThresholdEUTRA 
                }, 
                eventA3                                SEQUENCE { 
                    a3-Offset                            INTEGER (-30..30), 
                    reportOnLeave                        BOOLEAN 
                }, 
                eventA4                                SEQUENCE { 
                    a4-Threshold                        ThresholdEUTRA 
                }, 
                eventA5                                SEQUENCE { 
                    a5-Threshold1                        ThresholdEUTRA, 
                    a5-Threshold2                        ThresholdEUTRA 
                }, 
                ..., 
                eventA6-r10                            SEQUENCE { 
                    a6-Offset-r10                        INTEGER (-30..30), 
                    a6-ReportOnLeave-r10                BOOLEAN 
                }, 
                eventC1-r12                            SEQUENCE { 
                    c1-Threshold-r12                    ThresholdEUTRA-v1250, 
                    c1-ReportOnLeave-r12                BOOLEAN 
                }, 
                eventC2-r12                            SEQUENCE { 
                    
c2-RefCSI-RS-r12Identity of the CSI-RS resource from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList of the associated measObject, to be used as the reference CSI-RS resource in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event c2.
                    MeasCSI-RS-Id-r12, 
                    c2-Offset-r12                        INTEGER (-30..30), 
                    c2-ReportOnLeave-r12                BOOLEAN 
                }, 
                eventV1-r14                            SEQUENCE { 
                    v1-Threshold-r14                    SL-CBR-r14 
                }, 
                eventV2-r14                            SEQUENCE { 
                    v2-Threshold-r14                    SL-CBR-r14 
                }, 
                eventH1-r15                            SEQUENCE { 
                    h1-ThresholdOffset-r15                INTEGER (0..300), 
                    h1-Hysteresis-r15                    INTEGER (1..16) 
                }, 
                eventH2-r15                            SEQUENCE { 
                    h2-ThresholdOffset-r15                INTEGER (0..300), 
                    h2-Hysteresis-r15                    INTEGER (1..16) 
                } 
            }, 
            hysteresis                            Hysteresis, 
            
timeToTriggerTime during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report, or to execute the conditional reconfiguration evaluation.
                        TimeToTrigger 
        }, 
        periodical                                SEQUENCE { 
            purpose                                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                        reportStrongestCells, reportCGI} 
        } 
    }, 
    
triggerQuantityThe quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CRS. EUTRAN sets the value according to the quantity of the ThresholdEUTRA for this event. The values rsrp, rsrq and sinr correspond to Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ) and Reference Signal Signal to Noise and Interference Ratio (RS-SINR), see TS 36.214 [48]. If triggerQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores triggerQuantity i.e. without suffix).
                        ENUMERATED {rsrp, rsrq}, 
    
reportQuantityThe quantities to be included in the measurement report. The value both means that both the rsrp and rsrq quantities are to be included in the measurement report.The value rsrpANDsinr and rsrqANDsinr mean that both rsrp and rs-sinr quantities, and both rsrq and rs-sinr quantities are to be included respectively in the measurement report. The value all means that rsrp, rsrq and rs-sinr are to be included in the measurement report. In case triggerQuantityCSI-RSis set to TRUE, only value sameAsTriggerQuantity applies.If reportQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores reportQuantity i.e. without suffix).
                        ENUMERATED {sameAsTriggerQuantity, both}, 
    
maxReportCellsMax number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report concerning CRS, and max number of CSI-RS resources to include in the measurement report concerning CSI-RS.
                        INTEGER (1..maxCellReport), 
    reportInterval                        ReportInterval, 
    
reportAmountNumber of measurement reports applicable for triggerTypeevent as well as for triggerTypeperiodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI or reportSSTD-Meas is set to true, only value 1 applies.
                        ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity}, 
    ..., 
    [[    
si-RequestForHO-r9The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report.
                    ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond reportCGI
        
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical-r9If this field is present, the UE shall perform UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting and ignore the fields triggerQuantity, reportQuantityandmaxReportCells. If the field is present, the only applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and purpose are periodical and reportStrongestCells respectively.
        ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    includeLocationInfo-r10                ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        reportAddNeighMeas-r10                ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12Indicates the time to trigger applicable for cells specified in altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the associated measurement object, if configured
        CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                TimeToTrigger 
        }                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
useT312-r12If value TRUE is configured, the UE shall use the timer T312 with the value t312 as specified in the corresponding measObject. If the corresponding measObject does not include the timer T312 then the timer T312 is considered as not configured. E-UTRAN configures value TRUEonly if triggerType is set to event.
                            BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
usePSCell-r12If this field is set to TRUE the UE shall use the PSCell instead of the PCell. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only for events A3 and A5, see 5.5.4.4 and 5.5.4.6.
                        BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        aN-Threshold1-v1250                    RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        a5-Threshold2-v1250                    RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
reportStrongestCSI-RSs-r12Indicates that periodical CSI-RS measurement report is performed. EUTRAN configures value TRUE only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources.
            BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
reportCRS-Meas-r12If this field is set to TRUE the UE shall include rsrp, rsrq together with csi-rsrp in the measurement report, if possible.
                    BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
triggerQuantityCSI-RS-r12The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CSI-RS. The value TRUE corresponds to CSI Reference Signal Received Power (CSI-RSRP), see TS 36.214 [48]. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE if and only if the measurement reporting event concerns CSI-RS.
            BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
reportSSTD-Meas-r13If this field is set to true, the UE shall measure SSTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN sets this field to true only when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
                    BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        rs-sinr-Config-r13                    CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                triggerQuantity-v1310                ENUMERATED {sinr}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                aN-Threshold1-r13                    RS-SINR-Range-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                a5-Threshold2-r13                    RS-SINR-Range-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                reportQuantity-v1310                ENUMERATED {rsrpANDsinr, rsrqANDsinr, all} 
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
useAllowedCellList-r13Indicates whether only the cells included in the list of allow-listed cells of the associated measObject are applicable as specified in 5.5.4.1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for events A1, A2, C1 and C2.
                BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
measRSSI-ReportConfig-r13If this field is present, the UE shall perform measurement reporting for RSSI and channel occupancy and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN sets this field to true only when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
            MeasRSSI-ReportConfig-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
includeMultiBandInfo-r13If this field is present, the UE shall acquire and include multi band information in the measurement report.
            ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond reportCGI
        
ul-DelayConfig-r13If the field is present, E-UTRAN configures UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement and the UE shall ignore the fields triggerQuantity andmaxReportCells. The applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and reportInterval are periodical and (one of the) ms1024, ms2048, ms5120 or ms10240respectively.The reportInterval indicates the periodicity for performing and reporting of UL PDCP Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71].
                    UL-DelayConfig-r13            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD-r13If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall performUE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting according to EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is configured, the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical shall be configured. The field is applicable for TDD only.
    BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[     
        purpose-v1430            ENUMERATED {reportLocation, sidelink, spare2, spare1}         
                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[     
        maxReportRS-Index-r15        INTEGER (0..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    includeBT-Meas-r15                BT-NameListConfig-r15            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        includeWLAN-Meas-r15                WLAN-NameListConfig-r15            OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        purpose-r15                ENUMERATED {sensing}                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
numberOfTriggeringCells-r15Indicates the number of cells detected that are required to fulfill an event for a measurement report to be triggered. This field is set only for the events concerning neighbor cells, i.e. eventA3, eventA4, eventA5.
            INTEGER    (2..maxCellReport)    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond a3a4a5
        a4-a5-ReportOnLeave-r15                BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL     -- Cond a4a5
    ]], 
    [[ 
condReconfigurationTriggerEUTRA-r16Event configured for conditional reconfiguration. If this field is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of triggerType, reportQuantity, maxReportCells, reportInterval, and reportAmount.
    CondReconfigurationTriggerEUTRA-r16    OPTIONAL,
 -- Need ON
        
ul-DelayValueConfig-r16If the field is present, the UE shall perform the UL PDCP Packet Delay measurement per DRB as specified in TS 38.314 [103] and the UE shall ignore the fields reportQuantityCell and maxReportCells. The applicable values for the corresponding reportInterval are (one of the) {ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30, min60}. The reportInterval indicates the periodicity for performing and reporting of UL PDCP Packet Delay per DRB measurement as specified in TS 38.314 [103].
                UL-DelayValueConfig-r16        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    includeUncomBarPreMeas-r17            BOOLEAN                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
coarseLocationReq-r17If this field is set to true, the UE shall report coarse loaction information if available.
                ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
CondReconfigurationTriggerEUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
condEventId-r16Choice of conditional reconfiguration event triggered criteria.
                            CHOICE { 
        condEventA3-r16                            SEQUENCE { 
            a3-Offset-r16                                INTEGER (-30..30), 
            hysteresis-r16                                Hysteresis, 
            
timeToTrigger-r16Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report, or to execute the conditional reconfiguration evaluation.
                            TimeToTrigger 
        }, 
        condEventA5-r16                            SEQUENCE { 
            a5-Threshold1-r16                            ThresholdEUTRA, 
            a5-Threshold2-r16                            ThresholdEUTRA, 
            hysteresis-r16                                Hysteresis, 
            
timeToTrigger-r16Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report, or to execute the conditional reconfiguration evaluation.
                            TimeToTrigger 
        }, 
        ... 
    } 
} 
RSRQ-RangeConfig-r12 ::=            CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                RSRQ-Range-v1250 
} 
ThresholdEUTRA ::=                    CHOICE{ 
    threshold-RSRP                        RSRP-Range, 
    threshold-RSRQ                        RSRQ-Range 
} 
ThresholdEUTRA-v1250 ::=            CSI-RSRP-Range-r12 
MeasRSSI-ReportConfig-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
channelOccupancyThreshold-r13RSSI threshold which is used for channel occupancy evaluation.
            RSSI-Range-r13                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




ReportConfigEUTRA field descriptions


a3-Offset/ a6-Offset/ c2-Offset
Offset value to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event a3/ a6/ c2, or to be used in conditional reconfiguration trigger condition for cond event a3. The actual value is field value * 0.5 dB.
a5-Threshold1/ a5-Threshold2
Threshold value associated to the selected trigger quantity (e.g. RSRP, RSRQ, SINR) to be used in conditional reconfiguration trigger condition for cond event a5. In the same condeventA5, the network configures the same quantity for the TriggerQuantity of the a5-Threshold1 and for the MeasTriggerQuantity of the a5-Threshold2.
alternativeTimeToTrigger
Indicates the time to trigger applicable for cells specified in altTTT-CellsToAddModList of the associated measurement object, if configured
aN-ThresholdM/ cN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event number aN/cN. If multiple thresholds are defined for event number aN/cN, the thresholds are differentiated by M. E-UTRAN configures aN-Threshold1 only for events A1, A2, A4, A5 and a5-Threshold2 only for event A5.
c1-ReportOnLeave/ c2-ReportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a CSI-RS resource in csi-RS-TriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
c2-RefCSI-RS
Identity of the CSI-RS resource from the measCSI-RS-ToAddModList of the associated measObject, to be used as the reference CSI-RS resource in EUTRA measurement report triggering condition for event c2.
channelOccupancyThreshold
RSSI threshold which is used for channel occupancy evaluation.
coarseLocationReq
If this field is set to true, the UE shall report coarse loaction information if available.
condEventId
Choice of conditional reconfiguration event triggered criteria.
condReconfigurationTriggerEUTRA
Event configured for conditional reconfiguration. If this field is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of triggerType, reportQuantity, maxReportCells, reportInterval, and reportAmount.
eventId
Choice of EUTRA event triggered reporting criteria.EUTRAN may set this field to eventC1 or eventC2 only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources. The eventC1 and eventC2 are not applicable for the eventId if RS-SINR is configured as triggerQuantity or reportQuantity.
h1-Hysteresis, h2-Hysteresis
This parameter is used within the entry and leave condition of an event triggered reporting condition for event H1 and event H2. The actual value is field value. If this field is configured UE shall ignore parameter hysteresis.
h1-ThresholdOffset, h2-ThresholdOffset
An offset value to heightThreshRef to obtain the threshold to be used in EUTRA height report triggering condition for event H1 and event H2. The value for h1-ThresholdOffset and h2-ThresholdOffset is expressed in meters such that granularity is 2meters. Value 0 corresponds to offset value 0m, value 1 corresponds to offset value 2m, value 2 correspond to offset value 4m, and so on.
includeMultiBandInfo
If this field is present, the UE shall acquire and include multi band information in the measurement report.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report concerning CRS, and max number of CSI-RS resources to include in the measurement report concerning CSI-RS.
measRSSI-ReportConfig
If this field is present, the UE shall perform measurement reporting for RSSI and channel occupancy and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN sets this field to true only when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
numberOfTriggeringCells
Indicates the number of cells detected that are required to fulfill an event for a measurement report to be triggered. This field is set only for the events concerning neighbor cells, i.e. eventA3, eventA4, eventA5.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerTypeevent as well as for triggerTypeperiodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI or reportSSTD-Meas is set to true, only value 1 applies.
reportCRS-Meas
If this field is set to TRUE the UE shall include rsrp, rsrq together with csi-rsrp in the measurement report, if possible.
reportOnLeave/ a6-ReportOnLeave/ a4-a5-ReportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
reportQuantity
The quantities to be included in the measurement report. The value both means that both the rsrp and rsrq quantities are to be included in the measurement report.The value rsrpANDsinr and rsrqANDsinr mean that both rsrp and rs-sinr quantities, and both rsrq and rs-sinr quantities are to be included respectively in the measurement report. The value all means that rsrp, rsrq and rs-sinr are to be included in the measurement report. In case triggerQuantityCSI-RSis set to TRUE, only value sameAsTriggerQuantity applies.If reportQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores reportQuantity i.e. without suffix).
reportSSTD-Meas
If this field is set to true, the UE shall measure SSTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN sets this field to true only when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
reportStrongestCSI-RSs
Indicates that periodical CSI-RS measurement report is performed. EUTRAN configures value TRUE only if measDS-Config is configured in the associated measObject with one or more CSI-RS resources.
si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report.
ThresholdEUTRA
For RSRP: RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is field value – 140 dBm.
For RSRQ: RSRQ based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is (field value – 40)/2 dB.
For RS-SINR: RS-SINR based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is (field value -46)/2 dB.
For CSI-RSRP: CSI-RSRP based threshold for event evaluation. The actual value is field value – 140 dBm.
EUTRAN configures the same threshold quantity for all the thresholds of an event.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report, or to execute the conditional reconfiguration evaluation.
triggerQuantity
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CRS. EUTRAN sets the value according to the quantity of the ThresholdEUTRA for this event. The values rsrp, rsrq and sinr correspond to Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP), Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ) and Reference Signal Signal to Noise and Interference Ratio (RS-SINR), see TS 36.214 [48]. If triggerQuantity-v1310 is configured, the UE only considers this extension (and ignores triggerQuantity i.e. without suffix).
triggerQuantityCSI-RS
The quantity used to evaluate the triggering condition for the event concerning CSI-RS. The value TRUE corresponds to CSI Reference Signal Received Power (CSI-RSRP), see TS 36.214 [48]. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE if and only if the measurement reporting event concerns CSI-RS.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical
If this field is present, the UE shall perform UE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting and ignore the fields triggerQuantity, reportQuantityandmaxReportCells. If the field is present, the only applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and purpose are periodical and reportStrongestCells respectively.
ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodicalTDD
If this field is set to TRUE, the UE shall performUE Rx-Tx time difference measurement reporting according to EUTRAN TDD UE Rx-Tx time difference report mapping in TS 36.133 [16]. If the field is configured, the ue-RxTxTimeDiffPeriodical shall be configured. The field is applicable for TDD only.
useAllowedCellList
Indicates whether only the cells included in the list of allow-listed cells of the associated measObject are applicable as specified in 5.5.4.1. E-UTRAN does not configure the field for events A1, A2, C1 and C2.
usePSCell
If this field is set to TRUE the UE shall use the PSCell instead of the PCell. E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only for events A3 and A5, see 5.5.4.4 and 5.5.4.6.
useT312
If value TRUE is configured, the UE shall use the timer T312 with the value t312 as specified in the corresponding measObject. If the corresponding measObject does not include the timer T312 then the timer T312 is considered as not configured. E-UTRAN configures value TRUEonly if triggerType is set to event.
ul-DelayConfig
If the field is present, E-UTRAN configures UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement and the UE shall ignore the fields triggerQuantity andmaxReportCells. The applicable values for the corresponding triggerType and reportInterval are periodical and (one of the) ms1024, ms2048, ms5120 or ms10240respectively.The reportInterval indicates the periodicity for performing and reporting of UL PDCP Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71].
ul-DelayValueConfig
If the field is present, the UE shall perform the UL PDCP Packet Delay measurement per DRB as specified in TS 38.314 [103] and the UE shall ignore the fields reportQuantityCell and maxReportCells. The applicable values for the corresponding reportInterval are (one of the) {ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30, min60}. The reportInterval indicates the periodicity for performing and reporting of UL PDCP Packet Delay per DRB measurement as specified in TS 38.314 [103].






Conditional presenceExplanation


reportCGI
The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
a3a4a5
This field is optional, need OR, in case eventId is set to eventA3 or eventA4 or eventA5; otherwise, this field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value of this field.
a4a5
This field is optional, need OR, in case eventId is set to eventA4 or eventA5; otherwise, this field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value of this field.
– ReportConfigId
The IE ReportConfigId is used to identify a measurement reporting configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
ReportConfigId ::=                    INTEGER (1..maxReportConfigId) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ReportConfigInterRAT
The IE ReportConfigInterRAT specifies criteria for triggering of an inter-RAT measurement reporting event or of a CPA or MN initiated inter-SN CPC event. The inter-RAT measurement reporting events for NR,UTRAN,GERAN and CDMA2000 are labelled BN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on. The inter-RAT measurement reporting events for WLAN are labelled WN with N equal to 1, 2 and so on. The b1 and b2 event thresholds for CDMA2000 are the CDMA2000 pilot detection thresholds are expressed as an unsigned binary number equal to [-2 x 10 log 10 Ec/Io] in units of 0.5dB, see C.S0005 [25] for details. 

 -- ASN1START
ReportConfigInterRAT ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
triggerTypeE-UTRAN does not configure the value periodical in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectWLAN.
                            CHOICE { 
        event                                SEQUENCE { 
            
eventIdChoice of inter-RAT event triggered reporting criteria.
                                CHOICE { 
                eventB1                                SEQUENCE { 
                    b1-Threshold                        CHOICE { 
                        b1-ThresholdUTRA                    ThresholdUTRA, 
                        b1-ThresholdGERAN                    ThresholdGERAN, 
                        b1-ThresholdCDMA2000                ThresholdCDMA2000 
                    } 
                }, 
                eventB2                                SEQUENCE { 
                    b2-Threshold1                        ThresholdEUTRA, 
                    b2-Threshold2                        CHOICE { 
                        b2-Threshold2UTRA                    ThresholdUTRA, 
                        b2-Threshold2GERAN                    ThresholdGERAN, 
                        b2-Threshold2CDMA2000                ThresholdCDMA2000 
                    } 
                }, 
                ..., 
                eventW1-r13                        SEQUENCE { 
                    w1-Threshold-r13            WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13 
                }, 
                eventW2-r13                        SEQUENCE { 
                    w2-Threshold1-r13            WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13, 
                    w2-Threshold2-r13            WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13 
                }, 
                eventW3-r13                        SEQUENCE { 
                    w3-Threshold-r13            WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13 
                }, 
                eventB1-NR-r15                            SEQUENCE { 
                    b1-ThresholdNR-r15                    ThresholdNR-r15, 
                    
reportOnLeave-r15Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
                    BOOLEAN 
                }, 
                eventB2-NR-r15                            SEQUENCE { 
                    b2-Threshold1-r15                    ThresholdEUTRA, 
                    b2-Threshold2NR-r15                    ThresholdNR-r15, 
                    
reportOnLeave-r15Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
                    BOOLEAN 
                } 
            }, 
            hysteresis                        Hysteresis, 
            
timeToTriggerTime during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report or to execute the conditional reconfiguration evaluation.
                    TimeToTrigger 
        }, 
        periodical                                SEQUENCE { 
            purpose                                    ENUMERATED { 
                                                        reportStrongestCells, 
                                                        reportStrongestCellsForSON, 
                                                        reportCGI} 
        } 
    }, 
    
maxReportCellsMax number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report. In case purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. For inter-RAT WLAN, it is the maximum number of WLANs to include in the measurement report.
                    INTEGER (1..maxCellReport), 
    reportInterval                    ReportInterval,     
    
reportAmountNumber of measurement reports applicable for triggerTypeevent as well as for triggerTypeperiodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI or reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. In case reportSFTD-Meas is configured, only value 1 applies.
                    ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity}, 
    ..., 
    [[    
si-RequestForHO-r9The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report. EUTRAN does not configure the field if reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectNR.
                ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL     -- Cond reportCGI
    ]], 
    [[    
reportQuantityUTRA-FDD-r10The quantities to be included in the UTRA measurement report. The value both means that both the cpichRSCP and cpichEcN0 quantities are to be included in the measurement report.
        ENUMERATED {both}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    includeLocationInfo-r11            BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    b2-Threshold1-v1250                CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            RSRQ-Range-v1250 
        }                                                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    reportQuantityWLAN-r13            ReportQuantityWLAN-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
reportAnyWLAN-r14Indicates UE to report any WLAN AP meeting the triggering requirements, even if it is not included in the corresponding MeasObjectWLAN. 
                BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    reportQuantityCellNR-r15        ReportQuantityNR-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
maxReportRS-Index-r15Max number of RS indices to include in the measurement report. E-UTRAN configures value 0only if it sets reportRS-IndexResultsNR to FALSE.
            INTEGER (0..maxRS-IndexReport-r15)    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        reportQuantityRS-IndexNR-r15    ReportQuantityNR-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
reportRS-IndexResultsNRIndicates whether or not the UE shall report beam measurement result of NR in the measurement report.
            BOOLEAN                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
reportSFTD-Meas-r15If this field is set to pSCell, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 38.215 [89], in this case, the frequency of PSCell is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR. If the field is set to neighborCells, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the NR cells included incellsForWhichToReportSFTD(if configured in the corresponding measObjectNR) or between the PCell and up to 3 strongest detected NR cells (if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is not configured in the corresponding measObjectNR), as specified in TS 38.215 [89]. E-UTRAN only includes this field when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells. If included, the UE shall ignore the maxReportCells field.
                ENUMERATED {pSCell, neighborCells }    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[ 
        
useAutonomousGapsNR-r16The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the NR neighbour cell, applies the corresponding value for T321, EUTRAN can configure the field only if reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectNR.
            ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond reportCGI-NR
        
measRSSI-ReportConfigNR-r16If this field is present, the UE shall perform measurement reporting for RSSI and channel occupancy and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN sets this field to true only when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
        MeasRSSI-ReportConfig-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[condReconfigurationTriggerNR-r17    CondReconfigurationTriggerNR-r17    OPTIONAL -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
CondReconfigurationTriggerNR-r17    ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
condEventId-r17Choice of conditional reconfiguration event triggered criteria.
                            CHOICE { 
        condEventB1-NR-r17                        SEQUENCE { 
            b1-ThresholdNR-r17                        ThresholdNR-r15, 
            hysteresis-r17                            Hysteresis, 
            
timeToTrigger-r17Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report or to execute the conditional reconfiguration evaluation.
                        TimeToTrigger 
        }, 
    ... 
    } 
} 
ThresholdUTRA ::=                    CHOICE{ 
    utra-RSCP                            INTEGER (-5..91), 
    utra-EcN0                            INTEGER (0..49) 
} 
ThresholdGERAN ::=                INTEGER (0..63) 
ThresholdCDMA2000 ::=            INTEGER (0..63) 
ReportQuantityNR-r15::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    
ss-rsrpIndicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-RSRP quantity of NR.
                                        BOOLEAN,
    
ss-rsrqIndicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-RSRQ quantity of NR.
                                        BOOLEAN,
    
ss-sinrIndicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-SINR quantity of NR.
                                        BOOLEAN 
} 
ReportQuantityWLAN-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
bandRequestWLAN-r13The value true indicates that the UE shall include WLAN band in measurement reports.
                            ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
carrierInfoRequestWLAN-r13The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Carrier Information in measurement reports.
                    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN-r13The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Available Admission Capacity in measurement reports.
    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN-r13The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Downlink Bandwidth in measurement reports.
            ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN-r13The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Uplink Bandwidth in measurement reports.
            ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    channelUtilizationRequestWLAN-r13            ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
stationCountRequestWLAN-r13The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Station Count in measurement reports.
                    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




ReportConfigInterRAT field descriptions


availableAdmissionCapacityRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Available Admission Capacity in measurement reports.
backhaulDL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Downlink Bandwidth in measurement reports.
backhaulUL-BandwidthRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Backhaul Uplink Bandwidth in measurement reports.
bandRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include WLAN band in measurement reports.
bN-ThresholdM
Threshold to be used in inter RAT measurement report triggering condition for event number bN. If multiple thresholds are defined for event number bN, the thresholds are differentiated by M.
carrierInfoRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Carrier Information in measurement reports.
channelUtilizationRequest-WLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Channel Utilization in measurement reports.
condReconfigurationTriggerNR
The conditional reconfiguration trigger event that is used for CPA or MN initiated inter-SN CPC.If this field is configured, the UE shall ignore the configuration of triggerType, maxReportCells, reportInterval, and reportAmount.
condEventId
Choice of conditional reconfiguration event triggered criteria.
eventId
Choice of inter-RAT event triggered reporting criteria.
maxReportCells
Max number of cells, excluding the serving cell, to include in the measurement report. In case purpose is set to reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. For inter-RAT WLAN, it is the maximum number of WLANs to include in the measurement report.
maxReportRS-Index
Max number of RS indices to include in the measurement report. E-UTRAN configures value 0only if it sets reportRS-IndexResultsNR to FALSE.
measRSSI-ReportConfigNR
If this field is present, the UE shall perform measurement reporting for RSSI and channel occupancy and ignore the triggerQuantity, reportQuantity and maxReportCells fields. E-UTRAN sets this field to true only when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells.
Purpose
reportStrongestCellsForSON applies only in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectUTRA or measObjectCDMA2000.
reportAmount
Number of measurement reports applicable for triggerTypeevent as well as for triggerTypeperiodical. In case purpose is set to reportCGI or reportStrongestCellsForSON only value 1 applies. In case reportSFTD-Meas is configured, only value 1 applies.
reportAnyWLAN
Indicates UE to report any WLAN AP meeting the triggering requirements, even if it is not included in the corresponding MeasObjectWLAN. 
reportOnLeave
Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met for a cell in cellsTriggeredList, as specified in 5.5.4.1.
reportQuantityUTRA-FDD
The quantities to be included in the UTRA measurement report. The value both means that both the cpichRSCP and cpichEcN0 quantities are to be included in the measurement report.
reportRS-IndexResultsNR
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report beam measurement result of NR in the measurement report.
reportSFTD-Meas
If this field is set to pSCell, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 38.215 [89], in this case, the frequency of PSCell is configured in the corresponding measObjectNR. If the field is set to neighborCells, the UE shall measure SFTD between the PCell and the NR cells included incellsForWhichToReportSFTD(if configured in the corresponding measObjectNR) or between the PCell and up to 3 strongest detected NR cells (if cellsForWhichToReportSFTD is not configured in the corresponding measObjectNR), as specified in TS 38.215 [89]. E-UTRAN only includes this field when setting triggerType to periodical and purpose to reportStrongestCells. If included, the UE shall ignore the maxReportCells field.
si-RequestForHO
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the neighbour cell, applies a different value for T321, and includes different fields in the measurement report. EUTRAN does not configure the field if reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectNR.
ss-rsrp
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-RSRP quantity of NR.
ss-rsrq
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-RSRQ quantity of NR.
ss-sinr
Indicates whether or not the UE shall report SS-SINR quantity of NR.
stationCountRequestWLAN
The value true indicates that the UE shall include, if available, WLAN Station Count in measurement reports.
b1-ThresholdGERAN, b2-Threshold2GERAN
The actual value is field value – 110 dBm.
b1-ThresholdUTRA, b2-Threshold2UTRA
utra-RSCP corresponds to CPICH_RSCP in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD and P-CCPCH_RSCP in TS 25.123 [30] for TDD. utra-EcN0 corresponds to CPICH_Ec/No in TS 25.133 [29] for FDD, and is not applicable for TDD.
For utra-RSCP: The actual value is field value – 115 dBm.
For utra-EcN0: The actual value is (field value – 49)/2 dB.
timeToTrigger
Time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report or to execute the conditional reconfiguration evaluation.
triggerType
E-UTRAN does not configure the value periodical in case reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectWLAN.
useAutonomousGapsNR
The field applies to the reportCGI functionality, and when the field is included, the UE is allowed to use autonomous gaps in acquiring system information from the NR neighbour cell, applies the corresponding value for T321, EUTRAN can configure the field only if reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectNR.






Conditional presenceExplanation


reportCGI
The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
reportCGI-NR
The field is optional, need OR, in case purpose is included and set to reportCGI,and reportConfig is linked to a measObject set to measObjectNR, otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– ReportConfigToAddModList
The IE ReportConfigToAddModList concerns a list of reporting configurations to add or modify 

 -- ASN1START
ReportConfigToAddModList ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod 
ReportConfigToAddMod ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    reportConfigId                        ReportConfigId, 
    reportConfig                        CHOICE { 
        reportConfigEUTRA                    ReportConfigEUTRA, 
        reportConfigInterRAT                ReportConfigInterRAT 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ReportInterval
The ReportInterval indicates the interval between periodical reports. The ReportInterval is applicable if the UE performs periodical reporting (i.e. when reportAmount exceeds 1), for triggerType event as well as for triggerType periodical. Value ms120 corresponds with 120 ms, ms240 corresponds with 240 ms and so on, while value min1 corresponds with 1 min, min6 corresponds with 6 min and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
ReportInterval ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, 
                                        min1, min6, min12, min30, min60, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RS-IndexNR
The IE RS-IndexNR is used to identify an NR Reference Signal. 

 -- ASN1START
RS-IndexNR-r15 ::=            INTEGER (0.. maxRS-Index-1-r15) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSRP-Range
The IE RSRP-Range specifies the value range used in RSRP measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRP measurements according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. A given field using RSRP-Range-v1360 shall only be signalled if the corresponding original field (using RSRP-Range i.e. without suffix) is set to value 0. 

 -- ASN1START
RSRP-Range ::=                        INTEGER(0..97)
RSRP-Range-v1360 ::=                INTEGER(-17..-1)
RSRP-RangeSL-r12 ::=                INTEGER(0..13)
RSRP-RangeSL2-r12 ::=                INTEGER(0..7)
RSRP-RangeSL3-r12 ::=                INTEGER(0..11)
RSRP-RangeSL4-r13 ::=                INTEGER(0..49)
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSRP-RangeNR
The IE RSRP-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RSRP measurements and thresholds. For RSRP measurements, integer value is according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84]. For thresholds, the actual value is (field value – 156) dBm, except for field value 127, in which case the actual value is infinity. 

 -- ASN1START
RSRP-RangeNR-r15 ::=                        INTEGER (0..127) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSRQ-Range
The IE RSRQ-Range specifies the value range used in RSRQ measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSRQ measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. A given field using RSRQ-Range-v1250 shall only be signalled if the corresponding original field (using RSRQ-Range i.e. without suffix) is set to value 0 or 34. Only a UE indicating support of extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 or rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12 may report RSRQ-Range-v1250, and this may be done without explicit configuration from the E-UTRAN. If received, the UE shall use the value indicated by the RSRQ-Range-v1250 and ignore the value signalled by RSRQ-Range (without the suffix). RSRQ-Range-r13 covers the original range and extended RSRQ-Range-v1250. RSRQ-Range-r13 may be signalled without the corresponding original field and without any requirements for indicated support of extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12 or rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12. 

 -- ASN1START
RSRQ-Range ::=                    INTEGER(0..34)
RSRQ-Range-v1250 ::=            INTEGER(-30..46)
RSRQ-Range-r13 ::=                INTEGER(-30..46)
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSRQ-RangeNR
The IE RSRQ-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RSRQ measurements and thresholds. For RSRQ measurements, integer value is according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84]. For thresholds, the actual value is (field value – 87) / 2 dB. 

 -- ASN1START
RSRQ-RangeNR-r15 ::=            INTEGER (0..127) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSRQ-Type
The IE RSRQ-Type specifies the RSRQ value type used in RSRQ measurements, see TS 36.214 [48]. 

 -- ASN1START
RSRQ-Type-r12 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    allSymbols-r12                            BOOLEAN,
    wideBand-r12                            BOOLEAN 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RS-SINR-Range
The IE RS-SINR-Range specifies the value range used in RS-SINR measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RS-SINR measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. 

 -- ASN1START
RS-SINR-Range-r13 ::=                        INTEGER(0..127)
 -- ASN1STOP
– RS-SINR-RangeNR
The IE RS-SINR-RangeNR specifies the value range used in RS-SINR measurements and thresholds. For RS-SINR measurements, integer value is according to mapping table in TS 38.133 [84]. For thresholds, the actual value is (field value – 46) / 2 dB. 

 -- ASN1START
RS-SINR-RangeNR-r15 ::=                    INTEGER (0..127) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RSSI-Range-r13
The IE RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in RSSI measurements and thresholds. Integer value for RSSI measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. 

 -- ASN1START
RSSI-Range-r13 ::=                        INTEGER(0..76)
 -- ASN1STOP
– SS-RSSI-Measurement
The IE SS-RSSI-Measurement specifies the configuration of NR SSB based RSSI measurements. 

 -- ASN1START
SS-RSSI-Measurement-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    measurementSlots-r15                BIT STRING (SIZE(1..80)), 
    endSymbol-r15                        INTEGER(0..3)
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




RSRP-Range field descriptions


RSRP-Range
For UE supporting CE Mode B, when CE mode B is not restricted by upper layers, RSRP-Range-v1360 (i.e., with suffix) is reported if the measured RSRP is less than -140 dBm.
RSRP-RangeSL
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -115dBm, value 2 to -110dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until value 12, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 13 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL2
Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -110dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 10dBm) until value 6, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 7 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL3
Value 0 corresponds to -110dBm, value 1 to -105dBm, value 2 to -100dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 5dBm) until value 10, which corresponds to -60dBm, while value 11 corresponds to +infinity.
RSRP-RangeSL4
Indicates the range for SD-RSRP. Value 0 corresponds to -130dBm, value 1 to -128dBm, value 2 to -126dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 2dBm) until value 48, which corresponds to -34dBm, while value 49 corresponds to +infinity.






RSRQ-Type field descriptions


allSymbols
Value TRUE indicates use of all OFDM symbols when performing RSRQ measurements.
wideBand
Value TRUE indicates use of a wider bandwidth when performing RSRQ measurements.
– SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR
The IE SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR is used to indicate the QCL relationship between SSB positions on the indicated frequency or cell (see TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1) for NR operation with shared spectrum channel access. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2 and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r16 ::=        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} 
SSB-PositionQCL-RelationNR-r17 ::=        ENUMERATED {n32, n64} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SSB-ToMeasure
The IE SSB-ToMeasure is used to configure a pattern of SSBs. For operation with shared spectrum channel access, only mediumBitmap is used. 

 -- ASN1START
SSB-ToMeasure-r15 ::=        CHOICE { 
    shortBitmap-r15                BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
    mediumBitmap-r15                BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
    longBitmap-r15                    BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SS-RSSI-Measurement field descriptions


endSymbol
Within a slot that is configured for RSSI measurements (see measurementSlots) the UE measures the RSSI from symbol 0 to symbol endSymbol. This field identifies the entry in Table 5.1.33-1 in TS 36.214 which determines the actual end symbol.
measurementSlots
Indicates the slots in which the UE can perform NR RSSI measurements. The length of the BIT STRING is equal to the number of slots in the configured SMTC window (determined by the ssb-duration and by the subcarrierSpacingSSB). The first (left-most / most significant) bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first slot in the SMTC window, the second bit in the bitmap corresponds to the second slot in the SMTC window, and so on. The UE measures in slots for which the corresponding bit in the bitmap is set to 1.
– TimeToTrigger
The IE TimeToTrigger specifies the value range used for time to trigger parameter, which concerns the time during which specific criteria for the event needs to be met in order to trigger a measurement report. Value ms0 corresponds to 0 ms and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
TimeToTrigger ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                        ms0, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms100, ms128, ms160, ms256, 
                                        ms320, ms480, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2560, 
                                        ms5120} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UL-DelayConfig
The IE UL-DelayConfig IE specifies the configuration of the UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement specified in TS 36.314 [71]. 

 -- ASN1START
UL-DelayConfig-r13 ::=                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            delayThreshold-r13                            ENUMERATED { 
                                                ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms70, ms80, 
                                                ms90,ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms750, spare4, 
                                                spare3, spare2, spare1} 
        } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UL-DelayValueConfig
The IE UL-DelayValueConfig specifies the configuration of the UL PDCP Packet Delay value per DRB measurements specified in TS 38.314 [103]. 

 -- ASN1START
UL-DelayValueConfig-r16 ::=            CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                SEQUENCE { 
            delay-DRBlist-r16                        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity 
        } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-CarrierInfo
The IE WLAN-CarrierInfo is used to identify the WLAN frequency band information, as specified in Annex E in [67]. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-CarrierInfo-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    operatingClass-r13            INTEGER (0..255)            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    countryCode-r13                ENUMERATED {unitedStates, europe, japan, global, ...} 
                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    channelNumbers-r13            WLAN-ChannelList-r13        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
WLAN-ChannelList-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Channels-r13)) OF WLAN-Channel-r13 
WLAN-Channel-r13 ::=    INTEGER(0..255)
 -- ASN1STOP




SSB-ToMeasure field descriptions


longBitmap
Bitmap when maximum number of SS/PBCH blocks per half frame equals to 64 as defined in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1.
mediumBitmap
Bitmap when maximum number of SS/PBCH blocks per half frame equals to 8 as defined in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1. For operation with shared spectrum channel access, if the k-th bit is set to 1, the UE assumes that one or more SS/PBCH blocks within the SMTC measurement durationwith candidate SS/PBCH block indexes corresponding to SS/PBCH block index equal to k - 1 may be transmitted; if the k-th bit is set to 0, the UE assumes that the corresponding SS/PBCH block(s) are not transmitted. The k-th bit is set to 0, where k > ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR and the number of actually transmitted SS/PBCH blocks is not larger than the number of 1's in the bitmap. If ssb-PositionQCL-NR is configured with a value smaller than ssb-PositionQCL-CommonNR, only the leftmost K bits (K = ssb-PositionQCL-NR) are applicable for the corresponding cell.
shortBitmap
Bitmap when maximum number of SS/PBCH blocks per half frame equals to 4 as defined in TS 38.213 [88], clause 4.1.






UL-DelayConfig field descriptions


delayThreshold
Indicates the delay threshold value used by UE to provide results of UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71]. Value in milliseconds. Value ms30 means 30 ms and so on.






UL-DelayValueConfig field descriptions


delay-DRBlist
Indicates the DRB IDs used by UE to provide results of UL PDCP Packet Delay value per DRB measurement as specified in TS 38.314 [103].
– WLAN-NameList
The IE WLAN-NameList is used to indicate the names of the WLAN AP for which the UE is configured to measure. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-NameListConfig-r15 ::=        CHOICE{ 
    release                        NULL,
    setup                        WLAN-NameList-r15 
} 
WLAN-NameList-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Name-r15)) OF WLAN-Name-r15 
WLAN-Name-r15 ::=        OCTET STRING (SIZE (1..32)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-RSSI-Range
The IE WLAN-RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in WLAN RSSI measurements and thresholds. Integer value for WLAN RSSI measurements is according to mapping table in TS 36.133 [16]. Value 0 corresponds to -infinity, value 1 to -100dBm, value 2 to -99dBm, and so on (i.e. in steps of 1dBm) until value 140, which corresponds to 39dBm, while value 141 corresponds to +infinity. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-RSSI-Range-r13 ::=                        INTEGER(0..141)
 -- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-RTT
The IE WLAN-RTT covers the measured round trip time between the target device and WLAN AP and optionally the accuracy expressed as the standard deviation of the delay. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-RTT-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rttValue-r15                    INTEGER (0..16777215), 
    rttUnits-r15                    ENUMERATED {    microseconds, 
                                    hundredsofnanoseconds, 
                                    tensofnanoseconds, 
                                    nanoseconds, 
                                    tenthsofnanoseconds, 
                                    ... }, 
    rttAccuracy-r15                INTEGER (0..255)                            OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– WLAN-Status
The IE WLAN-Status indicates the current status of WLAN connection. The values are set as described in clause 5.6.15.2 and 5.6.15.4. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-Status-r13 ::=        ENUMERATED {successfulAssociation, failureWlanRadioLink, failureWlanUnavailable, failureTimeout} 
WLAN-Status-v1430 ::=    ENUMERATED {suspended, resumed} 
 -- ASN1STOP




WLAN-CarrierInfo field descriptions


channelNumbers
Indicates the WLAN channels as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67]. Value 0 is not used.
countryCode
Indicates the country code of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].
operatingClass
Indicates the Operating Class of WLAN as defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].






WLAN-NameListfield descriptions


WLAN-Name
If configured, the UE only performs WLAN measurements according to the names identified. For each name, it refers to Service Set Identifier (SSID) defined in IEEE 802.11-2012 [67].






WLAN-RTTfield descriptions


rttValue
This field specifies the Round Trip Time (RTT) measurement between the target device and WLAN AP in units given by the field rttUnits as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rttUnits
This field specifies the Units for the fields rttValue and rttAccuracy. The available Units are 1000ns, 100ns, 10ns, 1ns, and 0.1ns as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
rttAccuracy
This field provides the estimated accuracy of the provided rttValue expressed as the standard deviation in units given by the field rttUnits as defined in TS 36.355 [54].
– WLAN-SuspendConfig
The IE WLAN-SuspendConfig is used for configuration of WLAN suspend/resume functionality. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-SuspendConfig-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed-r14                BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport-r14        BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.6 Other information elements
– AbsoluteTimeInfo
The IE AbsoluteTimeInfo indicates an absolute time in a format YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS and using BCD encoding. The first/ leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the most significant digit of the year and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
AbsoluteTimeInfo-r10 ::=                BIT STRING (SIZE (48)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– AMF-Identifier
The IE AMF-Identifier (AMFI) comprises of an AMF Region ID,an AMF Set ID and an AMF Pointer as specified in 23.003 [27], clause 2.10.1. 

 -- ASN1START
AMF-Identifier-r15 ::=                        BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– AreaConfiguration
The AreaConfiguration indicates area for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. If not configured, measurement logging is not restricted to specific cells or tracking areas but applies as long as the RPLMN is contained in plmn-IdentityList stored in VarLogMeasReport. 

 -- ASN1START
AreaConfiguration-r10 ::=    CHOICE { 
    cellGlobalIdList-r10            CellGlobalIdList-r10, 
    trackingAreaCodeList-r10        TrackingAreaCodeList-r10 
} 
AreaConfiguration-v1130 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    trackingAreaCodeList-v1130        TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130 
} 
CellGlobalIdList-r10 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellGlobalIdEUTRA 
TrackingAreaCodeList-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF TrackingAreaCode 
TrackingAreaCodeList-v1130 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-perTAC-List-r11            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF PLMN-Identity 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– BandCombinationList
The IE BandCombinationList contains a list of CA band combinations. BandCombinationList information element 

 -- ASN1START
BandCombinationList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombination-r14 
BandCombination-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandIndication-r14 
BandIndication-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    bandEUTRA-r14                    FreqBandIndicator-r11, 
    ca-BandwidthClassDL-r14            CA-BandwidthClass-r10, 
    ca-BandwidthClassUL-r14            CA-BandwidthClass-r10            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– C-RNTI
The IE C-RNTI identifies a UE having a RRC connection within a cell. 

 -- ASN1START
C-RNTI ::=                            BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DedicatedInfoCDMA2000
The DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 is used to transfer UE specific CDMA2000 information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information. 

 -- ASN1START
DedicatedInfoCDMA2000 ::=                OCTET STRING 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DedicatedInfoF1c
The IE DedicatedInfoF1c is used to transfer IAB-DU specific F1-C related information between the network and the IAB-node. The carried information consists of F1AP message encapsulated in SCTP/IP or F1-C related IP packet with or without SCTP encapsulation, see TS 38.472 [105] and TS 36.423 [108]. The RRC layer is transparent for this information. 

 -- ASN1START
DedicatedInfoF1c-r16 ::=        OCTET STRING 
 -- ASN1STOP
– DedicatedInfoNAS
The IE DedicatedInfoNAS is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this information. 

 -- ASN1START
DedicatedInfoNAS ::=        OCTET STRING 
 -- ASN1STOP
– FilterCoefficient
The IE FilterCoefficient specifies the measurement filtering coefficient. Value fc0 corresponds to k = 0, fc1 corresponds to k = 1, and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
FilterCoefficient ::=                    ENUMERATED { 
                                            fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5, 
                                            fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13, 
                                            fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– FlightPathInfoReportConfig
The IE FlightPathInfoReportConfig specifies flight path information report configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
FlightPathInfoReportConfig-r15 ::= SEQUENCE {         
    maxWayPointNumber-r15                INTEGER (1..maxWayPoint-r15), 
    includeTimeStamp-r15                ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– GNSS-ID
The IE GNSS-ID is used to indicate a specific GNSS (see also TS 36.355 [54]). 

 -- ASN1START
GNSS-ID-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    gnss-id-r15                ENUMERATED{gps, sbas, qzss, galileo, glonass, bds, ..., navic-v1610}, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– GNSS-ValidityDuration
The IE GNSS-ValidityDuration indicates the remaining GNSS validity duration in the UE. Value s10 corresponds to 10 seconds, s20 corresponds to 20 seconds and so on. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
GNSS-ValidityDuration-r17 ::= ENUMERATED{ 
                                s10, s20, s30, s40, s50, s60, min5, min10, 
                                min15, min20, min25, min30, min50, min90, min120, infinity} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– I-RNTI
The I-RNTI IE is used to identify the suspended UE context of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE and for User plane CIoT 5GS optimisation. 

 -- ASN1START
I-RNTI-r15 ::=                        BIT STRING (SIZE(40)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– LoggingDuration
The LoggingDuration indicates the duration for which UE is requested to perform measurement logging. Value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes, value min20 corresponds to 20 minutes and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
LoggingDuration-r10 ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                    min10, min20, min40, min60, min90, min120, spare2, spare1} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– LoggingInterval
The LoggingInterval indicates the periodicity for logging measurement results. Value ms1280 corresponds to 1.28s, value ms2560 corresponds to 2.56s and so on. 

 -- ASN1START
LoggingInterval-r10 ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                    ms1280, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, ms20480, 
                                    ms30720, ms40960, ms61440} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MeasSubframePattern
The IE MeasSubframePattern is used to specify a subframe pattern. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the subframe #0 of the radio frame satisfying SFN mod x = 0, where SFN is that of PCell and x is the size of the bit string divided by 10. "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is used. 

 -- ASN1START
MeasSubframePattern-r10 ::= CHOICE { 
    subframePatternFDD-r10                BIT STRING (SIZE (40)), 
    subframePatternTDD-r10                CHOICE { 
        subframeConfig1-5-r10                    BIT STRING (SIZE (20)), 
        subframeConfig0-r10                        BIT STRING (SIZE (70)), 
        subframeConfig6-r10                        BIT STRING (SIZE (60)), 
        ... 
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MMEC
The IE MMEC identifies an MME within the scope of an MME Group within a PLMN,see TS 23.003 [27]. 

 -- ASN1START
MMEC ::=                            BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– NeighCellConfig
The IE NeighCellConfig is used to provide the information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of neighbour cells. 

 -- ASN1START
NeighCellConfig ::=            BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) 
 -- ASN1STOP




WLAN-SuspendConfig field descriptions


wlan-SuspendResumeAllowed
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to use suspend-resume mechanism, i.e., to indicate WLAN being temporarily unavailable and WLAN being available again after temporary unavailability.
wlan-SuspendTriggersStatusReport
Indicates whether the UE shall trigger PDCP status report as defined in TS 36.323 [8] when WLAN is temporarily unavailable and UE reports this status. 






AreaConfiguration field descriptions


plmn-Identity-perTAC-List
Includes the PLMN identity for each of the TA codes included in trackingAreaCodeList. The PLMN identity listed first in plmn-Identity-perTAC-List corresponds with the TA code listed first in trackingAreaCodeList and so on.






FlightPathInfoReportConfigfield descriptions


maxWayPointNumber
Indicates the maximum number of way points UE can include in the flight path information report if this information is available at the UE. 
includeTimeStamp
Indicates whether time stamp of each way point can be reported in the flight path information report if time stamp information is available at the UE.






NeighCellConfig field descriptions


neighCellConfig
Provides information related to MBSFN and TDD UL/DL configuration of neighbour cells of this frequency
00: Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and as the PCell otherwise
10: The MBSFN subframe allocations of all neighbour cells are identical to or subsets of that in the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and of that in the PCell otherwise
01: No MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells
11: Different UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells for TDD compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise
For TDD, 00, 10 and 01 are only used for same UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise.
– NG-5G-S-TMSI
The IE NG-5G-S-TMSI contains a 5G S-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity, a temporary UE identity provided by the AMF which uniquely identifies the UE within the tracking area, see TS 23.003 [27]. 

 -- ASN1START
NG-5G-S-TMSI-r15::=                            BIT STRING (SIZE (48)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– OtherConfig
The IE OtherConfig contains configuration related to other configuration. 

 -- ASN1START
OtherConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE    { 
    
reportProximityConfig-r9Indicates, for each of the applicable RATs (EUTRA, UTRA), whether or not proximity indication is enabled for CSG member cell(s) of the concerned RAT. Note.
            ReportProximityConfig-r9        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    idc-Config-r11                    IDC-Config-r11                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11    PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        obtainLocationConfig-r11        ObtainLocationConfig-r11        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer-r14Prohibit timer for bandwidth preference indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
    ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, 
                                                s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3, 
                                                spare2, spare1}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
sps-AssistanceInfoReport-r14Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to report SPS-AssistanceInformation. If the sl-V2X-SPS-Config is provided by an E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message embedded within an NR RRCReconfiguration for V2X sidelink communication (i.e. sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA) as in TS 38.331 [82], the network should configure the otherConfig and set this field to TRUE.
        BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        delayBudgetReportingConfig-r14    CHOICE{ 
            release                    NULL,
            setup                    SEQUENCE{ 
                
delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer-r14Prohibit timer for delay budget reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot4 means prohibit timer is set to 0.4 second, and so on.
    ENUMERATED { 
                                                                s0, s0dot4, s0dot8, 
                                                                s1dot6, s3, s6, s12, s30} 
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        rlm-ReportConfig-r14            CHOICE { 
            release                    NULL,
            setup                    SEQUENCE{ 
                
rlmReportTimer-r14Prohibit timer for RLM event reporting, i.e. "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" event reporting, as specified in clause 5.6.10. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
                ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, s30, 
                                                s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
                
rlmReportRep-MPDCCH-r14The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to report excess repetitions on MPDCCH. 
            ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            } 
        }    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14Configuration for the UE to report assistance information to inform the eNB about UE detected internal overheating.
    CHOICE{ 
            release                    NULL,
            setup                    SEQUENCE{ 
                
overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer-r14Prohibit timer for overheating assistance information reporting.Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
    ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, 
                                                        s20, s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, 
                                                        spare3, spare2, spare1} 
            } 
        }    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    measConfigAppLayer-r15        CHOICE{ 
            release                    NULL,
            setup                    SEQUENCE{ 
                
measConfigAppLayerContainer-r15The field contains configuration of application layer measurements, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [90]and clause 16.5 in TS 26.114 [99]. The maximum number of configurations of application layer measurements that a UE supports is one regardless of serviceType.
        OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..1000)), 
                
serviceType-r15Indicates the type of application layer measurement. Value qoe indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for streaming services, value qoemtsi indicates Enhanced Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for MTSI.
                        ENUMERATED {qoe, qoemtsi, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
            } 
        }    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON    
        
ailc-BitConfig-r15Indicates whether the UE is allowed to provide assistance information bit for local cache. If configured, the UE shall only apply to a DRB configured with 12-bit PDCP SN format as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
                BOOLEAN                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
bt-NameListConfig-r15Configuration for the UE to report measurements from specific Bluetooth beacons.E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeBT-Meas is configured for one or more measurements.
        BT-NameListConfig-r15                    OPTIONAL,    --Need ON
        
wlan-NameListConfig-r15Configuration for the UE to report measurements from specific WLAN APs. E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeWLAN-Meas is configured for one or more measurements.
        WLAN-NameListConfig-r15                    OPTIONAL         --Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
overheatingAssistanceConfigForSCG-r16The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide overheating assistance information for NR SCG.E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only when the UE is configured with an NR SCG.
    BOOLEAN        OPTIONAL     -- Cond overheating
    ]], 
    [[    measUncomBarPre-r17            BOOLEAN                OPTIONAL,    --Need ON
        scg-DeactivationPreferenceConfig-r17    SetupRelease {SCG-DeactivationPreferenceConfig-r17}    OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
IDC-Config-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
idc-Indication-r11The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to initiate transmission ofthe InDeviceCoexIndication message to the network.
                    ENUMERATED {setup}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    autonomousDenialParameters-r11        SEQUENCE { 
            
autonomousDenialSubframes-r11Indicates the maximum number of the UL subframes for which the UE is allowed to deny any UL transmission. Value n2 corresponds to 2 subframes, n5 to 5 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN does not configure autonomous denial for frequencies on which SCG cells are configured.
            ENUMERATED {n2, n5, n10, n15, 
                                                        n20, n30, spare2, spare1}, 
            
autonomousDenialValidity-r11Indicates the validity period over which the UL autonomous denial subframes shall be counted. Value sf200 corresponds to 200 subframes, sf500 corresponds to 500 subframes and so on.
            ENUMERATED { 
                                                        sf200, sf500, sf1000, sf2000, 
                                                        spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} 
    }        OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    
idc-Indication-UL-CA-r11The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA using the InDeviceCoexIndication message.
            ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL     -- Cond idc-Ind
    ]], 
    [[    
idc-HardwareSharingIndication-r13The field is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed indicate in InDeviceCoexIndication that the cause of the problems are due to hardware sharing, and whether the UE is allowed to omit the TDM assistance information.
    ENUMERATED {setup}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
idc-Indication-MRDC-r15The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC using the InDeviceCoexIndication message.
        CHOICE{ 
            release                    NULL,
            setup                    CandidateServingFreqListNR-r15 
        }            OPTIONAL     -- Cond idc-Ind
    ]] 
} 
ObtainLocationConfig-r11 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
obtainLocation-r11Requests the UE to attempt to have detailed location information available using GNSS. E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeLocationInfo is configured for one or more measurements.
                ENUMERATED {setup}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
PowerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 ::= CHOICE{ 
    release                    NULL,
    setup                    SEQUENCE{ 
        
powerPrefIndicationTimer-r11Prohibit timer for Power Preference Indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
        ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, 
                                            s30, s60, s90, s120, s300, s600, spare3, 
                                            spare2, spare1} 
    } 
} 
ReportProximityConfig-r9 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    proximityIndicationEUTRA-r9        ENUMERATED {enabled}            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    proximityIndicationUTRA-r9        ENUMERATED {enabled}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
CandidateServingFreqListNR-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqIDC-r11)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 
SCG-DeactivationPreferenceConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    scg-DeactivationPreferenceProhibitTimer-r17     
                            ENUMERATED {s0, s1, s2, s4, s8, s10, s20, s30, 
                                        s60, s120, s180, s240, s300, s600, s900, s1800} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




OtherConfig field descriptions


ailc-BitConfig
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to provide assistance information bit for local cache. If configured, the UE shall only apply to a DRB configured with 12-bit PDCP SN format as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
autonomousDenialSubframes
Indicates the maximum number of the UL subframes for which the UE is allowed to deny any UL transmission. Value n2 corresponds to 2 subframes, n5 to 5 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN does not configure autonomous denial for frequencies on which SCG cells are configured.
autonomousDenialValidity
Indicates the validity period over which the UL autonomous denial subframes shall be counted. Value sf200 corresponds to 200 subframes, sf500 corresponds to 500 subframes and so on.
bt-NameListConfig
Configuration for the UE to report measurements from specific Bluetooth beacons.E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeBT-Meas is configured for one or more measurements.
bw-PreferenceIndicationTimer
Prohibit timer for bandwidth preference indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
CandidateServingFreqListNR
Indicates for each candidate NR serving cells, the center frequency around which UE is requested to report IDC issues for MR-DC.
delayBudgetReportingProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for delay budget reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot4 means prohibit timer is set to 0.4 second, and so on.
idc-HardwareSharingIndication
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is allowed indicate in InDeviceCoexIndication that the cause of the problems are due to hardware sharing, and whether the UE is allowed to omit the TDM assistance information.
idc-Indication
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to initiate transmission ofthe InDeviceCoexIndication message to the network.
idc-Indication-MRDC
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for MR-DC using the InDeviceCoexIndication message.
idc-Indication-UL-CA
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide IDC indications for UL CA using the InDeviceCoexIndication message.
measConfigAppLayerContainer
The field contains configuration of application layer measurements, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [90]and clause 16.5 in TS 26.114 [99]. The maximum number of configurations of application layer measurements that a UE supports is one regardless of serviceType.
serviceType
Indicates the type of application layer measurement. Value qoe indicates Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for streaming services, value qoemtsi indicates Enhanced Quality of Experience Measurement Collection for MTSI.
obtainLocation
Requests the UE to attempt to have detailed location information available using GNSS. E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeLocationInfo is configured for one or more measurements.
overheatingAssistanceConfig
Configuration for the UE to report assistance information to inform the eNB about UE detected internal overheating.
overheatingAssistanceConfigForSCG
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to provide overheating assistance information for NR SCG.E-UTRAN configures value TRUE only when the UE is configured with an NR SCG.
overheatingIndicationProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for overheating assistance information reporting.Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
powerPrefIndicationTimer
Prohibit timer for Power Preference Indication reporting. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
reportProximityConfig
Indicates, for each of the applicable RATs (EUTRA, UTRA), whether or not proximity indication is enabled for CSG member cell(s) of the concerned RAT. Note.
rlmReportTimer
Prohibit timer for RLM event reporting, i.e. "early-out-of-sync" and "early-in-sync" event reporting, as specified in clause 5.6.10. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 second, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 second, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
rlmReportRep-MPDCCH
The field is used to indicate whether the UE is configured to report excess repetitions on MPDCCH. 
sps-AssistanceInfoReport
Value TRUE indicates that the UE is allowed to report SPS-AssistanceInformation. If the sl-V2X-SPS-Config is provided by an E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message embedded within an NR RRCReconfiguration for V2X sidelink communication (i.e. sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA) as in TS 38.331 [82], the network should configure the otherConfig and set this field to TRUE.
wlan-NameListConfig
Configuration for the UE to report measurements from specific WLAN APs. E-UTRAN configures the field only if includeWLAN-Meas is configured for one or more measurements.






Conditional presenceExplanation


idc-Ind
The field is optionally present if idc-Indication is present, need OR. Otherwise the field is not present.
overheating
The field is optionally present, need ON, ifthe UE is configured withoverheatingAssistanceConfig; if overheatingAssistanceConfig is included and set to release, the UE shall delete any existing value for this field; otherwise, the field is not present.
– RAN-AreaCode
The RAN-AreaCode IE indicates RAN area code of the cell. 

 -- ASN1START
RAN-AreaCode-r15 ::=                    INTEGER (0..255) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RAND-CDMA2000 (1xRTT)
The RAND-CDMA2000 concerns a random value, generated by the eNB, to be passed to the CDMA2000 upper layers. 

 -- ASN1START
RAND-CDMA2000 ::=                        BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RAT-Type
The IE RAT-Type is used to indicate the radio access technology (RAT), including EUTRA,of the requested/ transferred UE capabilities. A separate value applies for some EUTRA-NR capabilities that are transferred by a separate UE capability container, used in case of MR-DC. 

 -- ASN1START
RAT-Type ::=                        ENUMERATED { 
                                        eutra, utra, geran-cs, geran-ps, cdma2000-1XRTT, 
                                        nr, eutra-nr, spare1, ...} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ResumeIdentity
The IE ResumeIdentity is used to identify the suspended UE context 

 -- ASN1START
ResumeIdentity-r13 ::=                        BIT STRING (SIZE(40)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– RRC-TransactionIdentifier
The IE RRC-TransactionIdentifier is used, together with the message type, for the identification of an RRC procedure (transaction). 

 -- ASN1START
RRC-TransactionIdentifier ::=        INTEGER (0..3) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SBAS-ID
The IE SBASID is used to indicate a specific SBAS (see also TS 36.355 [54]). 

 -- ASN1START
SBAS-ID-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    sbas-id-r15                ENUMERATED {waas, egnos, msas, gagan, ...}, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– ShortI-RNTI
The ShortI-RNTI IE is used to identify the suspended UE context of a UE in RRC_INACTIVE using fewer bits compared to I-RNTI. 

 -- ASN1START
ShortI-RNTI-r15 ::=                        BIT STRING (SIZE(24)) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– S-NSSAI
The IE S-NSSAI identifies a Network Slice end to end and comprises a slice/service type and a slice differentiator, see TS 23.003 [27]. 

 -- ASN1START
S-NSSAI-r15 ::=            CHOICE{ 
    sst                            BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
    sst-SD                        BIT STRING (SIZE (32))         
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– S-TMSI
The IE S-TMSI contains an S-Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity, a temporary UE identity provided by the EPC which uniquely identifies the UE within the tracking area, see TS 23.003 [27]. – TimeOffsetUTC The IE TimeOffsetUTC provides the time offset to the beginning of week (Monday 00:00:00 UTC). Units in seconds. TimeOffsetUTC information element 

 -- ASN1START
S-TMSI ::=                            SEQUENCE { 
    mmec                                MMEC,
    
m-TMSIThe first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the M-TMSI.
                                BIT STRING (SIZE (32)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
 -- ASN1START
TimeOffsetUTC-r17 ::=        INTEGER (0..1048575) 
 -- ASN1STOP




S-NSSAI field descriptions


sst
Indicates the S-NSSAI consists of Slice/Service Type, see TS 23.003 [27].
sst-SD
Indicates the S-NSSAI consists of Slice/Service Type and Slice Differentiator, see TS 23.003 [27].






S-TMSI field descriptions


m-TMSI
The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the most significant bit of the M-TMSI.
– TraceReference
The TraceReference contains parameter Trace Reference as defined in TS 32.422 [58]. 

 -- ASN1START
TraceReference-r10 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Identity-r10                PLMN-Identity, 
    traceId-r10                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (3)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList
The IE UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList contains list of containers, one for each RAT for which UE capabilities are transferred, if any. 

 -- ASN1START
UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList ::=SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxRAT-Capabilities)) OF UE-CapabilityRAT-Container 
UE-CapabilityRAT-Container ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rat-Type                            RAT-Type, 
    
ueCapabilityRAT-ContainerContainer for the UE capabilities of the indicated RAT. The encoding is defined in the specification of each RAT:
For EUTRA: the encoding of UE capabilities is defined in IE UE-EUTRA-Capability.
For UTRA: the octet string contains the INTER RAT HANDOVER INFO message defined in TS 25.331 [19].
For GERAN CS: the octet string contains the concatenated string of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 and Mobile Station Classmark 3. The first 5 octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 2 and the following octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 3. The Mobile Station Classmark 2 is formatted as 'TLV' and is coded in the same way as the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet is the Mobile station classmark 2 IEI and its value shall be set to 33H. The second octet is the Length of mobile station classmark 2 and its value shall be set to 3. The octet 3 contains the first octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element, the octet 4 contains the second octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element and so on. For each of these octets, the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the octet contains b8 of the corresponding octet of the Mobile Station Classmark 2. The Mobile Station Classmark 3 is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the Mobile station classmark 3 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The sixth octet of this octet string contains octet 1 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3, the seventh of octet of this octet string contains octet 2 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3 and so on. Note.
For GERAN PS: the encoding of UE capabilities is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the MS Radio Access Capability information element in TS 24.008 [49].
For CDMA2000-1XRTT: the octet string contains the A21 Mobile Subscription Information and the encoding of this is defined in A.S0008 [33]. The A21 Mobile Subscription Information contains the supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class and band sub-class information.
For NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-NR-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82].
For EUTRA-NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-MRDC-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82]
            OCTET STRING 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




UECapabilityRAT-ContainerList field descriptions


ueCapabilityRAT-Container
Container for the UE capabilities of the indicated RAT. The encoding is defined in the specification of each RAT:
For EUTRA: the encoding of UE capabilities is defined in IE UE-EUTRA-Capability.
For UTRA: the octet string contains the INTER RAT HANDOVER INFO message defined in TS 25.331 [19].
For GERAN CS: the octet string contains the concatenated string of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 and Mobile Station Classmark 3. The first 5 octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 2 and the following octets correspond to Mobile Station Classmark 3. The Mobile Station Classmark 2 is formatted as 'TLV' and is coded in the same way as the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet is the Mobile station classmark 2 IEI and its value shall be set to 33H. The second octet is the Length of mobile station classmark 2 and its value shall be set to 3. The octet 3 contains the first octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element, the octet 4 contains the second octet of the value part of the Mobile Station Classmark 2 information element and so on. For each of these octets, the first/ leftmost/ most significant bit of the octet contains b8 of the corresponding octet of the Mobile Station Classmark 2. The Mobile Station Classmark 3 is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the Mobile station classmark 3 information element in TS 24.008 [49]. The sixth octet of this octet string contains octet 1 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3, the seventh of octet of this octet string contains octet 2 of the value part of Mobile station classmark 3 and so on. Note.
For GERAN PS: the encoding of UE capabilities is formatted as 'V' and is coded in the same way as the value part in the MS Radio Access Capability information element in TS 24.008 [49].
For CDMA2000-1XRTT: the octet string contains the A21 Mobile Subscription Information and the encoding of this is defined in A.S0008 [33]. The A21 Mobile Subscription Information contains the supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class and band sub-class information.
For NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-NR-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82].
For EUTRA-NR: The octet string contains the IE UE-MRDC-Capability as defined in TS 38.331 [82]
– UE-EUTRA-Capability
The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability is used to convey the E-UTRA UE Radio Access Capability Parameters, see TS 36.306 [5], and the Feature Group Indicators for mandatory features (defined in Annexes B.1 and C.1) to the network. The IE UE-EUTRA-Capability is transferred in E-UTRA or in another RAT. 

 -- ASN1START
UE-EUTRA-Capability ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
accessStratumReleaseSet to rel17in this version of the specification. NOTE 7.
            AccessStratumRelease, 
    
ue-CategoryUE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 12 in this version of the specification.
                        INTEGER (1..5), 
    pdcp-Parameters                    PDCP-Parameters, 
    phyLayerParameters                PhyLayerParameters, 
    rf-Parameters                    RF-Parameters, 
    measParameters                    MeasParameters, 
    featureGroupIndicators            BIT STRING (SIZE (32))                    OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-Parameters                SEQUENCE { 
        utraFDD                            IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD                OPTIONAL,
        utraTDD128                        IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128            OPTIONAL,
        utraTDD384                        IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD384            OPTIONAL,
        utraTDD768                        IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD768            OPTIONAL,
        geran                            IRAT-ParametersGERAN                OPTIONAL,
        cdma2000-HRPD                    IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD        OPTIONAL,
        cdma2000-1xRTT                    IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT        OPTIONAL 
    }, 
    nonCriticalExtension            UE-EUTRA-Capability-v920-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Late non critical extensions
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9            BIT STRING (SIZE (32))                OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-r9    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9c0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0        IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9d0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v9d0                PhyLayerParameters-v9d0            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9e0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v9e0                    RF-Parameters-v9e0                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9h0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0        IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0                OPTIONAL,
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-9 extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10c0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10    OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10f0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v10f0                    RF-Parameters-v10f0                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10i0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10i0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v10i0                    RF-Parameters-v10i0                        OPTIONAL,
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-10 extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10j0-IEs)    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11d0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v10j0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v10j0                    RF-Parameters-v10j0                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11d0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v11d0                    RF-Parameters-v11d0                        OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-v11d0                Other-Parameters-v11d0                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11x0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11x0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-11 extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12b0-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12b0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v12b0                    RF-Parameters-v12b0                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12x0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v12x0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-12 extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1370-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1370-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ce-Parameters-v1370                    CE-Parameters-v1370                        OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1370    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1370    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1380-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1380-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v1380                    RF-Parameters-v1380                        OPTIONAL,
    ce-Parameters-v1380                    CE-Parameters-v1380, 
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1380    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380, 
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1380    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1390-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1390-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v1390                    RF-Parameters-v1390                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0a-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0a-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0b-IEs)                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1470-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v13e0b-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v13e0            PhyLayerParameters-v13e0, 
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-13 extensions
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1470-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-Parameters-v1470                MBMS-Parameters-v1470                    OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1470            PhyLayerParameters-v1470                OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1470                    RF-Parameters-v1470                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14a0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v14a0                PhyLayerParameters-v14a0, 
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14b0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14b0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v14b0                RF-Parameters-v14b0                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14x0-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v14x0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-14 extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v15x0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v15x0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-15 extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v16c0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v16c0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measParameters-v16c0                 MeasParameters-v16c0, 
     -- Following field is only to be used for late REL-16 extensions
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- Regular non critical extensions
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v920-IEs ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v920                    PhyLayerParameters-v920, 
    interRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920            IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920, 
    interRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920            IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920            OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v920        IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920    OPTIONAL,
    
deviceType-r9UE may set the value to "noBenFromBatConsumpOpt" when it does not foresee to particularly benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation. Absence of this value means that the device does benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation.
                            ENUMERATED {noBenFromBatConsumpOpt}    OPTIONAL,
    csg-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9    CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9, 
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9, 
    son-Parameters-r9                        SON-Parameters-r9, 
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v940-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v940-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    lateNonCriticalExtension            OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-EUTRA-Capability-v9a0-IEs)            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1020-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-Category-v1020                    INTEGER (6..8)                            OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1020            PhyLayerParameters-v1020                OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1020                    RF-Parameters-v1020                        OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1020                MeasParameters-v1020                    OPTIONAL,
    featureGroupIndRel10-r10            BIT STRING (SIZE (32))                    OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1020    IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020        OPTIONAL,
    ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10    UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10        OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020    IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1060-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1060-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1060    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1060    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060    OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1060                    RF-Parameters-v1060                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1090-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1090-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v1090                    RF-Parameters-v1090                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1130-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1130-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pdcp-Parameters-v1130                PDCP-Parameters-v1130, 
    phyLayerParameters-v1130            PhyLayerParameters-v1130                OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1130                    RF-Parameters-v1130, 
    measParameters-v1130                MeasParameters-v1130, 
    interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130    IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130, 
    otherParameters-r11                    Other-Parameters-r11, 
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1130    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1130    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1170-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1170-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1170            PhyLayerParameters-v1170                OPTIONAL,
    ue-Category-v1170                    INTEGER (9..10)                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1180-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1180-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v1180                    RF-Parameters-v1180                        OPTIONAL,
    mbms-Parameters-r11                    MBMS-Parameters-r11                        OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1180    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1180    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v11a0-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-Category-v11a0                    INTEGER (11..12)                        OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v11a0                MeasParameters-v11a0                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1250-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1250-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1250                PhyLayerParameters-v1250                OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1250                        RF-Parameters-v1250                        OPTIONAL,
    rlc-Parameters-r12                        RLC-Parameters-r12                        OPTIONAL,
    ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250    UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250    OPTIONAL,
    
ue-CategoryDL-r12UE DL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n17 corresponds to UE category 17, value m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis, value m2 corresponds to UE category M2. For ASN.1 compatibility, a UE indicating DL category 0, m1 or m2 shall also indicate any of the categories (1..5) in ue-Category (without suffix), which is ignored by the eNB,a UE indicating UE category oneBis shall also indicate UE category 1 in ue-Category (without suffix), and a UE indicating UE category m2 shall also indicate UE category m1. The field ue-CategoryDL is set to values 0, m1, oneBis, m2, 4, 6, 7, 9 to 16, n17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 in this version of the specification.
                        INTEGER (0..14)                            OPTIONAL,
    
ue-CategoryUL-r12UE UL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n14 corresponds to UE category 14, value n16 corresponds to UE category 16 and so on. Value m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value m2 corresponds to UE category M2, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis. The field ue-CategoryUL is set to values m1, m2, 0, oneBis, 3, 5, 7, 8, 13, n14,15, n16 to n21 or 22 to 26 in this version of the specification.
                        INTEGER (0..13)                            OPTIONAL,
    wlan-IW-Parameters-r12                    WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12                    OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1250                    MeasParameters-v1250                    OPTIONAL,
    dc-Parameters-r12                        DC-Parameters-r12                        OPTIONAL,
    mbms-Parameters-v1250                    MBMS-Parameters-v1250                    OPTIONAL,
    mac-Parameters-r12                        MAC-Parameters-r12                        OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1250        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1250        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250    OPTIONAL,
    sl-Parameters-r12                        SL-Parameters-r12                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1260-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1260-IEs ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CategoryDL-v1260                    INTEGER (15..16)                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1270-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1270-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v1270                    RF-Parameters-v1270                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1280-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1280-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1280            PhyLayerParameters-v1280                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1310-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1310-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CategoryDL-v1310                    ENUMERATED {n17, m1}                    OPTIONAL,
    ue-CategoryUL-v1310                    ENUMERATED {n14, m1}                    OPTIONAL,
    pdcp-Parameters-v1310                PDCP-Parameters-v1310, 
    rlc-Parameters-v1310                RLC-Parameters-v1310, 
    mac-Parameters-v1310                MAC-Parameters-v1310                    OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1310            PhyLayerParameters-v1310                OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1310                    RF-Parameters-v1310                        OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1310                MeasParameters-v1310                    OPTIONAL,
    dc-Parameters-v1310                    DC-Parameters-v1310                        OPTIONAL,
    sl-Parameters-v1310                    SL-Parameters-v1310                        OPTIONAL,
    
scptm-Parameters-r13Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports SC-PTM reception as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
                SCPTM-Parameters-r13                    OPTIONAL,
    ce-Parameters-r13                    CE-Parameters-r13                        OPTIONAL,
    
interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements configured by MeasObjectWLAN with corresponding quantity and report configuration in the supported WLAN bands.
            IRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13, 
    laa-Parameters-r13                    LAA-Parameters-r13                        OPTIONAL,
    lwa-Parameters-r13                    LWA-Parameters-r13                        OPTIONAL,
    wlan-IW-Parameters-v1310            WLAN-IW-Parameters-v1310, 
    lwip-Parameters-r13                    LWIP-Parameters-r13, 
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1310    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1310    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1310    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1310    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1320-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1320-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ce-Parameters-v1320                    CE-Parameters-v1320                        OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1320            PhyLayerParameters-v1320                OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1320                    RF-Parameters-v1320                        OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1320    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1320    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1320    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1320    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1330-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1330-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CategoryDL-v1330                    INTEGER (18..19)                        OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1330            PhyLayerParameters-v1330                OPTIONAL,
    
ue-CE-NeedULGaps-r13Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.306 [5].
                ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1340-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1340-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CategoryUL-v1340                    INTEGER (15)                            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1350-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1350-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CategoryDL-v1350                    ENUMERATED {oneBis}                        OPTIONAL,
    ue-CategoryUL-v1350                    ENUMERATED {oneBis}                        OPTIONAL,
    ce-Parameters-v1350                    CE-Parameters-v1350, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1360-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1360-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    other-Parameters-v1360                Other-Parameters-v1360                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1430-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1430-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1430            PhyLayerParameters-v1430, 
    ue-CategoryDL-v1430                    ENUMERATED {m2}                                OPTIONAL,
    ue-CategoryUL-v1430                    ENUMERATED {n16, n17, n18, n19, n20, m2}    OPTIONAL,
    ue-CategoryUL-v1430b                ENUMERATED {n21}                            OPTIONAL,
    mac-Parameters-v1430                MAC-Parameters-v1430                        OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1430                MeasParameters-v1430                        OPTIONAL,
    pdcp-Parameters-v1430                PDCP-Parameters-v1430                        OPTIONAL,
    rlc-Parameters-v1430                RLC-Parameters-v1430, 
    rf-Parameters-v1430                    RF-Parameters-v1430                            OPTIONAL,
    laa-Parameters-v1430                LAA-Parameters-v1430                        OPTIONAL,
    lwa-Parameters-v1430                LWA-Parameters-v1430                        OPTIONAL,
    lwip-Parameters-v1430                LWIP-Parameters-v1430                        OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-v1430                Other-Parameters-v1430, 
    mmtel-Parameters-r14                MMTEL-Parameters-r14                        OPTIONAL,
    mobilityParameters-r14                MobilityParameters-r14                        OPTIONAL,
    ce-Parameters-v1430                    CE-Parameters-v1430, 
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1430    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1430        OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1430    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1430        OPTIONAL,
    mbms-Parameters-v1430                MBMS-Parameters-v1430                        OPTIONAL,
    sl-Parameters-v1430                    SL-Parameters-v1430                            OPTIONAL,
    ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1430    UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1430    OPTIONAL,
    highSpeedEnhParameters-r14            HighSpeedEnhParameters-r14                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1440-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1440-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    lwa-Parameters-v1440                LWA-Parameters-v1440, 
    mac-Parameters-v1440                MAC-Parameters-v1440, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1450-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1450-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1450            PhyLayerParameters-v1450        OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1450                    RF-Parameters-v1450            OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-v1450                OtherParameters-v1450, 
    ue-CategoryDL-v1450                    INTEGER (20)                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1460-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1460-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ue-CategoryDL-v1460                INTEGER (21)                            OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-v1460                Other-Parameters-v1460, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1510-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1510-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    irat-ParametersNR-r15                    IRAT-ParametersNR-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    featureSetsEUTRA-r15                    FeatureSetsEUTRA-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    pdcp-ParametersNR-r15                    PDCP-ParametersNR-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1510        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1510    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1510        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1510    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1520-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1520-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measParameters-v1520                    MeasParameters-v1520, 
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1530-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measParameters-v1530                    MeasParameters-v1530                    OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-v1530                    Other-Parameters-v1530                    OPTIONAL,
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530    OPTIONAL,
    mac-Parameters-v1530                    MAC-Parameters-v1530                    OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1530                PhyLayerParameters-v1530                OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1530                        RF-Parameters-v1530                        OPTIONAL,
    pdcp-Parameters-v1530                    PDCP-Parameters-v1530                    OPTIONAL,
    ue-CategoryDL-v1530                        INTEGER (22..26)                        OPTIONAL,
    ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1530    UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1530    OPTIONAL,
    rlc-Parameters-v1530                    RLC-Parameters-v1530                    OPTIONAL,
    sl-Parameters-v1530                        SL-Parameters-v1530                        OPTIONAL,
    
extendedNumberOfDRBs-r15Indicates whether the UE supports up to 15 DRBs. The UE shall support any combination of RLC AM and RLC UM entities for the configured DRBs.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
reducedCP-Latency-r15Indicates whether the UE supports reduced CP latency.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    laa-Parameters-v1530                    LAA-Parameters-v1530                    OPTIONAL,
    ue-CategoryUL-v1530                        INTEGER (22..26)                        OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1530        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1530    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1530        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1530    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1540-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1540                PhyLayerParameters-v1540                OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-v1540                    Other-Parameters-v1540, 
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1540        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1540    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1540        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1540    OPTIONAL,
    sl-Parameters-v1540                        SL-Parameters-v1540                        OPTIONAL,
    irat-ParametersNR-v1540                    IRAT-ParametersNR-v1540                    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1550-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1550-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550    OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1550                PhyLayerParameters-v1550, 
    mac-Parameters-v1550                    MAC-Parameters-v1550, 
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1550        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1550, 
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1550        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1550, 
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1560-IEs    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    pdcp-ParametersNR-v1560                PDCP-ParametersNR-v1560, 
    irat-ParametersNR-v1560                IRAT-ParametersNR-v1560, 
    
appliedCapabilityFilterCommon-r15Contains the filter, applied by the UE, common for all MR-DC related capability containers that are requested and as defined by UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon IE in TS 38.331 [82].
        OCTET STRING                            OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1560    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1560, 
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1560    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1560, 
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1570-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1570-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v1570                RF-Parameters-v1570                    OPTIONAL,
    irat-ParametersNR-v1570            IRAT-ParametersNR-v1570                OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v15a0-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v15a0-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v15a0    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v15a0, 
    eutra-5GC-Parameters-r15                EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-r15                OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v15a0    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v15a0    OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v15a0    UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v15a0    OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1610-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    highSpeedEnhParameters-v1610            HighSpeedEnhParameters-v1610                OPTIONAL,
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1610    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1610        OPTIONAL,
    mbms-Parameters-v1610                    MBMS-Parameters-v1610                        OPTIONAL,
    pdcp-Parameters-v1610                    PDCP-Parameters-v1610                        OPTIONAL,
    mac-Parameters-v1610                    MAC-Parameters-v1610                        OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1610                PhyLayerParameters-v1610                    OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1610                    MeasParameters-v1610                        OPTIONAL,
    pur-Parameters-r16                        PUR-Parameters-r16                            OPTIONAL,
    eutra-5GC-Parameters-v1610                EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-v1610                    OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-v1610                    Other-Parameters-v1610                        OPTIONAL,
    
dl-DedicatedMessageSegmentation-r16Indicates whether the UE supports reception of segmented DL RRC messages.
        ENUMERATED {supported}                        OPTIONAL,
    mmtel-Parameters-v1610                    MMTEL-Parameters-v1610, 
    irat-ParametersNR-v1610                    IRAT-ParametersNR-v1610                        OPTIONAL,
    rf-Parameters-v1610                        RF-Parameters-v1610                            OPTIONAL,
    mobilityParameters-v1610                MobilityParameters-v1610                    OPTIONAL,
    ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1610    UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1610, 
    sl-Parameters-v1610                        SL-Parameters-v1610                            OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1610        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1610        OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1610        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1610        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1630-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1630-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    rf-Parameters-v1630                        RF-Parameters-v1630                            OPTIONAL,
    sl-Parameters-v1630                        SL-Parameters-v1630                            OPTIONAL,
    
earlySecurityReactivation-r16Indicates whether the UE supports early security reactivation when resuming a suspended RRC connection.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    mac-Parameters-v1630                    MAC-Parameters-v1630, 
    measParameters-v1630                    MeasParameters-v1630                        OPTIONAL,
    fdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1630        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1630, 
    tdd-Add-UE-EUTRA-Capabilities-v1630        UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1630, 
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1650-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1650-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    otherParameters-v1650                Other-Parameters-v1650            OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1660-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1660-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    irat-ParametersNR-v1660            IRAT-ParametersNR-v1660, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1690-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1690-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    other-Parameters-v1690            Other-Parameters-v1690, 
    nonCriticalExtension                UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1700-IEs                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measParameters-v1700                    MeasParameters-v1700                    OPTIONAL,
    ue-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1700    UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1700    OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1700                PhyLayerParameters-v1700, 
    ntn-Parameters-r17                        NTN-Parameters-r17                        OPTIONAL,
    irat-ParametersNR-v1700                IRAT-ParametersNR-v1700                OPTIONAL,
    mbms-Parameters-v1700                    MBMS-Parameters-v1700, 
    nonCriticalExtension                    UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1710-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    irat-ParametersNR-v1710                    IRAT-ParametersNR-v1710, 
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1710    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1710    OPTIONAL,
    sl-Parameters-v1710                        SL-Parameters-v1710                    OPTIONAL,
    sidelinkRequested-r17                        ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
    nonCriticalExtension                        UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1720-IEs            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1720-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ntn-Parameters-v1720                        NTN-Parameters-v1720, 
    nonCriticalExtension                        UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1730-IEs        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-Capability-v1730-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1730                    PhyLayerParameters-v1730, 
    nonCriticalExtension                        SEQUENCE {}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-r9 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-r9                    PhyLayerParameters                        OPTIONAL,
    featureGroupIndicators-r9                BIT STRING (SIZE (32))                    OPTIONAL,
    featureGroupIndRel9Add-r9                BIT STRING (SIZE (32))                    OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersGERAN-r9                IRAT-ParametersGERAN                    OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersUTRA-r9                IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920                OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-r9            IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920        OPTIONAL,
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1060 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1060                PhyLayerParameters-v1020                OPTIONAL,
    featureGroupIndRel10-v1060                BIT STRING (SIZE (32))                    OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1060        IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020        OPTIONAL,
    interRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1060        IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020            OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    otdoa-PositioningCapabilities-r10    OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10        OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1130 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1130                    PhyLayerParameters-v1130            OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1130                        MeasParameters-v1130                OPTIONAL,
    otherParameters-r11                            Other-Parameters-r11                OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1180 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-Parameters-r11                    MBMS-Parameters-r11 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1250 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1250            PhyLayerParameters-v1250            OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1250                MeasParameters-v1250                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1310            PhyLayerParameters-v1310            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1320 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1320            PhyLayerParameters-v1320            OPTIONAL,
    
scptm-Parameters-r13Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports SC-PTM reception as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
                SCPTM-Parameters-r13                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1370 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ce-Parameters-v1370                    CE-Parameters-v1370                    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1380 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ce-Parameters-v1380                    CE-Parameters-v1380 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1430            PhyLayerParameters-v1430            OPTIONAL,
    mmtel-Parameters-r14                MMTEL-Parameters-r14                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1510 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pdcp-ParametersNR-r15                        PDCP-ParametersNR-r15        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530    OPTIONAL,
    
reducedCP-Latency-r15Indicates whether the UE supports reduced CP latency.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1540 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    eutra-5GC-Parameters-r15                    EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-r15        OPTIONAL,
    irat-ParametersNR-v1540                        IRAT-ParametersNR-v1540            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1550 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1560 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pdcp-ParametersNR-v1560                    PDCP-ParametersNR-v1560 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v15a0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1530                PhyLayerParameters-v1530                OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1540                PhyLayerParameters-v1540                OPTIONAL,
    phyLayerParameters-v1550                PhyLayerParameters-v1550                OPTIONAL,
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v15a0    NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v15a0 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    phyLayerParameters-v1610                    PhyLayerParameters-v1610                OPTIONAL,
    pur-Parameters-r16                            PUR-Parameters-r16                        OPTIONAL,
    measParameters-v1610                        MeasParameters-v1610                    OPTIONAL,
    eutra-5GC-Parameters-v1610                    EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-v1610                OPTIONAL,
    irat-ParametersNR-v1610                        IRAT-ParametersNR-v1610                    OPTIONAL,
    neighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1610        NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1610    OPTIONAL,
    mobilityParameters-v1610                    MobilityParameters-v1610                OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-EUTRA-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode-v1630 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measParameters-v1630                        MeasParameters-v1630 
} 
AccessStratumRelease ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                        rel8, rel9, rel10, rel11, rel12, rel13, 
                                        rel14, rel15, ..., rel16, rel17} 
FeatureSetsEUTRA-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    featureSetsDL-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-r15        OPTIONAL,
    
featureSetsDL-PerCC-r15In MR-DC, indicates a set of features that the UE supports on one component carrier in a bandwidth class for a band in a given band combination. The UE shall hence include atleast as many FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id in this list as the number of carriers it supports according to the ca-bandwidthClassDL, except if indicating additional functionality by reducing the number of FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC-Id in the feature set. The order of the elements in this list is not relevant, i.e., the network may configure any of the carriers in accordance with any of the FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id in this list.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-PerCC-r15        OPTIONAL,
    featureSetsUL-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetUL-r15        OPTIONAL,
    
featureSetsUL-PerCC-r15In MR-DC, indicates a set of features that the UE supports on one component carrier in a bandwidth class for a band in a given band combination. The UE shall hence include atleast as many FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id in this list as the number of carriers it supports according to the ca-bandwidthClassUL, except if indicating additional functionality by reducing the number of FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC-Id in the feature set. The order of the elements in this list is not relevant, i.e., the network may configure any of the carriers in accordance with any of the FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id in this list.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetUL-PerCC-r15        OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    featureSetsDL-v1550        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFeatureSets-r15)) OF FeatureSetDL-v1550    OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
MobilityParameters-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
makeBeforeBreak-r14Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break handover, and whether the UE which indicates dc-Parameters supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break SeNB change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
rach-Less-r14Indicates whether the UE supports RACH-less handover, and whether the UE which indicates dc-Parameters supports RACH-less SeNB change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
MobilityParameters-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
cho-r16Indicates whether the UE supports conditional handover including execution condition, candidate cell configuration and maximum 8 candidate cells.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
cho-FDD-TDD-r16Indicates whether the UE supports conditional handover between FDD and TDD cells.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
cho-Failure-r16Indicates whether the UE supports conditional handover during re-establishment procedure when the selected cell is configured as candidate cell for condition handover.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
cho-TwoTriggerEvents-r16Indicates whether the UE supports 2 trigger events for same execution condition. It is mandatory supported if the UE suppors cho.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
DC-Parameters-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
drb-TypeSplit-r12Indicates whether the UE supports split bearer except for PDCP data transfer in UL. 
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
drb-TypeSCG-r12Indicates whether the UE supports SCG bearer.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
DC-Parameters-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
pdcp-TransferSplitUL-r13Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP data transfer split in UL for the drb-TypeSplit as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ue-SSTD-Meas-r13Indicates whether the UE supports SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and TS 36.133 [16].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer-r12Indicates whether the UE supports the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer as defined in TS 36.321 [6].
    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
longDRX-Command-r12Indicates whether the UE supports Long DRX Command MAC Control Element.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
extendedMAC-LengthField-r13Indicates whether the UE supports the MAC header with L field of size 16 bits as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.2.1.
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
extendedLongDRX-r13Indicates whether the UE supports extended long DRX cycle values of 5.12s and 10.24s in RRC_CONNECTED.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
shortSPS-IntervalFDD-r14Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in FDD mode.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
shortSPS-IntervalTDD-r14Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in TDD mode.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
skipUplinkDynamic-r14Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for an uplink grant indicated on PDCCH if no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
skipUplinkSPS-r14Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
multipleUplinkSPS-r14Indicates whether the UE supports multiple uplink SPS and reporting SPS assistance information. A UE indicating multipleUplinkSPS shall also support V2X communication via Uu, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
dataInactMon-r14Indicates whether the UE supports the data inactivity monitoring as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-v1440 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
rai-Support-r14Defines whether the UE supports release assistance indication (RAI) as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for BL UEs.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
min-Proc-TimelineSubslot-r15Minimum processing timeline for subslot operation. The minimum processing timeline can belong to one of two sets of associated processing and maximum TA operation. The sets supported can be different for 1os CRS-based SPDCCH, 2os CRS-based SPDCCH and DMRS-based SPDCCH. The sequence applies to:
1. 1os CRS based SPDCCH
2. 2os CRS based SPDCCH
3. DMRS based SPDCCH
    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..3)) OF ProcessingTimelineSet-r15    OPTIONAL,
    
skipSubframeProcessing-r15This fields defines whether the UE supports aborting reception of PDSCH if the UE receives slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH during an ongoing PDSCH reception and instead starts receiving the slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH, as well as whether the UE supports aborting a PUSCH transmission if the UE gets a grant for a slot-PUSCH/ subslot-PUSCH transmission that overlaps with a grant received for a PUSCH transmission. The capability indicates the number of subframes that the UE may drop prior to the subframe in which it prioritizes the processing of slot/subslot PDSCH/PUSCH as described in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.1 and 8.0. Separate capability for UL and DL and per sTTI length in each direction: skipProcessingDL-Slot, skipProcessingDL-Subslot, skipProcessingUL-Slot and skipProcessingUL-Subslot.
            SkipSubframeProcessing-r15                        OPTIONAL,
    
earlyData-UP-r15Indicates whether the UE supports UP-EDT when connected to EPC.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    
dormantSCellState-r15Indicates whether UE supports Dormant SCell state (i.e. SCell state with CQI and RRM measurement reporting but no PDCCH monitoring).
                ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    
directSCellActivation-r15Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA SCell configured in activated SCell statein the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. This field is applicable to both LTE standalone and LTE-DC.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    
directSCellHibernation-r15Indicates whether the UE supports having an SCell configured in dormant SCell state.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    
extendedLCID-Duplication-r15Indicates whether the UE supports use of extended LCIDs 32-38 for PDCP duplication.
        ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    
sps-ServingCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports multiple UL/DL SPS configurations simultaneously active on different serving cells as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-v1550 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
eLCID-Support-r15Indicates whether the UE supports LCID "10000" and MAC PDU subheader containing the eLCID field as described in TS 36.321 [6].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
directMCG-SCellActivationResume-r16Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA MCG SCell configured in activated SCell state.
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
directSCG-SCellActivationResume-r16Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA SCG SCell configured in activated SCell state.
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
earlyData-UP-5GC-r16Indicates whether the UE supports UP-EDT when connected to 5GC.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
rai-SupportEnh-r16Indicates whether the UE supports 2-bit RAI when connected to EPC as specified in TS 36.321 [6].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MAC-Parameters-v1630 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
directSCG-SCellActivationNEDC-r16Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA SCG SCell configured in activated SCell state in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contained in the NR RRCReconfiguration message, as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 38.331 [82].
If the UE indicates support of directSCG-SCellActivationNEDC-r16, the UE shall also indicate support of ne-dc as specified in TS 38.331 [82].
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
NTN-Parameters-r17 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ntn-Connectivity-EPC-r17Indicates whether the UE supports NTN access when connected to EPC. If the UE indicates this capability, the UE shall support all NTN essential features as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    ntn-TA-Report-r17                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ntn-PUR-TimerDelay-r17Indicates whether the UE supports delaying the start of the pur-ResponseWindowTimer for NTN, see TS 36.321 [6].
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ntn-OffsetTimingEnh-r17Indicates whether the UE supports timing relationship enhancement using Differential Koffset as specified in TS36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23].
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ntn-ScenarioSupport-r17Indicates whether the UE supports NTN features only for GSO or NGSO scenario. If a UE does not include this field but includes ntn-Connectivity-EPC-r17, the UE supports the NTN features for both GSO and NGSO scenarios.
        ENUMERATED {ngso,gso}                OPTIONAL 
} 
NTN-Parameters-v1720 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ntn-SegmentedPrecompensationGaps-r17Indicates the minumum supported gap length between segments for segmented uplink transmission.Value sym1 corresponds to 1 symbol, value sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe.
        ENUMERATED {sym1,sl1,sf1}        OPTIONAL 
} 
ProcessingTimelineSet-r15 ::=        ENUMERATED {set1, set2} 
RLC-Parameters-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
extended-RLC-LI-Field-r12Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit RLC length indicator.
            ENUMERATED {supported} 
} 
RLC-Parameters-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
extendedRLC-SN-SO-Field-r13Indicates whether the UE supports 16 bits of RLC sequence number and segmentation offset.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
RLC-Parameters-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
extendedPollByte-r14Indicates whether the UE supports extended pollByte values as defined by pollByte-r14.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
RLC-Parameters-v1530 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
flexibleUM-AM-Combinations-r15Indicates whether the UE supports any combination of RLC UM and RLC AM bearers as long as the total number of bearers is at most 8, regardless of what FGI20 indicates.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
rlc-AM-Ooo-Delivery-r15Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC AM.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
rlc-UM-Ooo-Delivery-r15Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC UM.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PDCP-Parameters ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
supportedROHC-ProfilesIndicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in both uplink and downlink.
                ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15, 
    
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessionsSet to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE, excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2 (context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the UE supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles. If the UE indicates both maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions and maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14, same value shall be indicated.
        ENUMERATED { 
                                            cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32, 
                                            cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024, 
                                            cs16384, spare2, spare1}                DEFAULT cs16, 
    ... 
} 
PDCP-Parameters-v1130 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
pdcp-SN-Extension-r11Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit length of PDCP sequence number.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
supportRohcContextContinue-r11Indicates whether the UE supports ROHC context continuation operation where the UE does not reset the current ROHC context upon handover.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PDCP-Parameters-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
pdcp-SN-Extension-18bits-r13Indicates whether the UE supports 18 bit length of PDCP sequence number.
            ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL 
} 
PDCP-Parameters-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
supportedUplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles-r14Indicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in uplink and not in downlink, see TS 36.323 [8]
        SEQUENCE { 
        profile0x0006-r14                        BOOLEAN 
    }, 
    
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14Set to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE, excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2 (context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the UE supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles. If the UE indicates both maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions and maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14, same value shall be indicated.
        ENUMERATED { 
                                            cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32, 
                                            cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024, 
                                            cs16384, spare2, spare1}                DEFAULT cs16 
} 
PDCP-Parameters-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
supportedUDC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports UL data compression, see TS 36.323 [8].
                    SupportedUDC-r15                OPTIONAL,
    
pdcp-Duplication-r15Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP duplication.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
PDCP-Parameters-v1610 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
pdcp-VersionChangeWithoutHO-r16Indicates whether, the UE supports changing the PDCP version of DRBs, from LTE PDCP to NR PDCP and vice versa, with and without handover. A UE supporting PDCP version change shall signal field pdcp-Parameters-v1610. When the field pdcp-VersionChangeWithoutHO is not included and pdcp-Parameters-v1610 is included, it implies the UE supports PDCP version change only with handover.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ehc-r16Indicates that the UE supports Ethernet header compression and decompression using EHC protocol, as specified in TS 36.323 [8] and in Annex A of TS 38.323 [83]. The UE indicating this capability and indicating support for at least one ROHC profile, shall support simultaneous configuration of EHC and ROHC on different DRBs.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
continueEHC-Context-r16Indicates that the UE supports EHC context continuation operation where the UE keeps the established EHC context(s) upon PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
maxNumberEHC-Contexts-r16Defines the maximum number of Ethernet header compression contexts supported by the UE across all DRBs and across UE's EHC compressor and EHC decompressor. The indicated number defines the number of contexts in addition to CID = "all zeros" as specified in Annex A of TS 38.323 [83].
            ENUMERATED {cs2, cs4, cs8, cs16, cs32, cs64, cs128, cs256, 
                                                        cs512, cs1024, cs2048, cs4096, cs8192, cs16384, 
                                                        cs32768, cs65536}    OPTIONAL,
    
jointEHC-ROHC-Config-r16Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous configuration of EHC and ROHC protocols for the same DRB.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedUDC-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
supportedStandardDic-r15Indicates whether the UE supports standard dictionary for SIP and SDP as specified in TS 36.323 [8].
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
supportedOperatorDic-r15Indicates whether the UE supports operator defined dictionary. If UE supports operator defined dictionary, the UE shall report versionOfDictionary and associatedPLMN-ID of the stored operator defined dictionary. This parameter is not required to be present if the UE is in VPLMN. In this release of the specification, UE can only support one operator defined dictionary. The associatedPLMN-ID is only associated to the operator defined dictionary which has no relationship with UE's HPLMN ID.
            SupportedOperatorDic-r15    OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedOperatorDic-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    versionOfDictionary-r15                INTEGER (0..15), 
    associatedPLMN-ID-r15                PLMN-Identity 
} 
PhyLayerParameters ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupportedExcept for the supported band combinations for which bandParameterList-v1380 is included, TRUE indicates that the UE is capable of supporting UE transmit antenna selection such that all the supported bands in the band combination are affected by transmit antenna switching, as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.7. E-UTRAN ignores this field for band combinations for which bandParameterList-v1380 is included.
        BOOLEAN,
    ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported        BOOLEAN 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v920 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    enhancedDualLayerFDD-r9            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
enhancedDualLayerTDD-r9Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced dual layer (PDSCH transmission mode 8) for TDD or not.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v9d0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
tm5-FDD-r9Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in FDD.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
tm5-TDD-r9Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in TDD.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1020 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH-r10                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
tm9-With-8Tx-FDD-r10Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports for FDD when not operating in CE mode.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    pmi-Disabling-r10                        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    crossCarrierScheduling-r10                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH-r10Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of PUSCH/PUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH/SPUCCH (if supported).
                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC-r10            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10    NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10    OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1130 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
crs-InterfHandl-r11Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference handling.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
ePDCCH-r11Indicates whether the UE can receive DCI on UE specific search space on Enhanced PDCCH.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    multiACK-CSI-Reporting-r11                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
ss-CCH-InterfHandl-r11Indicates whether the UE supports synchronisation signal and common channel interference handling.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe defined in TS 36.211 [21]. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11 if it supports the TDD special subframes ssp7 and ssp9. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 if it supports the TDD special subframe ssp10, except when ssp10-TDD-Only-r14 is included.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect-r11Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
ul-CoMP-r11Indicates whether the UE supports UL Coordinated Multi-Point operation.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1170 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig-r11Indicates whether the UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation with different UL/DL configuration combinations. The first bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration and the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a superset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration; the second bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are neither superset nor subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration. This field is included only if UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation.
    BIT STRING (SIZE (2))            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1250 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD-r12Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling operation for FDD.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    enhanced-4TxCodebook-r12                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12The presence of this field indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD CA in any supported band combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersUL and at least one TDD band with bandParametersUL. The first bit is set to "1" if UE supports the TDD PCell. The second bit is set to "1" if UE supports FDD PCell. This field is included only if the UE supports band combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersULand at least one TDD band with bandParametersUL. If this field is included, the UE shall set at least one of the bits as "1". If this field is included with DC, then it is applicable within a CG, and the presence of this field indicates the capability of the UE to support TDD/FDD CA with at least one FDD band and at least one TDD band in the same CG, with the value indicating the support for TDD/FDD PCell (PSCell).
                BIT STRING (SIZE (2))            OPTIONAL,
    
phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell-r12Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a TDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations, and PUCCH format 3.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell-r12Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a FDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations. This bit can only be set to supported only if the UE supports FDD PCell and phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell is set to supported.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pusch-FeedbackMode-r12Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH feedback mode 3-2.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet-r12Indicates whether the UE supports subframe set dependent UL power control for PUSCH and SRS. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
csi-SubframeSet-r12Indicates whether the UE supports REL-12 DL CSI subframe set configuration, REL-12 DL CSI subframe set dependent CSI measurement/feedback, configuration of up to 2 CSI-IM resources for a CSI process with no more than 4 CSI-IM resources for all CSI processes of one frequency if the UE supports tm10, configuration of two ZP-CSI-RS for tm1 to tm9, PDSCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations, and EPDCCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations if the UE supports EPDCCH. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD. 
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling-r12Indicate whether the UE supports TTI bundling operation without resource allocation restriction.
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
discoverySignalsInDeactSCell-r12Indicates whether the UE supports the behaviour on DL signals and physical channels when SCell is deactivated and discovery signals measurement is configured as specified in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.11A. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation and includes crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
naics-Capability-List-r12Indicates that UE supports NAICS, i.e. receiving assistance information from serving cell and using it to cancel or suppress interference of neighbouring cell(s) for at least one band combination. If not present, UE does not support NAICS for any band combination. The field numberOfNAICS-CapableCC indicates the number of component carriers where the NAICS processing is supported and the field numberOfAggregatedPRB indicates the maximum aggregated bandwidth across these of component carriers (expressed as a number of PRBs) with the restriction that NAICS is only supported over the full carrier bandwidth. The UE shall indicate the combination of {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfNAICS-CapableCC} for every supported numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, e.g. if a UE supports {x CC, y PRBs} and {x-n CC, y-m PRBs} where n>=1 and m>=0, the UE shall indicate both.
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 1, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 2, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 3, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 4, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 5, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500}.
                NAICS-Capability-List-r12        OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1280 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
alternativeTBS-Indices-r12Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS indices ITBS 26A and 33A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
aperiodicCSI-Reporting-r13Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field size as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause7.2.1 and/or aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and mode 1-1 as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause7.2.1. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field size. The second bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and mode 1-1.
                BIT STRING (SIZE (2))            OPTIONAL,
    
codebook-HARQ-ACK-r13Indicates whether the UE supports determining HARQ ACK codebook size based on the DAI-ased solution and/or the number of configured CCs. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the DAI-based codebook size determination. The second bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the codebook determination based on the number of configured CCs.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (2))            OPTIONAL,
    
crossCarrierScheduling-B5C-r13Indicates whether the UE supports cross carrier scheduling beyond 5 DL CCs.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
fdd-HARQ-TimingTDD-r13Indicates whether UE supports FDD HARQ timing for TDD SCell when configured with TDD PCell.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-r13            INTEGER(5..32)                   OPTIONAL,
    
pucch-Format4-r13Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 4.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pucch-Format5-r13Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 5.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pucch-SCell-r13Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH on SCell.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
spatialBundling-HARQ-ACK-r13Indicates whether UE supports HARQ-ACK spatial bundling on PUCCH or PUSCH as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3.1 and 7.3.2.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBlindDecoding-r13                SEQUENCE { 
        
maxNumberDecoding-r13Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE-specific search space per UE in one subframe for CA with more than 5 CCs as defined in TS 36.213 [23] which is supported by the UE. The number of blind decodes supported by the UE is the field value * 32. Only values 5 to 32 can be used in this version of the specification.
                    INTEGER(1..32)               OPTIONAL,
        
pdcch-CandidateReductions-r13Indicates whether the UE supports PDCCH candidate reduction on UE specific search space as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0-1A-r13Indicates whether UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by not monitoring DCI Format 0 and 1A as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,
    
uci-PUSCH-Ext-r13Indicates whether the UE supports an extension of UCI delivering more than 22 HARQ-ACK bits on PUSCH as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.2.6 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.3.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
crs-InterfMitigationTM10-r13The field defines whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation in transmission mode 10. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM10 capability shall also support the crs-InterfHandl capability.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pdsch-CollisionHandling-r13Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH collision handling as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. 
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1320 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    mimo-UE-Parameters-r13                    MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1330 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA-r13    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB-r13    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs-r13        INTEGER (1.. maxServCell-r13)    OPTIONAL,
    
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation (IM) while operating in the following transmission modes (TM): TM 1, TM 2, …, TM 8 and TM 9. The UE shall not include the field if it does not support CRS IM in TMs 1-9. If the field is present, the UE supports CRS-IM on at least one arbitrary downlink CC for up to crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink CC CA configuration. The UE signals crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 value to indicate the maximum crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink CC CA configuration where UE may apply CRS IM. For example, the UE sets "crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 = 3" to indicate that the UE supports CRS-IM on at least one DL CC for supported non-CA, 2DL CA and 3DL CA configurations. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 capability shall also support the crs-InterfHandl-r11 capability.
        INTEGER (1.. maxServCell-r13)    OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v13e0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    mimo-UE-Parameters-v13e0                MIMO-UE-Parameters-v13e0     
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14Indicates whether the UE supports 2984 bits max UL TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A operation, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth-r14Indicates the maximum supported PDSCH/PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz.If the field is absent the maximum PDSCH/PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B is 1.4 MHz. If the setting of this parameter is 20 MHz, the max supported PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A is 5 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1.
            ENUMERATED {bw5, bw20}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14Indicates whether the UE supports HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14Indicates whether the UE supports 10 DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-RetuningSymbols-r14Indicates the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B as specified in TS 36.211 [21]. Value n0 corresponds to 0 retuning symbols and value n1 corresponds to 1 retuning symbol. If the field is absent the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B is 2.
                    ENUMERATED {n0, n1}                OPTIONAL,
    
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-Enhancement-r14Indicates whether the UE supports new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14Indicates whether the UE supports dynamic HARQ-ACK delay for HD-FDD in CE mode A as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-SRS-Enhancement-r14Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS combs 2 and 4as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4 is not included.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-PUCCH-Enhancement-r14Indicates whether the UE supports repetition levels 64 and 128 for PUCCH in CE Mode B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and in TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-ClosedLoopTxAntennaSelection-r14Indicates whether the UE supports UL closed-loop Tx antenna selection in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22].
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe defined in TS 36.211 [21]. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11 if it supports the TDD special subframes ssp7 and ssp9. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 if it supports the TDD special subframe ssp10, except when ssp10-TDD-Only-r14 is included.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
tdd-TTI-Bundling-r14The presence of this field indicates whether the UE supporting TDD special subframe configuration 10 also supports TTI bundling for TDD configuration 2 and 3 when PUSCH transimission in UpPTS is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. If this field is present, the tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 or ssp10-TDD-Only-r14shall be present.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
dmrs-LessUpPTS-r14Indicates whether the UE supports not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    mimo-UE-Parameters-v1430                MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430        OPTIONAL,
    
alternativeTBS-Index-r14Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS index ITBS 33B as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    feMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14            FeMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14    OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1450 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4-r14Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS comb 2 but without support of SRS comb 4 as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-SRS-Enhancement is not included.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
crs-LessDwPTS-r14Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe configuration 10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS, i.e. ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS, as specified in TS 36.211 [17].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1470 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    mimo-UE-Parameters-v1470                MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1470        OPTIONAL,
    
srs-UpPTS-6sym-r14Indicates whether the UE supports up to 6-symbol SRS in UpPTS.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v14a0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ssp10-TDD-Only-r14Indicates the UE supports special subframe configuration 10 when operating only in TDD carriers (i.e., not in TDD/FDD CA or TDD/FS3 CA). A UE including this field shall not include tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    stti-SPT-Capabilities-r15                SEQUENCE { 
        
aperiodicCsi-ReportingSTTI-r15Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting for short TTI as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-MBSFN-r15Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for MBSFN subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN-r15Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for non-MBSFN subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
dmrs-PositionPattern-r15Indicates whether the UE supports uplink DMRS position pattern 'D D D' in subslot #5 with application of the 1/6 as the TBS scaling factor.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
dmrs-SharingSubslotPDSCH-r15Indicates whether the UE supports DMRS sharing in two consecutive subslots across subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
dmrs-RepetitionSubslotPDSCH-r15Indicates whether the UE supports back-to-back 3/4-layer DMRS reception in two consecutive subslots across subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
epdcch-SPT-differentCells-r15Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and short processing time on different serving cells.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
epdcch-STTI-differentCells-r15Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and sTTI on different serving cells.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
maxLayersSlotOrSubslotPUSCH-r15Indicates the maxiumum number of layers for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH transmission.
            ENUMERATED {oneLayer,twoLayers,fourLayers} 
        OPTIONAL,
        maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-SPT-r15        INTEGER(5..32)                   OPTIONAL,
        maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb77-r15        INTEGER(1..32)           OPTIONAL,
        maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb27-r15        INTEGER(1..32)           OPTIONAL,
        maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set1-r15    INTEGER(1..32)           OPTIONAL,
        maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set2-r15    INTEGER(1..32)           OPTIONAL,
        mimo-UE-ParametersSTTI-r15                MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13            OPTIONAL,
        mimo-UE-ParametersSTTI-v1530            MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430        OPTIONAL,
        
numberOfBlindDecodesUSS-r15Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE specific search space in one subframe for CCs configured with sTTI operation supported by the UE. The number of blind decodes supported by the UE is the field value X*68. Field value ranges from 4 to 32.
                INTEGER(4..32)                   OPTIONAL,
        
pdsch-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Decoding-r15Indicates whether the UE supports decoding of PDSCH and slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH assigned with C-RNTI/SPS C-RNTI in the same subframe for a given carrier.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        powerUCI-SlotPUSCH                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        powerUCI-SubslotPUSCH                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for slot PDSCH.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
subslotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for subslot PDSCH.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
spdcch-differentRS-types-r15Indicates whether the UE supports monitoring of sPDCCH on RB sets with different RS types within a TTI.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
srs-DCI7-TriggeringFS2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SRS triggerring via DCI format 7 for FS2.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        sps-cyclicShift-r15                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
spdcch-Reuse-r15Indicates whether the UE supports L1 based SPDCCH reuse.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
sps-STTI-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS in DL and/or UL for slot or subslot based PDSCH and PUSCH, respectively. 
                            ENUMERATED {slot, subslot, slotAndSubslot} 
        OPTIONAL,
        
tm8-slotPDSCH-r15Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM8 for slot PDSCH in TDD.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
tm9-slotSubslot-r15Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM9 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for non-MBSFN.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
tm9-slotSubslotMBSFN-r15Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM9 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for MBSFN.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
tm10-slotSubslot-r15Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM10 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for non-MBSFN.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
tm10-slotSubslotMBSFN-r15Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM10 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for MBSFN.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
txDiv-SPUCCH-r15Indicates whether the UE supports Tx diversity on SPUCCH format 1/1a/1b/3.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
ul-AsyncHarqSharingDiff-TTI-Lengths-r15Indicates whether the UE supports UL asynchronous HARQ sharing between different TTI lengths for an UL serving cell.
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    ce-Capabilities-r15                    SEQUENCE { 
        
ce-CRS-IntfMitig-r15Indicates whether UE supports CRS interference mitigation, i.e., value supported indicates UE does not rely on the CRS outside certain PRBs and subframes as defined in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and TS 36.213 [23] when operating in coverage enhancement mode.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
ce-CQI-AlternativeTable-r15Indicates whether the UE supports alternative CQI tablein CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [22].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA-r15    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB-r15    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
ce-PDSCH-64QAM-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA-r15    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB-r15    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation-r15Indicates whether the UE supports sub-PRB resource allocation for PUSCH in CE mode A or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
ce-UL-HARQ-ACK-Feedback-r15This field indicates whether UE supports uplink HARQ ACK feedback when operating in coverage enhancement, as specified in TS36.213 [22].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL,
    
shortCQI-ForSCellActivation-r15Indicates whether the UE supports additional CQI reporting periodicity after SCell activation.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
mimo-CBSR-AdvancedCSI-r15Indicates whether UE supports CBSR for advanced CSI reporting with and without amplitude restriction as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
crs-IntfMitig-r15Indicate whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    ul-PowerControlEnhancements-r15            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    urllc-Capabilities-r15                    SEQUENCE { 
        
pdsch-RepSubframe-r15Indicates whether the UE supports subframe PDSCH repetition.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pdsch-RepSlot-r15Indicates whether the UE supports slot PDSCH repetition.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pdsch-RepSubslot-r15Indicates whether the UE supports subslot PDSCH repetition.This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubframe-r15Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subframe PUSCH for each serving cell.
        INTEGER (0..6)                OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubframe-r15Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subframe PUSCH.
            INTEGER (0..31)                OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSlot-r15Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of slot PUSCH for each serving cell.
            INTEGER (0..6)                OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSlot-r15Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for slot PUSCH.
                INTEGER (0..31)                OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubslot-r15Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subslot PUSCH for each serving cell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
        INTEGER (0..6)                OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubslot-r15Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subslot PUSCH.
            INTEGER (0..31)                OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PCell.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPSCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PSCell.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SlotRepSCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PCell.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPSCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PSCell.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepSCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPSCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PSCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepSCell-r15Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
semiStaticCFI-r15Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI for subframe/slot/sub-slot operation. 
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
semiStaticCFI-Pattern-r15Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI pattern for subframe/slot/sub-slot operation. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL,
    
altMCS-Table-r15Indicates whether the UE supports the 6-bit MCS table as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1540 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    stti-SPT-Capabilities-v1540            SEQUENCE { 
        
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM8-r15Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM8 for slot PDSCH.
                    ENUMERATED {supported} 
    }                                                OPTIONAL,
    crs-IM-TM1-toTM9-OneRX-Port-v1540        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    cch-IM-RefRecTypeA-OneRX-Port-v1540        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1550 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
dmrs-OverheadReduction-r15Indicates whether the UE supports OCC4 for rank 3 and 4 transmission as specified in clause 5.3.3.1.5C of TS 36.212 [22].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1610 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    ce-Capabilities-v1610    SEQUENCE { 
        
ce-CSI-RS-Feedback-r16Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based feedback when the UE is operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
ce-CSI-RS-FeedbackCodebookRestriction-r16Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based feedback with codebook subset restriction when the UE in CE is operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        crs-ChEstMPDCCH-CE-ModeA-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        crs-ChEstMPDCCH-CE-ModeB-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-CSI-r16Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A supports CSI-based mapping for improving MPDCCH channel estimation.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ReciprocityTDD-r16Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A supports using CRS for improving MPDCCH channel estimation with reciprocity-based candidates in TDD.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        etws-CMAS-RxInConnCE-ModeA-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        etws-CMAS-RxInConnCE-ModeB-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        mpdcch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeA-r16        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        mpdcch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeB-r16        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        pdsch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeA-r16        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        pdsch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeB-r16        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        multiTB-Parameters-r16                        CE-MultiTB-Parameters-r16        OPTIONAL,
        resourceResvParameters-r16                    CE-ResourceResvParameters-r16    OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL,
    widebandPRG-Slot-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    widebandPRG-Subslot-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    widebandPRG-Subframe-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
addSRS-r16Presence of this field indicates the UE supports the additional SRS symbol(s) within the normal UL subframes in TDD as described in TS 36.213 [23]. 
        SEQUENCE { 
        addSRS-FrequencyHopping-r16        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        addSRS-AntennaSwitching-r16        ENUMERATED {useBasic}            OPTIONAL,
        addSRS-CarrierSwitching-r16        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
    } OPTIONAL,
    
virtualCellID-BasicSRS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports virtual cell ID for basic SRS symbol(s).
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
virtualCellID-AddSRS-r16This field indicates whether the UE supports virtual cell ID for additional SRS symbol(s).
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1700 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    ce-Capabilities-v1700            SEQUENCE { 
        ce-PDSCH-14HARQProcesses-r17        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        ce-PDSCH-14HARQProcesses-Alt2-r17    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
ce-PDSCH-MaxTBS-r17Indicates whether the UE supports downlink TBS of 1736 bits, as specified in TS 36.212 [22].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL 
} 
PhyLayerParameters-v1730 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
csi-SubframeSet2ForDormantSCell-r17Indicates whether the UE supports second CSI subframe set for periodic CSI reporting for dormant serving cells. A UE that indicates support of this field shall also indicate support for dormantSCellState-r15. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-UE-Parameters-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    parametersTM9-r13                        MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13        OPTIONAL,
    parametersTM10-r13                        MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13        OPTIONAL,
    
srs-EnhancementsTDD-r13Indicates whether the UE supports TDD specific SRS enhancements.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
srs-Enhancements-r13Indicates whether the UE supports SRS enhancements.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
interferenceMeasRestriction-r13Indicates whether the UE supports interference measurement restriction.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-UE-Parameters-v13e0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    mimo-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13        MIMO-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13    OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    parametersTM9-v1430                        MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430    OPTIONAL,
    parametersTM10-v1430                    MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430    OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-UE-Parameters-v1470 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    parametersTM9-v1470                    MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470, 
    parametersTM10-v1470                    MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470 
} 
MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    nonPrecoded-r13                            MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13    OPTIONAL,
    beamformed-r13                            MIMO-UE-BeamformedCapabilities-r13    OPTIONAL,
    
channelMeasRestriction-r13Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports channel measurement restriction.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    dmrs-Enhancements-r13                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
csi-RS-EnhancementsTDD-r13Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports CSI-RS enhancements applicable for TDD.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
nzp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo-r14Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic NZP CSI-RS transmission for the indicated transmission mode.
            SEQUENCE { 
        nMaxProc-r14                            INTEGER(5..32),
        nMaxResource-r14                        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    
nzp-CSI-RS-PeriodicInfo-r14Indicates whether the UE supports periodic NZP CSI-RS transmission for the indicated transmission mode.
                SEQUENCE { 
        nMaxResource-r14                        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} 
    }                                                                            OPTIONAL,
    
zp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo-r14Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS transmission for the indicated transmission mode.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ul-dmrs-Enhancements-r14Indicates whether the UE supports UL DMRS enhancements as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    densityReductionNP-r14                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    densityReductionBF-r14                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
hybridCSI-r14Indicates whether the UE supports hybrid CSI transmission as described in TS 36.213 [23].
                            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
semiOL-r14Indicates whether the UE supports semi-open-loop transmission for the indicated transmission mode.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    csi-ReportingNP-r14                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM-v1470 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts-r14        ENUMERATED {n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28}    OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    parametersTM9-r13                        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13        OPTIONAL,
    parametersTM10-r13                        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13        OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    parametersTM9-r15                        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15    OPTIONAL,
    parametersTM10-r15                        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15    OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    parametersTM9-v1430                        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430    OPTIONAL,
    parametersTM10-v1430                    MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430    OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1470 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    parametersTM9-v1470                        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470, 
    parametersTM10-v1470                        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    nonPrecoded-r13                            MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13    OPTIONAL,
    beamformed-r13                            MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13    OPTIONAL,
    dmrs-Enhancements-r13                    ENUMERATED {different}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    csi-ReportingNP-r14                        ENUMERATED {different}                OPTIONAL,
    csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14                ENUMERATED {different}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-v1470 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts-r14        ENUMERATED {n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28}    OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    nonPrecoded-r13                            MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13    OPTIONAL,
    beamformed-r13                            MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13    OPTIONAL,
    dmrs-Enhancements-r13                    ENUMERATED {different}                OPTIONAL,
    csi-ReportingNP-r14                        ENUMERATED {different}                OPTIONAL,
    csi-ReportingAdvanced-r14                ENUMERATED {different}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-NonPrecodedCapabilities-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    config1-r13                                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    config2-r13                                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    config3-r13                                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    config4-r13                                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-UE-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    altCodebook-r13                            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    mimo-BeamformedCapabilities-r13            MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13 
} 
MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCSI-Proc-r11)) OF MIMO-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 
MIMO-BeamformedCapabilities-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    k-Max-r13                                INTEGER (1..8), 
    n-MaxList-r13                            BIT STRING (SIZE (1..7))        OPTIONAL 
} 
MIMO-WeightedLayersCapabilities-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    relWeightTwoLayers-r13    ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot25, v1dot5, v1dot75, v2, v2dot5, v3, v4}, 
    relWeightFourLayers-r13    ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot25, v1dot5, v1dot75, v2, v2dot5, v3, v4}    OPTIONAL,
    relWeightEightLayers-r13    ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot25, v1dot5, v1dot75, v2, v2dot5, v3, v4}    OPTIONAL,
    
totalWeightedLayers-r13Indicates total number of weighted layers the UE can process for FD-MIMO. See NOTE 8.
    INTEGER (2..128) 
} 
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-r10 
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-r10 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    nonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-Info-r10    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListEUTRA                SupportedBandListEUTRA 
} 
RF-Parameters-v9e0 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0                SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0                OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1020 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
supportedBandCombination-r10Includes the supported CA band combinations, if any, and may include all the supported non-CA bands.
            SupportedBandCombination-r10 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1060 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombinationExt-r10            SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1090 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1090            SupportedBandCombination-v1090            OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v10f0 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
modifiedMPR-Behavior-r10Field encoded as a bit map, where at least one bit N is set to "1" if UE supports modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour N, see TS 36.101 [42]. All remaining bits of the field are set to "0". The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 0, the next bit corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 1 and so on.
Absence of this field means that UE does not support any modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (32))                OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v10i0 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v10i0            SupportedBandCombination-v10i0            OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v10j0 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
multiNS-Pmax-r10Indicates whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for cells broadcasting NS-PmaxList.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1130 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1130            SupportedBandCombination-v1130            OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1180 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
freqBandRetrieval-r11Indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestedFrequencyBands.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
requestedBands-r11Indicates the frequency bands requested by E-UTRAN.
                        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11                        OPTIONAL,
    
supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11Includes additional supported CA band combinations in case maximum number of CA band combinations of supportedBandCombination is exceeded.
            SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11        OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v11d0 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0        OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1250 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListEUTRA-v1250                SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombination-v1250            SupportedBandCombination-v1250            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250        OPTIONAL,
    
freqBandPriorityAdjustment-r12Indicates whether the UE supports the prioritization of frequency bands in multiBandInfoList over the band in freqBandIndicator as defined by freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1270 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1270            SupportedBandCombination-v1270            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270        OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    eNB-RequestedParameters-r13            SEQUENCE { 
        
reducedIntNonContCombRequested-r13Indicates that the UE excluded supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5,] clause 4.3.5.21.
    ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL,
        requestedCCsDL-r13                    INTEGER (2..32)                            OPTIONAL,
        requestedCCsUL-r13                    INTEGER (2..32)                            OPTIONAL,
        
skipFallbackCombRequested-r13Indicates whether requestSkipFallbackComb is requested by E-UTRAN.
        ENUMERATED {true}                        OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                                OPTIONAL,
    
maximumCCsRetrieval-r13Indicates whether UE supports reception of requestedMaxCCsDL and requestedMaxCCsUL.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
skipFallbackCombinations-r13Indicates whether UE supports receiving requestSkipFallbackComb that requests UE to exclude fallback band combinations from capability signalling.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
reducedIntNonContComb-r13Indicates whether the UE supports receiving requestReducedIntNonContComb that requests the UE to exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.5.21.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandListEUTRA-v1310            SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1310            OPTIONAL,
    
supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13Includes the supported CA band combinations, and may include the fallback CA combinations specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 4.3A. This field also indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestReducedFormat.
        SupportedBandCombinationReduced-r13        OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1320 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListEUTRA-v1320            SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1320            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombination-v1320            SupportedBandCombination-v1320            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1380 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1380            SupportedBandCombination-v1380            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1390 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1390            SupportedBandCombination-v1390            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v12b0 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
maxLayersMIMO-Indication-r12Indicates whether the UE supports the network configuration of maxLayersMIMO. If the UE supports fourLayerTM3-TM4 or intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList or FeatureSetDL-PerCC for MR-DC, UE supports the configuration of maxLayersMIMO for these cases regardless of indicating maxLayersMIMO-Indication.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1430            SupportedBandCombination-v1430            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430    OPTIONAL,
    eNB-RequestedParameters-v1430            SEQUENCE { 
        
requestedDiffFallbackCombList-r14Indicates the CA band combinations for which report of different UE capabilities is requested by E-UTRAN.
        BandCombinationList-r14 
    }                                                                                OPTIONAL,
    
diffFallbackCombReport-r14Indicates that the UE supports reporting of UE radio access capabilities for the CA band combinations asked by the eNB as well as, if any, reporting of different UE radio access capabilities for their fallback band combination as specified in TS 36.306 [5]. The UE does not report fallback combinations if their UE radio access capabilities are the same as the ones for the CA band combination asked by the eNB.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1450 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1450            SupportedBandCombination-v1450            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1470 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1470            SupportedBandCombination-v1470            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v14b0 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v14b0            SupportedBandCombination-v14b0            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1530 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
sTTI-SPT-Supported-r15Indicates whether the UE supports the features STTI and/or SPT. If the UE supports STTI and/or SPT features, the UE shall report the field sTTI-SPT-Supported set to supported in capability signalling, irrespective of whether requestSTTI-SPT-Capability field is present or not.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombination-v1530            SupportedBandCombination-v1530            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530    OPTIONAL,
    
powerClass-14dBm-r15Indicates whether the UE supports power class 14 dBm when operating in CE mode A or B for all the bands that are supported by the UE, as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1570 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor-r15Indicates scaling factor for processing a CC configured with 1024QAM with respect to a CC not configured with 1024QAM as described in 4.3.5.31 in TS 36.306 [5]. Value v1 indicates 1, value v1dot2 indicates 1.2 and value v1dot25 indicates 1.25.
            ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot2, v1dot25}, 
    
dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers-r15Indicates total number of weighted layers the UE can process for 1024QAM as described in 4.3.5.31 in TS 36.306 [5]. Actual value = (10 + indicated value x 2), i.e., value 0 indicates 10 layers, value 1 indicates 12 layers and so on.
        INTEGER (0..10) 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1610 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1610            SupportedBandCombination-v1610            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1610        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1610        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1610    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1610    OPTIONAL 
} 
RF-Parameters-v1630 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandCombination-v1630            SupportedBandCombination-v1630            OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationAdd-v1630        SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1630        OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandCombinationReduced-v1630    SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1630    OPTIONAL 
} 
SkipSubframeProcessing-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    skipProcessingDL-Slot-r15            INTEGER (0..3)                    OPTIONAL,
    skipProcessingDL-SubSlot-r15        INTEGER (0..3)                    OPTIONAL,
    skipProcessingUL-Slot-r15            INTEGER (0..3)                    OPTIONAL,
    skipProcessingUL-SubSlot-r15        INTEGER (0..3)                    OPTIONAL 
} 
SPT-Parameters-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
frameStructureType-SPT-r15This field indicates the supported FS-type(s) for short processing time. The UE capability is reported per band combination. The reported FS-type(s) apply to the reported maxNumberCCs-SPT-r15 for the given band combination.
            BIT STRING (SIZE (3))            OPTIONAL,
    
maxNumberCCs-SPT-r15Indicates the maximum number of supported CCs for short processing time. The UE capability is reported per band combination. The reported number of carriers applies to all the FS-type(s)frameStructureType-SPT-r15 supported in a given band combination. Absence of the field indicates that 0 number of CCs are supported for short processing time.
                INTEGER (1..32)                    OPTIONAL 
} 
STTI-SPT-BandParameters-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-1024QAM-Slot-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for slot TTI operation.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-1-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with TA set 1.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with TA set 2, dmrsBasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    simultaneousTx-differentTx-duration-r15    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    sTTI-CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15            CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15        OPTIONAL,
    sTTI-CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15            CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15, 
    
sTTI-FD-MIMO-CoexistenceIndicates whether the UE supports CSI feedback for more than 8 NZP CSI-RS ports on subframe based PUSCH in any serving cell and supporting STTI in any serving cell.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    sTTI-MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCs-r15        MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13    OPTIONAL,
    sTTI-MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCs-v1530    MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430    OPTIONAL,
    
sTTI-SupportedCombinations-r15Indicates the different combinations of short TTI lengths, see field description for dl-STTI-Length and ul-STTI-Length, that the UE supports in a single PUCCH group or in two PUCCH groups. A short TTI length combination is reported for DL first followed by UL. In case of two PUCCH groups the support for the primary PUCCH group is indicated first.
            STTI-SupportedCombinations-r15    OPTIONAL,
    sTTI-SupportedCSI-Proc-r15                ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}            OPTIONAL,
    
ul-256QAM-Slot-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for slot TTI operation on the band. 
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ul-256QAM-Subslot-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for subslot TTI operation on the band. 
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
STTI-SupportedCombinations-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    combination-22-r15                    DL-UL-CCs-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    combination-77-r15                    DL-UL-CCs-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    combination-27-r15                    DL-UL-CCs-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    combination-22-27-r15                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15        OPTIONAL,
    combination-77-22-r15                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15        OPTIONAL,
    combination-77-27-r15                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF DL-UL-CCs-r15        OPTIONAL 
} 
DL-UL-CCs-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    maxNumberDL-CCs-r15                INTEGER (1..32)                        OPTIONAL,
    maxNumberUL-CCs-r15                INTEGER (1..32)                        OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandCombination-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r10 
SupportedBandCombinationExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParametersExt-r10 
SupportedBandCombination-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1090 
SupportedBandCombination-v10i0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v10i0 
SupportedBandCombination-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1130 
SupportedBandCombination-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1250 
SupportedBandCombination-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1270 
SupportedBandCombination-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1320 
SupportedBandCombination-v1380 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1380 
SupportedBandCombination-v1390 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1390 
SupportedBandCombination-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1430 
SupportedBandCombination-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1450 
SupportedBandCombination-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1470 
SupportedBandCombination-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v14b0 
SupportedBandCombination-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1530 
SupportedBandCombination-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1610 
SupportedBandCombination-v1630 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1630 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r11 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v10i0 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1250 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1270 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1320 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1380 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1390 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1430 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1450 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1470 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v14b0 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1530 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1610 
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1630 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r11)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1630 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-r13 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1320 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1380 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1390 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1430 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1450 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1470 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v14b0 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1530 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1610 
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1630 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF BandCombinationParameters-v1630 
BandCombinationParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-r10 
BandCombinationParametersExt-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10The supportedBandwidthCombinationSet indicated for a band combination is applicable to all bandwidth classes indicated by the UE in this band combination.
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "1" if UE support Bandwidth Combination Set N for this band combination, see 36.101 [42]. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 0, the next bit corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 1 and so on. The UE shall neither include the field for a non-CA band combination, nor for a CA band combination for which the UE only supports Bandwidth Combination Set 0.
    SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-v1090 
BandCombinationParameters-v10i0::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v10i0            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v10i0    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1130 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
multipleTimingAdvance-r11Indicates whether the UE supports multiple timing advances for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. If the band combination comprised of more than one band entry (i.e., inter-band or intra-band non-contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances on different band entries are supported. If the band combination comprised of one band entry (i.e., intra-band contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances across component carriers of the band entry are supported. It is mandatory for UEs to support 2 TAGs for inter frequency DAPS handover.
        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
simultaneousRx-Tx-r11Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous reception and transmission on different bands for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. This field is only applicable for inter-band TDD band combinations. A UE indicating support of simultaneousRx-Tx and dc-Support-r12shall support different UL/DL configurations between PCell and PSCell.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    bandParameterList-r11            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-v1130    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-r11 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-r11            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-r11, 
    
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r11The supportedBandwidthCombinationSet indicated for a band combination is applicable to all bandwidth classes indicated by the UE in this band combination.
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "1" if UE support Bandwidth Combination Set N for this band combination, see 36.101 [42]. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 0, the next bit corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 1 and so on. The UE shall neither include the field for a non-CA band combination, nor for a CA band combination for which the UE only supports Bandwidth Combination Set 0.
    SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10    OPTIONAL,
    
multipleTimingAdvance-r11Indicates whether the UE supports multiple timing advances for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. If the band combination comprised of more than one band entry (i.e., inter-band or intra-band non-contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances on different band entries are supported. If the band combination comprised of one band entry (i.e., intra-band contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances across component carriers of the band entry are supported. It is mandatory for UEs to support 2 TAGs for inter frequency DAPS handover.
        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    
simultaneousRx-Tx-r11Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous reception and transmission on different bands for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. This field is only applicable for inter-band TDD band combinations. A UE indicating support of simultaneousRx-Tx and dc-Support-r12shall support different UL/DL configurations between PCell and PSCell.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL,
    bandInfoEUTRA-r11                BandInfoEUTRA, 
    ... 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1250::= SEQUENCE { 
    
dc-Support-r12Including this field indicates that the UE supports synchronous DC and power control mode 1. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of single band entry indicates that the UE supports intra-band contiguous DC. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of two or more band entries, indicates that the UE supports DC for these bands and that the serving cells corresponding to a band entry shall belong to one cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG). Including field asynchronous indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC and power control mode 2. Including this field for a TDD/FDD band combination indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD DC for this band combination.
                    SEQUENCE { 
        asynchronous-r12                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
supportedCellGrouping-r12This field indicates for which mapping of serving cells to cell groups (i.e. MCG or SCG)the UE supports asynchronous DC. This field is only present for a band combination with more than two but less than six band entries where the UE supports asynchronous DC. If this field is not present but asynchronous operation is supported, the UE supports all possible mappings of serving cells to cell groupsfor the band combination. The bitmap size is selected based on the number of entries in the combinations, i.e., in case of three entries, the bitmap corresponding to threeEntries is selected and so on.
A bit in the bit string set to 1 indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC for the cell grouping option represented by the concerned bit position. Each bit position represents a different cell grouping option, as illustrated by a table, see NOTE 5. A cell grouping option is represented by a number of bits, each representing a particular band entryin the band combination with the left-most bit referring to the band listed first in the band combination, etc. Value 0 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a first cell group, while value 1 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a second cell group.
It is noted that the mapping table does not include entries with all bits set to the same value (0 or 1) as this does not represent a DC scenario (i.e. indicating that the UE supports that all carriers of the corresponding band entry are in one cell group).
        CHOICE { 
                threeEntries-r12                BIT STRING (SIZE(3)), 
                fourEntries-r12                    BIT STRING (SIZE(7)), 
                fiveEntries-r12                    BIT STRING (SIZE(15)) 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
    
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP-r12If included, the UE supports NAICS for the band combination. The UE shall include a bitmap of the same length, and in the same order, as in naics-Capability-List, to indicate 2 CRS AP NAICS capability of the band combination. The first/ leftmost bit points to the first entry of naics-Capability-List, the second bit points to the second entry of naics-Capability-List, and so on.
For band combinations with a single component carrier, UE is only allowed to indicate {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfAggregatedPRB} = {1, 100} if NAICS is supported.
        BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12))        OPTIONAL,
    
commSupportedBandsPerBC-r12Indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous reception of EUTRA and sidelink communication. If the UE indicates support simultaneous transmission (using commSimultaneousTx), it also indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink communication. The first bit refers to the first band included in commSupportedBands, with value 1 indicating sidelink is supported.
                BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBands))        OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v1270            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v1270        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
differentFallbackSupported-r13Indicates that the UE supports different capabilities for at least one fallback case of this band combination.
    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,
    bandParameterList-r13            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF BandParameters-r13, 
    
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r13The supportedBandwidthCombinationSet indicated for a band combination is applicable to all bandwidth classes indicated by the UE in this band combination.
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "1" if UE support Bandwidth Combination Set N for this band combination, see 36.101 [42]. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 0, the next bit corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 1 and so on. The UE shall neither include the field for a non-CA band combination, nor for a CA band combination for which the UE only supports Bandwidth Combination Set 0.
    SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10    OPTIONAL,
    
multipleTimingAdvance-r13Indicates whether the UE supports multiple timing advances for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. If the band combination comprised of more than one band entry (i.e., inter-band or intra-band non-contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances on different band entries are supported. If the band combination comprised of one band entry (i.e., intra-band contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances across component carriers of the band entry are supported. It is mandatory for UEs to support 2 TAGs for inter frequency DAPS handover.
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
simultaneousRx-Tx-r13Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous reception and transmission on different bands for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. This field is only applicable for inter-band TDD band combinations. A UE indicating support of simultaneousRx-Tx and dc-Support-r12shall support different UL/DL configurations between PCell and PSCell.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    bandInfoEUTRA-r13                BandInfoEUTRA, 
    
dc-Support-r13Including this field indicates that the UE supports synchronous DC and power control mode 1. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of single band entry indicates that the UE supports intra-band contiguous DC. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of two or more band entries, indicates that the UE supports DC for these bands and that the serving cells corresponding to a band entry shall belong to one cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG). Including field asynchronous indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC and power control mode 2. Including this field for a TDD/FDD band combination indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD DC for this band combination.
                    SEQUENCE { 
        asynchronous-r13            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
        
supportedCellGrouping-r13This field indicates for which mapping of serving cells to cell groups (i.e. MCG or SCG)the UE supports asynchronous DC. This field is only present for a band combination with more than two but less than six band entries where the UE supports asynchronous DC. If this field is not present but asynchronous operation is supported, the UE supports all possible mappings of serving cells to cell groupsfor the band combination. The bitmap size is selected based on the number of entries in the combinations, i.e., in case of three entries, the bitmap corresponding to threeEntries is selected and so on.
A bit in the bit string set to 1 indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC for the cell grouping option represented by the concerned bit position. Each bit position represents a different cell grouping option, as illustrated by a table, see NOTE 5. A cell grouping option is represented by a number of bits, each representing a particular band entryin the band combination with the left-most bit referring to the band listed first in the band combination, etc. Value 0 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a first cell group, while value 1 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a second cell group.
It is noted that the mapping table does not include entries with all bits set to the same value (0 or 1) as this does not represent a DC scenario (i.e. indicating that the UE supports that all carriers of the corresponding band entry are in one cell group).
        CHOICE { 
                threeEntries-r13                BIT STRING (SIZE(3)), 
                fourEntries-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE(7)), 
                fiveEntries-r13                    BIT STRING (SIZE(15)) 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
    
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP-r13If included, the UE supports NAICS for the band combination. The UE shall include a bitmap of the same length, and in the same order, as in naics-Capability-List, to indicate 2 CRS AP NAICS capability of the band combination. The first/ leftmost bit points to the first entry of naics-Capability-List, the second bit points to the second entry of naics-Capability-List, and so on.
For band combinations with a single component carrier, UE is only allowed to indicate {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfAggregatedPRB} = {1, 100} if NAICS is supported.
        BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12))    OPTIONAL,
    
commSupportedBandsPerBC-r13Indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous reception of EUTRA and sidelink communication. If the UE indicates support simultaneous transmission (using commSimultaneousTx), it also indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink communication. The first bit refers to the first band included in commSupportedBands, with value 1 indicating sidelink is supported.
        BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBands))        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v1320            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v1320        OPTIONAL,
    
additionalRx-Tx-PerformanceReq-r13Indicates whether the UE supports the additional Rx and Tx performance requirement for a given band combination as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
        ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1380 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
bandParameterList-v1380If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries listed in the same order as the band entries in the corresponding band combination.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v1380        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1390 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-CA-PowerClass-N-r13Indicates whether the UE supports UE power class N in the E-UTRA band combination, see TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.307 [78]. If ue-CA-PowerClass-N is not included, UE supports the default UE power class in the E-UTRA band combination, see TS 36.101 [42].
            ENUMERATED {class2}                OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v1430            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v1430        OPTIONAL,
    v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb-r13))        OPTIONAL,
    v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-r14            BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb-r13))        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v1450            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v1450        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v1470            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v1470        OPTIONAL,
    
srs-MaxSimultaneousCCs-r14Indicates the maximum number of simultaneously configurable target CCs for SRS switching (i.e., CCs for which srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex is configured) supported by the UE.
    INTEGER (1..31)                OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v14b0            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            BandParameters-v14b0        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParameterList-v1530        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF                            BandParameters-v1530        OPTIONAL,
    spt-Parameters-r15                SPT-Parameters-r15                OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- If an additional band combination parameter is defined, which is supported for MR-DC,
 --  it shall be defined in the IE CA-ParametersEUTRA in TS 38.331 [82].
BandCombinationParameters-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    measGapInfoNR-r16                    MeasGapInfoNR-r16                    OPTIONAL,
    bandParameterList-v1610        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF                            BandParameters-v1610        OPTIONAL,
    
interFreqDAPS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports DAPS handover in source PCell and inter-frequency target PCell, i.e. support of simultaneous DL reception of PDCCH and PDSCH from source and target cell.For a BC, the capability applies to every carrier pair for source and target. A UE indicating this capability shall also support synchronous DAPS handover, and single UL transmission for inter-frequency DAPS handover.
                        SEQUENCE { 
        
interFreqAsyncDAPS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports asynchronous DAPS handover in source PCell and inter-frequency target PCell. 
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
interFreqMultiUL-TransmissionDAPS-r16Indicates that the UE supports simultaneous UL transmission in source PCell and inter-frequency target PCell.
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandCombinationParameters-v1630 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-v1630        BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16))        OPTIONAL,
    v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-v1630        BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16))        OPTIONAL,
    scalingFactorTxSidelink-r16                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16)) OF ScalingFactorSidelink-r16        OPTIONAL,
    scalingFactorRxSidelink-r16                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16)) OF ScalingFactorSidelink-r16        OPTIONAL,
    
interBandPowerSharingSyncDAPS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports power sharing for synchronous inter-band DAPS handovers.
            ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
    
interBandPowerSharingAsyncDAPS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports power sharing for asynchronous inter-band DAPS handovers.
            ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL 
} 
ScalingFactorSidelink-r16 ::=                        ENUMERATED {f0p4, f0p75, f0p8, f1} 
SupportedBandwidthCombinationSet-r10 ::=    BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthCombSet-r10)) 
BandParameters-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
bandEUTRA-r10EUTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]andTS 36.102 [113] for NTN capable UE. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.
                    FreqBandIndicator, 
    bandParametersUL-r10            BandParametersUL-r10                    OPTIONAL,
    bandParametersDL-r10            BandParametersDL-r10                    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1090 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandEUTRA-v1090                    FreqBandIndicator-v9e0                    OPTIONAL,
    ... 
} 
BandParameters-v10i0::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParametersDL-v10i0        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v10i0 
} 
BandParameters-v1130 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    supportedCSI-Proc-r11            ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4} 
} 
BandParameters-r11 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
bandEUTRA-r11EUTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]andTS 36.102 [113] for NTN capable UE. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.
                    FreqBandIndicator-r11, 
    bandParametersUL-r11            BandParametersUL-r10                    OPTIONAL,
    bandParametersDL-r11            BandParametersDL-r10                    OPTIONAL,
    supportedCSI-Proc-r11            ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParametersDL-v1270            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v1270 
} 
BandParameters-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
bandEUTRA-r13EUTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]andTS 36.102 [113] for NTN capable UE. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.
                    FreqBandIndicator-r11, 
    bandParametersUL-r13                BandParametersUL-r13                OPTIONAL,
    bandParametersDL-r13                BandParametersDL-r13                OPTIONAL,
    supportedCSI-Proc-r13            ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}            OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1320 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParametersDL-v1320            MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r13 
} 
BandParameters-v1380 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    txAntennaSwitchDL-r13            INTEGER (1..32)                    OPTIONAL,
    txAntennaSwitchUL-r13            INTEGER (1..32)                    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParametersDL-v1430            MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1430    OPTIONAL,
    
ul-256QAM-r14Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL on the band in the band combination. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList is not included.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList-r14Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), whether the UE supports 256QAM in the band combination. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM is not included.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxServCell-r13)) OF UL-256QAM-perCC-Info-r14        OPTIONAL,
    
srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList-r14Indicates, for a particular pair of bands, the SRS carrier switching parameters when switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. If included, the UE shall include a number of entries as indicated in the following, and listed in the same order, as in bandParameterList for the concerned band combination:
-For the first band, the UE shall include the same number of entries as in bandParameterList i.e. first entry corresponds to first band in bandParameterList and so on,
-For the second band, the UE shall include one entry less i.e. first entry corresponds to the second band in bandParameterList and so on
-And so on.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
            SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-r14    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1450 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
must-CapabilityPerBand-r14Indicates that UE supports MUST, as specified in 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1, on the band in the band combination.
        MUST-Parameters-r14        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1470 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    bandParametersDL-v1470            MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-v1470    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList-v14b0        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF        SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-v14b0        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R-r15Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among four antennas to transmit SRS for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
    
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-2Pairs-r15Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
        ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
    
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-3Pairs-r15Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
        ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
    
dl-1024QAM-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band or on the band within the band combination. When dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor and dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers are included, the UE supports 1024QAM in a set of CCs in a band combination if the CCs belong to bands indicated to support 1024QAM in that band combination and the 1024QAM processing capability condition as specified in equation 4.3.5.31-1 in TS 36.306 [5] is satisfied.
                                    ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
    
qcl-TypeC-Operation-r15The UE uses this field to indicate the support of all of the following three features: QCL Type-C operation for FeCoMP, the capability to support separate PDSCH RE mapping for different PDSCH CWs in non-coherent joint transmission and the capability to support handling new DMRS port to MIMO layer mapping for the CWs, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
    
qcl-CRI-BasedCSI-Reporting-r15Indicates whether the UE supports CRI based CSI feedback for the FeCoMP feature as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
    stti-SPT-BandParameters-r15                    STTI-SPT-BandParameters-r15    OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParameters-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreqDAPS-r16Indicates whether UE supports DAPS handover in source PCell and intra-frequency target PCell, i.e. support of simultaneous DL reception of PDCCH and PDSCH from source and target cell. A UE indicating this capability shall also support synchronous DAPS handover, and single UL transmission for intra-frequency DAPS handover.
        SEQUENCE { 
        
intraFreqAsyncDAPS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports asynchronous DAPS handover in source PCell and intra-frequency target PCell. 
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
                                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
        
intraFreqTwoTAGs-DAPS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports different timing advance groups in source PCell and intra-frequency target PCell. It is mandatory for intraFreqDAPS capable UE.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,
    addSRS-FrequencyHopping-r16 ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    addSRS-AntennaSwitching-r16    SEQUENCE { 
        
addSRS-1T2R-r16Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among two antennas to transmit additional SRS symbol(s) for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        
addSRS-1T4R-r16Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among four antennas to transmit additional SRS symbol(s) for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        addSRS-2T4R-2pairs-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        addSRS-2T4R-3pairs-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
    }                OPTIONAL,
    srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList-v1610        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF 
    SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-v1610    OPTIONAL 
} 
V2X-BandParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-FreqBandEUTRA-r14            FreqBandIndicator-r11, 
    bandParametersTxSL-r14            BandParametersTxSL-r14                OPTIONAL,
    bandParametersRxSL-r14            BandParametersRxSL-r14                OPTIONAL 
} 
V2X-BandParameters-v1530 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
v2x-EnhancedHighReception-r15Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 30 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 204 RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink communication.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParametersTxSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-BandwidthClassTxSL-r14        V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14, 
    
v2x-eNB-Scheduled-r14Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using dynamic scheduling, SPS in eNB scheduled mode for V2X sidelink communication, reporting SPS assistance information and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42] in a band.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
v2x-HighPower-r14Indicates whether the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 2 V2X UE for V2X sidelink transmission in a band, see TS 36.101 [42].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParametersRxSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-BandwidthClassRxSL-r14        V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14, 
    
v2x-HighReception-r14Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 20 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 136 RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink communication.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
V2X-BandwidthClassSL-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF V2X-BandwidthClass-r14 
UL-256QAM-perCC-Info-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ul-256QAM-perCC-r14            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
FeatureSetDL-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    mimo-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15    MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC-r15            OPTIONAL,
    featureSetPerCC-ListDL-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id-r15 
} 
FeatureSetDL-v1550 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-1024QAM-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band or on the band within the band combination. When dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor and dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers are included, the UE supports 1024QAM in a set of CCs in a band combination if the CCs belong to bands indicated to support 1024QAM in that band combination and the 1024QAM processing capability condition as specified in equation 4.3.5.31-1 in TS 36.306 [5] is satisfied.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
FeatureSetDL-PerCC-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
fourLayerTM3-TM4-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-MRDC-r15        MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10                    OPTIONAL,
    supportedCSI-Proc-r15                        ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}                OPTIONAL 
} 
FeatureSetUL-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    featureSetPerCC-ListUL-r15    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxServCell-r13)) OF FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id-r15 
} 
FeatureSetUL-PerCC-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r15        MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10                OPTIONAL,
    
ul-256QAM-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL on the band in the band combination. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList is not included.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id-r15 ::=    INTEGER (0..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15) 
FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id-r15 ::=    INTEGER (0..maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15) 
BandParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10 
BandParametersUL-r13 ::= CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10 
CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ca-BandwidthClassUL-r10                CA-BandwidthClass-r10, 
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r10        MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10                OPTIONAL 
} 
CA-MIMO-ParametersUL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityUL-r15        MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10                OPTIONAL 
} 
BandParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandwidthClass-r10)) OF CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10 
BandParametersDL-r13 ::= CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r13 
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ca-BandwidthClassDL-r10                CA-BandwidthClass-r10, 
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10        MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10                OPTIONAL 
} 
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v10i0 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
fourLayerTM3-TM4-r10Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-v1270 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r12Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), the maximum number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL and the maximum number of CSI processes supported. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list.The UE shall include the field only if it supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing in transmission mode3/4 for a subset of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the maximum number of supported layers for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the number of CSI processes for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedCSI-Proc-r11 in the corresponding band.
This field may also be included for bandwidth class A but in such a case without including any sub-fields in IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 (see NOTE 6).
            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r10)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 
} 
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r13 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    ca-BandwidthClassDL-r13                    CA-BandwidthClass-r10, 
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r13            MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10                OPTIONAL,
    
fourLayerTM3-TM4-r13Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r13Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), the maximum number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL and the maximum number of CSI processes supported. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list.The UE shall include the field only if it supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing in transmission mode3/4 for a subset of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the maximum number of supported layers for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the number of CSI processes for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedCSI-Proc-r11 in the corresponding band.
This field may also be included for bandwidth class A but in such a case without including any sub-fields in IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 (see NOTE 6).
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 
} 
CA-MIMO-ParametersDL-r15 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r15            MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10                OPTIONAL,
    
fourLayerTM3-TM4-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList-r15Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), the maximum number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL and the maximum number of CSI processes supported. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list.The UE shall include the field only if it supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing in transmission mode3/4 for a subset of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the maximum number of supported layers for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the number of CSI processes for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedCSI-Proc-r11 in the corresponding band.
This field may also be included for bandwidth class A but in such a case without including any sub-fields in IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 (see NOTE 6).
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxServCell-r13)) OF 
    IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12                OPTIONAL 
} 
IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
fourLayerTM3-TM4-perCC-r12Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4 for the component carrier.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r12        MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10                OPTIONAL,
    supportedCSI-Proc-r12                ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n4}                OPTIONAL 
} 
CA-BandwidthClass-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ...} 
V2X-BandwidthClass-r14 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ..., c1-v1530} 
MIMO-CapabilityUL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers} 
MIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers} 
MUST-Parameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
must-TM234-UpTo2Tx-r14Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM2/3/4 using up to 2Tx.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
must-TM89-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to 1 interfering layer.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
must-TM10-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to 1 interfering layer.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
must-TM89-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to 3 interfering layers.
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
must-TM10-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to 3 interfering layers.
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandListEUTRA ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA 
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0 
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250 
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1310 
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1320 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandEUTRA-v1320 
SupportedBandEUTRA ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
bandEUTRAEUTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]andTS 36.102 [113] for NTN capable UE. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.
                            FreqBandIndicator, 
    
halfDuplexIf halfDuplex is set to true, only half duplex operation is supported for the band, otherwise full duplex operation is supported.
                            BOOLEAN 
} 
SupportedBandEUTRA-v9e0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    bandEUTRA-v9e0                        FreqBandIndicator-v9e0        OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandEUTRA-v1250 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
dl-256QAM-r12Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in DL on the band.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ul-64QAM-r12Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM in UL on the band. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports UL 64QAM, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. If the field is present for one band, the field shall be present for all bands including downlink only bands.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandEUTRA-v1310 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ue-PowerClass-5-r13            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandEUTRA-v1320 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps-r13Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating in CE on the EUTRA band given by the entry in supportedBandListEUTRA.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    ue-PowerClass-N-r13            ENUMERATED {class1, class2, class4}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
bandListEUTRAOne entry corresponding to each supported EUTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
                        BandListEUTRA 
} 
MeasParameters-v1020 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
bandCombinationListEUTRA-r10One entry corresponding to each supported band combination listed in the same order as in supportedBandCombination.
            BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10 
} 
MeasParameters-v1130 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
rsrqMeasWideband-r11Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurements with wider bandwidth.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                    OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v11a0 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
benefitsFromInterruption-r11Indicates whether the UE power consumption would benefit from being allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1250 ::=            SEQUENCE {     
    
timerT312-r12Indicates whether the UE supports T312.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
alternativeTimeToTrigger-r12Indicates whether the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
incMonEUTRA-r12Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of E-UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
incMonUTRA-r12Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
extendedMaxMeasId-r12Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement identies as defined by maxMeasId-r12.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
extendedRSRQ-LowerRange-r12Indicates whether the UE supports the extended RSRQ lower value range from -34dB to -19.5dB in measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
rsrq-OnAllSymbols-r12Indicates whether the UE can performRSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols and also support the extended RSRQ upper value range from -3dB to 2.5dBin measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12Indicates whether the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, and PDSCH/EPDCCH RE mappingwith zero power CSI-RS configured for discovery signals.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas-r12Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement. If this field is included, the UE shall also include crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1310 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
rs-SINR-Meas-r13Indicates whether the UE can perform RS-SINR measurements in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.214 [48].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
allowedCellList-r13Indicates whether the UE supports EUTRA allowed-cell listing to limit the set of cells applicable for measurements.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
extendedMaxObjectId-r13Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement object identies as defined by maxObjectId-r13.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ul-PDCP-Delay-r13Indicates whether the UE supports UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
extendedFreqPriorities-r13Indicates whether the UE supports extended E-UTRA frequency priorities indicated by cellReselectionSubPriority field. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this bit to supported.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
multiBandInfoReport-r13Indicates whether the UE supports the acquisition and reporting of multi band information for reportCGI.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
rssi-AndChannelOccupancyReporting-r13Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ceMeasurements-r14Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency RSRQ measurements and inter-frequency RSRP and RSRQ measurements in RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16] and TS 36.304 [4].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ncsg-r14Indicates whether the UE supports measurement NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].If this field is included and the UE supports asynchronous DC, the UE shall support NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3. If this field is included but the UE does not support asynchronous DC, only NCSG Pattern Id 0 and 1 shall be supported
                                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    shortMeasurementGap-r14                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
perServingCellMeasurementGap-r14Indicates whether the UE supports per serving cell measurement gap indication, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
nonUniformGap-r14Indicates whether the UE supports measurement non uniform Pattern Id 1, 2, 3 and 4 in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1520 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
measGapPatterns-r15Indicates whether the UE that supports NR supports gap patterns 4 to 11 in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16], and for independent measurement gap configuration on FR1 and per-UE gap in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS38.133 [84]. The first/ leftmost bit covers pattern 4, and so on. Value 1 indicates that the UE supports the concerned gap pattern.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (8))        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
qoe-MeasReport-r15Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for streaming services.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
qoe-MTSI-MeasReport-r15Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for MTSI services.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ca-IdleModeMeasurements-r15Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed during RRC_IDLE.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ca-IdleModeValidityArea-r15Indicates whether UE supports validity area for IDLE measurements during RRC_IDLE.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
heightMeas-r15Indicates whether UE supports the measurement events H1/H2.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
multipleCellsMeasExtension-r15Indicates whether the UE supports numberOfTriggeringCells in the report configuration.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
bandInfoNR-v1610One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA. If absent, network assumes gap is required when measurement is performed on any NR bands while UE is served by cell(s) belongs to a E-UTRA band listed in supportedBandListEUTRA except for the FR2 inter-RAT measurement which depends on the support of independentGapConfig.
                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF MeasGapInfoNR-r16    OPTIONAL,
    
altFreqPriority-r16Indicates whether the UE supports alternative cell reselection priority.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-DL-ChannelQualityReporting-r16Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode supports aperiodic DL channel quality reporting in RRC_CONNECTED.
    ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    ce-MeasRSS-Dedicated-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}                            OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-IdleInactiveMeasurements-r16Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
nr-IdleInactiveMeasFR1-r16Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed on NR FR1 carrier(s) during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
nr-IdleInactiveMeasFR2-r16Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed on NR FR2 carrier(s) during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
idleInactiveValidityAreaList-r16Indicates whether the UE supports list of validity areas for measurements during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
measGapPatterns-NRonly-r16Indicates whether the UE supports gap patterns 2, 3 and 11 in LTE standalone when the frequencies to be measured within this measurement gap are all NR frequencies. 
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
measGapPatterns-NRonly-ENDC-r16Indicates whether the UE supports gap patterns 2, 3 and 11 in (NG)EN-DC when the frequencies to be measured within this measurement gap are all NR frequencies. 
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1630 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
nr-IdleInactiveBeamMeasFR1-r16Indicates whether the UE supports performing eNB-configured SSB-based beam level RRM measurements for configured NR FR1 carrier(s) in RRC_IDLE and in RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.6.46.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
nr-IdleInactiveBeamMeasFR2-r16Indicates whether the UE supports performing eNB-configured SSB-based beam level RRM measurements for configured NR FR2 carrier(s) in RRC_IDLE and in RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.6.47.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    ce-MeasRSS-DedicatedSameRBs-r16        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v16c0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
nr-CellIndividualOffset-r16Indicates whether the UE supports use of cell specific offset for NR inter-RAT measurements.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MeasParameters-v1700 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
sharedSpectrumMeasNR-EN-DC-r17Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy on each supported NR band in EN-DC. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEN-DC-r15.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsNR-r15)) OF SharedSpectrumMeasNR-r17    OPTIONAL,
    
sharedSpectrumMeasNR-SA-r17Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy on each supported NR band in NR SA. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as in supportedBandListNR-SA-r15.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsNR-r15)) OF SharedSpectrumMeasNR-r17    OPTIONAL 
} 
SharedSpectrumMeasNR-r17 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
nr-RSSI-ChannelOccupancyReporting-r17Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy on the corresponding NR band.
                  BOOLEAN 
} 
MeasGapInfoNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
interRAT-BandListNR-EN-DC-r16One entry corresponding to each supported NR band listed in the same order as in the supportedBandListEN-DC-r15. If both interRAT-BandListNR-EN-DC and interRAT-BandListNR-SA are included, the UE shall set the same interRAT-NeedForGapsNR value for the same NR band.
        InterRAT-BandListNR-r16                OPTIONAL,
    
interRAT-BandListNR-SA-r16One entry corresponding to each supported NR band listed in the same order as in the supportedBandListNR-SA. If both interRAT-BandListNR-EN-DC and interRAT-BandListNR-SA are included, the UE shall set the same interRAT-NeedForGapsNR value for the same NR band.
            InterRAT-BandListNR-r16                OPTIONAL 
} 
BandListEUTRA ::=                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF BandInfoEUTRA 
BandCombinationListEUTRA-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r10)) OF BandInfoEUTRA 
BandInfoEUTRA ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
interFreqBandListOne entry corresponding to each supported EUTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
                    InterFreqBandList, 
    
interRAT-BandListOne entry corresponding to each supported band of another RAT listed in the same order as in the interRAT-Parameters. The NR bands reported in SupportedBandListNR are excluded from this list.
                    InterRAT-BandList        OPTIONAL 
} 
InterFreqBandList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterFreqBandInfo 
InterFreqBandInfo ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
interFreqNeedForGapsIndicates need for measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the EUTRA band given by the entry in interFreqBandList.
                BOOLEAN 
} 
InterRAT-BandList ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF InterRAT-BandInfo 
InterRAT-BandListNR-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsNR-r15)) OF InterRAT-BandInfoNR-r16 
InterRAT-BandInfo ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
interRAT-NeedForGapsIndicates need for DL measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the inter-RAT band given by the entry in the interRAT-BandList.
                BOOLEAN 
} 
InterRAT-BandInfoNR-r16 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
interRAT-NeedForGapsNR-r16Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in supportedBandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in supportedBandCombination-r10 or supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 or supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13and measuring on the NR band given by the entry in the InterRAT-BandListNR.
            BOOLEAN 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
en-DC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports EN-DC.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}                        OPTIONAL,
    
eventB2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports event B2. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this bit to supported.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                        OPTIONAL,
    
supportedBandListEN-DC-r15Includes the NR bands supported by the UE in (NG)EN-DC. The field is included in case the parameter en-DC or ng-EN-DC is present and set to supported and not otherwise. The presence of this field also indicates that the UE can perform both NR SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurement in the included NR band(s) as specified in TS 38.215 [89].
        SupportedBandListNR-r15                        OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-v1540 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR1. 
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR1. 
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR2. 
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR FDD FR1. 
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR1. 
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR FDD FR2. 
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1-r15Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR1.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
sa-NR-r15Indicates whether the UE supports standalone NR as specified in TS 38.331 [82].
                                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    supportedBandListNR-SA-r15            SupportedBandListNR-r15                OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-v1560 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ng-EN-DC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports NGEN-DC.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-v1570 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR1-r15                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR2-r15                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
nr-HO-ToEN-DC-r16Indicates whether the UE supports inter-RAT handover from NR to EN-DC while NR-DC or NE-DC is not configured. This field is mandatory present if EN-DC is supported.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1-r16Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR1.
    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1-r16Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR1.
    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2-r16Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR2.
    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-r16Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].
    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-v1660 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
extendedBand-n77-r16This field is only applicable for UEs that indicate support for band n77. If present, the UE supports the restriction to 3450 - 3550 MHz and 3700 - 3980 MHz ranges of band n77 in the USA as specified in Note 12 of Table 5.2-1 in TS 38.101-1 [85]. If absent, the UE supports only restriction to the 3700 - 3980 MHz range of band n77 in the USA. A UE that indicates this field shall support NS value 55 as specified in TS 38.101-1 [85].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-v1700 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-2-r17Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx]. 
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-2-r17Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx]. 
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-2-r17Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-2-r17Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersNR-v1710 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
extendedBand-n77-2-r17This field is only applicable for UEs that indicate support for band n77. If present, the UE supports the restriction to 3450 - 3650 MHz and 3650 - 3980 ranges of band n77 in Canada as specified in Note 12 of Table 5.2-1 in TS 38.101-1 [85]. If absent, the UE supports only restriction to the 3450 - 3650 MHz range of band n77 in Canada. A UE that indicates this field shall also support NS value 57 as specified in TS 38.101-1 [85].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
eutra-5GC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports E-UTRA/5GC. 
                                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
eutra-EPC-HO-EUTRA-5GC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover between E-UTRA/EPC and E-UTRA/5GC. 
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ho-EUTRA-5GC-FDD-TDD-r15Indicates whether the UE supports handover between E-UTRA/5GC FDD and E-UTRA/5GC TDD. 
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ho-InterfreqEUTRA-5GC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports inter frequency handover within E-UTRA/5GC. 
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ims-VoiceOverMCG-BearerEUTRA-5GC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP for MCG bearer for E-UTRA/5GC.
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
inactiveState-r15Indicates whether the UE supports RRC_INACTIVE.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
reflectiveQoS-r15Indicates whether the UE supports AS reflective QoS.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
EUTRA-5GC-Parameters-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-InactiveState-r16Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode supports RRC_INACTIVE when connected to 5GC. A UE including this field also supports short eDRX cycles in RRC_INACTIVE when connected to 5GC.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-EUTRA-5GC-r16Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports E-UTRA/5GC.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PDCP-ParametersNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
rohc-Profiles-r15Same as "supportedROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
                    ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15, 
    
rohc-ContextMaxSessions-r15Same as "maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
            ENUMERATED { 
                                            cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32, 
                                            cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024, 
                                            cs16384, spare2, spare1}            DEFAULT cs16, 
    
rohc-ProfilesUL-Only-r15Same as "uplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
                SEQUENCE { 
        profile0x0006-r15                        BOOLEAN 
    }, 
    
rohc-ContextContinue-r15Same as "continueROHC-Context" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
outOfOrderDelivery-r15Same as "outOfOrderDelivery" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
sn-SizeLo-r15Same as "shortSN" defined in TS 38.306 [87].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-MCG-Bearer-r15Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only MCG RLC bearer.
    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-SCG-Bearer-r15Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only SCG RLC bearerwhen configured with EN-DC.
    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
PDCP-ParametersNR-v1560 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ims-VoNR-PDCP-SCG-NGENDC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only SCG RLC bearer when configured with NGEN-DC.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
ROHC-ProfileSupportList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    profile0x0001-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0002-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0003-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0004-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0006-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0101-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0102-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0103-r15                    BOOLEAN,
    profile0x0104-r15                    BOOLEAN 
} 
SupportedBandListNR-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsNR-r15)) OF SupportedBandNR-r15 
SupportedBandNR-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    bandNR-r15                            FreqBandIndicatorNR-r15 
} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-FDD ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListUTRA-FDD            SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD 
} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v920 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    e-RedirectionUTRA-r9                ENUMERATED {supported} 
} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9c0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD-r9Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice according to GSMA IR.58 profile in UTRA FDD.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128-r9Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice in UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD-r9Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to UTRA FDD CS.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN-r9Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to GERAN CS.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128-r9Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps CS.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN-r9Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to GERAN CS.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-v9h0 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
mfbi-UTRA-r9It indicates if the UE supports the signalling requirements of multiple radio frequency bands in a UTRA FDD cell, as defined in TS 25.307 [65].
                        ENUMERATED {supported} 
} 
SupportedBandListUTRA-FDD ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-FDD 
SupportedBandUTRA-FDD ::=            ENUMERATED { 
                                        bandI, bandII, bandIII, bandIV, bandV, bandVI, 
                                        bandVII, bandVIII, bandIX, bandX, bandXI, 
                                        bandXII, bandXIII, bandXIV, bandXV, bandXVI, ..., 
                                        bandXVII-8a0, bandXVIII-8a0, bandXIX-8a0, bandXX-8a0, 
                                        bandXXI-8a0, bandXXII-8a0, bandXXIII-8a0, bandXXIV-8a0, 
                                        bandXXV-8a0, bandXXVI-8a0, bandXXVII-8a0, bandXXVIII-8a0, 
                                        bandXXIX-8a0, bandXXX-8a0, bandXXXI-8a0, bandXXXII-8a0} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD128 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListUTRA-TDD128        SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128 
} 
SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD128 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128 
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128 ::=        ENUMERATED { 
                                        a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, 
                                        o, p, ...} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD384 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListUTRA-TDD384        SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD384 
} 
SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD384 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384 
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384 ::=        ENUMERATED { 
                                            a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, 
                                            o, p, ...} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD768 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListUTRA-TDD768        SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD768 
} 
SupportedBandListUTRA-TDD768 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768 
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768 ::=        ENUMERATED { 
                                        a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, 
                                        o, p, ...} 
IRAT-ParametersUTRA-TDD-v1020 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD-r10Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced redirection to UTRA TDD to multiple carrier frequencies both with and without using related SIB provided by RRCConnectionRelease or not.
                ENUMERATED {supported} 
} 
IRAT-ParametersGERAN ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListGERAN                SupportedBandListGERAN, 
    
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERANIndicates whether the UE supports inter-RAT PS handover to GERAN or not.
                BOOLEAN 
} 
IRAT-ParametersGERAN-v920 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
dtm-r9Indicates whether the UE supports DTM in GERAN.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    e-RedirectionGERAN-r9                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandListGERAN ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandGERAN 
SupportedBandGERAN ::=                ENUMERATED { 
                                        gsm450, gsm480, gsm710, gsm750, gsm810, gsm850, 
                                        gsm900P, gsm900E, gsm900R, gsm1800, gsm1900, 
                                        spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1, ...} 
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-HRPD ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandListHRPD                SupportedBandListHRPD, 
    tx-ConfigHRPD                        ENUMERATED {single, dual}, 
    rx-ConfigHRPD                        ENUMERATED {single, dual} 
} 
SupportedBandListHRPD ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000 
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    supportedBandList1XRTT                SupportedBandList1XRTT, 
    tx-Config1XRTT                        ENUMERATED {single, dual}, 
    rx-Config1XRTT                        ENUMERATED {single, dual} 
} 
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v920 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
e-CSFB-1XRTT-r9Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT or not.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}, 
    
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT-r9Indicates whether the UE supports concurrent enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT and PS handover/ redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-1XRTT-v1020 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT-r10Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT for dual Rx/Tx configuration. This bit can only be set to supported if tx-Config1XRTT and rx-Config1XRTT are both set to dual.
                ENUMERATED {supported} 
} 
IRAT-ParametersCDMA2000-v1130 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
cdma2000-NW-Sharing-r11Indicates whether the UE supports network sharing for CDMA2000.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandList1XRTT ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCDMA-BandClass)) OF BandclassCDMA2000 
IRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
supportedBandListWLAN-r13Indicates the supported WLAN bands by the UE.
        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxWLAN-Bands-r13)) OF WLAN-BandIndicator-r13                    OPTIONAL 
} 
CSG-ProximityIndicationParameters-r9 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreqProximityIndication-r9Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for intra-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
interFreqProximityIndication-r9Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for inter-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
utran-ProximityIndication-r9Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for UTRAN CSG member cells.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-r9 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring intra-frequency cell.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO-r9Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring inter-frequency cell.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO-r9Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring UMTS cell.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
reportCGI-NR-EN-DC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1550 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
eutra-CGI-Reporting-ENDC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports Intra-RAT report CGI procedure when it is configured with (NG) EN-DC wherein either MN and SN have different DRX cycles, or on-duration configured by MN does not contain on-duration configured by SN if their DRX cycles are same.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
utra-GERAN-CGI-Reporting-ENDC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards GERAN/UTRA cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC wherein either MN and SN have different DRX cycles, or on-duration configured by MN does not contain on-duration configured by SN if their DRX cycles are same.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v15a0 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
eutra-CGI-Reporting-NEDC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring E-UTRA cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell and reporting the acquired information to the network when the NE-DC is configured.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
eutra-SI-AcquisitionForHO-ENDC-r16Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring E-UTRA cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
nr-AutonomousGaps-ENDC-FR1-r16Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR1 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
nr-AutonomousGaps-ENDC-FR2-r16Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR2 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
nr-AutonomousGaps-FR1-r16Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR1 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
nr-AutonomousGaps-FR2-r16Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR2 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
NeighCellSI-AcquisitionParameters-v1710 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-EN-DC-r17Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT gNB ID length reporting towards NR cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC. If the UE supports reportCGI-NR-EN-DC-r15, the UE shall support the gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-EN-DC-r17.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-NoEN-DC-r17Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT gNB ID length reporting towards cell when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC. If the UE supports reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC-r15, the UE shall support gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-NoEN-DC-r17.
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
SON-Parameters-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
rach-Report-r9Indicates whether the UE supports delivery of rach-Report.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
PUR-Parameters-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    pur-CP-5GC-CE-ModeA-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-CP-5GC-CE-ModeB-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-UP-5GC-CE-ModeA-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-UP-5GC-CE-ModeB-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-CP-EPC-CE-ModeA-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-CP-EPC-CE-ModeB-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-UP-EPC-CE-ModeA-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-UP-EPC-CE-ModeB-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pur-CP-L1Ack-r16Indicates whether UE supports L1 acknowledgement in response to CP transmission using PUR when connected to EPC/ 5GC.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pur-FrequencyHopping-r16Indicates whether UE supports frequency hopping for transmission using PUR.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pur-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r16Indicates whether the UE supports 2984 bits max UL TBS in 1.4 MHz for transmission using PUR when operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
pur-RSRP-Validation-r16Indicates whether UE supports serving cell RSRP for TA validation for transmission using PUR when connected to EPC/ 5GC.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-SubPRB-CE-ModeA-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pur-SubPRB-CE-ModeB-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
loggedMeasurementsIdle-r10Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements in Idle mode.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
standaloneGNSS-Location-r10Indicates whether the UE is equipped with a standalone GNSS receiver that may be used to provide detailed location information in RRC measurement report and logged measurements.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1250 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
loggedMBSFNMeasurements-r12Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements for MBSFN. A UE indicating support for logged measurements for MBSFN shall also indicate support for logged measurements in Idle mode.
                ENUMERATED {supported} 
} 
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1430 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
locationReport-r14Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of its geographical location information to eNB.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
loggedMeasBT-r15Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC idle mode.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
loggedMeasWLAN-r15Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC idle mode.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
immMeasBT-r15Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC connected mode.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
immMeasWLAN-r15Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC connected mode.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1610 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
ul-PDCP-AvgDelay-r16Indicates whether the UE supports UL PDCP Packet Average Delay measurement (as specified in TS 38.314 [103]) and reporting in RRC_CONNECTED.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-BasedNetwPerfMeasParameters-v1700 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
loggedMeasIdleEventL1-r17Indicates whether the UE supports event triggered logged measurements for eventL1 in camped normally state.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
loggedMeasIdleEventOutOfCoverage-r17Indicates whether the UE supports event triggered logged measurements for outOfCoverage in any cell selection state.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    loggedMeasUncomBarPre-r17                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    immMeasUncomBarPre-r17                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
OTDOA-PositioningCapabilities-r10 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
otdoa-UE-Assisted-r10Indicates whether the UE supports UE-assisted OTDOA positioning, as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}, 
    
interFreqRSTD-Measurement-r10Indicates whether the UE supports inter-frequency RSTD measurements for OTDOA positioning, as specified in TS 36.355 [54].
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
inDeviceCoexInd-r11Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication as well as autonomous denial functionality.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
powerPrefInd-r11Indicates whether the UE supports power preference indication.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements-r11Indicates whether the UE supports Rx - Tx time difference measurements.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v11d0 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA-r11Indicates whether the UE supports UL CA related in-device coexistence indication. This field can be included only if inDeviceCoexInd is included. The UE supports inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA in the same duplexing modes as it supports inDeviceCoexInd.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1360 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
inDeviceCoexInd-HardwareSharingInd-r13Indicates whether the UE supports indicating hardware sharing problems when sending the InDeviceCoexIndication, as well as omitting the TDM assistance information. A UE that supports hardware sharing indication shall also indicate support of LAA operation.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1430 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
bwPrefInd-r14Indicates whether the UE supports maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference indication.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
rlm-ReportSupport-r14Indicates whether the UE supports RLM event and information reporting. 
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
OtherParameters-v1450 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
overheatingInd-r14Indicates whether the UE supports overheating assistance information.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1460 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
nonCSG-SI-Reporting-r14Indicates whether UE will report PLMN list from non-CSG cells.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1530 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
assistInfoBitForLC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports assistance information bit for local cache.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
timeReferenceProvision-r15Indicates whether the UE supports provision of time reference in DLInformationTransfer message.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
flightPathPlan-r15Indicates whether UE supports reporting of flight path plan information.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1540 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
inDeviceCoexInd-ENDC-r15Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication for (NG)EN-DC operation. This field can be included only if inDeviceCoexInd is included. The UE supports inDeviceCoexInd-ENDC in the same duplexing modes as it supports inDeviceCoexInd.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
resumeWithStoredMCG-SCells-r16Indicates whether the UE supportsnot deleting the stored E-UTRA MCG SCell configuration when initiating the resume procedure.
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
resumeWithMCG-SCellConfig-r16Indicates whether the UE supports (re-)configuration of E-UTRA MCG SCells.
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
resumeWithStoredSCG-r16Indicates whether the UE supports not deleting the stored NR SCG configuration when initiating the resume procedure.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
resumeWithSCG-Config-r16Indicates whether the UE supports (re-)configuration of an NR SCG.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
mcgRLF-RecoveryViaSCG-r16Indicates whether the UE supports recovery from MCG RLF via split SRB1 (if supported) and via SRB3 (if supported).
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
overheatingIndForSCG-r16Indicates whether the UE supports the inclusion of NR SCG reduced configuration in the overheating assistance information. The UE which indicates support of overheatingIndForSCG shall also indicate support of overheatingInd.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1650 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
mpsPriorityIndication-r16Indicates whether the UE supports mpsPriorityIndication on release with redirect.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
Other-Parameters-v1690 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ul-RRC-Segmentation-r16Indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentation of UECapabilityInformation.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-Parameters-r11 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
mbms-SCell-r11Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
mbms-NonServingCell-r11Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the mbms-SCell field.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-Parameters-v1250 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
mbms-AsyncDC-r12Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell. The field indicates that the UE supports the feature for xDD if mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell are supported for xDD.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-Parameters-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
fembmsDedicatedCell-r14Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from MBMS-dedicated cells on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
fembmsMixedCell-r14Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cells on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5-r14    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25-r14    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-Parameters-v1470 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
mbms-MaxBW-r14Indicates maximum supported bandwidth (T) for MBMS reception, see TS 36.213 [23]. clause 11.1. If the value is set to implicitValue, the corresponding value of T is calculated as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 11.1. If the value is set to explicitValue, the actual value of T = explicitValue * 40 MHz.
                    CHOICE { 
        implicitValue                    NULL,
        explicitValue                    INTEGER(2..20)
    }, 
    mbms-ScalingFactor1dot25-r14        ENUMERATED {n3, n6, n9, n12}    OPTIONAL,
    mbms-ScalingFactor7dot5-r14        ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-Parameters-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-ScalingFactor2dot5-r16        ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, n8}            OPTIONAL,
    mbms-ScalingFactor0dot37-r16    ENUMERATED {n12, n16, n20, n24}        OPTIONAL,
    
mbms-SupportedBandInfoList-r16One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA. This list is included only if fembmsMixedCell or fembmsDedicatedCell is included. If mbms-SupportedBandInfoList-v1700is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in mbms-SupportedBandInfoList-r16.
    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF MBMS-SupportedBandInfo-r16 
} 
MBMS-Parameters-v1700 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    mbms-SupportedBandInfoList-v1700        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF MBMS-SupportedBandInfo-v1700        OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-SupportedBandInfo-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz2dot5-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz0dot37-r16    SEQUENCE { 
        timeSeparationSlot2-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
        timeSeparationSlot4-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
    }    OPTIONAL 
} 
MBMS-SupportedBandInfo-v1700 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pmch-Bandwidth-n40-r17                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    pmch-Bandwidth-n35-r17                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    pmch-Bandwidth-n30-r17                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
FeMBMS-Unicast-Parameters-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
unicast-fembmsMixedSCell-r14Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
emptyUnicastRegion-r14Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception in subframes with empty unicast control region as described in TS 36.213 [23] clause 12. This field can be included only if unicast-fembmsMixedSCell and crossCarrierScheduling are included.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SCPTM-Parameters-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
scptm-ParallelReception-r13Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports parallel reception in the same subframe of DL-SCH transport blocks transmitted using C-RNTI/Semi-Persistent Scheduling C-RNTI and using SC-RNTI/G-RNTI as specified in TS 36.306 [5].
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
scptm-SCell-r13Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).
                                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
scptm-NonServingCell-r13Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the scptm-SCell field.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
scptm-AsyncDC-r13Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include scptm-SCell and scptm-NonServingCell.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-Parameters-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    ce-ModeA-r13                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    ce-ModeB-r13                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-Parameters-v1320 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeA-r13Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports eventA3 for intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeB-r13Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports eventA3 for intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeA-r13Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports intra-frequency handover.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeB-r13Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports intra-frequency handover.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-Parameters-v1350 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
unicastFrequencyHopping-r13Indicates whether the UE supports frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH (configured by mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig) and unicast PUSCH (configured by pusch-HoppingConfig).
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-Parameters-v1370 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
tm9-CE-ModeA-r13Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeAis included.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
tm9-CE-ModeB-r13Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode B, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeBis included.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-Parameters-v1380 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
tm6-CE-ModeA-r13Indicates whether the UE supports tm6 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeAis included.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-Parameters-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
ce-SwitchWithoutHO-r14Indicates whether the UE supports switching between normal mode and enhanced coverage mode without handover.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-MultiTB-Parameters-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    pdsch-MultiTB-CE-ModeA-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pdsch-MultiTB-CE-ModeB-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pusch-MultiTB-CE-ModeA-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    pusch-MultiTB-CE-ModeB-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-MultiTB-64QAM-r16Indicates whether the UE supports downlink 64QAM for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode for PDSCH when operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation is included.
                ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-MultiTB-EarlyTermination-r16Indicates whether the UE supports early termination of PUSCH transmission for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-MultiTB-FrequencyHopping-r16Indicates whether the UE supports frequency hopping for multiple TB scheduling for PDSCH/PUSCH in connected mode, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-MultiTB-HARQ-AckBundling-r16Indicates whether the UE supports downlink HARQ-ACK bundling for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode when operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
        ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-MultiTB-Interleaving-r16Indicates whether the UE supports TB interleaving for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode for PDSCH/PUSCH when operating in CE mode A or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    
ce-MultiTB-SubPRB-r16Indicates whether the UE supports sub-PRB allocation for multiple TB scheduling for PUSCH in connected mode, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation is included.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
CE-ResourceResvParameters-r16 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    subframeResourceResvDL-CE-ModeA-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    subframeResourceResvDL-CE-ModeB-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    subframeResourceResvUL-CE-ModeA-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    subframeResourceResvUL-CE-ModeB-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    slotSymbolResourceResvDL-CE-ModeA-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    slotSymbolResourceResvDL-CE-ModeB-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    slotSymbolResourceResvUL-CE-ModeA-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    slotSymbolResourceResvUL-CE-ModeB-r16    ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    subcarrierPuncturingCE-ModeA-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL,
    subcarrierPuncturingCE-ModeB-r16            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
LAA-Parameters-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-DL-r13Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA cell(s) for downlink. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
csi-RS-DRS-RRM-MeasurementsLAA-r13Indicates whether the UE supports performing RRM measurements on LAA cell(s) based on CSI-RS-based DRS. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
downlinkLAA-r13Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports downlink LAA operation including identification of downlink transmissions on LAA cell(s) for full downlink subframes, decoding of common downlink control signalling on LAA cell(s), CSI feedback for LAA cell(s), RRM measurements on LAA cell(s) based on CRS-based DRS.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
endingDwPTS-r13Indicates whether the UE supports reception ending with a subframe occupied for a DwPTS-duration as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
secondSlotStartingPosition-r13Indicates whether the UE supports reception of subframes with second slot starting position as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
tm9-LAA-r13Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
                                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
tm10-LAA-r13Indicates whether the UE supports tm10 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
LAA-Parameters-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-UL-r14Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA cell(s) for uplink. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
uplinkLAA-r14Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports uplink LAA operation.
                                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
twoStepSchedulingTimingInfo-r14Presence of this field indicates that the UE supports uplink scheduling using PUSCH trigger A and PUSCH trigger B (as defined in TS 36.213 [23]).
This field also indicates the timing between the PUSCH trigger B and the earliest time the UE supports performing the associated UL transmission. For reception of PUSCH trigger B in subframe N, value nPlus1 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in subframe N+1, value nPlus2 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in subframe N+2, and so on.
This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
                ENUMERATED {nPlus1, nPlus2, nPlus3}    OPTIONAL,
    
uss-BlindDecodingAdjustment-r14Indicates whether the UEsupports blind decoding adjustment on UE specific search space as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
uss-BlindDecodingReduction-r14Indicates whether the UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by not monitoring DCI format 0A/0B/4A/4B as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
outOfSequenceGrantHandling-r14Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH transmissions with out of sequence UL grants as defined in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
LAA-Parameters-v1530 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
aul-r15Indicates whether the UE supports AUL as specified n TS 36.321 [6].
                                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
laa-PUSCH-Mode1-r15Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 1as defined in TS 36.213 [23].
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
laa-PUSCH-Mode2-r15Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 2as defined in TS 36.213 [23].
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
laa-PUSCH-Mode3-r15Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 3as defined in TS 36.213 [23].
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
WLAN-IW-Parameters-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
wlan-IW-RAN-Rules-r12Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies-r12Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
LWA-Parameters-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
lwa-r13Indicates whether the UE supports LTE-WLAN Aggregation (LWA). The UE which supports LWA shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
lwa-SplitBearer-r13Indicates whether the UE supports the split LWA bearer (as defined in TS 36.300 [9]).
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
wlan-MAC-Address-r13Indicates the WLAN MAC address of this UE.
        OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))        OPTIONAL,
    
lwa-BufferSize-r13Indicates whether the UE supports the layer 2 buffer sizes for "with support for split bearers" as defined in Table 4.1-3 and 4.1A-3 of TS 36.306 [5] for LWA.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
LWA-Parameters-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
lwa-HO-WithoutWT-Change-r14Indicates whether the UE supports handover where LWA configuration is retained without WT change and using LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication for LWA operation.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
lwa-UL-r14Indicates whether the UE supports UL transmission over WLAN for LWA bearer.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
wlan-PeriodicMeas-r14Indicates whether the UE supports periodic reporting of WLAN measurements.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
wlan-ReportAnyWLAN-r14Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of WLANs not listed in the measObjectWLAN.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
wlan-SupportedDataRate-r14Indicates the maximum WLAN data rate supported by the UE over all LWA bearers. Actual value of supported data rate is field value * 10 Mbps (i.e., value 1 corresponds to 10 Mbps, value 2 corresponds to 20 Mbps and so on). 
            INTEGER (1..2048)            OPTIONAL 
} 
LWA-Parameters-v1440 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
lwa-RLC-UM-r14Indicates whether the UE supports RLC UM for LWA bearer.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
WLAN-IW-Parameters-v1310 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
rclwi-r13Indicates whether the UE supports RCLWI, i.e. reception of rclwi-Configuration. The UE which supports RLCWI shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13. The UE which supports RCLWI and wlan-IW-RAN-Rules shall also support applying WLAN identifiers received in rclwi-Configuration for the access network selection and traffic steering rules when in RRC_IDLE.
                                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
LWIP-Parameters-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
lwip-r13Indicates whether the UE supports LTE/WLAN Radio Level Integration with IPsec Tunnel (LWIP). The UE which supports LWIP shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
LWIP-Parameters-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    lwip-Aggregation-DL-r14                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    lwip-Aggregation-UL-r14                    ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
NAICS-Capability-List-r12 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNAICS-Entries-r12)) OF NAICS-Capability-Entry-r12 
NAICS-Capability-Entry-r12    ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    numberOfNAICS-CapableCC-r12                INTEGER(1..5),
    numberOfAggregatedPRB-r12                ENUMERATED { 
                                                n50, n75, n100, n125, n150, n175, 
                                                n200, n225, n250, n275, n300, n350, 
                                                n400, n450, n500, spare}, 
    ... 
} 
SL-Parameters-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
commSimultaneousTx-r12Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink communication (on different carriers) in all bands for which the UE indicated sidelink support in a band combination (using commSupportedBandsPerBC).
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
commSupportedBands-r12Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink communication, by an independent list of bands i.e. separate from the list of supported E-UTRA band, as indicated in supportedBandListEUTRA.
                    FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12    OPTIONAL,
    
discSupportedBands-r12Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink discovery. One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band, listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.
                    SupportedBandInfoList-r12    OPTIONAL,
    
discScheduledResourceAlloc-r12Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on network scheduled resource allocation.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc-r12Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on UE autonomous resource selection.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
disc-SLSS-r12Indicates whether the UE supports Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink discovery.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
discSupportedProc-r12Indicates the number of processes supported by the UE for sidelink discovery.
                    ENUMERATED {n50, n400}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-Parameters-v1310 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
discSysInfoReporting-r13Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of system information for inter-frequency/PLMN sidelink discovery.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
commMultipleTx-r13Indicates whether the UE supports multiple transmissions of sidelink communication to different destinations in one SC period. If commMultipleTx-r13 is set to supported then the UE support 8 transmitting sidelink processes.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
discInterFreqTx-r13Indicates whether the UE support sidelink discovery announcements either a) on the primary frequency only or b) on other frequencies also, regardless of the UE configuration (e.g. CA, DC). The UE may set discInterFreqTx to supported when having a separate transmitter or if it can request sidelink discovery transmission gaps.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
discPeriodicSLSS-r13Indicates whether the UE supports periodic (i.e. not just one time before sidelink discovery announcement) Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink discovery.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-Parameters-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    zoneBasedPoolSelection-r14                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ue-AutonomousWithFullSensing-r14Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous resource selection mode with full sensing (i.e., continuous channel monitoring) for V2X sidelink communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
ue-AutonomousWithPartialSensing-r14Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous resource selection mode with partial sensing (i.e., channel monitoring in a limited set of subframes) for V2X sidelink communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].
        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
sl-CongestionControl-r14Indicates whether the UE supports Channel Busy Ratio measurement and reporting of Channel Busy Ratio measurement results to eNB for V2X sidelink communication.
                ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
v2x-TxWithShortResvInterval-r14Indicates whether the UE supports 20 ms and 50 ms resource reservation periods for UE autonomous resource selection and eNB scheduled resource allocation for V2X sidelink communication.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
v2x-numberTxRxTiming-r14Indicates the number of multiple reference TX/RX timings counted over all the configured sidelink carriers for V2X sidelink communication.
                INTEGER(1..16)                       OPTIONAL,
    
v2x-nonAdjacentPSCCH-PSSCH-r14Indicates whether the UE supports transmission and reception in the configuration of non-adjacent PSCCH and PSSCH for V2X sidelink communication.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
slss-TxRx-r14Indicates whether the UE supports SLSS/PSBCH transmission and reception in UE autonomous resource selection mode and eNB scheduled mode in a band for V2X sidelink communication.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList-r14Indicates the supported band combination list on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission and/or reception of V2X sidelink communication.
    V2X-SupportedBandCombination-r14    OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-Parameters-v1530 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
slss-SupportedTxFreq-r15Indicates whether the UE supports the SLSS transmission on single carrier or on multiple carriers in the case of sidelink carrier aggregation.
                ENUMERATED {single, multiple}        OPTIONAL,
    
sl-64QAM-Tx-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
sl-TxDiversity-r15Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.101 [42].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    ue-CategorySL-r15                        UE-CategorySL-r15                    OPTIONAL,
    v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList-v1530    V2X-SupportedBandCombination-v1530    OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-Parameters-v1540 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-64QAM-Rx-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for the reception of V2X sidelink communication.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
sl-RateMatchingTBSScaling-r15Indicates whether the UE supports rate matching and TBS scalling for V2X sidelink communication.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
sl-LowT2min-r15Indicates whether the UE supports 10ms as minimum value of T2 for resource selection procedure of V2X sidelink communication.
                            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL,
    
v2x-SensingReportingMode3-r15Indicates whether the UE supports sensing measurements and reporting of measurement results in eNB scheduled mode for V2X sidelink communication.
            ENUMERATED {supported}                OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-Parameters-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-ParameterNR-r16Includes the SidelinkParametersNR IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the sidelink capability for NR-PC5, where multipleSR-ConfigurationsSidelink,logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerSidelink and relayParameters are not applicable.
            OCTET STRING                                OPTIONAL,
    
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.
                        V2X-SupportedBandCombinationEUTRA-NR-r16    OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-Parameters-v1630 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR-r16Indicates the supported band combination list on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission and/or reception of NR sidelink communication only, or joint V2X sidelink communication and NR sidelink communication. 
    V2X-SupportedBandCombinationEUTRA-NR-v1630    OPTIONAL 
} 
SL-Parameters-v1710 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR-v1710    V2X-SupportedBandCombinationEUTRA-NR-v1710    OPTIONAL 
} 
UE-CategorySL-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
ue-CategorySL-C-TX-r15UE SL category for V2X transmission as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 5 in this version of the specification.
                INTEGER(1..5),
    
ue-CategorySL-C-RX-r15UE SL category for V2X reception as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 4 in this version of the specification.
                INTEGER(1..4)
} 
V2X-SupportedBandCombination-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF V2X-BandCombinationParameters-r14 
V2X-SupportedBandCombination-v1530    ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb-r13)) OF V2X-BandCombinationParameters-v1530 
V2X-BandCombinationParameters-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-BandParameters-r14 
V2X-BandCombinationParameters-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-BandParameters-v1530 
V2X-SupportedBandCombinationEUTRA-NR-r16    ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16)) OF V2X-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-r16 
V2X-SupportedBandCombinationEUTRA-NR-v1630    ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16)) OF V2X-BandCombinationParametersEUTRA-NR-v1630 
V2X-SupportedBandCombinationEUTRA-NR-v1710 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16)) OF V2X-BandCombinationParametersEUTRA-NR-v1710 
V2X-BandCombinationParametersEUTRA-NR-v1630 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    bandListSidelinkEUTRA-NR-r16                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-r16, 
    bandListSidelinkEUTRA-NR-v1630                    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-v1630 
} 
V2X-BandCombinationParametersEUTRA-NR-v1710 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands-r10)) OF V2X-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-v1710 
V2X-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-r16 ::=    CHOICE { 
    eutra                                    SEQUENCE { 
        v2x-BandParameters1-r16                V2X-BandParameters-r14        OPTIONAL,
        v2x-BandParameters2-r16                V2X-BandParameters-v1530        OPTIONAL 
    }, 
    nr                                        SEQUENCE { 
        
v2x-BandParametersNR-r16Includes the NR BandParametersSidelink-r16IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the per-band per-band-combination sidelink capability for NR-PC5.
                    OCTET STRING                OPTIONAL 
    } 
} 
V2X-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-v1630 ::=    CHOICE { 
    eutra                                    NULL,
    nr                                        SEQUENCE { 
        tx-Sidelink-r16                            ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL,
        rx-Sidelink-r16                            ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL 
    } 
} 
V2X-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-v1710 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
v2x-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-v1710Includes the BandParametersSidelinkEUTRA-NR-v1710IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the per-band per-band-combination sidelink capability for NR-PC5.
                OCTET STRING            OPTIONAL 
} 
SupportedBandInfoList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF SupportedBandInfo-r12 
SupportedBandInfo-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    support-r12                                ENUMERATED {supported}    OPTIONAL 
} 
FreqBandIndicatorListEUTRA-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF FreqBandIndicator-r11 
MMTEL-Parameters-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
delayBudgetReporting-r14Indicates whether the UE supports delay budget reporting.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
pusch-Enhancements-r14Indicates whether the UE supports the PUSCH enhancement mode as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
recommendedBitRate-r14Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation message from the eNB to the UE as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13.
                        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
recommendedBitRateQuery-r14Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation query message from the UE to the eNB as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the recommendedBitRate field.
                    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
MMTEL-Parameters-v1610 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    
recommendedBitRateMultiplier-r16Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate multiplier for recommended bit rate MAC CE as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the recommendedBitRate field.
            ENUMERATED {supported}            OPTIONAL 
} 
SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    retuningInfo                SEQUENCE { 
        
rf-RetuningTimeDL-r14Indicates the interruption time on DL reception within a band pair during the RF retuning for switching between the band pairto transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0 OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.
            ENUMERATED {n0, n0dot5, n1, n1dot5, n2, n2dot5, n3, 
                                                    n3dot5, n4, n4dot5, n5, n5dot5, n6, n6dot5, 
                                                    n7, spare1}        OPTIONAL,
        
rf-RetuningTimeUL-r14Indicates the interruption time on UL transmission within a band pair during the RF retuning for switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0 OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.
            ENUMERATED {n0, n0dot5, n1, n1dot5, n2, n2dot5, n3, 
                                                    n3dot5, n4, n4dot5, n5, n5dot5, n6, n6dot5, 
                                                    n7, spare1}        OPTIONAL 
    } 
} 
SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-v14b0 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
srs-FlexibleTiming-r14Indicates whether the UE supports configuration of soundingRS-FlexibleTiming-r14 for the corresponding band pair. For a TDD-TDD band pair, UE shall include at least one of srs-FlexibleTiming and/or srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig when rf-RetuningTimeDL or rf-RetuningTimeUL corresponding to the band pair is larger than 1 OFDM symbol.
                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig-r14Indicates whether the UE supports configuration of harq-ReferenceConfig-r14 for the corresponding band pair.For a TDD-TDD band pair, UE shall include at least one of srs-FlexibleTiming and/or srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig when rf-RetuningTimeDL or rf-RetuningTimeUL corresponding to the band pair is larger than 1 OFDM symbol.
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
SRS-CapabilityPerBandPair-v1610::= SEQUENCE { 
    addSRS-CarrierSwitching-r16                ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
HighSpeedEnhParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
measurementEnhancements-r14This field defines whether UE supports measurement enhancements in high speed scenario (350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
demodulationEnhancements-r14This field defines whether the UE supports advanced receiver in SFN scenario (350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
prach-Enhancements-r14This field defines whether the UE supports random access preambles generated from restricted set type B in high speed scenoario as specified in TS 36.211 [21].
            ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
HighSpeedEnhParameters-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { 
    
measurementEnhancementsSCell-r16This field defines whether UE supports SCell measurement enhancements in high speed scenario (350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
measurementEnhancements2-r16This field defines whether UE supports measurement enhancements in high speed scenario (up to 500 km/h velocity) as specified in TS 36.133 [16].
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
demodulationEnhancements2-r16This field defines whether the UE supports further enhanced receiver in HST-SFN scenario (up to 500 km/h velocity) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].
    ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL,
    
interRAT-enhancementNR-r16Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced inter-RAT NR measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 36.133 [16], when EN-DC is not configured and when EN-DC is configured.
        ENUMERATED {supported}        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




UE-EUTRA-Capability field descriptionsFDD/ TDD diff


accessStratumRelease
Set to rel17in this version of the specification. NOTE 7.		-
additionalRx-Tx-PerformanceReq
Indicates whether the UE supports the additional Rx and Tx performance requirement for a given band combination as specified in TS 36.101 [42].		-
addSRS
Presence of this field indicates the UE supports the additional SRS symbol(s) within the normal UL subframes in TDD as described in TS 36.213 [23]. 		-
addSRS-1T2R
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among two antennas to transmit additional SRS symbol(s) for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].		-
addSRS-1T4R
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among four antennas to transmit additional SRS symbol(s) for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].		-
addSRS-2T4R-2Pairs
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit additional SRS symbol(s) simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].		-
addSRS-2T4R-3Pairs
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit additional SRS symbol(s) simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].		-
addSRS-AntennaSwitching (in addSRS)
Value useBasic indicates the antenna switching capabilities for additional SRS symbol(s) for a band of band combination for which the capability is not signalled in bandParameterList-v1610 is the same as indicated by bandParameterList-v1380 and/or bandParameterList-v1530 for the concerned band of band combination. 		-
addSRS-AntennaSwitching (in bandParameterList-v1610)
If signalled, the field indicates the antenna switching capabilities for additional SRS symbol(s) for the concerned band of band combination.		-
addSRS-CarrierSwitching (in addSRS)
Indicates whether carrier switching is supported for additional SRS symbol(s) for all band pairs of band combinations for which UE supports SRS carrier switching. This field is included only if srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList-r14 is included. If this field is included, addSRS-CarrierSwitching (in bandParameterList-v1610) is not included.		-
addSRS-CarrierSwitching (in bandParameterList-v1610)
Indicates whether carrier switching is supported for additional SRS symbol(s) for the concerned band pair of band combination. This field is included only if srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList-r14 is included.If this field is included, addSRS-CarrierSwitching (in addSRS) is not included.		-
addSRS-FrequencyHopping (in addSRS)
Indicates whether frequency hopping is supported for additional SRS symbol(s) for all bands of band combinations for which the capability is not signalled in bandParameterList-v1610.		-
addSRS-FrequencyHopping (in bandParameterList-v1610)
If signalled, the field indicates whether frequency hopping is supported for additional SRS symbol(s) for the concerned band of band combination.		-
allowedCellList
Indicates whether the UE supports EUTRA allowed-cell listing to limit the set of cells applicable for measurements.		-
alternativeTBS-Indices
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS indices ITBS 26A and 33A as specified in TS 36.213 [23].		-
alternativeTBS-Index
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative TBS index ITBS 33B as specified in TS 36.213 [23].		No
alternativeTimeToTrigger
Indicates whether the UE supports alternativeTimeToTrigger.		No
altFreqPriority
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative cell reselection priority.		No
altMCS-Table
Indicates whether the UE supports the 6-bit MCS table as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
aperiodicCSI-Reporting
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field size as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause7.2.1 and/or aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and mode 1-1 as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause7.2.1. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the aperiodic CSI reporting with 3 bits of the CSI request field size. The second bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the aperiodic CSI reporting mode 1-0 and mode 1-1.		No
aperiodicCsi-ReportingSTTI
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic CSI reporting for short TTI as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.1.		Yes
appliedCapabilityFilterCommon
Contains the filter, applied by the UE, common for all MR-DC related capability containers that are requested and as defined by UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon IE in TS 38.331 [82].		-
assistInfoBitForLC
Indicates whether the UE supports assistance information bit for local cache.		-
aul
Indicates whether the UE supports AUL as specified n TS 36.321 [6].		-
bandCombinationListEUTRA
One entry corresponding to each supported band combination listed in the same order as in supportedBandCombination.		-
BandCombinationParameters-v1090, BandCombinationParameters-v10i0, BandCombinationParameters-v1270
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in BandCombinationParameters-r10.		-
BandCombinationParameters-v1130
The field is applicable to each supported CA bandwidth class combination (i.e. CA configuration in TS 36.101 [42], clause 5.6A.1) indicated in the corresponding band combination. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in BandCombinationParameters-r10.		-
bandEUTRA
EUTRA band as defined in TS 36.101 [42]andTS 36.102 [113] for NTN capable UE. In case the UE includes bandEUTRA-v9e0 or bandEUTRA-v1090, the UE shall set the corresponding entry of bandEUTRA (i.e. without suffix) or bandEUTRA-r10 respectively to maxFBI.		-
bandInfoNR-v1610
One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA. If absent, network assumes gap is required when measurement is performed on any NR bands while UE is served by cell(s) belongs to a E-UTRA band listed in supportedBandListEUTRA except for the FR2 inter-RAT measurement which depends on the support of independentGapConfig.		-
bandListEUTRA
One entry corresponding to each supported EUTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.		-
bandParameterList-v1380
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries listed in the same order as the band entries in the corresponding band combination.		-
bandParametersUL, bandParametersDL
Indicates the supported parameters for the band.Each of CA-MIMO-ParametersUL and CA-MIMO-ParametersDL can be included only once for one band in a single band combination entry.		-
beamformed (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities concerning beamformed EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class B) applicable for the concerned band combination.		-
beamformed (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities concerning beamformed EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class B) applicable for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled.		Yes
benefitsFromInterruption
Indicates whether the UE power consumption would benefit from being allowed to cause interruptions to serving cells when performing measurements of deactivated SCell carriers for measCycleSCell of less than 640ms, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		No
bwPrefInd
Indicates whether the UE supports maximum PDSCH/PUSCH bandwidth preference indication.		-
ca-BandwidthClass
The CA bandwidth class supported by the UE as defined in TS 36.101 [42], Table 5.6A-1.
The UE explicitly includes all the supported CA bandwidth class combinations in the band combination signalling. Support for one CA bandwidth class does not implicitly indicate support for another CA bandwidth class.		-
ca-IdleModeMeasurements
Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed during RRC_IDLE.		-
ca-IdleModeValidityArea
Indicates whether UE supports validity area for IDLE measurements during RRC_IDLE.		-
cch-IM-RefRecTypeA-OneRX-Port
This field defines whether the DL Category 1bis or the DL Category M2 UE supports Type A downlink control channel interference mitigation (CCH-IM) receiver "LMMSE-IRC + CRS-IC" for PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH/EPDCCH receive processing (Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements Type A in TS 36.101 [6]).		No
cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA, cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB, cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs
The field cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA defines whether the UE supports Type A downlink control channel interference mitigation (CCH-IM) receiver "LMMSE-IRC + CRS-IC" for PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH/EPDCCH receive processing (Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements Type A in the TS 36.101 [6]). The field cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB defines whether the UE supports Type B downlink CCH-IM receiver "E-LMMSE-IRC + CRS-IC" for PDCCH/PCFICH/PHICH receive processing in synchronous networks (Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements Type B in the TS 36.101 [6]). The UE supporting the capability defined by cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB-r13 shall also support the capability defined by cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA-r13.

If the UE sets one or more of the fields cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA and cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB to "supported", the UE shall include the parameter cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs to indicate that the UE supports CCH-IM on at least one arbitrary downlink CC for up to cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs downlink CC CA configuration. The UE shall not include the parameter cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs if neither cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeA nor cch-InterfMitigation-RefRecTypeB is present. The UE may not perform CCH-IM on more than 1 DL CCs. For example, the UE sets "cch-InterfMitigation-MaxNumCCs = 3"to indicate that UE supports CCH-IM on at least one DL CC for supported non-CA, 2DL CA and 3DL CA configurations. For CA scenarios, the CCH-IM is guaranteed to be supported on at least one arbitrary component carrier.		-
cdma2000-NW-Sharing
Indicates whether the UE supports network sharing for CDMA2000.		-
ce-ClosedLoopTxAntennaSelection
Indicates whether the UE supports UL closed-loop Tx antenna selection in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22].		Yes
ce-CQI-AlternativeTable
Indicates whether the UE supports alternative CQI tablein CE mode A. See TS 36.213 [22].		Yes
ce-CRS-IntfMitig
Indicates whether UE supports CRS interference mitigation, i.e., value supported indicates UE does not rely on the CRS outside certain PRBs and subframes as defined in TS 36.133 [16], clauses 3.6.1.2 and 3.6.1.3, and TS 36.213 [23] when operating in coverage enhancement mode.		Yes
ce-CSI-RS-Feedback
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based feedback when the UE is operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-CSI-RS-FeedbackCodebookRestriction
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based feedback with codebook subset restriction when the UE in CE is operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-DL-ChannelQualityReporting
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode supports aperiodic DL channel quality reporting in RRC_CONNECTED.		Yes
ce-EUTRA-5GC
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports E-UTRA/5GC.		Yes
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR1.		Yes
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR1.		Yes
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR2.		Yes
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].		Yes
ce-EUTRA-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-2
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A or B supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].		-
ce-HARQ-AckBundling
Indicates whether the UE supports HARQ-ACK bundling in half duplex FDD in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].		-
ce-InactiveState
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode supports RRC_INACTIVE when connected to 5GC. A UE including this field also supports short eDRX cycles in RRC_INACTIVE when connected to 5GC.		No
ce-MeasRSS-Dedicated, ce-MeasRSS-DedicatedSameRBs
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A/B supports receiving neighbour cell RSS information in dedicated signalling and performing serving cell and neighbour cell measurements based on RSS in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.306 [5] and TS 36.133 [16].		Yes
ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode A and/or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		-
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-CE-ModeA, crs-ChEstMPDCCH-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A/B supports using CRS for improving MPDCCH channel estimation.		Yes
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-CSI
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A supports CSI-based mapping for improving MPDCCH channel estimation.		Yes
crs-ChEstMPDCCH-ReciprocityTDD
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A supports using CRS for improving MPDCCH channel estimation with reciprocity-based candidates in TDD.		No
ceMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency RSRQ measurements and inter-frequency RSRP and RSRQ measurements in RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16] and TS 36.304 [4].		-
ce-MultiTB-64QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports downlink 64QAM for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode for PDSCH when operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation is included.		Yes
ce-MultiTB-EarlyTermination
Indicates whether the UE supports early termination of PUSCH transmission for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-MultiTB-FrequencyHopping
Indicates whether the UE supports frequency hopping for multiple TB scheduling for PDSCH/PUSCH in connected mode, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-MultiTB-HARQ-AckBundling
Indicates whether the UE supports downlink HARQ-ACK bundling for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode when operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-MultiTB-Interleaving
Indicates whether the UE supports TB interleaving for multiple TB scheduling in connected mode for PDSCH/PUSCH when operating in CE mode A or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-MultiTB-SubPRB
Indicates whether the UE supports sub-PRB allocation for multiple TB scheduling for PUSCH in connected mode, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation is included.		Yes
ce-PDSCH-14HARQProcesses, ce-PDSCH-14HARQProcesses-Alt2
Indicates whether the UE supports 14-HARQ processes, as specified in TS 36.212 [22].		-
ce-PDSCH-64QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for non-repeated unicast PDSCH in CE mode A.		Yes
ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA, ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB,
ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeA, ce-PUSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-CE-ModeB
This field indicates whether UE supports flexible starting PRB for PDSCH/PUSCH when operating in coverage enhancement mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [22].		Yes
ce-PDSCH-MaxTBS
Indicates whether the UE supports downlink TBS of 1736 bits, as specified in TS 36.212 [22].		-
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-Enhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports new numbers of repetitions for PUSCH and modulation restrictions for PDSCH/PUSCH in CE mode A as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].		No
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth
Indicates the maximum supported PDSCH/PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz and value bw20 corresponds to 20 MHz.If the field is absent the maximum PDSCH/PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A and B is 1.4 MHz. If the setting of this parameter is 20 MHz, the max supported PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode A is 5 MHz. The maximum PUSCH channel bandwidth in CE mode B is 1.4 MHz regardless of the setting of this parameter. Parameter: transmission bandwidth configuration, see TS 36.101 [42], table 5.6-1.		Yes
ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses
Indicates whether the UE supports 10 DL HARQ processes in FDD in CE mode A.		Yes
ce-PUCCH-Enhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports repetition levels 64 and 128 for PUCCH in CE Mode B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and in TS 36.213 [23].		No
ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS
Indicates whether the UE supports 2984 bits max UL TBS in 1.4 MHz in CE mode A operation, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-PUSCH-SubPRB-Allocation
Indicates whether the UE supports sub-PRB resource allocation for PUSCH in CE mode A or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
ce-RetuningSymbols
Indicates the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B as specified in TS 36.211 [21]. Value n0 corresponds to 0 retuning symbols and value n1 corresponds to 1 retuning symbol. If the field is absent the number of retuning symbols in CE mode A and B is 2.		No
ce-SchedulingEnhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports dynamic HARQ-ACK delay for HD-FDD in CE mode A as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].		No
ce-SRS-Enhancement
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS combs 2 and 4as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4 is not included.		Yes
ce-SRS-EnhancementWithoutComb4
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS coverage enhancement in TDD with support of SRS comb 2 but without support of SRS comb 4 as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if ce-SRS-Enhancement is not included.		-
ce-SwitchWithoutHO
Indicates whether the UE supports switching between normal mode and enhanced coverage mode without handover.		-
ce-UL-HARQ-ACK-Feedback
This field indicates whether UE supports uplink HARQ ACK feedback when operating in coverage enhancement, as specified in TS36.213 [22].		Yes
channelMeasRestriction
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports channel measurement restriction.		Yes
cho
Indicates whether the UE supports conditional handover including execution condition, candidate cell configuration and maximum 8 candidate cells.		Yes
cho-Failure
Indicates whether the UE supports conditional handover during re-establishment procedure when the selected cell is configured as candidate cell for condition handover.		Yes
cho-FDD-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports conditional handover between FDD and TDD cells.		No
cho-TwoTriggerEvents
Indicates whether the UE supports 2 trigger events for same execution condition. It is mandatory supported if the UE suppors cho.		Yes
codebook-HARQ-ACK
Indicates whether the UE supports determining HARQ ACK codebook size based on the DAI-ased solution and/or the number of configured CCs. The first bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the DAI-based codebook size determination. The second bit is set to "1" if the UE supports the codebook determination based on the number of configured CCs.		No
commMultipleTx
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple transmissions of sidelink communication to different destinations in one SC period. If commMultipleTx-r13 is set to supported then the UE support 8 transmitting sidelink processes.		-
commSimultaneousTx
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink communication (on different carriers) in all bands for which the UE indicated sidelink support in a band combination (using commSupportedBandsPerBC).		-
commSupportedBands
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink communication, by an independent list of bands i.e. separate from the list of supported E-UTRA band, as indicated in supportedBandListEUTRA.		-
commSupportedBandsPerBC
Indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous reception of EUTRA and sidelink communication. If the UE indicates support simultaneous transmission (using commSimultaneousTx), it also indicates, for a particular band combination, the bands on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission of EUTRA and sidelink communication. The first bit refers to the first band included in commSupportedBands, with value 1 indicating sidelink is supported.		-
configN (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO (class A) related configuration N for the concerned band combination.		-
configN (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO (class A) related configuration N for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled.		Yes
continueEHC-Context
Indicates that the UE supports EHC context continuation operation where the UE keeps the established EHC context(s) upon PDCP re-establishment, as specified in TS 36.323 [8].		No
crossCarrierScheduling
Yes
crossCarrierScheduling-B5C
Indicates whether the UE supports cross carrier scheduling beyond 5 DL CCs.		No
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-DL
Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA cell(s) for downlink. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.		-
crossCarrierSchedulingLAA-UL
Indicates whether the UE supports cross-carrier scheduling from a licensed carrier for LAA cell(s) for uplink. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.		-
crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS based discovery signals measurement, and PDSCH/EPDCCH RE mappingwith zero power CSI-RS configured for discovery signals.		Yes
crs-IM-TM1-toTM9-OneRX-Port
Indicates whether the DL Cateogry 1bis UE ot the DL Category M2 UE supports CRS interference mitigation (IM) while operating in the following transmission modes (TM): TM 1, TM 2, …, TM 8 and TM 9. 		No
crs-InterfHandl
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference handling.		Yes
crs-InterfMitigationTM10
The field defines whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation in transmission mode 10. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM10 capability shall also support the crs-InterfHandl capability.		No
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9
Indicates whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation (IM) while operating in the following transmission modes (TM): TM 1, TM 2, …, TM 8 and TM 9. The UE shall not include the field if it does not support CRS IM in TMs 1-9. If the field is present, the UE supports CRS-IM on at least one arbitrary downlink CC for up to crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink CC CA configuration. The UE signals crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 value to indicate the maximum crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 downlink CC CA configuration where UE may apply CRS IM. For example, the UE sets "crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 = 3" to indicate that the UE supports CRS-IM on at least one DL CC for supported non-CA, 2DL CA and 3DL CA configurations. The UE supporting the crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 capability shall also support the crs-InterfHandl-r11 capability.		-
crs-IntfMitig
Indicate whether the UE supports CRS interference mitigation as specified in TS 36.133 [16], clause 3.6.1.1.		Yes
crs-LessDwPTS
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe configuration 10 without CRS transmission on the 5th symbol of DwPTS, i.e. ssp10-CRS-LessDwPTS, as specified in TS 36.211 [17].		-
csi-ReportingAdvanced, csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates that for a particular transmission mode, the maximum number of CSI-RS ports supported by the UE for advanced CSI reporting is different in the concerned band of band combination than the value indicated by the field csi-ReportingAdvanced or csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM. The UE shall not include both csi-ReportingAdvanced and csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts for a particular transmission mode in the concerned band of band combination.		-
csi-ReportingAdvanced (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of CSI-RS ports supported by the UE for advanced CSI reporting. The field csi-ReportingAdvanced indicates 32 CSI-RS ports. TheUE shall not include both csi-ReportingAdvanced and csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts for a particular transmission mode. 		Yes
csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of CSI-RS ports supported by the UE for advanced CSI reporting. The field csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts indicates 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 or 28 CSI-RS ports. The UE shall not include both csi-ReportingAdvanced and csi-ReportingAdvancedMaxPorts for a particular transmission mode.		-
csi-ReportingNP (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, value different indicates that for a particular transmission mode, the CSI reporting on non-precoded CSI-RS with 20, 24, 28 or 32 antenna ports for the concerned band of band combination is different than the value indicated by field csi-ReportingNP in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.		-
csi-ReportingNP (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports CSI reporting on non-precoded CSI-RS with 20, 24, 28, or 32 antenna ports for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM, and the FD-MIMO processing capability condition as described in NOTE 8 is satisfied.		Yes
csi-RS-DiscoverySignalsMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS based discovery signals measurement. If this field is included, the UE shall also include crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.		Yes
csi-RS-DRS-RRM-MeasurementsLAA
Indicates whether the UE supports performing RRM measurements on LAA cell(s) based on CSI-RS-based DRS. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.		-
csi-RS-EnhancementsTDD
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports CSI-RS enhancements applicable for TDD.		Yes
csi-SubframeSet
Indicates whether the UE supports REL-12 DL CSI subframe set configuration, REL-12 DL CSI subframe set dependent CSI measurement/feedback, configuration of up to 2 CSI-IM resources for a CSI process with no more than 4 CSI-IM resources for all CSI processes of one frequency if the UE supports tm10, configuration of two ZP-CSI-RS for tm1 to tm9, PDSCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations, and EPDCCH RE mapping with two ZP-CSI-RS configurations if the UE supports EPDCCH. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD. 		Yes
csi-SubframeSet2ForDormantSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports second CSI subframe set for periodic CSI reporting for dormant serving cells. A UE that indicates support of this field shall also indicate support for dormantSCellState-r15. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.		-
dataInactMon
Indicates whether the UE supports the data inactivity monitoring as specified in TS 36.321 [6].		-
dc-Support
Including this field indicates that the UE supports synchronous DC and power control mode 1. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of single band entry indicates that the UE supports intra-band contiguous DC. Including this field for a band combination entry comprising of two or more band entries, indicates that the UE supports DC for these bands and that the serving cells corresponding to a band entry shall belong to one cell group (i.e. MCG or SCG). Including field asynchronous indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC and power control mode 2. Including this field for a TDD/FDD band combination indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD DC for this band combination.		-
delayBudgetReporting
Indicates whether the UE supports delay budget reporting.		No
demodulationEnhancements
This field defines whether the UE supports advanced receiver in SFN scenario (350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].		-
demodulationEnhancements2
This field defines whether the UE supports further enhanced receiver in HST-SFN scenario (up to 500 km/h velocity) as specified in TS 36.101 [42].		-
densityReductionNP, densityReductionBF
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI-RS density reduction with values 1, 1/2 and 1/3 for non-precoded CSI-RS and beamformed CSI-RS respectively.		Yes
deviceType
UE may set the value to "noBenFromBatConsumpOpt" when it does not foresee to particularly benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation. Absence of this value means that the device does benefit from NW-based battery consumption optimisation.		-
diffFallbackCombReport
Indicates that the UE supports reporting of UE radio access capabilities for the CA band combinations asked by the eNB as well as, if any, reporting of different UE radio access capabilities for their fallback band combination as specified in TS 36.306 [5]. The UE does not report fallback combinations if their UE radio access capabilities are the same as the ones for the CA band combination asked by the eNB.		-
differentFallbackSupported
Indicates that the UE supports different capabilities for at least one fallback case of this band combination.		-
directMCG-SCellActivationResume
Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA MCG SCell configured in activated SCell state.		-
directSCellActivation
Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA SCell configured in activated SCell statein the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. This field is applicable to both LTE standalone and LTE-DC.		-
directSCellHibernation
Indicates whether the UE supports having an SCell configured in dormant SCell state.		-
directSCG-SCellActivationNEDC
Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA SCG SCell configured in activated SCell state in the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message contained in the NR RRCReconfiguration message, as defined in TS 36.321 [6] and TS 38.331 [82].
If the UE indicates support of directSCG-SCellActivationNEDC-r16, the UE shall also indicate support of ne-dc as specified in TS 38.331 [82].		-
directSCG-SCellActivationResume
Indicates whether the UE supports having an E-UTRA SCG SCell configured in activated SCell state.		-
discInterFreqTx
Indicates whether the UE support sidelink discovery announcements either a) on the primary frequency only or b) on other frequencies also, regardless of the UE configuration (e.g. CA, DC). The UE may set discInterFreqTx to supported when having a separate transmitter or if it can request sidelink discovery transmission gaps.		-
discoverySignalsInDeactSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports the behaviour on DL signals and physical channels when SCell is deactivated and discovery signals measurement is configured as specified in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.11A. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation and includes crs-DiscoverySignalsMeas.		Yes
discPeriodicSLSS
Indicates whether the UE supports periodic (i.e. not just one time before sidelink discovery announcement) Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink discovery.		-
discScheduledResourceAlloc
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on network scheduled resource allocation.		-
disc-UE-SelectedResourceAlloc
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission of discovery announcements based on UE autonomous resource selection.		-
disc-SLSS
Indicates whether the UE supports Sidelink Synchronization Signal (SLSS) transmission and reception for sidelink discovery.		-
discSupportedBands
Indicates the bands on which the UE supports sidelink discovery. One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band, listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.		-
discSupportedProc
Indicates the number of processes supported by the UE for sidelink discovery.		-
discSysInfoReporting
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of system information for inter-frequency/PLMN sidelink discovery.		-
dl-256QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in DL on the band.		-
dl-1024QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band or on the band within the band combination. When dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor and dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers are included, the UE supports 1024QAM in a set of CCs in a band combination if the CCs belong to bands indicated to support 1024QAM in that band combination and the 1024QAM processing capability condition as specified in equation 4.3.5.31-1 in TS 36.306 [5] is satisfied.		-
dl-1024QAM-ScalingFactor
Indicates scaling factor for processing a CC configured with 1024QAM with respect to a CC not configured with 1024QAM as described in 4.3.5.31 in TS 36.306 [5]. Value v1 indicates 1, value v1dot2 indicates 1.2 and value v1dot25 indicates 1.25.		-
dl-1024QAM-TotalWeightedLayers
Indicates total number of weighted layers the UE can process for 1024QAM as described in 4.3.5.31 in TS 36.306 [5]. Actual value = (10 + indicated value x 2), i.e., value 0 indicates 10 layers, value 1 indicates 12 layers and so on.		-
dl-1024QAM-Slot
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for slot TTI operation.		-
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-1
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with TA set 1.		-
dl-1024QAM-SubslotTA-2
Indicates whether the UE supports 1024QAM in DL on the band for subslot TTI operation with TA set 2, dmrsBasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN		-
dl-DedicatedMessageSegmentation
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of segmented DL RRC messages.		-
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-MBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for MBSFN subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.		Yes
dmrs-BasedSPDCCH-nonMBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports sDCI monitoring in DMRS based SPDCCH for non-MBSFN subframe. If UE supports this, it also provides the corresponding DMRS based SPDCCH capability in min-Proc-TimelineSubslot.		Yes
dmrs-Enhancements (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, that for the concerned band combination the DMRS enhancements are different than the value indicated by field dmrs-Enhancements in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.		-
dmrs-Enhancements (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode whether the UE supports DMRS enhancements for the indicated transmission mode.		Yes
dmrs-LessUpPTS
Indicates whether the UE supports not to transmit DMRS for PUSCH in UpPTS.		No
dmrs-OverheadReduction
Indicates whether the UE supports OCC4 for rank 3 and 4 transmission as specified in clause 5.3.3.1.5C of TS 36.212 [22].		Yes
dmrs-PositionPattern
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink DMRS position pattern 'D D D' in subslot #5 with application of the 1/6 as the TBS scaling factor.		Yes
dmrs-RepetitionSubslotPDSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports back-to-back 3/4-layer DMRS reception in two consecutive subslots across subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.		Yes
dmrs-SharingSubslotPDSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports DMRS sharing in two consecutive subslots across subframe boundary for subslot-PDSCH.		Yes
dormantSCellState
Indicates whether UE supports Dormant SCell state (i.e. SCell state with CQI and RRM measurement reporting but no PDCCH monitoring).		-
downlinkLAA
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports downlink LAA operation including identification of downlink transmissions on LAA cell(s) for full downlink subframes, decoding of common downlink control signalling on LAA cell(s), CSI feedback for LAA cell(s), RRM measurements on LAA cell(s) based on CRS-based DRS.		-
drb-TypeSCG
Indicates whether the UE supports SCG bearer.		-
drb-TypeSplit
Indicates whether the UE supports split bearer except for PDCP data transfer in UL. 		-
dtm
Indicates whether the UE supports DTM in GERAN.		-
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. It shall not be sent by the UE.		-
earlyData-UP
Indicates whether the UE supports UP-EDT when connected to EPC.		-
earlyData-UP-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports UP-EDT when connected to 5GC.		-
earlySecurityReactivation
Indicates whether the UE supports early security reactivation when resuming a suspended RRC connection.		-
e-CSFB-1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT or not.		Yes
e-CSFB-ConcPS-Mob1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports concurrent enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT and PS handover/ redirection to CDMA2000 HRPD.		Yes
e-CSFB-dual-1XRTT
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced CS fallback to CDMA2000 1xRTT for dual Rx/Tx configuration. This bit can only be set to supported if tx-Config1XRTT and rx-Config1XRTT are both set to dual.		Yes
e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced HARQ pattern for TTI bundling operation for FDD.		Yes
ehc
Indicates that the UE supports Ethernet header compression and decompression using EHC protocol, as specified in TS 36.323 [8] and in Annex A of TS 38.323 [83]. The UE indicating this capability and indicating support for at least one ROHC profile, shall support simultaneous configuration of EHC and ROHC on different DRBs.		No
eLCID-Support
Indicates whether the UE supports LCID "10000" and MAC PDU subheader containing the eLCID field as described in TS 36.321 [6].		-
emptyUnicastRegion
Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception in subframes with empty unicast control region as described in TS 36.213 [23] clause 12. This field can be included only if unicast-fembmsMixedSCell and crossCarrierScheduling are included.		No
en-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports EN-DC.		-
endingDwPTS
Indicates whether the UE supports reception ending with a subframe occupied for a DwPTS-duration as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.		-
Enhanced-4TxCodebook
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced 4Tx codebook.		No
enhancedDualLayerTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced dual layer (PDSCH transmission mode 8) for TDD or not.		-
ePDCCH
Indicates whether the UE can receive DCI on UE specific search space on Enhanced PDCCH.		Yes
epdcch-SPT-differentCells
Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and short processing time on different serving cells.		Yes
epdcch-STTI-differentCells
Indicates whether the UE supports EPDCCH and sTTI on different serving cells.		Yes
e-RedirectionUTRA
Yes
e-RedirectionUTRA-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced redirection to UTRA TDD to multiple carrier frequencies both with and without using related SIB provided by RRCConnectionRelease or not.		Yes
etws-CMAS-RxInConnCE-ModeA, etws-CMAS-RxInConn
Indicates whether the UE operating in CE mode A/B supports reception of ETWS/CMAS indication in RRC_CONNECTED mode as specified in TS 36.212 [22].		-
eutra-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports E-UTRA/5GC. 		Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR1. 		Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR1. 		Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR FDD FR2. 		Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].		Yes
eutra-5GC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR TDD FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx]. 		-
eutra-CGI-Reporting-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports Intra-RAT report CGI procedure when it is configured with (NG) EN-DC wherein either MN and SN have different DRX cycles, or on-duration configured by MN does not contain on-duration configured by SN if their DRX cycles are same.		Yes
eutra-CGI-Reporting-NEDC
Indicates whether the UE supports acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring E-UTRA cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell and reporting the acquired information to the network when the NE-DC is configured.		Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR FDD FR1. 		Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR1. 		Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-FDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR FDD FR2. 		Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].		Yes
eutra-EPC-HO-ToNR-TDD-FR2-2
Indicates whether the UE supports handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR TDD FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx]. 		-
eutra-EPC-HO-EUTRA-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports handover between E-UTRA/EPC and E-UTRA/5GC. 		Yes
eutra-IdleInactiveMeasurements
Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed during RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.		No
eutra-SI-AcquisitionForHO-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring E-UTRA cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network.		Yes
eventB2
Indicates whether the UE supports event B2. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this bit to supported.		-
extendedBand-n77
This field is only applicable for UEs that indicate support for band n77. If present, the UE supports the restriction to 3450 - 3550 MHz and 3700 - 3980 MHz ranges of band n77 in the USA as specified in Note 12 of Table 5.2-1 in TS 38.101-1 [85]. If absent, the UE supports only restriction to the 3700 - 3980 MHz range of band n77 in the USA. A UE that indicates this field shall support NS value 55 as specified in TS 38.101-1 [85].		-
extendedBand-n77-2
This field is only applicable for UEs that indicate support for band n77. If present, the UE supports the restriction to 3450 - 3650 MHz and 3650 - 3980 ranges of band n77 in Canada as specified in Note 12 of Table 5.2-1 in TS 38.101-1 [85]. If absent, the UE supports only restriction to the 3450 - 3650 MHz range of band n77 in Canada. A UE that indicates this field shall also support NS value 57 as specified in TS 38.101-1 [85].		-
extendedFreqPriorities
Indicates whether the UE supports extended E-UTRA frequency priorities indicated by cellReselectionSubPriority field. A UE supporting NR SA operation shall set this bit to supported.		-
extendedLCID-Duplication
Indicates whether the UE supports use of extended LCIDs 32-38 for PDCP duplication.		-
extendedLongDRX
Indicates whether the UE supports extended long DRX cycle values of 5.12s and 10.24s in RRC_CONNECTED.		-
extendedMAC-LengthField
Indicates whether the UE supports the MAC header with L field of size 16 bits as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.2.1.		-
extendedMaxMeasId
Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement identies as defined by maxMeasId-r12.		No
extendedMaxObjectId
Indicates whether the UE supports extended number of measurement object identies as defined by maxObjectId-r13.		No
extendedNumberOfDRBs
Indicates whether the UE supports up to 15 DRBs. The UE shall support any combination of RLC AM and RLC UM entities for the configured DRBs.		-
extendedPollByte
Indicates whether the UE supports extended pollByte values as defined by pollByte-r14.		-
extended-RLC-LI-Field
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit RLC length indicator.		-
extendedRLC-SN-SO-Field
Indicates whether the UE supports 16 bits of RLC sequence number and segmentation offset.		-
extendedRSRQ-LowerRange
Indicates whether the UE supports the extended RSRQ lower value range from -34dB to -19.5dB in measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		No
fdd-HARQ-TimingTDD
Indicates whether UE supports FDD HARQ timing for TDD SCell when configured with TDD PCell.		Yes
featureGroupIndicators, featureGroupIndRel9Add, featureGroupIndRel10
The definitions of the bits in the bit string are described in Annex B.1 (for featureGroupIndicators and featureGroupIndRel9Add) and in Annex C.1 (for featureGroupIndRel10).		Yes
featureSetsDL-PerCC
In MR-DC, indicates a set of features that the UE supports on one component carrier in a bandwidth class for a band in a given band combination. The UE shall hence include atleast as many FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id in this list as the number of carriers it supports according to the ca-bandwidthClassDL, except if indicating additional functionality by reducing the number of FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC-Id in the feature set. The order of the elements in this list is not relevant, i.e., the network may configure any of the carriers in accordance with any of the FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id in this list.		-
FeatureSetDL-PerCC-Id
In MR-DC, indicates the index position of theFeatureSetDL-PerCC-r15 in the featureSetsDL-PerCC-r15 list. Value 0 corresponds to the first element in the list, value 1 corresponds to the second element in the list, and so on. Value 32 is not used.		-
featureSetsUL-PerCC
In MR-DC, indicates a set of features that the UE supports on one component carrier in a bandwidth class for a band in a given band combination. The UE shall hence include atleast as many FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id in this list as the number of carriers it supports according to the ca-bandwidthClassUL, except if indicating additional functionality by reducing the number of FeatureSetDownlinkPerCC-Id in the feature set. The order of the elements in this list is not relevant, i.e., the network may configure any of the carriers in accordance with any of the FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id in this list.		-
FeatureSetUL-PerCC-Id
In MR-DC, indicates the index position of theFeatureSetUL-PerCC-r15 in the featureSetsUL-PerCC-r15 list. Value 0 corresponds to the first element in the list, value 1 corresponds to the second element in the list, and so on. Value 32 is not used.		-
fembmsMixedCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cells on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message.
fembmsDedicatedCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception with 15 kHz subcarrier spacings via MBSFN from MBMS-dedicated cells on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message.
flexibleUM-AM-Combinations
Indicates whether the UE supports any combination of RLC UM and RLC AM bearers as long as the total number of bearers is at most 8, regardless of what FGI20 indicates.		-
flightPathPlan
Indicates whether UE supports reporting of flight path plan information.		-
fourLayerTM3-TM4
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4.		-
fourLayerTM3-TM4 (in FeatureSetDL-PerCC)
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4 for MR-DC within the indicated feature set. If this field is absent, UE supports two layer MIMO for TM3/TM4.		-
fourLayerTM3-TM4-perCC
Indicates whether the UE supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing for TM3 and TM4 for the component carrier.		-
frameStructureType-SPT
This field indicates the supported FS-type(s) for short processing time. The UE capability is reported per band combination. The reported FS-type(s) apply to the reported maxNumberCCs-SPT-r15 for the given band combination.		-
freqBandPriorityAdjustment
Indicates whether the UE supports the prioritization of frequency bands in multiBandInfoList over the band in freqBandIndicator as defined by freqBandIndicatorPriority-r12.		-
freqBandRetrieval
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestedFrequencyBands.		-
gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-EN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT gNB ID length reporting towards NR cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC. If the UE supports reportCGI-NR-EN-DC-r15, the UE shall support the gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-EN-DC-r17.		-
gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-NoEN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT gNB ID length reporting towards cell when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC. If the UE supports reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC-r15, the UE shall support gNB-ID-Length-Reporting-NR-NoEN-DC-r17.		-
halfDuplex
If halfDuplex is set to true, only half duplex operation is supported for the band, otherwise full duplex operation is supported.		-
heightMeas
Indicates whether UE supports the measurement events H1/H2.		-
ho-EUTRA-5GC-FDD-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports handover between E-UTRA/5GC FDD and E-UTRA/5GC TDD. 		No
ho-InterfreqEUTRA-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports inter frequency handover within E-UTRA/5GC. 		Yes
hybridCSI
Indicates whether the UE supports hybrid CSI transmission as described in TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
idleInactiveValidityAreaList
Indicates whether the UE supports list of validity areas for measurements during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.		No
immMeasBT
Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC connected mode.		-
immMeasUnComBarPre
Indicates whether the UE supports uncompensated barometric pressure measurements in RRC connected mode.		-
immMeasWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC connected mode.		-
ims-VoiceOverMCG-BearerEUTRA-5GC
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP for MCG bearer for E-UTRA/5GC.		No
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR1.		No
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR2-1 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].		No
ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-2
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR FR2-2 as specified in TS 38.101-x [xx].		-
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-MCG-Bearer
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only MCG RLC bearer.		Yes
ims-VoiceOverNR-PDCP-SCG-Bearer
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only SCG RLC bearerwhen configured with EN-DC.		Yes
ims-VoNR-PDCP-SCG-NGENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports IMS voice over NR PDCP with only SCG RLC bearer when configured with NGEN-DC.		Yes
inactiveState
Indicates whether the UE supports RRC_INACTIVE.		No
incMonEUTRA
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of E-UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		No
incMonUTRA
Indicates whether the UE supports increased number of UTRA carrier monitoring in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		No
inDeviceCoexInd
Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication as well as autonomous denial functionality.		Yes
inDeviceCoexInd-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports in-device coexistence indication for (NG)EN-DC operation. This field can be included only if inDeviceCoexInd is included. The UE supports inDeviceCoexInd-ENDC in the same duplexing modes as it supports inDeviceCoexInd.		-
inDeviceCoexInd-HardwareSharingInd
Indicates whether the UE supports indicating hardware sharing problems when sending the InDeviceCoexIndication, as well as omitting the TDM assistance information. A UE that supports hardware sharing indication shall also indicate support of LAA operation.		-
inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA
Indicates whether the UE supports UL CA related in-device coexistence indication. This field can be included only if inDeviceCoexInd is included. The UE supports inDeviceCoexInd-UL-CA in the same duplexing modes as it supports inDeviceCoexInd.		-
interBandTDD-CA-WithDifferentConfig
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation with different UL/DL configuration combinations. The first bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration and the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are a superset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration; the second bit indicates UE supports the configuration combination of SCell DL subframes are neither superset nor subset of PCell and PSCell by SIB1 configuration. This field is included only if UE supports inter-band TDD carrier aggregation.		-
interBandPowerSharingAsyncDAPS
Indicates whether the UE supports power sharing for asynchronous inter-band DAPS handovers.		-
interBandPowerSharingSyncDAPS
Indicates whether the UE supports power sharing for synchronous inter-band DAPS handovers.		-
interferenceMeasRestriction
Indicates whether the UE supports interference measurement restriction.		Yes
interFreqAsyncDAPS
Indicates whether the UE supports asynchronous DAPS handover in source PCell and inter-frequency target PCell. 		-
interFreqBandList
One entry corresponding to each supported EUTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.		-
interFreqDAPS
Indicates whether the UE supports DAPS handover in source PCell and inter-frequency target PCell, i.e. support of simultaneous DL reception of PDCCH and PDSCH from source and target cell.For a BC, the capability applies to every carrier pair for source and target. A UE indicating this capability shall also support synchronous DAPS handover, and single UL transmission for inter-frequency DAPS handover.		-
interFreqMultiUL-TransmissionDAPS
Indicates that the UE supports simultaneous UL transmission in source PCell and inter-frequency target PCell.		-
interFreqNeedForGaps
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the EUTRA band given by the entry in interFreqBandList.		-
interFreqProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for inter-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.		-
interFreqRSTD-Measurement
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-frequency RSTD measurements for OTDOA positioning, as specified in TS 36.355 [54].		Yes
interFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring inter-frequency cell.		Yes
interRAT-BandList
One entry corresponding to each supported band of another RAT listed in the same order as in the interRAT-Parameters. The NR bands reported in SupportedBandListNR are excluded from this list.		-
interRAT-BandListNR-EN-DC
One entry corresponding to each supported NR band listed in the same order as in the supportedBandListEN-DC-r15. If both interRAT-BandListNR-EN-DC and interRAT-BandListNR-SA are included, the UE shall set the same interRAT-NeedForGapsNR value for the same NR band.		-
interRAT-BandListNR-SA
One entry corresponding to each supported NR band listed in the same order as in the supportedBandListNR-SA. If both interRAT-BandListNR-EN-DC and interRAT-BandListNR-SA are included, the UE shall set the same interRAT-NeedForGapsNR value for the same NR band.		-
interRAT-enhancementNR
Indicates whether the UE supports enhanced inter-RAT NR measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 36.133 [16], when EN-DC is not configured and when EN-DC is configured.		-
interRAT-NeedForGaps
Indicates need for DL measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in bandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in bandCombinationListEUTRA and measuring on the inter-RAT band given by the entry in the interRAT-BandList.		-
interRAT-NeedForGapsNR
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in supportedBandListEUTRA or on the E-UTRA band combination given by the entry in supportedBandCombination-r10 or supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 or supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13and measuring on the NR band given by the entry in the InterRAT-BandListNR.		-
interRAT-ParametersWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements configured by MeasObjectWLAN with corresponding quantity and report configuration in the supported WLAN bands.		-
interRAT-PS-HO-ToGERAN
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-RAT PS handover to GERAN or not.		Yes
intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList
Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), the maximum number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL and the maximum number of CSI processes supported. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list.The UE shall include the field only if it supports 4-layer spatial multiplexing in transmission mode3/4 for a subset of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the maximum number of supported layers for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-r10 in the corresponding bandwidth class, or if the number of CSI processes for at least one component carrier is higher than supportedCSI-Proc-r11 in the corresponding band.
This field may also be included for bandwidth class A but in such a case without including any sub-fields in IntraBandContiguousCC-Info-r12 (see NOTE 6).		-
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports eventA3 for intra-frequency neighbouring cells.		-
intraFreqA3-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports eventA3 for intra-frequency neighbouring cells.		-
intraFreq-CE-NeedForGaps
Indicates need for measurement gaps when operating in CE on the EUTRA band given by the entry in supportedBandListEUTRA.
intraFreqAsyncDAPS
Indicates whether the UE supports asynchronous DAPS handover in source PCell and intra-frequency target PCell. 		-
intraFreqDAPS
Indicates whether UE supports DAPS handover in source PCell and intra-frequency target PCell, i.e. support of simultaneous DL reception of PDCCH and PDSCH from source and target cell. A UE indicating this capability shall also support synchronous DAPS handover, and single UL transmission for intra-frequency DAPS handover.		-
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode A supports intra-frequency handover.		-
intraFreqHO-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE when operating in CE Mode B supports intra-frequency handover.		-
intraFreqProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for intra-frequency E-UTRAN CSG member cells.		-
intraFreqSI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring intra-frequency cell.		Yes
intraFreqTwoTAGs-DAPS
Indicates whether the UE supports different timing advance groups in source PCell and intra-frequency target PCell. It is mandatory for intraFreqDAPS capable UE.		-
jointEHC-ROHC-Config
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous configuration of EHC and ROHC protocols for the same DRB.		No
k-Max (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS resource configurations supported within a CSI process applicable for the concerned band combination.		No
k-Max (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS resource configurations supported within a CSI process applicable for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled.		Yes
laa-PUSCH-Mode1
Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 1as defined in TS 36.213 [23].		-
laa-PUSCH-Mode2
Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 2as defined in TS 36.213 [23].		-
laa-PUSCH-Mode3
Indicates whether the UE supports LAA PUSCH mode 3as defined in TS 36.213 [23].		-
locationReport
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of its geographical location information to eNB.		-
loggedMBSFNMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements for MBSFN. A UE indicating support for logged measurements for MBSFN shall also indicate support for logged measurements in Idle mode.		-
loggedMeasBT
Indicates whether the UE supports Bluetooth measurements in RRC idle mode.		-
loggedMeasIdleEventL1
Indicates whether the UE supports event triggered logged measurements for eventL1 in camped normally state.		-
loggedMeasIdleEventOutOfCoverage
Indicates whether the UE supports event triggered logged measurements for outOfCoverage in any cell selection state.		-
loggedMeasUnComBarPre
Indicates whether the UE supports uncompensated barometric pressure measurements in RRC_IDLE mode.		-
loggedMeasurementsIdle
Indicates whether the UE supports logged measurements in Idle mode.		-
loggedMeasWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports WLAN measurements in RRC idle mode.		-
logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer
Indicates whether the UE supports the logicalChannelSR-ProhibitTimer as defined in TS 36.321 [6].		-
longDRX-Command
Indicates whether the UE supports Long DRX Command MAC Control Element.		-
lwa
Indicates whether the UE supports LTE-WLAN Aggregation (LWA). The UE which supports LWA shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13.		-
lwa-BufferSize
Indicates whether the UE supports the layer 2 buffer sizes for "with support for split bearers" as defined in Table 4.1-3 and 4.1A-3 of TS 36.306 [5] for LWA.		-
lwa-HO-WithoutWT-Change
Indicates whether the UE supports handover where LWA configuration is retained without WT change and using LWA end-marker for PDCP key change indication for LWA operation.		-
lwa-RLC-UM
Indicates whether the UE supports RLC UM for LWA bearer.		-
lwa-SplitBearer
Indicates whether the UE supports the split LWA bearer (as defined in TS 36.300 [9]).		-
lwa-UL
Indicates whether the UE supports UL transmission over WLAN for LWA bearer.		-
lwip
Indicates whether the UE supports LTE/WLAN Radio Level Integration with IPsec Tunnel (LWIP). The UE which supports LWIP shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13.		-
lwip-Aggregation-DL, lwip-Aggregation-UL
Indicates whether the UE supports aggregation of LTE and WLAN over DL/UL LWIP. The UE that indicates support of LWIP aggregation over DL or UL shall also indicate support of lwip.		-
makeBeforeBreak
Indicates whether the UE supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break handover, and whether the UE which indicates dc-Parameters supports intra-frequency Make-Before-Break SeNB change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].		-
measGapPatterns-NRonly
Indicates whether the UE supports gap patterns 2, 3 and 11 in LTE standalone when the frequencies to be measured within this measurement gap are all NR frequencies. 		No
measGapPatterns-NRonly-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports gap patterns 2, 3 and 11 in (NG)EN-DC when the frequencies to be measured within this measurement gap are all NR frequencies. 		No
maximumCCsRetrieval
Indicates whether UE supports reception of requestedMaxCCsDL and requestedMaxCCsUL.		-
maxLayersMIMO-Indication
Indicates whether the UE supports the network configuration of maxLayersMIMO. If the UE supports fourLayerTM3-TM4 or intraBandContiguousCC-InfoList or FeatureSetDL-PerCC for MR-DC, UE supports the configuration of maxLayersMIMO for these cases regardless of indicating maxLayersMIMO-Indication.		-
maxLayersSlotOrSubslotPUSCH
Indicates the maxiumum number of layers for slot-PUSCH or subslot-PUSCH transmission.		Yes
maxNumberCCs-SPT
Indicates the maximum number of supported CCs for short processing time. The UE capability is reported per band combination. The reported number of carriers applies to all the FS-type(s)frameStructureType-SPT-r15 supported in a given band combination. Absence of the field indicates that 0 number of CCs are supported for short processing time.		-
maxNumberDL-CCs, maxNumberUL-CCs
Indicates for each TTI combination "sTTI-SupportedCombinations", the maximum number of supported DL CCs/UL CCs for short TTI. Absence of the field indicates that 0 number of CCs are supported for short TTI.		-
maxNumberDecoding
Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE-specific search space per UE in one subframe for CA with more than 5 CCs as defined in TS 36.213 [23] which is supported by the UE. The number of blind decodes supported by the UE is the field value * 32. Only values 5 to 32 can be used in this version of the specification.		No
maxNumberEHC-Contexts
Defines the maximum number of Ethernet header compression contexts supported by the UE across all DRBs and across UE's EHC compressor and EHC decompressor. The indicated number defines the number of contexts in addition to CID = "all zeros" as specified in Annex A of TS 38.323 [83].		No
maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions
Set to the maximum number of concurrently active ROHC contexts supported by the UE, excluding context sessions that leave all headers uncompressed. cs2 corresponds with 2 (context sessions), cs4 corresponds with 4 and so on. The network ignores this field if the UE supports none of the ROHC profiles in supportedROHC-Profiles. If the UE indicates both maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions and maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions-r14, same value shall be indicated.		-
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-SPT
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes to be updated across CCs.		No
maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb77, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb27, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set1, maxNumberUpdatedCSI-Proc-STTI-Comb22-Set2
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes to be updated across CCs. Comb77 is applicable for {slot, slot}, Comb27 for {subslot, slot}, Comb22-Set1 for
{subslot, subslot} processing timeline set 1 and the Comb22-Set2 for {subslot, subslot} processing timeline set 2.
mbms-AsyncDC
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell. The field indicates that the UE supports the feature for xDD if mbms-SCell and mbms-NonServingCell are supported for xDD.		-
mbms-MaxBW
Indicates maximum supported bandwidth (T) for MBMS reception, see TS 36.213 [23]. clause 11.1. If the value is set to implicitValue, the corresponding value of T is calculated as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 11.1. If the value is set to explicitValue, the actual value of T = explicitValue * 40 MHz.		-
mbms-NonServingCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the mbms-SCell field.		Yes
mbms-ScalingFactor1dot25, mbms-ScalingFactor7dot5
Indicates parameter A(1.25 / A(7.5, i.e., scaling factor for processing one unit of bandwidth corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 1.25 kHz / 7.5 kHz, with respect to one unit of bandwidth corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 11.1. This field is included only if subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 / subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 is included. This field shall be included if mbms-MaxBW and subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 / subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 are included.		-
mbms-ScalingFactor0dot37, mbms-ScalingFactor2dot5
Indicates parameter A(0.37 / A(2..5, i.e., scaling factor for processing one unit of bandwidth corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 0.37 kHz / 2.5 kHz, with respect to one unit of bandwidth corresponding to subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz. See TS 36.213 [23], clause 11.1. This field is included only if fembmsMixedCell or fembmsDedicatedCellis included. This field shall be included if subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz0dot37 / subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz2dot5 is included for at least one E-UTRA band in mbms-SupportedBandInfoList.		-
mbms-SCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).		Yes
mbms-SupportedBandInfoList
One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA. This list is included only if fembmsMixedCell or fembmsDedicatedCell is included. If mbms-SupportedBandInfoList-v1700is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in mbms-SupportedBandInfoList-r16.		-
mcgRLF-RecoveryViaSCG
Indicates whether the UE supports recovery from MCG RLF via split SRB1 (if supported) and via SRB3 (if supported).		-
measGapPatterns-NRonly
Indicates whether the UE supports gap patterns 2, 3 and 11 in LTE standalone when the frequencies to be measured within this measurement gap are all NR frequencies. 		No
measGapPatterns-NRonly-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports gap patterns 2, 3 and 11 in (NG)EN-DC when the frequencies to be measured within this measurement gap are all NR frequencies. 		No
measurementEnhancements
This field defines whether UE supports measurement enhancements in high speed scenario (350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		-
measurementEnhancements2
This field defines whether UE supports measurement enhancements in high speed scenario (up to 500 km/h velocity) as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		-
measurementEnhancementsSCell
This field defines whether UE supports SCell measurement enhancements in high speed scenario (350 km/h) as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		-
measGapPatterns
Indicates whether the UE that supports NR supports gap patterns 4 to 11 in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16], and for independent measurement gap configuration on FR1 and per-UE gap in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS38.133 [84]. The first/ leftmost bit covers pattern 4, and so on. Value 1 indicates that the UE supports the concerned gap pattern.		-
mfbi-UTRA
It indicates if the UE supports the signalling requirements of multiple radio frequency bands in a UTRA FDD cell, as defined in TS 25.307 [65].		-
MIMO-BeamformedCapabilityList
A list of pairs of {k-Max, n-MaxList} values with the nth entry indicating the values that the UE supports for each CSI process in case n CSI processes would be configured.		No
MIMO-CapabilityDL
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in DL. The field may be absent for category 0 and category 1 UE in which case the number of supported layers is 1.		-
MIMO-CapabilityUL
The number of supported layers for spatial multiplexing in UL. Absence of the field means that the number of supported layers is 1.		-
MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBC
A set of MIMO parameters provided per band of a band combination. In case a subfield is absent, the concerned capabilities are the same as indicated at the per UE level (i.e. by MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM).		-
mimo-CBSR-AdvancedCSI
Indicates whether UE supports CBSR for advanced CSI reporting with and without amplitude restriction as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.		Yes
min-Proc-TimelineSubslot
Minimum processing timeline for subslot operation. The minimum processing timeline can belong to one of two sets of associated processing and maximum TA operation. The sets supported can be different for 1os CRS-based SPDCCH, 2os CRS-based SPDCCH and DMRS-based SPDCCH. The sequence applies to:
1. 1os CRS based SPDCCH
2. 2os CRS based SPDCCH
3. DMRS based SPDCCH		-
modifiedMPR-Behavior
Field encoded as a bit map, where at least one bit N is set to "1" if UE supports modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour N, see TS 36.101 [42]. All remaining bits of the field are set to "0". The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 0, the next bit corresponds to modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour 1 and so on.
Absence of this field means that UE does not support any modified MPR/A-MPR behaviour.		-
mpdcch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeA,mpdcch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeB
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A/B supports MPDCCH reception in LTE control channel region as specified in TS 36.211 [21].		Yes
mpsPriorityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports mpsPriorityIndication on release with redirect.		-
multiACK-CSI-reporting
Indicates whether the UE supports multi-cell HARQ ACK and periodic CSI reporting and SR on PUCCH format 3.		Yes
multiBandInfoReport
Indicates whether the UE supports the acquisition and reporting of multi band information for reportCGI.		-
multiClusterPUSCH-WithinCC
Yes
multiNS-Pmax
Indicates whether the UE supports the mechanisms defined for cells broadcasting NS-PmaxList.		-
multipleCellsMeasExtension
Indicates whether the UE supports numberOfTriggeringCells in the report configuration.		-
multipleTimingAdvance
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple timing advances for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. If the band combination comprised of more than one band entry (i.e., inter-band or intra-band non-contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances on different band entries are supported. If the band combination comprised of one band entry (i.e., intra-band contiguous band combination), the field indicates that the same or different timing advances across component carriers of the band entry are supported. It is mandatory for UEs to support 2 TAGs for inter frequency DAPS handover.		-
multipleUplinkSPS
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple uplink SPS and reporting SPS assistance information. A UE indicating multipleUplinkSPS shall also support V2X communication via Uu, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].		-
must-CapabilityPerBand
Indicates that UE supports MUST, as specified in 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1, on the band in the band combination.		-
must-TM234-UpTo2Tx-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM2/3/4 using up to 2Tx.		-
must-TM89-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to 1 interfering layer.		-
must-TM89-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM8/9 with assistance information for up to 3 interfering layers.		-
must-TM10-UpToOneInterferingLayer-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to 1 interfering layer.		-
must-TM10-UpToThreeInterferingLayers-r14
Indicates that the UE supports MUST operation for TM10 with assistance information for up to 3 interfering layers.		-
naics-Capability-List
Indicates that UE supports NAICS, i.e. receiving assistance information from serving cell and using it to cancel or suppress interference of neighbouring cell(s) for at least one band combination. If not present, UE does not support NAICS for any band combination. The field numberOfNAICS-CapableCC indicates the number of component carriers where the NAICS processing is supported and the field numberOfAggregatedPRB indicates the maximum aggregated bandwidth across these of component carriers (expressed as a number of PRBs) with the restriction that NAICS is only supported over the full carrier bandwidth. The UE shall indicate the combination of {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfNAICS-CapableCC} for every supported numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, e.g. if a UE supports {x CC, y PRBs} and {x-n CC, y-m PRBs} where n>=1 and m>=0, the UE shall indicate both.
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 1, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 2, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 3, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 4, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400};
-For numberOfNAICS-CapableCC = 5, UE signals one value for numberOfAggregatedPRB from the range {50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500}.		No
ncsg
Indicates whether the UE supports measurement NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].If this field is included and the UE supports asynchronous DC, the UE shall support NCSG Pattern Id 0, 1, 2 and 3. If this field is included but the UE does not support asynchronous DC, only NCSG Pattern Id 0 and 1 shall be supported		No
ng-EN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports NGEN-DC.		-
n-MaxList (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS ports supported within a CSI process applicable for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled. For k-Max values exceeding 1, the UE shall include the field and signal k-Max minus 1 bits. The first bit indicates n-Max2, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating 16. The second bit indicates n-Max3, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating 16. The third bit indicates n-Max4, with value 0 indicating 8 and value 1 indicating 32. The fourth bit indicates n-Max5, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The fifth bit indicates n-Max6, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The sixt bit indicates n-Max7, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 32. The seventh bit indicates n-Max8, with value 0 indicating 16 and value 1 indicating 64.		Yes
n-MaxList (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode the maximum number of NZP CSI RS ports supported within a CSI process applicable for band the concerned combination. Further details are as indicated for n-MaxList in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM.		No
NonContiguousUL-RA-WithinCC-List
One entry corresponding to each supported E-UTRA band listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEUTRA.		No
nonPrecoded (in MIMO-UE-ParametersPerTM)
Indicates for a particular transmission mode the UE capabilities concerning non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class A) for band combinations for which the concerned capabilities are not signalled in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM, and the FD-MIMO processing capability condition as described in NOTE 8 is satisfied.		Yes
nonPrecoded (in MIMO-CA-ParametersPerBoBCPerTM)
If signalled, the field indicates for a particular transmission mode, the UE capabilities concerning non-precoded EBF/ FD-MIMO operation (class A) applicable for the concerned band combination.		-
nonUniformGap
Indicates whether the UE supports measurement non uniform Pattern Id 1, 2, 3 and 4 in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		No
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling
Indicate whether the UE supports TTI bundling operation without resource allocation restriction.		No
nonCSG-SI-Reporting
Indicates whether UE will report PLMN list from non-CSG cells.		-
nr-AutonomousGaps-ENDC-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR1 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC.		Yes
nr-AutonomousGaps-ENDC-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR2 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC.		Yes
nr-AutonomousGaps-FR1
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR1 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.		Yes
nr-AutonomousGaps-FR2
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of useAutonomousGapsNR by the network, acquisition of relevant information from a neighbouring NR cell by reading the SI of the neighbouring cell on FR2 using autonomous gaps and reporting the acquired information to the network when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.		Yes
nr-CellIndividualOffset
Indicates whether the UE supports use of cell specific offset for NR inter-RAT measurements.		No
nr-HO-ToEN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports inter-RAT handover from NR to EN-DC while NR-DC or NE-DC is not configured. This field is mandatory present if EN-DC is supported.		-
nr-IdleInactiveBeamMeasFR1
Indicates whether the UE supports performing eNB-configured SSB-based beam level RRM measurements for configured NR FR1 carrier(s) in RRC_IDLE and in RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.6.46.		No
nr-IdleInactiveBeamMeasFR2
Indicates whether the UE supports performing eNB-configured SSB-based beam level RRM measurements for configured NR FR2 carrier(s) in RRC_IDLE and in RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.6.47.		No
nr-IdleInactiveMeasFR1
Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed on NR FR1 carrier(s) during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.		No
nr-IdleInactiveMeasFR2
Indicates whether UE supports reporting measurements performed on NR FR2 carrier(s) during RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE.		No
nr-RSSI-ChannelOccupancyReporting
Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy on the corresponding NR band.		-
ntn-Connectivity-EPC
Indicates whether the UE supports NTN access when connected to EPC. If the UE indicates this capability, the UE shall support all NTN essential features as specified in TS 36.306 [5].		-
ntn-OffsetTimingEnh
Indicates whether the UE supports timing relationship enhancement using Differential Koffset as specified in TS36.321 [6] and TS 36.213 [23].		-
ntn-PUR-TimerDelay
Indicates whether the UE supports delaying the start of the pur-ResponseWindowTimer for NTN, see TS 36.321 [6].		-
ntn-SegmentedPrecompensationGaps
Indicates the minumum supported gap length between segments for segmented uplink transmission.Value sym1 corresponds to 1 symbol, value sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe.		-
ntn-ScenarioSupport
Indicates whether the UE supports NTN features only for GSO or NGSO scenario. If a UE does not include this field but includes ntn-Connectivity-EPC-r17, the UE supports the NTN features for both GSO and NGSO scenarios.		-
ntn-TA-report
Indicates whether the UE supports timing advance reporting in RRC_CONNECTED, see TS 36.321 [6].		-
numberOfBlindDecodesUSS
Indicates the maximum number of blind decodes in UE specific search space in one subframe for CCs configured with sTTI operation supported by the UE. The number of blind decodes supported by the UE is the field value X*68. Field value ranges from 4 to 32.		Yes
nzp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic NZP CSI-RS transmission for the indicated transmission mode.		Yes
nzp-CSI-RS-PeriodicInfo
Indicates whether the UE supports periodic NZP CSI-RS transmission for the indicated transmission mode.		Yes
otdoa-UE-Assisted
Indicates whether the UE supports UE-assisted OTDOA positioning, as specified in TS 36.355 [54].		Yes
outOfOrderDelivery
Same as "outOfOrderDelivery" defined in TS 38.306 [87].		No
outOfSequenceGrantHandling
Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH transmissions with out of sequence UL grants as defined in TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.		-
overheatingInd
Indicates whether the UE supports overheating assistance information.		No
overheatingIndForSCG
Indicates whether the UE supports the inclusion of NR SCG reduced configuration in the overheating assistance information. The UE which indicates support of overheatingIndForSCG shall also indicate support of overheatingInd.		-
pdcch-CandidateReductions
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCCH candidate reduction on UE specific search space as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.		No
pdcp-Duplication
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP duplication.		-
pdcp-SN-Extension
Indicates whether the UE supports 15 bit length of PDCP sequence number.		-
pdcp-SN-Extension-18bits
Indicates whether the UE supports 18 bit length of PDCP sequence number.		-
pdcp-TransferSplitUL
Indicates whether the UE supports PDCP data transfer split in UL for the drb-TypeSplit as specified in TS 36.323 [8].		-
pdcp-VersionChangeWithoutHO
Indicates whether, the UE supports changing the PDCP version of DRBs, from LTE PDCP to NR PDCP and vice versa, with and without handover. A UE supporting PDCP version change shall signal field pdcp-Parameters-v1610. When the field pdcp-VersionChangeWithoutHO is not included and pdcp-Parameters-v1610 is included, it implies the UE supports PDCP version change only with handover.		-
pdsch-CollisionHandling
Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH collision handling as specified in TS 36.213 [23]. 		No
pdsch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeA,pdsch-InLteControlRegionCE-ModeB
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A/B supports PDSCH reception in LTE control channel region as specified in TS 36.211 [21].		Yes
pdsch-MultiTB-CE-ModeA, pdsch-MultiTB-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple TB scheduling in connected mode for PDSCH when operating in CE mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
pdsch-RepSubframe
Indicates whether the UE supports subframe PDSCH repetition.		Yes
pdsch-RepSlot
Indicates whether the UE supports slot PDSCH repetition.		Yes
pdsch-RepSubslot
Indicates whether the UE supports subslot PDSCH repetition.This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.		-
pdsch-SlotSubslotPDSCH-Decoding
Indicates whether the UE supports decoding of PDSCH and slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH assigned with C-RNTI/SPS C-RNTI in the same subframe for a given carrier.		Yes
perServingCellMeasurementGap
Indicates whether the UE supports per serving cell measurement gap indication, as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		-
phy-TDD-ReConfig-FDD-PCell
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a FDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations. This bit can only be set to supported only if the UE supports FDD PCell and phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell is set to supported.		No
phy-TDD-ReConfig-TDD-PCell
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD UL/DL reconfiguration for TDD serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a TDD PCell, and HARQ feedback according to UL and DL HARQ reference configurations, and PUCCH format 3.		Yes
pmch-Bandwidth-n40, pmch-Bandwidth-n35, pmch-Bandwidth-n30
Indicates, for the E‑UTRA band corresponding to the entry in mbms-SupportedBandInfoList-v1700, whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via MBSFN from MBMS-dedicated cells in an MBSFN area with PMCH bandwidth of 40/ 35/ 30 PRBs as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		-
pmi-Disabling
Yes
powerClass-14dBm
Indicates whether the UE supports power class 14 dBm when operating in CE mode A or B for all the bands that are supported by the UE, as specified in TS 36.101 [42].		-
powerPrefInd
Indicates whether the UE supports power preference indication.		No
powerUCI-SlotPUSCH, powerUCI-SubslotPUSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports BPRE derivation based on the actual derived O_CQI. The parameter uplinkPower-CSIPayload configures the UE to derive BPRE based on either the actual value of O_CQI or the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values. If the UE does not support the capability, the UE will derive BPRE based on the largest value of O_CQI across all RI values.		Yes
prach-Enhancements
This field defines whether the UE supports random access preambles generated from restricted set type B in high speed scenoario as specified in TS 36.211 [21].		-
processingTimelineSet
Indicates, for each SPDCCH configuration, support for a set of TA values. Each set consists of two different processing timelines and associated maximum TA. Set 1 indicates support for n+4 and n+6 and set 2 indicates support for n+6 and n+8, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 8.1, The minimum processing timeline to use, out of the two options for a given set is configured by parameter proc-Timeline. Support of Set 1 implicitly means support of Set 2.		-
pucch-Format4
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 4.		Yes
pucch-Format5
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH format 5.		Yes
pucch-SCell
Indicates whether the UE supports PUCCH on SCell.		No
pur-CP-EPC-CE-ModeA, pur-CP-EPC-CE-ModeB, pur-CP-5GC-CE-ModeA, pur-CP-5GC-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A/B supports CP transmission using PUR when connected to EPC/ 5GC.		Yes
pur-CP-L1Ack
Indicates whether UE supports L1 acknowledgement in response to CP transmission using PUR when connected to EPC/ 5GC.		Yes
pur-FrequencyHopping
Indicates whether UE supports frequency hopping for transmission using PUR.		Yes
pur-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS
Indicates whether the UE supports 2984 bits max UL TBS in 1.4 MHz for transmission using PUR when operating in CE mode A, as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
pur-RSRP-Validation
Indicates whether UE supports serving cell RSRP for TA validation for transmission using PUR when connected to EPC/ 5GC.		Yes
pur-SubPRB-CE-ModeA, pur-SubPRB-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether UE supports subPRB resource allocation for PUSCH for transmission using PUR when operating in CE mode A/B.		Yes
pur-UP-EPC-CE-ModeA, pur-UP-EPC-CE-ModeB, pur-UP-5GC-CE-ModeA, pur-UP-5GC-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether UE operating in CE mode A/B supports UP transmission using PUR when connected to EPC/ 5GC.		Yes
pusch-Enhancements
Indicates whether the UE supports the PUSCH enhancement mode as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
pusch-FeedbackMode
Indicates whether the UE supports PUSCH feedback mode 3-2.		No
pusch-MultiTB-CE-ModeA, pusch-MultiTB-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple TB scheduling in connected mode for PUSCH when operating in CE mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSlot
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for slot PUSCH.		Yes
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSlot
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of slot PUSCH for each serving cell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubframe
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subframe PUSCH.		Yes
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubframe
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subframe PUSCH for each serving cell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-MaxConfigSubslot
Indicates the max number of SPS configurations across all cells for subslot PUSCH.		-
pusch-SPS-MultiConfigSubslot
Indicates the number of multiple SPS configurations of subslot PUSCH for each serving cell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.		-
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PCell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-SlotRepPSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for PSCell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-SlotRepSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for slot PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PCell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepPSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for PSCell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-SubframeRepSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subframe PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell.		Yes
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.		-
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepPSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for PSCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.		-
pusch-SPS-SubslotRepSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS repetition for subslot PUSCH for serving cells other than SpCell. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting FDD.		-
pusch-SRS-PowerControl-SubframeSet
Indicates whether the UE supports subframe set dependent UL power control for PUSCH and SRS. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.		Yes
qcl-CRI-BasedCSI-Reporting
Indicates whether the UE supports CRI based CSI feedback for the FeCoMP feature as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.		-
qcl-TypeC-Operation
The UE uses this field to indicate the support of all of the following three features: QCL Type-C operation for FeCoMP, the capability to support separate PDSCH RE mapping for different PDSCH CWs in non-coherent joint transmission and the capability to support handling new DMRS port to MIMO layer mapping for the CWs, as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.10.		-
qoe-MeasReport
Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for streaming services.		-
qoe-MTSI-MeasReport
Indicates whether the UE supports QoE Measurement Collection for MTSI services.
rach-Less
Indicates whether the UE supports RACH-less handover, and whether the UE which indicates dc-Parameters supports RACH-less SeNB change, as defined in TS 36.300 [9].		-
rach-Report
Indicates whether the UE supports delivery of rach-Report.		-
rai-Support
Defines whether the UE supports release assistance indication (RAI) as specified in TS 36.321 [6] for BL UEs.		No
rai-SupportEnh
Indicates whether the UE supports 2-bit RAI when connected to EPC as specified in TS 36.321 [6].		-
rclwi
Indicates whether the UE supports RCLWI, i.e. reception of rclwi-Configuration. The UE which supports RLCWI shall also indicate support of interRAT-ParametersWLAN-r13. The UE which supports RCLWI and wlan-IW-RAN-Rules shall also support applying WLAN identifiers received in rclwi-Configuration for the access network selection and traffic steering rules when in RRC_IDLE.		-
recommendedBitRate
Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation message from the eNB to the UE as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13.		No
recommendedBitRateMultiplier
Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate multiplier for recommended bit rate MAC CE as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the recommendedBitRate field.		-
recommendedBitRateQuery
Indicates whether the UE supports the bit rate recommendation query message from the UE to the eNB as specified in TS 36.321 [6], clause 6.1.3.13. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the recommendedBitRate field.		No
reducedCP-Latency
Indicates whether the UE supports reduced CP latency.		Yes
reducedIntNonContComb
Indicates whether the UE supports receiving requestReducedIntNonContComb that requests the UE to exclude supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5], clause 4.3.5.21.		-
reducedIntNonContCombRequested
Indicates that the UE excluded supported intra-band non-contiguous CA band combinations other than included in capability signalling as specified in TS 36.306 [5,] clause 4.3.5.21.		-
reflectiveQoS
Indicates whether the UE supports AS reflective QoS.		No
relWeightTwoLayers/ relWeightFourLayers/ relWeightEightLayers
Indicates relative weight of processing FD-MIMO with 2/ 4/ 8 layers with respect to non-FD-MIMO with the same number of layers, see NOTE 8. Value v1 corresponds to relative weight of 1, value v1dot25 corresponds to relative weight of 1.25 and so on. This field can be included only if the UE supports the corresponding number of layers (i.e., 2/ 4/ 8 layers).		-
reportCGI-NR-EN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC.		Yes
reportCGI-NR-NoEN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards NR cell when it is not configured with (NG)EN-DC.		Yes
resumeWithMCG-SCellConfig
Indicates whether the UE supports (re-)configuration of E-UTRA MCG SCells.		-
resumeWithSCG-Config
Indicates whether the UE supports (re-)configuration of an NR SCG.		-
resumeWithStoredMCG-SCells
Indicates whether the UE supportsnot deleting the stored E-UTRA MCG SCell configuration when initiating the resume procedure.		-
resumeWithStoredSCG
Indicates whether the UE supports not deleting the stored NR SCG configuration when initiating the resume procedure.		-
srs-CapabilityPerBandPairList
Indicates, for a particular pair of bands, the SRS carrier switching parameters when switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell as specified in TS 36.212 [22] and TS 36.213 [23]. If included, the UE shall include a number of entries as indicated in the following, and listed in the same order, as in bandParameterList for the concerned band combination:
-For the first band, the UE shall include the same number of entries as in bandParameterList i.e. first entry corresponds to first band in bandParameterList and so on,
-For the second band, the UE shall include one entry less i.e. first entry corresponds to the second band in bandParameterList and so on
-And so on.		-
requestedBands
Indicates the frequency bands requested by E-UTRAN.		-
requestedCCsDL, requestedCCsUL
Indicates the maximum number of CCs requested by E-UTRAN.		-
requestedDiffFallbackCombList
Indicates the CA band combinations for which report of different UE capabilities is requested by E-UTRAN.		-
rf-RetuningTimeDL
Indicates the interruption time on DL reception within a band pair during the RF retuning for switching between the band pairto transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0 OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.		-
rf-RetuningTimeUL
Indicates the interruption time on UL transmission within a band pair during the RF retuning for switching between the band pair to transmit SRS on a PUSCH-less SCell. n0 represents 0 OFDM symbols, n0dot5 represents 0.5 OFDM symbols, n1 represents 1 OFDM symbol and so on. This field is mandatory present if switching between the band pair is supported.		-
rlc-AM-Ooo-Delivery
Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC AM.		-
rlc-UM-Ooo-Delivery
Indicates whether the UE supports out-of-order delivery from RLC to PDCP for RLC UM.		-
rlm-ReportSupport
Indicates whether the UE supports RLM event and information reporting. 		-
rohc-ContextContinue
Same as "continueROHC-Context" defined in TS 38.306 [87].		No
rohc-ContextMaxSessions
Same as "maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions" defined in TS 38.306 [87].		No
rohc-Profiles
Same as "supportedROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].		No
rohc-ProfilesUL-Only
Same as "uplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles" defined in TS 38.306 [87].		No
rsrqMeasWideband
Indicates whether the UE can perform RSRQ measurements with wider bandwidth.		Yes
rsrq-OnAllSymbols
Indicates whether the UE can performRSRQ measurement on all OFDM symbols and also support the extended RSRQ upper value range from -3dB to 2.5dBin measurement configuration and reporting as specified in TS 36.133 [16].		No
rs-SINR-Meas
Indicates whether the UE can perform RS-SINR measurements in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in TS 36.214 [48].		-
rssi-AndChannelOccupancyReporting
Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.		-
sa-NR
Indicates whether the UE supports standalone NR as specified in TS 38.331 [82].		No
scalingFactorTxSidelink, scalingFactorRxSidelink
Indicates, for a particular band combination of EUTRA, the scaling facor, as defined in TS 38.306 [87], for the PC5 band combination(s) v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission/reception of EUTRA and NR sidelink communication respectively, or simultaneous transmission or reception of EUTRA and joint V2X sidelink communication and NR sidelink communication respectively (as indicated by v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-v1630 /v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-v1630). The leading / leftmost value corresponds to the first band combination included in v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR which is indicated with value 1 by v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-v1630 /v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-v1630, the next value corresponds to the second band combination included in v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR which is indicated with value 1 by v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-v1630 /v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-v1630 and so on. For each value of ScalingFactorSidelink-r16, value f0p4 indicates the scaling factor 0.4, f0p75 indicates 0.75, and so on.		-
scptm-AsyncDC
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination) the carriers that are or can be configured as serving cells in the MCG and the SCG are not synchronized. If this field is included, the UE shall also include scptm-SCell and scptm-NonServingCell.		Yes
scptm-NonServingCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, where (according to supportedBandCombination and to network synchronization properties) a serving cell may be additionally configured. If this field is included, the UE shall also include the scptm-SCell field.		Yes
scptm-Parameters
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports SC-PTM reception as specified in TS 36.306 [5].		Yes
scptm-SCell
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports MBMS reception via SC-MRB on a frequency indicated in an MBMSInterestIndication message, when an SCell is configured on that frequency (regardless of whether the SCell is activated or deactivated).		Yes
scptm-ParallelReception
Indicates whether the UE in RRC_CONNECTED supports parallel reception in the same subframe of DL-SCH transport blocks transmitted using C-RNTI/Semi-Persistent Scheduling C-RNTI and using SC-RNTI/G-RNTI as specified in TS 36.306 [5].		Yes
secondSlotStartingPosition
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of subframes with second slot starting position as described in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23]. This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.		-
semiOL
Indicates whether the UE supports semi-open-loop transmission for the indicated transmission mode.		Yes
semiStaticCFI
Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI for subframe/slot/sub-slot operation. 		Yes
semiStaticCFI-Pattern
Indicates whether the UE supports the semi-static configuration of CFI pattern for subframe/slot/sub-slot operation. This field is only applicable for UEs supporting TDD.		-
sharedSpectrumMeasNR-EN-DC
Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy on each supported NR band in EN-DC. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as in supportedBandListEN-DC-r15.		-
sharedSpectrumMeasNR-SA
Indicates whether the UE supports performing measurements and reporting of RSSI and channel occupancy on each supported NR band in NR SA. If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order as in supportedBandListNR-SA-r15.		-
shortCQI-ForSCellActivation
Indicates whether the UE supports additional CQI reporting periodicity after SCell activation.		Yes
shortMeasurementGapIndicates whether the UE supports shorter measurement gap length (i.e. gp2 and gp3) in LTE standalone as specified in TS 36.133 [16], and for independent measurement gap configuration on FR1 and per-UE gap in (NG)EN-DC as specified in TS38.133 [84].
No
shortSPS-IntervalFDD
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in FDD mode.		-
shortSPS-IntervalTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports uplink SPS intervals shorter than 10 subframes in TDD mode.		-
simultaneousPUCCH-PUSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of PUSCH/PUCCH and SlotOrSubslotPUSCH/SPUCCH (if supported).		Yes
simultaneousRx-Tx
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous reception and transmission on different bands for each band combination listed in supportedBandCombination. This field is only applicable for inter-band TDD band combinations. A UE indicating support of simultaneousRx-Tx and dc-Support-r12shall support different UL/DL configurations between PCell and PSCell.		-
simultaneousTx-DifferentTx-Duration
Indicates whether the UE supports simultaneous transmission of different transmission durations over different carriers. The different transmission durations can be of subframe, slot or subslot duration.		-
skipFallbackCombinations
Indicates whether UE supports receiving requestSkipFallbackComb that requests UE to exclude fallback band combinations from capability signalling.		-
skipFallbackCombRequested
Indicates whether requestSkipFallbackComb is requested by E-UTRAN.		-
skipMonitoringDCI-Format0-1A
Indicates whether UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by not monitoring DCI Format 0 and 1A as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 9.1.1.		No
skipSubframeProcessing
This fields defines whether the UE supports aborting reception of PDSCH if the UE receives slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH during an ongoing PDSCH reception and instead starts receiving the slot-PDSCH/subslot-PDSCH, as well as whether the UE supports aborting a PUSCH transmission if the UE gets a grant for a slot-PUSCH/ subslot-PUSCH transmission that overlaps with a grant received for a PUSCH transmission. The capability indicates the number of subframes that the UE may drop prior to the subframe in which it prioritizes the processing of slot/subslot PDSCH/PUSCH as described in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.1 and 8.0. Separate capability for UL and DL and per sTTI length in each direction: skipProcessingDL-Slot, skipProcessingDL-Subslot, skipProcessingUL-Slot and skipProcessingUL-Subslot.		-
skipUplinkDynamic
Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for an uplink grant indicated on PDCCH if no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].		-
skipUplinkSPS
Indicates whether the UE supports skipping of UL transmission for a configured uplink grant if no data is available for transmission as described in TS 36.321 [6].		-
sl-64QAM-Rx
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for the reception of V2X sidelink communication.		-
sl-64QAM-Tx
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication.		-
sl-CongestionControl
Indicates whether the UE supports Channel Busy Ratio measurement and reporting of Channel Busy Ratio measurement results to eNB for V2X sidelink communication.		-
sl-LowT2min
Indicates whether the UE supports 10ms as minimum value of T2 for resource selection procedure of V2X sidelink communication.		-
sl-ParameterNR
Includes the SidelinkParametersNR IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the sidelink capability for NR-PC5, where multipleSR-ConfigurationsSidelink,logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerSidelink and relayParameters are not applicable.		-
sl-RateMatchingTBSScaling
Indicates whether the UE supports rate matching and TBS scalling for V2X sidelink communication.		-
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM8
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM8 for slot PDSCH.		-
slotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for slot PDSCH.		Yes
slotSymbolResourceResvDL-CE-ModeA, slotSymbolResourceResvDL-CE-ModeB, slotSymbolResourceResvUL-CE-ModeA, slotSymbolResourceResvUL-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports slot/symbol-level time-domain resource reservation in downlink/uplink when operating in CE mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
slss-SupportedTxFreq
Indicates whether the UE supports the SLSS transmission on single carrier or on multiple carriers in the case of sidelink carrier aggregation.		-
slss-TxRx
Indicates whether the UE supports SLSS/PSBCH transmission and reception in UE autonomous resource selection mode and eNB scheduled mode in a band for V2X sidelink communication.		-
sl-TxDiversity
Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.101 [42].		-
sn-SizeLo
Same as "shortSN" defined in TS 38.306 [87].		No
spatialBundling-HARQ-ACK
Indicates whether UE supports HARQ-ACK spatial bundling on PUCCH or PUSCH as specified in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 7.3.1 and 7.3.2.		No
spdcch-differentRS-types
Indicates whether the UE supports monitoring of sPDCCH on RB sets with different RS types within a TTI.		Yes
spdcch-Reuse
Indicates whether the UE supports L1 based SPDCCH reuse.		Yes
sps-CyclicShift
Indicates whether the UE supports RRC configuration of cyclic shift for DMRS for UL SPS using 1ms TTI.		Yes
sps-ServingCell
Indicates whether the UE supports multiple UL/DL SPS configurations simultaneously active on different serving cells as specified in TS 36.321 [6].		-
sps-STTI
Indicates whether the UE supports SPS in DL and/or UL for slot or subslot based PDSCH and PUSCH, respectively. 		Yes
srs-DCI7-TriggeringFS2
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS triggerring via DCI format 7 for FS2.		-
srs-Enhancements
Indicates whether the UE supports SRS enhancements.		Yes
srs-EnhancementsTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD specific SRS enhancements.		Yes
srs-FlexibleTiming
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration of soundingRS-FlexibleTiming-r14 for the corresponding band pair. For a TDD-TDD band pair, UE shall include at least one of srs-FlexibleTiming and/or srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig when rf-RetuningTimeDL or rf-RetuningTimeUL corresponding to the band pair is larger than 1 OFDM symbol.		-
srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration of harq-ReferenceConfig-r14 for the corresponding band pair.For a TDD-TDD band pair, UE shall include at least one of srs-FlexibleTiming and/or srs-HARQ-ReferenceConfig when rf-RetuningTimeDL or rf-RetuningTimeUL corresponding to the band pair is larger than 1 OFDM symbol.		-
srs-MaxSimultaneousCCs
Indicates the maximum number of simultaneously configurable target CCs for SRS switching (i.e., CCs for which srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex is configured) supported by the UE.		-
srs-UpPTS-6sym
Indicates whether the UE supports up to 6-symbol SRS in UpPTS.		-
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToGERAN
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to GERAN CS.		-
srvcc-FromUTRA-FDD-ToUTRA-FDD
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA FDD PS HS to UTRA FDD CS.		-
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToGERAN
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to GERAN CS.		-
srvcc-FromUTRA-TDD128-ToUTRA-TDD128
Indicates whether UE supports SRVCC handover from UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps PS HS to UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps CS.		-
ss-CCH-InterfHandl
Indicates whether the UE supports synchronisation signal and common channel interference handling.		Yes
ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR1, ss-SINR-Meas-NR-FR2
Indicates whether the UE can perform NR SS-SINR measurement for a frequency range (i.e. FR1 or FR2) as specified in TS 38.215 [89].		-
ssp10-TDD-Only
Indicates the UE supports special subframe configuration 10 when operating only in TDD carriers (i.e., not in TDD/FDD CA or TDD/FS3 CA). A UE including this field shall not include tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14.		-
standaloneGNSS-Location
Indicates whether the UE is equipped with a standalone GNSS receiver that may be used to provide detailed location information in RRC measurement report and logged measurements.		-
sTTI-SPT-Supported
Indicates whether the UE supports the features STTI and/or SPT. If the UE supports STTI and/or SPT features, the UE shall report the field sTTI-SPT-Supported set to supported in capability signalling, irrespective of whether requestSTTI-SPT-Capability field is present or not.		-
sTTI-FD-MIMO-Coexistence
Indicates whether the UE supports CSI feedback for more than 8 NZP CSI-RS ports on subframe based PUSCH in any serving cell and supporting STTI in any serving cell.		-
sTTI-SupportedCombinations
Indicates the different combinations of short TTI lengths, see field description for dl-STTI-Length and ul-STTI-Length, that the UE supports in a single PUCCH group or in two PUCCH groups. A short TTI length combination is reported for DL first followed by UL. In case of two PUCCH groups the support for the primary PUCCH group is indicated first.		-
subcarrierPuncturingCE-ModeA, subcarrierPuncturingCE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports subcarrier puncturing in downlink when operating in CE mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5, subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25
Indicates the supported subcarrier spacings for MBSFN subframes in addition to 15 kHz subcarrier spacing. subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz1dot25 and subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz7dot5 indicates that the UE supports 1.25 and 7.5 kHz respectively for MBSFN subframes as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.12.This field is included only if fembmsMixedCell or fembmsDedicatedCell is included.		-
subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz2dot5, subcarrierSpacingMBMS-khz0dot37
Presence of this field indicates the supported subcarrier spacings of 2.5kHz / 0.37kHz for MBSFN subframes in addition to 15 kHz subcarrier spacing when operating on the E-UTRA band given by the entry in mbms-SupportedBandInfoList as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.12.		-
subframeResourceResvDL-CE-ModeA, subframeResourceResvDL-CE-ModeB, subframeResourceResvUL-CE-ModeA, subframeResourceResvUL-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports Subframe-level time-domain resource reservation in downlink/uplink when operating in CE mode A/B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].		Yes
subslotPDSCH-TxDiv-TM9and10
Indicates whether the UE supports TX diversity transmission using ports 7 and 8 for TM9/10 for subslot PDSCH.		Yes
supportedBandCombination
Includes the supported CA band combinations, if any, and may include all the supported non-CA bands.		-
supportedBandCombinationAdd-r11
Includes additional supported CA band combinations in case maximum number of CA band combinations of supportedBandCombination is exceeded.		-
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v11d0,SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1250,SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1270, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1320, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1380, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1390, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1430, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1450, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1470, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v14b0, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1530, SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1630
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11.		-
SupportedBandCombinationAdd-v1610
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11. If absent, network assumes gap is required when measurement is performed on any NR bands while UE is served by cell(s) belongs to an E-UTRA CA band combinations listed in SupportedBandCombinationAdd-r11 except for the FR2 inter-RAT measurement which depends on the support of independentGapConfig.		-
SupportedBandCombinationExt, SupportedBandCombination-v1090,SupportedBandCombination-v10i0, SupportedBandCombination-v1130, SupportedBandCombination-v1250, SupportedBandCombination-v1270, SupportedBandCombination-v1320, SupportedBandCombination-v1380, SupportedBandCombination-v1390, SupportedBandCombination-v1430, SupportedBandCombination-v1450, SupportedBandCombination-v1470, SupportedBandCombination-v14b0, SupportedBandCombination-v1530, SupportedBandCombination-v1630
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandCombination-r10.		-
SupportedBandCombination-v1610
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandCombination-r10. If absent, network assumes gap is required when measurement is performed on any NR bands while UE is served by cell(s) belongs to an E-UTRA CA band combinations listed in supportedBandCombination-r10 except for the FR2 inter-RAT measurement which depends on the support of independentGapConfig.		-
supportedBandCombinationReduced
Includes the supported CA band combinations, and may include the fallback CA combinations specified in TS 36.101 [42], clause 4.3A. This field also indicates whether the UE supports reception of requestReducedFormat.		-
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1320, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1380, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1390, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1430, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1450, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1470, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v14b0, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1530, SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1630
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13.		-
SupportedBandCombinationReduced-v1610
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13. If absent, network assumes gap is required when measurement is performed on any NR bands while UE is served by cell(s) belongs to an E-UTRA CA band combinations listed in supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 except for the FR2 inter-RAT measurement which depends on the support of independentGapConfig.		-
SupportedBandGERAN
GERAN band as defined in TS 45.005 [20].		No
SupportedBandList1XRTT
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 1xRTT band class.		-
SupportedBandListEUTRA
Includes the supported E-UTRA bands. This field shall include all bands which are indicated in BandCombinationParameters.		-
SupportedBandListEUTRA-v9e0, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1250, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1310, SupportedBandListEUTRA-v1320
If included, the UE shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in supportedBandListEUTRA (i.e. without suffix).		-
SupportedBandListGERAN
No
SupportedBandListHRPD
One entry corresponding to each supported CDMA2000 HRPD band class.		-
SupportedBandListNR-SA
Includes the NR bands supported by the UE in NR-SA (for handover and redirection). The field is included in case the UE supports NR SA as specified in TS 38.331 [32] and not otherwise. The presence of this field also indicates that the UE can perform both NR SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurement in the included NR band(s) as specified in TS 38.215 [89].		No
supportedBandListEN-DC
Includes the NR bands supported by the UE in (NG)EN-DC. The field is included in case the parameter en-DC or ng-EN-DC is present and set to supported and not otherwise. The presence of this field also indicates that the UE can perform both NR SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurement in the included NR band(s) as specified in TS 38.215 [89].		-
supportedBandListWLAN
Indicates the supported WLAN bands by the UE.		-
SupportedBandUTRA-FDD
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.101 [17].		-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD128
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].		-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD384
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].		-
SupportedBandUTRA-TDD768
UTRA band as defined in TS 25.102 [18].		-
supportedBandwidthCombinationSet
The supportedBandwidthCombinationSet indicated for a band combination is applicable to all bandwidth classes indicated by the UE in this band combination.
Field encoded as a bit map, where bit N is set to "1" if UE support Bandwidth Combination Set N for this band combination, see 36.101 [42]. The leading / leftmost bit (bit 0) corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 0, the next bit corresponds to the Bandwidth Combination Set 1 and so on. The UE shall neither include the field for a non-CA band combination, nor for a CA band combination for which the UE only supports Bandwidth Combination Set 0.		-
supportedCellGrouping
This field indicates for which mapping of serving cells to cell groups (i.e. MCG or SCG)the UE supports asynchronous DC. This field is only present for a band combination with more than two but less than six band entries where the UE supports asynchronous DC. If this field is not present but asynchronous operation is supported, the UE supports all possible mappings of serving cells to cell groupsfor the band combination. The bitmap size is selected based on the number of entries in the combinations, i.e., in case of three entries, the bitmap corresponding to threeEntries is selected and so on.
A bit in the bit string set to 1 indicates that the UE supports asynchronous DC for the cell grouping option represented by the concerned bit position. Each bit position represents a different cell grouping option, as illustrated by a table, see NOTE 5. A cell grouping option is represented by a number of bits, each representing a particular band entryin the band combination with the left-most bit referring to the band listed first in the band combination, etc. Value 0 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a first cell group, while value 1 indicates that the carriers of the corresponding band entry are mapped to a second cell group.
It is noted that the mapping table does not include entries with all bits set to the same value (0 or 1) as this does not represent a DC scenario (i.e. indicating that the UE supports that all carriers of the corresponding band entry are in one cell group).		-
supportedCSI-Proc, sTTI-SupportedCSI-Proc
Indicates the maximum number of CSI processes supported on a component carrier within a band. Value n1 corresponds to 1 CSI process, value n3 corresponds to 3 CSI processes, and value n4 corresponds to 4 CSI processes. If this field is included, the UE shall include the same number of entries listed in the same order as in BandParameters/STTI-SPT-BandParameters. If the UE supports at least 1 CSI process on any component carrier, then the UE shall include this field in all bands in all band combinations.		-
supportedCSI-Proc (in FeatureSetDL-PerCC)
In MR-DC, indicates the number of CSI processes for the component carrier in the corresponding bandwidth class. If the UE supports at least 1 CSI process, then the UE shall include this field.		-
supportedMIMO-CapabilityDL-MRDC (in FeatureSetDL-PerCC)
In MR-DC, indicates the maximum number of supported layers in TM9/10 for the component carrier in the corresponding bandwidth class.		-
supportedNAICS-2CRS-AP
If included, the UE supports NAICS for the band combination. The UE shall include a bitmap of the same length, and in the same order, as in naics-Capability-List, to indicate 2 CRS AP NAICS capability of the band combination. The first/ leftmost bit points to the first entry of naics-Capability-List, the second bit points to the second entry of naics-Capability-List, and so on.
For band combinations with a single component carrier, UE is only allowed to indicate {numberOfNAICS-CapableCC, numberOfAggregatedPRB} = {1, 100} if NAICS is supported.		-
supportedOperatorDic
Indicates whether the UE supports operator defined dictionary. If UE supports operator defined dictionary, the UE shall report versionOfDictionary and associatedPLMN-ID of the stored operator defined dictionary. This parameter is not required to be present if the UE is in VPLMN. In this release of the specification, UE can only support one operator defined dictionary. The associatedPLMN-ID is only associated to the operator defined dictionary which has no relationship with UE's HPLMN ID.		-
supportRohcContextContinue
Indicates whether the UE supports ROHC context continuation operation where the UE does not reset the current ROHC context upon handover.		-
supportedROHC-Profiles
Indicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in both uplink and downlink.		-
supportedUplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles
Indicates the ROHC profiles that UE supports in uplink and not in downlink, see TS 36.323 [8]		-
supportedStandardDic
Indicates whether the UE supports standard dictionary for SIP and SDP as specified in TS 36.323 [8].		-
supportedUDC
Indicates whether the UE supports UL data compression, see TS 36.323 [8].		-
tdd-SpecialSubframe
Indicates whether the UE supports TDD special subframe defined in TS 36.211 [21]. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r11 if it supports the TDD special subframes ssp7 and ssp9. A UE shall indicate tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 if it supports the TDD special subframe ssp10, except when ssp10-TDD-Only-r14 is included.		Yes
tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex
The presence of this field indicates that the UE supports TDD/FDD CA in any supported band combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersUL and at least one TDD band with bandParametersUL. The first bit is set to "1" if UE supports the TDD PCell. The second bit is set to "1" if UE supports FDD PCell. This field is included only if the UE supports band combination including at least one FDD band with bandParametersULand at least one TDD band with bandParametersUL. If this field is included, the UE shall set at least one of the bits as "1". If this field is included with DC, then it is applicable within a CG, and the presence of this field indicates the capability of the UE to support TDD/FDD CA with at least one FDD band and at least one TDD band in the same CG, with the value indicating the support for TDD/FDD PCell (PSCell).		No
tdd-TTI-Bundling
The presence of this field indicates whether the UE supporting TDD special subframe configuration 10 also supports TTI bundling for TDD configuration 2 and 3 when PUSCH transimission in UpPTS is configured, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.0. If this field is present, the tdd-SpecialSubframe-r14 or ssp10-TDD-Only-r14shall be present.		Yes
timeReferenceProvision
Indicates whether the UE supports provision of time reference in DLInformationTransfer message.		-
timeSeparationSlot2, timeSeparationSlot4
Indicates whether the UE supports time staggering length of 2 slots (MBSFN reference signal pattern type 2) / 4 slots (MBSFN reference signal pattern type 1) for MBSFN-RS associated with PMCH withsubcarrier spacing of 0.37 kHz for MBSFN subframes when operating on the EUTRA band given by the entry in mbms-SupportedBandInfoList as described in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.2.2.4.		-
timerT312
Indicates whether the UE supports T312.		No
tm5-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in FDD.		-
tm5-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports the PDSCH transmission mode 5 in TDD.		-
tm6-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm6 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeAis included.		Yes
tm8-slotPDSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM8 for slot PDSCH in TDD.		-
tm9-CE-ModeA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode A, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeAis included.		Yes
tm9-CE-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation in CE mode B, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.2.3. This field can be included only if ce-ModeBis included.		Yes
tm9-LAA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm9 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.		-
tm9-slotSubslot
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM9 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for non-MBSFN.		Yes
tm9-slotSubslotMBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM9 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for MBSFN.		Yes
tm9-With-8Tx-FDD
Indicates whether the UE supports PDSCH transmission mode 9 with 8 CSI reference signal ports for FDD when not operating in CE mode.		Yes
tm10-LAA
Indicates whether the UE supports tm10 operation on LAA cell(s). This field can be included only if downlinkLAA is included.		-
tm10-slotSubslot
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM10 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for non-MBSFN.		Yes
tm10-slotSubslotMBSFN
Indicates whether the UE supports configuration and decoding of TM10 for slot and/or subslot PDSCH for MBSFN.		Yes
totalWeightedLayers
Indicates total number of weighted layers the UE can process for FD-MIMO. See NOTE 8.		-
twoAntennaPortsForPUCCH
No
twoStepSchedulingTimingInfo
Presence of this field indicates that the UE supports uplink scheduling using PUSCH trigger A and PUSCH trigger B (as defined in TS 36.213 [23]).
This field also indicates the timing between the PUSCH trigger B and the earliest time the UE supports performing the associated UL transmission. For reception of PUSCH trigger B in subframe N, value nPlus1 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in subframe N+1, value nPlus2 indicates that the UE supports performing the UL transmission in subframe N+2, and so on.
This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.		-
txAntennaSwitchDL, txAntennaSwitchUL
The presence of txAntennaSwitchUL indicates the UE supports transmit antenna selection for this UL band in the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 8.2 and 8.7.
The field txAntennaSwitchDL indicates the entry number of the first-listed band with UL in the band combination that affects this DL. The field txAntennaSwitchUL indicates the entry number of the first-listed band with UL in the band combination that switches together with this UL.Value 1 means first entry, value 2 means second entry and so on. All DL and UL that switch together indicate the same entry number.
For the case of carrier switching, the antenna switching capability for the target carrier configuration is indicated as follows:
For UE configured with a set of component carriers belonging to a band combination Cbaseline = {b1(1),…,bx(1),…,by(0),…}, where "1/0" denotes whether the corresponding band has an uplink, if a component carrier in bx is to be switched to a component carrier in by (according to srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex), the antenna switching capability is derived based on band combination Ctarget = {b1(1),…,bx(0),…,by(1),…}.		-
txDiv-PUCCH1b-ChSelect
Indicates whether the UE supports transmit diversity for PUCCH format 1b with channel selection.		Yes
txDiv-SPUCCH
Indicates whether the UE supports Tx diversity on SPUCCH format 1/1a/1b/3.		Yes
tx-Sidelink, rx-Sidelink
Indicates that the UE supports sidelink transmission/reception on the band in the band combination.
For NR sidelink transmission, tx-Sidelink is only applicable if the UE supports at least one of sl-TransmissionMode1-r16 and sl-TransmissionMode2-r16 on the band as specified in TS 38.331 [82].
For NR sidelink reception, rx-Sidelink is only applicable if the UE supports sl-Reception-r16 on the band as specified in TS 38.331 [82].		-
uci-PUSCH-Ext
Indicates whether the UE supports an extension of UCI delivering more than 22 HARQ-ACK bits on PUSCH as specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.2.2.6 and TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.6.3.		No
ue-AutonomousWithFullSensing
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous resource selection mode with full sensing (i.e., continuous channel monitoring) for V2X sidelink communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].		-
ue-AutonomousWithPartialSensing
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using UE autonomous resource selection mode with partial sensing (i.e., channel monitoring in a limited set of subframes) for V2X sidelink communication and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42].		-
ue-Category
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 12 in this version of the specification.		-
ue-CategoryDL
UE DL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n17 corresponds to UE category 17, value m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis, value m2 corresponds to UE category M2. For ASN.1 compatibility, a UE indicating DL category 0, m1 or m2 shall also indicate any of the categories (1..5) in ue-Category (without suffix), which is ignored by the eNB,a UE indicating UE category oneBis shall also indicate UE category 1 in ue-Category (without suffix), and a UE indicating UE category m2 shall also indicate UE category m1. The field ue-CategoryDL is set to values 0, m1, oneBis, m2, 4, 6, 7, 9 to 16, n17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 in this version of the specification.		-
ue-CategorySL-C-TX
UE SL category for V2X transmission as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 5 in this version of the specification.		-
ue-CategorySL-C-RX
UE SL category for V2X reception as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Set to values 1 to 4 in this version of the specification.		-
ue-CategoryUL
UE UL category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. Value n14 corresponds to UE category 14, value n16 corresponds to UE category 16 and so on. Value m1 corresponds to UE category M1, value m2 corresponds to UE category M2, value oneBis corresponds to UE category 1bis. The field ue-CategoryUL is set to values m1, m2, 0, oneBis, 3, 5, 7, 8, 13, n14,15, n16 to n21 or 22 to 26 in this version of the specification.		-
ue-CA-PowerClass-N
Indicates whether the UE supports UE power class N in the E-UTRA band combination, see TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.307 [78]. If ue-CA-PowerClass-N is not included, UE supports the default UE power class in the E-UTRA band combination, see TS 36.101 [42].		-
ue-CE-NeedULGaps
Indicates whether the UE needs uplink gaps during continuous uplink transmission in FDD as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.306 [5].		-
ue-PowerClass-N, ue-PowerClass-5
Indicates whether the UE supports UE power class 1, 2, 4 or 5 in the E-UTRA band, see TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.307 [79] and TS 36.102 [113] for NTN capable UE. UE includes either ue-PowerClass-N or ue-PowerClass-5. If neither ue-PowerClass-N nor ue-PowerClass-5 is included, UE supports the default UE power class in the E-UTRA band, see TS 36.101 [42] and TS 36.102 [113] for NTN capable UE.		-
ue-Rx-TxTimeDiffMeasurements
Indicates whether the UE supports Rx - Tx time difference measurements.		No
ue-SpecificRefSigsSupported
No
ue-SSTD-Meas
Indicates whether the UE supports SSTD measurements between the PCell and the PSCell as specified in TS 36.214 [48] and TS 36.133 [16].		-
ue-TxAntennaSelectionSupported
Except for the supported band combinations for which bandParameterList-v1380 is included, TRUE indicates that the UE is capable of supporting UE transmit antenna selection such that all the supported bands in the band combination are affected by transmit antenna switching, as described in TS 36.213 [23], clause 8.7. E-UTRAN ignores this field for band combinations for which bandParameterList-v1380 is included.		Yes
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-1T4R
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna among four antennas to transmit SRS for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].		-
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-2Pairs
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair between two antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].		-
ue-TxAntennaSelection-SRS-2T4R-3Pairs
Indicates whether the UE supports selecting one antenna pair among three antenna pairs to transmit SRS simultaneously for the corresponding band of the band combination as described in TS 36.213 [23].		-
ul-64QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 64QAM in UL on the band. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports UL 64QAM, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. If the field is present for one band, the field shall be present for all bands including downlink only bands.		-
ul-256QAM
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL on the band in the band combination. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList is not included.		-
ul-256QAM (in FeatureSetUL-PerCC)
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for MR-DC within the indicated feature set. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2.		-
ul-256QAM-perCC-InfoList
Indicates, per serving carrier of which the corresponding bandwidth class includes multiple serving carriers (i.e. bandwidth class B, C, D and so on), whether the UE supports 256QAM in the band combination. The number of entries is equal to the number of component carriers in the corresponding bandwidth class. The UE shall support the setting indicated in each entry of the list regardless of the order of entries in the list. This field is only present when the field ue-CategoryUL indicates UL UE category that supports 256QAM in UL, see TS 36.306 [5], Table 4.1A-2. The UE includes this field only if the field ul-256QAM is not included.		-
ul-256QAM-Slot
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for slot TTI operation on the band. 		-
ul-256QAM-Subslot
Indicates whether the UE supports 256QAM in UL for subslot TTI operation on the band. 		-
ul-AsyncHarqSharingDiff-TTI-Lengths
Indicates whether the UE supports UL asynchronous HARQ sharing between different TTI lengths for an UL serving cell.		Yes
ul-CoMP
Indicates whether the UE supports UL Coordinated Multi-Point operation.		No
ul-dmrs-Enhancements
Indicates whether the UE supports UL DMRS enhancements as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.3A.		Yes
ul-PDCP-AvgDelay
Indicates whether the UE supports UL PDCP Packet Average Delay measurement (as specified in TS 38.314 [103]) and reporting in RRC_CONNECTED.		-
ul-PDCP-Delay
Indicates whether the UE supports UL PDCP Packet Delay per QCI measurement as specified in TS 36.314 [71].		-
ul-powerControlEnhancements
Indicates whether UE supports UplinkPowerControlDedicated.		Yes
ul-RRC-Segmentation
Indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentation of UECapabilityInformation.		-
uplinkLAA
Presence of the field indicates that the UE supports uplink LAA operation.		-
uss-BlindDecodingAdjustment
Indicates whether the UEsupports blind decoding adjustment on UE specific search space as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.		-
uss-BlindDecodingReduction
Indicates whether the UE supports blind decoding reduction on UE specific search space by not monitoring DCI format 0A/0B/4A/4B as defined in TS 36.213 [22]. This field can be included only if uplinkLAA is included.		-
unicastFrequencyHopping
Indicates whether the UE supports frequency hopping for unicast MPDCCH/PDSCH (configured by mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig) and unicast PUSCH (configured by pusch-HoppingConfig).		-
unicast-fembmsMixedSCell
Indicates whether the UE supports unicast reception from FeMBMS/Unicast mixed cell. This field is included only if UE supports carrier aggregation.		No
utra-GERAN-CGI-Reporting-ENDC
Indicates whether the UE supports Inter-RAT report CGI procedure towards GERAN/UTRA cell when it is configured with (NG)EN-DC wherein either MN and SN have different DRX cycles, or on-duration configured by MN does not contain on-duration configured by SN if their DRX cycles are same.		Yes
utran-ProximityIndication
Indicates whether the UE supports proximity indication for UTRAN CSG member cells.		-
utran-SI-AcquisitionForHO
Indicates whether the UE supports, upon configuration of si-RequestForHO by the network, acquisition and reporting of relevant information using autonomous gaps by reading the SI from a neighbouring UMTS cell.		Yes
v2x-BandParametersNR
Includes the NR BandParametersSidelink-r16IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the per-band per-band-combination sidelink capability for NR-PC5.		-
v2x-BandParametersEUTRA-NR-v1710
Includes the BandParametersSidelinkEUTRA-NR-v1710IE as specified in TS 38.331 [82]. The field includes the per-band per-band-combination sidelink capability for NR-PC5.		-
v2x-BandwidthClassTxSL, v2x-BandwidthClassRxSL
The bandwidth class for V2X sidelink transmission and reception supported by the UE as defined in TS 36.101 [42], Table 5.6G.1-3.
The UE explicitly includes all the supported bandwidth class combinations for V2X sidelink transmission or reception in the band combination signalling. Support for one bandwidth class does not implicitly indicate support for another bandwidth class.		-
v2x-eNB-Scheduled
Indicates whether the UE supports transmitting PSCCH/PSSCH using dynamic scheduling, SPS in eNB scheduled mode for V2X sidelink communication, reporting SPS assistance information and the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 3 V2X UE, see TS 36.101 [42] in a band.		-
v2x-EnhancedHighReception
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 30 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 204 RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink communication.		-
v2x-HighPower
Indicates whether the UE supports maximum transmit power associated with Power class 2 V2X UE for V2X sidelink transmission in a band, see TS 36.101 [42].		-
v2x-HighReception
Indicates whether the UE supports reception of 20 PSCCH in a subframe and decoding of 136 RBs per subframe counting both PSCCH and PSSCH in a band for V2X sidelink communication.		-
v2x-nonAdjacentPSCCH-PSSCH
Indicates whether the UE supports transmission and reception in the configuration of non-adjacent PSCCH and PSSCH for V2X sidelink communication.		-
v2x-numberTxRxTiming
Indicates the number of multiple reference TX/RX timings counted over all the configured sidelink carriers for V2X sidelink communication.		-
v2x-SensingReportingMode3
Indicates whether the UE supports sensing measurements and reporting of measurement results in eNB scheduled mode for V2X sidelink communication.		-
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList
Indicates the supported band combination list on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission and/or reception of V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR
Indicates the supported band combination list on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission and/or reception of NR sidelink communication only, or joint V2X sidelink communication and NR sidelink communication. 		-
v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC, v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC
Indicates, for a particular band combination of EUTRA, the supported band combination list among v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission or reception of EUTRA and V2X sidelink communication respectively. The first bit refers to the first entry of v2x-SupportedBandCombinationList, with value 1 indicating V2X sidelink transmission/reception is supported.		-
v2x-SupportedTxBandCombListPerBC-v1630, v2x-SupportedRxBandCombListPerBC-v1630
Indicates, for a particular band combination of EUTRA, the supported band combination list among v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR on which the UE supports simultaneous transmission or reception of EUTRA and NR sidelink communication respectively, or simultaneous transmission or reception of EUTRA and joint V2X sidelink communication and NR sidelink communication respectively. The first bit refers to the first entry of v2x-SupportedBandCombinationListEUTRA-NR, with value 1 indicating V2X sidelink transmission/reception is supported.		-
v2x-TxWithShortResvInterval
Indicates whether the UE supports 20 ms and 50 ms resource reservation periods for UE autonomous resource selection and eNB scheduled resource allocation for V2X sidelink communication.		-
virtualCellID-BasicSRS
Indicates whether the UE supports virtual cell ID for basic SRS symbol(s).		-
virtualCellID-AddSRS
This field indicates whether the UE supports virtual cell ID for additional SRS symbol(s).		-
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-FDD
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice according to GSMA IR.58 profile in UTRA FDD.		-
voiceOverPS-HS-UTRA-TDD128
Indicates whether UE supports IMS voice in UTRA TDD 1.28Mcps.		-
widebandPRG-Slot, widebandPRG-Subslot, widebandPRG-Subframe
Indicates whether the UE supports wideband precoding resource block group size for slot/subslot/subframe operation as specified in TS 36.213 [23].		-
wlan-IW-RAN-Rules
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules.		-
wlan-IW-ANDSF-Policies
Indicates whether the UE supports RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies.		-
wlan-MAC-Address
Indicates the WLAN MAC address of this UE.		-
wlan-PeriodicMeas
Indicates whether the UE supports periodic reporting of WLAN measurements.		-
wlan-ReportAnyWLAN
Indicates whether the UE supports reporting of WLANs not listed in the measObjectWLAN.		-
wlan-SupportedDataRate
Indicates the maximum WLAN data rate supported by the UE over all LWA bearers. Actual value of supported data rate is field value * 10 Mbps (i.e., value 1 corresponds to 10 Mbps, value 2 corresponds to 20 Mbps and so on). 		-
zp-CSI-RS-AperiodicInfo
Indicates whether the UE supports aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS transmission for the indicated transmission mode.		Yes
– UE-RadioPagingInfo
The UE-RadioPagingInfo IE contains UE capability information needed for paging. 

 -- ASN1START
UE-RadioPagingInfo-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    ue-Category-v1250                        INTEGER (0)            OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[    ue-CategoryDL-v1310                    ENUMERATED {m1}        OPTIONAL,
        ce-ModeA-r13                        ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,
        ce-ModeB-r13                        ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    wakeUpSignal-r15                    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,
        wakeUpSignal-TDD-r15                ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,
        wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-r15            ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000}        OPTIONAL,
        wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-TDD-r15        ENUMERATED {ms40, ms240, ms1000, ms2000}        OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[    ue-CategoryDL-v1610                    ENUMERATED {m2}        OPTIONAL,
        groupWakeUpSignal-r16                ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,
        groupWakeUpSignalTDD-r16            ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,
        groupWakeUpSignalAlternation-r16    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL,
        groupWakeUpSignalAlternationTDD-r16    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL 
    ]], 
    [[ 
        inactiveStatePO-Determination-r17    ENUMERATED {true}    OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– UE-TimersAndConstants
The IE UE-TimersAndConstants contains timers and constants used by the UE in either RRC_CONNECTED or RRC_IDLE. 

 -- ASN1START
UE-TimersAndConstants ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    t300                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, 
                                            ms2000}, 
    t301                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, 
                                            ms2000}, 
    t310                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000}, 
    n310                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20}, 
    t311                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms1000, ms3000, ms5000, ms10000, ms15000, 
                                            ms20000, ms30000}, 
    n311                                ENUMERATED { 
                                            n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10}, 
    ..., 
    [[    t300-v1310                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000, ms6000, ms8000, 
                                            ms10000}        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        t301-v1310                        ENUMERATED { 
                                            ms2500, ms3000, ms3500, ms4000, ms5000, ms6000, ms8000, 
                                            ms10000}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    t310-v1330                            ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000}     
                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    t300-r15                        ENUMERATED {ms4000, ms6000, ms8000, ms10000, ms15000, 
                                            ms25000, ms40000, ms60000}    OPTIONAL         -- Cond EDTorPUR
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




Nr of Band Entries:543


Length of Bit-String:
15
7
3
Bit String Position
Cell grouping option (0= first cell group, 1= second cell group)
1
00001
0001
001
2
00010
0010
010
3
00011
0011
011
4
00100
0100

5
00101
0101

6
00110
0110

7
00111
0111

8
01000


9
01001


10
01010


11
01011


12
01100


13
01101


14
01110


15
01111








UE-RadioPagingInfofield descriptions


ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB
Indicates whether the UE supports operation in CE mode A and/or B, as specified in TS 36.211 [21] and TS 36.213 [23].
groupWakeUpSignal, groupWakeUpSignalTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports GWUS for paging in RRC_IDLE as specified in TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is included, the minimum gap between GWUS and associated PO for DRX is fixed as 40 ms.
groupWakeUpSignalAlternation, groupWakeUpSignalAlternationTDD
Indicates whether the UE supports GWUS with group resource alternation for paging in RRC_IDLE as specified in TS 36.211 [21], TS 36.213 [23] and TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is included, the minimum gap between GWUS and associated PO for DRX is fixed as 40 ms.
inactiveStatePO-Determination
Indicates whether the UE other than BL UE or UE in CE supports to use the same i_s in RRC_INACTIVE state as in RRC_IDLE state, as specified in TS 36.304 [4].
ue-Category, ue-CategoryDL
UE category as defined in TS 36.306 [5]. A category M2 UE shall also include the field ue-CategoryDL-v1310 in this version of the specification.
wakeUpSignal, wakeUpSignal-TDD
Indicates whether the UE supports WUS for paging in RRC_IDLE as specified in TS 36.213 [22] and TS 36.304 [4]. If this field is included, the minimum gap between WUS and associated PO for DRX is fixed as 40 ms.
wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX, wakeUpSignalMinGap-eDRX-TDD
Indicates the minimum gap the UE supports between WUS and associated PO for eDRX as specified in TS 36.213 [22] and TS 36.304 [4]. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 ms, ms240 corresponds to 240 ms and so on. If this field is included, the UE shall also indicate support of WUS or GWUS for paging.






UE-TimersAndConstants field descriptions


n3xy
Constants are described in clause 7.4.n1 corresponds with 1, n2 corresponds with 2 and so on.
t3xy
Timers are described in clause 7.3. Value ms0 corresponds with 0 ms, ms50 corresponds with 50 ms and so on. EUTRAN includes an extended value t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330 only in the Bandwidth Reduced (BR) version of the SIB.UEs that support Coverage Enhancement (CE) mode B shall use the extended values t3xy-v1310 and t3xy-v1330, if present, and ignore the value signaled by t3xy (without the suffix).
t300-r15 is only applicable for EDT for mobile originating calls and for UL data transmission using PUR. UE performing EDT for mobile originating calls or UL data transmission using PUR shall use t300-r15, if present.






Conditional presenceExplanation


EDTorPUR
The field is optionally present, Need OR, if edt-Parameters is present in SIB2 or the UE is configured with pur-Config; otherwise the field is not present and the UE shall delete any existing value for this field.
– VisitedCellInfoList
The IE VisitedCellInfoList includes the mobility history information of maximum of 16 most recently visited cells or time spent outside E-UTRA. The most recently visited cell is stored first in the list. The list includes cells visited in RRC_IDLE and RRC_CONNECTED states. 

 -- ASN1START
VisitedCellInfoList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellHistory-r12)) OF VisitedCellInfo-r12 
VisitedCellInfo-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    visitedCellId-r12                    CHOICE { 
        cellGlobalId-r12                        CellGlobalIdEUTRA, 
        pci-arfcn-r12                            SEQUENCE { 
            physCellId-r12                            PhysCellId, 
            carrierFreq-r12                            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,
    
timeSpent-r12This field indicates the duration of stay in the cell or outside E-UTRA approximated to the closest second. If the duration of stay exceeds 4095s, the UE shall set it to 4095s. 
                        INTEGER (0..4095), 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




VisitedCellInfoListfield descriptions


timeSpent
This field indicates the duration of stay in the cell or outside E-UTRA approximated to the closest second. If the duration of stay exceeds 4095s, the UE shall set it to 4095s.
– WLAN-OffloadConfig
The IE WLAN-OffloadConfig includes information for traffic steering between E-UTRAN and WLAN. The fields are applicable to both RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on access network selection and traffic steering rules and RAN-assisted WLAN interworking based on ANDSF policies unless stated otherwise in the field description. 

 -- ASN1START
WLAN-OffloadConfig-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    thresholdRSRP-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        thresholdRSRP-Low-r12                    RSRP-Range, 
        thresholdRSRP-High-r12                    RSRP-Range 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    thresholdRSRQ-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        thresholdRSRQ-Low-r12                    RSRQ-Range, 
        thresholdRSRQ-High-r12                    RSRQ-Range 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-r12    SEQUENCE { 
        thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-Low-r12            RSRQ-Range, 
        thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsWithWB-High-r12            RSRQ-Range 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
    thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbols-r12            SEQUENCE { 
            thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsLow-r12                    RSRQ-Range, 
            thresholdRSRQ-OnAllSymbolsHigh-r12                    RSRQ-Range 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
    thresholdRSRQ-WB-r12                    SEQUENCE { 
        thresholdRSRQ-WB-Low-r12                            RSRQ-Range, 
        thresholdRSRQ-WB-High-r12                            RSRQ-Range 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OP
    thresholdChannelUtilization-r12            SEQUENCE { 
        thresholdChannelUtilizationLow-r12        INTEGER (0..255), 
        thresholdChannelUtilizationHigh-r12        INTEGER (0..255) 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    thresholdBackhaul-Bandwidth-r12            SEQUENCE { 
        thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthLow-r12    WLAN-backhaulRate-r12, 
        thresholdBackhaulDL-BandwidthHigh-r12    WLAN-backhaulRate-r12, 
        thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthLow-r12    WLAN-backhaulRate-r12, 
        thresholdBackhaulUL-BandwidthHigh-r12    WLAN-backhaulRate-r12 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    thresholdWLAN-RSSI-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        thresholdWLAN-RSSI-Low-r12                    INTEGER (0..255), 
        thresholdWLAN-RSSI-High-r12                    INTEGER (0..255) 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    offloadPreferenceIndicator-r12            BIT STRING (SIZE (16))        OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    t-SteeringWLAN-r12                        T-Reselection                OPTIONAL, -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
WLAN-backhaulRate-r12 ::=                    ENUMERATED 
                                        {r0, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, r128, r256, r512, 
                                        r1024, r2048, r4096, r8192, r16384, r32768, r65536, r131072, 
                                        r262144, r524288, r1048576, r2097152, r4194304, r8388608, 
                                        r16777216, r33554432, r67108864, r134217728, r268435456, 
                                        r536870912, r1073741824, r2147483648, r4294967296} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.7 MBMS information elements
– MBMS-NotificationConfig
The IE MBMS-NotificationConfig specifies the MBMS notification related configuration parameters, that are applicable for all MBSFN areas. 

 -- ASN1START
MBMS-NotificationConfig-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    notificationRepetitionCoeff-r9        ENUMERATED {n2, n4}, 
    notificationOffset-r9                INTEGER (0..10), 
    notificationSF-Index-r9                INTEGER (1..6) 
} 
MBMS-NotificationConfig-v1430 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    notificationSF-Index-v1430                INTEGER (7..10) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MBMS-ServiceList
The IE MBMS-ServiceList provides the list of MBMS services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive. 

 -- ASN1START
MBMS-ServiceList-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13)) OF MBMS-ServiceInfo-r13 
MBMS-ServiceInfo-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE    { 
    tmgi-r13                            TMGI-r9 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MBSFN-AreaId
The IE MBSFN-AreaId identifies an MBSFN area by means of a locally unique value at lower layers i.e. it concerns parameter NIDMBSFN in TS 36.211 [21], clause .1. 

 -- ASN1START
MBSFN-AreaId-r12 ::=                    INTEGER (0..255) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MBSFN-AreaInfoList
The IE MBSFN-AreaInfoList contains the information required to acquire the MBMS control information associated with one or more MBSFN areas. 

 -- ASN1START
MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9 
MBSFN-AreaInfo-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    mbsfn-AreaId-r9                        MBSFN-AreaId-r12, 
    non-MBSFNregionLength                ENUMERATED {s1, s2}, 
    notificationIndicator-r9            INTEGER (0..7), 
    mcch-Config-r9                        SEQUENCE { 
        mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r9        ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256}, 
        mcch-Offset-r9                    INTEGER (0..10), 
        mcch-ModificationPeriod-r9        ENUMERATED {rf512, rf1024}, 
        sf-AllocInfo-r9                    BIT STRING (SIZE(6)), 
        signallingMCS-r9                ENUMERATED {n2, n7, n13, n19} 
    }, 
    ..., 
    [[    mcch-Config-r14                SEQUENCE { 
            mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1430        ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8, 
                                        rf16 }        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
            mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1430    ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, 
                                            rf256, spare7}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
        }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        subcarrierSpacingMBMS-r14        ENUMERATED {kHz7dot5, kHz1dot25}    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r16 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MBSFN-AreaInfo-r16 
MBSFN-AreaInfo-r16 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    mbsfn-AreaId-r16                    MBSFN-AreaId-r12, 
    notificationIndicator-r16            INTEGER (0..7), 
    mcch-Config-r16                        SEQUENCE { 
        mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r16            ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, 
                                                        rf128, rf256, spare7, spare6, spare5, 
                                                        spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
        mcch-ModificationPeriod-r16            ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, 
                                                        rf256, rf512, rf1024, spare5, spare4, 
                                                        spare3,spare2, spare1}, 
        mcch-Offset-r16                    INTEGER (0..10), 
        sf-AllocInfo-r16                BIT STRING (SIZE(10)), 
        signallingMCS-r16                ENUMERATED {n2, n7, n13, n19} 
    }, 
    subcarrierSpacingMBMS-r16        ENUMERATED {kHz7dot5, kHz2dot5, kHz1dot25, kHz0dot37, 
                                        kHz15-v1710, spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    timeSeparation-r16                ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4} OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
MBSFN-AreaInfoList-r17 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxMBSFN-Area)) OF MBSFN-AreaInfo-r17 
MBSFN-AreaInfo-r17 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    mbsfn-AreaInfo-r17                MBSFN-AreaInfo-r16, 
    pmch-Bandwidth-r17                ENUMERATED {n40, n35, n30, spare1}, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– MBSFN-SubframeConfig
The IE MBSFN-SubframeConfig defines subframes that are reserved for MBSFN in downlink. 

 -- ASN1START
MBSFN-SubframeConfig ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    radioframeAllocationPeriod            ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32}, 
    radioframeAllocationOffset            INTEGER (0..7), 
    
subframeAllocationDefines the subframes that are allocated for MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.
                    CHOICE { 
        
oneFrame"1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #1, the second bit for #2, third bit for #3, fourth bit for #6, fifth bit for #7, sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only if eimta-MainConfig is configured. The last bit is not used.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE(6)), 
        
fourFramesA bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #6, #7, and #8 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
TDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. The last four bits are not used. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only ifeimta-MainConfig is configured.
                            BIT STRING (SIZE(24)) 
    } 
} 
MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1430 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    subframeAllocation-v1430                CHOICE { 
        oneFrame-v1430                        BIT STRING (SIZE(2)), 
        fourFrames-v1430                    BIT STRING (SIZE(8)) 
    } 
} 
MBSFN-SubframeConfig-v1610 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    subframeAllocation-v1610                CHOICE { 
        oneFrame-v1610                        BIT STRING (SIZE(2)), 
        fourFrames-v1610                    BIT STRING (SIZE(8)) 
    } 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




MBMS-NotificationConfig field descriptions


notificationOffset
Indicates, together with the notificationRepetitionCoeff, the radio frames in which the MCCH information change notification is scheduled i.e. the MCCH information change notification is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod notification repetition period = notificationOffset.
notificationRepetitionCoeff
Actual change notification repetition period common for all MCCHs that are configured= shortest modification period/ notificationRepetitionCoeff. The 'shortest modificaton period' corresponds with the lowest value of mcch-ModificationPeriod of all MCCHs that are configured. Value n2 corresponds to coefficient 2, and so on.
notificationSF-Index
Indicates the subframe used to transmit MCCH change notifications on PDCCH. FDD: Value 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 correspond with subframe #1, #2, #3 #6, #7, and #8 respectively. Value 7, 8, 9 and 10 correspond with subframe #0, #4, #5 and #9 respectively. If notificationSF-Index-v1430 is included, UE ignores notificationSF-Index-r9. TDD: Value 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 correspond with subframe #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 respectively.






MBSFN-AreaInfoList field descriptions


mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. In case mcch-ModificationPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the mcch-ModificationPeriod-r9.
mcch-Offset
Indicates, together with the mcch-RepetitionPeriod, the radio frames in which MCCH is scheduled i.e. MCCH is scheduled in radio frames for which: SFN mod mcch-RepetitionPeriod = mcch-Offset.
mcch-RepetitionPeriod
Defines the interval between transmissions of MCCH information, in radio frames, Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. In case mcch-RepetitionPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the mcch-RepetitionPeriod-r9.
non-MBSFNregionLength
Indicates how many symbols from the beginning of the subframe constitute the non-MBSFN region. This value applies in all subframes of the MBSFN area used for PMCH transmissions as indicated in the MSI. The values s1 and s2 correspond with 1 and 2 symbols, respectively: see TS 36.211 [21], Table 6.7-1.
notificationIndicator
Indicates which PDCCH bit is used to notify the UE about change of the MCCH applicable for this MBSFN area.Value 0 corresponds with the least significant bit as defined in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1 and so on.
pmch-Bandwidth
Indicates the PMCH and corresponding MBSFN-RS bandwidth applicable for this MBSFN area (parameter  in TS 36.211 [ 21] and TS 36.213 [23]). Value n40 corresponds to 40 PRBs, n35 corresponds to 35 PRBs and so on.
sf-AllocInfo-r9
Indicates the subframes of the radio frames indicated by the mcch-RepetitionPeriod and the mcch-Offset, that may carry MCCH. Value "1" indicates that the corresponding subframe is allocated. If the bitmap is set to all zeros, the corresponding MBSFN area is considered as not configured.
The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/ leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #1 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #2, the third bit for #3, the fourth bit for #6, the fifth bit for #7 and the sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. Uplink subframes are not allocated. The last bit is not used.
sf-AllocInfo-r16
Indicates the subframes of the radio frames indicated by the mcch-RepetitionPeriod and the mcch-Offset, that may carry MCCH. Value "1" indicates that the corresponding subframe is allocated. The first/ leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #0 of the radio frame indicated by mcch-RepetitionPeriod and mcch-Offset, the second bit for #1 and so on. When subcarrierSpacingMBMS indicates 0.37 kHz subcarrier spacing, a valid MBMS slot can carry MCCH if any subframe corresponding to the slot is configured to carry MCCH.
signallingMCS
Indicates the MCS applicable for the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo and for each (P)MCH that is configured for this MBSFN area, for the first subframe allocated to the (P)MCH within each MCH scheduling period (which may contain the MCH scheduling information provided by MAC). Value n2 corresponds with the value 2 for parameter in TS 36.213 [23], Table 7.1.7.1-1, and so on.
subcarrierSpacingMBMS
The value indicates subcarrier spacing for MBSFN subframes, kHz7dot5 refers to 7.5kHz subcarrier spacing,kHz2dot5 refers to 2.5 kHz subcarrier spacing and so on as defined in TS36.211 [21], clause 6.12. These subframes do not have non-MBSFN region. If subcarrierSpacingMBMS-r14 is present, then non-MBSFNregionLength shall be ignored. EUTRAN configures parameter subcarrierSpacingMBMS only when the MBSFN subframes have subcarrier spacing other than 15kHz or when included in mbsfn-AreaInfo-r17. Value kHz15-r17 is applicable only when the field is included in mbsfn-AreaInfo-r17. If subcarrierSpacingMBMS indicates 0.37 kHz subcarrier spacing, the slot as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 4.1 is valid only when all the corresponding subframes are configured as MBSFN subframes in this slot.
timeSeparation
Indicates the staggering length for MBSFN-RS associated with PMCH as defined in TS 36.211 [21], clause 6.10.2.2.4. Value sl2 refers to staggering length of 2 slots (MBSFN reference signal pattern type 2) and sl4 refers to staggering length of 4 slots (MBSFN reference signal pattern type 1). E-UTRAN always configures this field when subcarrierSpacingMBMS indicates 0.37 kHz subcarrier spacing. Othewise the field is not configured.






MBSFN-SubframeConfig field descriptions


fourFrames
A bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #1, #2, #3, #6, #7, and #8 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
TDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation applies to subframes #3, #4, #7, #8, and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. The last four bits are not used. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only ifeimta-MainConfig is configured.
fourFrames-v1430, fourFrames-v1610
A bit-map indicating MBSFN subframe allocation in four consecutive radio frames, "1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The bitmap is interpreted as follows:
FDD: Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation indicated by fourFrames-v1430applies to subframes #4 and #9 in the sequence of the four radio-frames. Starting from the first radioframe and from the first/leftmost bit in the bitmap, the allocation indicated by fourFrames-v1610, if present, applies to subframes #0 and #5 in the sequence of the four radio-frames.
oneFrame
"1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #1, the second bit for #2, third bit for #3, fourth bit for #6, fifth bit for #7, sixth bit for #8.
TDD: The first/leftmost bit defines the allocation for subframe #3, the second bit for #4, third bit for #7, fourth bit for #8, fifth bit for #9. E-UTRAN allocates uplink subframes only if eimta-MainConfig is configured. The last bit is not used.
oneFrame-v1430, oneFrame-v1610
"1" denotes that the corresponding subframe is allocated for MBSFN. The following mapping applies:
FDD: The first/leftmost bit indicated by oneFrame-v1430 defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #4 and the second bit for #9. The first/leftmost bit indicated by oneFrame-v1610, if present,defines the MBSFN allocation for subframe #0 and the second bit for #5.
radioFrameAllocationPeriod, radioFrameAllocationOffset
Radio-frames that contain MBSFN subframes occur when equation SFN mod radioFrameAllocationPeriod = radioFrameAllocationOffsetis satisfied. Value n1 for radioframeAllocationPeriod denotes value 1, n2 denotes value 2, and so on. When fourFrames is used for subframeAllocation, the equation defines the first radio frame referred to in the description below. Values n1 and n2 are not applicable when fourFrames is used.
subframeAllocation
Defines the subframes that are allocated for MBSFN within the radio frame allocation period defined by the radioFrameAllocationPeriod and the radioFrameAllocationOffset.
– PMCH-InfoList
The IE PMCH-InfoList specifies configuration of all PMCHs of an MBSFN area, while IE PMCH-InfoListExt includes additional PMCHs, i.e. extends the PMCH list using the general principles specified in 5.1.2. The information provided for an individual PMCH includes the configuration parameters of the sessions that are carried by the concerned PMCH. For all PMCH that E-UTRAN includes in PMCH-InfoList, the list of ongoing sessions has at least one entry. 

 -- ASN1START
PMCH-InfoList-r9 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-Info-r9 
PMCH-InfoListExt-r12 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxPMCH-PerMBSFN)) OF PMCH-InfoExt-r12 
PMCH-Info-r9 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    pmch-Config-r9                        PMCH-Config-r9, 
    mbms-SessionInfoList-r9            MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9, 
    ... 
} 
PMCH-InfoExt-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    pmch-Config-r12                        PMCH-Config-r12, 
    mbms-SessionInfoList-r12            MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9, 
    ... 
} 
MBMS-SessionInfoList-r9 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSessionPerPMCH)) OF MBMS-SessionInfo-r9 
MBMS-SessionInfo-r9 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    tmgi-r9                                TMGI-r9, 
    sessionId-r9                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    logicalChannelIdentity-r9            INTEGER (0..maxSessionPerPMCH-1), 
    ... 
} 
PMCH-Config-r9 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    sf-AllocEnd-r9                        INTEGER (0..1535), 
    dataMCS-r9                            INTEGER (0..28), 
    mch-SchedulingPeriod-r9            ENUMERATED { 
                                        rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024}, 
    ... 
} 
PMCH-Config-r12 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    sf-AllocEnd-r12                        INTEGER (0..1535), 
    dataMCS-r12                            CHOICE { 
        normal-r12                            INTEGER (0..28), 
        higerOrder-r12                        INTEGER (0..27) 
    }, 
    mch-SchedulingPeriod-r12        ENUMERATED { 
                                        rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024}, 
    ..., 
    [[    mch-SchedulingPeriod-v1430        ENUMERATED {rf1, rf2}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
TMGI-r9 ::=                        SEQUENCE { 
    plmn-Id-r9                            CHOICE { 
        plmn-Index-r9                        INTEGER (1..maxPLMN-r11), 
        explicitValue-r9                    PLMN-Identity 
    }, 
    serviceId-r9                        OCTET STRING (SIZE (3)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.7a SC-PTM information elements
– SC-MTCH-InfoList
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each MBMS session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information. 

 -- ASN1START
SC-MTCH-InfoList-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSC-MTCH-r13)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-r13 
SC-MTCH-Info-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE    { 
    mbmsSessionInfo-r13                        MBMSSessionInfo-r13, 
    g-RNTI-r13                                BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
    sc-mtch-schedulingInfo-r13                SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    sc-mtch-neighbourCell-r13                BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13))    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    ..., 
    [[    p-a-r13                                ENUMERATED { 
                                                dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, dB-1dot77, 
                                                dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3}        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
MBMSSessionInfo-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE    { 
    tmgi-r13                                TMGI-r9, 
    sessionId-r13                            OCTET STRING (SIZE (1))        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-r13::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    onDurationTimerSCPTM-r13                ENUMERATED { 
                                                psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, 
                                                psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, 
                                                psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, 
                                                psf200}, 
    drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r13            ENUMERATED { 
                                                psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf8, 
                                                psf10, psf20, psf40, 
                                                psf80, psf160, ps320, 
                                                psf640, psf960, 
                                                psf1280, psf1920, psf2560}, 
    schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r13    CHOICE { 
        sf10                                    INTEGER(0..9),
        sf20                                    INTEGER(0..19),
        sf32                                    INTEGER(0..31),
        sf40                                    INTEGER(0..39),
        sf64                                    INTEGER(0..63),
        sf80                                    INTEGER(0..79),
        sf128                                    INTEGER(0..127),
        sf160                                    INTEGER(0..159),
        sf256                                    INTEGER(0..255),
        sf320                                    INTEGER(0..319),
        sf512                                    INTEGER(0..511),
        sf640                                    INTEGER(0..639),
        sf1024                                    INTEGER(0..1023),
        sf2048                                    INTEGER(0..2048),
        sf4096                                    INTEGER(0..4096),
        sf8192                                    INTEGER(0..8192)
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR
The IE SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR provides the list of ongoing MBMS sessions transmitted via SC-MRB and for each MBMS session, the associated G-RNTI and scheduling information. 

 -- ASN1START
SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14)) OF SC-MTCH-Info-BR-r14 
SC-MTCH-Info-BR-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE    { 
    sc-mtch-CarrierFreq-r14                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    mbmsSessionInfo-r14                        MBMSSessionInfo-r13, 
    g-RNTI-r14                                BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
    sc-mtch-schedulingInfo-r14            SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-BR-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    sc-mtch-neighbourCell-r14                BIT STRING (SIZE(maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13))    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
    mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MTCH-r14                INTEGER (1.. maxAvailNarrowBands-r13), 
    mpdcch-NumRepetition-SC-MTCH-r14            ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, 
                                                            r32, r64, r128, r256}, 
    mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH-r14        CHOICE { 
            fdd-r14                                ENUMERATED {v1, v1dot5, v2, v2dot5, v4, 
                                                                v5, v8, v10}, 
            tdd-r14                                ENUMERATED {v1, v2, v4, v5, v8, v10, 
                                                                v20} 
    }, 
    mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MTCH-r14        ENUMERATED {on, off}, 
    mpdcch-PDSCH-CEmodeConfig-SC-MTCH-r14        ENUMERATED {ce-ModeA, ce-ModeB}, 
    mpdcch-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-SC-MTCH-r14        ENUMERATED {bw1dot4, bw5}, 
    mpdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH-r14                    ENUMERATED {zero, oneEighth, oneQuarter, 
                                                            threeEighth, oneHalf, fiveEighth, 
                                                            threeQuarter, sevenEighth}, 
    p-a-r14                                        ENUMERATED { dB-6, dB-4dot77, dB-3, 
                                                            dB-1dot77, dB0, dB1, dB2, 
                                                            dB3}                OPTIONAL,--    Need OR
    ... 
} 
SC-MTCH-SchedulingInfo-BR-r14::=    SEQUENCE    { 
    onDurationTimerSCPTM-r14                ENUMERATED { 
                                                psf300, psf400, psf500, psf600, 
                                                psf800, psf1000, psf1200, psf1600}, 
    drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM-r14            ENUMERATED { 
                                                psf0, psf1, psf2, psf4, psf8, psf16, 
                                                psf32, psf64, psf128, psf256, ps512, 
                                                psf1024, psf2048, psf4096, psf8192, psf16384}, 
    schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM-r14    CHOICE { 
        sf10                                    INTEGER(0..9),
        sf20                                    INTEGER(0..19),
        sf32                                    INTEGER(0..31),
        sf40                                    INTEGER(0..39),
        sf64                                    INTEGER(0..63),
        sf80                                    INTEGER(0..79),
        sf128                                    INTEGER(0..127),
        sf160                                    INTEGER(0..159),
        sf256                                    INTEGER(0..255),
        sf320                                    INTEGER(0..319),
        sf512                                    INTEGER(0..511),
        sf640                                    INTEGER(0..639),
        sf1024                                    INTEGER(0..1023),
        sf2048                                    INTEGER(0..2047),
        sf4096                                    INTEGER(0..4095),
        sf8192                                    INTEGER(0..8191)
    }, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SCPTM-NeighbourCellList
The IE SCPTM-NeighbourCellList indicates a list of neighbour cells where ongoing MBMS sessions provided via SC-MRB in the current cells are also provided. 

 -- ASN1START
SCPTM-NeighbourCellList-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13)) OF PCI-ARFCN-r13 
PCI-ARFCN-r13 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r13                        PhysCellId, 
        carrierFreq-r13                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9        OPTIONAL 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.3.8 Sidelink information elements
– SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X
The IE SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X specifies the SL V2X anchor frequencies i.e. frequencies that include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-AnchorCarrierFreqList-V2X-r14 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
 -- ASN1STOP




PMCH-InfoList field descriptions


dataMCS
Indicates the value for parameter in TS 36.213 [23], which defines the MCS applicable for the subframes of this (P)MCH as indicated by the field commonSF-Alloc. Value normalcorresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1 and value higherOrdercorresponds to Table 7.1.7.1-1A. The MCS does however neither apply to the subframes that may carry MCCH i.e. the subframes indicated by the field sf-AllocInfo within SystemInformationBlockType13 nor for the first subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within each MCH schedulingperiod (which may contain the MCH scheduling information provided by MAC).
mch-SchedulingPeriod
Indicates the MCH scheduling period i.e. the periodicity used for providing MCH scheduling information at lower layers (MAC) applicable for an MCH. Value rf8 corresponds to 8 radio frames, rf16 corresponds to 16 radio frames and so on. The mch-SchedulingPeriod starts in the radio frames for which: SFN mod mch-SchedulingPeriod = 0. E-UTRAN configures mch-SchedulingPeriod of the (P)MCH listed first in PMCH-InfoList to be smaller than or equal to mcch-RepetitionPeriod. In case mch-SchedulingPeriod-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore mch-SchedulingPeriod-r12.
plmn-Index
Index of the entry across the plmn-IdentityListfields within SystemInformationBlockType1.
sessionId
Indicates the optional MBMS Session Identity, which together with TMGI identifies a transmission or a possible retransmission of a specific MBMS session: see TS 29.061 [51], clauses 20.5, 17.7.11, and 17.7.15. The field is included whenever upper layers have assigned a session identity i.e. one is available for the MBMS session in E-UTRAN.
serviceId
Uniquely identifies the identity of an MBMS service within a PLMN. The field contains octet 3- 5 of the IE Temporary Mobile Group Identity (TMGI) as defined in TS 24.008 [49]. The first octet contains the third octet of the TMGI, the second octet contains the fourth octet of the TMGI and so on.
sf-AllocEnd
Indicates the last subframe allocated to this (P)MCH within a period identified by field commonSF-AllocPeriod. The subframes allocated to (P)MCH corresponding with the nth entry in pmch-InfoList are the subsequent subframes starting from either the next subframe after the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the (n-1)th listed (P)MCH or, for n=1, the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc, through the subframe identified by sf-AllocEnd of the nth listed (P)MCH. Value 0 corresponds with the first subframe defined by field commonSF-Alloc. 






SC-MTCH-InfoList field descriptions


drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 PDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH.
mbmsSessionInfo
Indicates the ongoing MBMS session in a SC-MTCH.
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames. Value psf1 corresponds to 1 PDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on.
p-a
Parameter: , for the SC-MTCH per G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames. The E-UTRAN does not configure a maximum value 2048 for sf2048, 4096 for sf4096 or 8192 for sf8192.
sc-mtch-neighbourCell
Indicates neighbour cells which also provide this service on SC-MTCH. The first bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the first cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, otherwise it is set to 0. The second bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the second cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, and so on. If this field is absent, the UE shall assume that this service is not available on SC-MTCH in any neighbour cell.
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH. If this field is absent, the SC-MTCH may be scheduled in any subframe.






SC-MTCH-InfoList-BR field descriptions


drx-InactivityTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf0 corresponds to 0 MPDCCH sub-frame and behaviour as specified in 7.3.2 applies, psf1 corresponds to 1 MPDCCH sub-frame, psf2 corresponds to 2 MPDCCH sub-frames and so on.
g-RNTI
G-RNTI used to scramble the scheduling and transmission of a SC-MTCH
mbmsSessionInfo
Indicates the ongoing MBMS session in a SC-MTCH.
mpdcch-Narrowband-SC-MTCH
Narrowband for MPDCCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-NumRepetitions-SC-MTCH
The maximum number of MPDCCH repetitions the UE needs to monitor for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-Offset-SC-MTCH
Fractional period offset of starting subframes for MPDCCH search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-CEmodeConfig-SC-MTCH
Coverage enhancement mode configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-HoppingConfig-SC-MTCH
Frequency hopping configuration for MPDCCH/PDSCH for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
mpdcch-PDSCH-MaxBandwidth-SC-MTCH
Maximum PDSCH channel bandwidth for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23]. Value bw1dot4 corresponds to 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth and value bw5 corresponds to 5 MHz channel bandwidth. Corresponding maximum TBS are specified in TS 36.213 [23], clause 7.1.7.2.
mpdcch-StartSF-SC-MTCH
Starting subframes configuration of the MPDCCH search space for SC-MTCH, see TS 36.213 [23].
onDurationTimerSCPTM
Timer for SC-MTCH reception in TS 36.321 [6]. Value in number of MPDCCH sub-frames. Value psf300 corresponds to 300 MPDCCH sub-frames, psf400 corresponds to 400 MPDCCH sub-frames and so on.
schedulingPeriodStartOffsetSCPTM
SCPTM-SchedulingCycle and SCPTM-SchedulingOffset in TS 36.321 [6]. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingCycle is in number of sub-frames. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 sub-frames, sf20 corresponds to 20 sub-frames and so on. The value of SCPTM-SchedulingOffset is in number of sub-frames.
sc-mtch-CarrierFreq
Downlink carrier used for multicast SC-MTCH transmissions.
sc-mtch-neighbourCell
Indicates neighbour cells which also provide this service on SC-MTCH. The first bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the first cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, otherwise it is set to 0. The second bit is set to 1 if the service is provided on SC-MTCH in the second cell in scptmNeighbourCellList, and so on. If this field is absent, the UE shall assume that this service is not available on SC-MTCH in any neighbour cell.
sc-mtch-schedulingInfo
DRX information for the SC-MTCH. If this field is absent, DRX is not used for SC-MTCH reception.
p-a
Parameter: for the SC-MTCH per G-RNTI, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 5.2. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6 dB, dB-4dot77 corresponds to -4.77 dB etc.






SCPTM-NeighbourCellList field description


carrierFreq
Indicates the frequency of the neighbour cell indicated by physCellId. Absence of the IE means that the neighbour cell is on the same frequency asthe current cell.
– SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList
The IE SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList indicates the list of PSSCH transmission parameters (such as MCS,sub-channel number, retransmission number, CR limit) in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList, and the list of CBR ranges in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList, to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    cbr-RangeCommonConfigList-r14    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-r14)) OF SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14, 
    sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-r14)) OF SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 
} 
SL-CBR-Levels-Config-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF SL-CBR-r14 
SL-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    cr-Limit-r14                    INTEGER(0..10000),
    tx-Parameters-r14                SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 
} 
SL-CBR-r14 ::=                        INTEGER(0..100)
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList
The IE SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList indicates the mapping between PSSCH transmission parameter (such as MCS,PRB number, retransmission number, CR limit) sets by using the indexes of the configurations provided in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList, CBR ranges by an index to the entry of the CBR range configuration in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList, and PPPP ranges. It also indicates the default PSSCH transmission parameters to be used when CBR measurement results are not available. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r14 
SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    priorityThreshold-r14            SL-Priority-r13, 
    defaultTxConfigIndex-r14        INTEGER(0..maxCBR-Level-1-r14),
    cbr-ConfigIndex-r14                INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14),
    tx-ConfigIndexList-r14            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-ConfigIndex-r14 
} 
Tx-ConfigIndex-r14 ::=                INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-1-r14)
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-v1530 
SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15                        OPTIONAL         --Need OR
} 
MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE{ 
    minMCS-PSSCH-r15            INTEGER (0..31), 
    maxMCS-PSSCH-r15            INTEGER (0..31) 
} 
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r15 
SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    priorityThreshold-r15            SL-Priority-r13, 
    defaultTxConfigIndex-r15        INTEGER(0..maxCBR-Level-1-r14),
    cbr-ConfigIndex-r15                INTEGER(0..maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14),
    tx-ConfigIndexList-r15            SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF Tx-ConfigIndex-r14, 
    mcs-PSSCH-RangeList-r15                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCBR-Level-r14)) OF MCS-PSSCH-Range-r15 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList field descriptions


cbr-RangeCommonConfigList
Indicates the list of CBR ranges. Each entry of the listindicates in SL-CBR-Levels-Config the upper bound of the CBR range for the respective entry. The upper bounds of the CBR ranges are configured in ascending order for consecutive entries of cbr-RangeCommonConfigList. For the first entry of cbr-RangeCommonConfigListthe lower bound of the CBR range is 0.
cr-Limit
Indicates the maximum limit on the occupancy ratio. Value 0 corresponds to 0, value 1 to 0.0001, value 2 to 0.0002, and so on (i.e. in steps of 0.0001) until value 10000, which corresponds to 1.
sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList
Indicates the list of available PSSCH transmission parameters (such as MCS, sub-channel number, retransmission number and CR limit) configurations.
SL-CBR
Value 0 corresponds to 0, value 1 to 0.01, value 2 to 0.02, and so on.
tx-Parameters
Indicates PSSCH transmission parameters.
– SL-CommConfig
The IE SL-CommConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink communication. In particular it concerns the transmission resource configuration for sidelink communication on the primary frequency. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-CommConfig-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE    { 
    commTxResources-r12                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                CHOICE { 
            
scheduled-r12Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific BSR from the UE.
                    SEQUENCE { 
                sl-RNTI-r12                        C-RNTI, 
                mac-MainConfig-r12                MAC-MainConfigSL-r12, 
                
sc-CommTxConfig-r12Indicates a pool of resources for SC when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. when indices included in DCI format 5 indicate the actual data resources to be usedas specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.9).
                SL-CommResourcePool-r12, 
                
mcs-r12Indicates the MCSas defined in TS 36.212 [23], clause 14.2.1. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE implementation.
                            INTEGER (0..28)                OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
            }, 
            
ue-Selected-r12Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured by E-UTRAN.
                    SEQUENCE { 
                 -- Pool for normal usage
                
commTxPoolNormalDedicated-r12Indicates a pool of transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_CONNECTED.
    SEQUENCE { 
                    poolToReleaseList-r12            SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                    poolToAddModList-r12            SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
                } 
            } 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    commTxResources-v1310                CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                CHOICE { 
                scheduled-v1310                        SEQUENCE { 
                    
logicalChGroupInfoList-r13Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of increasing logical channel group identity.
            LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13, 
                    
multipleTx-r13Indicates whether the UE should perform multiple transmissions to different destinations in one SC periodin accordance with TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.14.1.1. Value TRUE indicates that multiple transmissions should be performed.
                        BOOLEAN 
                }, 
                ue-Selected-v1310                    SEQUENCE { 
                    commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt-r13    SEQUENCE { 
                        poolToReleaseListExt-r13            SL-TxPoolToReleaseListExt-r13 OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                        poolToAddModListExt-r13                SL-CommTxPoolToAddModListExt-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
                    } 
                } 
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
commTxAllowRelayDedicated-r13Indicates whether the UE is allowed to transmit relay related sidelink communication using the configured dedicated transmission resources i.e. either via scheduled or via UE selected resources.
        BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLCG-r13)) OF SL-PriorityList-r13 
SL-CommTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12 
SL-CommTxPoolToAddModListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-CommTxPoolToAddModExt-r13 
SL-CommTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    poolIdentity-r12                    SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12, 
    pool-r12                            SL-CommResourcePool-r12 
} 
SL-CommTxPoolToAddModExt-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    poolIdentity-v1310                    SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310, 
    pool-r13                            SL-CommResourcePool-r12 
} 
MAC-MainConfigSL-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    periodic-BSR-TimerSL                    PeriodicBSR-Timer-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    retx-BSR-TimerSL                        RetxBSR-Timer-r12 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList field descriptions


cbr-ConfigIndex
Indicates the CBR ranges to be used by an index to the entry of the CBR range configurationin cbr-RangeCommonConfigList. 
defaultTxConfigIndex
Indicates the PSSCH transmission parameters to be used by the UEs which do not have available CBR measurement results, by means of an index to the corresponding entry in tx-ConfigIndexList. Value 0 indicates the first entry in tx-ConfigIndexList. The field is ignored if the UE has available CBR measurement results.
mcs-PSSCH-RangeList
If included, this field applies to the PPPP(s) indicated by the priorityThreshold and each entry in this field sequentially corresponds to each CBR range indicated by cbr-ConfigIndex.
minMCS-PSSCH, maxMCS-PSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum MCS values which correspond to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 and Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.
priorityThreshold
Indicates the upper bound of PPPP range which is associated with the configurations in cbr-ConfigIndex and in tx-ConfigIndexList. The upper bounds of the PPPP ranges are configuredin ascending order for consecutive entries of SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex in SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList. For the first entry of SL-PPPP-TxConfigIndex, the lower bound of the PPPP range is 1.
SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530
If included, E-UTRAN shall include the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14.
tx-ConfigIndexList
Indicates the list of the PSSCH transmission parameters and CR limit by the indexesto the entries of the configurations in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. Each index in tx-ConfigIndexListsequentially maps to each CBR range indicated by cbr-ConfigIndex.






SL-CommConfig field descriptions


commTxAllowRelayDedicated
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to transmit relay related sidelink communication using the configured dedicated transmission resources i.e. either via scheduled or via UE selected resources.
commTxPoolNormalDedicated
Indicates a pool of transmission resources the UE is allowed to use while in RRC_CONNECTED.
logicalChGroupInfoList
Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of increasing logical channel group identity.
mcs
Indicates the MCSas defined in TS 36.212 [23], clause 14.2.1. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE implementation.
multipleTx
Indicates whether the UE should perform multiple transmissions to different destinations in one SC periodin accordance with TS 36.321 [6], clause 5.14.1.1. Value TRUE indicates that multiple transmissions should be performed.
sc-CommTxConfig
Indicates a pool of resources for SC when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. when indices included in DCI format 5 indicate the actual data resources to be usedas specified in TS 36.212 [22], clause 5.3.3.1.9).
scheduled
Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific BSR from the UE.
ue-Selected
Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured by E-UTRAN.
– SL-CommResourcePool
The IE SL-CommResourcePool and SL-CommResourcePoolV2X specifies the configuration information for an individual pool of resources for sidelink communication and V2X sidelink communication respectively. The IE covers the configuration of both the sidelink control information and the data. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-CommTxPoolList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12 
SL-CommTxPoolListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12 
SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 
SL-CommRxPoolList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-CommResourcePool-r12 
SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPool-r14)) OF SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 
SL-CommResourcePool-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    sc-CP-Len-r12                        SL-CP-Len-r12, 
    
sc-Period-r12Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for SC and over which scheduled and UE selected data transmissions occur, see PSCCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf80 corresponds to 80 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN configures values sf40, sf80, sf160 and sf320 for FDD and for TDD config 1 to 5, values sf70, sf140 and sf280 for TDD config 0, and finally values sf60, sf120 and sf240 for TDD config 6.
                        SL-PeriodComm-r12, 
    sc-TF-ResourceConfig-r12            SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12, 
    data-CP-Len-r12                        SL-CP-Len-r12, 
    dataHoppingConfig-r12                SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12, 
    ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12            SEQUENCE { 
        data-TF-ResourceConfig-r12                SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12, 
        
trpt-Subset-r12Indicates the subset of T-RPT available (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.1.1). Consists of a bitmap which is used to indicate the set of available 'k' values to be used for sidelink communication (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.3). If T-RPT subset configuration is not signaled/ preconfigured then UE assumes the whole T-RPT set is available.
                        SL-TRPT-Subset-r12    OPTIONAL     -- Need OP
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    rxParametersNCell-r12                SEQUENCE { 
        
tdd-Config-r12TDD configuration associated with the reception pool of the cell indicated by syncConfigIndex. Absence of the field indicates that the duplex mode is FDD and no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable. 
                    TDD-Config                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
syncConfigIndex-r12Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of commSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType18 for sidelink communication, or by means of an index to the corresponding entry of v2x-SyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26 for V2X sidelink communication.
            INTEGER (0..15) 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    txParameters-r12                    SEQUENCE { 
        sc-TxParameters-r12                SL-TxParameters-r12, 
        dataTxParameters-r12            SL-TxParameters-r12 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Tx
    ..., 
    [[    priorityList-r13                SL-PriorityList-r13            OPTIONAL     -- Cond Tx
    ]] 
} 
SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
sl-OffsetIndicator-r14Indicates the offset of the first subframe of a resource pool, i.e., the starting subframe of the repeating bitmap sl-Subframe, within a SFN cycle. If absent, the resource pool starts from first subframe of SFN=0. This field is not applicable to V2X sidelink communication.
                SL-OffsetIndicator-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
sl-Subframe-r14Indicates the bitmap of the resource pool, which is defined by repeating the bitmap within a SFN cycle (see TS 36.213 [23]).
                        SubframeBitmapSL-r14, 
    
adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH-r14Indicates whether a UE shall always transmit PSCCH and PSSCH in adjacent RBs (indicated by TRUE) or in non-adjacent RBs (indicated by FALSE) (see TS 36.213 [23]).
            BOOLEAN,
    
sizeSubchannel-r14Indicates the number of PRBs of each subchannel in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value n5 denotes 5 PRBs; n6 denotes 6 PRBs and so on. E-UTRAN configures values n5, n6, n10, n15, n20, n25, n50, n75 and n100 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to TRUE; otherwise,E-UTRAN configures values n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n30, n48, n72 and n96 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to FALSE,
                    ENUMERATED { 
                                        n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n25, n30, 
                                        n48, n50, n72, n75, n96, n100, spare13, spare12, spare11, 
                                        spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, 
                                        spare3, spare2, spare1}, 
    
numSubchannel-r14indicates the number of subchannels in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).
                    ENUMERATED {n1, n3, n5, n8, n10, n15, n20, spare1}, 
    
startRB-Subchannel-r14Indicates the lowest RB index of the subchannel with the lowest index (see TS 36.213 [23]).
                INTEGER (0..99), 
    
startRB-PSCCH-Pool-r14Indicates the lowest RB index of the PSCCH pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).This field is absent when a pool is (pre)configured such that a UE always transmits SC and data in adjacent RBs in the same subframe.
                INTEGER (0..99)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    rxParametersNCell-r14                SEQUENCE { 
        
tdd-Config-r14TDD configuration associated with the reception pool of the cell indicated by syncConfigIndex. Absence of the field indicates that the duplex mode is FDD and no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable. 
                    TDD-Config                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
        
syncConfigIndex-r14Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of commSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType18 for sidelink communication, or by means of an index to the corresponding entry of v2x-SyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26 for V2X sidelink communication.
                INTEGER (0..15) 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    dataTxParameters-r14                SL-TxParameters-r12            OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Tx
    
zoneID-r14Indicates the zone ID for which the UE shall use this resource pool as described in 5.10.13.2. The field is absent in v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon,p2x- CommTxPoolNormalandv2x-CommRxPool in SIB21, in SIB26 or in mobilityControlInfoV2X. 
                            INTEGER (0..7)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
threshS-RSSI-CBR-r14Indicates the S-RSSI threshold for determining the contribution of a sub-channel to the CBR measurement, as specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value 0 corresponds to -112 dBm, value 1 to -110 dBm, value n to (-112 + n*2) dBm, and so on.
                    INTEGER (0..45)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
poolReportId-r14The identity of the transmission resource pool used for CBR measurement reporting, which is corresponding to the poolIdentity reported in measResultListCBR. This field is only present in the transmission pools configured in RRCConnectionReconfigurationandv2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26. Otherwise, the field is absent.
                    SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-r14Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CRlimit by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in MobilityControlInfoV2X, it refers to cbr-MobilityTxConfigList for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated, it refers to cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. Otherwise, it refers to cbr-CommonTxConfigList included in the SystemInformationBlockType21 of the serving cell / PCell for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
            SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
resourceSelectionConfigP2X-r14Indicates the allowed resource selection mechanism(s), i.e. partial sensing and/or random selection, for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
        SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Cond P2X
    
syncAllowed-r14Indicates the allowed synchronization reference(s) which is (are) allowed to use the configured resource pool.
                        SL-SyncAllowed-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
restrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14If configured, the field restrictResourceReservationPeriod configured in v2x-ResourceSelectionConfigshall be ignored for transmission on this pool.
    SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    sl-MinT2ValueList-r15        SL-MinT2ValueList-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        cbr-pssch-TxConfigList-v1530    SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList-v1530    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SL-TRPT-Subset-r12 ::=            BIT STRING (SIZE (3..5)) 
SL-V2X-TxPoolReportIdentity-r14::=        INTEGER (1..maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14) 
SL-MinT2ValueList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Prio-r13)) OF SL-MinT2Value-r15 
SL-MinT2Value-r15 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    priorityList-r15                    SL-PriorityList-r13, 
    
minT2Value-r15Indicates the minimum value of T2 that applies to the PPPP(s), as specified in TS 36.300 [9], included inpriorityList.
                        INTEGER (10..20) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-CommResourcePool field descriptions


adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH
Indicates whether a UE shall always transmit PSCCH and PSSCH in adjacent RBs (indicated by TRUE) or in non-adjacent RBs (indicated by FALSE) (see TS 36.213 [23]).
cbr-pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates the mapping between PPPPs, CBR ranges by using indexes of the entry in cbr-RangeCommonConfigList, and PSSCH transmission parameters and CRlimit by using indexes of the entry in sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in MobilityControlInfoV2X, it refers to cbr-MobilityTxConfigList for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. If SL-CommResourcePoolV2X is included in SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated, it refers to cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList. Otherwise, it refers to cbr-CommonTxConfigList included in the SystemInformationBlockType21 of the serving cell / PCell for cbr-RangeCommonConfigList and sl-CBR-PSSCH-TxConfigList.
minT2Value
Indicates the minimum value of T2 that applies to the PPPP(s), as specified in TS 36.300 [9], included inpriorityList.
numSubchannel
indicates the number of subchannels in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).
poolReportId
The identity of the transmission resource pool used for CBR measurement reporting, which is corresponding to the poolIdentity reported in measResultListCBR. This field is only present in the transmission pools configured in RRCConnectionReconfigurationandv2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormal in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26. Otherwise, the field is absent.
resourceSelectionConfigP2X
Indicates the allowed resource selection mechanism(s), i.e. partial sensing and/or random selection, for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
restrictResourceReservationPeriod
If configured, the field restrictResourceReservationPeriod configured in v2x-ResourceSelectionConfigshall be ignored for transmission on this pool.
sc-Period
Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for SC and over which scheduled and UE selected data transmissions occur, see PSCCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of subframes. Value sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, sf80 corresponds to 80 subframes and so on. E-UTRAN configures values sf40, sf80, sf160 and sf320 for FDD and for TDD config 1 to 5, values sf70, sf140 and sf280 for TDD config 0, and finally values sf60, sf120 and sf240 for TDD config 6.
sizeSubchannel
Indicates the number of PRBs of each subchannel in the corresponding resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value n5 denotes 5 PRBs; n6 denotes 6 PRBs and so on. E-UTRAN configures values n5, n6, n10, n15, n20, n25, n50, n75 and n100 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to TRUE; otherwise,E-UTRAN configures values n4, n5, n6, n8, n9, n10, n12, n15, n16, n18, n20, n30, n48, n72 and n96 in the case of adjacencyPSCCH-PSSCH set to FALSE,
sl-minT2ValueList
Indicates a list of minimum value sets for the parameter T2 which is used for UE autonomous resource selection in this resource pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).
sl-OffsetIndicator
Indicates the offset of the first subframe of a resource pool, i.e., the starting subframe of the repeating bitmap sl-Subframe, within a SFN cycle. If absent, the resource pool starts from first subframe of SFN=0. This field is not applicable to V2X sidelink communication.
sl-Subframe
Indicates the bitmap of the resource pool, which is defined by repeating the bitmap within a SFN cycle (see TS 36.213 [23]).
startRB-PSCCH-Pool
Indicates the lowest RB index of the PSCCH pool (see TS 36.213 [23]).This field is absent when a pool is (pre)configured such that a UE always transmits SC and data in adjacent RBs in the same subframe.
startRB-Subchannel
Indicates the lowest RB index of the subchannel with the lowest index (see TS 36.213 [23]).
syncAllowed
Indicates the allowed synchronization reference(s) which is (are) allowed to use the configured resource pool.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of commSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType18 for sidelink communication, or by means of an index to the corresponding entry of v2x-SyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26 for V2X sidelink communication.
tdd-Config
TDD configuration associated with the reception pool of the cell indicated by syncConfigIndex. Absence of the field indicates that the duplex mode is FDD and no TDD specific physical channel configuration is applicable. 
threshS-RSSI-CBR
Indicates the S-RSSI threshold for determining the contribution of a sub-channel to the CBR measurement, as specified in TS 36.214 [48]. Value 0 corresponds to -112 dBm, value 1 to -110 dBm, value n to (-112 + n*2) dBm, and so on.
trpt-Subset
Indicates the subset of T-RPT available (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.1.1). Consists of a bitmap which is used to indicate the set of available 'k' values to be used for sidelink communication (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.1.3). If T-RPT subset configuration is not signaled/ preconfigured then UE assumes the whole T-RPT set is available.
zoneID
Indicates the zone ID for which the UE shall use this resource pool as described in 5.10.13.2. The field is absent in v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon,p2x- CommTxPoolNormalandv2x-CommRxPool in SIB21, in SIB26 or in mobilityControlInfoV2X. 






Conditional presenceExplanation


Tx
The field is mandatory present when included in commTxPoolNormalDedicated, commTxPoolNormalDedicatedExt,commTxPoolNormalCommon, commTxPoolNormalCommonExt,commTxPoolExceptional,sc-CommTxConfig, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional,v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated, p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon orv2x-CommTxPoolNormal and p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList. Otherwise the field is not present.
P2X
The field is mandatory present when included in p2x-CommTxPoolNormalCommon, v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated in sl-V2X-ConfigDedicatedfor P2X related V2X sidelink communication or p2x-CommTxPoolNormal in v2x-InterFreqInfoList. Otherwise the field is not present.
– SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig
The IE SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig specifies V2X sidelink communication configurations used for UE autonomous resource selection. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
pssch-TxConfigList-r14Indicates PSSCH TX parameters such as MCS, PRB number, retransmission number, associated to different UE absolute speeds anddifferent synchronization reference typesfor UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.213 [23]).
                    SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14, 
    
thresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14Indicates a list of 64 thresholds, and the threshold should be selected based on the priority in the decoded SCI and the priority in the SCI to be transmitted (see TS 36.213 [23]). A resource is excluded if it is indicated or reserved by a decoded SCI and PSSCH RSRP in the associated data resource is above a threshold. 
                SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14, 
    
restrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14Indicates which values are allowed for the signaling of the resource reservation period in PSCCH. 
    SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
probResourceKeep-r14Indicates the probability with which the UE keeps the current resource when the resource reselection counter reaches zero for sensing based UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.321 [6]). 
                ENUMERATED {v0, v0dot2, v0dot4, v0dot6, v0dot8, 
                                                    spare3,spare2, spare1}, 
    
p2x-SensingConfig-r14Indicates the sensing configuration for P2X related V2X sidelink communication transmission only.
                    SEQUENCE { 
        
minNumCandidateSF-r14Indicates the minimum number of subframes that are included in the possible candidate resources.
                INTEGER (1..13), 
        
gapCandidateSensing-r14Indicates which subframe should be sensed when a certain subframe is considered as a candidate resource (see TS 36.213 [23]).
                BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) 
    }        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
sl-ReselectAfter-r14Indicates the number of consecutive skipped transmissions before triggering resource reselection for V2X sidelink communication (see TS 36.321 [6]).
                ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n9, 
                                                spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, 
                                                spare1}                OPTIONAL         -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfigfield descriptions


gapCandidateSensing
Indicates which subframe should be sensed when a certain subframe is considered as a candidate resource (see TS 36.213 [23]).
minNumCandidateSF
Indicates the minimum number of subframes that are included in the possible candidate resources.
p2x-SensingConfig
Indicates the sensing configuration for P2X related V2X sidelink communication transmission only.
probResourceKeep
Indicates the probability with which the UE keeps the current resource when the resource reselection counter reaches zero for sensing based UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.321 [6]). 
pssch-TxConfigList
Indicates PSSCH TX parameters such as MCS, PRB number, retransmission number, associated to different UE absolute speeds anddifferent synchronization reference typesfor UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.213 [23]).
restrictResourceReservationPeriod
Indicates which values are allowed for the signaling of the resource reservation period in PSCCH. 
sl-ReselectAfter
Indicates the number of consecutive skipped transmissions before triggering resource reselection for V2X sidelink communication (see TS 36.321 [6]).
thresPSSCH-RSRP-List
Indicates a list of 64 thresholds, and the threshold should be selected based on the priority in the decoded SCI and the priority in the SCI to be transmitted (see TS 36.213 [23]). A resource is excluded if it is indicated or reserved by a decoded SCI and PSSCH RSRP in the associated data resource is above a threshold.
– SL-CP-Len
The IE SL-CP-Len indicates the cyclic prefix length, see TS 36.211 [21]. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-CP-Len-r12 ::=                ENUMERATED {normal, extended} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-DiscConfig
The IE SL-DiscConfig specifies the dedicated configuration information for sidelink discovery. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-DiscConfig-r12 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
discTxResources-r12Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
                        CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                CHOICE { 
            scheduled-r12                    SEQUENCE { 
                
discTxConfig-r12Indicates the resources configuration used when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. the fields discSF-Index and discPRB-Index indicate the actual resources to be used).
                    SL-DiscResourcePool-r12    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                
discTF-IndexList-r12Indicates a list of time-frequency resource indices pair where each pair of indices corresponds to one discovery message. E-UTRAN only configures discTF-IndexList-r12b when configuring the UE with scheduled SL discovery Tx resources. When receiving discTF-IndexList-r12b, the UE shall only consider this field (and hence ignore discTF-IndexList-r12, if included or previously configured).
                SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
                discHoppingConfig-r12                SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12 
                                                        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
            }, 
            ue-Selected-r12                    SEQUENCE { 
                discTxPoolDedicated-r12            SEQUENCE { 
                    poolToReleaseList-r12            SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                    poolToAddModList-r12            SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
                }                                                    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
            } 
        } 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ..., 
    [[    discTF-IndexList-v1260                CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                discTF-IndexList-r12b                SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
discTxResourcesPS-r13Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for PS discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
            CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                CHOICE { 
                scheduled-r13                        SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13, 
                ue-Selected-r13                        SEQUENCE { 
                    discTxPoolPS-Dedicated-r13            SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13 
                } 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
discTxInterFreqInfo-r13Indicates frequency applicable for the resources indicated by discTxResources-r12 (i.e. original resource field may cover first inter-frequency), and possibly resource allocations on additional frequencies as may be indicated by field discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd.
            CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SEQUENCE { 
                discTxCarrierFreq-r13                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
                
discTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13Indicates if the PCell or an SCell is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
        SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
                discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13            SL-DiscTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13    OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        gapRequestsAllowedDedicated-r13        BOOLEAN            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        discRxGapConfig-r13                    CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SL-GapConfig-r13 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        discTxGapConfig-r13                    CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SL-GapConfig-r13 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        
discSysInfoToReportConfig-r13Indicates the request to start a SidelinkUEInformation procedure for reporting system information acquired during an inter-frequency discovery procedure.
        CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                SL-DiscSysInfoToReportFreqList-r13 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
SL-DiscSysInfoToReportFreqList-r13 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
SL-DiscTxInfoInterFreqListAdd-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    discTxFreqToAddModList-r13                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-DiscTxResourceInfoPerFreq-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    discTxFreqToReleaseList-r13                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    ... 
} 
SL-DiscTxResourceInfoPerFreq-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE    { 
    discTxCarrierFreq-r13                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    
discTxResources-r13Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
                        SL-DiscTxResource-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
discTxResourcesPS-r13Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for PS discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
                    SL-DiscTxResource-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
discTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13Indicates if the PCell or an SCell is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
            SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
discCellSelectionInfo-r13Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent, the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency.See TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4.
                    CellSelectionInfoNFreq-r13            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
SL-DiscTxResource-r13 ::=                CHOICE { 
    release                                NULL,
    setup                                CHOICE { 
        scheduled-r13                    SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13, 
        ue-Selected-r13                    SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13 
    } 
} 
SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12 
SL-DiscTxPoolToAddMod-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    poolIdentity-r12                    SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12, 
    pool-r12                            SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 
} 
SL-DiscTxConfigScheduled-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    
discTxConfig-r13Indicates the resources configuration used when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. the fields discSF-Index and discPRB-Index indicate the actual resources to be used).
                    SL-DiscResourcePool-r12    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    
discTF-IndexList-r13Indicates a list of time-frequency resource indices pair where each pair of indices corresponds to one discovery message. E-UTRAN only configures discTF-IndexList-r12b when configuring the UE with scheduled SL discovery Tx resources. When receiving discTF-IndexList-r12b, the UE shall only consider this field (and hence ignore discTF-IndexList-r12, if included or previously configured).
                SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b    OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
    discHoppingConfig-r13                SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12    OPTIONAL,-- Need ON
    ... 
} 
SL-DiscTxPoolDedicated-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    poolToReleaseList-r13            SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    poolToAddModList-r13            SL-DiscTxPoolToAddModList-r12 OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-r12 
SL-TF-IndexPair-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    discSF-Index-r12                    INTEGER (1.. 200)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    discPRB-Index-r12                    INTEGER (1.. 50)        OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SL-TF-IndexPairList-r12b ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12)) OF SL-TF-IndexPair-r12b 
SL-TF-IndexPair-r12b ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    discSF-Index-r12b                    INTEGER (0..209)        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    discPRB-Index-r12b                    INTEGER (0..49)            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
} 
SL-DiscTxRefCarrierDedicated-r13 ::=    CHOICE { 
    pCell                                NULL,
    sCell                                SCellIndex-r10 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-DiscConfig field descriptions


discCellSelectionInfo
Parameters that may be used by the UE to select/ reselect a cell on the concerned non serving frequency. If absent, the UE acquires the information from the target cell on the concerned frequency.See TS 36.304 [4], clause 11.4.
discSysInfoToReportConfig
Indicates the request to start a SidelinkUEInformation procedure for reporting system information acquired during an inter-frequency discovery procedure.
discTF-IndexList
Indicates a list of time-frequency resource indices pair where each pair of indices corresponds to one discovery message. E-UTRAN only configures discTF-IndexList-r12b when configuring the UE with scheduled SL discovery Tx resources. When receiving discTF-IndexList-r12b, the UE shall only consider this field (and hence ignore discTF-IndexList-r12, if included or previously configured).
discTxConfig
Indicates the resources configuration used when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources (i.e. the fields discSF-Index and discPRB-Index indicate the actual resources to be used).
discTxInterFreqInfo
Indicates frequency applicable for the resources indicated by discTxResources-r12 (i.e. original resource field may cover first inter-frequency), and possibly resource allocations on additional frequencies as may be indicated by field discTxInfoInterFreqListAdd.
discTxRefCarrierDedicated
Indicates if the PCell or an SCell is to be used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, instead of the DL frequency paired with the one used to transmit sidelink discovery announcements on, see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
discTxResources
Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
discTxResourcesPS
Indicates the resources assigned to the UE for PS discovery announcements, which can either be a pool from which the UE may select or a set of resources specifically assigned for use by the UE.
SL-TF-IndexPair
A pair of indices, one for the time domain and one for the frequency domain, indicating the start of resources within the pool covered by discTxConfig, see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.5.6 for one discovery message. The upper limits of discSF-Index and discPRB-Index are defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
– SL-DiscResourcePool
The IE SL-DiscResourcePool specifies the configuration information for an individual pool of resources for sidelink discovery. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 
SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-RxPool-r12)) OF SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 
SL-DiscResourcePool-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    cp-Len-r12                        SL-CP-Len-r12, 
    
discPeriod-r12Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for discovery message transmission/reception, see PSDCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. The extended values apply for PS discovery (not only for sidelink relaying). When broadcasting an extended value, E-UTRAN sets the original field to spare to ensure legacy UEs ignore the concerned pool entry.
                ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, 
                                            rf256, rf512, rf1024, rf16-v1310, spare}, 
    numRetx-r12                    INTEGER (0..3), 
    
numRepetition-r12Indicates the number of times subframeBitmap is repeated for mapping to subframes that occurs within a discPeriod. The highest value E-UTRAN uses is value 5 for FDD and TDD configuration 0, value 13 for TDD configuration 1, value 25 for TDD configuration 2, value 17 for TDD configuration 3, value 25 for TDD configuration 4, value 50 for TDD configuration 5 and value 7 for TDD configuration 6. E-UTRAN configures numRepetition and subframeBitmap such that the mapped subframes do not exceed the discPeriod.
                INTEGER (1..50), 
    tf-ResourceConfig-r12            SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12, 
    txParameters-r12                SEQUENCE { 
        txParametersGeneral-r12        SL-TxParameters-r12, 
        ue-SelectedResourceConfig-r12    SEQUENCE { 
            
poolSelection-r12Indicates the mechanism for selecting a (transmission) pool when multiple candidates are provided. E-UTRAN configures the same value (i.e. a pool selection method) for all candidate pools within one pool list (discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolDedicated) but the pool selection method in different pool lists may or may not be the same.
                CHOICE { 
                rsrpBased-r12                    SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12, 
                random-r12                        NULL 
            }, 
            
txProbability-r12Indicates the probability of transmitting announcement in a discovery period when configured with a pool of resources, see TS 36.321 [6].
            ENUMERATED {p25, p50, p75, p100} 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond Tx
    rxParameters-r12                SEQUENCE { 
        tdd-Config-r12                    TDD-Config                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
syncConfigIndex-r12Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception or transmission pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of discSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType19.
            INTEGER (0..15) 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    discPeriod-v1310                CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                ENUMERATED {rf4, rf6, rf7, rf8, 
                                                    rf12, rf14, rf24, rf28} 
            }                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        rxParamsAddNeighFreq-r13        CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                physCellId-r13                    PhysCellIdList-r13 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
        txParamsAddNeighFreq-r13        CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                physCellId-r13                    PhysCellIdList-r13, 
                p-Max                            P-Max                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
                tdd-Config-r13                    TDD-Config                OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD-OR
                tdd-Config-v1130                TDD-Config-v1130        OPTIONAL,    -- Cond TDD-OR
                freqInfo                            SEQUENCE { 
                    ul-CarrierFreq                        ARFCN-ValueEUTRA    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
                    ul-Bandwidth                        ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100} 
                                                                            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OP
                additionalSpectrumEmission            AdditionalSpectrumEmission 
                }, 
                referenceSignalPower                INTEGER (-60..50), 
                
syncConfigIndex-r13Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception or transmission pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of discSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType19.
                INTEGER (0..15)            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    txParamsAddNeighFreq-v1370        CHOICE { 
            release                            NULL,
            setup                            SEQUENCE { 
                freqInfo-v1370                    SEQUENCE { 
                    additionalSpectrumEmission-v1370        AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 
                } 
            } 
        }                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
    ]] 
} 
PhysCellIdList-r13    ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-DiscCells-r13)) OF PhysCellId 
SL-PoolSelectionConfig-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    threshLow-r12                            RSRP-RangeSL2-r12, 
    threshHigh-r12                            RSRP-RangeSL2-r12 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-DiscResourcePool field descriptions


discPeriod
Indicates the period over which resources are allocated in a cell for discovery message transmission/reception, see PSDCH period in TS 36.213 [23]. Value in number of radio frames. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on. The extended values apply for PS discovery (not only for sidelink relaying). When broadcasting an extended value, E-UTRAN sets the original field to spare to ensure legacy UEs ignore the concerned pool entry.
numRepetition
Indicates the number of times subframeBitmap is repeated for mapping to subframes that occurs within a discPeriod. The highest value E-UTRAN uses is value 5 for FDD and TDD configuration 0, value 13 for TDD configuration 1, value 25 for TDD configuration 2, value 17 for TDD configuration 3, value 25 for TDD configuration 4, value 50 for TDD configuration 5 and value 7 for TDD configuration 6. E-UTRAN configures numRepetition and subframeBitmap such that the mapped subframes do not exceed the discPeriod.
poolSelection
Indicates the mechanism for selecting a (transmission) pool when multiple candidates are provided. E-UTRAN configures the same value (i.e. a pool selection method) for all candidate pools within one pool list (discTxPoolCommon or discTxPoolDedicated) but the pool selection method in different pool lists may or may not be the same.
syncConfigIndex
Indicates the synchronisation configuration that is associated with a reception or transmission pool, by means of an index to the corresponding entry of discSyncConfig in SystemInformationBlockType19.
threshLow, threshHigh
Specifies the thresholds used to select a resource pool in RSRP based pool selection. The E-UTRAN should configure threshLow and threshHigh such that the UE selects only one resource pool upon RSRP based pool selection. 
txProbability
Indicates the probability of transmitting announcement in a discovery period when configured with a pool of resources, see TS 36.321 [6].






Conditional presenceExplanation


TDD-OR
The field is optional present for TDD, need OR; it is not present for FDD.
Tx
The field is mandatory present when included in discTxPoolDedicated or discTxPoolCommon. Otherwise the field is not present.
– SL-DiscSysInfoReport
The IE SL-DiscSysInfoReport contains the parameters related to sidelink discovery acquired from system information of inter-frequency cells (including inter-PLMN). 

 -- ASN1START
SL-DiscSysInfoReport-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityList-r13Indicates the list of PLMN identity of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
            PLMN-IdentityList            OPTIONAL,
    cellIdentity-13                    CellIdentity                OPTIONAL,
    carrierFreqInfo-13                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9            OPTIONAL,
    discRxResources-r13                SL-DiscRxPoolList-r12        OPTIONAL,
    discTxPoolCommon-r13            SL-DiscTxPoolList-r12        OPTIONAL,
    discTxPowerInfo-r13                SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12    OPTIONAL,
    discSyncConfig-r13                SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13        OPTIONAL,
    discCellSelectionInfo-r13        SEQUENCE { 
        q-RxLevMin-r13                    Q-RxLevMin, 
        q-RxLevMinOffset-r13            INTEGER (1..8)            OPTIONAL 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    cellReselectionInfo-r13            SEQUENCE { 
        q-Hyst-r13                        ENUMERATED { 
                                                dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10, 
                                                dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24}, 
        q-RxLevMin-r13                    Q-RxLevMin, 
        t-ReselectionEUTRA-r13            T-Reselection 
    }                                                            OPTIONAL,
    tdd-Config-r13                    TDD-Config                    OPTIONAL,
    freqInfo-r13                    SEQUENCE { 
        ul-CarrierFreq-r13                ARFCN-ValueEUTRA                OPTIONAL,    
        ul-Bandwidth-r13                ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100} 
                                                                        OPTIONAL,    
        additionalSpectrumEmission-r13    AdditionalSpectrumEmission        OPTIONAL 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,
    p-Max-r13                        P-Max    OPTIONAL,
    referenceSignalPower-r13        INTEGER (-60..50)    OPTIONAL,
    ..., 
    [[ 
    freqInfo-v1370                    SEQUENCE { 
        additionalSpectrumEmission-v1370    AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL 
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-DiscSysInfoReport field descriptions


carrierFreqInfo
Indicates the frequencyof the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
cellIdentity
Indicated the identity of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates the list of PLMN identity of the cell from which the UE acquired the system information relevant for discovery
– SL-DiscTxPowerInfo
The IE SL-DiscTxPowerInfo specifies power control parameters for one or more power classes. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12)) OF SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12 
SL-DiscTxPowerInfo-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE    { 
    
discMaxTxPower-r12Indicates the P-Max parameter used to calculate the maximum transmit power a UE configured with the concerned range class, see TS 24.333 [70], clause 4.2.11.The first entry in SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList corresponds to UE range class 'short', the second entry corresponds to 'medium' and the third entry corresponds to 'long'.
                            P-Max, 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-DiscTxPowerInfo field descriptions


discMaxTxPower
Indicates the P-Max parameter used to calculate the maximum transmit power a UE configured with the concerned range class, see TS 24.333 [70], clause 4.2.11.The first entry in SL-DiscTxPowerInfoList corresponds to UE range class 'short', the second entry corresponds to 'medium' and the third entry corresponds to 'long'.
– SL-GapConfig
The IE SL-GapConfig indicates the gaps, requested or assigned, to enable the UE to receive or transmit sidelink discovery, intra or inter frequency (includings inter-PLMN). 

 -- ASN1START
SL-GapConfig-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    gapPatternList-r13                SL-GapPatternList-r13 
} 
SL-GapPatternList-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-GP-r13)) OF SL-GapPattern-r13 
SL-GapPattern-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    gapPeriod-r13                        ENUMERATED {sf40, sf60, sf70, sf80, sf120, sf140, sf160, 
                                            sf240, sf280, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, 
                                            sf10240}, 
    gapOffset-r12                        SL-OffsetIndicator-r12, 
    gapSubframeBitmap-r13                BIT STRING (SIZE (1..10240)), 
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-GapRequest
The IE SL-GapRequest indicates the gaps requested by the UE to receive or transmit sidelink discovery, intra or inter frequency (includings inter-PLMN). 

 -- ASN1START
SL-GapRequest-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SL-GapFreqInfo-r13 
SL-GapFreqInfo-r13 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    carrierFreq-r13                    ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9                    OPTIONAL,
    gapPatternList-r13                SL-GapPatternList-r13 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-GapConfig field descriptions


gapOffset
Indicates the offset from the start of SFN 0 to the start of the first gapPeriod.If the SFN period is not an integer multiple of gapPeriod, no subframes within this period (i.e. from SFN 0 to offset) are considered part of the gap.
gapPeriod
Indicates the period by which gapSubframeBitmap is repeated.
gapSubframeBitmap
Indicates the subframes of one or more individual gaps, not only covering the subframes of the associated discovery resources but also including e.g. re-tuning and synchronisation delays. The UE and E-UTRAN signal bit strings of valid sizes only i.e. sizes equal to or less than gapPeriod. Value 1 indicates that the UE is allowed to use the subframe for sidelink discovery.
– SL-HoppingConfig
The IE SL-HoppingConfig indicates the hopping configuration used for sidelink. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-HoppingConfigComm-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    
hoppingParameter-r12Affects the hopping performedas specificed in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.2 and 14.1.1.4. In case value 504 is received, the value used by the UE is 510.
                INTEGER (0..504), 
    
numSubbands-r12Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.3.6.
                        ENUMERATED {ns1, ns2, ns4}, 
    
rb-Offset-r12Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.3.6.
                        INTEGER (0..110) 
} 
SL-HoppingConfigDisc-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE    { 
    
a-r12Per cell parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
                                    INTEGER (1..200), 
    
b-r12Per UE parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
                                    INTEGER (1..10), 
    
c-r12Per cell parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
                                    ENUMERATED {n1, n5} 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-HoppingConfig field descriptions


a
Per cell parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
b
Per UE parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
c
Per cell parameter:  see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.3.1.
hoppingParameter
Affects the hopping performedas specificed in TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.2 and 14.1.1.4. In case value 504 is received, the value used by the UE is 510.
numSubbands
Parameter: Nsb see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.3.6.
rb-Offset
Parameter: , see TS 36.211 [21], clause 9.3.6.
– SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X
The IE SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of the neighboring frequency for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxFreqV2X-1-r14)) OF SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14 
SL-InterFreqInfoV2X-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
plmn-IdentityList-r14Indicates PLMN identities of this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication. If this field is not present, the UE considers this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication concerns the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
                PLMN-IdentityList            OPTIONAL,        -- Need OP
    v2x-CommCarrierFreq-r14            ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    
sl-MaxTxPower-r14Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmitting V2X sidelink communication on the corresponding frequency.
                    P-Max                OPTIONAL,        -- Need OR
    sl-Bandwidth-r14                    ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100}    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
v2x-SchedulingPool-r14Indicates the resource pool for inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation. This field is configured in RRC dedicated signalling only when scheduled is configured in IE SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated.
                SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
v2x-UE-ConfigList-r14Indicates the inter-carrier resource configuration. If there is only one entry in the list without physCellId configured, the configuration is applied to the frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration); if the entry of this field includes physCellIdList, the configuration is applied to the cell(s) identified by physCellIdList (i.e. cell specific configuration).
        SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    
additionalSpectrumEmissionV2X-r14Indicates the additionalSpectrumEmissionvaluedefined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4,for V2X sidelink communication.
        CHOICE { 
            additionalSpectrumEmission-r14            AdditionalSpectrumEmission, 
            additionalSpectrumEmission-v1440        AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 
        }                OPTIONAL         -- Need ON
    ]], 
    [[    
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15Indicates the configuration information for the carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission. The configuration applies to the carrier frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration).
    SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15    OPTIONAL     --Need OR
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X field descriptions


plmn-IdentityList
Indicates PLMN identities of this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication. If this field is not present, the UE considers this frequency for reception of V2X sidelink communication concerns the first PLMN entry in the plmn-IdentityList in SystemInformationBlockType1.
sl-MaxTxPower
Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmitting V2X sidelink communication on the corresponding frequency.
additionalSpectrumEmissionV2X
Indicates the additionalSpectrumEmissionvaluedefined in TS 36.101 [42], clause 6.2.4,for V2X sidelink communication.
v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList
Indicates the configuration information for the carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission. The configuration applies to the carrier frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration).
v2x-SchedulingPool
Indicates the resource pool for inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation. This field is configured in RRC dedicated signalling only when scheduled is configured in IE SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated.
v2x-UE-ConfigList
Indicates the inter-carrier resource configuration. If there is only one entry in the list without physCellId configured, the configuration is applied to the frequency identified by v2x-CommCarrierFreq (i.e. carrier specific configuration); if the entry of this field includes physCellIdList, the configuration is applied to the cell(s) identified by physCellIdList (i.e. cell specific configuration).
– SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList
The IE SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList specifies the NR anchor frequencies i.e. frequencies that include inter-carrier resource configuration for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqSL-NR-r16)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR-r15 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList
The IE SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList indicates inter-frequency resource configuration per-carrier or per-cell. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-V2X-UE-ConfigList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxCellIntra)) OF SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14 
SL-V2X-InterFreqUE-Config-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
physCellIdList-r14If configured, the resource configuration is applicable for the cell(s) identified by this field. Otherwise, the resource configuration is for a given carrier frequency.
                    PhysCellIdList-r13                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
typeTxSync-r14Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on a carrier frequency. 
                        SL-TypeTxSync-r14                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
v2x-SyncConfig-r14Indicates the synchronization configuration used for transmission/reception of SLSS on the given frequency. 
                    SL-SyncConfigListNFreqV2X-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
v2x-CommRxPool-r14Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may receive V2X sidelink communication. This field is absent within v2x-InterFreqInfoList included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration except if received with MobilityControlInfo or MobilityControlInfoV2X.
                    SL-CommRxPoolListV2X-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
v2x-CommTxPoolNormal-r14Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication. 
                SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
p2x-CommTxPoolNormal-r14Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication. 
                SL-CommTxPoolListV2X-r14                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional-r14Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.13.
        SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14        SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    zoneConfig-r14                        SL-ZoneConfig-r14                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
offsetDFN-r14Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 0 corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
                        INTEGER (0..1000)                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-V2X-UE-ConfigListfield descriptions


offsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 0 corresponds to 0 milliseconds, value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
p2x-CommTxPoolNormal
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit P2X related V2X sidelink communication. 
physCellIdList
If configured, the resource configuration is applicable for the cell(s) identified by this field. Otherwise, the resource configuration is for a given carrier frequency.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritized synchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on a carrier frequency. 
v2x-CommRxPool
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may receive V2X sidelink communication. This field is absent within v2x-InterFreqInfoList included in RRCConnectionReconfiguration except if received with MobilityControlInfo or MobilityControlInfoV2X.
v2x-CommTxPoolExceptional
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication in exceptional conditions, as specified in 5.10.13.
v2x-CommTxPoolNormal
Indicates the resources on a carrier frequency by which the UE may transmit V2X sidelink communication. 
v2x-SyncConfig
Indicates the synchronization configuration used for transmission/reception of SLSS on the given frequency.
– SL-OffsetIndicator
The IE SL-OffsetIndicator indicates the offset of the pool of resources relative to SFN 0 of the cell from which it was obtained or, when out of coverage, relative to DFN 0. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-OffsetIndicator-r12 ::=            CHOICE { 
    small-r12                                INTEGER (0..319), 
    large-r12                                INTEGER (0..10239) 
} 
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12 ::=            INTEGER (0..39) 
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430 ::=        INTEGER (40..159) 
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14 ::=            INTEGER (0..159) 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-OffsetIndicator field descriptions


SL-OffsetIndicator
In sc-TF-ResourceConfig, it indicates the offset of the first period of pool of resources within a SFN cycle. For data-TF-ResourceConfig, it corresponds to the offsetIndicator as defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.1.3.
SL-OffsetIndicatorSync
For sidelink discovery and sidelink communication, synchronisation resources are present in those SFN and subframes which satisfy the relation: (SFN*10+ Subframe Number) mod 40 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync. For V2X sidelink communication, synchronisation resources are present in those SFN and subframes which satisfy the relation: (SFN*10+ Subframe Number) mod 160 = SL-OffsetIndicatorSync.
– SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig
The IE SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig includes the configuration of resource selection for P2X related V2X sidelink communication. E-UTRAN configures at least one resource selection mechanism. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig-r14 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    partialSensing-r14                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    randomSelection-r14                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-PeriodComm
The IE SL-PeriodComm indicates the period over which resources allocated in a cell for sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-PeriodComm-r12 ::=                    ENUMERATED {sf40, sf60, sf70, sf80, sf120, sf140, 
                                                sf160, sf240, sf280, sf320, spare6, spare5, 
                                                spare4, spare3, spare2, spare} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-P2X-ResourceSelectionConfig field descriptions


partialSensing
Indicates that partial sensing is allowed for UE autonomous resource selection in a resource pool.
randomSelection
Indicates that random selection is allowed for UE autonomous resource selection in a resource pool.
– SL-Priority
The IE SL-Priority indicates the one or more priorities of resource pool used for sidelink communication, or of a logical channel group used in case of scheduled sidelink communication resources, see TS 36.321 [6]. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-PriorityList-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Prio-r13)) OF SL-Priority-r13 
SL-Priority-r13 ::=            INTEGER (1..8) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList
The IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList indicates PSSCH transmission parameters. When lower layers select parameters from the range indicated in IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList, the UE considers both configurations in IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList and the CBR-dependent configurations represented in IE SL-CBR-PPPP-TxConfigList. Only one IE SL-PSSCH-TxConfig is provided per typeTxSync. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPSSCH-TxConfig-r14)) OF SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 
SL-PSSCH-TxConfig-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
typeTxSync-r14Indicates the synchronization reference type (see TS 36.213 [23]). For configurations by the eNB, only gnss and enb can be configured; and for pre-configuration, only gnss and ue can be configured. If the field is absent, the configuration is applicable for all synchronization reference types.
                SL-TypeTxSync-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
thresUE-Speed-r14Indicates a UE speed threshold. 
            ENUMERATED {kmph60, kmph80, kmph100, kmph120, 
                                kmph140, kmph160, kmph180, kmph200}, 
    
parametersAboveThres-r14Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed above thresUE-Speed.
    SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14, 
    
parametersBelowThres-r14Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed belowthresUE-Speed.
    SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14, 
    ..., 
    [[    parametersAboveThres-v1530    SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        parametersBelowThres-v1530    SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    minMCS-PSSCH-r14            INTEGER (0..31), 
    maxMCS-PSSCH-r14            INTEGER (0..31), 
    minSubChannel-NumberPSSCH-r14        INTEGER (1..20), 
    maxSubchannel-NumberPSSCH-r14        INTEGER (1..20), 
    
allowedRetxNumberPSSCH-r14Indicates the allowed retransmission number for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value n0 indicates no retransmission for a transport block allowed; the value n1 indicates that the UE shall perform one retransmission for a transport block; and the value both indicates that the UE may autonomously select no retransmission or one retransmission for a transport block.
    ENUMERATED {n0, n1, both, spare1}, 
    
maxTxPower-r14Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmission on PSSCH and PSCCH (see TS 36.213 [23]).
                SL-TxPower-r14                OPTIONAL             -- Cond CBR
} 
SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    minMCS-PSSCH-r15            INTEGER (0..31), 
    maxMCS-PSSCH-r15            INTEGER (0..31) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-PSSCH-TxConfigList field descriptions


allowedRetxNumberPSSCH
Indicates the allowed retransmission number for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]). The value n0 indicates no retransmission for a transport block allowed; the value n1 indicates that the UE shall perform one retransmission for a transport block; and the value both indicates that the UE may autonomously select no retransmission or one retransmission for a transport block.
maxTxPower
Indicates the maximum transmission power for transmission on PSSCH and PSCCH (see TS 36.213 [23]).
minMCS-PSSCH, maxMCS-PSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum MCS values used for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]).If included, minMCS-PSSCH-r14 and maxMCS-PSSCH-r14 correspond to the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 with 64QAM indices overridden by 16QAM used for transmission on PSSCH. If included, minMCS-PSSCH-r15 and maxMCS-PSSCH-r15 correspond to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 and Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.
minSubchannel-NumberPSSCH, maxSubchannel-NumberPSSCH
Indicates the minimum and maximum number of sub-channels which may be used for transmissions on PSSCH (see TS 36.213 [23]).
thresUE-Speed
Indicates a UE speed threshold. 
typeTxSync
Indicates the synchronization reference type (see TS 36.213 [23]). For configurations by the eNB, only gnss and enb can be configured; and for pre-configuration, only gnss and ue can be configured. If the field is absent, the configuration is applicable for all synchronization reference types.
parametersAboveThres
Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed above thresUE-Speed.
parametersBelowThres
Indicates TX parameters for the UE speed belowthresUE-Speed.






Conditional presenceExplanation


CBR
The field is optionally present, need OR,in IE SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14, or in IE SL-CBR-PreconfigTxConfigList-r14. Otherwise the field is not present. Need OR.
– SL-Reliability
The IE SL-Reliability indicates one or more reliabilities of a logical channel group used in case of scheduled sidelink communication resources or traffic reliability(ies) associated with the reported traffic pattern for V2X sidelink communication; see TS 36.321 [6]. SL-Reliability information element 

 -- ASN1START
SL-ReliabilityList-r15 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Reliability-r15)) OF SL-Reliability-r15 
SL-Reliability-r15 ::=            INTEGER (1..8) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList
The IE SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList indicates which values are allowed for the signaling of the resource reservation period in PSCCH for V2X sidelink communication, see TS 36.321 [6]. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReservationPeriod-r14)) OF SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14 
SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod-r14 ::=        ENUMERATED {v0dot2, v0dot5, v1, v2, v3, v4, v5, v6, v7, v8, v9, v10, spare4,spare3, spare2, spare1} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriodList field descriptions


SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod
Value v0dot2 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 0.2, value v0dot5 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 0.5, value v1 means SL-RestrictResourceReservationPeriod is set to 1, and so on.Value v0dot2andvalue v0dot5 are configured in a pool-specific manner only. E-UTRAN should not set value v0dot2 and v0dot5 for transmission pool for P2X related V2X sidelink communication.
– SLSSID
The IE SLSSID identifies a cell and is used by the receiving UE to detect asynchronous neighbouring cells, and by transmitting UEs to extend the synchronisation signals beyond the cell's coverage area. 

 -- ASN1START
SLSSID-r12 ::=                    INTEGER (0..167) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-SyncAllowed
The IE SL-SyncAllowed indicates the allowed the synchronization references for a transmission resource pool for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-SyncAllowed-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    
gnss-Sync-r14If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to GNSS (i.e. synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to GNSS).
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
enb-Sync-r14If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to eNB (i.e., synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to eNB).
                        ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
ue-Sync-r14If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is synchronized to a reference UE which is synchronized to neither GNSS nor eNB directly or indirectly. 
                            ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-SyncAllowedfield descriptions


enb-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to eNB (i.e., synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to eNB).
gnss-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to GNSS (i.e. synchronized to a reference UE which is directly synchronized to GNSS).
ue-Sync
If configured, the (pre-) configured resources can be used if the UE is synchronized to a reference UE which is synchronized to neither GNSS nor eNB directly or indirectly.
– SL-SyncConfig
The IE SL-SyncConfig specifies the configuration information concerning reception of synchronisation signals from neighbouring cells as well as concerning the transmission of synchronisation signals for sidelink communication and sidelink discovery. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-SyncConfigList-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-SyncConfig-r12)) OF SL-SyncConfig-r12 
SL-SyncConfigListV2X-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14)) OF SL-SyncConfig-r12 
SL-SyncConfig-r12 ::=                    SEQUENCE { 
    
syncCP-Len-r12In case of V2X sidelink communications this field is always configured to normal.
                            SL-CP-Len-r12, 
    
syncOffsetIndicator-r12E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 in preconfigSync within SL-Preconfiguration, if configured. If syncOffsetIndicator-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field syncOffsetIndicator-r12. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator2 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator2 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator3 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator3 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure all values in syncOffsetIndicator are same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies. For SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, all values in syncOffsetIndicator should be same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies.
                SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12, 
    slssid-r12                                SLSSID-r12, 
    
txParameters-r12Includes parameters relevant only for transmission. E-UTRAN includes the field in one entry per list, as included in commSyncConfig or discSyncConfig.
                            SEQUENCE { 
        syncTxParameters-r12                    SL-TxParameters-r12, 
        
syncTxThreshIC-r12Indicates the threshold used while in coverage. In case the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for transmission of sidelink communication/ discovery announcements/ V2X sidelink communication, or of the cell used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, is below the level indicated by this field, the UE may transmit SLSS (i.e. become synchronisation reference) when performing the corresponding sidelink transmission..
                        RSRP-RangeSL-r12, 
        
syncInfoReserved-r12Reserved for future use.
                        BIT STRING (SIZE (19))    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    rxParamsNCell-r12                        SEQUENCE { 
        physCellId-r12                            PhysCellId, 
        
discSyncWindow-r12Indicates the synchronization window over which the UE expects that SLSS or discovery resources indicated by the pool configuration (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.4). The value w1 denotes 5 milliseconds. The value w2 denotes the length corresponding to normal cyclic prefix divided by 2.
                ENUMERATED {w1, w2} 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    
syncTxPeriodic-r13Indicates whether in each discovery period in which UE transmits discovery, the UE transmits SLSS once or periodically (i.e. every 40ms). In the latter case (periodic) the UE also transmits the MasterInformationBlock-SL message alongside. E-UTRAN configures this field only for synchronisation configurations applicable for PS discovery.
                    ENUMERATED {true}            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    syncOffsetIndicator-v1430        SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
gnss-Sync-r14if configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to GNSS, by using slssid=0 and ignoring slssid-r12 configured. If not configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to eNB, by using the configured slssid-r12.
                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    syncOffsetIndicator2-r14        SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        syncOffsetIndicator3-r14        SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
slss-TxDisabled-r15Value TRUE indicates that the carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
This parameter cannot be included in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26.
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
SL-SyncConfigListNFreq-r13 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-SyncConfig-r12)) OF SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13 
SL-SyncConfigListNFreqV2X-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14)) OF SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13 
SL-SyncConfigNFreq-r13 ::=            SEQUENCE { 
    asyncParameters-r13                    SEQUENCE { 
        
syncCP-Len-r13In case of V2X sidelink communications this field is always configured to normal.
                        SL-CP-Len-r12, 
        
syncOffsetIndicator-r13E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 in preconfigSync within SL-Preconfiguration, if configured. If syncOffsetIndicator-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field syncOffsetIndicator-r12. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator2 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator2 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator3 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator3 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure all values in syncOffsetIndicator are same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies. For SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, all values in syncOffsetIndicator should be same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies.
                SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r12, 
        slssid-r13                            SLSSID-r12 
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
txParameters-r13Includes parameters relevant only for transmission. E-UTRAN includes the field in one entry per list, as included in commSyncConfig or discSyncConfig.
                    SEQUENCE { 
        syncTxParameters-r13                SL-TxParameters-r12, 
        
syncTxThreshIC-r13Indicates the threshold used while in coverage. In case the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for transmission of sidelink communication/ discovery announcements/ V2X sidelink communication, or of the cell used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, is below the level indicated by this field, the UE may transmit SLSS (i.e. become synchronisation reference) when performing the corresponding sidelink transmission..
                    RSRP-RangeSL-r12, 
        
syncInfoReserved-r13Reserved for future use.
                    BIT STRING (SIZE (19))    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
syncTxPeriodic-r13Indicates whether in each discovery period in which UE transmits discovery, the UE transmits SLSS once or periodically (i.e. every 40ms). In the latter case (periodic) the UE also transmits the MasterInformationBlock-SL message alongside. E-UTRAN configures this field only for synchronisation configurations applicable for PS discovery.
                    ENUMERATED {true}        OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    }                                                                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    rxParameters-r13                    SEQUENCE { 
        
discSyncWindow-r13Indicates the synchronization window over which the UE expects that SLSS or discovery resources indicated by the pool configuration (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.4). The value w1 denotes 5 milliseconds. The value w2 denotes the length corresponding to normal cyclic prefix divided by 2.
                    ENUMERATED {w1, w2} 
    }                                                                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    syncOffsetIndicator-v1430        SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-v1430    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        
gnss-Sync-r14if configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to GNSS, by using slssid=0 and ignoring slssid-r12 configured. If not configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to eNB, by using the configured slssid-r12.
                    ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    syncOffsetIndicator2-r14        SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        syncOffsetIndicator3-r14        SL-OffsetIndicatorSync-r14    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[    
slss-TxDisabled-r15Value TRUE indicates that the carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
This parameter cannot be included in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26.
                ENUMERATED {true}                OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-SyncConfig field descriptions


discSyncWindow
Indicates the synchronization window over which the UE expects that SLSS or discovery resources indicated by the pool configuration (see TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.4). The value w1 denotes 5 milliseconds. The value w2 denotes the length corresponding to normal cyclic prefix divided by 2.
gnss-Sync
if configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to GNSS, by using slssid=0 and ignoring slssid-r12 configured. If not configured, the synchronization configuration is used for SLSS transmission/reception when the UE is synchronized to eNB, by using the configured slssid-r12.
slss-TxDisabled
Value TRUE indicates that the carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
This parameter cannot be included in SystemInformationBlockType21or SystemInformationBlockType26.
syncCP-Len
In case of V2X sidelink communications this field is always configured to normal.
syncInfoReserved
Reserved for future use.
syncOffsetIndicator
E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1 or syncOffsetIndicator2 in preconfigSync within SL-Preconfiguration, if configured. If syncOffsetIndicator-v1430 is configured, the UE shall ignore the field syncOffsetIndicator-r12. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator1in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator2 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator2 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure syncOffsetIndicator3 is set to the same value as syncOffsetIndicator3 in v2x-CommPreconfigSync within SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, if configured. E-UTRAN should ensure all values in syncOffsetIndicator are same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies. For SL-V2X-Preconfiguration, all values in syncOffsetIndicator should be same across all carrier frequencies configured for UEs performing V2X sidelink communication on multiple carrier frequencies.
syncTxPeriodic
Indicates whether in each discovery period in which UE transmits discovery, the UE transmits SLSS once or periodically (i.e. every 40ms). In the latter case (periodic) the UE also transmits the MasterInformationBlock-SL message alongside. E-UTRAN configures this field only for synchronisation configurations applicable for PS discovery.
syncTxThreshIC
Indicates the threshold used while in coverage. In case the RSRP measurement of the cell chosen for transmission of sidelink communication/ discovery announcements/ V2X sidelink communication, or of the cell used as reference for DL measurements and synchronization, is below the level indicated by this field, the UE may transmit SLSS (i.e. become synchronisation reference) when performing the corresponding sidelink transmission..
txParameters
Includes parameters relevant only for transmission. E-UTRAN includes the field in one entry per list, as included in commSyncConfig or discSyncConfig.
– SL-TF-ResourceConfig
The IE SL-TF-ResourceConfig specifies a set of time/ frequency resources used for sidelink. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-TF-ResourceConfig-r12 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    prb-Num-r12                            INTEGER (1..100), 
    prb-Start-r12                        INTEGER (0..99), 
    prb-End-r12                            INTEGER (0..99), 
    offsetIndicator-r12                    SL-OffsetIndicator-r12, 
    subframeBitmap-r12                    SubframeBitmapSL-r12 
} 
SubframeBitmapSL-r12 ::=        CHOICE { 
    bs4-r12                                    BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), 
    bs8-r12                                    BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), 
    bs12-r12                                BIT STRING (SIZE (12)), 
    bs16-r12                                BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    bs30-r12                                BIT STRING (SIZE (30)), 
    bs40-r12                                BIT STRING (SIZE (40)), 
    bs42-r12                                BIT STRING (SIZE (42)) 
} 
SubframeBitmapSL-r14 ::=        CHOICE { 
    bs10-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (10)), 
    bs16-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), 
    bs20-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (20)), 
    bs30-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (30)), 
    bs40-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (40)), 
    bs50-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (50)), 
    bs60-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (60)), 
    bs100-r14                                BIT STRING (SIZE (100)) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-TxPower
The IE SL-TxPower is used to limit the UE's sidelink transmission power on a carrier frequency. The unit is dBm. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-TxPower-r14 ::=        CHOICE { 
    minusinfinity-r14                NULL,
    txPower-r14                        INTEGER (-41..31) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-TypeTxSync
The IE SL-TypeTxSync indicates the synchronization reference type. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-TypeTxSync-r14 ::=        ENUMERATED {gnss, enb, ue} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-TF-ResourceConfig field descriptions


prb-Start, prb-End, prb-Num
Sidelink transmissions on a sub-frame can occur on PRB with index greater than or equal to prb-Start and less than prb-Start + prb-Num, and on PRB with index greater than prb-End - prb-Num and less than or equal to prb-End. Even for neighbouring cells, prb-Start and prb-End are relative to PRB #0 of the cell from which it was obtained. See TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.3, 14.2.3 and 14.3.3.
subframeBitmap
Indicates the subframe bitmap indicating resources used for sidelink. For sidelink communication, E-UTRAN configures value bs40 for FDD and the following values for TDD: value bs42 for configuration0, value bs16 for configuration1, value bs8 for configuration2, value bs12 for configuration3,value bs8 for configuration4, value bs4 for configuration5 and value bs30 for configuration6. For V2X sidelink communication, E-UTRAN configures value bs16, bs20 or bs100 for FDD or Frame Structure Type 1 as defined in TS 36.211 [21],and the following values for TDD or Frame Structure Type 2 as defined in TS 36.211 [21]: value bs60 for configuration0, value bs40 for configuration1, value bs20 for configuration2, value bs30 for configuration3,value bs20 for configuration4, value bs10 for configuration5 and value bs50 for configuration6.
– SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List
IE SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List indicates a threshold used for sensing based UE autonomous resource selection (see TS 36.213 [23]). A resource is excluded if it is indicated or reserved by a decoded SCI and PSSCH RSRP in the associated data resource is above the threshold defined by IE SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (64)) OF SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-r14 
SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-r14 ::=        INTEGER (0..66) 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP-List field descriptions


SL-ThresPSSCH-RSRP
Value 0 corresponds to minus infinity dBm, value 1 corresponds to -128dBm, value 2 corresponds to -126dBm, value n corresponds to (-128 + (n-1)*2) dBm and so on, value 66 corresponds to infinity dBm.
– SL-TxParameters
The IE SL-TxParameters identifies a set of parameters configured for sidelink transmission, used for communication, discovery and synchronisation. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-TxParameters-r12 ::=                SEQUENCE    { 
    
alpha-r12Parameter(s): ,,,,,,, See TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1 and 14.4, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for sidelink power control.
                                Alpha-r12, 
    
p0-r12Parameter: ,,,,,,, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1 and 14.4, unit dBm.
                                    P0-SL-r12 
} 
P0-SL-r12 ::=                            INTEGER (-126..31) 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-TxParametersfield descriptions


alpha
Parameter(s): ,,,,,,, See TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1 and 14.4, where al0 corresponds to 0, al04 corresponds to value 0.4, al05 to 0.5, al06 to 0.6, al07 to 0.7, al08 to 0.8, al09 to 0.9 and al1 corresponds to 1. This field applies for sidelink power control.
p0
Parameter: ,,,,,,, see TS 36.213 [23], clauses 14.1.1.5, 14.2.1.3, 14.3.1 and 14.4, unit dBm.
– SL-TxPoolIdentity
The IE SL-TxPoolIdentity identifies an individual pool entry configured for sidelink transmission, used for communication and discovery. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12 ::=            INTEGER (1.. maxSL-TxPool-r12) 
SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310 ::=        INTEGER (maxSL-TxPool-r12Plus1-r13.. maxSL-TxPool-r13) 
SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14 ::=        INTEGER (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14) 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-TxPoolToReleaseList
The IE SL-TxPoolToReleaseList is used to release one or more individual pool entries used for sidelink transmission, for communication and discovery. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-TxPoolToReleaseList-r12 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-r12)) OF SL-TxPoolIdentity-r12 
SL-TxPoolToReleaseListExt-r13 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-TxPool-v1310)) OF SL-TxPoolIdentity-v1310 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated
The IE SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated specifies the dedicated configuration information for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated-r14 ::=                SEQUENCE    { 
    commTxResources-r14                    CHOICE { 
        release                                NULL,
        setup                                CHOICE { 
            
scheduled-r14Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific BSR from the UE.
                    SEQUENCE { 
                
sl-V-RNTI-r14Indicates the RNTI used for DCI dynamically scheduling sidelink resources for V2X sidelink communication.
            C-RNTI, 
                mac-MainConfig-r14                MAC-MainConfigSL-r12, 
                
v2x-SchedulingPool-r14Indicates a pool of resources when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources for V2X sidelink communications.
            SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                
mcs-r14Indicates the MCSas defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.2.1. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE implementation.If included, mcs-r14 corresponds to the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 with 64QAM indices overridden by 16QAM used for transmission on PSSCH. If included, mcs-r15corresponds to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] and the MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.If this field is present, E-UTRAN shall configure both mcs-r14 and mcs-r15.
                            INTEGER (0..31)                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
                
logicalChGroupInfoList-r14Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities and reliabilities, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of increasing logical channel group identity. If E-UTRAN includes logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as inlogicalChGroupInfoList–r14, anda logical channel group identity of the same entry in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14 and in logicalChGroupInfo-v1530 is associated with both the priorties (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14) and reliablities (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530) of that entry. If logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 is not included, this field indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities.
        LogicalChGroupInfoList-r13 
            }, 
            
ue-Selected-r14Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured by E-UTRAN.
                    SEQUENCE { 
                 -- Pool for normal usage
                v2x-CommTxPoolNormalDedicated-r14    SEQUENCE { 
                    poolToReleaseList-r14    SL-TxPoolToReleaseListV2X-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                    poolToAddModList-r14        SL-TxPoolToAddModListV2X-r14        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
                    v2x-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14        SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14 
                                                                            OPTIONAL     -- Need ON
                } 
            } 
        } 
    }                                                                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
v2x-InterFreqInfoList-r14Indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of other carrier frequencies than the serving carrier frequency for V2X sidelink communication. For inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation, CIF=1 in DCI-5A corresponds to the first entry in this frequency list, CIF=2 corresponds to the second entry, and so on (see TS 36.213 [23]). CIF=0 in DCI-5A corresponds to the frequency where the DCI is received.
            SL-InterFreqInfoListV2X-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need ON
    
thresSL-TxPrioritization-r14Indicates the threshold used to determine whether SL V2X transmission is prioritized over uplink transmission if they overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). This value shall overwrite thresSL-TxPrioritization configured in SIB21 or SL-V2X-Preconfiguration if any.
            SL-Priority-r13                        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
typeTxSync-r14Indicates the prioritizedsynchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on PCell. 
                        SL-TypeTxSync-r14                    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    
cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList-r14Indicates the dedicated list of CBR range division and the list of PSCCH TX configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
        SL-CBR-CommonTxConfigList-r14    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ..., 
    [[    commTxResources-v1530                    CHOICE { 
            release                                NULL,
            setup                                CHOICE { 
                scheduled-v1530                    SEQUENCE { 
                    logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530    LogicalChGroupInfoList-v1530    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
                    
mcs-r15Indicates the MCSas defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.2.1. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE implementation.If included, mcs-r14 corresponds to the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 with 64QAM indices overridden by 16QAM used for transmission on PSSCH. If included, mcs-r15corresponds to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] and the MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.If this field is present, E-UTRAN shall configure both mcs-r14 and mcs-r15.
                            INTEGER (0..31)            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
                }, 
                ue-Selected-v1530                SEQUENCE { 
                    v2x-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15    SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15    OPTIONAL     --Need OR
                } 
            } 
        }                                                                OPTIONAL,        -- Need ON
        v2x-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15    SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15    OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        syncFreqList-r15                SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15                OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
        slss-TxMultiFreq-r15            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]], 
    [[ 
        
slss-TxDisabled-r15Value TRUE indicates that the primary carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
            ENUMERATED {true}                    OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
    ]] 
} 
LogicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLCG-r13)) OF SL-ReliabilityList-r15 
SL-TxPoolToAddModListV2X-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-TxPoolToAddMod-r14 
SL-TxPoolToAddMod-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE    { 
    poolIdentity-r14                    SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14, 
    pool-r14                            SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14 
} 
SL-TxPoolToReleaseListV2X-r14 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14)) OF SL-V2X-TxPoolIdentity-r14 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-V2X-ConfigDedicated field descriptions


cbr-DedicatedTxConfigList
Indicates the dedicated list of CBR range division and the list of PSCCH TX configurations available to configure congestion control to the UE for V2X sidelink communication.
logicalChGroupInfoList
Indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities and reliabilities, used as specified in TS 36.321 [6], in order of increasing logical channel group identity. If E-UTRAN includes logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as inlogicalChGroupInfoList–r14, anda logical channel group identity of the same entry in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14 and in logicalChGroupInfo-v1530 is associated with both the priorties (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-r14) and reliablities (as in logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530) of that entry. If logicalChGroupInfoList-v1530 is not included, this field indicates for each logical channel group the list of associated priorities.
mcs
Indicates the MCSas defined in TS 36.213 [23], clause 14.2.1. If not configured, the selection of MCS is up to UE implementation.If included, mcs-r14 corresponds to the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 with 64QAM indices overridden by 16QAM used for transmission on PSSCH. If included, mcs-r15corresponds to both the MCS table in Table 8.6.1-1 in TS 36.213 [23] and the MCS table supporting 64QAM in Table 14.1.1-2 in TS 36.213 [23] used for transmission on PSSCH.If this field is present, E-UTRAN shall configure both mcs-r14 and mcs-r15.
scheduled
Indicates the configuration for the case E-UTRAN schedules the transmission resources based on sidelink specific BSR from the UE.
sl-V-RNTI
Indicates the RNTI used for DCI dynamically scheduling sidelink resources for V2X sidelink communication.
slss-TxDisabled
Value TRUE indicates that the primary carrier, even though equipped with synchronisation resources, cannot be used as a synchronisation carrier frequency to transmit SLSS or PSBCH.
thresSL-TxPrioritization
Indicates the threshold used to determine whether SL V2X transmission is prioritized over uplink transmission if they overlap in time (see TS 36.321 [6]). This value shall overwrite thresSL-TxPrioritization configured in SIB21 or SL-V2X-Preconfiguration if any.
typeTxSync
Indicates the prioritizedsynchronization type (i.e. eNB or GNSS) for performing V2X sidelink communication on PCell. 
ue-Selected
Indicates the configuration for the case the UE selects the transmission resources from a pool of resources configured by E-UTRAN.
v2x-InterFreqInfoList
Indicates synchronization and resource allocation configurations of other carrier frequencies than the serving carrier frequency for V2X sidelink communication. For inter-carrier scheduled resource allocation, CIF=1 in DCI-5A corresponds to the first entry in this frequency list, CIF=2 corresponds to the second entry, and so on (see TS 36.213 [23]). CIF=0 in DCI-5A corresponds to the frequency where the DCI is received.
v2x-SchedulingPool
Indicates a pool of resources when E-UTRAN schedules Tx resources for V2X sidelink communications.
– SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList
The IE SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList specifies the configuration information for carrier selection for V2X sidelink communication transmission using UE autonomous resource selection. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfigList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig-r15 
SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig-r15 ::=                SEQUENCE { 
    priorityList-r15                    SL-PriorityList-r13, 
    threshCBR-FreqReselection-r15        SL-CBR-r14            OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    threshCBR-FreqKeeping-r15            SL-CBR-r14            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
– SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig
The IE SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig specifies the configuration information for sidelink packet duplication for V2X sidelink communication transmission. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    threshSL-Reliability-r15        SL-Reliability-r15, 
    allowedCarrierFreqConfig-r15    SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreqList-r15        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    ... 
} 
SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreqList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-Dest-r12)) OF SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreq 
SL-PPPR-Dest-CarrierFreq ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    destinationInfoList-r15            SL-DestinationInfoList-r12        OPTIONAL,    -- Need OR
    allowedCarrierFreqList-r15        SL-AllowedCarrierFreqList-r15            OPTIONAL     -- Need OR
} 
SL-AllowedCarrierFreqList-r15 ::=    SEQUENCE { 
    allowedCarrierFreqSet1        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9, 
    allowedCarrierFreqSet2        SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-V2X-FreqSelectionConfig field descriptions


priorityList
Indicates the list of PPPP(s) which is associated with the configurations in threshCBR-FreqReselection and in threshCBR-FreqKeeping. 
threshCBR-FreqReselection
Indicates the CBR threshold to determine whether the carrier frequency can be (re)selected for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.321 [6].
threshCBR-FreqKeeping
Indicates the CBR threshold to determine whether the UE can keep using the carrier which was selected for the transmission of V2X sidelink communication. See TS 36.321 [6].
– SL-V2X-SyncFreqList
The IE SL-V2X-SyncFreqList specifies the list of candidate synchronisation carrier frequencies used for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-V2X-SyncFreqList-r15 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqV2X-r14)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA-r9 
 -- ASN1STOP




SL-V2X-PacketDuplicationConfig field descriptions


allowedCarrierFreqList, allowedCarrierFreqSet1, allowedCarrierFreqSet2
Indicates, for V2X sidelink communication, the set of carrier frequencies applicable for the transmission of the MAC SDUs from the sidelink logical channels whose associated destination are included in destinationInfoList (see TS 36.321 [6]). If present, E-UTRAN shall ensure allowedCarrierFreqSet1 and allowedCarrierFreqSet2 do not include the same carrier frequency. 
threshSL-Reliability
Indicates the reliability threshold used to determine whether sidelinik packet duplication is configured and activated for V2X sidelink communication transmission. See TS 36.323 [8] and TS 36.321 [6].
– SL-ZoneConfig
The IE SL-ZoneConfig indicates zone configurations used for V2X sidelink communication. 

 -- ASN1START
SL-ZoneConfig-r14 ::=        SEQUENCE { 
    zoneLength-r14    ENUMERATED { m5, m10, m20, m50, m100, m200, m500, spare1}, 
    zoneWidth-r14    ENUMERATED { m5, m10, m20, m50, m100, m200, m500, spare1}, 
    zoneIdLongiMod-r14    INTEGER (1..4), 
    zoneIdLatiMod-r14    INTEGER (1..4) 
} 
 -- ASN1STOP
6.4 RRC multiplicity and type constraint values
– Multiplicity and type constraint definitions
maxACDC-Cat-r13                INTEGER ::=    16     -- Maximum number of ACDC categories (per PLMN)
maxAvailNarrowBands-r13        INTEGER ::=    16     -- Maximum number of narrowbands
maxAvailNarrowBands-1-r16    INTEGER ::= 15     -- Maximum number of narrowbands minus one
maxBandComb-r10                INTEGER ::=    128     -- Maximum number of band combinations.
maxBandComb-r11                INTEGER ::=    256     -- Maximum number of additional band combinations.
maxBandComb-r13                INTEGER ::=    384  -- Maximum number of band combinations in Rel-13
maxBandCombSidelinkNR-r16    INTEGER ::=    512     -- Maximum number of NR sidelink band combinations
maxBands                    INTEGER ::= 64     -- Maximum number of bands listed in EUTRA UE caps
maxBandsNR-r15                INTEGER ::= 1024     -- Maximum number of NR bands listed in EUTRA UE caps
maxBandsENDC-r16            INTEGER ::= 10     -- Maximum number of NR bands from across all the PLMNs
                                             -- sharing the serving cell in EN-DC for the forwarding
                                             -- of upperLayerIndication.
maxBandwidthClass-r10        INTEGER ::=    16     -- Maximum number of supported CA BW classes per band
maxBandwidthCombSet-r10        INTEGER ::=    32     -- Maximum number of bandwidth combination sets per
                                             -- supported band combination
maxBarringInfoSet-r15        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of UAC barring information sets
maxBT-IdReport-r15            INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of Bluetooth IDs to report
maxBT-Name-r15                INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of Bluetooth name
maxCBR-Level-r14            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of CBR levels
maxCBR-Level-1-r14            INTEGER ::= 15 
maxCBR-Report-r14            INTEGER ::= 72     -- Maximum number of CBR results in a report
maxCDMA-BandClass            INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum value of the CDMA band classes
maxCE-Level-r13                INTEGER ::=    4     -- Maximum number of CE levels
maxExcludedCell                INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of exclude-listed physical cell identity
                                             -- ranges listed in SIB type 4 and 5
maxCellHistory-r12            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of visited EUTRA cells reported
maxCellInfoGERAN-r9        INTEGER ::=    32     -- Maximum number of GERAN cells for which system in-
                                             -- formation can be provided as redirection assistance
maxCellInfoUTRA-r9            INTEGER ::=    16     -- Maximum number of UTRA cells for which system
                                             -- information can be provided as redirection
                                             -- assistance
maxCellMeasIdle-r15            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-frequency
                                             -- cells per carrier measured in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE
maxCellNR-r17                INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of NR cells
maxCombIDC-r11                INTEGER ::= 128     -- Maximum number of reported UL CA or
                                             -- MR-DC combinations
maxCSI-IM-r11                INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-IM-r12                INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
minCSI-IM-r13                INTEGER ::= 5     -- Minimum number of CSI IM configurations from which
                                             -- REL-13 extension is used
maxCSI-IM-r13                INTEGER ::= 24     -- Maximum number of CSI-IM configurations
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-IM-v1310                INTEGER ::= 20     -- Maximum number of additional CSI-IM configurations
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-Proc-r11                INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of CSI processes (per carrier
                                             -- frequency)
maxCSI-RS-NZP-r11            INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
                                             -- configurations using non-zero Tx power
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
minCSI-RS-NZP-r13            INTEGER ::= 4     -- Minimum number of CSI RS resource from which
                                             -- REL-13 extension is used
maxCSI-RS-NZP-r13            INTEGER ::= 24     -- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
                                             -- configurations using non-zero Tx power
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-RS-NZP-v1310            INTEGER ::= 21     -- Maximum number of additional CSI RS resource
                                             -- configurations using non-zero Tx power
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
maxCSI-RS-ZP-r11            INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of CSI RS resource
                                             -- configurations using zero Tx power(per carrier
                                             -- frequency)
maxCQI-ProcExt-r11            INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of additional periodic CQI
                                             -- configurations (per carrier frequency)
maxFreqUTRA-TDD-r10            INTEGER ::=    6     -- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies for
                                             -- which system information can be provided as
                                             -- redirection assistance
maxCellInter                INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-frequency
                                             -- cells listed in SIB type 5
maxCellIntra                INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of neighbouring intra-frequency
                                             -- cells listed in SIB type 4
maxCellListGERAN            INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of lists of GERAN cells
maxCellMeas                    INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of entries in each of the
                                             -- cell lists in a measurement object
maxCellReport                INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of reported cells/CSI-RS resources
maxCellSFTD                INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of cells for SFTD reporting
maxCellAllowedNR-r16            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of allowlisted NR cells in SIB24
maxCondConfig-r16            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of conditional configurations
maxConfigSPS-r14            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of simultaneous SPS configurations
maxConfigSPS-r15            INTEGER ::= 6     -- Maximum number of simultaneous SPS configurations
                                             -- configured with SPS C-RNTI
maxCSI-RS-Meas-r12            INTEGER ::= 96     -- Maximum number of entries in the CSI-RS list
                                             -- in a measurement object
maxDRB                        INTEGER ::= 11     -- Maximum number of Data Radio Bearers
maxDRBExt-r15                INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of additional DRBs
maxDRB-r15                    INTEGER ::= 15     -- Highest value of extended maximum number of DRBs
maxDS-Duration-r12            INTEGER ::= 5     -- Maximum number of subframes in a discovery signals
                                             -- occasion
maxDS-ZTP-CSI-RS-r12        INTEGER ::= 5     -- Maximum number of zero transmission power CSI-RS for
                                             -- a serving cell concerning discovery signals
maxEARFCN                    INTEGER ::= 65535     -- Maximum value of EUTRA carrier frequency
maxEARFCN-Plus1                INTEGER ::= 65536     -- Lowest value extended EARFCN range
maxEARFCN2                    INTEGER ::= 262143     -- Highest value extended EARFCN range
maxEPDCCH-Set-r11            INTEGER ::= 2     -- Maximum number of EPDCCH sets
maxFBI                        INTEGER ::= 64     -- Maximum value of fequency band indicator
maxFBI-NR-r15                INTEGER ::= 1024     -- Highest value FBI range for NR.
maxFBI-Plus1                INTEGER ::= 65     -- Lowest value extended FBI range
maxFBI2                        INTEGER ::= 256     -- Highest value extended FBI range
maxFeatureSets-r15            INTEGER ::= 256     -- Total number of feature sets (size of pool)
maxPerCC-FeatureSets-r15    INTEGER ::= 32     -- Total number of CC-specific feature sets
                                                 -- (size of the pool)
maxFreq                        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies
maxFreq-1-r16                INTEGER ::= 7     -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies
maxFreqIDC-r11                INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies that are
                                             -- affected by the IDC problems
maxFreqIdle-r15                INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for
                                                 -- IDLE mode measurements configured by eNB
maxFreqMBMS-r11                INTEGER ::= 5     -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for which an
                                             -- MBMS capable UE may indicate an interest
maxFreqNBIOT-r16            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of NB-IoT carrier frequencies that can
                                             -- be provided as assistance information for inter-RAT
                                             -- cell selection
maxFreqNR-r15                INTEGER ::= 5     -- Maximum number of NR carrier frequencies for
                                             -- which a UE may provide measurement results upon
                                             -- NR SCG failure
maxFreqV2X-r14                INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of carrier frequencies for which V2X
                                             -- sidelink communication can be configured
maxFreqV2X-1-r14            INTEGER ::= 7     -- Highest index of frequencies
maxGERAN-SI                    INTEGER ::= 10     -- Maximum number of GERAN SI blocks that can be
                                             -- provided as part of NACC information
maxGNFG                        INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of GERAN neighbour freq groups
maxGWUS-Groups-1-r16        INTEGER ::= 31     -- Maximum number of groups minus one for each
                                             -- probability group
maxGWUS-Resources-r16        INTEGER    ::= 4     -- Maximum number of GWUS resources for each group
maxGWUS-ProbThresholds-r16    INTEGER    ::= 3     -- Maximum number of paging probability thresholds
maxIdleMeasCarriers-r15        INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-
                                             -- frequency carriers measured in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE
maxIdleMeasCarriersExt-r16        INTEGER ::= 5     --Additional number of neighbouring inter-
                                             -- frequency carriers measured in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE
maxIdleMeasCarriers-r16        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of neighbouring inter-
                                                 -- frequency/inter-RAT carriers measured in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE
maxLCG-r13                    INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of logical channel groups
maxLogMeasReport-r10        INTEGER ::= 520     -- Maximum number of logged measurement entries
                                             -- that can be reported by the UE in one message
maxMBSFN-Allocations        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of MBSFN frame allocations with
                                             -- different offset
maxMBSFN-Area                INTEGER ::= 8 
maxMBSFN-Area-1                INTEGER ::= 7 
maxMBMS-ServiceListPerUE-r13    INTEGER ::= 15     -- Maximum number of services which the UE can
                                         -- include in the MBMS interest indication
maxMeasId                    INTEGER ::= 32 
maxMeasId-Plus1                INTEGER ::= 33 
maxMeasId-r12                INTEGER ::= 64 
maxMultiBands                INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of additional frequency bands
                                             -- that a cell belongs to
maxMultiBandsNR-r15            INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of additional NR frequency bands
                                             -- that a cell belongs to
maxMultiBandsNR-1-r15        INTEGER ::= 31 
maxNS-Pmax-r10                INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of NS and P-Max values per band
maxNAICS-Entries-r12        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of supported NAICS combination(s)
maxNeighCell-r12            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of neighbouring cells in NAICS
                                             -- configuration (per carrier frequency)
maxNeighCell-SCPTM-r13        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of SCPTM neighbour cells
maxNrofPCI-PerSMTC-r16        INTEGER ::= 64   -- Maximum number of PCIs per SMTC
maxNrofS-NSSAI-r15            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of S-NSSAI
maxObjectId                    INTEGER ::= 32 
maxObjectId-Plus1-r13        INTEGER ::= 33 
maxObjectId-r13                INTEGER ::= 64 
maxP-a-PerNeighCell-r12        INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of power offsets for a neighbour cell
                                             -- in NAICS configuration
maxPageRec                    INTEGER ::= 16     --
maxPhysCellIdRange-r9        INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of physical cell identity ranges
maxPLMN-r11                    INTEGER ::=    6     -- Maximum number of PLMNs
maxPLMN-1-r14                INTEGER ::=    5     -- Maximum number of PLMNs minus one
maxPLMN-r15                    INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of PLMNs for RNA configuration
maxPLMN-NR-r15                INTEGER ::= 12     -- Maximum number of NR PLMNs
maxPNOffset                    INTEGER ::=    511     -- Maximum number of CDMA2000 PNOffsets
maxPMCH-PerMBSFN            INTEGER ::= 15 
maxPSSCH-TxConfig-r14        INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of PSSCH TX configurations
maxQuantSetsNR-r15            INTEGER ::= 2     -- Maximum number of NR quantity configuration sets
maxQCI-r13                    INTEGER ::= 6     -- Maximum number of QCIs
maxRAT-Capabilities            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of interworking RATs (incl EUTRA)
maxRE-MapQCL-r11            INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of PDSCH RE Mapping configurations
                                             -- (per carrier frequency)
maxReportConfigId            INTEGER ::= 32 
maxReservationPeriod-r14    INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of resource reservation periodicities
                                             -- for sidelink V2X communication
maxRS-Index-r15                INTEGER ::= 64     -- Maximum number of RS indices
maxRS-Index-1-r15            INTEGER ::= 63     -- Highest value of RS index as used to identify
                                             -- RS index in RRM reports.
maxRS-IndexCellQual-r15        INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of RS indices averaged to derive
                                             -- cell quality for RRM.
maxRS-IndexReport-r15        INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of RS indices for RRM.
maxRSTD-Freq-r10            INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of frequency layers for RSTD
                                             -- measurement
maxSAI-MBMS-r11                INTEGER ::= 64     -- Maximum number of MBMS service area identities
                                             -- broadcast per carrier frequency
maxSat-r17                    INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of satellites
maxSCell-r10                INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of SCells
maxSCell-r13                INTEGER ::= 31     -- Highest value of extended number range of SCells
maxSCellGroups-r15            INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of SCell common parameter groups
maxSC-MTCH-r13                INTEGER ::= 1023     -- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell
maxSC-MTCH-BR-r14            INTEGER ::= 128     -- Maximum number of SC-MTCHs in one cell for feMTC
maxSL-CommRxPoolNFreq-r13    INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of individual sidelink communication
                                             -- Rx resource pools on neighbouring freq
maxSL-CommRxPoolPreconf-v1310    INTEGER ::= 12     -- Maximum number of additional preconfigured
                                                 -- sidelink communication Rx resource pool entries
maxSL-TxPool-r12Plus1-r13    INTEGER ::= 5     -- First additional individual sidelink
                                                 -- Tx resource pool
maxSL-TxPool-v1310            INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of additional sidelink
                                                 -- Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-TxPool-r13            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of individual sidelink
                                                 -- Tx resource pools
maxSL-CommTxPoolPreconf-v1310    INTEGER ::= 7     -- Maximum number of additional preconfigured
                                                 -- sidelink Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-Dest-r12            INTEGER ::= 16             -- Maximum number of sidelink destinations
maxSL-DiscCells-r13        INTEGER ::= 16             -- Maximum number of cells with similar sidelink
                                                 -- configurations
maxSL-DiscPowerClass-r12    INTEGER ::= 3         -- Maximum number of sidelink power classes
maxSL-DiscRxPoolPreconf-r13        INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of preconfigured sidelink
                                                 -- discovery Rx resource pool entries
maxSL-DiscSysInfoReportFreq-r13    INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of frequencies to include in a
                                                 -- SidelinkUEInformation for SI reporting
maxSL-DiscTxPoolPreconf-r13        INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of preconfigured sidelink
                                                 -- discovery Tx resource pool entries
maxSL-GP-r13            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of gap patterns that can be requested
                                         -- for a frequency or assigned
maxSL-PoolToMeasure-r14    INTEGER ::= 72     -- Maximum number of TX resource pools for CBR
                                                 -- measurement and report
maxSL-Prio-r13            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of entries in sidelink priority list
maxSL-RxPool-r12            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of individual sidelink Rx resource pools
maxSL-Reliability-r15    INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of entries in sidelink reliability list
maxSL-SyncConfig-r12        INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of sidelink Sync configurations
maxSL-TF-IndexPair-r12    INTEGER ::= 64     -- Maximum number of sidelink Time Freq resource index
                                             -- pairs
maxSL-TxPool-r12            INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of individual sidelink Tx resource pools
maxSL-V2X-RxPool-r14        INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of RX resource pools for
                                                 -- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14    INTEGER ::= 16         -- Maximum number of RX resource pools for
                                                 -- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-TxPool-r14        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of TX resource pools for
                                                 -- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14    INTEGER ::= 8         -- Maximum number of TX resource pools for
                                                 -- V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-SyncConfig-r14    INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of sidelink Sync configurations
                                                 -- for V2X sidelink communication
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-r14        INTEGER ::= 4     -- Maximum number of CBR range configurations
                                                 -- for V2X sidelink communication congestion
                                                 -- control
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig-1-r14    INTEGER ::= 3 
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-r14        INTEGER ::= 64     -- Maximum number of TX parameter configurations
                                                 -- for V2X sidelink communication congestion
                                                 -- control
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig-1-r14    INTEGER ::= 63 
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-r14        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of CBR range configurations in
                                                 -- pre-configuration for V2X sidelink
                                                 -- communication congestion control
maxSL-V2X-CBRConfig2-1-r14    INTEGER ::= 7 
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-r14        INTEGER ::= 128     -- Maximum number of TX parameter
                                                 -- configurations in pre-configuration for V2X
                                                 -- sidelink communication congestion control
maxSL-V2X-TxConfig2-1-r14    INTEGER ::= 127 
maxSTAG-r11                    INTEGER ::= 3     -- Maximum number of STAGs
maxServCell-r10                INTEGER ::= 5     -- Maximum number of Serving cells
maxServCell-r13                INTEGER ::= 32     -- Highest value of extended number range of Serving cells
maxServCellNR-r15            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of NR serving cells
maxServiceCount            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of MBMS services that can be included
                                             -- in an MBMS counting request and response
maxServiceCount-1            INTEGER ::= 15 
maxSessionPerPMCH            INTEGER ::= 29 
maxSessionPerPMCH-1            INTEGER ::= 28 
maxSIB                        INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of SIBs
maxSIB-1                    INTEGER ::= 31 
maxSI-Message                INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of SI messages
maxSimultaneousBands-r10    INTEGER ::= 64     -- Maximum number of simultaneously aggregated bands
maxSubframePatternIDC-r11    INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of subframe reservation patterns
                                             -- that the UE can simultaneously recommend to the
                                             -- E-UTRAN for use.
maxTAC-r17                    INTEGER    ::=    12     -- Maximum number of Tracking Area Codes
                                             -- broadcast in a cell
maxTrafficPattern-r14        INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of periodical traffic patterns
                                             -- that the UE can simultaneously report to the
                                             -- E-UTRAN.
maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of UTRA FDD carrier frequencies
maxUTRA-TDD-Carrier            INTEGER ::= 16     -- Maximum number of UTRA TDD carrier frequencies
maxWayPoint-r15                INTEGER ::= 20     -- Maximum number of flight path information waypoints
maxWLAN-Id-r12                INTEGER ::=    16     -- Maximum number of WLAN identifiers
maxWLAN-Bands-r13            INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of WLAN bands
maxWLAN-Id-r13                INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of WLAN identifiers
maxWLAN-Channels-r13        INTEGER ::= 16     -- maximum number of WLAN channels used in
                                             -- WLAN-CarrierInfo
maxWLAN-CarrierInfo-r13    INTEGER ::= 8     -- Maximum number of WLAN Carrier Information
maxWLAN-Id-Report-r14        INTEGER ::= 32     -- Maximum number of WLAN IDs to report
– End of EUTRA-RRC-Definitions